po-man/es.po

   1 # Spanish translation for util-linux-man
   2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
   3 #
   4 # Diego Novillo <diego@cs.ualberta.ca>, 1996.
   5 # Gerardo Aburruzaga García <gerardo.aburruzaga@uca.es>, 1998.
   6 # Javi Diaz <javid@si.upc.es>, 1998.
   7 # Juan José López Mellado <laveneno@hotmail.com>, 1998.
   8 # Luis Manuel Villaverde Gómez <luismanuel@pobox.com>, 1998.
   9 # Roberto Rodríguez Fernández <rrf@apdo.com>, 1998.
  10 # Román Ramírez <rramirez@encomix.es>, 1998.
  11 # Fidel García <fidelgq@dinamic.net>, 1999.
  12 # Marcos Fouces <marcos@debian.org>, 2021.
  13 # Antonio Ceballos Roa <aceballos@gmail.com>, 2021.
  14 msgid ""
  15 msgstr ""
  16 "Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.37-rc2\n"
  17 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n"
  18 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-29 18:26+0200\n"
  19 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-11 20:10+0200\n"
  20 "Last-Translator: Antonio Ceballos Roa <aceballos@gmail.com>\n"
  21 "Language-Team: Spanish <es@tp.org.es>\n"
  22 "Language: es\n"
  23 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
  24 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
  25 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
  26 "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
  27 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
  28
  29 #. type: Title ==
  30 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1
  31 #, no-wrap
  32 msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
  33 msgstr "INFORMAR DE ERRORES"
  34
  35 #. type: Plain text
  36 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
  37 #, fuzzy
  38 #| msgid ""
  39 #| "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/karelzak/"
  40 #| "util-linux/issues."
  41 msgid ""
  42 "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-"
  43 "linux/issues."
  44 msgstr ""
  45 "Para informar de cualquier error, utilice el sistema de seguimiento de "
  46 "fallos https://github.com/karelzak/util-linux/issues."
  47
  48 #. type: Title ==
  49 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1
  50 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:1 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:75
  51 #, no-wrap
  52 msgid "AVAILABILITY"
  53 msgstr "DISPONIBILIDAD"
  54
  55 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file.
  56 #. type: Plain text
  57 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4
  58 #, no-wrap
  59 msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
  60 msgstr "*{configfile}* forma parte del paquete util-linux, el cual puede descargarse de: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
  61
  62 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
  63 #. type: Plain text
  64 #: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
  65 msgid ""
  66 "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version "
  67 "{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/"
  68 "utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
  69 msgstr ""
  70 "La biblioteca *{lib}* forma parte del paquete util-linux desde la versión "
  71 "{firstversion}. Puede descargarse de https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/"
  72 "util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
  73
  74 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
  75 #. type: Plain text
  76 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
  77 msgid ""
  78 "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
  79 "downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
  80 "Kernel Archive]."
  81 msgstr ""
  82 "La orden *{command}* forma parte del paquete util-linux, el cual "
  83 "puededescargarse de https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
  84 "Kernel Archive]."
  85
  86 #. type: Title ==
  87 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1
  88 #, no-wrap
  89 msgid "TRANSLATION"
  90 msgstr "TRADUCCIÓN"
  91
  92 #. type: Plain text
  93 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
  94 msgid ""
  95 "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *."
  96 "po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
  97 msgstr ""
  98 "Autores de esta traducción miren la cabecera del fichero *.po "
  99 "correspondienteen GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-"
 100 "man.html"
 101
 102 #. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
 103 #. translation team.
 104 #. type: Plain text
 105 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12
 106 msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>"
 107 msgstr "Informar de errores de traducción en la página de manual a: <%1>"
 108
 109 #. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart
 110 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
 111 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
 112 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
 113 #. type: Title =
 114 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:8
 115 #, no-wrap
 116 msgid "addpart(8)"
 117 msgstr "addpart(8)"
 118
 119 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
 120 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:10 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:10
 121 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:18 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:10
 122 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:11
 123 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:4
 124 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:4
 125 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:8
 126 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:11
 127 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:11
 128 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:10
 129 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:8
 130 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:4 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:22
 131 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:6
 132 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:4
 133 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:14
 134 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:6
 135 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:4
 136 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:4
 137 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:4
 138 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:11
 139 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:4
 140 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:34
 141 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:4
 142 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:4
 143 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:4
 144 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:4
 145 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:4
 146 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:4 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:4
 147 #, no-wrap
 148 msgid "System Administration"
 149 msgstr "Administración del sistema"
 150
 151 #. type: Title ==
 152 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:15 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:15
 153 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:15
 154 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:17
 155 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:9
 156 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:9
 157 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:13
 158 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:16
 159 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:16
 160 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:15
 161 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:24 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:13
 162 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16
 163 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41
 164 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41
 165 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41
 166 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41
 167 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17
 168 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26
 169 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11
 170 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9
 171 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:9
 172 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26
 173 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12
 174 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15
 175 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10
 176 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15
 177 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43
 178 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9
 179 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11
 180 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11
 181 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13
 182 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43
 183 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34
 184 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33
 185 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9
 186 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9
 187 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9
 188 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13
 189 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17
 190 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34
 191 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43
 192 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17
 193 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14
 194 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9
 195 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9
 196 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9
 197 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9
 198 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40
 199 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9
 200 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15
 201 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43
 202 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9
 203 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9
 204 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9
 205 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9
 206 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9
 207 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9
 208 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43
 209 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10
 210 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16
 211 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46
 212 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44
 213 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43
 214 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10
 215 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10
 216 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
 217 #, no-wrap
 218 msgid "NAME"
 219 msgstr "NOMBRE"
 220
 221 #. type: Plain text
 222 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:18
 223 msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
 224 msgstr "addpart - informa al núcleo de la existencia de una partición"
 225
 226 #. type: Title ==
 227 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:19 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:19
 228 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:19
 229 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:21
 230 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:13
 231 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:13
 232 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:17
 233 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:20
 234 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:20
 235 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:19
 236 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:17
 237 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20
 238 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45
 239 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45
 240 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45
 241 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45
 242 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21
 243 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30
 244 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15
 245 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13
 246 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13
 247 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30
 248 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16
 249 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19
 250 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14
 251 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19
 252 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47
 253 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13
 254 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15
 255 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15
 256 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17
 257 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47
 258 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38
 259 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37
 260 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13
 261 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13
 262 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13
 263 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17
 264 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38
 265 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47
 266 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21
 267 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18
 268 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13
 269 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13
 270 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13
 271 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13
 272 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44
 273 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13
 274 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19
 275 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47
 276 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13
 277 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13
 278 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13
 279 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13
 280 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13
 281 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13
 282 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47
 283 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14
 284 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20
 285 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50
 286 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47
 287 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14
 288 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14
 289 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
 290 #, no-wrap
 291 msgid "SYNOPSIS"
 292 msgstr "SINOPSIS"
 293
 294 #. type: Plain text
 295 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22
 296 #, no-wrap
 297 msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n"
 298 msgstr "*addpart* _dispositivo partición comienzo longitud_\n"
 299
 300 #. type: Title ==
 301 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27
 302 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:23
 303 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:27
 304 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:17
 305 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:17
 306 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:21
 307 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:24
 308 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:26
 309 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:23
 310 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:21
 311 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26
 312 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51
 313 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51
 314 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51
 315 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51
 316 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25
 317 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36
 318 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19
 319 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17
 320 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17
 321 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34
 322 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26
 323 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23
 324 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22
 325 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:20 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23
 326 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51
 327 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17
 328 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19
 329 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19
 330 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21
 331 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51
 332 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44
 333 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43
 334 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17
 335 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17
 336 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17
 337 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21
 338 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23
 339 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46
 340 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51
 341 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25
 342 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24
 343 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17
 344 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39
 345 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17
 346 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17
 347 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60
 348 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17
 349 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25
 350 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51
 351 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17
 352 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17
 353 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19
 354 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17
 355 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17
 356 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31
 357 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51
 358 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18
 359 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24
 360 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52
 361 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52
 362 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51
 363 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18
 364 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18
 365 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
 366 #, no-wrap
 367 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
 368 msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
 369
 370 #. type: Plain text
 371 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26
 372 #, no-wrap
 373 msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
 374 msgstr "*addpart* informa al núcleo de Linux de la existencia de la partición especificada. La orden es un simple recubrimiento del ioctl \"add partition\".\n"
 375
 376 #. type: Plain text
 377 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
 378 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28
 379 msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device."
 380 msgstr "Esta orden no manipula particiones en un dispositivo de bloque."
 381
 382 #. type: Title ==
 383 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29
 384 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:126
 385 #, no-wrap
 386 msgid "PARAMETERS"
 387 msgstr "PARÁMETROS"
 388
 389 #. type: Labeled list
 390 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:31
 391 #, no-wrap
 392 msgid "_device_"
 393 msgstr "_dispositivo_"
 394
 395 #. type: Plain text
 396 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:33
 397 msgid "The disk device."
 398 msgstr "El dispositivo de disco."
 399
 400 #. type: Labeled list
 401 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:34
 402 #, no-wrap
 403 msgid "_partition_"
 404 msgstr "_partición_"
 405
 406 #. type: Plain text
 407 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:36
 408 msgid "The partition number."
 409 msgstr "El número de la partición."
 410
 411 #. type: Labeled list
 412 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:37
 413 #, no-wrap
 414 msgid "_start_"
 415 msgstr "_comienzo_"
 416
 417 #. type: Plain text
 418 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:39
 419 msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
 420 msgstr "El comienzo de la partición (en sectores de 512 bytes)."
 421
 422 #. type: Labeled list
 423 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:37
 424 #, no-wrap
 425 msgid "_length_"
 426 msgstr "_longitud_"
 427
 428 #. type: Plain text
 429 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:42
 430 msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
 431 msgstr "La longitud de la partición (en sectores de 512 bytes)."
 432
 433 #. type: Title ==
 434 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:154
 435 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:78
 436 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:224 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159
 437 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:102
 438 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57
 439 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:78 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:89
 440 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:103 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:139
 441 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:410
 442 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:49 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:56
 443 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59
 444 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63
 445 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59
 446 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63
 447 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:77
 448 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:59 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120
 449 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:163 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:132
 450 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:71
 451 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:131 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145
 452 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68
 453 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:57
 454 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219
 455 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:153 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107
 456 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:242 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105
 457 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:166 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:112
 458 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:75
 459 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:98 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:85
 460 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:70 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:72
 461 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:142
 462 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:95 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:113
 463 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:129 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54
 464 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:112
 465 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:85
 466 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:51
 467 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:187 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:121
 468 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:129
 469 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135
 470 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:85 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372
 471 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:72
 472 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:91 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:122
 473 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:162 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:107
 474 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:76
 475 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1456 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:69
 476 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:138 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:67
 477 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:139 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:96
 478 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:134
 479 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:118
 480 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:168
 481 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:180
 482 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:236 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:104
 483 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:99 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:166
 484 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99
 485 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:171 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:85
 486 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:84 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:127
 487 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:96 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:71
 488 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:198 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22
 489 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:196 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:146
 490 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:65 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:84
 491 #, no-wrap
 492 msgid "SEE ALSO"
 493 msgstr "VÉASE TAMBIÉN"
 494
 495 #. type: Plain text
 496 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:50
 497 #, no-wrap
 498 msgid ""
 499 "*delpart*(8),\n"
 500 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
 501 "*parted*(8),\n"
 502 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
 503 "*partx*(8)\n"
 504 msgstr ""
 505 "*delpart*(8),\n"
 506 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
 507 "*parted*(8),\n"
 508 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
 509 "*partx*(8)\n"
 510
 511 #
 512 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 513 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
 514 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
 515 #. type: Title =
 516 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:8
 517 #, no-wrap
 518 msgid "blockdev(8)"
 519 msgstr "blockdev(8)"
 520
 521 #. type: Plain text
 522 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18
 523 msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
 524 msgstr ""
 525
 526 #. type: Plain text
 527 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
 528 #, no-wrap
 529 msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
 530 msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _orden_ [_orden_...] _dispositivo_ [_dispositivo_...]\n"
 531
 532 #. type: Plain text
 533 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24
 534 #, no-wrap
 535 msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n"
 536 msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_dispositivo_...]\n"
 537
 538 #. type: Plain text
 539 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26
 540 #, no-wrap
 541 msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
 542 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
 543
 544 #. type: Plain text
 545 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
 546 msgid ""
 547 "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
 548 "command line."
 549 msgstr ""
 550
 551 #. type: Title ==
 552 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45
 553 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:50 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:40
 554 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:21
 555 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:21
 556 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:27
 557 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:41
 558 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:40
 559 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
 560 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:29 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:35
 561 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:31 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:46
 562 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:37 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:27
 563 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:31
 564 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:50
 565 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:42
 566 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:29
 567 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:30
 568 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:53
 569 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:57
 570 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:34
 571 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:39
 572 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:25
 573 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:48
 574 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:38
 575 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:90 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:46
 576 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:69 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
 577 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:82
 578 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:35
 579 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:35
 580 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:35
 581 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:54
 582 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:27
 583 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:25
 584 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:25
 585 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:74
 586 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:84
 587 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:23
 588 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:32
 589 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:47
 590 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:25
 591 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:25
 592 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:29
 593 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:23
 594 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:25
 595 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:52
 596 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:25
 597 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:39 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:56
 598 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:69 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:62
 599 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:30
 600 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:60
 601 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:72 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:60
 602 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:56 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:59
 603 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:55
 604 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:58 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:26
 605 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:57 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:55
 606 #, no-wrap
 607 msgid "OPTIONS"
 608 msgstr "OPCIONES"
 609
 610 #. type: Labeled list
 611 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:33
 612 #, no-wrap
 613 msgid "*-q*"
 614 msgstr "*-q*"
 615
 616 #. type: Plain text
 617 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:35
 618 #, fuzzy
 619 #| msgid "B<quiet>"
 620 msgid "Be quiet."
 621 msgstr "B<quiet>"
 622
 623 #. type: Labeled list
 624 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:35
 625 #, no-wrap
 626 msgid "*-v*"
 627 msgstr "*-v*"
 628
 629 #. type: Plain text
 630 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:58
 631 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:39
 632 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:91
 633 msgid "Be verbose."
 634 msgstr ""
 635
 636 #. type: Labeled list
 637 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:39
 638 #, no-wrap
 639 msgid "*--report*"
 640 msgstr "*--report*"
 641
 642 #. type: Plain text
 643 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
 644 msgid ""
 645 "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
 646 "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ "
 647 "are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
 648 msgstr ""
 649
 650 #. type: Labeled list
 651 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:42 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:47
 652 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:51
 653 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:71
 654 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:47
 655 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70
 656 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:102
 657 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213
 658 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:31 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:39
 659 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:51
 660 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:80 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:80
 661 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:64 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:52
 662 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:123
 663 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:64
 664 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:35 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:29
 665 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:184 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
 666 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:69
 667 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:62
 668 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:68
 669 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:65
 670 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49
 671 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:107 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:63
 672 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:83 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:88
 673 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:104
 674 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49
 675 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:40
 676 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:144 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:52
 677 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:89
 678 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:65
 679 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:46
 680 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:30
 681 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:115
 682 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:119 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:116
 683 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:46
 684 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:69
 685 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:442 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:40
 686 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:38
 687 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:72
 688 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:76
 689 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:37
 690 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:117
 691 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:134 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:60
 692 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:73 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:77
 693 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:125 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:51
 694 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:68 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:74
 695 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:77 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:67
 696 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:64 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:99
 697 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:65 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:62
 698 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:66
 699 #, no-wrap
 700 msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
 701 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
 702
 703 #. type: Plain text
 704 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
 705 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:114
 706 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
 707 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:49
 708 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:67 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72
 709 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:69 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:104
 710 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:47 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215
 711 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:51
 712 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:41 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:55
 713 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:53 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:82
 714 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:82 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
 715 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:125
 716 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:66
 717 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:78
 718 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:71
 719 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:64
 720 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
 721 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102
 722 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:109
 723 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:85
 724 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:57
 725 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:58
 726 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42
 727 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:146 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
 728 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91
 729 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:67
 730 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:48
 731 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:32
 732 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:117
 733 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:121 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:118
 734 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:48
 735 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71
 736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:444 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:42
 737 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:40
 738 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:59
 739 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:44
 740 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
 741 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97
 742 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
 743 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
 744 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:62
 745 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:75 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:188
 746 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:79 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127
 747 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:53 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:70
 748 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:79
 749 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:69
 750 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:140
 751 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:101 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97
 752 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64
 753 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:68
 754 msgid "Display help text and exit."
 755 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
 756
 757 #. type: Labeled list
 758 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:59
 759 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:64 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:101
 760 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:68
 761 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:50
 762 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:68 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:67
 763 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:99
 764 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:48 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:56
 765 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:93 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:54
 766 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:77 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:77
 767 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:67 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:49
 768 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:144 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:120
 769 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:63
 770 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:181 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:73
 771 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:109 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:66
 772 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:59
 773 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:40 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:65
 774 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:40 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:62
 775 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:81
 776 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:104 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:69
 777 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:80 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:85
 778 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:101
 779 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:55
 780 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:37
 781 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:85
 782 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:86
 783 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:62
 784 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:43
 785 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:33
 786 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:112
 787 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:142
 788 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:43
 789 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66
 790 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:439 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:37
 791 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:127 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:35
 792 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:69
 793 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:73
 794 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34
 795 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:114
 796 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57
 797 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:74
 798 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:122 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:48
 799 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:65 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:71
 800 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:74 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:80
 801 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:64 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:61
 802 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:135 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:96
 803 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:98 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:62
 804 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:59 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:63
 805 #, no-wrap
 806 msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
 807 msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"
 808
 809 #. type: Plain text
 810 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:47
 811 #, fuzzy
 812 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
 813 msgid "Print version and exit."
 814 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
 815
 816 #. type: Title ==
 817 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65
 818 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:23
 819 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:48 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:101
 820 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:68
 821 #, no-wrap
 822 msgid "COMMANDS"
 823 msgstr "ORDENES"
 824
 825 #. type: Plain text
 826 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:51
 827 msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
 828 msgstr ""
 829
 830 #. type: Labeled list
 831 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:52
 832 #, no-wrap
 833 msgid "*--flushbufs*"
 834 msgstr "*--flushbufs*"
 835
 836 #. type: Plain text
 837 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:54
 838 msgid "Flush buffers."
 839 msgstr ""
 840
 841 #. type: Labeled list
 842 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:55
 843 #, no-wrap
 844 msgid "*--getalignoff*"
 845 msgstr "*--getalignoff*"
 846
 847 #. type: Plain text
 848 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57
 849 msgid "Get alignment offset."
 850 msgstr ""
 851
 852 #. type: Labeled list
 853 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:58
 854 #, no-wrap
 855 msgid "*--getbsz*"
 856 msgstr "*--getbsz*"
 857
 858 #. type: Plain text
 859 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60
 860 msgid ""
 861 "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. "
 862 "It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
 863 "example) by filesystem driver on mount."
 864 msgstr ""
 865
 866 #. type: Labeled list
 867 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:61
 868 #, no-wrap
 869 msgid "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
 870 msgstr "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
 871
 872 #. type: Plain text
 873 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63
 874 msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
 875 msgstr ""
 876
 877 #. type: Labeled list
 878 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:64
 879 #, no-wrap
 880 msgid "*--getfra*"
 881 msgstr "*--getfra*"
 882
 883 #. type: Plain text
 884 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66
 885 msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
 886 msgstr ""
 887
 888 #. type: Labeled list
 889 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:67
 890 #, no-wrap
 891 msgid "*--getiomin*"
 892 msgstr "*--getiomin*"
 893
 894 #. type: Plain text
 895 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:69
 896 msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
 897 msgstr ""
 898
 899 #. type: Labeled list
 900 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:70
 901 #, no-wrap
 902 msgid "*--getioopt*"
 903 msgstr "*--getioopt*"
 904
 905 #. type: Plain text
 906 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:72
 907 msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
 908 msgstr ""
 909
 910 #. type: Labeled list
 911 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:73
 912 #, no-wrap
 913 msgid "*--getmaxsect*"
 914 msgstr "*--getmaxsect*"
 915
 916 #. type: Plain text
 917 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:75
 918 msgid "Get max sectors per request."
 919 msgstr ""
 920
 921 #. type: Labeled list
 922 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:76
 923 #, no-wrap
 924 msgid "*--getpbsz*"
 925 msgstr "*--getpbsz*"
 926
 927 #. type: Plain text
 928 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:78
 929 msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
 930 msgstr ""
 931
 932 #. type: Labeled list
 933 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:79
 934 #, no-wrap
 935 msgid "*--getra*"
 936 msgstr "*--getra*"
 937
 938 #. type: Plain text
 939 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81
 940 msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
 941 msgstr ""
 942
 943 #. type: Labeled list
 944 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:82
 945 #, no-wrap
 946 msgid "*--getro*"
 947 msgstr "*--getro*"
 948
 949 #. type: Plain text
 950 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:84
 951 msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
 952 msgstr ""
 953
 954 #. type: Labeled list
 955 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:85
 956 #, no-wrap
 957 msgid "*--getsize64*"
 958 msgstr "*--getsize64*"
 959
 960 #. type: Plain text
 961 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87
 962 msgid "Print device size in bytes."
 963 msgstr ""
 964
 965 #. type: Labeled list
 966 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:88
 967 #, no-wrap
 968 msgid "*--getsize*"
 969 msgstr "*--getsize*"
 970
 971 #. type: Plain text
 972 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:90
 973 msgid ""
 974 "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* "
 975 "option."
 976 msgstr ""
 977
 978 #. type: Labeled list
 979 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:91
 980 #, no-wrap
 981 msgid "*--getss*"
 982 msgstr "*--getss*"
 983
 984 #. type: Plain text
 985 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93
 986 msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
 987 msgstr ""
 988
 989 #. type: Labeled list
 990 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:94
 991 #, no-wrap
 992 msgid "*--getsz*"
 993 msgstr "*--getsz*"
 994
 995 #. type: Plain text
 996 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:96
 997 msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
 998 msgstr ""
 999
1000 #. type: Labeled list
1001 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:97
1002 #, no-wrap
1003 msgid "*--rereadpt*"
1004 msgstr "*--rereadpt*"
1005
1006 #. type: Plain text
1007 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99
1008 msgid "Reread partition table"
1009 msgstr ""
1010
1011 #. type: Labeled list
1012 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:100
1013 #, no-wrap
1014 msgid "*--setbsz* _bytes_"
1015 msgstr ""
1016
1017 #. type: Plain text
1018 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102
1019 msgid ""
1020 "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
1021 "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
1022 "persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once "
1023 "*blockdev* exits."
1024 msgstr ""
1025
1026 #. type: Labeled list
1027 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:103
1028 #, no-wrap
1029 msgid "*--setfra* _sectors_"
1030 msgstr "*--setfra* _sectores_"
1031
1032 #. type: Plain text
1033 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105
1034 msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)."
1035 msgstr ""
1036
1037 #. type: Labeled list
1038 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:106
1039 #, no-wrap
1040 msgid "*--setra* _sectors_"
1041 msgstr "*--setra* _sectores_"
1042
1043 #. type: Plain text
1044 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108
1045 msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
1046 msgstr ""
1047
1048 #. type: Labeled list
1049 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:109
1050 #, no-wrap
1051 msgid "*--setro*"
1052 msgstr "*--setro*"
1053
1054 #. type: Plain text
1055 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:111
1056 msgid ""
1057 "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
1058 "by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
1059 "will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
1060 msgstr ""
1061
1062 #. type: Labeled list
1063 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:112
1064 #, no-wrap
1065 msgid "*--setrw*"
1066 msgstr "*--setrw*"
1067
1068 #. type: Plain text
1069 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114
1070 msgid "Set read-write."
1071 msgstr ""
1072
1073 #. type: Title ==
1074 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:115 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:148
1075 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217
1076 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:154 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98
1077 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
1078 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:404
1079 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:45 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46
1080 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55
1081 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59
1082 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55
1083 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59
1084 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73
1085 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:116
1086 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:159 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:127
1087 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67
1088 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:74 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75
1089 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:174 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53
1090 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215
1091 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:238
1092 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:161 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108
1093 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66
1094 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103
1095 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:137 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:90
1096 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:104 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125
1097 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107
1098 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51
1099 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:181
1100 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85
1101 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:120 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53
1102 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:381
1103 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:87
1104 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118
1105 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:160 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:156
1106 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:49
1107 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:72
1108 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1452 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65
1109 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:133 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135
1110 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:126
1111 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114
1112 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:45
1113 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:231 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:63
1114 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:99 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:329
1115 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:66 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:83
1116 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:188
1117 #, no-wrap
1118 msgid "AUTHORS"
1119 msgstr "AUTORES"
1120
1121 #. type: Plain text
1122 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:118
1123 #, no-wrap
1124 msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n"
1125 msgstr ""
1126
1127 #
1128 #
1129 #. cfdisk.8 -- man page for cfdisk
1130 #. Copyright 1994 Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)
1131 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1132 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
1133 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
1134 #. preserved on all copies.
1135 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
1136 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
1137 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
1138 #. permission notice identical to this one.
1139 #. type: Title =
1140 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:16
1141 #, no-wrap
1142 msgid "cfdisk(8)"
1143 msgstr "cfdisk(8)"
1144
1145 #. type: Plain text
1146 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:26
1147 msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
1148 msgstr ""
1149
1150 #. type: Plain text
1151 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30
1152 #, no-wrap
1153 msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n"
1154 msgstr "*cfdisk* [opciones] [_dispositivo_]\n"
1155
1156 #. type: Plain text
1157 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34
1158 #, no-wrap
1159 msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_.\n"
1160 msgstr ""
1161
1162 #. type: Plain text
1163 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
1164 msgid ""
1165 "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
1166 "friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
1167 msgstr ""
1168
1169 #. type: Plain text
1170 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
1171 msgid ""
1172 "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
1173 "unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
1174 "the write command."
1175 msgstr ""
1176
1177 #. type: Plain text
1178 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
1179 msgid ""
1180 "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
1181 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
1182 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
1183 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
1184 msgstr ""
1185
1186 #. type: Plain text
1187 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
1188 msgid ""
1189 "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any "
1190 "more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and "
1191 "*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
1192 msgstr ""
1193
1194 #. type: Plain text
1195 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
1196 msgid ""
1197 "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
1198 msgstr ""
1199
1200 #. type: Labeled list
1201 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:50
1202 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
1203 #| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
1204 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]"
1205 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
1206
1207 #. type: Plain text
1208 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52
1209 msgid ""
1210 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
1211 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
1212 "colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* "
1213 "output. See also the COLORS section."
1214 msgstr ""
1215
1216 #. type: Labeled list
1217 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:65
1218 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52
1219 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
1220 #, no-wrap
1221 msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
1222 msgstr "*--lock*[=_modo_]"
1223
1224 #. type: Plain text
1225 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
1226 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54
1227 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
1228 msgid ""
1229 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
1230 "_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
1231 "is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment "
1232 "variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
1233 "but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
1234 msgstr ""
1235
1236 #. type: Labeled list
1237 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89
1238 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:380 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105
1239 #, no-wrap
1240 msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1241 msgstr "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1242
1243 #. type: Plain text
1244 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58
1245 msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
1246 msgstr ""
1247
1248 #. type: Plain text
1249 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:66
1250 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117
1251 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70
1252 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:72
1253 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
1254 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:54
1255 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:44 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:58
1256 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:95 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56
1257 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
1258 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:51
1259 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:122 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49
1260 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:183 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:75
1261 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:68
1262 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:61
1263 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
1264 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:105
1265 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:83 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106
1266 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:82
1267 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:87 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54
1268 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:55
1269 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39
1270 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
1271 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:88
1272 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:64
1273 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45
1274 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:35
1275 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114
1276 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:144
1277 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45
1278 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:68
1279 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39
1280 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:129 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37
1281 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56
1282 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:47
1283 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:75
1284 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
1285 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32
1286 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:133
1287 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:72
1288 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:185 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:76
1289 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:124 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:50
1290 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:73
1291 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:82
1292 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:63
1293 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:137 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:98
1294 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:100 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:64
1295 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
1296 msgid "Display version information and exit."
1297 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
1298
1299 #. type: Labeled list
1300 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:62
1301 #, no-wrap
1302 msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
1303 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
1304
1305 #. type: Plain text
1306 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64
1307 msgid ""
1308 "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
1309 "the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
1310 "without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
1311 "create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible "
1312 "script."
1313 msgstr ""
1314
1315 #. type: Plain text
1316 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68
1317 msgid ""
1318 "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
1319 "(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the "
1320 "available commands:"
1321 msgstr ""
1322
1323 #. type: Labeled list
1324 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:69
1325 #, no-wrap
1326 msgid "*b*"
1327 msgstr "*b*"
1328
1329 #. type: Plain text
1330 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71
1331 msgid ""
1332 "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
1333 "which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
1334 "available for all partition label types."
1335 msgstr ""
1336
1337 #. type: Labeled list
1338 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:51
1339 #, no-wrap
1340 msgid "*d*"
1341 msgstr "*d*"
1342
1343 #. type: Plain text
1344 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:74
1345 msgid ""
1346 "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
1347 "free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
1348 "current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
1349 "unusable cannot be deleted."
1350 msgstr ""
1351
1352 #. type: Labeled list
1353 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:75 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:110
1354 #, no-wrap
1355 msgid "*h*"
1356 msgstr "*h*"
1357
1358 #. type: Plain text
1359 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:77
1360 msgid "Show the help screen."
1361 msgstr ""
1362
1363 #. type: Labeled list
1364 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:54
1365 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:141
1366 #, no-wrap
1367 msgid "*n*"
1368 msgstr "*n*"
1369
1370 #. type: Plain text
1371 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:80
1372 msgid ""
1373 "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
1374 "size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
1375 "entire available free space at the current position."
1376 msgstr ""
1377
1378 #. type: Plain text
1379 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82
1380 msgid ""
1381 "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
1382 "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
1383 "optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
1384 msgstr ""
1385
1386 #. type: Labeled list
1387 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:83
1388 #, no-wrap
1389 msgid "*q*"
1390 msgstr "*q*"
1391
1392 #. type: Plain text
1393 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:85
1394 msgid ""
1395 "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
1396 "disk."
1397 msgstr ""
1398
1399 #. type: Labeled list
1400 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86
1401 #, no-wrap
1402 msgid "*r*"
1403 msgstr "*r*"
1404
1405 #. type: Plain text
1406 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:88
1407 msgid ""
1408 "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
1409 "new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
1410 "marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
1411 msgstr ""
1412
1413 #. type: Plain text
1414 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90
1415 #, no-wrap
1416 msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n"
1417 msgstr ""
1418
1419 #. type: Labeled list
1420 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:91 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:123
1421 #, no-wrap
1422 msgid "*s*"
1423 msgstr "*s*"
1424
1425 #. type: Plain text
1426 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93
1427 msgid ""
1428 "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
1429 "adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
1430 "longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
1431 msgstr ""
1432
1433 #. type: Labeled list
1434 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:48
1435 #, no-wrap
1436 msgid "*t*"
1437 msgstr "*t*"
1438
1439 #. type: Plain text
1440 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:96
1441 msgid ""
1442 "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ "
1443 "partitions."
1444 msgstr ""
1445
1446 #. type: Labeled list
1447 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97
1448 #, no-wrap
1449 msgid "*u*"
1450 msgstr "*u*"
1451
1452 #. type: Plain text
1453 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99
1454 msgid ""
1455 "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an sfdisk-compatible script "
1456 "file."
1457 msgstr ""
1458
1459 #. type: Plain text
1460 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:101
1461 msgid ""
1462 "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and "
1463 "other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
1464 msgstr ""
1465
1466 #. type: Plain text
1467 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:103
1468 msgid ""
1469 "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no "
1470 "partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* "
1471 "command-line option."
1472 msgstr ""
1473
1474 #. type: Labeled list
1475 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104
1476 #, no-wrap
1477 msgid "*W*"
1478 msgstr "*W*"
1479
1480 #. type: Plain text
1481 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:106
1482 msgid ""
1483 "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
1484 "this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
1485 "write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the "
1486 "partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition "
1487 "table from the disk."
1488 msgstr ""
1489
1490 #. type: Plain text
1491 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:108
1492 msgid ""
1493 "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
1494 "you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
1495 "*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
1496 msgstr ""
1497
1498 #. type: Labeled list
1499 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:109
1500 #, no-wrap
1501 msgid "*x*"
1502 msgstr "*x*"
1503
1504 #. type: Plain text
1505 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111
1506 msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
1507 msgstr ""
1508
1509 #. type: Labeled list
1510 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:112
1511 #, no-wrap
1512 msgid "_Up Arrow_, _Down Arrow_"
1513 msgstr ""
1514
1515 #. type: Plain text
1516 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:114
1517 msgid ""
1518 "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
1519 "partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
1520 "(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
1521 "partition displayed on the screen."
1522 msgstr ""
1523
1524 #. type: Labeled list
1525 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115
1526 #, no-wrap
1527 msgid "_Left Arrow_, _Right Arrow_"
1528 msgstr ""
1529
1530 #. type: Plain text
1531 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:117
1532 msgid ""
1533 "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the "
1534 "currently selected item."
1535 msgstr ""
1536
1537 #. type: Plain text
1538 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119
1539 msgid ""
1540 "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
1541 "(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
1542 "_Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
1543 msgstr ""
1544
1545 #. type: Title ==
1546 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:120 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:179
1547 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:151
1548 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:147 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:253
1549 #, no-wrap
1550 msgid "COLORS"
1551 msgstr ""
1552
1553 #. type: Plain text
1554 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:123
1555 msgid ""
1556 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file _/etc/terminal-"
1557 "colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
1558 msgstr ""
1559
1560 #. type: Plain text
1561 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:125 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:160
1562 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:258
1563 msgid ""
1564 "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization configuration."
1565 msgstr ""
1566
1567 #. type: Plain text
1568 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127
1569 #, no-wrap
1570 msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n"
1571 msgstr ""
1572
1573 #. type: Title ==
1574 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
1575 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:73
1576 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:73 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105
1577 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:40
1578 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70
1579 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170
1580 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:172
1581 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
1582 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:138 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:110
1583 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:351
1584 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:134 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395
1585 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:124
1586 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:132
1587 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:141 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:165
1588 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:121 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:69
1589 #, no-wrap
1590 msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
1591 msgstr "ENTORNO"
1592
1593 #. type: Labeled list
1594 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130
1595 #, no-wrap
1596 msgid "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1597 msgstr "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1598
1599 #. type: Plain text
1600 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132
1601 msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
1602 msgstr ""
1603
1604 #. type: Labeled list
1605 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:202
1606 #, no-wrap
1607 msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1608 msgstr "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1609
1610 #. type: Plain text
1611 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:204
1612 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391
1613 msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
1614 msgstr ""
1615
1616 #. type: Labeled list
1617 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:205
1618 #, no-wrap
1619 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1620 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1621
1622 #. type: Plain text
1623 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:207
1624 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:77
1625 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:109 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:393
1626 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60
1627 msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
1628 msgstr ""
1629
1630 #. type: Labeled list
1631 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:208
1632 #, no-wrap
1633 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1634 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1635
1636 #. type: Plain text
1637 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210
1638 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:395
1639 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
1640 msgstr ""
1641
1642 #. type: Labeled list
1643 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:211
1644 #, no-wrap
1645 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1646 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1647
1648 #. type: Plain text
1649 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:213
1650 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
1651 msgstr ""
1652
1653 #. type: Labeled list
1654 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:214
1655 #, no-wrap
1656 msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
1657 msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<modo>"
1658
1659 #. type: Plain text
1660 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:147 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:216
1661 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:77 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:80
1662 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:397 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:91
1663 msgid ""
1664 "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more "
1665 "details."
1666 msgstr ""
1667
1668 #. type: Plain text
1669 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:151 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407
1670 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:70 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218
1671 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:54
1672 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:184 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75
1673 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1455 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:68
1674 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:69
1675 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1676 msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1677
1678 #. type: Plain text
1679 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:153
1680 msgid ""
1681 "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from "
1682 "mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
1683 msgstr ""
1684
1685 #. type: Plain text
1686 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:161
1687 #, no-wrap
1688 msgid ""
1689 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1690 "*parted*(8),\n"
1691 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1692 "*partx*(8),\n"
1693 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
1694 msgstr ""
1695 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1696 "*parted*(8),\n"
1697 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1698 "*partx*(8),\n"
1699 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
1700
1701 #. delpart.8 -- man page for delpart
1702 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1703 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
1704 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1705 #. type: Title =
1706 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:8
1707 #, no-wrap
1708 msgid "delpart(8)"
1709 msgstr "delpart(8)"
1710
1711 #. type: Plain text
1712 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:18
1713 msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
1714 msgstr ""
1715
1716 #. type: Plain text
1717 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:22
1718 #, no-wrap
1719 msgid "*delpart* _device partition_\n"
1720 msgstr "*delpart* _dispositivo partición_\n"
1721
1722 #. type: Plain text
1723 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26
1724 #, no-wrap
1725 msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n"
1726 msgstr ""
1727
1728 #. type: Plain text
1729 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:36
1730 #, no-wrap
1731 msgid ""
1732 "*addpart*(8),\n"
1733 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1734 "*parted*(8),\n"
1735 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1736 "*partx*(8)\n"
1737 msgstr ""
1738 "*addpart*(8),\n"
1739 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1740 "*parted*(8),\n"
1741 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1742 "*partx*(8)\n"
1743
1744 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1745 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1746 #. type: Title =
1747 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:6
1748 #, no-wrap
1749 msgid "fdformat(8)"
1750 msgstr "fdformat(8)"
1751
1752 #. type: Plain text
1753 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:16
1754 msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
1755 msgstr "fdformat - da formato a bajo nivel a un disco flexible"
1756
1757 #. type: Plain text
1758 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:20
1759 #, no-wrap
1760 msgid "*fdformat* [options] _device_\n"
1761 msgstr "*fdformat* [opciones] _dispositivo_\n"
1762
1763 #. type: Plain text
1764 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24
1765 #, no-wrap
1766 msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n"
1767 msgstr "*fdformat* da formato a bajo nivel a un disco flexible. _dispositivo_ suele ser alguno de los siguientes (para discos flexibles el mayor = 2, y el menor solo se muestra con propósito informativo):\n"
1768
1769 #. type: delimited block .
1770 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35
1771 #, no-wrap
1772 msgid ""
1773 "/dev/fd0d360  (minor = 4)\n"
1774 "/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
1775 "/dev/fd0D360  (minor = 12)\n"
1776 "/dev/fd0H360  (minor = 12)\n"
1777 "/dev/fd0D720  (minor = 16)\n"
1778 "/dev/fd0H720  (minor = 16)\n"
1779 "/dev/fd0h360  (minor = 20)\n"
1780 "/dev/fd0h720  (minor = 24)\n"
1781 "/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
1782 msgstr ""
1783 "/dev/fd0d360  (menor = 4)\n"
1784 "/dev/fd0h1200 (menor = 8)\n"
1785 "/dev/fd0D360  (menor = 12)\n"
1786 "/dev/fd0H360  (menor = 12)\n"
1787 "/dev/fd0D720  (menor = 16)\n"
1788 "/dev/fd0H720  (menor = 16)\n"
1789 "/dev/fd0h360  (menor = 20)\n"
1790 "/dev/fd0h720  (menor = 24)\n"
1791 "/dev/fd0H1440 (menor = 28)\n"
1792
1793 #. type: delimited block .
1794 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:46
1795 #, no-wrap
1796 msgid ""
1797 "/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
1798 "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
1799 "/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
1800 "/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
1801 "/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
1802 "/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
1803 "/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
1804 "/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
1805 "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
1806 msgstr ""
1807 "/dev/fd1d360 (menor = 5)\n"
1808 "/dev/fd1h1200 (menor = 9)\n"
1809 "/dev/fd1D360 (menor = 13)\n"
1810 "/dev/fd1H360 (menor = 13)\n"
1811 "/dev/fd1D720 (menor = 17)\n"
1812 "/dev/fd1H720 (menor = 17)\n"
1813 "/dev/fd1h360 (menor = 21)\n"
1814 "/dev/fd1h720 (menor = 25)\n"
1815 "/dev/fd1H1440 (menor = 29)\n"
1816
1817 #. type: Plain text
1818 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
1819 msgid ""
1820 "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work "
1821 "with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
1822 "has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load "
1823 "the disk parameters."
1824 msgstr ""
1825 "Los dispositivos flexibles genéricos, _/dev/fd0_ y _/dev/fd1_, no funcionan "
1826 "con *fdformat* cuando se utiliza un formato no estándar o si el formato no "
1827 "se ha detectado antes. En este caso, utilice *setfdprm*(8) para cargar los "
1828 "parámetros del disco."
1829
1830 #. type: Labeled list
1831 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
1832 #, no-wrap
1833 msgid "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1834 msgstr "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1835
1836 #. type: Plain text
1837 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:54
1838 msgid "Start at the track _N_ (default is 0)."
1839 msgstr "Empieza en la pista _N_ (el valor predefinido es 0)."
1840
1841 #. type: Labeled list
1842 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:55
1843 #, no-wrap
1844 msgid "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1845 msgstr "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1846
1847 #. type: Plain text
1848 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:57
1849 msgid "Stop at the track _N_."
1850 msgstr "Se detiene en la pista _N_."
1851
1852 #. type: Labeled list
1853 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:58
1854 #, no-wrap
1855 msgid "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1856 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1857
1858 #. type: Plain text
1859 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
1860 msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
1861 msgstr ""
1862 "Intenta reparar las pistas cuya verificación ha fallado (max _N_ reintentos)."
1863
1864 #. type: Labeled list
1865 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
1866 #, no-wrap
1867 msgid "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1868 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1869
1870 #. type: Plain text
1871 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:63
1872 msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
1873 msgstr "Salta la verificación que normalmente se realiza tras dar el formato."
1874
1875 #. type: Title ==
1876 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81
1877 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:398
1878 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:119
1879 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:57 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:133
1880 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:145
1881 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:155
1882 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:131
1883 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
1884 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:101
1885 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:125
1886 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
1887 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130
1888 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114
1889 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114
1890 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:140
1891 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:64
1892 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:137 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
1893 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:90
1894 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:140
1895 #, no-wrap
1896 msgid "NOTES"
1897 msgstr "NOTAS"
1898
1899 #. type: Plain text
1900 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
1901 msgid ""
1902 "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) "
1903 "instead."
1904 msgstr ""
1905 "Esta utilidad no maneja unidades de disco flexible USB. Utilice "
1906 "*ufiformat*(8)."
1907
1908 #. type: Plain text
1909 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:77
1910 msgid "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1911 msgstr "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1912
1913 #. type: Plain text
1914 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:85
1915 #, no-wrap
1916 msgid ""
1917 "*fd*(4),\n"
1918 "*emkfs*(8),\n"
1919 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
1920 "*setfdprm*(8),\n"
1921 "*ufiformat*(8)\n"
1922 msgstr ""
1923 "*fd*(4),\n"
1924 "*emkfs*(8),\n"
1925 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
1926 "*setfdprm*(8),\n"
1927 "*ufiformat*(8)\n"
1928
1929 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1930 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
1931 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
1932 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1933 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1934 #. type: Title =
1935 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:9
1936 #, no-wrap
1937 msgid "fdisk(8)"
1938 msgstr "fdisk(8)"
1939
1940 #. type: Plain text
1941 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:20
1942 msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
1943 msgstr ""
1944
1945 #. type: Plain text
1946 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:24
1947 #, no-wrap
1948 msgid "*fdisk* [options] _device_\n"
1949 msgstr "*fdisk* [opciones] _dispositivo_\n"
1950
1951 #. type: Plain text
1952 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:26
1953 #, no-wrap
1954 msgid "*fdisk* *-l* [_device_...]\n"
1955 msgstr "*fdisk* *-l* [_dispositivo_...]\n"
1956
1957 #. type: Plain text
1958 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30
1959 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
1960 #| msgid "B<fdisk> (in the first form of invocation)  is a menu driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables.  It understands DOS type partition tables and BSD or SUN type disklabels."
1961 msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n"
1962 msgstr "B<fdisk> (en la primera forma de llamarse)  es un programa guiado por menús para la creación y manipulación de tablas de partición. Entiende las tablas de partición tipo DOS y las etiquetas de disco de tipo BSD o Sun."
1963
1964 #. type: Plain text
1965 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
1966 #, fuzzy
1967 #| msgid ""
1968 #| "Hard disks can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
1969 #| "I<partitions>.  This division is described in the I<partition table> "
1970 #| "found in sector 0 of the disk."
1971 msgid ""
1972 "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
1973 "_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually "
1974 "found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk "
1975 "slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
1976 msgstr ""
1977 "Los discos duros pueden dividirse en uno o más discos lógicos llamados las "
1978 "I<particiones>.  Esta división se describe en la I<tabla de particiones> y "
1979 "se encuentra en el sector número 0 del disco."
1980
1981 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
1982 #. type: Plain text
1983 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
1984 msgid ""
1985 "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
1986 "*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
1987 "alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
1988 "to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last "
1989 "partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,"
1990 "G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
1991 msgstr ""
1992
1993 #. type: Plain text
1994 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
1995 msgid ""
1996 "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
1997 "Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H "
1998 "<n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
1999 msgstr ""
2000
2001 #. type: Plain text
2002 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
2003 msgid ""
2004 "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
2005 "layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
2006 "the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
2007 "always be backward compatible."
2008 msgstr ""
2009
2010 #. type: Labeled list
2011 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
2012 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2013 #| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
2014 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_"
2015 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
2016
2017 #. type: Plain text
2018 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
2019 msgid ""
2020 "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
2021 "4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old "
2022 "kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* "
2023 "differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes "
2024 "both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
2025 msgstr ""
2026
2027 #. type: Labeled list
2028 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45
2029 #, no-wrap
2030 msgid "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
2031 msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
2032
2033 #. type: Plain text
2034 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
2035 msgid ""
2036 "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk "
2037 "label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
2038 msgstr ""
2039
2040 #. type: Labeled list
2041 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48
2042 #, no-wrap
2043 msgid "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
2044 msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_modo_]"
2045
2046 #. type: Plain text
2047 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
2048 msgid ""
2049 "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS "
2050 "mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without "
2051 "the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional "
2052 "_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the "
2053 "correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
2054 msgstr ""
2055
2056 #. type: Plain text
2057 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53
2058 msgid "Display a help text and exit."
2059 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
2060
2061 #. type: Labeled list
2062 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:75
2063 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:78
2064 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2065 #| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
2066 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]"
2067 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
2068
2069 #. type: Plain text
2070 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148
2071 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
2072 msgid ""
2073 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
2074 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
2075 "colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
2076 "output. See also the *COLORS* section."
2077 msgstr ""
2078
2079 #. type: Labeled list
2080 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
2081 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:76
2082 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98
2083 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:37
2084 #, no-wrap
2085 msgid "*-l*, *--list*"
2086 msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"
2087
2088 #. type: Plain text
2089 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:59
2090 msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
2091 msgstr ""
2092
2093 #. type: Plain text
2094 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
2095 msgid ""
2096 "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if "
2097 "this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
2098 "they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/"
2099 "partitions_."
2100 msgstr ""
2101
2102 #. type: Labeled list
2103 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:62
2104 #, no-wrap
2105 msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*"
2106 msgstr "*-x*, *--list-details*"
2107
2108 #. type: Plain text
2109 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
2110 msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details."
2111 msgstr ""
2112
2113 #. type: Labeled list
2114 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:68
2115 #, no-wrap
2116 msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
2117 msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
2118
2119 #. type: Plain text
2120 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70
2121 msgid ""
2122 "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The "
2123 "partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', "
2124 "'g', etc.)."
2125 msgstr ""
2126
2127 #. type: Labeled list
2128 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:71 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
2129 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72
2130 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
2131 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:78 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48
2132 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:69
2133 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:48
2134 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:39
2135 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:50
2136 #, no-wrap
2137 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _list_"
2138 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _lista_"
2139
2140 #. type: Plain text
2141 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:73 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188
2142 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
2143 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:71
2144 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45
2145 msgid ""
2146 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
2147 "supported columns."
2148 msgstr ""
2149
2150 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2151 #. type: Plain text
2152 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
2153 msgid ""
2154 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
2155 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
2156 msgstr ""
2157
2158 #. type: Labeled list
2159 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:77
2160 #, no-wrap
2161 msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
2162 msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"
2163
2164 #. type: Plain text
2165 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79
2166 msgid ""
2167 "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
2168 "is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
2169 msgstr ""
2170
2171 #. type: Labeled list
2172 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:80 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
2173 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57
2174 #, no-wrap
2175 msgid "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
2176 msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _tipo_"
2177
2178 #. type: Plain text
2179 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
2180 msgid ""
2181 "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable "
2182 "support for all other types."
2183 msgstr ""
2184
2185 #. type: Labeled list
2186 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:83
2187 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2188 #| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
2189 msgid "*-u*, *--units*[=_unit_]"
2190 msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
2191
2192 #. type: Plain text
2193 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
2194 msgid ""
2195 "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. "
2196 "The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is "
2197 "possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default "
2198 "is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the "
2199 "*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '*-u=*_cylinders_'."
2200 msgstr ""
2201
2202 #. type: Labeled list
2203 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:86
2204 #, no-wrap
2205 msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_"
2206 msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _número_"
2207
2208 #. type: Plain text
2209 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
2210 msgid ""
2211 "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
2212 "would want to do so."
2213 msgstr ""
2214
2215 #. type: Labeled list
2216 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:89
2217 #, no-wrap
2218 msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_"
2219 msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _número_"
2220
2221 #. type: Plain text
2222 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
2223 msgid ""
2224 "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
2225 "course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
2226 "and 16."
2227 msgstr ""
2228
2229 #. type: Labeled list
2230 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:92
2231 #, no-wrap
2232 msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_"
2233 msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _número_"
2234
2235 #. type: Plain text
2236 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94
2237 msgid ""
2238 "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
2239 "number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
2240 "value is 63."
2241 msgstr ""
2242
2243 #. type: Labeled list
2244 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:95 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
2245 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2246 #| msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
2247 msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_"
2248 msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
2249
2250 #. type: Plain text
2251 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97
2252 msgid ""
2253 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
2254 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
2255 "*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
2256 "in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all "
2257 "cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new "
2258 "partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
2259 msgstr ""
2260
2261 #. type: Labeled list
2262 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:98 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207
2263 #, no-wrap
2264 msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_"
2265 msgstr ""
2266
2267 #. type: Plain text
2268 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
2269 msgid ""
2270 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
2271 "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can "
2272 "be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default "
2273 "is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode "
2274 "and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are "
2275 "reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also "
2276 "*wipefs*(8) command."
2277 msgstr ""
2278
2279 #. type: Title ==
2280 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:104
2281 #, no-wrap
2282 msgid "DEVICES"
2283 msgstr "DISPOSITIVOS"
2284
2285 #. type: Plain text
2286 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:107
2287 msgid ""
2288 "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers "
2289 "to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the "
2290 "Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference "
2291 "between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ "
2292 "(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
2293 msgstr ""
2294
2295 #. type: Plain text
2296 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109
2297 #, fuzzy
2298 #| msgid ""
2299 #| "The I<partition> is a I<device> name followed by a partition number.  For "
2300 #| "example, B</dev/hda1> is the first partition on the first IDE hard disk "
2301 #| "in the system.  IDE disks can have up to 63 partitions, SCSI disks up to "
2302 #| "15.  See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
2303 msgid ""
2304 "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
2305 "example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
2306 "system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/"
2307 "devices.txt_ file)."
2308 msgstr ""
2309 "La I<partición> es un nombre de I<dispositivo> seguido por un número de "
2310 "partición. Por ejemplo, B</dev/hda1> es la primera partición del primer "
2311 "disco duro IDE en el sistema.  Los discos IDE pueden tener hasta 63 "
2312 "particiones, los SCSI hasta 15.  Vea también I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
2313 "devices.txt>."
2314
2315 #. type: Title ==
2316 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:110
2317 #, no-wrap
2318 msgid "SIZES"
2319 msgstr ""
2320
2321 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2322 #. type: Plain text
2323 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:115
2324 msgid ""
2325 "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
2326 "sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
2327 msgstr ""
2328
2329 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2330 #. type: Plain text
2331 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:119
2332 msgid ""
2333 "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to "
2334 "the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
2335 "interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
2336 "partition)."
2337 msgstr ""
2338
2339 #. type: Plain text
2340 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:121
2341 msgid ""
2342 "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed "
2343 "by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, "
2344 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
2345 "meaning as \"KiB\"."
2346 msgstr ""
2347
2348 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2349 #. type: Plain text
2350 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:125
2351 msgid ""
2352 "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
2353 "{plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
2354 msgstr ""
2355
2356 #. type: Plain text
2357 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127
2358 msgid ""
2359 "For backward compatibility fdisk also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, "
2360 "MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes "
2361 "are deprecated."
2362 msgstr ""
2363
2364 #. type: Title ==
2365 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:128
2366 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2367 #| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
2368 msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
2369 msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
2370
2371 #. type: Plain text
2372 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:131
2373 #, no-wrap
2374 msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n"
2375 msgstr ""
2376
2377 #. type: Plain text
2378 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:133
2379 msgid ""
2380 "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
2381 "the script file by command 'O'."
2382 msgstr ""
2383
2384 #. type: Plain text
2385 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135
2386 msgid ""
2387 "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
2388 "and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
2389 msgstr ""
2390
2391 #. type: Title ==
2392 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:136
2393 #, no-wrap
2394 msgid "DISK LABELS"
2395 msgstr ""
2396
2397 #. type: Labeled list
2398 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:138
2399 #, no-wrap
2400 msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*"
2401 msgstr ""
2402
2403 #. type: Plain text
2404 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:140
2405 msgid ""
2406 "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
2407 "bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
2408 "an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
2409 "usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
2410 msgstr ""
2411
2412 #. type: Plain text
2413 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:142
2414 msgid ""
2415 "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the "
2416 "GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
2417 "recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
2418 msgstr ""
2419
2420 #. type: Plain text
2421 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144
2422 msgid ""
2423 "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
2424 "UEFI boot loader."
2425 msgstr ""
2426
2427 #. type: Labeled list
2428 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:145
2429 #, no-wrap
2430 msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*"
2431 msgstr ""
2432
2433 #. type: Plain text
2434 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:147
2435 #, fuzzy
2436 #| msgid ""
2437 #| "A DOS type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
2438 #| "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions "
2439 #| "(called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a "
2440 #| "box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list "
2441 #| "of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions.  The "
2442 #| "four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4.  Logical "
2443 #| "partitions start numbering from 5."
2444 msgid ""
2445 "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
2446 "In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
2447 "`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding "
2448 "logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each "
2449 "preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, "
2450 "present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting "
2451 "from 5."
2452 msgstr ""
2453 "Una tabla de partición tipo DOS puede describir un número ilimitado de "
2454 "particiones. En el sector 0 hay sitio para la descripción de 4 particiones "
2455 "(llamadas `primarias'). Una de éstas puede ser una partición extendida; ésta "
2456 "es como una caja que aloja particiones lógicas, con descriptores que se "
2457 "encuentran en una lista enlazada de sectores, cada uno de los cuales precede "
2458 "a las particiones lógicas correspondientes.  Las cuatro particiones "
2459 "primarias, presentes o no, cogen los números del 1 al 4. Las particiones "
2460 "lógicas empiezan con el número 5."
2461
2462 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2463 #. type: Plain text
2464 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:150
2465 #, fuzzy
2466 #| msgid ""
2467 #| "In a DOS type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
2468 #| "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
2469 #| "in 32 bits) and as a Cylinders/Heads/Sectors triple (given in 10+8+6 "
2470 #| "bits). The former is OK - with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
2471 #| "TB. The latter has two different problems. First of all, these C/H/S "
2472 #| "fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of "
2473 #| "sectors per track are known. Secondly, even if we know what these numbers "
2474 #| "should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice.  DOS uses C/H/S "
2475 #| "only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S."
2476 msgid ""
2477 "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
2478 "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
2479 "32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}"
2480 "6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
2481 "TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled "
2482 "only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. "
2483 "And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that "
2484 "are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
2485 "never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be "
2486 "unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
2487 msgstr ""
2488 "En una tabla de particiones de tipo DOS el sitio de comienzo y el tamaño de "
2489 "cada partición se guarda de dos formas: como un número absoluto de sectores "
2490 "(dados en 32 bits) y como una tripleta Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores (C/H/S) "
2491 "(dados en 10+8+6 bits). La primera forma está bien: con sectores de 512 "
2492 "bytes, esto funcionará hasta 2 TB. La última forma tiene dos problemas "
2493 "diferentes. Lo primero, estos campos C/H/S pueden llenarse sólo cuando el "
2494 "número de cabezas y el de sectores por pista se conocen. En segundo lugar, "
2495 "incluso si conocemos cuáles deberían ser estos números, los 24 bits "
2496 "disponibles no bastan. DOS emplea solamente la forma C/H/S, Windows usa "
2497 "ambas, Linux nunca utiliza C/H/S."
2498
2499 #. type: Plain text
2500 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152
2501 #, no-wrap
2502 msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n"
2503 msgstr ""
2504
2505 #. type: Labeled list
2506 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:153
2507 #, no-wrap
2508 msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*"
2509 msgstr ""
2510
2511 #. type: Plain text
2512 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155
2513 #, fuzzy
2514 #| msgid ""
2515 #| "A BSD/SUN type disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which "
2516 #| "should be a `whole disk' partition.  Do not start a partition that "
2517 #| "actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, "
2518 #| "since that will destroy the disklabel."
2519 msgid ""
2520 "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
2521 "a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its "
2522 "first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy "
2523 "the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS "
2524 "partition."
2525 msgstr ""
2526 "Una etiqueta de disco BSD/Sun puede describir 8 particiones, la tercera de "
2527 "las cuales debería ser una partición del `disco entero'.  No haga comenzar "
2528 "una partición que realmente use su primer sector (como una partición de "
2529 "trasiego) en el cilindro 0, pues eso destruiría la etiqueta de disco."
2530
2531 #. type: Labeled list
2532 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:156
2533 #, no-wrap
2534 msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*"
2535 msgstr ""
2536
2537 #. type: Plain text
2538 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:158
2539 msgid ""
2540 "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
2541 "should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled "
2542 "`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i."
2543 "e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The "
2544 "remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory "
2545 "entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not "
2546 "change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
2547 "partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
2548 "SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
2549 msgstr ""
2550
2551 #. type: Plain text
2552 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160
2553 msgid ""
2554 "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) "
2555 "are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
2556 msgstr ""
2557
2558 #. type: Title ==
2559 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:161
2560 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2561 #| msgid "DOS 6.x WARNING"
2562 msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
2563 msgstr "AVISO EN DOS 6.x"
2564
2565 #. type: Plain text
2566 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:164
2567 #, no-wrap
2568 msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n"
2569 msgstr ""
2570
2571 #. type: Plain text
2572 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:166
2573 msgid ""
2574 "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
2575 "the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
2576 "than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
2577 "clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
2578 "change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
2579 "flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
2580 msgstr ""
2581 "La orden FORMAT de DOS 6.x busca cierta información en el primer sector del "
2582 "área de datos de la partición, y trata esta información como más fiable que "
2583 "la de la tabla de particiones. El FORMAT de DOS espera que su FDISK borre "
2584 "los primeros 512 bytes del área de datos de una partición cada vez que tenga "
2585 "lugar un cambio de tamaño. El FORMAT de DOS mirará esta información extra "
2586 "incluso si se da la opción /U; nosotros consideramos esto como un fallo del "
2587 "FORMAT y del FDISK de DOS."
2588
2589 #. type: Plain text
2590 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:168
2591 #, fuzzy
2592 #| msgid ""
2593 #| "The bottom line is that if you use cfdisk or fdisk to change the size of "
2594 #| "a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd> to zero the "
2595 #| "first 512 bytes of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
2596 #| "partition.  For example, if you were using cfdisk to make a DOS partition "
2597 #| "table entry for /dev/hda1, then (after exiting fdisk or cfdisk and "
2598 #| "rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you "
2599 #| "would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" to "
2600 #| "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
2601 msgid ""
2602 "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk* to change the size of "
2603 "a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the "
2604 "first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
2605 "partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition "
2606 "table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux "
2607 "so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command "
2608 "*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of "
2609 "the partition."
2610 msgstr ""
2611 "La moraleja de esto es que si Ud. emplea cfdisk o fdisk para cambiar el "
2612 "tamaño de una entrada de la tabla de particiones de DOS, entonces también "
2613 "debería utilizar B<dd> para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de esa "
2614 "partición antes de emplear el FORMAT de DOS para formatear la partición. Por "
2615 "ejemplo, si Ud. ha estado usando cfdisk para crear una entrada en la tabla "
2616 "de particiones de DOS para /dev/hda1, entonces (tras salir de cfdisk o fdisk "
2617 "y rearrancar Linux para que la información de la tabla de particiones sea "
2618 "válida) Ud. debería emplear la orden \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 "
2619 "count=1\" para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de la partición."
2620
2621 #. type: Plain text
2622 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:170
2623 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2624 #| msgid "If possible, B<fdisk> will obtain the disk geometry automatically.  This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
2625 msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n"
2626 msgstr "Si es posible, B<fdisk> obtendrá la geometría del disco automáticamente. Ésta no es necesariamente la geometría física del disco (de hecho, los discos modernos no tienen realmente nada como una geometría física, ciertamente no algo que pueda describirse de forma tan simplista como la forma Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores), pero es la geometría del disco que MS-DOS emplea para la tabla de particiones."
2627
2628 #. type: Plain text
2629 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:172
2630 msgid ""
2631 "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
2632 "only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
2633 "operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another "
2634 "operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
2635 "the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
2636 "for good cooperation with other systems."
2637 msgstr ""
2638 "Usualmente todo marcha bien sin hacer nada más, y no hay problemas si Linux "
2639 "es el único sistema en el disco. Sin embargo, si el disco tiene que "
2640 "compartirse con otros sistemas operativos, a menudo es una buena idea dejar "
2641 "que un *fdisk* de otro sistema operativo haga al menos una partición. Cuando "
2642 "Linux arranca mira la tabla de particiones, e intenta deducir qué (falsa) "
2643 "geometría se requiere para la buena cooperación con otros sistemas."
2644
2645 #. type: Plain text
2646 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:174
2647 #, fuzzy
2648 #| msgid ""
2649 #| "Whenever a partition table is printed out, a consistency check is "
2650 #| "performed on the partition table entries.  This check verifies that the "
2651 #| "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that the "
2652 #| "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
2653 #| "partition)."
2654 msgid ""
2655 "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
2656 "is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
2657 "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
2658 "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
2659 "partition)."
2660 msgstr ""
2661 "Cada vez que una tabla de particiones se muestra en la salida, se realiza "
2662 "una comprobación de consistencia en las entradas de la tabla de particiones. "
2663 "Esta comprobación verifica que los puntos de inicio y final físicos y "
2664 "lógicos son idénticos, y que la partición empieza y acaba en un límite de "
2665 "cilindro (excepto para la primera partición)."
2666
2667 #. type: Plain text
2668 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:176
2669 msgid ""
2670 "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
2671 "cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
2672 "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
2673 "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
2674 msgstr ""
2675 "Algunas versiones de MS-DOS crean una primera partición que no empieza en un "
2676 "límite de cilindro, sino en el sector 2 del primer cilindro.  Las "
2677 "particiones que comienzan en el cilindro 1 no pueden comenzar en un límite "
2678 "de cilindro, pero esto es muy poco probable que cause la menor dificultad a "
2679 "menos que tenga OS72 en su máquina."
2680
2681 #. type: Plain text
2682 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:178
2683 msgid ""
2684 "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
2685 "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
2686 "program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) "
2687 "programs."
2688 msgstr ""
2689 "Para los mejores resultados, Ud. siempre debería emplear un programa de "
2690 "tabla de particiones específico del S.O. Por ejemplo, debería crear "
2691 "particiones DOS con el programa FDISK de DOS y particiones de Linux con uno "
2692 "de los programas de Linux *fdisk* o *cfdisk*(8)."
2693
2694 #. type: Plain text
2695 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:182
2696 msgid ""
2697 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/"
2698 "fdisk.disable_."
2699 msgstr ""
2700
2701 #. type: Plain text
2702 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:184
2703 msgid ""
2704 "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
2705 "configuration. The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
2706 msgstr ""
2707
2708 #. type: Labeled list
2709 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:185 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:378
2710 #, no-wrap
2711 msgid "*header*"
2712 msgstr "*header*"
2713
2714 #. type: Plain text
2715 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:187 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:380
2716 msgid "The header of the output tables."
2717 msgstr ""
2718
2719 #. type: Labeled list
2720 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:188
2721 #, no-wrap
2722 msgid "*help-title*"
2723 msgstr "*help-title*"
2724
2725 #. type: Plain text
2726 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:190
2727 msgid "The help section titles."
2728 msgstr ""
2729
2730 #. type: Labeled list
2731 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:191 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:380
2732 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:171
2733 #, no-wrap
2734 msgid "*warn*"
2735 msgstr "*warn*"
2736
2737 #. type: Plain text
2738 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:382
2739 msgid "The warning messages."
2740 msgstr ""
2741
2742 #. type: Labeled list
2743 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:194 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:382
2744 #, no-wrap
2745 msgid "*welcome*"
2746 msgstr "*welcome*"
2747
2748 #. type: Plain text
2749 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:196 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:384
2750 msgid "The welcome message."
2751 msgstr ""
2752
2753 #. type: Labeled list
2754 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:199
2755 #, no-wrap
2756 msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2757 msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2758
2759 #. type: Plain text
2760 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:201
2761 msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
2762 msgstr ""
2763
2764 #. type: Plain text
2765 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:221
2766 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2767 msgstr ""
2768 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2769
2770 #. type: Plain text
2771 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:223
2772 msgid ""
2773 "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
2774 "others."
2775 msgstr ""
2776
2777 #. type: Plain text
2778 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:230
2779 #, no-wrap
2780 msgid ""
2781 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
2782 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
2783 "*partx*(8),\n"
2784 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
2785 msgstr ""
2786 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
2787 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
2788 "*partx*(8),\n"
2789 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
2790
2791 #. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
2792 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
2793 #. type: Title =
2794 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:6
2795 #, no-wrap
2796 msgid "fsck(8)"
2797 msgstr "fsck(8)"
2798
2799 #. type: Plain text
2800 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:16
2801 #, fuzzy
2802 #| msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
2803 msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
2804 msgstr "mkfs - construye un sistema de ficheros de Linux"
2805
2806 #. type: Plain text
2807 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20
2808 #, no-wrap
2809 msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n"
2810 msgstr ""
2811
2812 #. type: Plain text
2813 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24
2814 #, no-wrap
2815 msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n"
2816 msgstr ""
2817
2818 #. type: Plain text
2819 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
2820 msgid ""
2821 "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is "
2822 "not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ "
2823 "serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
2824 msgstr ""
2825
2826 #. type: Plain text
2827 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
2828 #, fuzzy
2829 #| msgid ""
2830 #| "The exit status returned by B<fsck.minix> is the sum of the following:"
2831 msgid ""
2832 "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
2833 msgstr ""
2834 "El código de salida devuelto por B<fsck.minix> es la suma de los siguientes:"
2835
2836 #. type: Labeled list
2837 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
2838 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:33
2839 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:73 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49
2840 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:87
2841 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:63
2842 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
2843 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:99
2844 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
2845 #, no-wrap
2846 msgid "*0*"
2847 msgstr "*0*"
2848
2849 #. type: Plain text
2850 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
2851 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:84
2852 msgid "No errors"
2853 msgstr "Sin errores"
2854
2855 #. type: Labeled list
2856 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
2857 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89
2858 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:66
2859 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1362
2860 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:50 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
2861 #, no-wrap
2862 msgid "*1*"
2863 msgstr "*1*"
2864
2865 #. type: Plain text
2866 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33
2867 #, fuzzy
2868 #| msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
2869 msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
2870 msgstr "Se han dejado errores del sistema de ficheros sin corregir"
2871
2872 #. type: Labeled list
2873 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
2874 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:766
2875 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1365 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:102
2876 #, no-wrap
2877 msgid "*2*"
2878 msgstr "*2*"
2879
2880 #. type: Plain text
2881 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35
2882 msgid "System should be rebooted"
2883 msgstr ""
2884
2885 #. type: Labeled list
2886 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48
2887 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:69
2888 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1368 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:105
2889 #, no-wrap
2890 msgid "*4*"
2891 msgstr "*4*"
2892
2893 #. type: delimited block _
2894 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
2895 msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
2896 msgstr "Se han dejado errores del sistema de ficheros sin corregir"
2897
2898 #. type: Labeled list
2899 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
2900 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:75
2901 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1371 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:108
2902 #, no-wrap
2903 msgid "*8*"
2904 msgstr "*8*"
2905
2906 #. type: Plain text
2907 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94
2908 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
2909 msgid "Operational error"
2910 msgstr "Error operacional"
2911
2912 #. type: Labeled list
2913 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:52
2914 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1374
2915 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:111
2916 #, no-wrap
2917 msgid "*16*"
2918 msgstr "*16*"
2919
2920 #. type: Plain text
2921 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:96
2922 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:88
2923 msgid "Usage or syntax error"
2924 msgstr "Error de modo de empleo o de sintaxis"
2925
2926 #. type: Labeled list
2927 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
2928 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1377
2929 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:114
2930 #, no-wrap
2931 msgid "*32*"
2932 msgstr "*32*"
2933
2934 #. type: Plain text
2935 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
2936 msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
2937 msgstr ""
2938
2939 #. type: Labeled list
2940 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
2941 #, no-wrap
2942 msgid "*128*"
2943 msgstr "*128*"
2944
2945 #. type: Plain text
2946 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:45
2947 msgid "Shared-library error"
2948 msgstr ""
2949
2950 #. type: Plain text
2951 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
2952 msgid ""
2953 "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
2954 "wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
2955 msgstr ""
2956
2957 #. type: Plain text
2958 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
2959 #, fuzzy
2960 #| msgid ""
2961 #| "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
2962 #| "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
2963 #| "specific builder is searched for via your B<PATH> environment setting "
2964 #| "only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further "
2965 #| "details."
2966 msgid ""
2967 "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
2968 "checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
2969 "checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is "
2970 "undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
2971 msgstr ""
2972 "B<mkfs> es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de "
2973 "sistemas de ficheros (B<mkfs>.I<tipo-sf>) disponibles en Linux.  El "
2974 "constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los "
2975 "directorios definidos en el PATH. Consulte la correspondiente página de "
2976 "manual para cada constructor en concreto."
2977
2978 #. type: Plain text
2979 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
2980 msgid ""
2981 "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
2982 msgstr ""
2983
2984 #. type: Labeled list
2985 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:44
2986 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:97
2987 #, no-wrap
2988 msgid "*-l*"
2989 msgstr "*-l*"
2990
2991 #. type: Plain text
2992 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
2993 msgid ""
2994 "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for "
2995 "whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means "
2996 "that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when "
2997 "more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored "
2998 "when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not "
2999 "lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or "
3000 "DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
3001 msgstr ""
3002
3003 #. type: Labeled list
3004 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57
3005 #, no-wrap
3006 msgid "*-r* [_fd_]"
3007 msgstr ""
3008
3009 #. type: Plain text
3010 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
3011 msgid ""
3012 "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
3013 "include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
3014 "elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
3015 "run. For example:"
3016 msgstr ""
3017
3018 #. type: Plain text
3019 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61
3020 #, no-wrap
3021 msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
3022 msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
3023
3024 #. type: Plain text
3025 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
3026 msgid ""
3027 "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the "
3028 "progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
3029 "parsable format. For example:"
3030 msgstr ""
3031
3032 #. type: Plain text
3033 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65
3034 #, no-wrap
3035 msgid "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
3036 msgstr "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
3037
3038 #. type: Labeled list
3039 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:59
3040 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:385
3041 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:59
3042 #, no-wrap
3043 msgid "*-s*"
3044 msgstr "*-s*"
3045
3046 #. type: Plain text
3047 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
3048 msgid ""
3049 "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
3050 "multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
3051 "*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run "
3052 "in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, "
3053 "if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if "
3054 "you do not.)"
3055 msgstr ""
3056
3057 #. type: Labeled list
3058 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69
3059 #, no-wrap
3060 msgid "*-t* _fslist_"
3061 msgstr ""
3062
3063 #. type: Plain text
3064 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
3065 msgid ""
3066 "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is "
3067 "specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ "
3068 "parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
3069 "All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
3070 "negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those "
3071 "filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the "
3072 "filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those "
3073 "listed filesystems will be checked."
3074 msgstr ""
3075
3076 #. type: Plain text
3077 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
3078 msgid ""
3079 "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They "
3080 "must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is "
3081 "present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount "
3082 "options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is "
3083 "prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
3084 "have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be "
3085 "checked."
3086 msgstr ""
3087
3088 #. type: Plain text
3089 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
3090 msgid ""
3091 "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed "
3092 "in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
3093 msgstr ""
3094
3095 #. type: Plain text
3096 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
3097 msgid ""
3098 "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
3099 "an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of "
3100 "*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified "
3101 "as an argument to the *-t* option."
3102 msgstr ""
3103
3104 #. type: Plain text
3105 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
3106 msgid ""
3107 "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/"
3108 "etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
3109 "deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-"
3110 "t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is "
3111 "not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
3112 msgstr ""
3113
3114 #. type: Labeled list
3115 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80
3116 #, no-wrap
3117 msgid "*-A*"
3118 msgstr "*-A*"
3119
3120 #. type: Plain text
3121 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
3122 msgid ""
3123 "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one "
3124 "run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization "
3125 "file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
3126 msgstr ""
3127
3128 #. type: Plain text
3129 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
3130 msgid ""
3131 "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is "
3132 "specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
3133 "specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. "
3134 "Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at "
3135 "all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be "
3136 "checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being "
3137 "checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
3138 "*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
3139 "running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
3140 msgstr ""
3141
3142 #. type: Plain text
3143 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86
3144 #, no-wrap
3145 msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n"
3146 msgstr ""
3147
3148 #. type: Plain text
3149 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
3150 msgid ""
3151 "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root "
3152 "filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems "
3153 "to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically "
3154 "run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System "
3155 "administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to "
3156 "avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for "
3157 "example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive "
3158 "paging is a concern."
3159 msgstr ""
3160
3161 #. type: Plain text
3162 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90
3163 #, no-wrap
3164 msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n"
3165 msgstr ""
3166
3167 #. type: Labeled list
3168 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91
3169 #, no-wrap
3170 msgid "*-C* [_fd_]"
3171 msgstr ""
3172
3173 #. type: Plain text
3174 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
3175 msgid ""
3176 "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
3177 "only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem "
3178 "checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
3179 "front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress "
3180 "bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
3181 msgstr ""
3182
3183 #. type: Labeled list
3184 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:67
3185 #, no-wrap
3186 msgid "*-M*"
3187 msgstr "*-M*"
3188
3189 #. type: Plain text
3190 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
3191 msgid ""
3192 "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
3193 "filesystems."
3194 msgstr ""
3195
3196 #. type: Labeled list
3197 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97
3198 #, no-wrap
3199 msgid "*-N*"
3200 msgstr "*-N*"
3201
3202 #. type: Plain text
3203 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:99
3204 msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
3205 msgstr ""
3206
3207 #. type: Labeled list
3208 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:100
3209 #, no-wrap
3210 msgid "*-P*"
3211 msgstr "*-P*"
3212
3213 #. type: Plain text
3214 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
3215 msgid ""
3216 "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
3217 "other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
3218 "the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might "
3219 "be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't "
3220 "want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is "
3221 "really the right solution)."
3222 msgstr ""
3223
3224 #. type: Labeled list
3225 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103
3226 #, no-wrap
3227 msgid "*-R*"
3228 msgstr "*-R*"
3229
3230 #. type: Plain text
3231 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
3232 msgid ""
3233 "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. "
3234 "(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
3235 "write.)"
3236 msgstr ""
3237
3238 #. type: Labeled list
3239 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106
3240 #, no-wrap
3241 msgid "*-T*"
3242 msgstr "*-T*"
3243
3244 #. type: Plain text
3245 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:108
3246 msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
3247 msgstr ""
3248
3249 #. type: Labeled list
3250 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:109
3251 #, no-wrap
3252 msgid "*-V*"
3253 msgstr "*-V*"
3254
3255 #. type: Plain text
3256 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
3257 msgid ""
3258 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
3259 "executed."
3260 msgstr ""
3261
3262 #. type: Labeled list
3263 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112
3264 #, no-wrap
3265 msgid "*-?*, *--help*"
3266 msgstr "*-?*, *--help*"
3267
3268 #. type: Labeled list
3269 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:45
3270 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:183 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:157
3271 #, no-wrap
3272 msgid "*--version*"
3273 msgstr "*--version*"
3274
3275 #. type: Title ==
3276 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118
3277 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
3278 #| msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
3279 msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
3280 msgstr "OPCIONES DE MONTAJE ESPECÍFICAS DE SISTEMAS DE FICHEROS"
3281
3282 #. type: Plain text
3283 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121
3284 #, no-wrap
3285 msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n"
3286 msgstr ""
3287
3288 #. type: Plain text
3289 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
3290 msgid ""
3291 "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be "
3292 "able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
3293 msgstr ""
3294
3295 #. type: Plain text
3296 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
3297 msgid ""
3298 "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-"
3299 "specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
3300 msgstr ""
3301
3302 #. type: Plain text
3303 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
3304 msgid ""
3305 "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
3306 "options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
3307 "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
3308 "If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
3309 "doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're "
3310 "almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. "
3311 "Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
3312 msgstr ""
3313
3314 #. type: Plain text
3315 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
3316 #, fuzzy
3317 #| msgid ""
3318 #| "E<.Nm More> utilizes the following environment variables, if they exist:"
3319 msgid ""
3320 "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
3321 "variables:"
3322 msgstr "Si existen, E<.Nm More> usa las siguientes variables de entorno:"
3323
3324 #. type: Labeled list
3325 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132
3326 #, no-wrap
3327 msgid "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
3328 msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
3329
3330 #. type: Plain text
3331 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
3332 msgid ""
3333 "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the "
3334 "specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
3335 "appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
3336 "end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
3337 "Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
3338 msgstr ""
3339
3340 #. type: Labeled list
3341 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135
3342 #, no-wrap
3343 msgid "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
3344 msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
3345
3346 #. type: Plain text
3347 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
3348 msgid ""
3349 "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
3350 "checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
3351 "have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem "
3352 "checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
3353 "the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
3354 "be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may "
3355 "attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
3356 "based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
3357 msgstr ""
3358
3359 #. type: Labeled list
3360 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138
3361 #, no-wrap
3362 msgid "*PATH*"
3363 msgstr "*PATH*"
3364
3365 #. type: Plain text
3366 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140
3367 msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
3368 msgstr ""
3369
3370 #. type: Labeled list
3371 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141
3372 #, no-wrap
3373 msgid "*FSTAB_FILE*"
3374 msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*"
3375
3376 #. type: Plain text
3377 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
3378 msgid ""
3379 "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
3380 "standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers "
3381 "who are testing *fsck*."
3382 msgstr ""
3383
3384 #. type: Labeled list
3385 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144
3386 #, no-wrap
3387 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
3388 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
3389
3390 #. type: Labeled list
3391 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:147
3392 #, no-wrap
3393 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
3394 msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
3395
3396 #. type: Plain text
3397 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:149 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
3398 msgid "enables libmount debug output."
3399 msgstr ""
3400
3401 #. type: Title ==
3402 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134
3403 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:139
3404 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:113
3405 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
3406 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50
3407 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:120
3408 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:139
3409 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1412 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:60
3410 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118
3411 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59
3412 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:80
3413 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:300 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:91
3414 #, no-wrap
3415 msgid "FILES"
3416 msgstr "FICHEROS"
3417
3418 #. type: Labeled list
3419 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50
3420 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:137
3421 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:170
3422 #, no-wrap
3423 msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
3424 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"
3425
3426 #. type: Plain text
3427 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
3428 msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
3429 msgstr ""
3430 "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
3431
3432 #. type: Plain text
3433 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172
3434 #, no-wrap
3435 msgid ""
3436 "*fstab*(5),\n"
3437 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3438 "*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
3439 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3440 "*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
3441 "*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
3442 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
3443 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
3444 "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
3445 "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
3446 "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
3447 msgstr ""
3448 "*fstab*(5),\n"
3449 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3450 "*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
3451 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3452 "*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
3453 "*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
3454 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
3455 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
3456 "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
3457 "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
3458 "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
3459
3460 #. type: Title =
3461 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:2
3462 #, no-wrap
3463 msgid "fsck.cramfs(8)"
3464 msgstr "fsck.cramfs(8)"
3465
3466 #. type: Plain text
3467 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:12
3468 #, fuzzy
3469 #| msgid "fsck.minix - a file system consistency checker for Linux"
3470 msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
3471 msgstr ""
3472 "fsck.minix - un comprobador de consistencia de sistemas de ficheros Minix "
3473 "para Linux"
3474
3475 #. type: Plain text
3476 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16
3477 #, no-wrap
3478 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _file_\n"
3479 msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* [opciones] _fichero_\n"
3480
3481 #. type: Plain text
3482 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:20
3483 #, no-wrap
3484 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* is used to check the cramfs file system.\n"
3485 msgstr ""
3486
3487 #. type: Labeled list
3488 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56
3489 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96
3490 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39
3491 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101
3492 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:49
3493 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:52
3494 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64
3495 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:95
3496 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:429 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51
3497 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:37
3498 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:111
3499 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:71
3500 #, no-wrap
3501 msgid "*-v*, *--verbose*"
3502 msgstr "*-v*, *--verbose*"
3503
3504 #. type: Plain text
3505 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:25 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:37
3506 msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
3507 msgstr ""
3508
3509 #. type: Labeled list
3510 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:26
3511 #, no-wrap
3512 msgid "*-b*, *--blocksize* _blocksize_"
3513 msgstr ""
3514
3515 #. type: Plain text
3516 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
3517 msgid ""
3518 "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
3519 "creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
3520 msgstr ""
3521
3522 #. type: Labeled list
3523 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29
3524 #, no-wrap
3525 msgid "*--extract*[=_directory_]"
3526 msgstr "*--extract*[=_directorio_]"
3527
3528 #. type: Plain text
3529 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
3530 msgid ""
3531 "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
3532 "_file_ to _directory_."
3533 msgstr ""
3534
3535 #. type: Labeled list
3536 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32
3537 #, no-wrap
3538 msgid "*-a*"
3539 msgstr "*-a*"
3540
3541 #. type: Plain text
3542 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:37
3543 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:46
3544 #, fuzzy
3545 #| msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
3546 msgid "This option is silently ignored."
3547 msgstr "Estas opciones se aceptan pero no tienen efecto."
3548
3549 #. type: Labeled list
3550 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:35
3551 #, no-wrap
3552 msgid "*-y*"
3553 msgstr "*-y*"
3554
3555 #. type: Title ==
3556 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:80
3557 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53
3558 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:71 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:78
3559 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51
3560 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:108 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:99
3561 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:147
3562 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:83
3563 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:187 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:124
3564 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59
3565 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177
3566 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:92
3567 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:341
3568 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:87
3569 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1355 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43
3570 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:33
3571 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:76 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:80
3572 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:221
3573 #, no-wrap
3574 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
3575 msgstr "ESTADO DE SALIDA"
3576
3577 #. type: Plain text
3578 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
3579 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51
3580 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:128
3581 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64
3582 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1361
3583 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
3584 msgid "success"
3585 msgstr ""
3586
3587 #. type: Plain text
3588 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
3589 #, fuzzy
3590 #| msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
3591 msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
3592 msgstr "Se han dejado errores del sistema de ficheros sin corregir"
3593
3594 #. type: Plain text
3595 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:77
3596 msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
3597 msgstr ""
3598
3599 #. type: Plain text
3600 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:54
3601 #, fuzzy
3602 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
3603 msgid "usage information was printed"
3604 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
3605
3606 #. type: Plain text
3607 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:59
3608 #, no-wrap
3609 msgid ""
3610 "*mount*(8),\n"
3611 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
3612 msgstr ""
3613 "*mount*(8),\n"
3614 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
3615
3616 #. Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
3617 #. May be freely distributed.
3618 #. type: Title =
3619 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:6
3620 #, no-wrap
3621 msgid "fsck.minix(8)"
3622 msgstr "fsck.minix(8)"
3623
3624 #. type: Plain text
3625 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:16
3626 #, fuzzy
3627 #| msgid "fsck.minix - a file system consistency checker for Linux"
3628 msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
3629 msgstr ""
3630 "fsck.minix - un comprobador de consistencia de sistemas de ficheros Minix "
3631 "para Linux"
3632
3633 #. type: Plain text
3634 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20
3635 #, no-wrap
3636 msgid "*fsck.minix* [options] _device_\n"
3637 msgstr "*fsck.minix* [opciones] _dispositivo_\n"
3638
3639 #. type: Plain text
3640 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24
3641 #, no-wrap
3642 msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n"
3643 msgstr "*fsck.minix* realiza una comprobación de consistencia para el sistema de ficheros MINIX de Linux.\n"
3644
3645 #. type: Plain text
3646 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
3647 #, fuzzy
3648 #| msgid ""
3649 #| "The program assumes the file system is quiescent.  B<fsck.minix> should "
3650 #| "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
3651 #| "to it (and remember that the kernel can write to it when it searches for "
3652 #| "files)."
3653 msgid ""
3654 "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be "
3655 "used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
3656 "Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
3657 msgstr ""
3658 "El programa supone que el sistema de ficheros está inactivo.  B<fsck.minix> "
3659 "no debería emplearse en un dispositivo montado a menos que Ud. esté seguro "
3660 "de que nadie está escribiendo en él (y recuerde que el núcleo puede escribir "
3661 "en él cuando busca ficheros)."
3662
3663 #. type: Plain text
3664 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28
3665 #, fuzzy
3666 #| msgid "The device will usually have the following form:"
3667 msgid "The _device_ name will usually have the following form:"
3668 msgstr "El dispositivo tendrá usualmente la forma siguiente:"
3669
3670 #. type: Table
3671 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:36
3672 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
3673 #| msgid ""
3674 #| "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
3675 #| "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
3676 #| "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
3677 #| "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
3678 msgid ""
3679 "|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disk 1\n"
3680 "|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disk 2\n"
3681 "|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disk 1\n"
3682 "|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disk 2\n"
3683 msgstr ""
3684 "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (primer disco IDE)\n"
3685 "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (segundo disco IDE)\n"
3686 "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (primer disco SCSI)\n"
3687 "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (segundo disco SCSI)\n"
3688
3689 #. type: delimited block _
3690 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
3691 #, fuzzy
3692 #| msgid ""
3693 #| "If the file system was changed (i.e., repaired), then B<fsck.minix> will "
3694 #| "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2)  three times before "
3695 #| "exiting.  Since Linux does not currently have raw devices, there is I<no> "
3696 #| "need to reboot at this time (versus a system which I<does> have raw "
3697 #| "devices)."
3698 msgid ""
3699 "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print "
3700 "\"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. "
3701 "There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
3702 msgstr ""
3703 "Si el sistema de ficheros sufrió algún cambio (esto es, fue reparado), "
3704 "entonces B<fsck.minix> mostrará la frase \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" (\"el "
3705 "sistema de ficheros ha cambiado\") y hará un B<sync>(2)  tres veces antes de "
3706 "salir. Puesto que Linux actualmente no tiene dispositivos \"crudos\", I<no> "
3707 "hay necesidad de rearrancar en este momento (lo contrario de un sistema que "
3708 "I<sí> tenga dispositivos \"crudos\")."
3709
3710 #. type: Title ==
3711 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:31
3712 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:46
3713 #, no-wrap
3714 msgid "WARNING"
3715 msgstr "AVISO"
3716
3717 #. type: delimited block _
3718 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44
3719 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
3720 #| msgid "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem.  Using B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem (i.e., the root filesystem), make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
3721 msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n"
3722 msgstr "B<fsck.minix> B<no> debería emplearse en un sistema de ficheros montado. Usar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado es muy peligroso, debido a la posibilidad de que ficheros borrados estén todavía en uso, ¡y se puede dañar seriamente un sistema de ficheros en perfecto estado! Si Ud. tiene la absoluta necesidad de ejecutar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado (i.e., el sistema de ficheros raíz), asegúrese de que nada está escribiendo en el disco, y que no hay ficheros \"zombis\" esperando su borrado."
3723
3724 #. type: delimited block _
3725 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49
3726 msgid "List all filenames."
3727 msgstr "Lista todos los nombres de fichero."
3728
3729 #. type: Labeled list
3730 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:50
3731 #, no-wrap
3732 msgid "*-r*, *--repair*"
3733 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair*"
3734
3735 #. type: delimited block _
3736 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:52
3737 msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
3738 msgstr "Efectúa reparaciones interactivas."
3739
3740 #. type: Labeled list
3741 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:36
3742 #, no-wrap
3743 msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
3744 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
3745
3746 #. type: delimited block _
3747 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
3748 msgid ""
3749 "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to "
3750 "answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
3751 "extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
3752 msgstr ""
3753 "Efectúa reparaciones automáticas. Esta opción implica *--repair* y sirve "
3754 "para contestar todas las preguntas con la respuesta predeterminada. Observe "
3755 "que esto puede ser extremadamente peligroso en el caso de daños extensos en "
3756 "el sistema de ficheros."
3757
3758 #. type: Labeled list
3759 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59
3760 #, no-wrap
3761 msgid "*-s*, *--super*"
3762 msgstr "*-s*, *--super*"
3763
3764 #. type: delimited block _
3765 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:61
3766 msgid "Output super-block information."
3767 msgstr "Muestra información del súper-bloque."
3768
3769 #. type: Labeled list
3770 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:62
3771 #, no-wrap
3772 msgid "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
3773 msgstr "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
3774
3775 #. type: delimited block _
3776 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:64
3777 msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
3778 msgstr "Activa los avisos al estilo de MINIX \"modo no limpiado\"."
3779
3780 #. type: Labeled list
3781 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:44
3782 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
3783 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95
3784 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73
3785 #, no-wrap
3786 msgid "*-f*, *--force*"
3787 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
3788
3789 #. type: delimited block _
3790 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
3791 msgid ""
3792 "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
3793 "is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
3794 msgstr ""
3795 "Fuerza la comprobación del sistema de ficheros incluso si el sistema de "
3796 "ficheros fue marcado como válido. Esta marca la hace el núcleo cuando el "
3797 "sistema de ficheros se desmonta."
3798
3799 #. type: Title ==
3800 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:74 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325
3801 #, no-wrap
3802 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
3803 msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS"
3804
3805 #. type: delimited block _
3806 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:77
3807 msgid ""
3808 "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
3809 "commonly seen in normal usage."
3810 msgstr ""
3811 "Hay numerosos mensajes de diagnóstico. Los mencionados aquí son los más "
3812 "comúnmente vistos en el uso normal."
3813
3814 #. type: delimited block _
3815 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79
3816 msgid ""
3817 "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super "
3818 "block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* "
3819 "will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
3820 msgstr ""
3821 "Si el dispositivo no existe, *fsck.minix* mostrará \"unable to read super "
3822 "block\" (\"incapaz de leer el súper-bloque\").  Si el dispositivo existe "
3823 "pero no es un sistema de ficheros MINIX, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"bad magic "
3824 "number in super-block\" (\"mal numéro mágico en el súper-bloque\")."
3825
3826 #. type: delimited block _
3827 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:83
3828 msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:"
3829 msgstr ""
3830 "El código de salida devuelto por *fsck.minix* es la suma de los siguientes:"
3831
3832 #. type: Labeled list
3833 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
3834 #, no-wrap
3835 msgid "*3*"
3836 msgstr "*3*"
3837
3838 #. type: delimited block _
3839 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88
3840 msgid ""
3841 "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
3842 "mounted"
3843 msgstr ""
3844 "Errores del sistema de ficheros corregidos, el sistema debería rearrancarse "
3845 "si el sistema de ficheros estaba montado"
3846
3847 #. type: Labeled list
3848 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
3849 #, no-wrap
3850 msgid "*7*"
3851 msgstr "*7*"
3852
3853 #. type: delimited block _
3854 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92
3855 msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
3856 msgstr ""
3857
3858 #. type: delimited block _
3859 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:101
3860 msgid ""
3861 "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:"
3862 "faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:"
3863 "greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of "
3864 "mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
3865 "Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund."
3866 "de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. "
3867 "Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
3868 msgstr ""
3869
3870 #. type: delimited block _
3871 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:110
3872 #, no-wrap
3873 msgid ""
3874 "*fsck*(8),\n"
3875 "*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
3876 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3877 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
3878 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
3879 "*reboot*(8)\n"
3880 msgstr ""
3881 "*fsck*(8),\n"
3882 "*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
3883 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3884 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
3885 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
3886 "*reboot*(8)\n"
3887
3888 #. type: Title =
3889 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:2
3890 #, no-wrap
3891 msgid "isosize(8)"
3892 msgstr "isosize(8)"
3893
3894 #. type: Plain text
3895 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:12
3896 msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
3897 msgstr "isosize - muestra la longitud de un sistema de ficheros ISO-9660"
3898
3899 #. type: Plain text
3900 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:16
3901 #, no-wrap
3902 msgid "*isosize* [options] _iso9660_image_file_\n"
3903 msgstr "*isosize* [opciones] _fichero_de_imagen_iso9660_\n"
3904
3905 #. type: Plain text
3906 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
3907 msgid ""
3908 "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
3909 "in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
3910 "g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it "
3911 "will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a "
3912 "large number (>> 4 GB)."
3913 msgstr ""
3914
3915 #. type: Labeled list
3916 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23
3917 #, no-wrap
3918 msgid "*-x*, *--sectors*"
3919 msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*"
3920
3921 #. type: Plain text
3922 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
3923 msgid ""
3924 "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
3925 "the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
3926 msgstr ""
3927
3928 #. type: Labeled list
3929 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42
3930 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:53
3931 #, no-wrap
3932 msgid "*-d*, *--divisor* _number_"
3933 msgstr "*-d*, *--divisor* _número_"
3934
3935 #. type: Plain text
3936 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
3937 msgid ""
3938 "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is "
3939 "the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the "
3940 "block size then the shown value will be the block count."
3941 msgstr ""
3942
3943 #. type: Plain text
3944 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
3945 msgid ""
3946 "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
3947 "marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
3948 "for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
3949 "end of an iso9660 image."
3950 msgstr ""
3951
3952 #. type: Plain text
3953 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
3954 msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
3955 msgstr ""
3956
3957 #. type: Plain text
3958 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
3959 msgid "all failed"
3960 msgstr ""
3961
3962 #. type: Labeled list
3963 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91
3964 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:69
3965 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1380
3966 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:117
3967 #, no-wrap
3968 msgid "*64*"
3969 msgstr "*64*"
3970
3971 #. type: Plain text
3972 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41
3973 msgid "some failed"
3974 msgstr ""
3975
3976 #. type: Title =
3977 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:2
3978 #, no-wrap
3979 msgid "mkfs(8)"
3980 msgstr "mkfs(8)"
3981
3982 #. type: Plain text
3983 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:12
3984 msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
3985 msgstr "mkfs - construye un sistema de ficheros de Linux"
3986
3987 #. type: Plain text
3988 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:16
3989 #, no-wrap
3990 msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n"
3991 msgstr "*mkfs* [opciones] [*-t* _tipo_] [_opciones-sf_] _dispositivo_ [_tamaño_]\n"
3992
3993 #. type: Plain text
3994 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20
3995 #, no-wrap
3996 msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n"
3997 msgstr "*Este frontend de mkfs está obsoleto. Se recomiendo usar la aplicación concreta para cada sistema de ficheros mkfs.<tipo>.*\n"
3998
3999 #. type: Plain text
4000 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22
4001 #, no-wrap
4002 msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n"
4003 msgstr "*mkfs* se emplea para crear un sistema de ficheros de Linux en un dispositivo, generalmente una partición de un disco duro.  _dispositivo_ es el nombre del dispositivo (como por ejemplo _/dev/hda1_ o _/dev/sdb2_) o  un fichero que contenga un sistema de ficheros.  _I<tamaño>_ es el cantidad de bloques que el sistema de ficheros empleará.\n"
4004
4005 #. type: Plain text
4006 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24
4007 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
4008 msgstr ""
4009 "El código de salida devuelto por *mkfs* es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba "
4010 "en fallo."
4011
4012 #. type: Plain text
4013 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
4014 msgid ""
4015 "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
4016 "builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
4017 "specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. "
4018 "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
4019 msgstr ""
4020 "*mkfs* es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de "
4021 "sistemas de ficheros (**mkfs.**__tipo-sf__) disponibles en Linux.  El "
4022 "constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los "
4023 "directorios definidos en el *PATH*. Consulte la correspondiente página de "
4024 "manual para cada constructor en concreto."
4025
4026 #. type: Plain text
4027 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
4028 msgid ""
4029 "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
4030 "filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
4031 msgstr ""
4032 "Especifica el _tipo_ de sistema de ficheros a construir.  Si no se define "
4033 "ninguno en concreto, se utlizará ext2 por defecto."
4034
4035 #. type: Labeled list
4036 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32
4037 #, no-wrap
4038 msgid "_fs-options_"
4039 msgstr "_opciones-sf_"
4040
4041 #. type: Plain text
4042 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
4043 msgid ""
4044 "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
4045 msgstr ""
4046 "Opciones del sistema de ficheros específico, que se pasarán al constructor "
4047 "real del sistema de ficheros."
4048
4049 #. type: Labeled list
4050 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35
4051 #, no-wrap
4052 msgid "*-V*, *--verbose*"
4053 msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*"
4054
4055 #. type: Plain text
4056 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
4057 msgid ""
4058 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
4059 "executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
4060 "filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
4061 msgstr ""
4062 "Produce una salida más prolija, incluyendo todas las órdenes ejecutadas "
4063 "específicas del sistema de ficheros.  Especificar esta opción más de una vez "
4064 "inhibe la ejecución de cualquier orden de un sistema de ficheros "
4065 "específico.  Esto es útil en el caso de la realización de pruebas."
4066
4067 #. type: Plain text
4068 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
4069 msgid ""
4070 "Display version information and exit. (Option *-V* will display version "
4071 "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--"
4072 "verbose*.)"
4073 msgstr ""
4074 "Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción *-V* mostrará "
4075 "información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino hará lo mismo "
4076 "que *--verbose*."
4077
4078 #. type: Title ==
4079 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:55
4080 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:153 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71
4081 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:165 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:143
4082 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:78 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54
4083 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:148
4084 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1438 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:71
4085 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:317 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160
4086 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:74
4087 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:149 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
4088 #, no-wrap
4089 msgid "BUGS"
4090 msgstr "ERRORES"
4091
4092 #. type: Plain text
4093 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:47
4094 msgid ""
4095 "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
4096 "specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
4097 "detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
4098 msgstr ""
4099 "Todas las opciones genéricas deben ir antes y no combinadas con las "
4100 "específicas del sistema de ficheros.  Algunos programas específicos de un "
4101 "sistema de ficheros no detectan automáticamente el tamaño del dispositivo y "
4102 "requieren el parámetro _tamaño_."
4103
4104 #. type: Plain text
4105 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53
4106 msgid ""
4107 "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
4108 "van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
4109 msgstr ""
4110 "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
4111 "van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
4112
4113 #. type: Plain text
4114 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:55
4115 msgid ""
4116 "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
4117 "ext2 filesystem."
4118 msgstr ""
4119 "La página del Manual fue adaptada sin ningún rubor de la versión de Remy "
4120 "Card para el sistema de ficheros ext2."
4121
4122 #. type: Plain text
4123 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:71
4124 #, no-wrap
4125 msgid ""
4126 "*fs*(5),\n"
4127 "*badblocks*(8),\n"
4128 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4129 "*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
4130 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
4131 "*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
4132 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4133 "*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
4134 "*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
4135 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4136 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
4137 "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
4138 "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
4139 msgstr ""
4140 "*fs*(5),\n"
4141 "*badblocks*(8),\n"
4142 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4143 "*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
4144 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
4145 "*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
4146 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4147 "*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
4148 "*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
4149 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4150 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
4151 "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
4152 "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
4153
4154 #. Copyright 1999 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4155 #. May be freely distributed.
4156 #. type: Title =
4157 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:6
4158 #, no-wrap
4159 msgid "mkfs.bfs(8)"
4160 msgstr "mkfs.bfs(8)"
4161
4162 #. type: Plain text
4163 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:16
4164 #, fuzzy
4165 #| msgid "mkfs - make a Linux MINIX filesystem"
4166 msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
4167 msgstr "mkfs - construye un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux"
4168
4169 #. type: Plain text
4170 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:20
4171 #, no-wrap
4172 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _device_ [_block-count_]\n"
4173 msgstr ""
4174
4175 #. type: Plain text
4176 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24
4177 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
4178 #| msgid "B<mkfs.minix> creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition)."
4179 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n"
4180 msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> crea un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux sobre un dispositivo (usualmente una partición de disco)."
4181
4182 #. type: Plain text
4183 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
4184 msgid ""
4185 "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
4186 "blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
4187 msgstr ""
4188
4189 #. type: Labeled list
4190 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29
4191 #, no-wrap
4192 msgid "*-N*, *--inodes* _number_"
4193 msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _número_"
4194
4195 #. type: Plain text
4196 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
4197 msgid ""
4198 "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
4199 "specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
4200 "the size of the partition."
4201 msgstr ""
4202
4203 #. type: Labeled list
4204 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32
4205 #, no-wrap
4206 msgid "*-V*, *--vname* _label_"
4207 msgstr "*-V*, *--vname* _etiqueta_"
4208
4209 #. type: Plain text
4210 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:34
4211 #, fuzzy
4212 #| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
4213 msgid "Specify the volume _label_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
4214 msgstr "Especifica el número de nodos-índice para el sistema de ficheros."
4215
4216 #. type: Labeled list
4217 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:35
4218 #, no-wrap
4219 msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_"
4220 msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _nombre_"
4221
4222 #. type: Plain text
4223 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37
4224 msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
4225 msgstr ""
4226
4227 #. type: Plain text
4228 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73
4229 msgid "Explain what is being done."
4230 msgstr ""
4231
4232 #. type: Labeled list
4233 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:39
4234 #, no-wrap
4235 msgid "*-c*"
4236 msgstr "*-c*"
4237
4238 #. type: Plain text
4239 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:52
4240 #, fuzzy
4241 #| msgid ""
4242 #| "Display version information and exit. (Option B<-V> will display version "
4243 #| "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
4244 #| "B<--verbose>.)"
4245 msgid ""
4246 "Display version information and exit. Option *-V* only works as *--version* "
4247 "when it is the only option."
4248 msgstr ""
4249 "Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción B<-V> mostrará "
4250 "información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino hará lo mismo "
4251 "que B<--verbose>."
4252
4253 #. type: Plain text
4254 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:56
4255 #, fuzzy
4256 #| msgid ""
4257 #| "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
4258 msgid ""
4259 "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
4260 "something went wrong."
4261 msgstr ""
4262 "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
4263 "acaba en fallo."
4264
4265 #. type: Plain text
4266 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:60
4267 #, no-wrap
4268 msgid "*mkfs*(8)\n"
4269 msgstr "*mkfs*(8)\n"
4270
4271 #. type: Title =
4272 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:2
4273 #, no-wrap
4274 msgid "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
4275 msgstr "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
4276
4277 #. type: Plain text
4278 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:12
4279 #, fuzzy
4280 #| msgid "mkfs - make a Linux MINIX filesystem"
4281 msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
4282 msgstr "mkfs - construye un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux"
4283
4284 #. type: Plain text
4285 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:16
4286 #, no-wrap
4287 msgid "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _directory file_\n"
4288 msgstr ""
4289
4290 #. type: Plain text
4291 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
4292 msgid ""
4293 "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
4294 "random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
4295 "terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
4296 "systems."
4297 msgstr ""
4298
4299 #. type: Plain text
4300 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
4301 msgid ""
4302 "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
4303 "write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
4304 "with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
4305 msgstr ""
4306
4307 #. type: Plain text
4308 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24
4309 msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
4310 msgstr ""
4311
4312 #. type: Plain text
4313 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
4314 msgid ""
4315 "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
4316 "file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
4317 msgstr ""
4318
4319 #. type: Title ==
4320 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:74
4321 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35
4322 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:59
4323 #, no-wrap
4324 msgid "ARGUMENTS"
4325 msgstr "ARGUMENTOS"
4326
4327 #. type: Plain text
4328 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
4329 msgid ""
4330 "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
4331 "generate a compressed filesystem out of."
4332 msgstr ""
4333
4334 #. type: Plain text
4335 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
4336 msgid ""
4337 "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
4338 msgstr ""
4339
4340 #. type: Labeled list
4341 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38
4342 #, no-wrap
4343 msgid "*-E*"
4344 msgstr "*-E*"
4345
4346 #. type: Plain text
4347 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
4348 msgid ""
4349 "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
4350 msgstr ""
4351
4352 #. type: Labeled list
4353 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41
4354 #, no-wrap
4355 msgid "*-b* _blocksize_"
4356 msgstr ""
4357
4358 #. type: Plain text
4359 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43
4360 msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
4361 msgstr ""
4362
4363 #. type: Labeled list
4364 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44
4365 #, no-wrap
4366 msgid "*-e* _edition_"
4367 msgstr ""
4368
4369 #. type: Plain text
4370 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:46
4371 msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
4372 msgstr ""
4373
4374 #. type: Labeled list
4375 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:47
4376 #, no-wrap
4377 msgid "*-N* _big, little, host_"
4378 msgstr ""
4379
4380 #. type: Plain text
4381 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49
4382 msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_."
4383 msgstr ""
4384
4385 #. type: Labeled list
4386 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50
4387 #, no-wrap
4388 msgid "*-i* _file_"
4389 msgstr "*-i* _fichero_"
4390
4391 #. type: Plain text
4392 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:52
4393 msgid "Insert a _file_ to cramfs file system."
4394 msgstr ""
4395
4396 #. type: Labeled list
4397 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:53
4398 #, no-wrap
4399 msgid "*-n* _name_"
4400 msgstr "*-n* _nombre_"
4401
4402 #. type: Plain text
4403 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:55
4404 #, fuzzy
4405 #| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems"
4406 msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
4407 msgstr "I</etc/mtab> tabla de sistemas de ficheros montados"
4408
4409 #. type: Labeled list
4410 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:56 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:39
4411 #, no-wrap
4412 msgid "*-p*"
4413 msgstr "*-p*"
4414
4415 #. type: Plain text
4416 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:58
4417 msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
4418 msgstr ""
4419
4420 #. type: Plain text
4421 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
4422 msgid ""
4423 "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry "
4424 "sorting."
4425 msgstr ""
4426
4427 #. type: Labeled list
4428 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62
4429 #, no-wrap
4430 msgid "*-z*"
4431 msgstr "*-z*"
4432
4433 #. type: Plain text
4434 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:64
4435 msgid "Make explicit holes."
4436 msgstr ""
4437
4438 #. type: Plain text
4439 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:82
4440 #, no-wrap
4441 msgid ""
4442 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
4443 "*mount*(8)\n"
4444 msgstr ""
4445 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
4446 "*mount*(8)\n"
4447
4448 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
4449 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4450 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
4451 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
4452 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4453 #. type: Title =
4454 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:9
4455 #, no-wrap
4456 msgid "mkfs.minix(8)"
4457 msgstr "mkfs.minix(8)"
4458
4459 #. type: Plain text
4460 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:19
4461 #, fuzzy
4462 #| msgid "mkfs - make a Linux MINIX filesystem"
4463 msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
4464 msgstr "mkfs - construye un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux"
4465
4466 #. type: Plain text
4467 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:23
4468 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
4469 #| msgid "B<mkswap> [options] I<device> [I<size>]"
4470 msgid "*mkfs.minix* [options] _device_ [_size-in-blocks_]\n"
4471 msgstr "B<mkswap> [opciones] I<dispositivo> [I<tamaño>]"
4472
4473 #. type: Plain text
4474 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27
4475 #, no-wrap
4476 msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n"
4477 msgstr "*mkfs.minix* crea un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux sobre un dispositivo (usualmente una partición de disco).\n"
4478
4479 #. type: Plain text
4480 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29
4481 msgid "The _device_ is usually of the following form:"
4482 msgstr "El _dispositivo_ es normalmente de la forma siguiente:"
4483
4484 #. type: delimited block .
4485 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:35
4486 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
4487 #| msgid ""
4488 #| "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
4489 #| "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
4490 #| "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
4491 #| "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
4492 msgid ""
4493 "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
4494 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
4495 "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
4496 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
4497 msgstr ""
4498 "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (primer disco IDE)\n"
4499 "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (segundo disco IDE)\n"
4500 "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (primer disco SCSI)\n"
4501 "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (segundo disco SCSI)\n"
4502
4503 #. type: Plain text
4504 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
4505 msgid ""
4506 "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
4507 "enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
4508 msgstr ""
4509
4510 #. type: Plain text
4511 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
4512 #, fuzzy
4513 #| msgid ""
4514 #| "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
4515 #| "in blocks.  This information can be determined from the B<fdisk>(8)  or "
4516 #| "B<cfdisk>(8)  program.  If omitted it will be determined automaticaly.  "
4517 #| "Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 "
4518 #| "are allowed."
4519 msgid ""
4520 "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
4521 "blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
4522 "will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
4523 "and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
4524 msgstr ""
4525 "El parámetro I<tamañoenbloques> es el tamaño deseado del sistema de "
4526 "ficheros, en bloques. Esta información puede determinarse con el programa "
4527 "B<fdisk>(8)  o B<cfdisk>(8).  Si se omite, se determinará automáticamente. "
4528 "Sólo se permiten números de bloques estrictamente mayores de 10 y "
4529 "estrictamente menores de 65536."
4530
4531 #. type: Labeled list
4532 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:41
4533 #, no-wrap
4534 msgid "*-c*, *--check*"
4535 msgstr "*-c*, *--check*"
4536
4537 #. type: Plain text
4538 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
4539 msgid ""
4540 "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
4541 "found, the count is printed."
4542 msgstr ""
4543 "Antes de crear el sistema de ficheros se miran los bloques malos del "
4544 "dispositivo. Si se encuentran algunos, se muestran cuántos."
4545
4546 #. type: Labeled list
4547 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
4548 #, no-wrap
4549 msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_"
4550 msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _longitud_"
4551
4552 #. type: Plain text
4553 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
4554 msgid ""
4555 "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
4556 "values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
4557 "value 60. The default is 30."
4558 msgstr ""
4559
4560 #. type: Labeled list
4561 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52
4562 #, no-wrap
4563 msgid "*-i*, *--inodes* _number_"
4564 msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _número_"
4565
4566 #. type: Plain text
4567 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:54
4568 msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
4569 msgstr "Especifica el número de nodos-índice para el sistema de ficheros."
4570
4571 #. type: Labeled list
4572 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:55
4573 #, no-wrap
4574 msgid "*-l*, *--badblocks* _filename_"
4575 msgstr "*-l*, *--badblocks* _nombre-de-fichero_"
4576
4577 #. type: Plain text
4578 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
4579 msgid ""
4580 "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block "
4581 "number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
4582 msgstr ""
4583 "Lee la lista de bloques malos de _nombrefichero_.  El fichero tendrá un "
4584 "número de bloque malo en cada renglón. Se muestra el número de bloques malos."
4585
4586 #. type: Labeled list
4587 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
4588 #, no-wrap
4589 msgid "*-1*"
4590 msgstr "*-1*"
4591
4592 #. type: Plain text
4593 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60
4594 #, fuzzy
4595 #| msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
4596 msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
4597 msgstr "Construye un sistema de ficheros Minix versión 2."
4598
4599 #. type: Labeled list
4600 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61
4601 #, no-wrap
4602 msgid "*-2*, *-v*"
4603 msgstr "*-2*, *-v*"
4604
4605 #. type: Plain text
4606 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:63
4607 msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
4608 msgstr "Construye un sistema de ficheros Minix versión 2."
4609
4610 #. type: Labeled list
4611 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:64
4612 #, no-wrap
4613 msgid "*-3*"
4614 msgstr "*-3*"
4615
4616 #. type: Plain text
4617 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66
4618 msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
4619 msgstr "Construye un sistema de ficheros Minix versión 3."
4620
4621 #. type: Plain text
4622 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69
4623 msgid ""
4624 "Display version information and exit. The long option cannot be combined "
4625 "with other options."
4626 msgstr ""
4627
4628 #. type: Labeled list
4629 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:75 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78
4630 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:395 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:89
4631 #, no-wrap
4632 msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
4633 msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<modo>"
4634
4635 #. type: Plain text
4636 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
4637 #, fuzzy
4638 #| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs.minix> is one of the following:"
4639 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:"
4640 msgstr ""
4641 "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs.minix> es uno de los siguientes:"
4642
4643 #. type: Labeled list
4644 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:82 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:110
4645 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:70
4646 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:89
4647 #, no-wrap
4648 msgid "0"
4649 msgstr "0"
4650
4651 #. type: Labeled list
4652 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:84
4653 #, no-wrap
4654 msgid "8"
4655 msgstr "8"
4656
4657 #. type: Labeled list
4658 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
4659 #, no-wrap
4660 msgid "16"
4661 msgstr "16"
4662
4663 #. type: Plain text
4664 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:94
4665 #, no-wrap
4666 msgid ""
4667 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4668 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4669 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4670 msgstr ""
4671 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4672 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4673 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4674
4675 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4676 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4677 #. type: Title =
4678 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:6
4679 #, no-wrap
4680 msgid "mkswap(8)"
4681 msgstr "mkswap(8)"
4682
4683 #. type: Plain text
4684 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:16
4685 msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
4686 msgstr "mkswap - construye un área de trasiego para Linux"
4687
4688 #. type: Plain text
4689 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:20
4690 #, no-wrap
4691 msgid "*mkswap* [options] _device_ [_size_]\n"
4692 msgstr "*mkswap* [opciones] _dispositivo_ [_tamaño_]\n"
4693
4694 #. type: Plain text
4695 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:24
4696 #, no-wrap
4697 msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n"
4698 msgstr "*mkswap* establece un área de trasiego para Linux sobre un dispositivo o en un fichero.\n"
4699
4700 #. type: Plain text
4701 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26
4702 msgid ""
4703 "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/"
4704 "sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition "
4705 "IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type "
4706 "82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also "
4707 "uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
4708 msgstr ""
4709
4710 #. type: Plain text
4711 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
4712 msgid ""
4713 "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
4714 "compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
4715 "blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
4716 "Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
4717 msgstr ""
4718
4719 #. type: Plain text
4720 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
4721 msgid ""
4722 "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon* command to start using "
4723 "it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken "
4724 "into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
4725 msgstr ""
4726
4727 #. type: Plain text
4728 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34
4729 msgid ""
4730 "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
4731 "can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
4732 "use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
4733 msgstr ""
4734
4735 #. type: Plain text
4736 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36
4737 #, no-wrap
4738 msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n"
4739 msgstr ""
4740
4741 #. type: Plain text
4742 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
4743 msgid ""
4744 "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
4745 "label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
4746 msgstr ""
4747
4748 #. type: Plain text
4749 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
4750 msgid ""
4751 "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
4752 "the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
4753 msgstr ""
4754
4755 #. type: Plain text
4756 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46
4757 msgid ""
4758 "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
4759 "area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
4760 msgstr ""
4761
4762 #. type: Plain text
4763 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
4764 msgid ""
4765 "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on "
4766 "a device with a partition table."
4767 msgstr ""
4768
4769 #. type: Labeled list
4770 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:34
4771 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327
4772 #, no-wrap
4773 msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
4774 msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _etiqueta_"
4775
4776 #. type: Plain text
4777 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
4778 msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon* by label."
4779 msgstr ""
4780
4781 #. type: Labeled list
4782 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:55
4783 #, no-wrap
4784 msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
4785 msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _tamaño_"
4786
4787 #. type: Plain text
4788 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57
4789 msgid ""
4790 "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
4791 "unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
4792 msgstr ""
4793
4794 #. type: Labeled list
4795 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:37
4796 #, no-wrap
4797 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
4798 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
4799
4800 #. type: Plain text
4801 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60
4802 msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID."
4803 msgstr ""
4804
4805 #. type: Labeled list
4806 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61
4807 #, no-wrap
4808 msgid "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
4809 msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
4810
4811 #. type: Plain text
4812 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:63
4813 msgid ""
4814 "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
4815 "old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The "
4816 "kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The "
4817 "new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
4818 msgstr ""
4819
4820 #. type: Labeled list
4821 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:166
4822 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:83
4823 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:58
4824 #, no-wrap
4825 msgid "*--verbose*"
4826 msgstr "*--verbose*"
4827
4828 #. type: Plain text
4829 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66
4830 msgid ""
4831 "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about "
4832 "detected problems during swap area set up."
4833 msgstr ""
4834
4835 #. type: Labeled list
4836 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:107
4837 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:391 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:42
4838 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:143
4839 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1406
4840 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:129
4841 #, no-wrap
4842 msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
4843 msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
4844
4845 #. type: Plain text
4846 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:84
4847 msgid ""
4848 "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
4849 "kernel version."
4850 msgstr ""
4851
4852 #. type: Plain text
4853 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86
4854 msgid ""
4855 "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
4856 "header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
4857 "device is ignored."
4858 msgstr ""
4859
4860 #. type: Plain text
4861 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88
4862 msgid ""
4863 "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
4864 "file _/proc/swaps_."
4865 msgstr ""
4866
4867 #. type: Plain text
4868 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:90
4869 #, no-wrap
4870 msgid "*mkswap* refuses areas smaller than 10 pages.\n"
4871 msgstr ""
4872
4873 #. type: Plain text
4874 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
4875 #, fuzzy
4876 #| msgid ""
4877 #| "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
4878 #| "to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
4879 msgid ""
4880 "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able to "
4881 "look it up with *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (or you may not - the contents of this "
4882 "file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
4883 msgstr ""
4884 "Si no conoce el tamaño de página que usa su máquina, podría ser que lo "
4885 "averiguara con \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
4886
4887 #. type: Plain text
4888 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:94
4889 #, fuzzy
4890 #| msgid ""
4891 #| "To setup a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before running "
4892 #| "B<mkswap .> A sequence of commands similar to the following is reasonable "
4893 #| "for this purpose:"
4894 msgid ""
4895 "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
4896 "initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
4897 msgstr ""
4898 "Para establecer un fichero para el trasiego, es necesario crear dicho "
4899 "fichero antes de ejecutar B<mkswap>.  Para este propósito, sería razonable "
4900 "una secuencia de órdenes similar a la siguiente:"
4901
4902 #. type: delimited block .
4903 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:97
4904 #, no-wrap
4905 msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
4906 msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
4907
4908 #. type: Plain text
4909 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100
4910 msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
4911 msgstr ""
4912
4913 #. type: Plain text
4914 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102
4915 msgid ""
4916 "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* "
4917 "(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
4918 msgstr ""
4919
4920 #. type: Plain text
4921 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:107
4922 #, no-wrap
4923 msgid ""
4924 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
4925 "*swapon*(8)\n"
4926 msgstr ""
4927 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
4928 "*swapon*(8)\n"
4929
4930 #. partx.8 -- man page for partx
4931 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
4932 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
4933 #. Copyright 2010 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
4934 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4935 #. type: Title =
4936 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:9
4937 #, no-wrap
4938 msgid "partx(8)"
4939 msgstr "partx(8)"
4940
4941 #. type: Plain text
4942 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
4943 msgid ""
4944 "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
4945 "partitions"
4946 msgstr ""
4947
4948 #. type: Plain text
4949 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23
4950 #, no-wrap
4951 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n"
4952 msgstr ""
4953
4954 #. type: Plain text
4955 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25
4956 #, no-wrap
4957 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n"
4958 msgstr ""
4959
4960 #. type: Plain text
4961 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
4962 msgid ""
4963 "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and "
4964 "list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions "
4965 "from its bookkeeping."
4966 msgstr ""
4967
4968 #. type: Plain text
4969 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
4970 msgid ""
4971 "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To "
4972 "force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list "
4973 "nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
4974 msgstr ""
4975
4976 #. type: delimited block _
4977 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34
4978 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
4979 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
4980
4981 #. type: Plain text
4982 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:37
4983 msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
4984 msgstr ""
4985
4986 #. type: Plain text
4987 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39
4988 #, no-wrap
4989 msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n"
4990 msgstr ""
4991
4992 #. type: Labeled list
4993 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42
4994 #, no-wrap
4995 msgid "*-a*, *--add*"
4996 msgstr "*-a*, *--add*"
4997
4998 #. type: Plain text
4999 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44
5000 msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
5001 msgstr ""
5002
5003 #. type: Labeled list
5004 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34
5005 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:40 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:34
5006 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:73
5007 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:36
5008 #, no-wrap
5009 msgid "*-b*, *--bytes*"
5010 msgstr "*-b*, *--bytes*"
5011
5012 #. type: Plain text
5013 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:47
5014 msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in human-readable format."
5015 msgstr ""
5016
5017 #. type: Labeled list
5018 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:48
5019 #, no-wrap
5020 msgid "*-d*, *--delete*"
5021 msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*"
5022
5023 #. type: Plain text
5024 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
5025 msgid ""
5026 "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
5027 "non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
5028 "large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
5029 "device."
5030 msgstr ""
5031
5032 #. type: Labeled list
5033 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51
5034 #, no-wrap
5035 msgid "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
5036 msgstr "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
5037
5038 #. type: Plain text
5039 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:53
5040 msgid "Do not print a header line with *--show* or *--raw*."
5041 msgstr ""
5042
5043 #. type: Plain text
5044 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
5045 msgid ""
5046 "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
5047 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly "
5048 "written scripts."
5049 msgstr ""
5050
5051 #. type: Labeled list
5052 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57
5053 #, no-wrap
5054 msgid "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
5055 msgstr "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
5056
5057 #. type: Plain text
5058 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
5059 msgid ""
5060 "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
5061 "__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
5062 "example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the "
5063 "last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
5064 msgstr ""
5065
5066 #. type: Labeled list
5067 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60
5068 #, no-wrap
5069 msgid "_M_"
5070 msgstr "_M_"
5071
5072 #. type: Plain text
5073 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
5074 msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. *--nr 3*)."
5075 msgstr ""
5076
5077 #. type: Labeled list
5078 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
5079 #, no-wrap
5080 msgid "__M__**:**"
5081 msgstr "__M__**:**"
5082
5083 #. type: Plain text
5084 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
5085 msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. *--nr 2:*)."
5086 msgstr ""
5087
5088 #. type: Labeled list
5089 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
5090 #, no-wrap
5091 msgid "**:**__N__"
5092 msgstr "**:**__N__"
5093
5094 #. type: Plain text
5095 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
5096 msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. *--nr :4*)."
5097 msgstr ""
5098
5099 #. type: Labeled list
5100 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
5101 #, no-wrap
5102 msgid "__M__**:**_N_"
5103 msgstr "__M__**:**_N_"
5104
5105 #. type: Plain text
5106 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:68
5107 msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. *--nr 2:4*)."
5108 msgstr ""
5109
5110 #. type: Plain text
5111 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
5112 msgid ""
5113 "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. "
5114 "If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--"
5115 "help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined "
5116 "with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
5117 msgstr ""
5118
5119 #. type: Labeled list
5120 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75
5121 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:54
5122 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:145
5123 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48
5124 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:74
5125 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:53
5126 #, no-wrap
5127 msgid "*--output-all*"
5128 msgstr "*--output-all*"
5129
5130 #. type: Plain text
5131 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:85
5132 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106
5133 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50
5134 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:76
5135 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:55
5136 msgid "Output all available columns."
5137 msgstr ""
5138
5139 #. type: Labeled list
5140 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:104
5141 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:37
5142 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:54
5143 #, no-wrap
5144 msgid "*-P*, *--pairs*"
5145 msgstr "*-P*, *--pairs*"
5146
5147 #. type: Plain text
5148 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:77
5149 msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
5150 msgstr ""
5151
5152 #. type: Labeled list
5153 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:78 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:81
5154 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:130
5155 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:92 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60
5156 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:99
5157 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:57
5158 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:39
5159 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45
5160 #, no-wrap
5161 msgid "*-r*, *--raw*"
5162 msgstr "*-r*, *--raw*"
5163
5164 #. type: Plain text
5165 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:80
5166 msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
5167 msgstr ""
5168
5169 #. type: Labeled list
5170 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:81
5171 #, no-wrap
5172 msgid "*-s*, *--show*"
5173 msgstr "*-s*, *--show*"
5174
5175 #. type: Plain text
5176 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
5177 msgid ""
5178 "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
5179 "the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
5180 msgstr ""
5181
5182 #. type: Plain text
5183 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86
5184 msgid "Specify the partition table type."
5185 msgstr ""
5186
5187 #. type: Labeled list
5188 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:87
5189 #, no-wrap
5190 msgid "*--list-types*"
5191 msgstr "*--list-types*"
5192
5193 #. type: Plain text
5194 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:89
5195 msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
5196 msgstr ""
5197
5198 #. type: Labeled list
5199 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:90
5200 #, no-wrap
5201 msgid "*-u*, *--update*"
5202 msgstr "*-u*, *--update*"
5203
5204 #. type: Plain text
5205 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:92
5206 msgid "Update the specified partitions."
5207 msgstr ""
5208
5209 #. type: Labeled list
5210 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:93
5211 #, no-wrap
5212 msgid "*-S*, *--sector-size* _size_"
5213 msgstr "*-S*, *--sector-size* _tamaño_"
5214
5215 #. type: Plain text
5216 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:95
5217 msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
5218 msgstr ""
5219
5220 #. type: Plain text
5221 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97
5222 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:431 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:60
5223 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:113
5224 msgid "Verbose mode."
5225 msgstr "Modo prolijo."
5226
5227 #. type: Title ==
5228 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:110 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142
5229 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:71
5230 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:147 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:41
5231 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:68
5232 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:85
5233 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:189
5234 #, no-wrap
5235 msgid "EXAMPLE"
5236 msgstr "EJEMPLO"
5237
5238 #. type: Labeled list
5239 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:112
5240 #, no-wrap
5241 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
5242 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
5243
5244 #. type: Labeled list
5245 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:113
5246 #, no-wrap
5247 msgid "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
5248 msgstr "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
5249
5250 #. type: Labeled list
5251 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:114
5252 #, no-wrap
5253 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
5254 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
5255
5256 #. type: Plain text
5257 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116
5258 msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of /dev/sdb."
5259 msgstr ""
5260
5261 #. type: Labeled list
5262 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:117
5263 #, no-wrap
5264 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
5265 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
5266
5267 #. type: Plain text
5268 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:119
5269 msgid ""
5270 "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
5271 msgstr ""
5272
5273 #. type: Labeled list
5274 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:120
5275 #, no-wrap
5276 msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
5277 msgstr "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
5278
5279 #. type: Plain text
5280 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122
5281 msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on _/dev/sdb_ without header."
5282 msgstr ""
5283
5284 #. type: Labeled list
5285 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:123
5286 #, no-wrap
5287 msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
5288 msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
5289
5290 #. type: Plain text
5291 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125
5292 msgid ""
5293 "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/"
5294 "sda_."
5295 msgstr ""
5296
5297 #. type: Labeled list
5298 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:126
5299 #, no-wrap
5300 msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
5301 msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
5302
5303 #. type: Plain text
5304 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128
5305 msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_."
5306 msgstr ""
5307
5308 #. type: Labeled list
5309 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:129
5310 #, no-wrap
5311 msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
5312 msgstr "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
5313
5314 #. type: Plain text
5315 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:131
5316 msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_."
5317 msgstr ""
5318
5319 #. type: Plain text
5320 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:136
5321 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
5322 msgstr ""
5323 "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
5324
5325 #. type: Plain text
5326 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:138
5327 msgid ""
5328 "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
5329 msgstr ""
5330
5331 #. type: Plain text
5332 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:146
5333 #, no-wrap
5334 msgid ""
5335 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5336 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5337 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5338 "*parted*(8),\n"
5339 "*partprobe*(8)\n"
5340 msgstr ""
5341 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5342 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5343 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5344 "*parted*(8),\n"
5345 "*partprobe*(8)\n"
5346
5347 #. type: Title =
5348 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:2
5349 #, no-wrap
5350 msgid "raw(8)"
5351 msgstr "raw(8)"
5352
5353 #. type: Plain text
5354 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:12
5355 msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
5356 msgstr ""
5357
5358 #. type: Plain text
5359 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:16
5360 #, no-wrap
5361 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<major>_ _<minor>_\n"
5362 msgstr ""
5363
5364 #. type: Plain text
5365 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18
5366 #, no-wrap
5367 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n"
5368 msgstr ""
5369
5370 #. type: Plain text
5371 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20
5372 #, no-wrap
5373 msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
5374 msgstr ""
5375
5376 #. type: Plain text
5377 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22
5378 #, no-wrap
5379 msgid "*raw* *-qa*\n"
5380 msgstr "*raw* *-qa*\n"
5381
5382 #. type: Plain text
5383 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26
5384 #, no-wrap
5385 msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n"
5386 msgstr ""
5387
5388 #. type: Plain text
5389 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28
5390 #, no-wrap
5391 msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file.\n"
5392 msgstr ""
5393
5394 #. type: Plain text
5395 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
5396 msgid ""
5397 "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which "
5398 "is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with "
5399 "the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
5400 msgstr ""
5401
5402 #. type: Plain text
5403 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32
5404 msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
5405 msgstr ""
5406
5407 #. type: Plain text
5408 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
5409 msgid ""
5410 "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
5411 "just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
5412 "behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
5413 "device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done "
5414 "directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If "
5415 "the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at "
5416 "all is required to complete the I/O."
5417 msgstr ""
5418
5419 #. type: Plain text
5420 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
5421 msgid ""
5422 "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few "
5423 "extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in "
5424 "memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be "
5425 "an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must "
5426 "also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 "
5427 "bytes for most devices."
5428 msgstr ""
5429
5430 #. type: Labeled list
5431 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39
5432 #, no-wrap
5433 msgid "*-q*, *--query*"
5434 msgstr "*-q*, *--query*"
5435
5436 #. type: Plain text
5437 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
5438 msgid ""
5439 "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
5440 "new one."
5441 msgstr ""
5442
5443 #. type: Labeled list
5444 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
5445 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:40
5446 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:53
5447 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:33
5448 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:301 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:53
5449 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:31
5450 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:54
5451 #, no-wrap
5452 msgid "*-a*, *--all*"
5453 msgstr "*-a*, *--all*"
5454
5455 #. type: Plain text
5456 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44
5457 msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
5458 msgstr ""
5459
5460 #. type: Plain text
5461 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
5462 msgid ""
5463 "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer open2 devices, such "
5464 "as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
5465 msgstr ""
5466
5467 #. type: Plain text
5468 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:58
5469 msgid ""
5470 "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the "
5471 "blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
5472 "usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
5473 "(*EINVAL*)."
5474 msgstr ""
5475
5476 #. type: Plain text
5477 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60
5478 msgid ""
5479 "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
5480 "buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
5481 "cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
5482 "actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
5483 "either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
5484 msgstr ""
5485
5486 #. type: Plain text
5487 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:64
5488 msgid "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
5489 msgstr "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
5490
5491 #. resizepart.8 -- man page for resizepart
5492 #. Copyright 2012 Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
5493 #. Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
5494 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
5495 #. type: Title =
5496 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:8
5497 #, no-wrap
5498 msgid "resizepart(8)"
5499 msgstr "resizepart(8)"
5500
5501 #. type: Plain text
5502 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:18
5503 msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
5504 msgstr ""
5505
5506 #. type: Plain text
5507 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:22
5508 #, no-wrap
5509 msgid "*resizepart* _device partition length_\n"
5510 msgstr "*resizepart* _dispositivo partición longitud_\n"
5511
5512 #. type: Plain text
5513 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26
5514 #, no-wrap
5515 msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n"
5516 msgstr ""
5517
5518 #. type: Plain text
5519 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
5520 msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
5521 msgstr ""
5522
5523 #. type: Plain text
5524 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:48
5525 #, no-wrap
5526 msgid ""
5527 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5528 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5529 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5530 "*parted*(8),\n"
5531 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
5532 "*partx*(8)\n"
5533 msgstr ""
5534 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5535 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5536 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5537 "*parted*(8),\n"
5538 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
5539 "*partx*(8)\n"
5540
5541 #
5542 #
5543 #. sfdisk.8 -- man page for sfdisk
5544 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
5545 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
5546 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
5547 #. preserved on all copies.
5548 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
5549 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
5550 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
5551 #. permission notice identical to this one.
5552 #. type: Title =
5553 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:15
5554 #, no-wrap
5555 msgid "sfdisk(8)"
5556 msgstr "sfdisk(8)"
5557
5558 #. type: Plain text
5559 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27
5560 msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
5561 msgstr ""
5562
5563 #. type: Plain text
5564 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31
5565 #, no-wrap
5566 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _device_ [*-N* _partition-number_]\n"
5567 msgstr "*sfdisk* [opciones] _dispositivo_ [*-N* _número-partición_]\n"
5568
5569 #. type: Plain text
5570 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33
5571 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
5572 #| msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_]\n"
5573 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_]\n"
5574 msgstr "*sfdisk* [opciones] _orden_]\n"
5575
5576 #. type: Plain text
5577 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
5578 #, no-wrap
5579 msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n"
5580 msgstr ""
5581
5582 #. type: Plain text
5583 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
5584 msgid ""
5585 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
5586 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
5587 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
5588 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
5589 msgstr ""
5590
5591 #. type: Plain text
5592 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
5593 #, no-wrap
5594 msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n"
5595 msgstr ""
5596
5597 #. type: Plain text
5598 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43
5599 #, no-wrap
5600 msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n"
5601 msgstr ""
5602
5603 #. type: Plain text
5604 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
5605 msgid ""
5606 "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
5607 "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all "
5608 "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
5609 "to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
5610 "behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
5611 "offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows "
5612 "specified numbers without any optimization."
5613 msgstr ""
5614
5615 #. type: Plain text
5616 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47
5617 #, no-wrap
5618 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n"
5619 msgstr ""
5620
5621 #. type: Plain text
5622 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49
5623 #, no-wrap
5624 msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *udevd*. The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause udevd to skip the event handling on the device.\n"
5625 msgstr ""
5626
5627 #. type: Plain text
5628 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
5629 msgid ""
5630 "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
5631 "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
5632 "*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
5633 msgstr ""
5634
5635 #. type: Plain text
5636 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55
5637 msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
5638 msgstr ""
5639
5640 #. type: Labeled list
5641 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:56
5642 #, no-wrap
5643 msgid "[*-N* _partition-number_] __device__"
5644 msgstr "[*-N* _número-partición_] __dispositivo__"
5645
5646 #. type: Plain text
5647 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
5648 msgid ""
5649 "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired "
5650 "partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition "
5651 "table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
5652 "input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an "
5653 "interactive session."
5654 msgstr ""
5655
5656 #. type: Plain text
5657 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
5658 msgid ""
5659 "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
5660 "partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the "
5661 "partition are not modified."
5662 msgstr ""
5663
5664 #. type: Plain text
5665 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
5666 msgid ""
5667 "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For "
5668 "example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
5669 "partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values "
5670 "from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
5671 "partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
5672 msgstr ""
5673
5674 #. type: Labeled list
5675 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63
5676 #, no-wrap
5677 msgid "*-A*, *--activate* __device__ [__partition-number__...]"
5678 msgstr "*-A*, *--activate* __dispositivo__ [__número-partición__...]"
5679
5680 #. type: Plain text
5681 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
5682 msgid ""
5683 "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
5684 "bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may "
5685 "be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on "
5686 "all partitions."
5687 msgstr ""
5688
5689 #. type: Plain text
5690 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
5691 msgid ""
5692 "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
5693 "detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
5694 msgstr ""
5695
5696 #. type: Plain text
5697 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
5698 msgid ""
5699 "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an "
5700 "enabled flag."
5701 msgstr ""
5702
5703 #. type: Labeled list
5704 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70
5705 #, no-wrap
5706 msgid "*--delete* _device_ [__partition-number__...]"
5707 msgstr "*--delete* _dispositivo_ [__número-partición__...]"
5708
5709 #. type: Plain text
5710 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
5711 msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
5712 msgstr ""
5713
5714 #. type: Labeled list
5715 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73
5716 #, no-wrap
5717 msgid "*-d*, *--dump* _device_"
5718 msgstr "*-d*, *--dump* _dispositivo_"
5719
5720 #. type: Plain text
5721 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:75
5722 msgid ""
5723 "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
5724 "*sfdisk*. See the section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE*."
5725 msgstr ""
5726
5727 #. type: Labeled list
5728 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:76
5729 #, no-wrap
5730 msgid "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__device__...]"
5731 msgstr "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__dispositivo__...]"
5732
5733 #. type: Plain text
5734 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
5735 msgid ""
5736 "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
5737 "compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same "
5738 "meaning as this one."
5739 msgstr ""
5740
5741 #. type: Labeled list
5742 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79
5743 #, no-wrap
5744 msgid "*-J*, *--json* _device_"
5745 msgstr "*-J*, *--json* _dispositivo_"
5746
5747 #. type: Plain text
5748 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
5749 msgid ""
5750 "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not "
5751 "able to use JSON as input format."
5752 msgstr ""
5753
5754 #. type: Labeled list
5755 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82
5756 #, no-wrap
5757 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]"
5758 msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__dispositivo__...]"
5759
5760 #. type: Plain text
5761 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
5762 msgid ""
5763 "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
5764 "used together with *--verify*."
5765 msgstr ""
5766
5767 #. type: Labeled list
5768 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85
5769 #, no-wrap
5770 msgid "*-F*, *--list-free* [__device__...]"
5771 msgstr "*-F*, *--list-free* [__dispositivo__...]"
5772
5773 #. type: Plain text
5774 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
5775 msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
5776 msgstr ""
5777
5778 #. type: Labeled list
5779 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88
5780 #, no-wrap
5781 msgid "*--part-attrs* _device partition-number_ [__attributes__]"
5782 msgstr ""
5783
5784 #. type: Plain text
5785 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90
5786 msgid ""
5787 "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, "
5788 "then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a "
5789 "comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
5790 "the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
5791 "supported attribute bits are:"
5792 msgstr ""
5793
5794 #. type: Labeled list
5795 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91
5796 #, no-wrap
5797 msgid "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
5798 msgstr ""
5799
5800 #. type: Plain text
5801 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
5802 msgid ""
5803 "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
5804 "The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
5805 "contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
5806 "to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
5807 "removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
5808 msgstr ""
5809
5810 #. type: Labeled list
5811 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
5812 #, no-wrap
5813 msgid "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
5814 msgstr ""
5815
5816 #. type: Plain text
5817 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:95
5818 msgid ""
5819 "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
5820 "from it."
5821 msgstr ""
5822
5823 #. type: Labeled list
5824 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:95
5825 #, no-wrap
5826 msgid "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
5827 msgstr ""
5828
5829 #. type: Plain text
5830 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:97
5831 msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
5832 msgstr ""
5833
5834 #. type: Labeled list
5835 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:97
5836 #, no-wrap
5837 msgid "*Bits 3-47*"
5838 msgstr ""
5839
5840 #. type: Plain text
5841 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:99
5842 msgid ""
5843 "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
5844 "UEFI specification."
5845 msgstr ""
5846
5847 #. type: Labeled list
5848 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:99
5849 #, no-wrap
5850 msgid "*Bits 48-63*"
5851 msgstr ""
5852
5853 #. type: Plain text
5854 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:101
5855 msgid ""
5856 "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
5857 "the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
5858 "61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
5859 "disable automount."
5860 msgstr ""
5861
5862 #. type: Labeled list
5863 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
5864 #, no-wrap
5865 msgid "*--part-label* _device partition-number_ [__label__]"
5866 msgstr "*--part-label* _dispositivo número-partición_ [__etiqueta__]"
5867
5868 #. type: Plain text
5869 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
5870 msgid ""
5871 "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then "
5872 "print the current partition label."
5873 msgstr ""
5874
5875 #. type: Labeled list
5876 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105
5877 #, no-wrap
5878 msgid "*--part-type* _device partition-number_ [__type__]"
5879 msgstr "*--part-type* _dispositivo número-partición_ [__tipo__]"
5880
5881 #. type: Plain text
5882 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
5883 msgid ""
5884 "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the "
5885 "current partition type."
5886 msgstr ""
5887
5888 #. type: Plain text
5889 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:109
5890 msgid ""
5891 "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
5892 "\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the "
5893 "options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
5894 msgstr ""
5895
5896 #. type: Labeled list
5897 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
5898 #, no-wrap
5899 msgid "*--part-uuid* _device partition-number_ [__uuid__]"
5900 msgstr "*--part-uuid* _dispositivo número-partición_ [__UUID__]"
5901
5902 #. type: Plain text
5903 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
5904 msgid ""
5905 "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the "
5906 "current partition UUID."
5907 msgstr ""
5908
5909 #. type: Labeled list
5910 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113
5911 #, no-wrap
5912 msgid "*--disk-id* _device_ [__id__]"
5913 msgstr ""
5914
5915 #. type: Plain text
5916 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
5917 msgid ""
5918 "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current "
5919 "identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
5920 msgstr ""
5921
5922 #. type: Labeled list
5923 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116
5924 #, no-wrap
5925 msgid "*-r*, *--reorder* _device_"
5926 msgstr "*-r*, *--reorder* _dispositivo_"
5927
5928 #. type: Plain text
5929 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
5930 msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
5931 msgstr ""
5932
5933 #. type: Labeled list
5934 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119
5935 #, no-wrap
5936 msgid "*-s*, *--show-size* [__device__...]"
5937 msgstr "*-s*, *--show-size* [__dispositivo__...]"
5938
5939 #. type: Plain text
5940 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121
5941 msgid ""
5942 "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
5943 "This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
5944 msgstr ""
5945
5946 #. type: Labeled list
5947 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:122
5948 #, no-wrap
5949 msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*"
5950 msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*"
5951
5952 #. type: Plain text
5953 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124
5954 msgid ""
5955 "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
5956 "by *--label*."
5957 msgstr ""
5958
5959 #. type: Labeled list
5960 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125
5961 #, no-wrap
5962 msgid "*-V*, *--verify* [__device__...]"
5963 msgstr "*-V*, *--verify* [__dispositivo__...]"
5964
5965 #. type: Plain text
5966 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127
5967 msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
5968 msgstr ""
5969
5970 #. type: Labeled list
5971 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128
5972 #, no-wrap
5973 msgid "*--relocate* _oper_ _device_"
5974 msgstr ""
5975
5976 #. type: Plain text
5977 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:130
5978 msgid ""
5979 "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
5980 "header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
5981 msgstr ""
5982
5983 #. type: Labeled list
5984 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131
5985 #, no-wrap
5986 msgid "*gpt-bak-std*"
5987 msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*"
5988
5989 #. type: Plain text
5990 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
5991 msgid ""
5992 "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
5993 msgstr ""
5994
5995 #. type: Labeled list
5996 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
5997 #, no-wrap
5998 msgid "*gpt-bak-mini*"
5999 msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*"
6000
6001 #. type: Plain text
6002 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:135
6003 msgid ""
6004 "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
6005 "requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
6006 "can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
6007 msgstr ""
6008
6009 #. type: Labeled list
6010 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66
6011 #, no-wrap
6012 msgid "*-a*, *--append*"
6013 msgstr "*-a*, *--append*"
6014
6015 #. type: Plain text
6016 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:140
6017 msgid ""
6018 "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
6019 msgstr ""
6020
6021 #. type: Plain text
6022 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:142
6023 msgid ""
6024 "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
6025 "the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in "
6026 "the partition table."
6027 msgstr ""
6028
6029 #. type: Labeled list
6030 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43
6031 #, no-wrap
6032 msgid "*-b*, *--backup*"
6033 msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*"
6034
6035 #. type: Plain text
6036 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
6037 msgid ""
6038 "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
6039 "partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>."
6040 "bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*."
6041 msgstr ""
6042
6043 #. type: Labeled list
6044 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146
6045 #, no-wrap
6046 msgid "*--color*[**=**__when__]"
6047 msgstr ""
6048
6049 #. type: Plain text
6050 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151
6051 msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
6052 msgstr ""
6053
6054 #. type: Labeled list
6055 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152
6056 #, no-wrap
6057 msgid "*--Linux*"
6058 msgstr "*--Linux*"
6059
6060 #. type: Plain text
6061 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:154
6062 msgid ""
6063 "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
6064 "(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
6065 msgstr ""
6066
6067 #. type: Labeled list
6068 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:31
6069 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64
6070 #, no-wrap
6071 msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*"
6072 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-act*"
6073
6074 #. type: Plain text
6075 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160
6076 msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
6077 msgstr ""
6078
6079 #. type: Labeled list
6080 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161
6081 #, no-wrap
6082 msgid "*--no-reread*"
6083 msgstr "*--no-reread*"
6084
6085 #. type: Plain text
6086 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:163
6087 msgid ""
6088 "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
6089 "in use."
6090 msgstr ""
6091
6092 #. type: Labeled list
6093 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164
6094 #, no-wrap
6095 msgid "*--no-tell-kernel*"
6096 msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*"
6097
6098 #. type: Plain text
6099 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166
6100 msgid ""
6101 "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended "
6102 "together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified "
6103 "partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
6104 msgstr ""
6105
6106 #. type: Labeled list
6107 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167
6108 #, no-wrap
6109 msgid "*-O*, *--backup-file* _path_"
6110 msgstr "*-O*, *--backup-file* _ruta_"
6111
6112 #. type: Plain text
6113 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169
6114 msgid ""
6115 "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
6116 "are always appended to the file name."
6117 msgstr ""
6118
6119 #. type: Labeled list
6120 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170
6121 #, no-wrap
6122 msgid "*--move-data*[**=**__path__]"
6123 msgstr "*--move-data*[**=**__ruta__]"
6124
6125 #. type: Plain text
6126 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172
6127 msgid ""
6128 "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
6129 "of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
6130 "to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
6131 "requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
6132 msgstr ""
6133
6134 #. type: Plain text
6135 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:174
6136 msgid ""
6137 "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains "
6138 "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
6139 "\"@default\" as a _path_ forces sfdisk to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ for "
6140 "the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
6141 msgstr ""
6142
6143 #. type: Plain text
6144 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:176
6145 msgid ""
6146 "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup "
6147 "your data!*"
6148 msgstr ""
6149
6150 #. type: Plain text
6151 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:178
6152 msgid "See also *--move-use-fsync*."
6153 msgstr ""
6154
6155 #. type: Plain text
6156 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:180
6157 msgid ""
6158 "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
6159 "the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
6160 "next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
6161 "and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
6162 "sdc1 will become sdc2)."
6163 msgstr ""
6164
6165 #. type: Plain text
6166 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:182
6167 #, no-wrap
6168 msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
6169 msgstr ""
6170
6171 #. type: Labeled list
6172 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183
6173 #, no-wrap
6174 msgid "*--move-use-fsync*"
6175 msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*"
6176
6177 #. type: Plain text
6178 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:185
6179 msgid ""
6180 "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
6181 "location by *--move-data*."
6182 msgstr ""
6183
6184 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
6185 #. type: Plain text
6186 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:191
6187 msgid ""
6188 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
6189 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
6190 msgstr ""
6191
6192 #. type: Labeled list
6193 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:192 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:48
6194 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:46
6195 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28
6196 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:116
6197 #, no-wrap
6198 msgid "*-q*, *--quiet*"
6199 msgstr "*-q*, *--quiet*"
6200
6201 #. type: Plain text
6202 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:194
6203 msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
6204 msgstr ""
6205
6206 #. type: Labeled list
6207 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:195
6208 #, no-wrap
6209 msgid "*-u*, *--unit S*"
6210 msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*"
6211
6212 #. type: Plain text
6213 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:197
6214 msgid ""
6215 "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
6216 "supported when using the *--show-size* command."
6217 msgstr ""
6218
6219 #. type: Labeled list
6220 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:198
6221 #, no-wrap
6222 msgid "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
6223 msgstr "*-X*, *--label* _tipo_"
6224
6225 #. type: Plain text
6226 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:200
6227 msgid ""
6228 "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not "
6229 "given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
6230 "label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the "
6231 "current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header "
6232 "line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk "
6233 "label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
6234 msgstr ""
6235
6236 #. type: Labeled list
6237 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201
6238 #, no-wrap
6239 msgid "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
6240 msgstr "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _tipo_"
6241
6242 #. type: Plain text
6243 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203
6244 msgid ""
6245 "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
6246 "already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
6247 "devices with GPT."
6248 msgstr ""
6249
6250 #. type: Plain text
6251 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
6252 msgid ""
6253 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
6254 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
6255 "*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
6256 "in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the "
6257 "old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new "
6258 "partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also "
6259 "does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the "
6260 "*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are "
6261 "reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See "
6262 "also the *wipefs*(8) command."
6263 msgstr ""
6264
6265 #. type: Plain text
6266 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209
6267 msgid ""
6268 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
6269 "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can "
6270 "be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default "
6271 "is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode "
6272 "and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are "
6273 "reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also "
6274 "*wipefs*(8) command."
6275 msgstr ""
6276
6277 #. type: Labeled list
6278 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:52
6279 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:42
6280 #, no-wrap
6281 msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
6282 msgstr "*-v*, *--version*"
6283
6284 #. type: Title ==
6285 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
6286 #, no-wrap
6287 msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
6288 msgstr "FORMATOS DE ENTRADA"
6289
6290 #. type: Plain text
6291 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219
6292 #, no-wrap
6293 msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n"
6294 msgstr ""
6295
6296 #. type: Title ===
6297 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:220
6298 #, no-wrap
6299 msgid "Header lines"
6300 msgstr ""
6301
6302 #. type: Plain text
6303 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:223
6304 msgid ""
6305 "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
6306 "partition table. The header-line format is:"
6307 msgstr ""
6308
6309 #. type: Plain text
6310 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:225
6311 #, no-wrap
6312 msgid "*<name>: <value>*\n"
6313 msgstr "*<nombre>: <valor>*\n"
6314
6315 #. type: Plain text
6316 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:227
6317 msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
6318 msgstr ""
6319
6320 #. type: Labeled list
6321 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228
6322 #, no-wrap
6323 msgid "*unit*"
6324 msgstr "*unit*"
6325
6326 #. type: Plain text
6327 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:230
6328 msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*."
6329 msgstr ""
6330
6331 #. type: Labeled list
6332 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:230
6333 #, no-wrap
6334 msgid "*label*"
6335 msgstr "*label*"
6336
6337 #. type: Plain text
6338 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232
6339 msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example *dos* or *gpt*."
6340 msgstr ""
6341
6342 #. type: Labeled list
6343 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232
6344 #, no-wrap
6345 msgid "*label-id*"
6346 msgstr "*label-id*"
6347
6348 #. type: Plain text
6349 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234
6350 msgid ""
6351 "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
6352 "(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
6353 msgstr ""
6354
6355 #. type: Labeled list
6356 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234
6357 #, no-wrap
6358 msgid "*first-lba*"
6359 msgstr "*first-lba*"
6360
6361 #. type: Plain text
6362 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:236
6363 msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
6364 msgstr ""
6365
6366 #. type: Labeled list
6367 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:236
6368 #, no-wrap
6369 msgid "*last-lba*"
6370 msgstr "*last-lba*"
6371
6372 #. type: Plain text
6373 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:238
6374 msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
6375 msgstr ""
6376
6377 #. type: Labeled list
6378 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:238
6379 #, no-wrap
6380 msgid "*table-length*"
6381 msgstr "*table-length*"
6382
6383 #. type: Plain text
6384 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:240
6385 #, fuzzy
6386 #| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
6387 msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
6388 msgstr "Especifica el número de nodos-índice para el sistema de ficheros."
6389
6390 #. type: Labeled list
6391 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:240
6392 #, no-wrap
6393 msgid "*grain*"
6394 msgstr "*grain*"
6395
6396 #. type: Plain text
6397 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:242
6398 msgid ""
6399 "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
6400 "default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
6401 "modify this variable if you're not sure."
6402 msgstr ""
6403
6404 #. type: Labeled list
6405 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:242
6406 #, no-wrap
6407 msgid "*sector-size*"
6408 msgstr "*sector-size*"
6409
6410 #. type: Plain text
6411 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:244
6412 msgid ""
6413 "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when "
6414 "sfdisk creates a new partition table, in this case the real device specific "
6415 "value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
6416 msgstr ""
6417
6418 #. type: Plain text
6419 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:246
6420 msgid ""
6421 "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
6422 "is specified in the input."
6423 msgstr ""
6424
6425 #. type: Title ===
6426 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
6427 #, no-wrap
6428 msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
6429 msgstr ""
6430
6431 #. type: delimited block _
6432 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251
6433 msgid "_start size type bootable_"
6434 msgstr ""
6435
6436 #. type: Plain text
6437 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:254
6438 msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
6439 msgstr ""
6440
6441 #. type: Plain text
6442 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:256
6443 msgid ""
6444 "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed by "
6445 "whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be "
6446 "octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is "
6447 "absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* "
6448 "option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is "
6449 "its previous value."
6450 msgstr ""
6451
6452 #. type: Plain text
6453 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:258
6454 msgid ""
6455 "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
6456 "according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
6457 "partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be followed by the multiplicative "
6458 "suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is "
6459 "interpreted as offset in bytes."
6460 msgstr ""
6461
6462 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
6463 #. type: Plain text
6464 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:261
6465 msgid ""
6466 "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
6467 "the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
6468 "interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
6469 "of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
6470 "then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
6471 "is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used "
6472 "instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
6473 "'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
6474 "existing partitions will be resized as required."
6475 msgstr ""
6476
6477 #. type: Plain text
6478 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:263
6479 msgid ""
6480 "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
6481 "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to "
6482 "use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated "
6483 "shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* "
6484 "tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in "
6485 "partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) "
6486 "it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
6487 msgstr ""
6488
6489 #. type: Plain text
6490 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:265
6491 msgid ""
6492 "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
6493 "shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
6494 msgstr ""
6495
6496 #. type: Plain text
6497 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:267
6498 msgid ""
6499 "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
6500 "case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
6501 "the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
6502 msgstr ""
6503
6504 #. type: Plain text
6505 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:269
6506 msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
6507 msgstr ""
6508
6509 #. type: Labeled list
6510 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270
6511 #, no-wrap
6512 msgid "*L - alias 'linux'*"
6513 msgstr "*L - alias 'linux'*"
6514
6515 #. type: Plain text
6516 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272
6517 msgid ""
6518 "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
6519 msgstr ""
6520
6521 #. type: Labeled list
6522 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:273
6523 #, no-wrap
6524 msgid "*S - alias 'swap'*"
6525 msgstr "*S - alias 'swap'*"
6526
6527 #. type: Plain text
6528 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:275
6529 msgid ""
6530 "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
6531 msgstr ""
6532
6533 #. type: Labeled list
6534 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276
6535 #, no-wrap
6536 msgid "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
6537 msgstr "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
6538
6539 #. type: Plain text
6540 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278
6541 msgid ""
6542 "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is "
6543 "deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
6544 msgstr ""
6545
6546 #. type: Labeled list
6547 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:279
6548 #, no-wrap
6549 msgid "*H - alias 'home'*"
6550 msgstr "*H - alias 'home'*"
6551
6552 #. type: Plain text
6553 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281
6554 msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
6555 msgstr ""
6556
6557 #. type: Labeled list
6558 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282
6559 #, no-wrap
6560 msgid "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
6561 msgstr "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
6562
6563 #. type: Plain text
6564 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284
6565 msgid ""
6566 "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
6567 "BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
6568 msgstr ""
6569
6570 #. type: Labeled list
6571 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285
6572 #, no-wrap
6573 msgid "*R - alias 'raid'*"
6574 msgstr "*R - alias 'raid'*"
6575
6576 #. type: Plain text
6577 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287
6578 msgid ""
6579 "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
6580 msgstr ""
6581
6582 #. type: Labeled list
6583 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288
6584 #, no-wrap
6585 msgid "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
6586 msgstr "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
6587
6588 #. type: Plain text
6589 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290
6590 msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
6591 msgstr ""
6592
6593 #. type: Plain text
6594 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:292
6595 msgid "The default _type_ value is _linux_."
6596 msgstr ""
6597
6598 #. type: Plain text
6599 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:294
6600 msgid ""
6601 "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour "
6602 "of 'Ex'."
6603 msgstr ""
6604
6605 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
6606 #. type: Plain text
6607 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
6608 msgid ""
6609 "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. "
6610 "The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
6611 "been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and "
6612 "for other operating systems."
6613 msgstr ""
6614
6615 #. type: Title ===
6616 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:298
6617 #, no-wrap
6618 msgid "Named-fields format"
6619 msgstr ""
6620
6621 #. type: Plain text
6622 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301
6623 msgid ""
6624 "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
6625 "additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
6626 "to keep your scripts more readable."
6627 msgstr ""
6628
6629 #. type: delimited block _
6630 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:304
6631 msgid "[_device_ *:*] _name_[**=**__value__], ..."
6632 msgstr "[_dispositivo_ *:*] _nombre_[**=**__valor__], ..."
6633
6634 #. type: Plain text
6635 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307
6636 msgid ""
6637 "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from "
6638 "the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This "
6639 "functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
6640 msgstr ""
6641
6642 #. type: Plain text
6643 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:309
6644 msgid ""
6645 "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
6646 "name\"). The currently supported fields are:"
6647 msgstr ""
6648
6649 #. type: Labeled list
6650 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310
6651 #, no-wrap
6652 msgid "**start=**__number__"
6653 msgstr "**start=**__número__"
6654
6655 #. type: Plain text
6656 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:312
6657 msgid ""
6658 "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
6659 "default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be "
6660 "followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
6661 "and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
6662 msgstr ""
6663
6664 #. type: Labeled list
6665 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:313
6666 #, no-wrap
6667 msgid "**size=**__number__"
6668 msgstr "**size=**__número__"
6669
6670 #. type: Plain text
6671 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:315
6672 msgid ""
6673 "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
6674 "multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
6675 "it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
6676 "device I/O limits."
6677 msgstr ""
6678
6679 #. type: Labeled list
6680 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:316
6681 #, no-wrap
6682 msgid "*bootable*"
6683 msgstr "*bootable*"
6684
6685 #. type: Plain text
6686 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318
6687 msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
6688 msgstr ""
6689
6690 #. type: Labeled list
6691 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:319
6692 #, no-wrap
6693 msgid "**attrs=**__string__"
6694 msgstr "**attrs=**__cadena__"
6695
6696 #. type: Plain text
6697 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:321
6698 msgid ""
6699 "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-"
6700 "attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
6701 msgstr ""
6702
6703 #. type: Labeled list
6704 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:322
6705 #, no-wrap
6706 msgid "**uuid=**__string__"
6707 msgstr "**uuid=**__cadena__"
6708
6709 #. type: Plain text
6710 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324
6711 msgid "GPT partition UUID."
6712 msgstr ""
6713
6714 #. type: Labeled list
6715 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:325
6716 #, no-wrap
6717 msgid "**name=**__string__"
6718 msgstr "**name=**__cadena__"
6719
6720 #. type: Plain text
6721 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327
6722 msgid "GPT partition name."
6723 msgstr ""
6724
6725 #. type: Labeled list
6726 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:328
6727 #, no-wrap
6728 msgid "**type=**__code__"
6729 msgstr ""
6730
6731 #. type: Plain text
6732 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:330
6733 msgid ""
6734 "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
6735 "partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type="
6736 "\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format "
6737 "for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same "
6738 "meaning."
6739 msgstr ""
6740
6741 #. type: Title ==
6742 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:331
6743 #, no-wrap
6744 msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
6745 msgstr ""
6746
6747 #. type: Plain text
6748 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:334
6749 #, no-wrap
6750 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n"
6751 msgstr ""
6752
6753 #. type: delimited block _
6754 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:337
6755 #, no-wrap
6756 msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
6757 msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
6758
6759 #. type: Plain text
6760 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:340
6761 msgid ""
6762 "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this "
6763 "feature."
6764 msgstr ""
6765
6766 #. type: Title ==
6767 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:341
6768 #, no-wrap
6769 msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
6770 msgstr ""
6771
6772 #. type: Plain text
6773 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:344
6774 msgid ""
6775 "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two "
6776 "ways."
6777 msgstr ""
6778
6779 #. type: Plain text
6780 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:346
6781 msgid ""
6782 "Use the *--dump* option to save a description of the device layout to a text "
6783 "file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:"
6784 msgstr ""
6785
6786 #. type: delimited block _
6787 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:349
6788 #, no-wrap
6789 msgid "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
6790 msgstr "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
6791
6792 #. type: Plain text
6793 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:352
6794 msgid "This can later be restored by:"
6795 msgstr ""
6796
6797 #. type: delimited block _
6798 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:355
6799 #, no-wrap
6800 msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
6801 msgstr "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
6802
6803 #. type: Plain text
6804 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:358
6805 msgid ""
6806 "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the partition "
6807 "table is stored, then use the *--backup* option. It writes the sectors to _~/"
6808 "sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can "
6809 "be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only "
6810 "raw data from the _device_. Note that the same concept of backup files is "
6811 "used by *wipefs*(8). For example:"
6812 msgstr ""
6813
6814 #. type: delimited block _
6815 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:361
6816 #, no-wrap
6817 msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
6818 msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
6819
6820 #. type: Plain text
6821 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:364
6822 msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
6823 msgstr ""
6824
6825 #. type: delimited block _
6826 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:368
6827 #, no-wrap
6828 msgid ""
6829 "dd  if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak  of=/dev/sda  \\\n"
6830 "  seek=$((0x00000200))  bs=1  conv=notrunc\n"
6831 msgstr ""
6832 "dd  if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak  of=/dev/sda  \\\n"
6833 "  seek=$((0x00000200))  bs=1  conv=notrunc\n"
6834
6835 #. type: Plain text
6836 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:371
6837 msgid ""
6838 "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to "
6839 "restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
6840 msgstr ""
6841
6842 #. type: Plain text
6843 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:375
6844 msgid ""
6845 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/"
6846 "sfdisk.disable_."
6847 msgstr ""
6848
6849 #. type: Plain text
6850 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:377
6851 msgid ""
6852 "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
6853 "configuration. The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
6854 msgstr ""
6855
6856 #. type: Labeled list
6857 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387
6858 #, no-wrap
6859 msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
6860 msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
6861
6862 #. type: Plain text
6863 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:389
6864 msgid "enables *sfdisk* debug output."
6865 msgstr ""
6866
6867 #. type: Labeled list
6868 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:389
6869 #, no-wrap
6870 msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
6871 msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
6872
6873 #. type: Labeled list
6874 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:393 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:183
6875 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:149
6876 #, no-wrap
6877 msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
6878 msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
6879
6880 #. type: Plain text
6881 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:401
6882 msgid ""
6883 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* "
6884 "option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --"
6885 "rereadpt* instead."
6886 msgstr ""
6887
6888 #. type: Plain text
6889 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403
6890 msgid ""
6891 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-"
6892 "extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--"
6893 "sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
6894 msgstr ""
6895
6896 #. type: Plain text
6897 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
6898 msgid ""
6899 "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from "
6900 "Andries E. Brouwer."
6901 msgstr ""
6902
6903 #. type: Plain text
6904 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417
6905 #, no-wrap
6906 msgid ""
6907 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
6908 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
6909 "*parted*(8),\n"
6910 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
6911 "*partx*(8)\n"
6912 msgstr ""
6913 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
6914 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
6915 "*parted*(8),\n"
6916 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
6917 "*partx*(8)\n"
6918
6919 #. Copyright 2010 Jason Borden <jborden@bluehost.com>
6920 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
6921 #. type: Title =
6922 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:6
6923 #, no-wrap
6924 msgid "swaplabel(8)"
6925 msgstr "swaplabel(8)"
6926
6927 #. type: Plain text
6928 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:16
6929 msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
6930 msgstr ""
6931
6932 #. type: Plain text
6933 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:20
6934 #, no-wrap
6935 msgid "*swaplabel* [*-L* _label_] [*-U* _UUID_] _device_\n"
6936 msgstr "*swaplabel* [*-L* _etiqueta_] [*-U* _UUID_] _dispositivo_\n"
6937
6938 #. type: Plain text
6939 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24
6940 #, no-wrap
6941 msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n"
6942 msgstr ""
6943
6944 #. type: Plain text
6945 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
6946 msgid ""
6947 "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will "
6948 "simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
6949 msgstr ""
6950
6951 #. type: Plain text
6952 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
6953 msgid ""
6954 "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the "
6955 "appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap "
6956 "creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the "
6957 "label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
6958 msgstr ""
6959
6960 #. type: Plain text
6961 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
6962 msgid ""
6963 "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
6964 "16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* "
6965 "will truncate it and print a warning message."
6966 msgstr ""
6967
6968 #. type: Plain text
6969 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39
6970 msgid ""
6971 "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard "
6972 "8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
6973 msgstr ""
6974
6975 #. type: Plain text
6976 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48
6977 #, no-wrap
6978 msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
6979 msgstr ""
6980
6981 #. type: Plain text
6982 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:54
6983 #, no-wrap
6984 msgid ""
6985 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
6986 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
6987 "*swapon*(8)\n"
6988 msgstr ""
6989 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
6990 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
6991 "*swapon*(8)\n"
6992
6993 #. terminal-colors.d.5 --
6994 #. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala <ooprala@redhat.com>
6995 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
6996 #. Copyright 2014 Red Hat, Inc.
6997 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
6998 #. type: Title =
6999 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:10
7000 #, no-wrap
7001 msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
7002 msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)"
7003
7004 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
7005 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:12 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:65
7006 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:38
7007 #, no-wrap
7008 msgid "File formats"
7009 msgstr "Fomatos de fichero"
7010
7011 #. type: Plain text
7012 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:20
7013 msgid "terminal-colors.d - configure output colorization for various utilities"
7014 msgstr ""
7015
7016 #. type: Plain text
7017 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:24
7018 msgid "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[name][@term].][type]_"
7019 msgstr ""
7020
7021 #. type: Plain text
7022 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
7023 msgid ""
7024 "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when "
7025 "coloring output."
7026 msgstr ""
7027
7028 #. type: Plain text
7029 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
7030 msgid ""
7031 "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is "
7032 "specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
7033 msgstr ""
7034
7035 #. type: Plain text
7036 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
7037 msgid ""
7038 "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the TERM environment variable). The "
7039 "terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is "
7040 "used for all unspecified terminals."
7041 msgstr ""
7042
7043 #. type: Plain text
7044 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:34
7045 msgid "The _type_ is a file type. Supported file types are:"
7046 msgstr ""
7047
7048 #. type: Labeled list
7049 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:87
7050 #, no-wrap
7051 msgid "*disable*"
7052 msgstr "*disable*"
7053
7054 #. type: Plain text
7055 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
7056 msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities."
7057 msgstr ""
7058
7059 #. type: Labeled list
7060 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38
7061 #, no-wrap
7062 msgid "*enable*"
7063 msgstr "*enable*"
7064
7065 #. type: Plain text
7066 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
7067 msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored."
7068 msgstr ""
7069
7070 #. type: Labeled list
7071 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41
7072 #, no-wrap
7073 msgid "*scheme*"
7074 msgstr "*scheme*"
7075
7076 #. type: Plain text
7077 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
7078 msgid ""
7079 "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the "
7080 "utility, the default format is described below."
7081 msgstr ""
7082
7083 #. type: Plain text
7084 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
7085 msgid ""
7086 "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
7087 "more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has "
7088 "less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those "
7089 "files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
7090 msgstr ""
7091
7092 #. type: Plain text
7093 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
7094 msgid ""
7095 "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/"
7096 "terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
7097 msgstr ""
7098
7099 #. type: Title ==
7100 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48
7101 #, no-wrap
7102 msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT"
7103 msgstr ""
7104
7105 #. type: Plain text
7106 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51
7107 #, fuzzy
7108 #| msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
7109 msgid "The following statement is recognized:"
7110 msgstr "Se emplea la siguiente variable de entorno:"
7111
7112 #. type: delimited block _
7113 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54
7114 #, no-wrap
7115 msgid "*name color-sequence*\n"
7116 msgstr ""
7117
7118 #. type: Plain text
7119 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
7120 msgid ""
7121 "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The "
7122 "names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the COLORS "
7123 "section in the man page for the utility."
7124 msgstr ""
7125
7126 #. type: Plain text
7127 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
7128 msgid ""
7129 "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape "
7130 "sequences."
7131 msgstr ""
7132
7133 #. type: Title ===
7134 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60
7135 #, no-wrap
7136 msgid "Color names"
7137 msgstr ""
7138
7139 #. type: Plain text
7140 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
7141 msgid ""
7142 "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
7143 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
7144 "magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
7145 msgstr ""
7146
7147 #. type: Title ===
7148 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64
7149 #, no-wrap
7150 msgid "ANSI color sequences"
7151 msgstr ""
7152
7153 #. type: Plain text
7154 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
7155 msgid ""
7156 "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
7157 "semicolons. The most common codes are:"
7158 msgstr ""
7159
7160 #. type: Table
7161 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91
7162 #, no-wrap
7163 msgid ""
7164 "|0 |to restore default color\n"
7165 "|1 |for brighter colors\n"
7166 "|4 |for underlined text\n"
7167 "|5 |for flashing text\n"
7168 "|30 |for black foreground\n"
7169 "|31 |for red foreground\n"
7170 "|32 |for green foreground\n"
7171 "|33 |for yellow (or brown) foreground\n"
7172 "|34 |for blue foreground\n"
7173 "|35 |for purple foreground\n"
7174 "|36 |for cyan foreground\n"
7175 "|37 |for white (or gray) foreground\n"
7176 "|40 |for black background\n"
7177 "|41 |for red background\n"
7178 "|42 |for green background\n"
7179 "|43 |for yellow (or brown) background\n"
7180 "|44 |for blue background\n"
7181 "|45 |for purple background\n"
7182 "|46 |for cyan background\n"
7183 "|47 |for white (or gray) background\n"
7184 msgstr ""
7185
7186 #. type: Title ===
7187 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94
7188 #, no-wrap
7189 msgid "Escape sequences"
7190 msgstr ""
7191
7192 #. type: delimited block _
7193 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
7194 msgid ""
7195 "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-"
7196 "escaped notation can be used:"
7197 msgstr ""
7198
7199 #. type: Table
7200 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114
7201 #, no-wrap
7202 msgid ""
7203 "|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n"
7204 "|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n"
7205 "|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n"
7206 "|*\\f* |Form feed (ASCII 12)\n"
7207 "|*\\n* |Newline (ASCII 10)\n"
7208 "|*\\r* |Carriage Return (ASCII 13)\n"
7209 "|*\\t* |Tab (ASCII 9)\n"
7210 "|*\\v* |Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)\n"
7211 "|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n"
7212 "|*\\_* |Space\n"
7213 "|*\\\\* |Backslash (\\)\n"
7214 "|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n"
7215 "|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n"
7216 msgstr ""
7217
7218 #. type: delimited block _
7219 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
7220 msgid ""
7221 "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, "
7222 "or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as "
7223 "the first character."
7224 msgstr ""
7225
7226 #. type: delimited block _
7227 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
7228 msgid ""
7229 "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of "
7230 "*dmesg*(1), use:"
7231 msgstr ""
7232
7233 #. type: Plain text
7234 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
7235 #, no-wrap
7236 msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
7237 msgstr ""
7238
7239 #. type: Title ===
7240 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
7241 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
7242 #| msgid "B<comment>"
7243 msgid "Comments"
7244 msgstr "B<comment>"
7245
7246 #. type: delimited block _
7247 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
7248 msgid ""
7249 "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any "
7250 "other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
7251 msgstr ""
7252
7253 #. type: Labeled list
7254 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
7255 #, no-wrap
7256 msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
7257 msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
7258
7259 #. type: Plain text
7260 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114
7261 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:138
7262 msgid "enables debug output."
7263 msgstr ""
7264
7265 #. type: delimited block _
7266 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137
7267 msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
7268 msgstr "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
7269
7270 #. type: delimited block _
7271 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139
7272 msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
7273 msgstr "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
7274
7275 #. type: delimited block _
7276 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
7277 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
7278 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
7279
7280 #. type: delimited block _
7281 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
7282 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:"
7283 msgstr ""
7284
7285 #. type: Plain text
7286 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160
7287 #, no-wrap
7288 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
7289 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
7290
7291 #. type: delimited block _
7292 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151
7293 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:"
7294 msgstr ""
7295
7296 #. type: Plain text
7297 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154
7298 #, no-wrap
7299 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
7300 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
7301
7302 #. type: delimited block _
7303 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157
7304 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):"
7305 msgstr ""
7306
7307 #. type: Plain text
7308 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162
7309 #, no-wrap
7310 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
7311 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
7312
7313 #. type: Title ==
7314 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:114
7315 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:163
7316 #, no-wrap
7317 msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
7318 msgstr "COMPATIBILIDADES"
7319
7320 #. type: delimited block _
7321 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
7322 msgid ""
7323 "The terminal-colors.d functionality is currently supported by all util-linux "
7324 "utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the "
7325 "COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
7326 msgstr ""
7327
7328 #. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
7329 #. This man page was created for libblkid.so.1.0 from e2fsprogs-1.24.
7330 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
7331 #. Created  Wed Sep 14 12:02:12 2001, Andreas Dilger
7332 #. type: Title =
7333 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:8
7334 #, no-wrap
7335 msgid "libblkid(3)"
7336 msgstr "libblkid(3)"
7337
7338 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
7339 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:10 ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:35
7340 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:35
7341 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:37
7342 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:35
7343 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:35
7344 #, no-wrap
7345 msgid "Programmer's Manual"
7346 msgstr "Manual del programador"
7347
7348 #. type: Plain text
7349 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:19
7350 msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
7351 msgstr ""
7352
7353 #. type: Plain text
7354 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:23
7355 #, no-wrap
7356 msgid "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
7357 msgstr "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
7358
7359 #. type: Plain text
7360 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:25
7361 #, no-wrap
7362 msgid "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
7363 msgstr "*cc* _fichero.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
7364
7365 #. type: Plain text
7366 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
7367 msgid ""
7368 "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their "
7369 "content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information "
7370 "such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A "
7371 "common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-"
7372 "coding specific block device names into configuration files."
7373 msgstr ""
7374
7375 #. type: Plain text
7376 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
7377 msgid ""
7378 "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information "
7379 "about partitions and block device topology."
7380 msgstr ""
7381
7382 #. type: Plain text
7383 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
7384 msgid ""
7385 "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in "
7386 "a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the "
7387 "user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise "
7388 "not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other "
7389 "than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/"
7390 "id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the "
7391 "environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
7392 msgstr ""
7393
7394 #. type: Plain text
7395 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
7396 msgid ""
7397 "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
7398 "it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
7399 "are not able to read the block device directly)."
7400 msgstr ""
7401
7402 #. type: Plain text
7403 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
7404 msgid ""
7405 "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate *LABEL/"
7406 "UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information "
7407 "from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default."
7408 msgstr ""
7409
7410 #. type: Plain text
7411 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
7412 msgid ""
7413 "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly "
7414 "recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and "
7415 "the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
7416 msgstr ""
7417
7418 #. type: Plain text
7419 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
7420 msgid ""
7421 "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
7422 "after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
7423 "way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
7424 "use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
7425 msgstr ""
7426
7427 #. type: Title ==
7428 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157
7429 #, no-wrap
7430 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
7431 msgstr ""
7432
7433 #. type: Plain text
7434 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
7435 msgid ""
7436 "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
7437 "by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config "
7438 "file see *blkid*(8) man page."
7439 msgstr ""
7440
7441 #. type: Plain text
7442 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49
7443 #, no-wrap
7444 msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o.\n"
7445 msgstr ""
7446
7447 #. type: Plain text
7448 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:51
7449 msgid "The low-level probing code was rewritten by Karel Zak."
7450 msgstr ""
7451
7452 #. type: Title ==
7453 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:52
7454 #, no-wrap
7455 msgid "COPYING"
7456 msgstr ""
7457
7458 #. type: Plain text
7459 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:55
7460 #, no-wrap
7461 msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version).\n"
7462 msgstr ""
7463
7464 #. type: Plain text
7465 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:60
7466 #, no-wrap
7467 msgid ""
7468 "*blkid*(8), \n"
7469 "*findfs*(8)\n"
7470 msgstr ""
7471 "*blkid*(8), \n"
7472 "*findfs*(8)\n"
7473
7474 #
7475 #
7476 #
7477 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
7478 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
7479 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
7480 #. are met:
7481 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
7482 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
7483 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
7484 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
7485 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
7486 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
7487 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
7488 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
7489 #.    written permission.
7490 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
7491 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
7492 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
7493 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
7494 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
7495 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
7496 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
7497 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
7498 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
7499 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
7500 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
7501 #. DAMAGE.
7502 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
7503 #. type: Title =
7504 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:33
7505 #, no-wrap
7506 msgid "uuid(3)"
7507 msgstr "uuid(3)"
7508
7509 #. type: Plain text
7510 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:44
7511 msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
7512 msgstr "uuid - biblioteca de indentificador único universal compatible con DCE"
7513
7514 #. type: Plain text
7515 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48
7516 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48
7517 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48
7518 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48
7519 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
7520 #, no-wrap
7521 msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
7522 msgstr "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
7523
7524 #. type: Plain text
7525 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
7526 msgid ""
7527 "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
7528 "be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
7529 "compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
7530 "Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
7531 msgstr ""
7532 "La biblioteca UUID se utiliza para generar identificadores únicos para "
7533 "objetos susceptibles de ser accedidos desde fuera del sistema local. Esta "
7534 "biblioteca genera UUIDs compatibles con los creados por la utilidad "
7535 "*uuidgen*(1) del Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) de la Open Software "
7536 "Foundation (OSF)."
7537
7538 #. type: Plain text
7539 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
7540 msgid ""
7541 "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
7542 "within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
7543 "instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
7544 "without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
7545 msgstr ""
7546 "Cabe esperar razonablemente que los UUIDs que genera esta biblioteca sean "
7547 "únicos dentro de un sistema y entre todos los sistemas. Podrían utilizarse, "
7548 "por ejemplo, para generar cookies HTTP únicas para un conjunto de servidores "
7549 "web que no se comuniquen entre sí, sin miedo a colisión de nombres."
7550
7551 #. type: Title ==
7552 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76
7553 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:59
7554 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:230 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:58
7555 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:86
7556 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:225
7557 #, no-wrap
7558 msgid "CONFORMING TO"
7559 msgstr "CONFORME A"
7560
7561 #. type: Plain text
7562 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
7563 msgid ""
7564 "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
7565 "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
7566 "rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
7567 msgstr ""
7568 "Esta biblioteca genera UUIDs compatibles con OSF DCE 1.1 y UUIDs V3 y V5 "
7569 "basados en «hash» compatibles con link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
7570 "rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
7571
7572 #. type: Plain text
7573 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
7574 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62
7575 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58
7576 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62
7577 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
7578 msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
7579 msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
7580
7581 #. type: Plain text
7582 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73
7583 #, no-wrap
7584 msgid ""
7585 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
7586 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
7587 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
7588 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7589 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7590 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7591 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
7592 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7593 msgstr ""
7594 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
7595 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
7596 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
7597 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7598 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7599 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7600 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
7601 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7602
7603 #
7604 #
7605 #
7606 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
7607 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
7608 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
7609 #. are met:
7610 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
7611 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
7612 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
7613 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
7614 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
7615 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
7616 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
7617 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
7618 #.    written permission.
7619 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
7620 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
7621 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
7622 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
7623 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
7624 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
7625 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
7626 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
7627 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
7628 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
7629 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
7630 #. DAMAGE.
7631 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
7632 #. type: Title =
7633 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:33
7634 #, no-wrap
7635 msgid "uuid_clear(3)"
7636 msgstr "uuid_clear(3)"
7637
7638 #. type: Plain text
7639 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:44
7640 msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
7641 msgstr "uuid_clear - restablece el valor de la variable UUID al valor NULL"
7642
7643 #. type: Plain text
7644 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:50
7645 #, no-wrap
7646 msgid "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
7647 msgstr "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
7648
7649 #. type: Plain text
7650 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
7651 msgid ""
7652 "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
7653 "_uu_ to the NULL value."
7654 msgstr ""
7655 "La función *uuid_clear*() establece el valor de la variable uuid dada _uu_ "
7656 "al valor NULL."
7657
7658 #. type: Plain text
7659 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68
7660 #, no-wrap
7661 msgid ""
7662 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7663 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
7664 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
7665 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7666 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7667 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7668 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7669 msgstr ""
7670 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7671 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
7672 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
7673 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7674 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7675 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7676 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7677
7678 #
7679 #
7680 #
7681 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
7682 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
7683 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
7684 #. are met:
7685 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
7686 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
7687 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
7688 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
7689 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
7690 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
7691 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
7692 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
7693 #.    written permission.
7694 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
7695 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
7696 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
7697 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
7698 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
7699 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
7700 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
7701 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
7702 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
7703 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
7704 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
7705 #. DAMAGE.
7706 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
7707 #. type: Title =
7708 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:33
7709 #, no-wrap
7710 msgid "uuid_compare(3)"
7711 msgstr "uuid_compare(3)"
7712
7713 #. type: Plain text
7714 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:44
7715 msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
7716 msgstr "uuid_compare - compara si dos UUIDs son el mismo"
7717
7718 #. type: Plain text
7719 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:50
7720 #, no-wrap
7721 msgid "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
7722 msgstr "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
7723
7724 #. type: Plain text
7725 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
7726 msgid ""
7727 "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ "
7728 "and _uu2_ to each other."
7729 msgstr ""
7730 "La función *uuid_compare*() compara si dos variables uuid dadas _uu1_ y "
7731 "_uu2_ son iguales entre sí."
7732
7733 #. type: Title ==
7734 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55
7735 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58
7736 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55
7737 #, no-wrap
7738 msgid "RETURN VALUE"
7739 msgstr "VALOR DEVUELTO"
7740
7741 #. type: Plain text
7742 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
7743 msgid ""
7744 "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is "
7745 "found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater "
7746 "than _uu2_."
7747 msgstr ""
7748 "Devuelve un entero menor, igual o mayor que cero si _uu1_ resulta ser, "
7749 "respectivamente, menor, igual o mayor que _uu2_ lexicográficamente."
7750
7751 #. type: Plain text
7752 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72
7753 #, no-wrap
7754 msgid ""
7755 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7756 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
7757 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
7758 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7759 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7760 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7761 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7762 msgstr ""
7763 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7764 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
7765 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
7766 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7767 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7768 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7769 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7770
7771 #
7772 #
7773 #
7774 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
7775 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
7776 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
7777 #. are met:
7778 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
7779 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
7780 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
7781 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
7782 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
7783 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
7784 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
7785 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
7786 #.    written permission.
7787 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
7788 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
7789 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
7790 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
7791 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
7792 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
7793 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
7794 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
7795 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
7796 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
7797 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
7798 #. DAMAGE.
7799 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
7800 #. type: Title =
7801 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:33
7802 #, no-wrap
7803 msgid "uuid_copy(3)"
7804 msgstr "uuid_copy(3)"
7805
7806 #. type: Plain text
7807 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:44
7808 msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
7809 msgstr "uuid_copy - copia un valor de UUID"
7810
7811 #. type: Plain text
7812 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:50
7813 #, no-wrap
7814 msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__;*\n"
7815 msgstr "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__;*\n"
7816
7817 #. type: Plain text
7818 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:54
7819 msgid "The *uuid_copy*() function copies the UUID variable _src_ to _dst_."
7820 msgstr "La función *uuid_copy*() copia la variable UUID _src_ en _dst_."
7821
7822 #. type: Plain text
7823 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:58
7824 msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by _dst_."
7825 msgstr "El UUID copiado se devuelve en la ubicación a la que apunta _dst_."
7826
7827 #. type: Plain text
7828 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72
7829 #, no-wrap
7830 msgid ""
7831 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7832 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
7833 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
7834 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7835 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7836 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7837 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7838 msgstr ""
7839 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7840 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
7841 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
7842 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
7843 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7844 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7845 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
7846
7847 #
7848 #
7849 #
7850 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
7851 #. %Begin-Header%
7852 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
7853 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
7854 #. are met:
7855 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
7856 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
7857 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
7858 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
7859 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
7860 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
7861 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
7862 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
7863 #.    written permission.
7864 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
7865 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
7866 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
7867 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
7868 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
7869 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
7870 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
7871 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
7872 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
7873 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
7874 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
7875 #. DAMAGE.
7876 #. %End-Header%
7877 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
7878 #. type: Title =
7879 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:35
7880 #, no-wrap
7881 msgid "uuid_generate(3)"
7882 msgstr "uuid_generate(3)"
7883
7884 #. type: Plain text
7885 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
7886 msgid ""
7887 "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
7888 "uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
7889 msgstr ""
7890 "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
7891 "uuid_generate_time_safe - crean un nuevo valor UUID único"
7892
7893 #. type: Plain text
7894 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57
7895 #, no-wrap
7896 msgid ""
7897 "*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
7898 "*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
7899 "*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
7900 "*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
7901 "*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
7902 "*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);*\n"
7903 msgstr ""
7904
7905 #. type: Plain text
7906 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
7907 msgid ""
7908 "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier "
7909 "(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
7910 "*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not "
7911 "available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which "
7912 "uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and "
7913 "random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
7914 msgstr ""
7915
7916 #. type: Plain text
7917 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
7918 msgid ""
7919 "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
7920 "format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in "
7921 "which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use "
7922 "of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs "
7923 "generated in this fashion."
7924 msgstr ""
7925
7926 #. type: Plain text
7927 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
7928 msgid ""
7929 "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative "
7930 "algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
7931 "available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
7932 "UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
7933 "information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
7934 "privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function "
7935 "only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not "
7936 "available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently "
7937 "running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if "
7938 "the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or "
7939 "the *uuidd* daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the "
7940 "process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If "
7941 "neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is "
7942 "theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the "
7943 "same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, "
7944 "use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
7945 msgstr ""
7946
7947 #. type: Plain text
7948 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
7949 msgid ""
7950 "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to "
7951 "*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether "
7952 "any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
7953 msgstr ""
7954
7955 #. type: Plain text
7956 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
7957 msgid ""
7958 "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
7959 "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
7960 "universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be "
7961 "considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
7962 "UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
7963 msgstr ""
7964
7965 #. type: Plain text
7966 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
7967 msgid ""
7968 "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an "
7969 "MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing "
7970 "the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 "
7971 "UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
7972 msgstr ""
7973
7974 #. type: Plain text
7975 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
7976 msgid ""
7977 "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
7978 "_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been "
7979 "generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
7980 msgstr ""
7981
7982 #. type: Plain text
7983 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96
7984 #, no-wrap
7985 msgid ""
7986 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
7987 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7988 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
7989 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
7990 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
7991 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
7992 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
7993 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
7994 "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
7995 "*uuidd*(8)\n"
7996 msgstr ""
7997 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
7998 "*uuid*(3),\n"
7999 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8000 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8001 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8002 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8003 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8004 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8005 "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
8006 "*uuidd*(8)\n"
8007
8008 #
8009 #
8010 #
8011 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8012 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8013 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8014 #. are met:
8015 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8016 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8017 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8018 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8019 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8020 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8021 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8022 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8023 #.    written permission.
8024 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8025 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8026 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8027 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8028 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8029 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8030 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8031 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8032 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8033 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8034 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8035 #. DAMAGE.
8036 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8037 #. type: Title =
8038 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:33
8039 #, no-wrap
8040 msgid "uuid_is_null(3)"
8041 msgstr "uuid_is_null(3)"
8042
8043 #. type: Plain text
8044 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:44
8045 msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
8046 msgstr ""
8047
8048 #. type: Plain text
8049 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:50
8050 #, no-wrap
8051 msgid "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
8052 msgstr "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
8053
8054 #. type: Plain text
8055 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
8056 msgid ""
8057 "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
8058 "variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
8059 "is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
8060 msgstr ""
8061
8062 #. type: Plain text
8063 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69
8064 #, no-wrap
8065 msgid ""
8066 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8067 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8068 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8069 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8070 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8071 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8072 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8073 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8074 msgstr ""
8075 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8076 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8077 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8078 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8079 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8080 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8081 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8082 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8083
8084 #
8085 #
8086 #
8087 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8088 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8089 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8090 #. are met:
8091 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8092 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8093 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8094 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8095 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8096 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8097 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8098 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8099 #.    written permission.
8100 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8101 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8102 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8103 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8104 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8105 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8106 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8107 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8108 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8109 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8110 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8111 #. DAMAGE.
8112 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8113 #. type: Title =
8114 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:33
8115 #, no-wrap
8116 msgid "uuid_parse(3)"
8117 msgstr "uuid_parse(3)"
8118
8119 #. type: Plain text
8120 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44
8121 msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
8122 msgstr ""
8123 "uuid_parse - convierte una cadena UUID de entrada en su representación "
8124 "binaria"
8125
8126 #. type: Plain text
8127 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51
8128 #, no-wrap
8129 msgid ""
8130 "*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
8131 "*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
8132 msgstr ""
8133
8134 #. type: Plain text
8135 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
8136 msgid ""
8137 "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the "
8138 "binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
8139 "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-"
8140 "%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
8141 msgstr ""
8142 "La función *uuid_parse*() convierte la cadena UUID dada en _in_ en su "
8143 "representación binaria. LA entrada UUID es una cadena de la forma "
8144 "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (en formato *printf*(3) \"%08x-%04x-"
8145 "%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes más el '\\0' final)."
8146
8147 #. type: Plain text
8148 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
8149 msgid ""
8150 "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only "
8151 "range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
8152 msgstr ""
8153 "La función *uuid_parse_range*() funciona como *uuid_parse*() pero solo "
8154 "analiza la parte de la cadena comprendida entre los punteros _in_start_ y "
8155 "_in_end_."
8156
8157 #. type: Plain text
8158 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
8159 msgid ""
8160 "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
8161 "stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
8162 msgstr ""
8163 "Si el análisis de la cadena de entrada termina bien, devuelve 0 y el UUID se "
8164 "guarda en la ubicación a la que apunta _uu_; en caso contrario, devuelve -1."
8165
8166 #. type: Plain text
8167 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
8168 msgid ""
8169 "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs "
8170 "V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
8171 msgstr ""
8172 "Esta biblioteca analiza UUIDs compatibles con OSF DCE 1.1 y UUIDs V3 y V5 "
8173 "basados en «hash» compatibles con link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
8174 "rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
8175
8176 #. type: Plain text
8177 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80
8178 #, no-wrap
8179 msgid ""
8180 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8181 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8182 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8183 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8184 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8185 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8186 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8187 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8188 msgstr ""
8189 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8190 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8191 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8192 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8193 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8194 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8195 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8196 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8197
8198 #
8199 #
8200 #
8201 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8202 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8203 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8204 #. are met:
8205 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8206 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8207 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8208 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8209 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8210 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8211 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8212 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8213 #.    written permission.
8214 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8215 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8216 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8217 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8218 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8219 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8220 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8221 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8222 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8223 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8224 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8225 #. DAMAGE.
8226 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8227 #. type: Title =
8228 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:33
8229 #, no-wrap
8230 msgid "uuid_time(3)"
8231 msgstr "uuid_time(3)"
8232
8233 #. type: Plain text
8234 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:44
8235 msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
8236 msgstr ""
8237
8238 #. type: Plain text
8239 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:50
8240 #, no-wrap
8241 msgid "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
8242 msgstr "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
8243
8244 #. type: Plain text
8245 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
8246 msgid ""
8247 "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
8248 "based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only "
8249 "encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably "
8250 "expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
8251 "*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may "
8252 "or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
8253 msgstr ""
8254
8255 #. type: Plain text
8256 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
8257 msgid ""
8258 "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
8259 "(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
8260 "created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
8261 "location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
8262 msgstr ""
8263
8264 #. type: Plain text
8265 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73
8266 #, no-wrap
8267 msgid ""
8268 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8269 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8270 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8271 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8272 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8273 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8274 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8275 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8276 msgstr ""
8277 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8278 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8279 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8280 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8281 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8282 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8283 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8284 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8285
8286 #
8287 #
8288 #
8289 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8290 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8291 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8292 #. are met:
8293 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8294 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8295 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8296 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8297 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8298 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8299 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8300 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8301 #.    written permission.
8302 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8303 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8304 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8305 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8306 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8307 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8308 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8309 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8310 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8311 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8312 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8313 #. DAMAGE.
8314 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8315 #. type: Title =
8316 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:33
8317 #, no-wrap
8318 msgid "uuid_unparse(3)"
8319 msgstr "uuid_unparse(3)"
8320
8321 #. type: Plain text
8322 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44
8323 msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string"
8324 msgstr ""
8325 "uuid_unparse - convierte un UUID de representación binaria en cadena de texto"
8326
8327 #. type: Plain text
8328 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52
8329 #, no-wrap
8330 msgid ""
8331 "*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
8332 "*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
8333 "*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
8334 msgstr ""
8335 "*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
8336 "*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
8337 "*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
8338
8339 #. type: Plain text
8340 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
8341 msgid ""
8342 "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the "
8343 "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the "
8344 "form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
8345 "character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by "
8346 "*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-"
8347 "dependent local default."
8348 msgstr ""
8349 "La función *uuid_unparse*() convierte la UUID dada _uu_ de su representación "
8350 "binaria en una cadena de 36 bytes (más el '\\0' final) de la forma "
8351 "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 y guarda este valor en la cadena de "
8352 "caracteres a la que apunta _out_. Los dígitos hexadecimales que devuelve "
8353 "*uuid_unparse*() pueden estar en mayúsculas o en minúsculas, lo cual depende "
8354 "de la localización predefinida dependiente del sistema."
8355
8356 #. type: Plain text
8357 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
8358 msgid ""
8359 "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
8360 "*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
8361 msgstr ""
8362 "Si las mayúsculas/minúsculas de los dígitos hexadecimales son importantes, "
8363 "pueden utilizarse las funciones *uuid_unparse_upper*() y "
8364 "*uuid_unparse_lower*()."
8365
8366 #. type: Plain text
8367 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62
8368 msgid "This library unparses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1."
8369 msgstr "Esta biblioteca analiza hacia atrás UUIDs compatibles con OSF DCE 1.1."
8370
8371 #. type: Plain text
8372 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77
8373 #, no-wrap
8374 msgid ""
8375 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8376 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8377 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8378 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8379 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8380 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8381 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8382 "*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
8383 msgstr ""
8384 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8385 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8386 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8387 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8388 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8389 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8390 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8391 "*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
8392
8393 #
8394 #. chfn.1 -- change your finger information
8395 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
8396 #. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
8397 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
8398 #. There is no warranty.
8399 #. type: Title =
8400 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:10
8401 #, no-wrap
8402 msgid "chfn(1)"
8403 msgstr "chfn(1)"
8404
8405 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
8406 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:12 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:12
8407 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:8
8408 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:6 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:6
8409 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:4 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:4
8410 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:41
8411 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:4
8412 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:9
8413 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:38
8414 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:4
8415 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:8
8416 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:38
8417 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:4
8418 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:28
8419 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:8
8420 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:12 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:4
8421 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:8
8422 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:8
8423 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:4
8424 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:4
8425 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:4
8426 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:9
8427 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:4
8428 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:6 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:4
8429 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:38
8430 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:4
8431 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:11 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:39
8432 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:41
8433 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:38
8434 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:38
8435 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:41
8436 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:38
8437 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:38
8438 #, no-wrap
8439 msgid "User Commands"
8440 msgstr "Órdenes de usuario"
8441
8442 #. type: Plain text
8443 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:20
8444 msgid "chfn - change your finger information"
8445 msgstr ""
8446
8447 #. type: Plain text
8448 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24
8449 #, no-wrap
8450 msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
8451 msgstr ""
8452
8453 #. type: Plain text
8454 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28
8455 #, no-wrap
8456 msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone.\n"
8457 msgstr ""
8458
8459 #. type: Plain text
8460 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
8461 msgid ""
8462 "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. "
8463 "If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive "
8464 "mode."
8465 msgstr ""
8466
8467 #. type: Plain text
8468 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
8469 msgid ""
8470 "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can "
8471 "enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field "
8472 "unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
8473 msgstr ""
8474
8475 #. type: Plain text
8476 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34
8477 #, no-wrap
8478 msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
8479 msgstr ""
8480
8481 #. type: Labeled list
8482 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:37
8483 #, no-wrap
8484 msgid "*-f*, *--full-name* _full-name_"
8485 msgstr ""
8486
8487 #. type: Plain text
8488 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:39
8489 msgid "Specify your real name."
8490 msgstr ""
8491
8492 #. type: Labeled list
8493 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:40
8494 #, no-wrap
8495 msgid "*-o*, *--office* _office_"
8496 msgstr ""
8497
8498 #. type: Plain text
8499 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:42
8500 msgid "Specify your office room number."
8501 msgstr ""
8502
8503 #. type: Labeled list
8504 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:43
8505 #, no-wrap
8506 msgid "*-p*, *--office-phone* _office-phone_"
8507 msgstr ""
8508
8509 #. type: Plain text
8510 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:45
8511 msgid "Specify your office phone number."
8512 msgstr ""
8513
8514 #. type: Labeled list
8515 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:46
8516 #, no-wrap
8517 msgid "*-h*, *--home-phone* _home-phone_"
8518 msgstr ""
8519
8520 #. type: Plain text
8521 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:48
8522 msgid "Specify your home phone number."
8523 msgstr ""
8524
8525 #. type: Labeled list
8526 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:49
8527 #, no-wrap
8528 msgid "*-u*, *--help*"
8529 msgstr "*-u*, *--help*"
8530
8531 #. type: Title ==
8532 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:59
8533 #, no-wrap
8534 msgid "CONFIG FILE ITEMS"
8535 msgstr ""
8536
8537 #. type: Plain text
8538 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:58
8539 #, no-wrap
8540 msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:\n"
8541 msgstr ""
8542
8543 #. type: Labeled list
8544 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:59
8545 #, no-wrap
8546 msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
8547 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _cadena_"
8548
8549 #. type: Plain text
8550 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62
8551 msgid "Indicate which fields are changeable by *chfn*."
8552 msgstr ""
8553
8554 #. type: Plain text
8555 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:64
8556 msgid ""
8557 "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and "
8558 "Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that "
8559 "also the Full Name is changeable."
8560 msgstr ""
8561
8562 #. type: Plain text
8563 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:66
8564 msgid ""
8565 "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, "
8566 "r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, "
8567 "*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
8568 msgstr ""
8569
8570 #. type: Plain text
8571 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:68
8572 msgid ""
8573 "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. "
8574 "This is the default."
8575 msgstr ""
8576
8577 #. type: Plain text
8578 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:72 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54
8579 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100
8580 msgid ""
8581 "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command "
8582 "syntax was not valid."
8583 msgstr ""
8584
8585 #. type: Plain text
8586 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:76 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:58
8587 msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
8588 msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
8589
8590 #. type: Plain text
8591 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:83
8592 #, no-wrap
8593 msgid ""
8594 "*chsh*(1),\n"
8595 "*finger*(1),\n"
8596 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
8597 "*passwd*(5)\n"
8598 msgstr ""
8599 "*chsh*(1),\n"
8600 "*finger*(1),\n"
8601 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
8602 "*passwd*(5)\n"
8603
8604 #
8605 #. chsh.1 -- change your login shell
8606 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
8607 #. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
8608 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
8609 #. There is no warranty.
8610 #. type: Title =
8611 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:10
8612 #, no-wrap
8613 msgid "chsh(1)"
8614 msgstr "chsh(1)"
8615
8616 #. type: Plain text
8617 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:20
8618 msgid "chsh - change your login shell"
8619 msgstr "chsh - cambia el intérprete de órdenes de inicio de sesión"
8620
8621 #. type: Plain text
8622 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:24
8623 #, no-wrap
8624 msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
8625 msgstr "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [_nombreusuario_]\n"
8626
8627 #. type: Plain text
8628 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28
8629 #, no-wrap
8630 msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one.\n"
8631 msgstr ""
8632
8633 #. type: Plain text
8634 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30
8635 #, no-wrap
8636 msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
8637 msgstr ""
8638
8639 #. type: Labeled list
8640 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:54
8641 #, no-wrap
8642 msgid "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
8643 msgstr "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
8644
8645 #. type: Plain text
8646 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:35
8647 msgid "Specify your login shell."
8648 msgstr ""
8649
8650 #. type: Labeled list
8651 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:36
8652 #, no-wrap
8653 msgid "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
8654 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
8655
8656 #. type: Plain text
8657 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:38
8658 msgid "Print the list of shells listed in _/etc/shells_ and exit."
8659 msgstr ""
8660
8661 #. type: Title ==
8662 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:45
8663 #, no-wrap
8664 msgid "VALID SHELLS"
8665 msgstr ""
8666
8667 #. type: Plain text
8668 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:48
8669 #, no-wrap
8670 msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system.\n"
8671 msgstr ""
8672
8673 #. type: Plain text
8674 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:50
8675 msgid ""
8676 "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in "
8677 "the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be "
8678 "configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
8679 msgstr ""
8680
8681 #. type: Plain text
8682 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:65
8683 #, no-wrap
8684 msgid ""
8685 "*login*(1),\n"
8686 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
8687 "*passwd*(5),\n"
8688 "*shells*(5)\n"
8689 msgstr ""
8690 "*login*(1),\n"
8691 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
8692 "*passwd*(5),\n"
8693 "*shells*(5)\n"
8694
8695 #
8696 #
8697 #
8698 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2004 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
8699 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8700 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8701 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
8702 #. (at your option) any later version.
8703 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
8704 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
8705 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
8706 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
8707 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
8708 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
8709 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8710 #. type: Title =
8711 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:19
8712 #, no-wrap
8713 msgid "last(1)"
8714 msgstr "last(1)"
8715
8716 #. type: Plain text
8717 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:29
8718 msgid "last, lastb - show a listing of last logged in users"
8719 msgstr "last, lastb - muestra los usuarios que han accedido al sistema"
8720
8721 #. type: Plain text
8722 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:33
8723 #, no-wrap
8724 msgid "*last* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
8725 msgstr "*last* [opciones] [_usuario_...] [_tty_...]\n"
8726
8727 #. type: Plain text
8728 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:35
8729 #, no-wrap
8730 msgid "*lastb* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
8731 msgstr "*lastb* [opciones] [_usuario_...] [_tty_...]\n"
8732
8733 #. type: Plain text
8734 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39
8735 #, no-wrap
8736 msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
8737 msgstr "*last* analiza el contenido del fichero _/var/log/wtmp_ (o el que se haya indicada mediante la opción *-f*) y muestra un listado con los usuarios conectados (y desconectados) desde la creación de dicho fichero. Es posible indicar uno o más _nombres_de_usuario_ y/o _ttys_, en cuyo caso sólo se mostrarán las entradas que coincidan con éstos patrones. También cabe la posibilidad de abreviar los nombres de los _ttys_, por ejemplo *last0* es lo mismo que *last tty0*.\n"
8738
8739 #. type: Plain text
8740 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
8741 msgid ""
8742 "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
8743 "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
8744 "through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
8745 "terminate."
8746 msgstr ""
8747 "Si *last* recibe una señal *SIGINT* (creada por una solicitud de "
8748 "interrupción, generalmente con Control-C) o *SIGQUIT*; se mostrará en qué "
8749 "punto estaba el análisis. En el caso de haber recibido la señal *SIGINT*, el "
8750 "proceso finalizará."
8751
8752 #. type: Plain text
8753 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
8754 msgid ""
8755 "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus "
8756 "*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
8757 "created."
8758 msgstr ""
8759 "El pseudo-usuario *reboot* accede al sistema cada vez que se reinicia el "
8760 "equipo, por lo tanto *last reboot* mostrará una lista de todos los reinicios "
8761 "desde la creación del fichero."
8762
8763 #. type: Plain text
8764 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45
8765 #, no-wrap
8766 msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
8767 msgstr "*lastb* es idéntico a *last* salvo que analiza por defecto el fichero _/var/log/btmp_ que muestra los intentos de acceso fallidos.\n"
8768
8769 #. type: Labeled list
8770 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48
8771 #, no-wrap
8772 msgid "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
8773 msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
8774
8775 #. type: Plain text
8776 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
8777 msgid ""
8778 "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--"
8779 "dns* option."
8780 msgstr ""
8781 "Muestra el nombre del equipo en la última columna. Suele usarse en "
8782 "conjunción con la opción *--dns*."
8783
8784 #. type: Labeled list
8785 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51
8786 #, no-wrap
8787 msgid "*-d*, *--dns*"
8788 msgstr "*-d*, *--dns*"
8789
8790 #. type: Plain text
8791 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
8792 msgid ""
8793 "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
8794 "host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back "
8795 "into a hostname."
8796 msgstr ""
8797 "Para el caso de accesos desde otros equipos, Linux no sólo guarda el nombre "
8798 "del equipo remoto sino también su dirección IP. Esta opción convierte esa "
8799 "dirección IP en un nombre de equipo."
8800
8801 #. type: Labeled list
8802 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67
8803 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:31
8804 #, no-wrap
8805 msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
8806 msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _fichero_"
8807
8808 #. type: Plain text
8809 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
8810 msgid ""
8811 "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--"
8812 "file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files "
8813 "will be processed."
8814 msgstr ""
8815 "Indica a *last* que debe usar el _fichero_ indicado en lugar de _/var/log/"
8816 "wtmp_. Es posible indicar varios ficheros usando varias veces la opción *--"
8817 "file*, procesándose así todos los ficheros indicados."
8818
8819 #. type: Labeled list
8820 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57
8821 #, no-wrap
8822 msgid "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
8823 msgstr "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
8824
8825 #. type: Plain text
8826 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59
8827 msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates."
8828 msgstr "Muestra la fecha y hora de los accesos."
8829
8830 #. type: Labeled list
8831 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60
8832 #, no-wrap
8833 msgid "*-i*, *--ip*"
8834 msgstr "*-i*, *--ip*"
8835
8836 #. type: Plain text
8837 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62
8838 msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
8839 msgstr ""
8840 "Igual que *--dns*, pero muestra la dirección IP del equipo en lugar de su "
8841 "nombre."
8842
8843 #. type: Labeled list
8844 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63
8845 #, no-wrap
8846 msgid "**-**__number__; *-n*, *--limit* _number_"
8847 msgstr "**-**__cantidad__; *-n*, *--limit* _cantidad_"
8848
8849 #. type: Plain text
8850 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:65
8851 msgid "Tell *last* how many lines to show."
8852 msgstr "Indica a *last* el número de líneas que debe mostrar."
8853
8854 #. type: Labeled list
8855 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:66
8856 #, no-wrap
8857 msgid "*-p*, *--present* _time_"
8858 msgstr "*-p*, *--present* _fecha_y_hora_"
8859
8860 #. type: Plain text
8861 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
8862 msgid ""
8863 "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using "
8864 "the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
8865 msgstr ""
8866 "Muestra los usuario conectados en la fecha y hora indicados. Coincide con el "
8867 "uso de *--since* y *--until* indicando en ambos la misma _fecha_y_hora_."
8868
8869 #. type: Labeled list
8870 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69
8871 #, no-wrap
8872 msgid "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
8873 msgstr "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
8874
8875 #. type: Plain text
8876 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:71
8877 msgid "Suppresses the display of the hostname field."
8878 msgstr "No muestra el campo con el nombre del equipo."
8879
8880 #. type: Labeled list
8881 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:72
8882 #, no-wrap
8883 msgid "*-s*, *--since* _time_"
8884 msgstr "*-s*, *--since* _fecha_y_hora_"
8885
8886 #. type: Plain text
8887 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
8888 msgid ""
8889 "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e."
8890 "g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option "
8891 "is often combined with *--until*."
8892 msgstr ""
8893 "Muestra la situación de los accesos a partir del la _fecha_y_hora_ "
8894 "indicados. Esto suele ser útil para ver quien accedió al sistema en un "
8895 "instante determinado. Esta opción suele combinarse con *--until*."
8896
8897 #. type: Labeled list
8898 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75
8899 #, no-wrap
8900 msgid "*-t*, *--until* _time_"
8901 msgstr "*-t*, *--until* _fecha_y_hora_"
8902
8903 #. type: Plain text
8904 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77
8905 msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_."
8906 msgstr "Muesta la situación de los accesos hasta la _fecha_y_hora_ indicados."
8907
8908 #. type: Labeled list
8909 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:124
8910 #, no-wrap
8911 msgid "*--time-format* _format_"
8912 msgstr "*--time-format* _formato_"
8913
8914 #. type: Plain text
8915 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
8916 msgid ""
8917 "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, "
8918 "or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ "
8919 "is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The "
8920 "_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format "
8921 "contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are "
8922 "investigated outside of the system."
8923 msgstr ""
8924 "Define el _formato_ de fecha y hora que se mostrará. Puede ser _notime_, "
8925 "_short_, _full_ o _iso_. La opción _notime_ no mostrará ninguna información "
8926 "de este tipo, _short_ es la opción por defecto y _full_ es lo mismo que *--"
8927 "fulltimes*. La opción _iso_ mostrará la fecha y hora en formato ISO-8601 que "
8928 "contiene información sobre la zona horaria resultando especialmente útil "
8929 "cuando se investigan accesos desde otros equipos."
8930
8931 #. type: Labeled list
8932 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:81
8933 #, no-wrap
8934 msgid "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
8935 msgstr "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
8936
8937 #. type: Plain text
8938 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83
8939 msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output."
8940 msgstr ""
8941 "Muestra el nombre de usuario completo y el nombre de dominio en la salida."
8942
8943 #. type: Labeled list
8944 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84
8945 #, no-wrap
8946 msgid "*-x*, *--system*"
8947 msgstr "*-x*, *--system*"
8948
8949 #. type: Plain text
8950 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86
8951 msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes."
8952 msgstr ""
8953 "Muestra las veces que se apagó un equipo y los cambios en los niveles de "
8954 "ejecución."
8955
8956 #. type: Title ==
8957 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:87
8958 #, no-wrap
8959 msgid "TIME FORMATS"
8960 msgstr "FORMATOS DE FECHA Y HORA"
8961
8962 #. type: Plain text
8963 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:90
8964 msgid ""
8965 "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
8966 msgstr ""
8967 "El argumento _fecha_y_hora_ puede expresarse en los siguientes formatos:"
8968
8969 #. type: Table
8970 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:105
8971 #, no-wrap
8972 msgid ""
8973 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
8974 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
8975 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
8976 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
8977 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
8978 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
8979 "|now |\n"
8980 "|yesterday |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
8981 "|today |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
8982 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
8983 "|+5min |\n"
8984 "|-5days |\n"
8985 msgstr ""
8986
8987 #. type: Plain text
8988 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:111
8989 msgid "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
8990 msgstr "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
8991
8992 #. type: Plain text
8993 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:115
8994 msgid ""
8995 "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs "
8996 "information in these files if they are present. This is a local "
8997 "configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created "
8998 "with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
8999 msgstr ""
9000 "Es posible que los ficheros _wtmp_ y _btmp_ no se encuentren en el equipo. "
9001 "Observe que el mismo sólo registrará información en estos ficheros si "
9002 "existen, esto sería un error en la configuración que se subsanaría "
9003 "simplemente creándolos con la orden *touch*(1), es decir ejecutando *touch /"
9004 "var/log/wtmp*."
9005
9006 #. type: Plain text
9007 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119
9008 msgid "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
9009 msgstr "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
9010
9011 #. type: Plain text
9012 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:126
9013 #, no-wrap
9014 msgid ""
9015 "*login*(1),\n"
9016 "*wtmp*(5),\n"
9017 "*init*(8),\n"
9018 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
9019 msgstr ""
9020 "*login*(1),\n"
9021 "*wtmp*(5),\n"
9022 "*init*(8),\n"
9023 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
9024
9025 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
9026 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
9027 #. type: Title =
9028 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:6
9029 #, no-wrap
9030 msgid "login(1)"
9031 msgstr "login(1)"
9032
9033 #. type: Plain text
9034 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:16
9035 msgid "login - begin session on the system"
9036 msgstr ""
9037
9038 #. type: Plain text
9039 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:20
9040 #, no-wrap
9041 msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n"
9042 msgstr "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _nombre_de_usuario_|_nombre_de_usuario_]\n"
9043
9044 #. type: Plain text
9045 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24
9046 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
9047 #| msgid "If an argument is not given, B<login> prompts for the username."
9048 msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username.\n"
9049 msgstr "Si no se da ningún argumento, B<login> pregunta por el nombre de usuario."
9050
9051 #. type: Plain text
9052 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
9053 msgid ""
9054 "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is "
9055 "disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password "
9056 "failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is "
9057 "severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in CONFIG FILE ITEMS section."
9058 msgstr ""
9059
9060 #. type: Plain text
9061 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
9062 msgid ""
9063 "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted "
9064 "for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be "
9065 "provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to "
9066 "*passwd*(1) for more information."
9067 msgstr ""
9068
9069 #. type: Plain text
9070 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
9071 msgid ""
9072 "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/"
9073 "passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, "
9074 "only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the "
9075 "system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The "
9076 "environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *"
9077 "$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the "
9078 "password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for "
9079 "normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
9080 "usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
9081 msgstr ""
9082
9083 #. type: Plain text
9084 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
9085 msgid ""
9086 "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it "
9087 "will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment "
9088 "variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
9089 msgstr ""
9090
9091 #. type: Plain text
9092 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:34
9093 #, fuzzy
9094 #| msgid ""
9095 #| "The user's shell is then started.  If no shell is specified for the user "
9096 #| "in B</etc/passwd>, then B</bin/sh> is used.  If there is no directory "
9097 #| "specified in I</etc/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home directory is "
9098 #| "checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described above)."
9099 msgid ""
9100 "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/"
9101 "etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified "
9102 "in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as "
9103 "described below."
9104 msgstr ""
9105 "A continuación, se inicia el shell del usuario. Si no se especifica ninguno "
9106 "para el usuario en B</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará B</bin/sh>.  Si no hay "
9107 "un directorio especificado en I</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará I</> (el "
9108 "directorio del usuario se analizará en busca del fichero I<.hushlogin> "
9109 "descrito más abajo)."
9110
9111 #. type: Plain text
9112 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
9113 #, fuzzy
9114 #| msgid ""
9115 #| "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed "
9116 #| "(this disables the checking of the checking of mail and the printing of "
9117 #| "the last login time and message of the day).  Otherwise, if I</var/log/"
9118 #| "lastlog> exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login is "
9119 #| "recorded)."
9120 msgid ""
9121 "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This "
9122 "disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and "
9123 "message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login "
9124 "time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
9125 msgstr ""
9126 "Si el fichero I<.hushlogin> existe, entonces se realiza un ingreso "
9127 "\"reservado\" (esto deshabilita la comprobación del correo y la escritura de "
9128 "la hora del último ingreso así como el mensaje del día). Por otro lado, si "
9129 "existe I</var/log/lastlog>, la hora del último ingreso se imprime (y el "
9130 "ingreso actual es registrado)."
9131
9132 #. type: Plain text
9133 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:41
9134 #, fuzzy
9135 #| msgid ""
9136 #| "Used by B<getty>(8)  to tell B<login> not to destroy the environment."
9137 msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment."
9138 msgstr ""
9139 "Usado por B<getty>(8)  para indicar a B<login> que no destruya el entorno."
9140
9141 #. type: Labeled list
9142 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94
9143 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:45
9144 #, no-wrap
9145 msgid "*-f*"
9146 msgstr "*-f*"
9147
9148 #. type: Plain text
9149 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44
9150 msgid ""
9151 "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the "
9152 "*getty*(8) autologin feature."
9153 msgstr ""
9154
9155 #. type: Labeled list
9156 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:45
9157 #, no-wrap
9158 msgid "*-h*"
9159 msgstr "*-h*"
9160
9161 #. type: Plain text
9162 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:47
9163 msgid ""
9164 "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote "
9165 "host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the "
9166 "superuser is allowed use this option."
9167 msgstr ""
9168 "Usado por otros servidores (por ejemplo, *telnetd*(8))  para pasar el nombre "
9169 "del host remoto a *login* de tal manera que pueda ser puesto en utmp y wtmp. "
9170 "Solo el superusuario podrá usar esta opción."
9171
9172 #. type: Plain text
9173 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
9174 msgid ""
9175 "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The "
9176 "standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is "
9177 "_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/"
9178 "etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
9179 msgstr ""
9180
9181 #. type: Labeled list
9182 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:50
9183 #, no-wrap
9184 msgid "*-H*"
9185 msgstr "*-H*"
9186
9187 #. type: Plain text
9188 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:52
9189 msgid ""
9190 "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that "
9191 "printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also "
9192 "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
9193 msgstr ""
9194
9195 #. type: Labeled list
9196 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:42
9197 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:186 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:160
9198 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:95
9199 #, no-wrap
9200 msgid "*--help*"
9201 msgstr "*--help*"
9202
9203 #. type: Plain text
9204 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:62
9205 #, no-wrap
9206 msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see login.defs(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
9207 msgstr ""
9208
9209 #. type: Labeled list
9210 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
9211 #, no-wrap
9212 msgid "*MOTD_FILE* (string)"
9213 msgstr "*MOTD_FILE* (cadena)"
9214
9215 #. type: Plain text
9216 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
9217 msgid ""
9218 "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and "
9219 "directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory "
9220 "then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from "
9221 "the directory."
9222 msgstr ""
9223
9224 #. type: Plain text
9225 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:67
9226 msgid ""
9227 "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the "
9228 "*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of "
9229 "the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided "
9230 "by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
9231 msgstr ""
9232
9233 #. type: Plain text
9234 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
9235 msgid "The directories in the *MOTD_FILE* are supported since version 2.36."
9236 msgstr ""
9237
9238 #. type: Plain text
9239 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:71
9240 msgid ""
9241 "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like "
9242 "pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is "
9243 "displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and "
9244 "use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in "
9245 "system tools."
9246 msgstr ""
9247
9248 #. type: Labeled list
9249 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:72
9250 #, no-wrap
9251 msgid "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (boolean)"
9252 msgstr ""
9253
9254 #. type: Plain text
9255 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:75
9256 msgid ""
9257 "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the "
9258 "first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this "
9259 "case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more "
9260 "compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
9261 msgstr ""
9262
9263 #. type: Labeled list
9264 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:76
9265 #, no-wrap
9266 msgid "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (boolean)"
9267 msgstr ""
9268
9269 #. type: Plain text
9270 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:79
9271 msgid ""
9272 "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
9273 "prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default "
9274 "value is _no_."
9275 msgstr ""
9276
9277 #. type: Labeled list
9278 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:80
9279 #, no-wrap
9280 msgid "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (number)"
9281 msgstr ""
9282
9283 #. type: Plain text
9284 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:83
9285 msgid "Maximum time in seconds for login. The default value is _60_."
9286 msgstr ""
9287
9288 #. type: Labeled list
9289 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:84
9290 #, no-wrap
9291 msgid "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (number)"
9292 msgstr ""
9293
9294 #. type: Plain text
9295 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:87
9296 msgid ""
9297 "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value "
9298 "is _3_."
9299 msgstr ""
9300
9301 #. type: Labeled list
9302 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:88
9303 #, no-wrap
9304 msgid "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (boolean)"
9305 msgstr ""
9306
9307 #. type: Plain text
9308 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:91
9309 msgid ""
9310 "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, "
9311 "but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
9312 msgstr ""
9313
9314 #. type: Labeled list
9315 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:92 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:91
9316 #, no-wrap
9317 msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
9318 msgstr ""
9319
9320 #. type: Plain text
9321 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:95
9322 msgid ""
9323 "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login "
9324 "failure. The default value is _5_."
9325 msgstr ""
9326
9327 #. type: Labeled list
9328 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:96
9329 #, no-wrap
9330 msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
9331 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (cadena)"
9332
9333 #. type: Plain text
9334 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:99
9335 msgid ""
9336 "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group "
9337 "is used."
9338 msgstr ""
9339
9340 #. type: Labeled list
9341 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:100
9342 #, no-wrap
9343 msgid "*TTYGROUP* (string)"
9344 msgstr "*TTYGROUP* (cadena)"
9345
9346 #. type: Plain text
9347 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103
9348 msgid ""
9349 "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. "
9350 "If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set "
9351 "to the user's primary group."
9352 msgstr ""
9353
9354 #. type: Plain text
9355 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:105
9356 msgid ""
9357 "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group "
9358 "identifier."
9359 msgstr ""
9360
9361 #. type: Labeled list
9362 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:106
9363 #, no-wrap
9364 msgid "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (string)"
9365 msgstr "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (cadena)"
9366
9367 #. type: Plain text
9368 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109
9369 msgid ""
9370 "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login "
9371 "sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, "
9372 "then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in "
9373 "the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will "
9374 "be enabled for all users."
9375 msgstr ""
9376
9377 #. type: Plain text
9378 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
9379 msgid ""
9380 "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the "
9381 "file exists in the user's home directory."
9382 msgstr ""
9383
9384 #. type: Plain text
9385 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
9386 msgid ""
9387 "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/."
9388 "hushlogin_."
9389 msgstr ""
9390
9391 #. type: Plain text
9392 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:115
9393 msgid ""
9394 "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
9395 msgstr ""
9396
9397 #. type: Labeled list
9398 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:116
9399 #, no-wrap
9400 msgid "*DEFAULT_HOME* (boolean)"
9401 msgstr ""
9402
9403 #. type: Plain text
9404 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:119
9405 msgid ""
9406 "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home "
9407 "directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if "
9408 "it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is "
9409 "_yes_."
9410 msgstr ""
9411
9412 #. type: Labeled list
9413 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:120
9414 #, no-wrap
9415 msgid "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (unsigned number)"
9416 msgstr ""
9417
9418 #. type: Plain text
9419 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:123
9420 msgid ""
9421 "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As "
9422 "higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and "
9423 "authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ "
9424 "file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means "
9425 "that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default "
9426 "value is _ULONG_MAX_."
9427 msgstr ""
9428
9429 #. type: Labeled list
9430 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:124
9431 #, no-wrap
9432 msgid "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (boolean)"
9433 msgstr ""
9434
9435 #. type: Plain text
9436 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127
9437 msgid ""
9438 "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The "
9439 "default value is _no_."
9440 msgstr ""
9441
9442 #. type: Plain text
9443 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:129
9444 msgid ""
9445 "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters "
9446 "their password instead of their login name."
9447 msgstr ""
9448
9449 #. type: Labeled list
9450 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:130 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87
9451 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:94
9452 #, no-wrap
9453 msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
9454 msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (cadena)"
9455
9456 #. type: Plain text
9457 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:133
9458 msgid ""
9459 "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a "
9460 "regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
9461 msgstr ""
9462
9463 #. type: Labeled list
9464 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:134 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:90
9465 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97
9466 #, no-wrap
9467 msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
9468 msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (cadena)"
9469
9470 #. type: Labeled list
9471 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:135 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91
9472 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:98
9473 #, no-wrap
9474 msgid "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)"
9475 msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (cadena)"
9476
9477 #. type: Plain text
9478 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:138
9479 msgid ""
9480 "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the "
9481 "superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/"
9482 "usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
9483 msgstr ""
9484
9485 #. type: Plain text
9486 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:152
9487 msgid ""
9488 "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
9489 "etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
9490 "remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
9491 msgstr ""
9492 "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
9493 "etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
9494 "remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
9495
9496 #. type: Plain text
9497 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156
9498 msgid ""
9499 "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by "
9500 "some *rlogind*(8) programs."
9501 msgstr ""
9502 "La opción no documentada *-r* de BSD no está soportada. Esta podría ser "
9503 "requerida por algún programa *rlogind*(8)"
9504
9505 #. type: Plain text
9506 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:158
9507 msgid ""
9508 "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer "
9509 "works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for "
9510 "security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any "
9511 "possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. "
9512 "If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by "
9513 "*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be "
9514 "avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
9515 msgstr ""
9516
9517 #. type: Plain text
9518 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:162
9519 msgid ""
9520 "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
9521 "for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
9522 "Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
9523 msgstr ""
9524
9525 #. type: Plain text
9526 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:174
9527 #, no-wrap
9528 msgid ""
9529 "*mail*(1),\n"
9530 "*passwd*(1),\n"
9531 "*passwd*(5),\n"
9532 "*utmp*(5),\n"
9533 "*environ*(7),\n"
9534 "*getty*(8),\n"
9535 "*init*(8),\n"
9536 "*lastlog*(8),\n"
9537 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
9538 msgstr ""
9539 "*mail*(1),\n"
9540 "*passwd*(1),\n"
9541 "*passwd*(5),\n"
9542 "*utmp*(5),\n"
9543 "*environ*(7),\n"
9544 "*getty*(8),\n"
9545 "*init*(8),\n"
9546 "*lastlog*(8),\n"
9547 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
9548
9549 #.  Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com)
9550 #.  May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
9551 #. type: Title =
9552 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:4
9553 #, no-wrap
9554 msgid "lslogins(1)"
9555 msgstr "lslogins(1)"
9556
9557 #. type: Plain text
9558 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:14
9559 #, fuzzy
9560 #| msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
9561 msgid "lslogins - display information about known users in the system"
9562 msgstr "fstab - Información estática sobre los sistemas de ficheros"
9563
9564 #. type: Plain text
9565 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18
9566 #, no-wrap
9567 msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]\n"
9568 msgstr ""
9569
9570 #. type: Plain text
9571 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
9572 msgid ""
9573 "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ "
9574 "and output the desired data."
9575 msgstr ""
9576
9577 #. type: Plain text
9578 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
9579 msgid ""
9580 "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available "
9581 "details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is "
9582 "different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as "
9583 "an error."
9584 msgstr ""
9585
9586 #. type: Plain text
9587 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:26
9588 msgid "The default action is to list info about all the users in the system."
9589 msgstr ""
9590
9591 #. type: Plain text
9592 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
9593 msgid ""
9594 "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
9595 msgstr ""
9596
9597 #. type: Labeled list
9598 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31
9599 #, no-wrap
9600 msgid "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
9601 msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
9602
9603 #. type: Plain text
9604 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
9605 msgid ""
9606 "Display data about the date of last password change and the account "
9607 "expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
9608 msgstr ""
9609
9610 #. type: Labeled list
9611 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:34
9612 #, no-wrap
9613 msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_"
9614 msgstr ""
9615
9616 #. type: Plain text
9617 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:36
9618 msgid "Alternate path for btmp."
9619 msgstr ""
9620
9621 #. type: Labeled list
9622 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:37
9623 #, no-wrap
9624 msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
9625 msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
9626
9627 #. type: Plain text
9628 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:39
9629 msgid "Separate info about each user with a colon instead of a newline."
9630 msgstr ""
9631
9632 #. type: Labeled list
9633 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:51
9634 #, no-wrap
9635 msgid "*-e*, *--export*"
9636 msgstr "*-e*, *--export*"
9637
9638 #. type: Plain text
9639 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:42
9640 msgid "Output data in the format of NAME=VALUE."
9641 msgstr ""
9642
9643 #. type: Labeled list
9644 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:43
9645 #, no-wrap
9646 msgid "*-f*, *--failed*"
9647 msgstr "*-f*, *--failed*"
9648
9649 #. type: Plain text
9650 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45
9651 msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts."
9652 msgstr ""
9653
9654 #. type: Labeled list
9655 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46
9656 #, no-wrap
9657 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
9658 msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
9659
9660 #. type: Plain text
9661 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:48
9662 msgid "Show information about supplementary groups."
9663 msgstr ""
9664
9665 #. type: Labeled list
9666 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:49
9667 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
9668 #| msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
9669 msgid "*-g*, **--groups**=_groups_"
9670 msgstr "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<grupo>"
9671
9672 #. type: Plain text
9673 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
9674 msgid ""
9675 "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be "
9676 "specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are "
9677 "ignored."
9678 msgstr ""
9679
9680 #. type: Plain text
9681 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
9682 msgid ""
9683 "Note that relation between user and group may be invisible for primary group "
9684 "if the user is not explicitly specify as group member (e.g., in _/etc/"
9685 "group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups than it uses groups "
9686 "database only, and user database with primary GID is not used at all."
9687 msgstr ""
9688
9689 #. type: Plain text
9690 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
9691 #, fuzzy
9692 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
9693 msgid "Display help information and exit."
9694 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
9695
9696 #. type: Labeled list
9697 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:57
9698 #, no-wrap
9699 msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
9700 msgstr "*-L*, *--last*"
9701
9702 #. type: Plain text
9703 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
9704 msgid ""
9705 "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
9706 msgstr ""
9707
9708 #. type: Labeled list
9709 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:60
9710 #, no-wrap
9711 msgid "*-l*, **--logins**=_logins_"
9712 msgstr ""
9713
9714 #. type: Plain text
9715 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62
9716 msgid ""
9717 "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or "
9718 "user IDS). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-"
9719 "separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
9720 msgstr ""
9721
9722 #. type: Labeled list
9723 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:60
9724 #, no-wrap
9725 msgid "*-n*, *--newline*"
9726 msgstr "*-n*, *--newline*"
9727
9728 #. type: Plain text
9729 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:62
9730 #, fuzzy
9731 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
9732 msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line."
9733 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
9734
9735 #. type: Labeled list
9736 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:63
9737 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:77
9738 #, no-wrap
9739 msgid "*--noheadings*"
9740 msgstr "*--noheadings*"
9741
9742 #. type: Plain text
9743 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:90
9744 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:77 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:47
9745 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60
9746 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
9747 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
9748 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32
9749 msgid "Do not print a header line."
9750 msgstr ""
9751
9752 #. type: Labeled list
9753 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:66
9754 #, no-wrap
9755 msgid "*--notruncate*"
9756 msgstr "*--notruncate*"
9757
9758 #. type: Plain text
9759 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:68
9760 msgid "Don't truncate output."
9761 msgstr ""
9762
9763 #. type: Plain text
9764 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
9765 msgid ""
9766 "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be "
9767 "extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
9768 msgstr ""
9769
9770 #. type: Plain text
9771 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:77
9772 msgid ""
9773 "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported "
9774 "columns."
9775 msgstr ""
9776
9777 #. type: Labeled list
9778 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:78
9779 #, no-wrap
9780 msgid "*-p*, *--pwd*"
9781 msgstr "*-p*, *--pwd*"
9782
9783 #. type: Plain text
9784 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:80
9785 msgid "Display information related to login by password (see also *-afL).*"
9786 msgstr ""
9787
9788 #. type: Plain text
9789 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:77
9790 msgid "Raw output (no columnation)."
9791 msgstr ""
9792
9793 #. type: Labeled list
9794 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:84
9795 #, no-wrap
9796 msgid "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
9797 msgstr "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
9798
9799 #. type: Plain text
9800 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86
9801 msgid ""
9802 "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between "
9803 "101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody "
9804 "(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters "
9805 "SYS_UID_MIN and SYS_UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
9806 msgstr ""
9807
9808 #. type: Labeled list
9809 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:87 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:81
9810 #, no-wrap
9811 msgid "*--time-format* _type_"
9812 msgstr "*--time-format* _tipo_"
9813
9814 #. type: Plain text
9815 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83
9816 msgid ""
9817 "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time "
9818 "format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
9819 msgstr ""
9820
9821 #. type: Labeled list
9822 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:90
9823 #, no-wrap
9824 msgid "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
9825 msgstr "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
9826
9827 #. type: Plain text
9828 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:92
9829 msgid ""
9830 "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 "
9831 "(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). "
9832 "This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX "
9833 "in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
9834 msgstr ""
9835
9836 #. type: Labeled list
9837 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:96
9838 #, no-wrap
9839 msgid "*--wtmp-file* _path_"
9840 msgstr ""
9841
9842 #. type: Plain text
9843 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98
9844 msgid "Alternate path for wtmp."
9845 msgstr ""
9846
9847 #. type: Labeled list
9848 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:99
9849 #, no-wrap
9850 msgid "*--lastlog* _path_"
9851 msgstr ""
9852
9853 #. type: Plain text
9854 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:101
9855 msgid "Alternate path for *lastlog*(8)."
9856 msgstr ""
9857
9858 #. type: Labeled list
9859 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:102
9860 #, no-wrap
9861 msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
9862 msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"
9863
9864 #. type: Plain text
9865 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:104
9866 #, fuzzy
9867 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
9868 msgid "Display the users' security context."
9869 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
9870
9871 #. type: Labeled list
9872 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:105
9873 #, no-wrap
9874 msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
9875 msgstr "*-z*, *--print0*"
9876
9877 #. type: Plain text
9878 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:107
9879 msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline."
9880 msgstr ""
9881
9882 #. type: Plain text
9883 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:112 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:91
9884 msgid "if OK,"
9885 msgstr ""
9886
9887 #. type: Labeled list
9888 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:113 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105
9889 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:129
9890 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:289
9891 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:92
9892 #, no-wrap
9893 msgid "1"
9894 msgstr "1"
9895
9896 #. type: Plain text
9897 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:94
9898 msgid "if incorrect arguments specified,"
9899 msgstr ""
9900
9901 #. type: Labeled list
9902 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292
9903 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:95
9904 #, no-wrap
9905 msgid "2"
9906 msgstr "2"
9907
9908 #. type: Plain text
9909 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:118
9910 msgid "if a serious error occurs (e.g., a corrupt log)."
9911 msgstr ""
9912
9913 #. type: Plain text
9914 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:122
9915 msgid "The default UID thresholds are read from _/etc/login.defs_."
9916 msgstr ""
9917
9918 #. type: Title ==
9919 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:123 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63
9920 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:127 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:141
9921 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:161
9922 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:131
9923 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1434
9924 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122
9925 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176
9926 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:156
9927 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80
9928 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70
9929 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:145
9930 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:184 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:76
9931 #, no-wrap
9932 msgid "HISTORY"
9933 msgstr "HISTORIA"
9934
9935 #. type: Plain text
9936 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126
9937 msgid ""
9938 "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first "
9939 "appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
9940 msgstr ""
9941
9942 #. type: Plain text
9943 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106
9944 msgid ""
9945 "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
9946 msgstr ""
9947 "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
9948
9949 #. type: Plain text
9950 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:138
9951 #, no-wrap
9952 msgid ""
9953 "*group*(5),\n"
9954 "*passwd*(5),\n"
9955 "*shadow*(5),\n"
9956 "*utmp*(5)\n"
9957 msgstr ""
9958 "*group*(5),\n"
9959 "*passwd*(5),\n"
9960 "*shadow*(5),\n"
9961 "*utmp*(5)\n"
9962
9963 #.  Original author unknown.  This man page is in the public domain.
9964 #.  Modified Sat Oct  9 17:46:48 1993 by faith@cs.unc.edu
9965 #. type: Title =
9966 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:4
9967 #, no-wrap
9968 msgid "newgrp(1)"
9969 msgstr "newgrp(1)"
9970
9971 #. type: Plain text
9972 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14
9973 msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group"
9974 msgstr "newgrp - ingresar con un nuevo grupo"
9975
9976 #. type: Plain text
9977 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18
9978 msgid "newgrp [_group_]"
9979 msgstr "newgrp [_grupo_]"
9980
9981 #. type: Plain text
9982 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22
9983 #, no-wrap
9984 msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
9985 msgstr "*newgrp* cambia la identificación de grupo de su invocador, análogamente a *login*(1).  La misma persona queda ingresada, y el directorio actual no es modificado, pero los cálculos de los permisos de acceso a los ficheros se realizan con respecto al nuevo ID de grupo.\n"
9986
9987 #. type: Plain text
9988 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:24
9989 msgid "If no group is specified, the GID is changed to the login GID."
9990 msgstr "Si no se espcifica un grupo, el GID es cambiado al GID de ingreso."
9991
9992 #. type: Plain text
9993 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:29
9994 msgid "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
9995 msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
9996
9997 #. type: Plain text
9998 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:33
9999 msgid ""
10000 "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau."
10001 "dk[Peter Orbaek]."
10002 msgstr ""
10003 "Originalmente por Michael Haardt. Actualmente mantenido por mailto:poe@daimi."
10004 "aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
10005
10006 #. type: Plain text
10007 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38
10008 #, no-wrap
10009 msgid ""
10010 "*login*(1),\n"
10011 "*group*(5)\n"
10012 msgstr ""
10013 "*login*(1),\n"
10014 "*group*(5)\n"
10015
10016 #. type: Title =
10017 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:2
10018 #, no-wrap
10019 msgid "nologin(8)"
10020 msgstr "nologin(8)"
10021
10022 #. type: Plain text
10023 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:12
10024 #, fuzzy
10025 #| msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
10026 msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
10027 msgstr "sulogin - conexión en modo monousuario"
10028
10029 #. type: Plain text
10030 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:16
10031 #, no-wrap
10032 msgid "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
10033 msgstr "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
10034
10035 #. type: Plain text
10036 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20
10037 #, no-wrap
10038 msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account.\n"
10039 msgstr ""
10040
10041 #. type: Plain text
10042 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
10043 msgid ""
10044 "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to "
10045 "the user instead of the default message."
10046 msgstr ""
10047
10048 #. type: Plain text
10049 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24
10050 #, fuzzy
10051 #| msgid ""
10052 #| "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
10053 msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1."
10054 msgstr ""
10055 "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
10056 "acaba en fallo."
10057
10058 #. type: Plain text
10059 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28
10060 #, no-wrap
10061 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_\n"
10062 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _orden_\n"
10063
10064 #. type: Plain text
10065 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:30
10066 #, no-wrap
10067 msgid "*--init-file*\n"
10068 msgstr "*--init-file*\n"
10069
10070 #. type: Plain text
10071 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:32
10072 #, no-wrap
10073 msgid "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
10074 msgstr "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
10075
10076 #. type: Plain text
10077 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:34
10078 #, no-wrap
10079 msgid "*--init-file* _file_\n"
10080 msgstr "*--init-file* _fichero_\n"
10081
10082 #. type: Plain text
10083 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:36
10084 #, no-wrap
10085 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
10086 msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
10087
10088 #. type: Plain text
10089 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:38
10090 #, no-wrap
10091 msgid "*-l*, *--login*\n"
10092 msgstr "*-l*, *--login*\n"
10093
10094 #. type: Plain text
10095 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:40
10096 #, no-wrap
10097 msgid "*--noprofile*\n"
10098 msgstr "*--noprofile*\n"
10099
10100 #. type: Plain text
10101 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:42
10102 #, no-wrap
10103 msgid "*--norc*\n"
10104 msgstr "*--norc*\n"
10105
10106 #. type: Plain text
10107 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:44
10108 #, no-wrap
10109 msgid "*--posix*\n"
10110 msgstr "*--posix*\n"
10111
10112 #. type: Plain text
10113 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:46
10114 #, no-wrap
10115 msgid "*--rcfile* _file_\n"
10116 msgstr "*--rcfile* _fichero_\n"
10117
10118 #. type: Plain text
10119 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:48
10120 #, no-wrap
10121 msgid "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
10122 msgstr "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
10123
10124 #. type: Plain text
10125 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:50
10126 msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid *nologin* error."
10127 msgstr ""
10128
10129 #. type: Plain text
10130 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:60
10131 #, no-wrap
10132 msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file.\n"
10133 msgstr ""
10134
10135 #. type: Plain text
10136 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:62
10137 #, no-wrap
10138 msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file.\n"
10139 msgstr ""
10140
10141 #. type: Plain text
10142 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66
10143 msgid "The *nologin* command appeared in 4.4BSD."
10144 msgstr "La orden *nologin* aparece por primera vez en la 4.4BSD."
10145
10146 #. type: Plain text
10147 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:76
10148 #, no-wrap
10149 msgid ""
10150 "*login*(1),\n"
10151 "*passwd*(5),\n"
10152 "*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
10153 msgstr ""
10154 "*login*(1),\n"
10155 "*passwd*(5),\n"
10156 "*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
10157
10158 #. type: Title =
10159 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:2
10160 #, no-wrap
10161 msgid "runuser(1)"
10162 msgstr "runuser(1)"
10163
10164 #. type: Plain text
10165 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:12
10166 #, fuzzy
10167 #| msgid "su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs"
10168 msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
10169 msgstr ""
10170 "su - ejecuta una shell con identificadores de grupo y de usuario distintos"
10171
10172 #. type: Plain text
10173 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16
10174 #, no-wrap
10175 msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
10176 msgstr "*runuser* [opciones] *-u* _usuario_ [[--] _orden_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
10177
10178 #. type: Plain text
10179 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:18
10180 #, no-wrap
10181 msgid "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
10182 msgstr "*runuser* [opciones] [*-*] [_usuario_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
10183
10184 #. type: Plain text
10185 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22
10186 #, no-wrap
10187 msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions.\n"
10188 msgstr ""
10189
10190 #. type: Plain text
10191 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
10192 msgid ""
10193 "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use "
10194 "the *setpriv*(1) command."
10195 msgstr ""
10196
10197 #. type: Plain text
10198 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
10199 msgid ""
10200 "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive "
10201 "shell as _root_."
10202 msgstr ""
10203
10204 #. type: Plain text
10205 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
10206 msgid ""
10207 "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current "
10208 "directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* "
10209 "(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version "
10210 "of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
10211 msgstr ""
10212
10213 #. type: Plain text
10214 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
10215 msgid ""
10216 "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final "
10217 "environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
10218 "preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
10219 msgstr ""
10220
10221 #. type: Labeled list
10222 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:33
10223 #, no-wrap
10224 msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
10225 msgstr "*-c*, *--command*=_orden_"
10226
10227 #. type: Plain text
10228 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:35 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:35
10229 msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
10230 msgstr ""
10231
10232 #. type: Labeled list
10233 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:36 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36
10234 #, no-wrap
10235 msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
10236 msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"
10237
10238 #. type: Plain text
10239 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:38
10240 msgid ""
10241 "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the "
10242 "shell."
10243 msgstr ""
10244
10245 #. type: Labeled list
10246 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:39
10247 #, no-wrap
10248 msgid "*-g*, *--group*=_group_"
10249 msgstr "*-g*, *--group*=_grupo_"
10250
10251 #. type: Plain text
10252 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41
10253 msgid ""
10254 "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
10255 msgstr ""
10256
10257 #. type: Labeled list
10258 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:42
10259 #, no-wrap
10260 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_group_"
10261 msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_grupo_"
10262
10263 #. type: Plain text
10264 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:44 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
10265 msgid ""
10266 "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user "
10267 "only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
10268 "group if the option *--group* is not specified."
10269 msgstr ""
10270
10271 #. type: Labeled list
10272 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:45 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45
10273 #, no-wrap
10274 msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
10275 msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
10276
10277 #. type: Plain text
10278 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
10279 msgid ""
10280 "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
10281 msgstr ""
10282
10283 #. type: Plain text
10284 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49
10285 msgid ""
10286 "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables "
10287 "specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
10288 msgstr ""
10289
10290 #. type: Plain text
10291 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:50 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
10292 msgid ""
10293 "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, "
10294 "and *PATH*"
10295 msgstr ""
10296
10297 #. type: Plain text
10298 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:51
10299 msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
10300 msgstr ""
10301
10302 #. type: Plain text
10303 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52
10304 msgid ""
10305 "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
10306 msgstr ""
10307
10308 #. type: Labeled list
10309 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:56
10310 #, no-wrap
10311 msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
10312 msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"
10313
10314 #. type: Plain text
10315 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55
10316 msgid ""
10317 "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
10318 "better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
10319 "session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and "
10320 "other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
10321 "can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty -u username -- "
10322 "command &*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a "
10323 "proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
10324 msgstr ""
10325
10326 #. type: Plain text
10327 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
10328 msgid ""
10329 "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
10330 "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
10331 "runuser --pty -u user*), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
10332 "disabled to avoid messy output."
10333 msgstr ""
10334
10335 #. type: Labeled list
10336 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:58 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53
10337 #, no-wrap
10338 msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
10339 msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
10340
10341 #. type: Plain text
10342 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60
10343 msgid ""
10344 "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
10345 "*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
10346 msgstr ""
10347
10348 #. type: Labeled list
10349 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:61
10350 #, no-wrap
10351 msgid "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
10352 msgstr "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
10353
10354 #. type: Plain text
10355 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:63 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
10356 msgid ""
10357 "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is "
10358 "selected according to the following rules, in order:"
10359 msgstr ""
10360
10361 #. type: Plain text
10362 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:65
10363 msgid "the shell specified with *--shell*"
10364 msgstr ""
10365
10366 #. type: Plain text
10367 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:66
10368 msgid ""
10369 "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-"
10370 "environment* option is used"
10371 msgstr ""
10372
10373 #. type: Plain text
10374 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:67 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:67
10375 msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user"
10376 msgstr ""
10377
10378 #. type: Plain text
10379 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68
10380 msgid "/bin/sh"
10381 msgstr "/bin/sh"
10382
10383 #. type: Plain text
10384 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70
10385 msgid ""
10386 "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
10387 "shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables "
10388 "are ignored unless the calling user is root."
10389 msgstr ""
10390
10391 #. type: Labeled list
10392 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:71 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71
10393 #, no-wrap
10394 msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
10395 msgstr "**--session-command=**__orden__"
10396
10397 #. type: Plain text
10398 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
10399 msgid "Same as *-c*, but do not create a new session. (Discouraged.)"
10400 msgstr ""
10401
10402 #. type: Labeled list
10403 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:74
10404 #, no-wrap
10405 msgid "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_list_"
10406 msgstr "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_lista_"
10407
10408 #. type: Plain text
10409 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:76
10410 msgid ""
10411 "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
10412 "_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored "
10413 "for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
10414 msgstr ""
10415
10416 #. type: Title ==
10417 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:83 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:87
10418 #, no-wrap
10419 msgid "CONFIG FILES"
10420 msgstr ""
10421
10422 #. type: Plain text
10423 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:86
10424 #, no-wrap
10425 msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:\n"
10426 msgstr ""
10427
10428 #. type: Plain text
10429 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:89
10430 msgid ""
10431 "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value "
10432 "is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
10433 msgstr ""
10434
10435 #. type: Plain text
10436 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:93 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100
10437 msgid ""
10438 "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes "
10439 "precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/"
10440 "usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
10441 msgstr ""
10442
10443 #. type: Labeled list
10444 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101
10445 #, no-wrap
10446 msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
10447 msgstr ""
10448
10449 #. type: Plain text
10450 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96
10451 msgid ""
10452 "If set to _yes_ and --login and --preserve-environment were not specified "
10453 "*runuser* initializes *PATH*."
10454 msgstr ""
10455
10456 #. type: Plain text
10457 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:98 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105
10458 msgid ""
10459 "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
10460 "_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--"
10461 "login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
10462 msgstr ""
10463
10464 #. type: Plain text
10465 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:102
10466 #, no-wrap
10467 msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
10468 msgstr ""
10469
10470 #. type: Plain text
10471 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:104
10472 msgid "Exit status generated by *runuser* itself:"
10473 msgstr ""
10474
10475 #. type: Plain text
10476 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
10477 msgid "Generic error before executing the requested command"
10478 msgstr ""
10479
10480 #. type: Labeled list
10481 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
10482 #, no-wrap
10483 msgid "126"
10484 msgstr "126"
10485
10486 #. type: Plain text
10487 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
10488 msgid "The requested command could not be executed"
10489 msgstr ""
10490
10491 #. type: Labeled list
10492 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
10493 #, no-wrap
10494 msgid "127"
10495 msgstr "127"
10496
10497 #. type: Plain text
10498 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:111 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:118
10499 msgid "The requested command was not found"
10500 msgstr ""
10501
10502 #. type: Labeled list
10503 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:115
10504 #, no-wrap
10505 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
10506 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
10507
10508 #. type: Plain text
10509 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:117 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:123
10510 msgid "default PAM configuration file"
10511 msgstr ""
10512
10513 #. type: Labeled list
10514 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118
10515 #, no-wrap
10516 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
10517 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
10518
10519 #. type: Plain text
10520 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:120 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:126
10521 msgid "PAM configuration file if *--login* is specified"
10522 msgstr ""
10523
10524 #. type: Labeled list
10525 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:121
10526 #, no-wrap
10527 msgid "_/etc/default/runuser_"
10528 msgstr "_/etc/default/runuser_"
10529
10530 #. type: Plain text
10531 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:123
10532 msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
10533 msgstr ""
10534
10535 #. type: Labeled list
10536 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130
10537 #, no-wrap
10538 msgid "_/etc/login.defs_"
10539 msgstr "_/etc/login.defs_"
10540
10541 #. type: Plain text
10542 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:126 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:132
10543 msgid "global logindef config file"
10544 msgstr ""
10545
10546 #. type: Plain text
10547 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:130
10548 msgid ""
10549 "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on "
10550 "an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by "
10551 "Dan Walsh."
10552 msgstr ""
10553
10554 #. type: Plain text
10555 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:138
10556 #, no-wrap
10557 msgid ""
10558 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
10559 "*su*(1),\n"
10560 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10561 "*shells*(5),\n"
10562 "*pam*(8)\n"
10563 msgstr ""
10564 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
10565 "*su*(1),\n"
10566 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10567 "*shells*(5),\n"
10568 "*pam*(8)\n"
10569
10570 #. type: Title =
10571 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:2
10572 #, no-wrap
10573 msgid "su(1)"
10574 msgstr "su(1)"
10575
10576 #. type: Plain text
10577 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:12
10578 #, fuzzy
10579 #| msgid "su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs"
10580 msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
10581 msgstr ""
10582 "su - ejecuta una shell con identificadores de grupo y de usuario distintos"
10583
10584 #. type: Plain text
10585 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:16
10586 #, no-wrap
10587 msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
10588 msgstr "*su* [opciones] [*-*] [_usuario_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
10589
10590 #. type: Plain text
10591 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:20
10592 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
10593 #| msgid "su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs"
10594 msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID.\n"
10595 msgstr "su - ejecuta una shell con identificadores de grupo y de usuario distintos"
10596
10597 #. type: Plain text
10598 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:22
10599 msgid ""
10600 "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an "
10601 "interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional "
10602 "__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
10603 msgstr ""
10604
10605 #. type: Plain text
10606 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:24
10607 msgid ""
10608 "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current "
10609 "directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus "
10610 "*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to "
10611 "always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side "
10612 "effects caused by mixing environments."
10613 msgstr ""
10614
10615 #. type: Plain text
10616 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:26
10617 msgid ""
10618 "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session "
10619 "management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, "
10620 "such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
10621 msgstr ""
10622
10623 #. type: Plain text
10624 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:28
10625 #, no-wrap
10626 msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1).\n"
10627 msgstr ""
10628
10629 #. type: Plain text
10630 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:30
10631 msgid ""
10632 "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final "
10633 "environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
10634 "preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
10635 msgstr ""
10636
10637 #. type: Labeled list
10638 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
10639 #, no-wrap
10640 msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
10641 msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__orden__"
10642
10643 #. type: Labeled list
10644 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:39
10645 #, no-wrap
10646 msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
10647 msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__grupo__"
10648
10649 #. type: Plain text
10650 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
10651 msgid ""
10652 "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
10653 msgstr ""
10654
10655 #. type: Labeled list
10656 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:42
10657 #, no-wrap
10658 msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
10659 msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__grupo__"
10660
10661 #. type: Plain text
10662 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:49
10663 msgid ""
10664 "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified "
10665 "by *--whitelist-environment*"
10666 msgstr ""
10667
10668 #. type: Plain text
10669 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
10670 msgid ""
10671 "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
10672 "*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
10673 msgstr ""
10674
10675 #. type: Plain text
10676 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58
10677 msgid ""
10678 "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
10679 "better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
10680 "session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and "
10681 "other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
10682 "can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"su --pty - username -c "
10683 "application &\"). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a "
10684 "proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
10685 msgstr ""
10686
10687 #. type: Plain text
10688 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:60
10689 msgid ""
10690 "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
10691 "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo \"date\" | su --"
10692 "pty), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy "
10693 "output."
10694 msgstr ""
10695
10696 #. type: Labeled list
10697 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
10698 #, no-wrap
10699 msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
10700 msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
10701
10702 #. type: Plain text
10703 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66
10704 msgid ""
10705 "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-"
10706 "environment* option is used"
10707 msgstr ""
10708
10709 #. type: Plain text
10710 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70
10711 msgid ""
10712 "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/shells), "
10713 "the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored "
10714 "unless the calling user is root."
10715 msgstr ""
10716
10717 #. type: Labeled list
10718 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:74
10719 #, no-wrap
10720 msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
10721 msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__lista__"
10722
10723 #. type: Title ==
10724 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:83 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:128
10725 #, no-wrap
10726 msgid "SIGNALS"
10727 msgstr "SEÑALES"
10728
10729 #. type: Plain text
10730 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:86
10731 msgid ""
10732 "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its "
10733 "child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child "
10734 "is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of "
10735 "delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
10736 msgstr ""
10737
10738 #. type: Plain text
10739 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90
10740 #, no-wrap
10741 msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su:*\n"
10742 msgstr ""
10743
10744 #. type: Plain text
10745 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93
10746 msgid ""
10747 "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a "
10748 "non-negative integer."
10749 msgstr ""
10750
10751 #. type: Plain text
10752 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
10753 msgid ""
10754 "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default "
10755 "value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
10756 msgstr ""
10757
10758 #. type: Plain text
10759 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103
10760 msgid ""
10761 "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
10762 "specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
10763 msgstr ""
10764
10765 #. type: Plain text
10766 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:109
10767 #, no-wrap
10768 msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
10769 msgstr ""
10770
10771 #. type: Plain text
10772 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111
10773 msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:"
10774 msgstr ""
10775
10776 #. type: Labeled list
10777 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:121
10778 #, no-wrap
10779 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
10780 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
10781
10782 #. type: Labeled list
10783 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:124
10784 #, no-wrap
10785 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
10786 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
10787
10788 #. type: Labeled list
10789 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:127
10790 #, no-wrap
10791 msgid "_/etc/default/su_"
10792 msgstr "_/etc/default/su_"
10793
10794 #. type: Plain text
10795 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:129
10796 msgid "command specific logindef config file"
10797 msgstr ""
10798
10799 #. type: Plain text
10800 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136
10801 msgid ""
10802 "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the btmp "
10803 "file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can "
10804 "be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use "
10805 "the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in "
10806 "attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ "
10807 "file as well. For example by:"
10808 msgstr ""
10809
10810 #. type: delimited block _
10811 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:139
10812 msgid "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp"
10813 msgstr ""
10814
10815 #. type: Plain text
10816 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144
10817 msgid ""
10818 "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an "
10819 "implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been "
10820 "refactored by Karel Zak."
10821 msgstr ""
10822
10823 #. type: Plain text
10824 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152
10825 #, no-wrap
10826 msgid ""
10827 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
10828 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10829 "*shells*(5),\n"
10830 "*pam*(8),\n"
10831 "*runuser*(1)\n"
10832 msgstr ""
10833 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
10834 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10835 "*shells*(5),\n"
10836 "*pam*(8),\n"
10837 "*runuser*(1)\n"
10838
10839 #
10840 #
10841 #
10842 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2006 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
10843 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
10844 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10845 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10846 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10847 #. (at your option) any later version.
10848 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10849 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
10850 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
10851 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
10852 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
10853 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
10854 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
10855 #. type: Title =
10856 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:20
10857 #, no-wrap
10858 msgid "sulogin(8)"
10859 msgstr "sulogin(8)"
10860
10861 #. type: Plain text
10862 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:31
10863 msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
10864 msgstr "sulogin - conexión en modo monousuario"
10865
10866 #. type: Plain text
10867 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:35
10868 #, no-wrap
10869 msgid "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
10870 msgstr "*sulogin* [opciones] [_tty_]\n"
10871
10872 #. type: Plain text
10873 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39
10874 #, no-wrap
10875 msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode.\n"
10876 msgstr ""
10877
10878 #. type: Plain text
10879 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:41
10880 msgid "The user is prompted:"
10881 msgstr "Al usuario se le muestra el siguiente mensaje:"
10882
10883 #. type: Plain text
10884 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
10885 #, fuzzy
10886 #| msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
10887 msgid ""
10888 "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
10889 "startup):"
10890 msgstr "Introduciendo la clave de root para su mantenimiento"
10891
10892 #. type: Plain text
10893 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
10894 msgid ""
10895 "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is "
10896 "required."
10897 msgstr ""
10898
10899 #. type: Plain text
10900 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47
10901 #, no-wrap
10902 msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n"
10903 msgstr "*sulogin* conectará en el terminal actual, o para conexiones opcionales se puede especificar en la línea de órdenes (generalmente _/dev/console_).\n"
10904
10905 #. type: Plain text
10906 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
10907 msgid ""
10908 "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
10909 "prompt, the system will continue to boot."
10910 msgstr ""
10911
10912 #. type: Labeled list
10913 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:52
10914 #, no-wrap
10915 msgid "*-e*, *--force*"
10916 msgstr "*-e*, *--force*"
10917
10918 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
10919 #. type: Plain text
10920 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:55
10921 msgid ""
10922 "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
10923 "*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the "
10924 "password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is "
10925 "locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* "
10926 "will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
10927 msgstr ""
10928
10929 #. type: Plain text
10930 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
10931 msgid ""
10932 "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected "
10933 "against unauthorized access."
10934 msgstr ""
10935
10936 #. type: Labeled list
10937 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:58
10938 #, no-wrap
10939 msgid "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
10940 msgstr "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
10941
10942 #. type: Plain text
10943 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
10944 msgid ""
10945 "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a "
10946 "login shell."
10947 msgstr ""
10948
10949 #. type: Labeled list
10950 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:61
10951 #, no-wrap
10952 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
10953 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _segundos_"
10954
10955 #. type: Plain text
10956 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
10957 msgid ""
10958 "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
10959 "*sulogin* will wait forever."
10960 msgstr ""
10961
10962 #. type: Plain text
10963 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73
10964 #, no-wrap
10965 msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
10966 msgstr "*sulogin* busca la variable de entorno *SUSHELL* o *sushell* para saber que entorno debe comenzar. Si la variable de entorno no está puesta, probará a ejecutar el entorno del root desde _/etc/passwd_. Si falla retrocederá a _/bin/sh_.\n"
10967
10968 #. type: Plain text
10969 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:77
10970 #, no-wrap
10971 msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak.\n"
10972 msgstr ""
10973
10974 #
10975 #
10976 #
10977 #. Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Krapp
10978 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10979 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10980 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10981 #. (at your option) any later version.
10982 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10983 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
10984 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
10985 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
10986 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
10987 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
10988 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
10989 #. type: Title =
10990 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:19
10991 #, no-wrap
10992 msgid "utmpdump(1)"
10993 msgstr "utmpdump(1)"
10994
10995 #. type: Plain text
10996 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:29
10997 msgid "utmpdump - dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format"
10998 msgstr "utmpdump - vuelca los ficheros UTMP y WTMP en formato en bruto"
10999
11000 #. type: Plain text
11001 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:33
11002 #, no-wrap
11003 msgid "*utmpdump* [options] _filename_\n"
11004 msgstr "*utmpdump* [opciones] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
11005
11006 #. type: Plain text
11007 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37
11008 #, no-wrap
11009 msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed.\n"
11010 msgstr ""
11011
11012 #. type: Labeled list
11013 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:40
11014 #, no-wrap
11015 msgid "*-f*, *--follow*"
11016 msgstr "*-f*, *--follow*"
11017
11018 #. type: Plain text
11019 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:42
11020 msgid "Output appended data as the file grows."
11021 msgstr ""
11022
11023 #. type: Labeled list
11024 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:43
11025 #, no-wrap
11026 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _file_"
11027 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _fichero_"
11028
11029 #. type: Plain text
11030 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:45
11031 msgid "Write command output to _file_ instead of standard output."
11032 msgstr ""
11033
11034 #. type: Labeled list
11035 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:46
11036 #, no-wrap
11037 msgid "*-r*, *--reverse*"
11038 msgstr "*-r*, *--reverse*"
11039
11040 #. type: Plain text
11041 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
11042 msgid ""
11043 "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
11044 msgstr ""
11045
11046 #. type: Plain text
11047 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:58
11048 #, no-wrap
11049 msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:\n"
11050 msgstr ""
11051
11052 #. type: delimited block _
11053 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:61
11054 #, no-wrap
11055 msgid "*utmpdump -r < ascii_file > wtmp*\n"
11056 msgstr ""
11057
11058 #. type: Plain text
11059 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
11060 msgid "But be warned, *utmpdump* was written for debugging purposes only."
11061 msgstr ""
11062
11063 #. type: Plain text
11064 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:68
11065 msgid ""
11066 "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may "
11067 "become incompatible in future."
11068 msgstr ""
11069
11070 #. type: Plain text
11071 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
11072 msgid ""
11073 "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) "
11074 "timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp "
11075 "format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be "
11076 "made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift "
11077 "amount of timezone offset."
11078 msgstr ""
11079
11080 #. type: Plain text
11081 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:74
11082 msgid ""
11083 "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files "
11084 "strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal "
11085 "use, but for debugging only."
11086 msgstr ""
11087
11088 #. type: Plain text
11089 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:78
11090 msgid "Michael Krapp"
11091 msgstr "Michael Krapp"
11092
11093 #. type: Plain text
11094 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:85
11095 #, no-wrap
11096 msgid ""
11097 "*last*(1),\n"
11098 "*w*(1),\n"
11099 "*who*(1),\n"
11100 "*utmp*(5)\n"
11101 msgstr ""
11102 "*last*(1),\n"
11103 "*w*(1),\n"
11104 "*who*(1),\n"
11105 "*utmp*(5)\n"
11106
11107 #
11108 #
11109 #
11110 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
11111 #. All rights reserved.
11112 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
11113 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
11114 #. are met:
11115 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
11116 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
11117 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
11118 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
11119 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
11120 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
11121 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
11122 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
11123 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
11124 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
11125 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
11126 #.    without specific prior written permission.
11127 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
11128 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
11129 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
11130 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
11131 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
11132 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
11133 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
11134 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
11135 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
11136 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
11137 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
11138 #.     @(#)vipw.8       6.7 (Berkeley) 3/16/91
11139 #. type: Title =
11140 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:36
11141 #, no-wrap
11142 msgid "vipw(8)"
11143 msgstr "vipw(8)"
11144
11145 #. type: Plain text
11146 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:46
11147 #, fuzzy
11148 #| msgid "edit the password or group files"
11149 msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
11150 msgstr "editan los ficheros de cuentas y grupos"
11151
11152 #. type: Plain text
11153 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:50
11154 #, no-wrap
11155 msgid "*vipw* [options]\n"
11156 msgstr "*vipw* [opciones]\n"
11157
11158 #. type: Plain text
11159 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:52
11160 #, no-wrap
11161 msgid "*vigr* [options]\n"
11162 msgstr "*vigr* [opciones]\n"
11163
11164 #. type: Plain text
11165 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56
11166 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11167 #| msgid "E<.Nm Vipw> edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked.  If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, E<.Nm vipw> will ask you to try again later. The default editor for E<.Nm vipw> is E<.Xr vi 1>."
11168 msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file.\n"
11169 msgstr "E<.Nm Vipw> edita el fichero de cuentas tras establecer los bloqueos apropiados, y hace cualquier procesado que sea necesario después de que el fichero de cuentas se desbloquee.  Si el fichero de cuentas ya está bloqueado para la edición por parte de otro usuario, E<.Nm vipw> le pedirá que lo intente de nuevo más tarde. El editor predeterminado para E<.Nm vipw> suele ser, como indica su nombre, E<.Xr vi 1>."
11170
11171 #. type: Plain text
11172 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:60
11173 msgid ""
11174 "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* "
11175 "and *vigr*:"
11176 msgstr ""
11177 "Si la siguiente variable de entorno existe, será utilizada por *vipw* y "
11178 "*vigr*:"
11179
11180 #. type: Labeled list
11181 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:181
11182 #, no-wrap
11183 msgid "*EDITOR*"
11184 msgstr "*EDITOR*"
11185
11186 #. type: Plain text
11187 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:63
11188 msgid ""
11189 "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the "
11190 "default editor *vi*(1)."
11191 msgstr ""
11192 "El editor especificado por la cadena *EDITOR* será llamado en vez del "
11193 "predeterminado *vi*(1)."
11194
11195 #. type: Plain text
11196 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
11197 msgid ""
11198 "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-"
11199 "Linux 2.6."
11200 msgstr ""
11201 "La orden *vipw* apareció en 4.0BSD. La orden *vigr* apareció en Util-Linux "
11202 "2.6."
11203
11204 #. type: Plain text
11205 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:74
11206 #, no-wrap
11207 msgid ""
11208 "*vi*(1),\n"
11209 "*passwd*(1),\n"
11210 "*flock*(2),\n"
11211 "*passwd*(5)\n"
11212 msgstr ""
11213 "*vi*(1),\n"
11214 "*passwd*(1),\n"
11215 "*flock*(2),\n"
11216 "*passwd*(5)\n"
11217
11218 #. type: Plain text
11219 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:77
11220 #, fuzzy
11221 #| msgid ""
11222 #| "The last command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
11223 #| "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
11224 #| "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
11225 msgid ""
11226 "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
11227 "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
11228 "Kernel Archive]"
11229 msgstr ""
11230 "La orden last es parte del paquete util-linux, está disponible en: E<.UR "
11231 "https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux "
11232 "Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
11233
11234 #.  Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
11235 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
11236 #. type: Title =
11237 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:4
11238 #, no-wrap
11239 msgid "blkid(8)"
11240 msgstr "blkid(8)"
11241
11242 #. type: Plain text
11243 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:15
11244 msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
11245 msgstr ""
11246
11247 #. type: Plain text
11248 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:19
11249 #, no-wrap
11250 msgid "*blkid* *--label* _label_ | *--uuid* _uuid_\n"
11251 msgstr "*blkid* *--label* _etiqueta_ | *--uuid* _UUID_\n"
11252
11253 #. type: Plain text
11254 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21
11255 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11256 #| msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_][*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
11257 msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_][*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
11258 msgstr "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _fichero_] [*--output* _formato_][*--match-tag* _etiqueta_] [*--match-token* _NOMBRE=valor_] [_device_...]\n"
11259
11260 #. type: Plain text
11261 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23
11262 #, no-wrap
11263 msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_...\n"
11264 msgstr ""
11265
11266 #. type: Plain text
11267 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25
11268 #, no-wrap
11269 msgid "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _tag_] _device_...\n"
11270 msgstr ""
11271
11272 #. type: Plain text
11273 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
11274 msgid ""
11275 "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the "
11276 "*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
11277 "filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
11278 "(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
11279 "fields)."
11280 msgstr ""
11281
11282 #. type: Plain text
11283 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31
11284 #, no-wrap
11285 msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*\n"
11286 msgstr ""
11287
11288 #. type: delimited block _
11289 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34
11290 #, no-wrap
11291 msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality.\n"
11292 msgstr ""
11293
11294 #. type: Plain text
11295 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
11296 msgid ""
11297 "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
11298 "is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If "
11299 "none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/"
11300 "proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
11301 msgstr ""
11302
11303 #. type: Plain text
11304 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39
11305 #, no-wrap
11306 msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices.\n"
11307 msgstr ""
11308
11309 #. type: Plain text
11310 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
11311 msgid ""
11312 "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing "
11313 "result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
11314 "level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in "
11315 "this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview "
11316 "and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
11317 msgstr ""
11318
11319 #. type: Plain text
11320 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
11321 msgid ""
11322 "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
11323 "suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
11324 "EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
11325 "as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
11326 "TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
11327 msgstr ""
11328
11329 #. type: Labeled list
11330 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:46
11331 #, no-wrap
11332 msgid "*-c*, *--cache-file* _cachefile_"
11333 msgstr ""
11334
11335 #. type: Plain text
11336 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
11337 msgid ""
11338 "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
11339 "the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to start with "
11340 "a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
11341 "necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
11342 msgstr ""
11343
11344 #. type: Labeled list
11345 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:49
11346 #, no-wrap
11347 msgid "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
11348 msgstr "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
11349
11350 #. type: Plain text
11351 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
11352 msgid ""
11353 "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
11354 "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* "
11355 "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
11356 msgstr ""
11357
11358 #. type: Labeled list
11359 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:52
11360 #, no-wrap
11361 msgid "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
11362 msgstr "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
11363
11364 #. type: Plain text
11365 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
11366 msgid ""
11367 "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
11368 "level probing mode."
11369 msgstr ""
11370
11371 #. type: Labeled list
11372 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:55
11373 #, no-wrap
11374 msgid "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
11375 msgstr "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
11376
11377 #. type: Plain text
11378 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
11379 msgid ""
11380 "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
11381 "no longer exist."
11382 msgstr ""
11383
11384 #. type: Plain text
11385 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:60
11386 #, fuzzy
11387 #| msgid "Display a help text and exit."
11388 msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
11389 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
11390
11391 #. type: Labeled list
11392 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:33
11393 #, no-wrap
11394 msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
11395 msgstr "*-i*, *--info*"
11396
11397 #. type: Plain text
11398 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:63
11399 msgid ""
11400 "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output "
11401 "format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the "
11402 "*--probe* option."
11403 msgstr ""
11404
11405 #. type: Labeled list
11406 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:64
11407 #, no-wrap
11408 msgid "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
11409 msgstr "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
11410
11411 #. type: Plain text
11412 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:66
11413 msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
11414 msgstr ""
11415
11416 #. type: Labeled list
11417 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:67
11418 #, no-wrap
11419 msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
11420 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"
11421
11422 #. type: Plain text
11423 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:69
11424 msgid ""
11425 "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
11426 "*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
11427 "specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
11428 "returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
11429 "note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
11430 "Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
11431 "not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search "
11432 "parameter."
11433 msgstr ""
11434
11435 #. type: Plain text
11436 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
11437 msgid ""
11438 "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in "
11439 "*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils "
11440 "(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple "
11441 "devices."
11442 msgstr ""
11443
11444 #. type: Plain text
11445 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74
11446 msgid ""
11447 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--"
11448 "list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method "
11449 "is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
11450 "setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
11451 "reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option "
11452 "works on systems with and without udev."
11453 msgstr ""
11454
11455 #. type: Plain text
11456 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
11457 msgid ""
11458 "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option "
11459 "as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t "
11460 "LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
11461 msgstr ""
11462
11463 #. type: Labeled list
11464 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:77
11465 #, no-wrap
11466 msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
11467 msgstr "*-n*, *--match-types* _lista_"
11468
11469 #. type: Plain text
11470 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:79
11471 msgid ""
11472 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
11473 "superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
11474 "specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
11475 msgstr ""
11476
11477 #. type: Plain text
11478 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
11479 #, no-wrap
11480 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
11481 msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
11482
11483 #. type: Plain text
11484 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:83
11485 msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
11486 msgstr ""
11487
11488 #. type: Plain text
11489 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:85
11490 #, no-wrap
11491 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
11492 msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
11493
11494 #. type: Plain text
11495 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:87
11496 msgid ""
11497 "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
11498 "only useful together with *--probe*."
11499 msgstr ""
11500
11501 #. type: Labeled list
11502 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:88
11503 #, no-wrap
11504 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
11505 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _formato_"
11506
11507 #. type: Plain text
11508 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:90
11509 msgid ""
11510 "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
11511 "devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
11512 msgstr ""
11513
11514 #. type: Labeled list
11515 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:91
11516 #, no-wrap
11517 msgid "*full*"
11518 msgstr "*full*"
11519
11520 #. type: Plain text
11521 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
11522 msgid "print all tags (the default)"
11523 msgstr ""
11524
11525 #. type: Labeled list
11526 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
11527 #, no-wrap
11528 msgid "*value*"
11529 msgstr "*value*"
11530
11531 #. type: Plain text
11532 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
11533 msgid "print the value of the tags"
11534 msgstr ""
11535
11536 #. type: Labeled list
11537 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
11538 #, no-wrap
11539 msgid "*list*"
11540 msgstr "*list*"
11541
11542 #. type: Plain text
11543 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
11544 msgid ""
11545 "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
11546 "unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
11547 msgstr ""
11548
11549 #. type: Plain text
11550 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
11551 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED* in favour of the *lsblk*(8) command."
11552 msgstr ""
11553
11554 #. type: Labeled list
11555 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
11556 #, no-wrap
11557 msgid "*device*"
11558 msgstr "*device*"
11559
11560 #. type: Plain text
11561 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
11562 msgid ""
11563 "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--"
11564 "label* and *--uuid* options"
11565 msgstr ""
11566
11567 #. type: Labeled list
11568 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
11569 #, no-wrap
11570 msgid "*udev*"
11571 msgstr "*udev*"
11572
11573 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
11574 #. type: Plain text
11575 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:104
11576 msgid ""
11577 "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
11578 "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
11579 "to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
11580 "valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with "
11581 "'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe "
11582 "chars."
11583 msgstr ""
11584
11585 #. type: Plain text
11586 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
11587 msgid ""
11588 "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
11589 "detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
11590 "including empty partitions."
11591 msgstr ""
11592
11593 #. type: Plain text
11594 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
11595 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED*."
11596 msgstr ""
11597
11598 #. type: Labeled list
11599 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
11600 #, no-wrap
11601 msgid "*export*"
11602 msgstr "*export*"
11603
11604 #. type: Plain text
11605 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
11606 msgid ""
11607 "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
11608 "format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are "
11609 "requested."
11610 msgstr ""
11611
11612 #. type: Plain text
11613 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
11614 msgid ""
11615 "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
11616 "potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
11617 msgstr ""
11618
11619 #. type: Labeled list
11620 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:113
11621 #, no-wrap
11622 msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_"
11623 msgstr "*-O*, *--offset* _desplazamiento_"
11624
11625 #. type: Plain text
11626 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115
11627 msgid ""
11628 "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be "
11629 "used together with the *--info* option."
11630 msgstr ""
11631
11632 #. type: Labeled list
11633 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:116
11634 #, no-wrap
11635 msgid "*-p*, *--probe*"
11636 msgstr "*-p*, *--probe*"
11637
11638 #. type: Plain text
11639 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:118
11640 msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
11641 msgstr ""
11642
11643 #. type: Plain text
11644 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:120
11645 msgid ""
11646 "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
11647 "type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
11648 "by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
11649 "may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example "
11650 "PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
11651 msgstr ""
11652
11653 #. type: Labeled list
11654 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:121
11655 #, no-wrap
11656 msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
11657 msgstr ""
11658
11659 #. type: Plain text
11660 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123
11661 msgid ""
11662 "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is "
11663 "possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, "
11664 "then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
11665 "refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no "
11666 "other options."
11667 msgstr ""
11668
11669 #. type: Labeled list
11670 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:124 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:155
11671 #, no-wrap
11672 msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
11673 msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _tamaño_"
11674
11675 #. type: Plain text
11676 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126
11677 msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with *--probe*)."
11678 msgstr ""
11679
11680 #. type: Labeled list
11681 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:127
11682 #, no-wrap
11683 msgid "*-t*, *--match-token* _NAME=value_"
11684 msgstr "*-t*, *--match-token* _NOMBRE=valor_"
11685
11686 #. type: Plain text
11687 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:129
11688 msgid ""
11689 "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value "
11690 "_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ "
11691 "include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on "
11692 "the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
11693 "specified devices are searched."
11694 msgstr ""
11695
11696 #. type: Labeled list
11697 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:130
11698 #, no-wrap
11699 msgid "*-u*, *--usages* _list_"
11700 msgstr "*-u*, *--usages* _lista_"
11701
11702 #. type: Plain text
11703 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:132
11704 msgid ""
11705 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
11706 "\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
11707 "other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
11708 "which should be ignored. For example:"
11709 msgstr ""
11710
11711 #. type: Plain text
11712 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134
11713 #, no-wrap
11714 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
11715 msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
11716
11717 #. type: Plain text
11718 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136
11719 msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
11720 msgstr ""
11721
11722 #. type: Plain text
11723 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:138
11724 #, no-wrap
11725 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
11726 msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
11727
11728 #. type: Plain text
11729 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:140
11730 msgid ""
11731 "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
11732 "together with *--probe*."
11733 msgstr ""
11734
11735 #. type: Labeled list
11736 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:141 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:426
11737 #, no-wrap
11738 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_"
11739 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
11740
11741 #. type: Plain text
11742 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:143
11743 msgid ""
11744 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see "
11745 "the *--label* option."
11746 msgstr ""
11747
11748 #. type: Plain text
11749 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:146
11750 #, fuzzy
11751 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
11752 msgid "Display version number and exit."
11753 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
11754
11755 #. type: Plain text
11756 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:150
11757 msgid ""
11758 "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--"
11759 "match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about "
11760 "the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* "
11761 "filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
11762 msgstr ""
11763
11764 #. type: Plain text
11765 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:152
11766 msgid ""
11767 "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
11768 "identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
11769 "identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
11770 msgstr ""
11771
11772 #. type: Plain text
11773 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:154
11774 msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
11775 msgstr ""
11776
11777 #. type: Plain text
11778 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:156
11779 msgid ""
11780 "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-"
11781 "p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
11782 msgstr ""
11783
11784 #. type: Plain text
11785 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:160
11786 msgid ""
11787 "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
11788 "by the environment variable BLKID_CONF. The following options control the "
11789 "libblkid library:"
11790 msgstr ""
11791
11792 #. type: Labeled list
11793 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161
11794 #, no-wrap
11795 msgid "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
11796 msgstr "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
11797
11798 #. type: Plain text
11799 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:163
11800 msgid ""
11801 "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink "
11802 "does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
11803 "Default is \"yes\"."
11804 msgstr ""
11805
11806 #. type: Labeled list
11807 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164
11808 #, no-wrap
11809 msgid "_CACHE_FILE=<path>_"
11810 msgstr ""
11811
11812 #. type: Plain text
11813 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:166
11814 msgid ""
11815 "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
11816 "overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/"
11817 "blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
11818 msgstr ""
11819
11820 #. type: Labeled list
11821 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167
11822 #, no-wrap
11823 msgid "_EVALUATE=<methods>_"
11824 msgstr ""
11825
11826 #. type: Plain text
11827 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:169
11828 msgid ""
11829 "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
11830 "supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
11831 "specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
11832 "method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all "
11833 "block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
11834 msgstr ""
11835
11836 #. type: Plain text
11837 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:173
11838 msgid "Setting _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ enables debug output."
11839 msgstr ""
11840
11841 #. type: Plain text
11842 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:177
11843 #, no-wrap
11844 msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak.\n"
11845 msgstr ""
11846
11847 #. type: Plain text
11848 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:184
11849 #, no-wrap
11850 msgid ""
11851 "*libblkid*(3),\n"
11852 "*findfs*(8),\n"
11853 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
11854 "*wipefs*(8)\n"
11855 msgstr ""
11856 "*libblkid*(3),\n"
11857 "*findfs*(8),\n"
11858 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
11859 "*wipefs*(8)\n"
11860
11861 #
11862 #
11863 #
11864 #
11865 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
11866 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
11867 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
11868 #. Kim Letkeman.
11869 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
11870 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
11871 #. are met:
11872 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
11873 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
11874 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
11875 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
11876 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
11877 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
11878 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
11879 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
11880 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
11881 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
11882 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
11883 #.    without specific prior written permission.
11884 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
11885 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
11886 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
11887 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
11888 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
11889 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
11890 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
11891 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
11892 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
11893 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
11894 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
11895 #.     @(#)cal.1        8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
11896 #. type: Title =
11897 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:39
11898 #, no-wrap
11899 msgid "cal(1)"
11900 msgstr "cal(1)"
11901
11902 #. type: Plain text
11903 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:50
11904 msgid "cal - display a calendar"
11905 msgstr ""
11906
11907 #. type: Plain text
11908 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:54
11909 #, no-wrap
11910 msgid "*cal* [options] [[[_day_] _month_] _year_]\n"
11911 msgstr ""
11912
11913 #. type: Plain text
11914 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:56
11915 #, no-wrap
11916 msgid "*cal* [options] [_timestamp_|_monthname_]\n"
11917 msgstr ""
11918
11919 #. type: Plain text
11920 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60
11921 #, no-wrap
11922 msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed.\n"
11923 msgstr ""
11924
11925 #. type: Plain text
11926 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
11927 msgid ""
11928 "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an "
11929 "abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
11930 msgstr ""
11931
11932 #. type: Plain text
11933 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
11934 msgid ""
11935 "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are "
11936 "nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the "
11937 "frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with "
11938 "solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was "
11939 "introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* "
11940 "uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian "
11941 "calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 "
11942 "days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with "
11943 "solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which "
11944 "the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
11945 msgstr ""
11946
11947 #. type: Plain text
11948 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
11949 msgid ""
11950 "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar "
11951 "may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
11952 msgstr ""
11953
11954 #. type: Labeled list
11955 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:69
11956 #, no-wrap
11957 msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
11958 msgstr "*-1*, *--one*"
11959
11960 #. type: Plain text
11961 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:71
11962 #, fuzzy
11963 #| msgid "no translation is performed.  This is the default."
11964 msgid "Display single month output. (This is the default.)"
11965 msgstr "Ninguna traducción. Esto es lo predeterminado."
11966
11967 #. type: Labeled list
11968 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:72
11969 #, no-wrap
11970 msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
11971 msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
11972
11973 #. type: Plain text
11974 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:74
11975 msgid "Display three months spanning the date."
11976 msgstr ""
11977
11978 #. type: Labeled list
11979 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:75
11980 #, no-wrap
11981 msgid "*-n , --months* _number_"
11982 msgstr ""
11983
11984 #. type: Plain text
11985 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
11986 msgid ""
11987 "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
11988 msgstr ""
11989
11990 #. type: Labeled list
11991 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:78
11992 #, no-wrap
11993 msgid "*-S, --span*"
11994 msgstr "*-S, --span*"
11995
11996 #. type: Plain text
11997 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:80
11998 msgid "Display months spanning the date."
11999 msgstr ""
12000
12001 #. type: Labeled list
12002 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:81
12003 #, no-wrap
12004 msgid "*-s*, *--sunday*"
12005 msgstr "*-s*, *--sunday*"
12006
12007 #. type: Plain text
12008 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:83
12009 msgid "Display Sunday as the first day of the week."
12010 msgstr ""
12011
12012 #. type: Labeled list
12013 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:84
12014 #, no-wrap
12015 msgid "*-m*, *--monday*"
12016 msgstr "*-m*, *--monday*"
12017
12018 #. type: Plain text
12019 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:86
12020 msgid "Display Monday as the first day of the week."
12021 msgstr ""
12022
12023 #. type: Labeled list
12024 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:53
12025 #, no-wrap
12026 msgid "*-v*, *--vertical*"
12027 msgstr "*-v*, *--vertical*"
12028
12029 #. type: Plain text
12030 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:89
12031 msgid "Display using a vertical layout (aka *ncal*(1) mode)."
12032 msgstr ""
12033
12034 #. type: Labeled list
12035 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:90
12036 #, no-wrap
12037 msgid "*--iso*"
12038 msgstr "*--iso*"
12039
12040 #. type: Plain text
12041 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
12042 msgid ""
12043 "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not "
12044 "affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
12045 msgstr ""
12046
12047 #. type: Labeled list
12048 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:93
12049 #, no-wrap
12050 msgid "*-j*, *--julian*"
12051 msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*"
12052
12053 #. type: Plain text
12054 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
12055 msgid ""
12056 "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal "
12057 "days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the "
12058 "Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--"
12059 "reform* option."
12060 msgstr ""
12061
12062 #. type: Plain text
12063 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
12064 msgid ""
12065 "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian "
12066 "calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions "
12067 "that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) "
12068 "date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This "
12069 "option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the "
12070 "POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar "
12071 "system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
12072 msgstr ""
12073
12074 #. type: Labeled list
12075 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:98
12076 #, no-wrap
12077 msgid "*--reform* _val_"
12078 msgstr ""
12079
12080 #. type: Plain text
12081 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
12082 msgid ""
12083 "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. "
12084 "Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar "
12085 "dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can "
12086 "be:"
12087 msgstr ""
12088
12089 #. type: Plain text
12090 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
12091 msgid ""
12092 "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when "
12093 "the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
12094 msgstr ""
12095
12096 #. type: Plain text
12097 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
12098 msgid ""
12099 "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special "
12100 "placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; "
12101 "meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is "
12102 "called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar "
12103 "system's creation use extrapolated values."
12104 msgstr ""
12105
12106 #. type: Plain text
12107 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
12108 msgid ""
12109 "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation "
12110 "of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic "
12111 "Gregorian calendar."
12112 msgstr ""
12113
12114 #. type: Plain text
12115 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
12116 msgid ""
12117 "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder "
12118 "sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all "
12119 "calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
12120 msgstr ""
12121
12122 #. type: Plain text
12123 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:107
12124 #, fuzzy
12125 #| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
12126 msgid "See *DESCRIPTION* above."
12127 msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
12128
12129 #. type: Labeled list
12130 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:108
12131 #, no-wrap
12132 msgid "*-y*, *--year*"
12133 msgstr "*-y*, *--year*"
12134
12135 #. type: Plain text
12136 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:110
12137 msgid "Display a calendar for the whole year."
12138 msgstr ""
12139
12140 #. type: Labeled list
12141 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:111
12142 #, no-wrap
12143 msgid "*-Y, --twelve*"
12144 msgstr "*-Y, --twelve*"
12145
12146 #. type: Plain text
12147 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:113
12148 msgid "Display a calendar for the next twelve months."
12149 msgstr ""
12150
12151 #. type: Labeled list
12152 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:114
12153 #, no-wrap
12154 msgid "*-w*, *--week*[=_number_]"
12155 msgstr ""
12156
12157 #. type: Plain text
12158 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116
12159 msgid ""
12160 "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See NOTES section for "
12161 "more details."
12162 msgstr ""
12163
12164 #. type: Labeled list
12165 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:117
12166 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
12167 #| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
12168 msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
12169 msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
12170
12171 #. type: Labeled list
12172 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:128
12173 #, no-wrap
12174 msgid "*Single digits-only parameter (e.g., 'cal 2020')*"
12175 msgstr ""
12176
12177 #. type: Plain text
12178 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:130
12179 msgid ""
12180 "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: "
12181 "*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
12182 msgstr ""
12183
12184 #. type: Labeled list
12185 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:131
12186 #, no-wrap
12187 msgid "*Single string parameter (e.g., 'cal tomorrow' or 'cal August')*"
12188 msgstr ""
12189
12190 #. type: Plain text
12191 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:133
12192 msgid ""
12193 "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to "
12194 "the current locales."
12195 msgstr ""
12196
12197 #. type: Plain text
12198 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:135
12199 msgid ""
12200 "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be "
12201 "used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" "
12202 "refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
12203 msgstr ""
12204
12205 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
12206 #. type: Plain text
12207 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:138
12208 msgid ""
12209 "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" "
12210 "is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. "
12211 "Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the "
12212 "current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. "
12213 "Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be "
12214 "suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week "
12215 "ago')."
12216 msgstr ""
12217
12218 #. type: Labeled list
12219 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:139
12220 #, no-wrap
12221 msgid "*Two parameters (e.g., 'cal 11 2020')*"
12222 msgstr ""
12223
12224 #. type: Plain text
12225 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141
12226 msgid "Denote the _month_ (1 - 12) and _year_."
12227 msgstr ""
12228
12229 #. type: Labeled list
12230 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:142
12231 #, no-wrap
12232 msgid "*Three parameters (e.g., 'cal 25 11 2020')*"
12233 msgstr ""
12234
12235 #. type: Plain text
12236 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144
12237 msgid ""
12238 "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted "
12239 "if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, "
12240 "the current month's calendar is displayed."
12241 msgstr ""
12242
12243 #. type: Plain text
12244 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:148
12245 msgid ""
12246 "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the "
12247 "locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
12248 msgstr ""
12249
12250 #. type: Plain text
12251 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:150
12252 msgid ""
12253 "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it "
12254 "is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 "
12255 "January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 "
12256 "standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number "
12257 "1."
12258 msgstr ""
12259
12260 #. type: Plain text
12261 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:154
12262 msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled as follows:"
12263 msgstr ""
12264
12265 #. type: delimited block _
12266 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:157
12267 #, no-wrap
12268 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/cal.disable*\n"
12269 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/cal.disable*\n"
12270
12271 #. type: Plain text
12272 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:164
12273 #, fuzzy
12274 #| msgid "A E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.At v7>."
12275 msgid "A *cal* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
12276 msgstr "La orden E<.Nm> apareció en E<.At v7>."
12277
12278 #. type: Plain text
12279 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:168
12280 msgid ""
12281 "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar "
12282 "reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including "
12283 "its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
12284 msgstr ""
12285
12286 #. type: Plain text
12287 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:170
12288 msgid ""
12289 "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, "
12290 "or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
12291 msgstr ""
12292
12293 #
12294 #. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc.
12295 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
12296 #. type: Title =
12297 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:7
12298 #, no-wrap
12299 msgid "fincore(1)"
12300 msgstr "fincore(1)"
12301
12302 #. type: Plain text
12303 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:18
12304 msgid "fincore - count pages of file contents in core"
12305 msgstr ""
12306
12307 #. type: Plain text
12308 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:22
12309 #, no-wrap
12310 msgid "*fincore* [options] _file_...\n"
12311 msgstr "*fincore* [opciones] _fichero_...\n"
12312
12313 #. type: Plain text
12314 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26
12315 #, no-wrap
12316 msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line.\n"
12317 msgstr ""
12318
12319 #. type: Plain text
12320 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28
12321 msgid ""
12322 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
12323 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
12324 "expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a "
12325 "stable output is required."
12326 msgstr ""
12327
12328 #. type: Labeled list
12329 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:88
12330 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45
12331 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:107
12332 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:45
12333 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:30
12334 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:47
12335 #, no-wrap
12336 msgid "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
12337 msgstr "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
12338
12339 #. type: Plain text
12340 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:49
12341 msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
12342 msgstr ""
12343
12344 #. type: Plain text
12345 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:36 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36
12346 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:38
12347 msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
12348 msgstr ""
12349
12350 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
12351 #. type: Plain text
12352 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:40
12353 msgid ""
12354 "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
12355 "currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if "
12356 "_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
12357 msgstr ""
12358
12359 #. type: Plain text
12360 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
12361 msgid ""
12362 "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
12363 "escaped (\\x<code>)."
12364 msgstr ""
12365
12366 #. type: Labeled list
12367 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:70
12368 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:42
12369 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
12370 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:119
12371 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34
12372 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:34
12373 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:27
12374 #, no-wrap
12375 msgid "*-J*, *--json*"
12376 msgstr "*-J*, *--json*"
12377
12378 #. type: Plain text
12379 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:72
12380 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52
12381 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36
12382 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36
12383 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29
12384 msgid "Use JSON output format."
12385 msgstr ""
12386
12387 #. type: Plain text
12388 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:56
12389 msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
12390 msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
12391
12392 #. type: Plain text
12393 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:62
12394 #, no-wrap
12395 msgid ""
12396 "*mincore*(2),\n"
12397 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
12398 "*getconf*(1p)\n"
12399 msgstr ""
12400 "*mincore*(2),\n"
12401 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
12402 "*getconf*(1p)\n"
12403
12404 #.  Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
12405 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
12406 #. type: Title =
12407 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:4
12408 #, no-wrap
12409 msgid "findfs(8)"
12410 msgstr "findfs(8)"
12411
12412 #. type: Plain text
12413 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:14
12414 msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
12415 msgstr ""
12416
12417 #. type: Plain text
12418 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:18
12419 #, no-wrap
12420 msgid "*findfs* *NAME*=_value_\n"
12421 msgstr "*findfs* *NOMBRE*=_valor_\n"
12422
12423 #. type: Plain text
12424 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22
12425 #, no-wrap
12426 msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:\n"
12427 msgstr ""
12428
12429 #. type: Labeled list
12430 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:23
12431 #, no-wrap
12432 msgid "*LABEL*=_<label>_"
12433 msgstr "*LABEL*=_<etiqueta>_"
12434
12435 #. type: Plain text
12436 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:25
12437 #, fuzzy
12438 #| msgid "filesystem table"
12439 msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
12440 msgstr "tabla de sistemas de ficheros"
12441
12442 #. type: Labeled list
12443 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:26
12444 #, no-wrap
12445 msgid "*UUID*=_<uuid>_"
12446 msgstr "*UUID*=_<UUID>_"
12447
12448 #. type: Plain text
12449 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:28
12450 msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
12451 msgstr ""
12452
12453 #. type: Labeled list
12454 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:29
12455 #, no-wrap
12456 msgid "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_"
12457 msgstr "*PARTUUID*=_<UUID>_"
12458
12459 #. type: Plain text
12460 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
12461 #, fuzzy
12462 #| msgid ""
12463 #| "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions "
12464 #| "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
12465 msgid ""
12466 "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
12467 "for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
12468 msgstr ""
12469 "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones PARTUUID= y "
12470 "PARTLABEL= cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones "
12471 "GUID (GPT)."
12472
12473 #. type: Labeled list
12474 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32
12475 #, no-wrap
12476 msgid "*PARTLABEL*=_<label>_"
12477 msgstr "*PARTLABEL*=_<etiqueta>_"
12478
12479 #. type: Plain text
12480 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
12481 #, fuzzy
12482 #| msgid ""
12483 #| "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions "
12484 #| "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
12485 msgid ""
12486 "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
12487 "example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
12488 msgstr ""
12489 "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones PARTUUID= y "
12490 "PARTLABEL= cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones "
12491 "GUID (GPT)."
12492
12493 #. type: Plain text
12494 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
12495 msgid ""
12496 "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
12497 "stdout."
12498 msgstr ""
12499
12500 #. type: Plain text
12501 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
12502 msgid ""
12503 "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
12504 "example by"
12505 msgstr ""
12506
12507 #. type: delimited block _
12508 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:41
12509 #, no-wrap
12510 msgid "*lsblk --fs*\n"
12511 msgstr "*lsblk --fs*\n"
12512
12513 #. type: delimited block _
12514 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:43
12515 #, no-wrap
12516 msgid "*partx --show <disk>*\n"
12517 msgstr ""
12518
12519 #. type: delimited block _
12520 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45
12521 #, no-wrap
12522 msgid "*blkid*\n"
12523 msgstr "*blkid*\n"
12524
12525 #. type: Plain text
12526 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
12527 msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
12528 msgstr ""
12529
12530 #. type: Plain text
12531 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
12532 msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
12533 msgstr ""
12534
12535 #. type: Plain text
12536 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:64
12537 #, no-wrap
12538 msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
12539 msgstr ""
12540
12541 #. type: Plain text
12542 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:70
12543 #, no-wrap
12544 msgid ""
12545 "*blkid*(8),\n"
12546 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
12547 "*partx*(8)\n"
12548 msgstr ""
12549 "*blkid*(8),\n"
12550 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
12551 "*partx*(8)\n"
12552
12553 #. type: Title =
12554 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:2
12555 #, no-wrap
12556 msgid "findmnt(8)"
12557 msgstr "findmnt(8)"
12558
12559 #. type: Plain text
12560 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:13
12561 #, fuzzy
12562 #| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
12563 msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
12564 msgstr "mount - monta un sistema de ficheros"
12565
12566 #. type: Plain text
12567 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:17
12568 #, no-wrap
12569 msgid "*findmnt* [options]\n"
12570 msgstr "*findmnt* [opciones]\n"
12571
12572 #. type: Plain text
12573 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:19
12574 #, no-wrap
12575 msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
12576 msgstr ""
12577
12578 #. type: Plain text
12579 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21
12580 #, no-wrap
12581 msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]\n"
12582 msgstr ""
12583
12584 #. type: Plain text
12585 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25
12586 #, no-wrap
12587 msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown.\n"
12588 msgstr ""
12589
12590 #. type: Plain text
12591 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
12592 msgid ""
12593 "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
12594 "label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows "
12595 "*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
12596 "(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are "
12597 "not specified."
12598 msgstr ""
12599
12600 #. type: Plain text
12601 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
12602 msgid ""
12603 "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then "
12604 "*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
12605 msgstr ""
12606
12607 #. type: Plain text
12608 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
12609 #, fuzzy
12610 #| msgid "lists all mounted file systems (of type I<type>)  - see below."
12611 msgid ""
12612 "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
12613 "default."
12614 msgstr ""
12615 "lista todos los sistemas de ficheros montados (del tipo I<tipo>)  --vea más "
12616 "adelante--."
12617
12618 #. type: Labeled list
12619 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:34
12620 #, no-wrap
12621 msgid "*-A*, *--all*"
12622 msgstr "*-A*, *--all*"
12623
12624 #. type: Plain text
12625 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:36
12626 msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
12627 msgstr ""
12628
12629 #. type: Labeled list
12630 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:37
12631 #, no-wrap
12632 msgid "*-a*, *--ascii*"
12633 msgstr "*-a*, *--ascii*"
12634
12635 #. type: Plain text
12636 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:39
12637 msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
12638 msgstr ""
12639
12640 #. type: Plain text
12641 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:42
12642 msgid ""
12643 "Print the SIZE, USED and AVAIL columns in bytes rather than in a human-"
12644 "readable format."
12645 msgstr ""
12646
12647 #. type: Labeled list
12648 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:43
12649 #, no-wrap
12650 msgid "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
12651 msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
12652
12653 #. type: Plain text
12654 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45
12655 msgid ""
12656 "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
12657 "and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
12658 msgstr ""
12659
12660 #. type: Labeled list
12661 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:46
12662 #, no-wrap
12663 msgid "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
12664 msgstr "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
12665
12666 #. type: Plain text
12667 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:48
12668 msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
12669 msgstr ""
12670
12671 #. type: Labeled list
12672 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:49
12673 #, no-wrap
12674 msgid "*-D*, *--df*"
12675 msgstr "*-D*, *--df*"
12676
12677 #. type: Plain text
12678 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51
12679 msgid ""
12680 "Imitate the output of df1. This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,"
12681 "SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--"
12682 "all* to print all filesystems."
12683 msgstr ""
12684
12685 #. type: Labeled list
12686 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:52
12687 #, no-wrap
12688 msgid "*-d*, *--direction* _word_"
12689 msgstr "*-d*, *--direction* _palabra_"
12690
12691 #. type: Plain text
12692 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:54
12693 msgid "The search direction, either *forward* or *backward*."
12694 msgstr ""
12695
12696 #. type: Labeled list
12697 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:55
12698 #, no-wrap
12699 msgid "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
12700 msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
12701
12702 #. type: Plain text
12703 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:57
12704 msgid ""
12705 "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
12706 "device names."
12707 msgstr ""
12708
12709 #. type: Labeled list
12710 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:58
12711 #, no-wrap
12712 msgid "*-F*, *--tab-file* _path_"
12713 msgstr "*-F*, *--tab-file* _ruta_"
12714
12715 #. type: Plain text
12716 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:60
12717 msgid ""
12718 "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--"
12719 "kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
12720 "then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
12721 msgstr ""
12722
12723 #. type: Labeled list
12724 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:61
12725 #, no-wrap
12726 msgid "*-f*, *--first-only*"
12727 msgstr "*-f*, *--first-only*"
12728
12729 #. type: Plain text
12730 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:63
12731 #, fuzzy
12732 #| msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
12733 msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
12734 msgstr "Montar el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
12735
12736 #. type: Labeled list
12737 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:67
12738 #, no-wrap
12739 msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
12740 msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*"
12741
12742 #. type: Plain text
12743 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:69
12744 #, fuzzy
12745 #| msgid "Insert the domainname of the machine."
12746 msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
12747 msgstr "Inserta el nombre de dominio de la máquina."
12748
12749 #. type: Labeled list
12750 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:73 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72
12751 #, no-wrap
12752 msgid "*-k*, *--kernel*"
12753 msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*"
12754
12755 #. type: Plain text
12756 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:75
12757 msgid ""
12758 "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
12759 "This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
12760 "kernel (see also *--mtab)*."
12761 msgstr ""
12762
12763 #. type: Plain text
12764 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:78
12765 msgid ""
12766 "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
12767 "the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the "
12768 "option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option "
12769 "*-F*) is specified."
12770 msgstr ""
12771
12772 #. type: Labeled list
12773 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:79
12774 #, no-wrap
12775 msgid "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _path_"
12776 msgstr "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _ruta_"
12777
12778 #. type: Plain text
12779 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:81
12780 msgid ""
12781 "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
12782 msgstr ""
12783
12784 #. type: Labeled list
12785 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:82
12786 #, no-wrap
12787 msgid "*-m*, *--mtab*"
12788 msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*"
12789
12790 #. type: Plain text
12791 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84
12792 msgid ""
12793 "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--"
12794 "tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
12795 msgstr ""
12796
12797 #. type: Labeled list
12798 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:85
12799 #, no-wrap
12800 msgid "*-N*, *--task* _tid_"
12801 msgstr ""
12802
12803 #. type: Plain text
12804 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:87
12805 msgid ""
12806 "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/"
12807 "proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-"
12808 "like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) "
12809 "command."
12810 msgstr ""
12811
12812 #. type: Labeled list
12813 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:91
12814 #, no-wrap
12815 msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_"
12816 msgstr "*-O*, *--options* _lista_"
12817
12818 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
12819 #. type: Plain text
12820 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:94
12821 msgid ""
12822 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
12823 "in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in "
12824 "effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a "
12825 "leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
12826 "used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
12827 "be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
12828 msgstr ""
12829
12830 #. type: Plain text
12831 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:97
12832 msgid ""
12833 "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
12834 "currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if "
12835 "the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
12836 msgstr ""
12837
12838 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
12839 #. type: Plain text
12840 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:100
12841 msgid ""
12842 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
12843 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
12844 msgstr ""
12845
12846 #. type: Plain text
12847 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:103
12848 msgid ""
12849 "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are "
12850 "not included."
12851 msgstr ""
12852
12853 #. type: Plain text
12854 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:106
12855 msgid ""
12856 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
12857 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will "
12858 "be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
12859 "identifiers, for example, FS_OPTIONS and USE_PCT instead of FS-OPTIONS and "
12860 "USE%."
12861 msgstr ""
12862
12863 #. type: Labeled list
12864 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:107
12865 #, no-wrap
12866 msgid "*-p*, *--poll*[_=list_]"
12867 msgstr "*-p*, *--poll*[_=lista_]"
12868
12869 #. type: Plain text
12870 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:109
12871 msgid ""
12872 "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: "
12873 "mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
12874 "comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
12875 msgstr ""
12876
12877 #. type: Plain text
12878 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111
12879 msgid ""
12880 "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--"
12881 "timeout* or *--first-only* options."
12882 msgstr ""
12883
12884 #. type: Plain text
12885 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
12886 msgid ""
12887 "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
12888 "mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
12889 "information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
12890 msgstr ""
12891
12892 #. type: Labeled list
12893 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:114
12894 #, no-wrap
12895 msgid "*ACTION*"
12896 msgstr ""
12897
12898 #. type: Plain text
12899 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116
12900 msgid ""
12901 "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
12902 msgstr ""
12903
12904 #. type: Labeled list
12905 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116
12906 #, no-wrap
12907 msgid "*OLD-TARGET*"
12908 msgstr ""
12909
12910 #. type: Plain text
12911 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
12912 msgid "available for umount and move actions"
12913 msgstr ""
12914
12915 #. type: Labeled list
12916 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
12917 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
12918 #| msgid "OPTIONS"
12919 msgid "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
12920 msgstr "OPCIONES"
12921
12922 #. type: Plain text
12923 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
12924 msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
12925 msgstr ""
12926
12927 #. type: Labeled list
12928 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:121
12929 #, no-wrap
12930 msgid "*--pseudo*"
12931 msgstr "*--pseudo*"
12932
12933 #. type: Plain text
12934 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123
12935 #, fuzzy
12936 #| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
12937 msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
12938 msgstr "mount - monta un sistema de ficheros"
12939
12940 #. type: Labeled list
12941 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:124
12942 #, no-wrap
12943 msgid "*--shadow*"
12944 msgstr "*--shadow*"
12945
12946 #. type: Plain text
12947 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:126
12948 msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
12949 msgstr ""
12950
12951 #. type: Labeled list
12952 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:127
12953 #, no-wrap
12954 msgid "*-R*, *--submounts*"
12955 msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*"
12956
12957 #. type: Plain text
12958 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:129
12959 msgid ""
12960 "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
12961 "restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are "
12962 "not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like "
12963 "order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This "
12964 "option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
12965 msgstr ""
12966
12967 #. type: Plain text
12968 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:132
12969 msgid ""
12970 "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
12971 "(\\x<code>)."
12972 msgstr ""
12973
12974 #. type: Labeled list
12975 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:133
12976 #, no-wrap
12977 msgid "*--real*"
12978 msgstr "*--real*"
12979
12980 #. type: Plain text
12981 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:135
12982 #, fuzzy
12983 #| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
12984 msgid "Print only real filesystems."
12985 msgstr "mount - monta un sistema de ficheros"
12986
12987 #. type: Labeled list
12988 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:136
12989 #, no-wrap
12990 msgid "*-S*, *--source* _spec_"
12991 msgstr ""
12992
12993 #. type: Plain text
12994 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138
12995 msgid ""
12996 "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, "
12997 "__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, "
12998 "**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
12999 msgstr ""
13000
13001 #. type: Labeled list
13002 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:139
13003 #, no-wrap
13004 msgid "*-s*, *--fstab*"
13005 msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*"
13006
13007 #. type: Plain text
13008 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141
13009 msgid ""
13010 "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
13011 msgstr ""
13012
13013 #. type: Labeled list
13014 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:142
13015 #, no-wrap
13016 msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
13017 msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _ruta_"
13018
13019 #. type: Plain text
13020 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:144
13021 msgid ""
13022 "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
13023 "then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the "
13024 "mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
13025 "and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--"
13026 "mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a "
13027 "strictly specified mountpoint."
13028 msgstr ""
13029
13030 #. type: Labeled list
13031 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:145 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:78
13032 #, no-wrap
13033 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_"
13034 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _lista_"
13035
13036 #. type: Plain text
13037 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147
13038 #, fuzzy
13039 #| msgid ""
13040 #| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list.  The list "
13041 #| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
13042 #| "system types on which no action should be taken.  (This can be meaningful "
13043 #| "with the B<-a> option.)"
13044 msgid ""
13045 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
13046 "a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
13047 "*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For "
13048 "more details see *mount*(8)."
13049 msgstr ""
13050 "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
13051 "comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
13052 "B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se "
13053 "deberá tomar ninguna opción.  (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
13054
13055 #. type: Labeled list
13056 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:148
13057 #, no-wrap
13058 msgid "*--tree*"
13059 msgstr "*--tree*"
13060
13061 #. type: Plain text
13062 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150
13063 msgid ""
13064 "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
13065 "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
13066 msgstr ""
13067
13068 #. type: Labeled list
13069 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:151
13070 #, no-wrap
13071 msgid "*-U*, *--uniq*"
13072 msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*"
13073
13074 #. type: Plain text
13075 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153
13076 msgid ""
13077 "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
13078 "over-mounted mount points."
13079 msgstr ""
13080
13081 #. type: Labeled list
13082 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:154 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63
13083 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:60
13084 #, no-wrap
13085 msgid "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
13086 msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
13087
13088 #. type: Plain text
13089 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156
13090 msgid ""
13091 "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
13092 "*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This "
13093 "option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
13094 msgstr ""
13095
13096 #. type: Labeled list
13097 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:157
13098 #, no-wrap
13099 msgid "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
13100 msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
13101
13102 #. type: Plain text
13103 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159
13104 msgid ""
13105 "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
13106 "subvolumes."
13107 msgstr ""
13108
13109 #. type: Labeled list
13110 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:160
13111 #, no-wrap
13112 msgid "*-w*, *--timeout* _milliseconds_"
13113 msgstr "*-w*, *--timeout* _millisegundos_"
13114
13115 #. type: Plain text
13116 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162
13117 msgid ""
13118 "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in "
13119 "milliseconds."
13120 msgstr ""
13121
13122 #. type: Labeled list
13123 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:163
13124 #, no-wrap
13125 msgid "*-x*, *--verify*"
13126 msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*"
13127
13128 #. type: Plain text
13129 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165
13130 msgid ""
13131 "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability "
13132 "and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's "
13133 "possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount "
13134 "table. The option *--verbose* forces findmnt to print more details."
13135 msgstr ""
13136
13137 #. type: Plain text
13138 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168
13139 msgid "Force findmnt to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
13140 msgstr ""
13141
13142 #. type: Labeled list
13143 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:169
13144 #, no-wrap
13145 msgid "*--vfs-all*"
13146 msgstr "*--vfs-all*"
13147
13148 #. type: Plain text
13149 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171
13150 msgid ""
13151 "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
13152 "This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
13153 "kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
13154 msgstr ""
13155
13156 #. type: Labeled list
13157 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1397
13158 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:156
13159 #, no-wrap
13160 msgid "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<path>"
13161 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<ruta>"
13162
13163 #. type: Plain text
13164 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176
13165 msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file"
13166 msgstr ""
13167
13168 #. type: Labeled list
13169 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1400
13170 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:159
13171 #, no-wrap
13172 msgid "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<path>"
13173 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<ruta>"
13174
13175 #. type: Plain text
13176 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179
13177 msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file"
13178 msgstr ""
13179
13180 #. type: Labeled list
13181 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:180 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:146
13182 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1403 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:58
13183 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:162
13184 #, no-wrap
13185 msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
13186 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
13187
13188 #. type: Plain text
13189 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:182 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1405
13190 msgid "enables libmount debug output"
13191 msgstr ""
13192
13193 #. type: Plain text
13194 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:185
13195 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
13196 msgstr ""
13197
13198 #. type: Labeled list
13199 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:152
13200 #, no-wrap
13201 msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
13202 msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
13203
13204 #. type: Plain text
13205 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:188 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:154
13206 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
13207 msgstr ""
13208
13209 #. type: Title ==
13210 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:189 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:130
13211 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:234 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:98
13212 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62
13213 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:115 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92
13214 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:98
13215 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:90
13216 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:141
13217 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:54 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:71
13218 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:87 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:173
13219 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:229
13220 #, no-wrap
13221 msgid "EXAMPLES"
13222 msgstr "EJEMPLOS"
13223
13224 #. type: Labeled list
13225 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:191
13226 #, no-wrap
13227 msgid "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
13228 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
13229
13230 #. type: Plain text
13231 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193
13232 msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in _/etc/fstab_."
13233 msgstr ""
13234
13235 #. type: Labeled list
13236 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:194
13237 #, no-wrap
13238 msgid "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*"
13239 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*"
13240
13241 #. type: Plain text
13242 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196
13243 msgid ""
13244 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
13245 "foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
13246 msgstr ""
13247
13248 #. type: Labeled list
13249 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:197
13250 #, no-wrap
13251 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*"
13252 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*"
13253
13254 #. type: Plain text
13255 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:199
13256 msgid ""
13257 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
13258 "foo_."
13259 msgstr ""
13260
13261 #. type: Labeled list
13262 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:200
13263 #, no-wrap
13264 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
13265 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
13266
13267 #. type: Plain text
13268 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:202
13269 msgid ""
13270 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
13271 "the real device names."
13272 msgstr ""
13273
13274 #. type: Labeled list
13275 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:203
13276 #, no-wrap
13277 msgid "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
13278 msgstr "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
13279
13280 #. type: Plain text
13281 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:205
13282 msgid ""
13283 "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
13284 "mounted."
13285 msgstr ""
13286
13287 #. type: Labeled list
13288 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:206
13289 #, no-wrap
13290 msgid "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
13291 msgstr "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
13292
13293 #. type: Plain text
13294 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:208
13295 msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on _/mnt/foo_."
13296 msgstr ""
13297
13298 #. type: Labeled list
13299 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:209
13300 #, no-wrap
13301 msgid "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
13302 msgstr "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
13303
13304 #. type: Plain text
13305 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:211
13306 msgid "Waits for _/mnt/foo_ unmount."
13307 msgstr ""
13308
13309 #. type: Labeled list
13310 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212
13311 #, no-wrap
13312 msgid "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
13313 msgstr "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
13314
13315 #. type: Plain text
13316 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:214
13317 msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
13318 msgstr ""
13319
13320 #. type: Plain text
13321 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:223
13322 #, no-wrap
13323 msgid ""
13324 "*fstab*(5),\n"
13325 "*mount*(8)\n"
13326 msgstr ""
13327 "*fstab*(5),\n"
13328 "*mount*(8)\n"
13329
13330 #. type: Title =
13331 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:2
13332 #, no-wrap
13333 msgid "getopt(1)"
13334 msgstr "getopt(1)"
13335
13336 #. type: Plain text
13337 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:13
13338 msgid "getopt - parse command options (enhanced)"
13339 msgstr "getopt - analiza una línea de órdenes (mejorado)"
13340
13341 #. type: Plain text
13342 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19
13343 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
13344 #| msgid "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] parameters"
13345 msgid ""
13346 "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
13347 "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
13348 "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_\n"
13349 msgstr "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] parameters"
13350
13351 #. type: Plain text
13352 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:23
13353 #, no-wrap
13354 msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
13355 msgstr "*getopt* se usa para partir (_analizar_)  las opciones de las líneas de órdenes para un fácil análisis por parte de los procedimientos del shell, y para identificar las opciones legales.  Usa las rutinas *getopt*(3) de GNU para hacerlo.\n"
13356
13357 #. type: Plain text
13358 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25
13359 #, fuzzy
13360 #| msgid ""
13361 #| "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
13362 #| "options which modify the way getopt will parse (I<options> and I<-o|--"
13363 #| "options optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS),> and the parameters which are to "
13364 #| "be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS).> The second part will start "
13365 #| "at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or "
13366 #| "after the first occurence of `B<-->'.  If no `B<-o>' or `B<--options>' "
13367 #| "option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part "
13368 #| "is used as the short options string."
13369 msgid ""
13370 "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: "
13371 "options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and "
13372 "the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be "
13373 "parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the "
13374 "first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the "
13375 "first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in "
13376 "the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short "
13377 "options string."
13378 msgstr ""
13379 "Los parámetros con los que se llama a B<getopt> se pueden dividir en dos "
13380 "partes: opciones que modifican la manera en la que getopt analizará "
13381 "(I<options> y I<-o|--options optstring> en la B<SINOPSIS),> y los parámetros "
13382 "que deben ser analizados (I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS).> La segunda parte "
13383 "comenzará en el primer parámetro que no sea una opción, o después de la "
13384 "primera aparición de `B<-->'.  Si las opciones `B<-o>' o `B<--options>' no "
13385 "se encuentran en la primera parte, el primer parámetro de la segunda parte "
13386 "se interpreta como la cadena de opciones cortas."
13387
13388 #. type: Plain text
13389 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
13390 #, fuzzy
13391 #| msgid ""
13392 #| "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if its first "
13393 #| "parameter is not an option (does not start with a `B<->', this is the "
13394 #| "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS),> B<getopt> will generate output that is "
13395 #| "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1).  It will still do "
13396 #| "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
13397 #| "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
13398 msgid ""
13399 "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
13400 "_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format "
13401 "in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with "
13402 "that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling "
13403 "and recognize optional arguments (see section *COMPATIBILITY* for more "
13404 "information)."
13405 msgstr ""
13406 "Si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, o si su primer "
13407 "parámetro no es una opción (no comienza por un `B<->', entonces se toma el "
13408 "primer formato descrito en la B<SINOPSIS),> B<getopt> generará una salida "
13409 "compatible con esta u otras versiones de B<getopt>(1).  Todavía se realizará "
13410 "el reordenamiento de parámetros y el reconocimiento de argumentos opcionales "
13411 "(ver la sección B<COMPATIBILIDADES> para más información)."
13412
13413 #. type: Plain text
13414 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
13415 msgid ""
13416 "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with "
13417 "whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and "
13418 "non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can "
13419 "generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell "
13420 "(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving "
13421 "those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer "
13422 "compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the "
13423 "*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is "
13424 "installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
13425 msgstr ""
13426 "Las implementaciones tradicionales de *getopt*(1) son incapaces de soportar "
13427 "los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales (específicos del shell) "
13428 "en argumentos y parámetros libres. Para resolver este problema, esta "
13429 "implementación puede generar salida entrecomillada (*N. del T.* quoted) que "
13430 "puede ser, a su vez, tratada por la shell (típicamente usando la orden "
13431 "*eval*). Esto tiene el efecto de preservar dichos caracteres, pero debe "
13432 "llamarse a *getopt* de una manera no compatible con otras versiones (el "
13433 "segundo y tercer formato en la *SINOPSIS*). Para determinar cuando esta "
13434 "versión mejorada de *getopt*(1) está instalada, puede usarse la opción (*-"
13435 "T*)  que realiza dicha prueba."
13436
13437 #. type: Labeled list
13438 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59
13439 #, no-wrap
13440 msgid "*-a*, *--alternative*"
13441 msgstr "*-a*, *--alternative*"
13442
13443 #. type: Plain text
13444 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34
13445 msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'."
13446 msgstr "Permitir que las opciones largas comiencen con un solo \"*-*\"."
13447
13448 #. type: Plain text
13449 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37
13450 #, fuzzy
13451 #| msgid ""
13452 #| "Output a small usage guide and exit succesfully. No other output is "
13453 #| "generated."
13454 msgid "Display help text and exit. No other output is generated."
13455 msgstr ""
13456 "Genera como salida una guia de uso y termina correctamente. No se genera "
13457 "ninguna otra salida."
13458
13459 #. type: Labeled list
13460 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:38
13461 #, no-wrap
13462 msgid "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_"
13463 msgstr "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_"
13464
13465 #. type: Plain text
13466 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40
13467 msgid ""
13468 "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option "
13469 "name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This "
13470 "option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long "
13471 "option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a "
13472 "required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
13473 msgstr ""
13474 "Las opciones largas (más de un carácter) para ser analizadas.  Pueden "
13475 "especificarse más de una opción al mismo tiempo, separándolas con comas. "
13476 "Esta opción puede darse más de una vez, ya que _longopts_ es acumulativa.  "
13477 "Cada nombre de opción larga en _longopts_ puede ir secundado por dos puntos "
13478 "(:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) "
13479 "para indicar que es un argumento opcional."
13480
13481 #. type: Labeled list
13482 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:41
13483 #, no-wrap
13484 msgid "*-n*, *--name* _progname_"
13485 msgstr "*-n*, *--name* _progname_"
13486
13487 #. type: Plain text
13488 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43
13489 msgid ""
13490 "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports "
13491 "errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from "
13492 "getopt."
13493 msgstr ""
13494 "El nombre que será usado por las rutinas *getopt*(3) cuando generen algún "
13495 "error. Nótese que los errores de *getopt*(1) son todavía generados tal y "
13496 "como se obtienen de getopt."
13497
13498 #. type: Labeled list
13499 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:44
13500 #, no-wrap
13501 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_"
13502 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_"
13503
13504 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13505 #. type: Plain text
13506 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47
13507 msgid ""
13508 "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
13509 "found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and "
13510 "is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short "
13511 "option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it "
13512 "has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional "
13513 "argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to "
13514 "influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see section "
13515 "*SCANNING MODES* for details)."
13516 msgstr ""
13517 "Las opciones cortas (un solo carácter) para ser analizadas. Si esta opción "
13518 "no se encuentra, el primer parámetro de *getopt* que no comience por un `*-"
13519 "*' (y no sea un argumento opcional) es usado como la cadena de opciones "
13520 "cortas.  Cada carácter de una opción corta en _shortopts_ puede ir secundada "
13521 "por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble "
13522 "dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional.  El primer "
13523 "carácter de shortopts puede ser `*{plus}*' o `*-*' para influenciar sobre la "
13524 "manera en que las opciones son pasadas y la salida es generada (ver la "
13525 "sección *MODOS DE EXPLORACIÓN* para más detalles)."
13526
13527 #. type: Plain text
13528 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50
13529 msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)."
13530 msgstr "Deshabilita la salida de errores por parte de *getopt*(3)."
13531
13532 #. type: Labeled list
13533 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:51
13534 #, no-wrap
13535 msgid "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
13536 msgstr "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
13537
13538 #. type: Plain text
13539 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:53
13540 msgid ""
13541 "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), "
13542 "unless you also use *-q*."
13543 msgstr ""
13544 "No genera la salida normal.  *getopt*(3) sigue generando errores a menos que "
13545 "no se use *-q*."
13546
13547 #. type: Plain text
13548 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56
13549 msgid ""
13550 "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
13551 "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*' "
13552 "'*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
13553 msgstr ""
13554 "Establece las convenciones de entrecomillado para cada tipo de _shell_. Si "
13555 "el argumento *-s* no se encuentra, se utilizan las convenciones de BASH. "
13556 "Actualmente los argumentos válidos son `*sh*' `*bash*', `*csh*', y `*tcsh*'."
13557
13558 #. type: Labeled list
13559 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:57
13560 #, no-wrap
13561 msgid "*-T*, *--test*"
13562 msgstr "*-T*, *--test*"
13563
13564 #. type: Plain text
13565 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59
13566 msgid ""
13567 "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This "
13568 "generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations "
13569 "of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable "
13570 "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
13571 msgstr ""
13572 "Prueba si su *getopt*(1) es esta versión mejorada o una versión antigua. No "
13573 "genera ningún tipo de salida y devuelve un código de error 4. Otras "
13574 "implementaciones de *getopt*(1), y esta versión si la variable de entorno "
13575 "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* está definida, retornan \"*--*\" y un código de error 0."
13576
13577 #. type: Labeled list
13578 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:60
13579 #, no-wrap
13580 msgid "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
13581 msgstr "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
13582
13583 #. type: Plain text
13584 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:62
13585 msgid ""
13586 "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) "
13587 "characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) "
13588 "implementations)."
13589 msgstr ""
13590 "No produce salida entrecomillada. Nótese que los espacios en blanco y los "
13591 "caracteres especiales (dependientes del shell) pueden causar estragos en "
13592 "este modo (tal y como se producen en otras implementaciones de *getopt*(1))."
13593
13594 #. type: Plain text
13595 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:65
13596 #, fuzzy
13597 #| msgid ""
13598 #| "Output version information and exit succesfully. No other output is "
13599 #| "generated."
13600 msgid "Display version information and exit. No other output is generated."
13601 msgstr ""
13602 "Genera información sobre la versión y finaliza satisfactoriamente. No se "
13603 "genera ninguna otra salida."
13604
13605 #. type: Title ==
13606 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:66
13607 #, no-wrap
13608 msgid "PARSING"
13609 msgstr "ANÁLISIS"
13610
13611 #. type: Plain text
13612 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
13613 msgid ""
13614 "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
13615 "*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) "
13616 "describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the "
13617 "parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each "
13618 "parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one "
13619 "parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All "
13620 "parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
13621 msgstr ""
13622 "Esta sección especifica el formato de la segunda parte de los parámetros de "
13623 "*getopt* (los _parameters_ en la *SINOPSIS*).  La siguiente sección "
13624 "(*SALIDA*)  describe la salida que se genera. Estos parámetros serán los que "
13625 "típicamente se usen al llamar a un programa del shell.  Debe tenerse cuidado "
13626 "de que cada parámetro con el que se llamó al fichero de órdenes de la shell "
13627 "corresponda exactamente con un parámetro de la lista de parámetros de "
13628 "*getopt* (véase los *EJEMPLOS*).  Todo el análisis es llevado a cabo por las "
13629 "rutinas *getopt*(3) de GNU."
13630
13631 #. type: Plain text
13632 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
13633 msgid ""
13634 "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified "
13635 "as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option "
13636 "parameter."
13637 msgstr ""
13638 "Los parámetros son pasados de izquierda a derecha. Cada parámetro es "
13639 "clasificado como una opción corta, una opción larga, un argumento de una "
13640 "opción, o un parámetro libre."
13641
13642 #. type: Plain text
13643 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
13644 msgid ""
13645 "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If "
13646 "the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
13647 "option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on "
13648 "the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be "
13649 "written directly after the option character if present."
13650 msgstr ""
13651 "Una opción corta es un \"*-*\" seguido por un carácter de una opción corta. "
13652 "Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo después del "
13653 "carácter de la opción o como el siguiente parámetro (por ejemplo, separados "
13654 "por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes). Si la opción tiene un "
13655 "argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del carácter de la opción "
13656 "si es que existe."
13657
13658 #. type: Plain text
13659 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
13660 msgid ""
13661 "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as "
13662 "all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
13663 msgstr ""
13664 "Es posible especificar varias opciones cortas después de un \"*-*\", siempre "
13665 "y cuando todas (exceptuando posiblemente la última) no necesite argumentos "
13666 "requeridos o opcionales."
13667
13668 #. type: Plain text
13669 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
13670 msgid ""
13671 "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. "
13672 "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
13673 "long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., "
13674 "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
13675 "argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated "
13676 "by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is "
13677 "interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the "
13678 "*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not "
13679 "ambiguous."
13680 msgstr ""
13681 "Una opción larga normalmente comienza por \"*--*\" seguido por el nombre de "
13682 "la opción.Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo "
13683 "después del nombre de la opción, separado por un \"*=*\", o como el "
13684 "siguiente argumento (por ejemplo separado por espacios en blanco en la línea "
13685 "de órdenes).Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá  aparecer justo "
13686 "después del nombre de la opción, separado por \"*=*\", si es que existe, (si "
13687 "se añade el `*=*' pero nada detrás de el, se interpretará como si no "
13688 "existiera ningún argumento; este es un ligero fallo, véase la sección "
13689 "*FALLOS*). Las opciones largas pueden ser abreviadas, siempre y cuando la "
13690 "abreviación no sea ambigua."
13691
13692 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13693 #. type: Plain text
13694 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:80
13695 msgid ""
13696 "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a "
13697 "previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' "
13698 "parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the "
13699 "environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string "
13700 "started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-"
13701 "option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
13702 msgstr ""
13703 "Cualquier parámetro que no comience por un \"*-*\", y no sea un argumento "
13704 "requerido de una opción previa, será interpretado como un parámetro libre. "
13705 "Cualquier parámetro después de un \"*--*\" aislado será interpretado como un "
13706 "parámetro libre. Si la variable de entorno *POSIXLY_CORRECT* está definida, "
13707 "o si el carácter de una opción corta comienza por un \"*{plus}*\", los "
13708 "restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres tan pronto "
13709 "como sea encontrado el primero de los parámetros libres."
13710
13711 #. type: Title ==
13712 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:81 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:72
13713 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:23
13714 #, no-wrap
13715 msgid "OUTPUT"
13716 msgstr "SALIDA"
13717
13718 #. type: Plain text
13719 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
13720 msgid ""
13721 "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. "
13722 "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, "
13723 "except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ "
13724 "(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special "
13725 "characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see "
13726 "*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem "
13727 "to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by "
13728 "using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in "
13729 "unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain "
13730 "whitespace or special characters."
13731 msgstr ""
13732 "Se genera una salida por cada elemento descrito en la sección anterior.  Se "
13733 "realiza en el mismo orden en el que los elementos son especificados en la "
13734 "entrada, exceptuando los parámetros libres.  La salida puede generarse en "
13735 "modo _compatible_ (_sin entrecomillado_), o en un modo en el que los "
13736 "espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales entre argumentos y "
13737 "parámetros libres son preservados (véase *ENTRECOMILLADO*).  Cuando la "
13738 "salida es procesada en un fichero de órdenes de la shell , aparecerá "
13739 "compuesta por distintos elementos que pueden ser tratados uno a uno (usando "
13740 "la orden shift existente el la mayoría de los lenguajes de shell). Esto no "
13741 "funciona completamente en el modo sin entrecomillado, ya que los elementos "
13742 "pueden ser divididos por lugares inesperados si contienen espacios en blanco "
13743 "o caracteres especiales."
13744
13745 #. type: Plain text
13746 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
13747 msgid ""
13748 "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required "
13749 "argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be "
13750 "reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a "
13751 "non-zero error status is returned."
13752 msgstr ""
13753 "Si hay problemas durante el análisis de los parámetros, por ejemplo como "
13754 "consecuencia de no encontrar un argumento requerido o de una opción no "
13755 "reconocida, se generará un error en stderr, no aparecerá en la salida el "
13756 "elemento en discordia, y se devolverá un código de error diferente de cero."
13757
13758 #. type: Plain text
13759 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
13760 msgid ""
13761 "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as "
13762 "one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the "
13763 "argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the "
13764 "next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second "
13765 "parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many "
13766 "other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
13767 msgstr ""
13768 "Para una opción corta, la salida consta de un simple \"*-*\" y el carácter "
13769 "de la opción. Si la opción tiene un argumento, el siguiente parámetro se "
13770 "tomará como el argumento. Si la opción necesita de un argumento opcional, "
13771 "pero no se ha encontrado ninguno, el siguiente parámetro se generará pero se "
13772 "encontrará vacío en el formato entrecomillado, y no se generará ese segundo "
13773 "parámetro en el formato no entrecomillado (compatible).  Nótese que la "
13774 "mayoría de las otras implementaciones de *getopt*(1) no soportan argumentos "
13775 "opcionales."
13776
13777 #. type: Plain text
13778 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
13779 msgid ""
13780 "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be "
13781 "present in the output as a separate parameter."
13782 msgstr ""
13783 "Si se especificaran más de una opción después de un \"*-*\", cada una se "
13784 "presentaría en la salida como un parámetro independiente."
13785
13786 #. type: Plain text
13787 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
13788 msgid ""
13789 "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one "
13790 "parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or "
13791 "specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with "
13792 "short options."
13793 msgstr ""
13794 "Para una opción larga, se generará el \"*--*\" y el nombre completo de la "
13795 "opción como un único parámetro. Esto se hace indistintamente de que la "
13796 "opción estuviera abreviada o fuera especificada con un \"*-*\" en la "
13797 "entrada. Los argumentos se manejan como con las opciones cortas."
13798
13799 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13800 #. type: Plain text
13801 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:95
13802 msgid ""
13803 "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and "
13804 "their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single "
13805 "parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were "
13806 "found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the "
13807 "short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated "
13808 "at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first "
13809 "format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of "
13810 "'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
13811 msgstr ""
13812 "Normalmente, la salida de los parámetros libres no se generará hasta que "
13813 "todas las opciones y sus argumentos hayan sido generadas. Entonces se "
13814 "generará un \"*--*\" como si fuera un solo parámetro , y después los "
13815 "parámetros libres en el orden en que se encontraron, cada uno como un "
13816 "parámetro independiente.  Solo si el primer carácter de la cadena de "
13817 "opciones cortas fuera un solo \"*-*\", la salida de los parámetros libres se "
13818 "generaría en el lugar en que fueron encontrados en la entrada (esto no está "
13819 "soportado si se usa el primer formato que aparece en la *SINOPSIS*; en este "
13820 "caso todas las ocurrencias anteriores de \"*-*\" y \"*{plus}*\" son "
13821 "ignoradas)."
13822
13823 #. type: Title ==
13824 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:96
13825 #, no-wrap
13826 msgid "QUOTING"
13827 msgstr "ENTRECOMILLADO"
13828
13829 #. type: Plain text
13830 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
13831 msgid ""
13832 "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
13833 "non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the "
13834 "shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the "
13835 "output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this "
13836 "implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with "
13837 "quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the "
13838 "shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into "
13839 "separate parameters."
13840 msgstr ""
13841 "En el modo compatible, los espacios en blanco o caracteres `especiales' en "
13842 "los argumentos o parámetros libres no son tratados correctamente. Dado que "
13843 "la salida alimenta al fichero de órdenes de la shell, este programa no sabe "
13844 "como se supone que la entrada es troceada en los diferentes parámetros.  "
13845 "Para solventar el problema, esta implementación ofrece el entrecomillado. La "
13846 "idea es que la salida es generada con comillas encerrando a cada parámetro.  "
13847 "Cuando esta salida alimenta al shell (típicamente por la orden *eval* del "
13848 "intérprete), se particiona correctamente en los diferentes parámetros."
13849
13850 #. type: Plain text
13851 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
13852 msgid ""
13853 "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is "
13854 "set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is "
13855 "found."
13856 msgstr ""
13857 "El entrecomillado no se encontrará activado si la variable de entorno "
13858 "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* está definida, si se usa la primera forma de la "
13859 "*SINOPSIS*, o si la opción \"*-u*\" es encontrada."
13860
13861 #. type: Plain text
13862 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:103
13863 msgid ""
13864 "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' "
13865 "option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently "
13866 "supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two "
13867 "'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like "
13868 "quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script "
13869 "language, one of these flavors can still be used."
13870 msgstr ""
13871 "Cada tipo de shell usa convenciones de entrecomillado diferentes.  Pero "
13872 "puede usarse la opción \"*-s*\" para seleccionar el shell que esté usando. "
13873 "Actualmente son soportados los siguientes: \"*sh*\", \"*bash*\", \"*csh*\" y "
13874 "\"*tcsh*\".  Actualmente, solo se distinguen dos \"tipos\": las convenciones "
13875 "de entrecomillado del tipo sh y las del tipo csh. Probablemente si usa algún "
13876 "otro lenguaje de shell, uno de estos dos tipos pueda servirle."
13877
13878 #. type: Title ==
13879 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:104
13880 #, no-wrap
13881 msgid "SCANNING MODES"
13882 msgstr "MODOS DE EXPLORACIÓN"
13883
13884 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13885 #. type: Plain text
13886 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
13887 msgid ""
13888 "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}"
13889 "*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the "
13890 "*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
13891 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
13892 msgstr ""
13893 "El primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas debe ser un \"*-*\" o un "
13894 "\"*+*\" para indicar el modo de exploración especial. Si se una la primera "
13895 "forma que aparece en la *SINOPSIS* son ignoradas; aun así, la variable de "
13896 "entorno *POSIXLY_CORRECT* es examinada, téngase en cuenta."
13897
13898 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13899 #. type: Plain text
13900 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
13901 msgid ""
13902 "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable "
13903 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
13904 "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that "
13905 "is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as "
13906 "non-option parameters."
13907 msgstr ""
13908 "Si el primer carácter es \"*{plus}*\", o si la variable de entorno "
13909 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como en "
13910 "primer parámetro libre (por ejemplo un parámetro que no comience por un \"*-*"
13911 "\")  es encontrado y no es un argumento de alguna opción. Los restantes "
13912 "parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres."
13913
13914 #. type: Plain text
13915 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:113
13916 msgid ""
13917 "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at "
13918 "the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected "
13919 "at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that "
13920 "this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last "
13921 "parameter in this mode."
13922 msgstr ""
13923 "Si el primer carácter es un \"*-*\", la salida de los parámetros libres se "
13924 "realiza en el orden en que son encontrados; en el modo normal, se agrupan al "
13925 "final de la salida después de generar un parámetro consistente en un único "
13926 "\"*--*\". Nótese que este parámetro \"*--*\" se genera igualmente, pero "
13927 "siempre será el último parámetro en este modo de exploración."
13928
13929 #. type: Plain text
13930 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
13931 msgid ""
13932 "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to "
13933 "other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without "
13934 "any modifications, and with some advantages."
13935 msgstr ""
13936 "Esta versión de *getopt*(1) ha sido escrita para ser tan compatible como sea "
13937 "posible con otras versiones. Normalmente solo debe reemplazar aquellas por "
13938 "esta nueva versión sin ningún otro cambio, y con algunas ventajas."
13939
13940 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13941 #. type: Plain text
13942 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
13943 #, fuzzy
13944 #| msgid ""
13945 #| "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
13946 #| "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
13947 #| "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
13948 #| "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
13949 #| "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
13950 #| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
13951 msgid ""
13952 "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', "
13953 "*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter "
13954 "as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It "
13955 "will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are "
13956 "output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is "
13957 "set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options "
13958 "automatically."
13959 msgstr ""
13960 "Si el primer carácter del primer parámetro de getopt no es un \"B<->\", "
13961 "getopt entra en el modo compatible. Entonces su primer parámetro será "
13962 "interpretado como la cadena de opciones cortas, y los restantes argumentos "
13963 "serán analizados. Sigue manteniéndose el reordenamiento de parámetros (por "
13964 "ejemplo los parámetros libres aparecen al final de la salida), a menos que "
13965 "la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> esté definida."
13966
13967 #. type: Plain text
13968 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
13969 msgid ""
13970 "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into "
13971 "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
13972 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. "
13973 "Usually, though, neither is needed."
13974 msgstr ""
13975 "La variable de entorno *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* fuerza a *getopt* a entrar en el "
13976 "modo compatible. Definiendo al mismo tiempo esta variable de entorno y "
13977 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* se ofrece una compatibilidad al 100% para programas "
13978 "\"problemáticos\".  Aunque normalmente no es necesario."
13979
13980 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
13981 #. type: Plain text
13982 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:125
13983 msgid ""
13984 "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short "
13985 "options string are ignored."
13986 msgstr ""
13987 "En el modo compatible, los primeros caracteres \"*-*\" y \"*{plus}*\" en la "
13988 "cadena de opciones cortas son ignorados."
13989
13990 #. type: Title ==
13991 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:126
13992 #, no-wrap
13993 msgid "RETURN CODES"
13994 msgstr "VALOR DEVUELTO"
13995
13996 #. type: Plain text
13997 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:129
13998 #, no-wrap
13999 msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n"
14000 msgstr "*getopt* devuelve un código de error *0* si el análisis ha sido satisfactorio, *1* si *getopt*(3)  retorna errores, *2* si no es capaz de entender sus propios parámetros, *3* si un error interno ha ocurrido (como falta de memoria), y *4* si es llamado con *-T*.\n"
14001
14002 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{docdir}_.
14003 #. type: Plain text
14004 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:134
14005 #, fuzzy
14006 #| msgid ""
14007 #| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
14008 #| "distribution, and are installed in _{docdir}_ directory."
14009 msgid ""
14010 "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
14011 "distribution, and are installed in _{docdir}_ directory."
14012 msgstr ""
14013 "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución de "
14014 "*getopt*(1), y se encontrarán instalados en _{docdir}_."
14015
14016 #. type: Labeled list
14017 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
14018 #, no-wrap
14019 msgid "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
14020 msgstr "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
14021
14022 #. type: Plain text
14023 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:139
14024 msgid ""
14025 "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is "
14026 "set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or "
14027 "an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-"
14028 "option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
14029 msgstr ""
14030 "Esta variable de entorno es examinada por las rutinas de *getopt*(3). Si "
14031 "está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como se encuentre un "
14032 "parámetro que no es una opción o un argumento de una opción. Los restantes "
14033 "parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres, aunque comiencen por un "
14034 "'*-*'."
14035
14036 #. type: Labeled list
14037 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
14038 #, no-wrap
14039 msgid "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
14040 msgstr "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
14041
14042 #. type: Plain text
14043 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:142
14044 msgid ""
14045 "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the "
14046 "*SYNOPSIS*."
14047 msgstr ""
14048 "Fuerza a *getopt* a usar el primer formato de llamada tal y como se "
14049 "especifica en la *SINOPSIS*."
14050
14051 #. type: Plain text
14052 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
14053 #, no-wrap
14054 msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n"
14055 msgstr "*getopt*(3) puede analizar opciones largas con argumentos opcionales dados como un argumento opcional vacío (pero no puede hacerlo con opciones cortas).  Este *getopt*(1) trata a los argumentos opcionales vacíos como si no estuvieran presentes.\n"
14056
14057 #. type: Plain text
14058 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:148
14059 msgid ""
14060 "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very "
14061 "intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
14062 msgstr ""
14063
14064 #. type: Title ==
14065 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:149 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:84
14066 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81
14067 #, no-wrap
14068 msgid "AUTHOR"
14069 msgstr "AUTOR"
14070
14071 #. type: Plain text
14072 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:152
14073 msgid "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
14074 msgstr "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
14075
14076 #. type: Plain text
14077 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:158
14078 #, no-wrap
14079 msgid ""
14080 "*bash*(1),\n"
14081 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
14082 "*getopt*(3)\n"
14083 msgstr ""
14084 "*bash*(1),\n"
14085 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
14086 "*getopt*(3)\n"
14087
14088 #
14089 #. SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
14090 #. Copyright (C) 2008 - 2012 Julian Andres Klode. See hardlink.c for license.
14091 #. Copyright (C) 2021 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
14092 #. type: Title =
14093 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:8
14094 #, no-wrap
14095 msgid "hardlink(1)"
14096 msgstr "hardlink(1)"
14097
14098 #. type: Plain text
14099 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:18
14100 msgid "hardlink - link multiple copies of a file"
14101 msgstr ""
14102
14103 #. type: Plain text
14104 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:22
14105 #, no-wrap
14106 msgid "*hardlink* [options] [_directory_|_file_]...\n"
14107 msgstr "*hardlink* [opciones] [_directorio_|_fichero_]...\n"
14108
14109 #. type: Plain text
14110 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:26
14111 #, no-wrap
14112 msgid "*hardlink* is a tool which replaces copies of a file with hardlinks, therefore saving space.\n"
14113 msgstr ""
14114
14115 #. type: Plain text
14116 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:31
14117 msgid "print quick usage details to the screen."
14118 msgstr ""
14119
14120 #. type: Plain text
14121 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:34
14122 msgid ""
14123 "More verbose output. If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed, "
14124 "if specified twice, it also shows every comparison."
14125 msgstr ""
14126
14127 #. type: Plain text
14128 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:37
14129 msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything."
14130 msgstr ""
14131
14132 #. type: Labeled list
14133 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
14134 #, no-wrap
14135 msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
14136 msgstr "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
14137
14138 #. type: Plain text
14139 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
14140 msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen."
14141 msgstr ""
14142
14143 #. type: Labeled list
14144 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:41
14145 #, no-wrap
14146 msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
14147 msgstr "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
14148
14149 #. type: Plain text
14150 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:43
14151 msgid ""
14152 "Only try to link files with the same (basename). It's strongly recommended "
14153 "to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way "
14154 "by others *hardlink* implementations."
14155 msgstr ""
14156
14157 #. type: Labeled list
14158 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:44
14159 #, no-wrap
14160 msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
14161 msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
14162
14163 #. type: Plain text
14164 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:46
14165 msgid ""
14166 "Link/compare files even if their mode is different. This may be a bit "
14167 "unpredictable."
14168 msgstr ""
14169
14170 #. type: Labeled list
14171 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47
14172 #, no-wrap
14173 msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
14174 msgstr "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
14175
14176 #. type: Plain text
14177 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:49
14178 msgid ""
14179 "Link/compare files even if their owner (user and group) is different. It is "
14180 "not predictable."
14181 msgstr ""
14182
14183 #. type: Labeled list
14184 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:50
14185 #, no-wrap
14186 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
14187 msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
14188
14189 #. type: Plain text
14190 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:52
14191 msgid ""
14192 "Link/compare files even if their time of modification is different. You "
14193 "almost always want this."
14194 msgstr ""
14195
14196 #. type: Labeled list
14197 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:53
14198 #, no-wrap
14199 msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
14200 msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
14201
14202 #. type: Plain text
14203 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:55
14204 msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes."
14205 msgstr ""
14206
14207 #. type: Labeled list
14208 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:56
14209 #, no-wrap
14210 msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*"
14211 msgstr "*-m*, *--maximize*"
14212
14213 #. type: Plain text
14214 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:58
14215 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count."
14216 msgstr ""
14217
14218 #. type: Labeled list
14219 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59
14220 #, no-wrap
14221 msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*"
14222 msgstr "*-M*, *--minimize*"
14223
14224 #. type: Plain text
14225 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:61
14226 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count."
14227 msgstr ""
14228
14229 #. type: Labeled list
14230 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:62
14231 #, no-wrap
14232 msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
14233 msgstr "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
14234
14235 #. type: Plain text
14236 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:64
14237 msgid ""
14238 "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By "
14239 "default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is "
14240 "specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of "
14241 "modification."
14242 msgstr ""
14243
14244 #. type: Labeled list
14245 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:65
14246 #, no-wrap
14247 msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
14248 msgstr "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
14249
14250 #. type: Plain text
14251 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:67
14252 msgid ""
14253 "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
14254 msgstr ""
14255
14256 #. type: Labeled list
14257 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:68
14258 #, no-wrap
14259 msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
14260 msgstr "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
14261
14262 #. type: Plain text
14263 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:70
14264 msgid ""
14265 "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been "
14266 "given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If "
14267 "the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern "
14268 "are included."
14269 msgstr ""
14270
14271 #. type: Labeled list
14272 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71
14273 #, no-wrap
14274 msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
14275 msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _tamaño_"
14276
14277 #. type: Plain text
14278 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73
14279 msgid ""
14280 "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not "
14281 "be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
14282 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
14283 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
14284 "\"KiB\")."
14285 msgstr ""
14286
14287 #. type: Plain text
14288 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77
14289 #, no-wrap
14290 msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked.\n"
14291 msgstr ""
14292
14293 #. type: Plain text
14294 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:81
14295 msgid ""
14296 "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force "
14297 "hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no "
14298 "more supported by the current hardlink."
14299 msgstr ""
14300
14301 #. type: Plain text
14302 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83
14303 #, no-wrap
14304 msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, hardlink may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run hardlink on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user.\n"
14305 msgstr ""
14306
14307 #. type: Plain text
14308 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:87
14309 msgid ""
14310 "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation "
14311 "is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been "
14312 "used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current "
14313 "implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
14314 msgstr ""
14315
14316 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
14317 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
14318 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
14319 #. type: Title =
14320 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:7
14321 #, no-wrap
14322 msgid "kill(1)"
14323 msgstr "kill(1)"
14324
14325 #. type: Plain text
14326 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:17
14327 msgid "kill - terminate a process"
14328 msgstr ""
14329
14330 #. type: Plain text
14331 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21
14332 #, no-wrap
14333 msgid "*kill*  [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
14334 msgstr ""
14335
14336 #. type: Plain text
14337 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:23
14338 #, no-wrap
14339 msgid "*kill* *-l* [_number_] | *-L*\n"
14340 msgstr ""
14341
14342 #. type: Plain text
14343 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28
14344 msgid ""
14345 "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes "
14346 "or process groups."
14347 msgstr ""
14348
14349 #. type: Plain text
14350 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30
14351 msgid ""
14352 "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent. The default action for "
14353 "this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in "
14354 "preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install a "
14355 "handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
14356 "terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a "
14357 "TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware that "
14358 "the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process "
14359 "the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
14360 msgstr ""
14361
14362 #. type: Plain text
14363 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32
14364 msgid ""
14365 "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather "
14366 "similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--"
14367 "queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, "
14368 "are local extensions."
14369 msgstr ""
14370
14371 #. type: Plain text
14372 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34
14373 msgid ""
14374 "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still "
14375 "performed."
14376 msgstr ""
14377
14378 #. type: Plain text
14379 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38
14380 msgid ""
14381 "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
14382 msgstr ""
14383
14384 #. type: Labeled list
14385 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39
14386 #, no-wrap
14387 msgid "_pid_"
14388 msgstr "_pid_"
14389
14390 #. type: Plain text
14391 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
14392 msgid "Each _pid_ can be expressed in one of the following ways:"
14393 msgstr ""
14394
14395 #. type: Labeled list
14396 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
14397 #, no-wrap
14398 msgid "_n_"
14399 msgstr "_n_"
14400
14401 #. type: Plain text
14402 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
14403 msgid "where _n_ is larger than 0. The process with PID _n_ is signaled."
14404 msgstr ""
14405
14406 #. type: Plain text
14407 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
14408 msgid "All processes in the current process group are signaled."
14409 msgstr ""
14410
14411 #. type: Plain text
14412 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
14413 msgid "All processes with a PID larger than 1 are signaled."
14414 msgstr ""
14415
14416 #. type: Labeled list
14417 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
14418 #, no-wrap
14419 msgid "**-**__n__"
14420 msgstr "**-**__n__"
14421
14422 #. type: Plain text
14423 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49
14424 msgid ""
14425 "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. "
14426 "When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a "
14427 "process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must "
14428 "be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to "
14429 "send."
14430 msgstr ""
14431
14432 #. type: Labeled list
14433 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50
14434 #, no-wrap
14435 msgid "_name_"
14436 msgstr "_nombre_"
14437
14438 #. type: Plain text
14439 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:52
14440 msgid "All processes invoked using this _name_ will be signaled."
14441 msgstr ""
14442
14443 #. type: Labeled list
14444 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:55
14445 #, no-wrap
14446 msgid "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
14447 msgstr ""
14448
14449 #. type: Plain text
14450 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
14451 msgid "The signal to send. It may be given as a name or a number."
14452 msgstr ""
14453
14454 #. type: Labeled list
14455 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
14456 #, no-wrap
14457 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [_number_]"
14458 msgstr ""
14459
14460 #. type: Plain text
14461 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
14462 msgid ""
14463 "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. "
14464 "The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
14465 msgstr ""
14466
14467 #. type: Labeled list
14468 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
14469 #, no-wrap
14470 msgid "*-L*, *--table*"
14471 msgstr "*-L*, *--table*"
14472
14473 #. type: Plain text
14474 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
14475 msgid ""
14476 "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding "
14477 "numbers."
14478 msgstr ""
14479
14480 #. type: Plain text
14481 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63
14482 msgid ""
14483 "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the "
14484 "same UID as the present process."
14485 msgstr ""
14486
14487 #. type: Labeled list
14488 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:98
14489 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:77 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73
14490 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:63
14491 #, no-wrap
14492 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*"
14493 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*"
14494
14495 #. type: Plain text
14496 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
14497 msgid ""
14498 "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any "
14499 "signals."
14500 msgstr ""
14501
14502 #. type: Plain text
14503 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
14504 msgid "Print PID(s) that will be signaled with *kill* along with the signal."
14505 msgstr ""
14506
14507 #. type: Labeled list
14508 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
14509 #, no-wrap
14510 msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_"
14511 msgstr "*-q*, *--queue* _valor_"
14512
14513 #. type: Plain text
14514 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
14515 msgid ""
14516 "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ "
14517 "argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving "
14518 "process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag "
14519 "to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of "
14520 "the _siginfo_t_ structure."
14521 msgstr ""
14522
14523 #. type: Labeled list
14524 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
14525 #, no-wrap
14526 msgid "*--timeout* _milliseconds signal_"
14527 msgstr ""
14528
14529 #. type: Plain text
14530 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
14531 msgid ""
14532 "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an "
14533 "additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes "
14534 "*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a "
14535 "follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the "
14536 "Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the "
14537 "follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no "
14538 "longer exists."
14539 msgstr ""
14540
14541 #. type: Plain text
14542 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73
14543 msgid ""
14544 "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an "
14545 "equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to "
14546 "races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that "
14547 "used a recycled PID."
14548 msgstr ""
14549
14550 #. type: Plain text
14551 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75
14552 msgid ""
14553 "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent "
14554 "sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be "
14555 "combined with the *--queue* option."
14556 msgstr ""
14557
14558 #. type: Plain text
14559 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77
14560 msgid ""
14561 "As an example, the following command sends the signals QUIT, TERM and KILL "
14562 "in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:"
14563 msgstr ""
14564
14565 #. type: delimited block .
14566 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:81
14567 #, no-wrap
14568 msgid ""
14569 "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
14570 "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
14571 msgstr ""
14572 "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
14573 "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
14574
14575 #. type: Plain text
14576 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:86
14577 #, no-wrap
14578 msgid "*kill* has the following exit status values:\n"
14579 msgstr ""
14580
14581 #. type: Plain text
14582 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:131
14583 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67
14584 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
14585 msgid "failure"
14586 msgstr ""
14587
14588 #. type: Plain text
14589 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93
14590 msgid "partial success (when more than one process specified)"
14591 msgstr ""
14592
14593 #. type: Plain text
14594 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:97
14595 msgid ""
14596 "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of "
14597 "one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the "
14598 "signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread "
14599 "group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly "
14600 "selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to "
14601 "an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking "
14602 "the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of "
14603 "*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
14604 msgstr ""
14605
14606 #. type: Plain text
14607 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99
14608 msgid ""
14609 "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in "
14610 "relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest "
14611 "way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use "
14612 "the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
14613 msgstr ""
14614
14615 #. type: Plain text
14616 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:104
14617 msgid ""
14618 "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
14619 msgstr ""
14620 "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
14621
14622 #. type: Plain text
14623 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106
14624 msgid "The original version was taken from BSD 4.4."
14625 msgstr ""
14626
14627 #. type: Plain text
14628 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:115
14629 #, no-wrap
14630 msgid ""
14631 "*bash*(1),\n"
14632 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
14633 "*sigaction*(2),\n"
14634 "*kill*(2),\n"
14635 "*sigqueue*(3),\n"
14636 "*signal*(7)\n"
14637 msgstr ""
14638 "*bash*(1),\n"
14639 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
14640 "*sigaction*(2),\n"
14641 "*kill*(2),\n"
14642 "*sigqueue*(3),\n"
14643 "*signal*(7)\n"
14644
14645 #
14646 #
14647 #
14648 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
14649 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
14650 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
14651 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
14652 #. are met:
14653 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
14654 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
14655 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
14656 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
14657 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
14658 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
14659 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
14660 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
14661 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
14662 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
14663 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
14664 #.    without specific prior written permission.
14665 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
14666 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
14667 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
14668 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
14669 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
14670 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
14671 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
14672 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
14673 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
14674 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
14675 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
14676 #.      @(#)logger.1    8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
14677 #. type: Title =
14678 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:36
14679 #, no-wrap
14680 msgid "logger(1)"
14681 msgstr "logger(1)"
14682
14683 #. type: Plain text
14684 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:46
14685 msgid "logger - enter messages into the system log"
14686 msgstr ""
14687
14688 #. type: Plain text
14689 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:50
14690 #, no-wrap
14691 msgid "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
14692 msgstr "*logger* [opciones] _mensaje_\n"
14693
14694 #. type: Plain text
14695 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:54
14696 #, no-wrap
14697 msgid "*logger* makes entries in the system log.\n"
14698 msgstr ""
14699
14700 #. type: Plain text
14701 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
14702 msgid ""
14703 "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. "
14704 "If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard "
14705 "input is logged."
14706 msgstr ""
14707
14708 #. type: Labeled list
14709 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:59
14710 #, no-wrap
14711 msgid "*-d*, *--udp*"
14712 msgstr "*-d*, *--udp*"
14713
14714 #. type: Plain text
14715 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
14716 msgid ""
14717 "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog "
14718 "port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
14719 msgstr ""
14720
14721 #. type: Plain text
14722 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:171
14723 msgid "See also *--server* and *--socket* to specify where to connect."
14724 msgstr ""
14725
14726 #. type: Labeled list
14727 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:64
14728 #, no-wrap
14729 msgid "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
14730 msgstr "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
14731
14732 #. type: Plain text
14733 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
14734 msgid ""
14735 "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a "
14736 "line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is "
14737 "NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is "
14738 "specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this "
14739 "mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix "
14740 "(e.g., *<13>*)."
14741 msgstr ""
14742
14743 #. type: Plain text
14744 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
14745 msgid ""
14746 "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined "
14747 "with a command-line message."
14748 msgstr ""
14749
14750 #. type: Labeled list
14751 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:70
14752 #, no-wrap
14753 msgid "*-i*"
14754 msgstr "*-i*"
14755
14756 #. type: Plain text
14757 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72
14758 msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line."
14759 msgstr ""
14760
14761 #. type: Labeled list
14762 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:73
14763 #, no-wrap
14764 msgid "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
14765 msgstr "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
14766
14767 #. type: Plain text
14768 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
14769 msgid ""
14770 "Log the PID of the logger process with each line. When the optional argument "
14771 "_id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the logger command's PID. The "
14772 "use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages."
14773 msgstr ""
14774
14775 #. type: Plain text
14776 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
14777 msgid ""
14778 "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when "
14779 "listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
14780 "the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket "
14781 "credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a "
14782 "process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are "
14783 "not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
14784 msgstr ""
14785
14786 #. type: Labeled list
14787 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:78
14788 #, no-wrap
14789 msgid "*--journald*[**=**__file__]"
14790 msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__fichero__]"
14791
14792 #. type: Plain text
14793 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
14794 msgid ""
14795 "Write a systemd journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when "
14796 "specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field "
14797 "that is accepted by journald; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. "
14798 "The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding "
14799 "entries easy. Examples:"
14800 msgstr ""
14801
14802 #. type: delimited block _
14803 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:88
14804 #, no-wrap
14805 msgid ""
14806 "    logger --journald <<end\n"
14807 "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
14808 "    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
14809 "    DOGS=bark\n"
14810 "    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
14811 "    end\n"
14812 msgstr ""
14813
14814 #. type: delimited block _
14815 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:90
14816 #, no-wrap
14817 msgid "    logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
14818 msgstr ""
14819
14820 #. type: Plain text
14821 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:92
14822 msgid ""
14823 "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as "
14824 "priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY "
14825 "field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. "
14826 "Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
14827 msgstr ""
14828
14829 #. type: Plain text
14830 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:94
14831 msgid ""
14832 "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
14833 "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
14834 "journal if they appear multiple times."
14835 msgstr ""
14836
14837 #. type: Labeled list
14838 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95
14839 #, no-wrap
14840 msgid "*--msgid* _msgid_"
14841 msgstr ""
14842
14843 #. type: Plain text
14844 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:97
14845 msgid ""
14846 "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. "
14847 "Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This "
14848 "option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is "
14849 "silently ignored."
14850 msgstr ""
14851
14852 #. type: Labeled list
14853 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98
14854 #, no-wrap
14855 msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
14856 msgstr ""
14857
14858 #. type: Plain text
14859 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:100
14860 msgid ""
14861 "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log "
14862 "socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to "
14863 "use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
14864 msgstr ""
14865
14866 #. type: Labeled list
14867 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101
14868 #, no-wrap
14869 msgid "*--no-act*"
14870 msgstr "*--no-act*"
14871
14872 #. type: Plain text
14873 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:103
14874 msgid ""
14875 "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
14876 "system log, and removing the connection or the journal. This option can be "
14877 "used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
14878 msgstr ""
14879
14880 #. type: Labeled list
14881 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104
14882 #, no-wrap
14883 msgid "*--octet-count*"
14884 msgstr "*--octet-count*"
14885
14886 #. type: Plain text
14887 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:106
14888 msgid ""
14889 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting "
14890 "framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the "
14891 "default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also "
14892 "known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
14893 msgstr ""
14894
14895 #. type: Labeled list
14896 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107
14897 #, no-wrap
14898 msgid "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
14899 msgstr "*-P*, *--port* _puerto_"
14900
14901 #. type: Plain text
14902 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:109
14903 msgid ""
14904 "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
14905 "defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
14906 msgstr ""
14907
14908 #. type: Labeled list
14909 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:65
14910 #, no-wrap
14911 msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
14912 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _prioridad_"
14913
14914 #. type: Plain text
14915 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:112
14916 msgid ""
14917 "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority "
14918 "may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-"
14919 "p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The "
14920 "default is *user.notice*."
14921 msgstr ""
14922
14923 #. type: Labeled list
14924 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113
14925 #, no-wrap
14926 msgid "*--prio-prefix*"
14927 msgstr "*--prio-prefix*"
14928
14929 #. type: Plain text
14930 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:115
14931 msgid ""
14932 "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix "
14933 "is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and "
14934 "the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and "
14935 "then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and "
14936 "level=6, becomes *<134>*."
14937 msgstr ""
14938
14939 #. type: Plain text
14940 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:117
14941 msgid ""
14942 "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
14943 "specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line "
14944 "is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
14945 msgstr ""
14946
14947 #. type: Plain text
14948 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:119
14949 msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
14950 msgstr ""
14951
14952 #. type: Labeled list
14953 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:120
14954 #, no-wrap
14955 msgid "*--rfc3164*"
14956 msgstr "*--rfc3164*"
14957
14958 #. type: Plain text
14959 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:122
14960 msgid ""
14961 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog "
14962 "protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
14963 msgstr ""
14964
14965 #. type: Labeled list
14966 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123
14967 #, no-wrap
14968 msgid "*--rfc5424*[**=**__without__]"
14969 msgstr ""
14970
14971 #. type: Plain text
14972 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:125
14973 msgid ""
14974 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol "
14975 "to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can "
14976 "be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, "
14977 "*nohost*."
14978 msgstr ""
14979
14980 #. type: Plain text
14981 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:127
14982 msgid ""
14983 "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
14984 "submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local "
14985 "clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp "
14986 "might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-"
14987 "id timeQuality* is specified."
14988 msgstr ""
14989
14990 #. type: Plain text
14991 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:129
14992 msgid ""
14993 "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender "
14994 "timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
14995 msgstr ""
14996
14997 #. type: Plain text
14998 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:131
14999 msgid ""
15000 "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message "
15001 "header."
15002 msgstr ""
15003
15004 #. type: Plain text
15005 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:133
15006 msgid ""
15007 "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
15008 msgstr ""
15009
15010 #. type: Labeled list
15011 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134
15012 #, no-wrap
15013 msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
15014 msgstr "*-s*, *--stderr*"
15015
15016 #. type: Plain text
15017 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:136
15018 msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log."
15019 msgstr ""
15020
15021 #. type: Labeled list
15022 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137
15023 #, no-wrap
15024 msgid "*--sd-id* _name_[**@**__digits__]"
15025 msgstr ""
15026
15027 #. type: Plain text
15028 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:139
15029 msgid ""
15030 "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The "
15031 "option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The "
15032 "number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus "
15033 "possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type "
15034 "and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a "
15035 "message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-"
15036 "standardized IDs."
15037 msgstr ""
15038
15039 #. type: Plain text
15040 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:141
15041 #, no-wrap
15042 msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and *meta* (with parameters sequenceId, sysUpTime and language). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
15043 msgstr ""
15044
15045 #. type: Labeled list
15046 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142
15047 #, no-wrap
15048 msgid "*--sd-param* _name_=_value_"
15049 msgstr "*--sd-param* _nombre_=_valor_"
15050
15051 #. type: Plain text
15052 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:144
15053 msgid ""
15054 "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
15055 "option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
15056 "for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
15057 "required and must be escaped on the command line. +"
15058 msgstr ""
15059
15060 #. type: delimited block .
15061 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:151
15062 #, no-wrap
15063 msgid ""
15064 "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\\n"
15065 "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
15066 "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
15067 "                     --sd-id manager@123           \n"
15068 "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \n"
15069 "                     \"this is message\"\n"
15070 msgstr ""
15071
15072 #. type: Plain text
15073 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:154
15074 msgid ""
15075 "produces: + *<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality "
15076 "tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry"
15077 "\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*"
15078 msgstr ""
15079
15080 #. type: Plain text
15081 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
15082 msgid ""
15083 "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB "
15084 "characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. "
15085 "With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC "
15086 "5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
15087 msgstr ""
15088
15089 #. type: Plain text
15090 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:159
15091 msgid ""
15092 "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
15093 "protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects logger in all cases (not only "
15094 "when *--rfc5424* was used)."
15095 msgstr ""
15096
15097 #. type: Plain text
15098 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:161
15099 msgid ""
15100 "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the "
15101 "syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the "
15102 "hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 "
15103 "to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to "
15104 "ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages "
15105 "may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size "
15106 "should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
15107 msgstr ""
15108
15109 #. type: Labeled list
15110 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:162
15111 #, no-wrap
15112 msgid "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
15113 msgstr "*--socket-errors*[**=**__modo__]"
15114
15115 #. type: Plain text
15116 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164
15117 msgid ""
15118 "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
15119 "*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is auto logger will detect if the init "
15120 "process is systemd, and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ can be used "
15121 "early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not cause errors "
15122 "that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system call. The "
15123 "*logger*(1) before version 2.26 used openlog, and hence was unable to "
15124 "detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
15125 msgstr ""
15126
15127 #. type: Plain text
15128 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:166
15129 msgid ""
15130 "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are "
15131 "not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) "
15132 "invocation."
15133 msgstr ""
15134
15135 #. type: Labeled list
15136 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:167
15137 #, no-wrap
15138 msgid "*-T*, *--tcp*"
15139 msgstr "*-T*, *--tcp*"
15140
15141 #. type: Plain text
15142 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169
15143 msgid ""
15144 "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-"
15145 "conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
15146 msgstr ""
15147
15148 #. type: Labeled list
15149 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:172
15150 #, no-wrap
15151 msgid "*-t*, *--tag* _tag_"
15152 msgstr ""
15153
15154 #. type: Plain text
15155 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:174
15156 msgid ""
15157 "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is "
15158 "the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on "
15159 "effective user ID)."
15160 msgstr ""
15161
15162 #. type: Labeled list
15163 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:175
15164 #, no-wrap
15165 msgid "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
15166 msgstr ""
15167
15168 #. type: Plain text
15169 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177
15170 msgid "Write to the specified _socket_ instead of to the system log socket."
15171 msgstr ""
15172
15173 #. type: Labeled list
15174 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:178
15175 #, no-wrap
15176 msgid "*--*"
15177 msgstr "*--*"
15178
15179 #. type: Plain text
15180 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:180
15181 msgid ""
15182 "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
15183 msgstr ""
15184
15185 #. type: Plain text
15186 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:190
15187 msgid "The *logger* utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
15188 msgstr ""
15189
15190 #. type: Title ==
15191 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:191
15192 #, no-wrap
15193 msgid "FACILITIES AND LEVELS"
15194 msgstr ""
15195
15196 #. type: Plain text
15197 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:194
15198 msgid "Valid facility names are:"
15199 msgstr ""
15200
15201 #. type: Plain text
15202 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:198
15203 #, no-wrap
15204 msgid ""
15205 "*auth* +\n"
15206 "*authpriv* for security information of a sensitive nature +\n"
15207 "*cron* +\n"
15208 msgstr ""
15209
15210 #. type: Plain text
15211 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:202
15212 #, no-wrap
15213 msgid ""
15214 "*daemon* +\n"
15215 "*ftp* +\n"
15216 "*kern* cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to *user* +\n"
15217 msgstr ""
15218
15219 #. type: Plain text
15220 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:213
15221 #, no-wrap
15222 msgid ""
15223 "*lpr* +\n"
15224 "*mail* + \n"
15225 "*news* +\n"
15226 "*syslog* +\n"
15227 "*user* +\n"
15228 "*uucp* +\n"
15229 "*local0* +\n"
15230 "    to +\n"
15231 "*local7* + \n"
15232 "*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
15233 msgstr ""
15234
15235 #. type: Plain text
15236 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:215
15237 msgid "Valid level names are:"
15238 msgstr ""
15239
15240 #. type: Plain text
15241 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:227
15242 #, no-wrap
15243 msgid ""
15244 "*emerg* +\n"
15245 "*alert* +\n"
15246 "*crit* +\n"
15247 "*err* +\n"
15248 "*warning* +\n"
15249 "*notice* +\n"
15250 "*info* +\n"
15251 "*debug* +\n"
15252 "*panic* deprecated synonym for *emerg* +\n"
15253 "*error* deprecated synonym for *err* +\n"
15254 "*warn* deprecated synonym for *warning* +\n"
15255 msgstr ""
15256
15257 #. type: Plain text
15258 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:229
15259 msgid ""
15260 "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, "
15261 "see *syslog*(3)."
15262 msgstr ""
15263
15264 #. type: Plain text
15265 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:233
15266 msgid ""
15267 "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
15268 "compatible."
15269 msgstr ""
15270
15271 #. type: Plain text
15272 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:237
15273 #, no-wrap
15274 msgid "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
15275 msgstr ""
15276
15277 #. type: Plain text
15278 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:241
15279 msgid ""
15280 "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in "
15281 "1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
15282 "rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
15283 "Kerola]."
15284 msgstr ""
15285
15286 #. type: Plain text
15287 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:247
15288 #, no-wrap
15289 msgid ""
15290 "*journalctl*(1),\n"
15291 "*syslog*(3),\n"
15292 "*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
15293 msgstr ""
15294 "*journalctl*(1),\n"
15295 "*syslog*(3),\n"
15296 "*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
15297
15298 #
15299 #
15300 #
15301 #. Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
15302 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
15303 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
15304 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
15305 #. are met:
15306 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
15307 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
15308 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
15309 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
15310 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
15311 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
15312 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
15313 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
15314 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
15315 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
15316 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
15317 #.    without specific prior written permission.
15318 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
15319 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
15320 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
15321 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
15322 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
15323 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
15324 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
15325 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
15326 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
15327 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
15328 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
15329 #.     @(#)look.1       8.1 (Berkeley) 6/14/93
15330 #. type: Title =
15331 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:36
15332 #, no-wrap
15333 msgid "look(1)"
15334 msgstr "look(1)"
15335
15336 #. type: Plain text
15337 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:46
15338 msgid "look - display lines beginning with a given string"
15339 msgstr "look - mostrar las líneas que comienzan por una cadena dada"
15340
15341 #. type: Plain text
15342 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:50
15343 #, no-wrap
15344 msgid "*look* [options] _string_ [_file_]\n"
15345 msgstr "*look* [opciones] _cadena_ [_fichero_]\n"
15346
15347 #. type: Plain text
15348 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
15349 msgid ""
15350 "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_. As "
15351 "*look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where "
15352 "*sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked "
15353 "with)."
15354 msgstr ""
15355 "La utilidad *look* muestra las líneas de _fichero_ que contienen _cadena_. "
15356 "Dado que *look* realiza una búsqueda binaria, las líneas de _fichero_ deben "
15357 "estar ordenadas (donde a *sort*(1) se le dieron las mismas opciones *-d* y/o "
15358 "*-f* que aquellas con las que se invocó a *look*)."
15359
15360 #. type: Plain text
15361 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
15362 msgid ""
15363 "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only "
15364 "alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters "
15365 "is ignored."
15366 msgstr ""
15367 "Si no se especifica _fichero_, se usa el fichero _/usr/share/dict/words_, "
15368 "solo se comparan caracteres alfabéticos y las mayúsculas y minúsculas se "
15369 "toman por igual."
15370
15371 #. type: Plain text
15372 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61
15373 msgid "Use the alternative dictionary file."
15374 msgstr "Utiliza el fichero de diccionario alternativo."
15375
15376 #. type: Labeled list
15377 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:62
15378 #, no-wrap
15379 msgid "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
15380 msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
15381
15382 #. type: Plain text
15383 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
15384 msgid ""
15385 "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
15386 "alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is "
15387 "specified."
15388 msgstr ""
15389 "Utiliza el conjunto de caracteres y orden de diccionario normales, por "
15390 "ejemplo, sólo comparar espacios y caracteres alfanuméricos. Está activo de "
15391 "forma predefinida si no se especifica ningún fichero."
15392
15393 #. type: Plain text
15394 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
15395 msgid ""
15396 "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for "
15397 "compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
15398 msgstr ""
15399 "Nótese que los espacios se le han añadido al conjunto de caracteres del "
15400 "diccionario por compatibilidad con la orden *sort -d* desde la versión 2.28."
15401
15402 #. type: Labeled list
15403 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67
15404 #, no-wrap
15405 msgid "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
15406 msgstr "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
15407
15408 #. type: Plain text
15409 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
15410 msgid ""
15411 "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file "
15412 "is specified."
15413 msgstr ""
15414 "Tomar mayúsculas y minúsculas como iguales en caracteres alfabéticos.No "
15415 "tiene en cuenta que los caracteres estén en mayúsculas o minúsculas. Es así "
15416 "de forma predefinida si no se especifica ningún fichero."
15417
15418 #. type: Labeled list
15419 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70
15420 #, no-wrap
15421 msgid "*-t*, *--terminate* _character_"
15422 msgstr "*-t*, *--terminate* _carácter_"
15423
15424 #. type: Plain text
15425 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
15426 #, fuzzy
15427 #| msgid ""
15428 #| "Specify a string termination character, i.e. only the characters in E<.Ar "
15429 #| "string> up to and including the first occurrence of E<.Ar termchar> are "
15430 #| "compared."
15431 msgid ""
15432 "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in "
15433 "_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are "
15434 "compared."
15435 msgstr ""
15436 "Especifica un carácter de terminación de cadena, por ejemplo, sólo comparar "
15437 "los caracteres de _cadena_ hasta la primera ocurrencia inclusive de "
15438 "_carácter_."
15439
15440 #. type: Plain text
15441 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:80
15442 msgid ""
15443 "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 "
15444 "if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
15445 msgstr ""
15446 "La utilidad *look* termina con valor 0 si una o más líneas fueron "
15447 "encontradas y mostradas, 1 si no se encontró ninguna y >1 si ocurrió un "
15448 "error."
15449
15450 #. type: Labeled list
15451 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:83
15452 #, no-wrap
15453 msgid "*WORDLIST*"
15454 msgstr "*WORDLIST*"
15455
15456 #. type: Plain text
15457 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:85
15458 msgid ""
15459 "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority "
15460 "than the dictionary path defined in FILES segment."
15461 msgstr ""
15462 "Ruta al fichero de diccionario. LA variable de entorno tiene mayor prioridad "
15463 "que la ruta del diccionario definida en el segmento FICHEROS."
15464
15465 #. type: Labeled list
15466 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:88
15467 #, no-wrap
15468 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
15469 msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
15470
15471 #. type: Plain text
15472 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90
15473 msgid "the dictionary"
15474 msgstr "el diccionario"
15475
15476 #. type: Labeled list
15477 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:91
15478 #, no-wrap
15479 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
15480 msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
15481
15482 #. type: Plain text
15483 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93
15484 msgid "the alternative dictionary"
15485 msgstr "el diccionario alternativo"
15486
15487 #. type: Plain text
15488 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:97
15489 msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix."
15490 msgstr "La utilidad *look* apareció en el Unix de AT&T versión 7."
15491
15492 #. type: delimited block .
15493 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:103
15494 #, no-wrap
15495 msgid ""
15496 "sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
15497 "look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
15498 msgstr ""
15499 "sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
15500 "look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
15501
15502 #. type: Plain text
15503 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:109
15504 #, no-wrap
15505 msgid ""
15506 "*grep*(1),\n"
15507 "*sort*(1)\n"
15508 msgstr ""
15509 "*grep*(1),\n"
15510 "*sort*(1)\n"
15511
15512 #. type: Title =
15513 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:2
15514 #, no-wrap
15515 msgid "lsblk(8)"
15516 msgstr "lsblk(8)"
15517
15518 #. type: Plain text
15519 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:12
15520 msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
15521 msgstr ""
15522
15523 #. type: Plain text
15524 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:16
15525 #, no-wrap
15526 msgid "*lsblk* [options] [_device_...]\n"
15527 msgstr "*lsblk* [opciones] [_dispositivo_...]\n"
15528
15529 #. type: Plain text
15530 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20
15531 #, no-wrap
15532 msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary.\n"
15533 msgstr ""
15534
15535 #. type: Plain text
15536 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
15537 msgid ""
15538 "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
15539 "format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
15540 msgstr ""
15541
15542 #. type: Plain text
15543 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
15544 msgid ""
15545 "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* "
15546 "and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
15547 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
15548 "expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in "
15549 "environments where a stable output is required."
15550 msgstr ""
15551
15552 #. type: Plain text
15553 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
15554 msgid ""
15555 "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all "
15556 "information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
15557 "recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
15558 msgstr ""
15559
15560 #. type: Plain text
15561 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28
15562 msgid ""
15563 "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
15564 "one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
15565 "be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides "
15566 "MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
15567 "only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
15568 "and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
15569 "associated with the device."
15570 msgstr ""
15571
15572 #. type: Plain text
15573 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33
15574 msgid "Also list empty devices and RAM disk devices."
15575 msgstr ""
15576
15577 #. type: Labeled list
15578 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:37
15579 #, no-wrap
15580 msgid "*-D*, *--discard*"
15581 msgstr "*-D*, *--discard*"
15582
15583 #. type: Plain text
15584 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:39
15585 msgid ""
15586 "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
15587 "device."
15588 msgstr ""
15589
15590 #. type: Labeled list
15591 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:40
15592 #, no-wrap
15593 msgid "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
15594 msgstr "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
15595
15596 #. type: Plain text
15597 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42
15598 msgid ""
15599 "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
15600 "sda* prints information about the sda device only."
15601 msgstr ""
15602
15603 #. type: Labeled list
15604 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:43
15605 #, no-wrap
15606 msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_"
15607 msgstr "*-E*, *--dedup* _columna_"
15608
15609 #. type: Plain text
15610 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45
15611 msgid ""
15612 "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key "
15613 "is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental "
15614 "whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
15615 msgstr ""
15616
15617 #. type: Plain text
15618 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:47
15619 msgid ""
15620 "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
15621 "for example by *-E WWN*."
15622 msgstr ""
15623
15624 #. type: Labeled list
15625 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48
15626 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15627 #| msgid "-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
15628 msgid "-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
15629 msgstr "-e*, *--exclude* _lista_"
15630
15631 #. type: Plain text
15632 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50
15633 msgid ""
15634 "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
15635 "numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is "
15636 "not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
15637 "be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is "
15638 "not obvious."
15639 msgstr ""
15640
15641 #. type: Labeled list
15642 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:51
15643 #, no-wrap
15644 msgid "*-f*, *--fs*"
15645 msgstr "*-f*, *--fs*"
15646
15647 #. type: Plain text
15648 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53
15649 msgid ""
15650 "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
15651 "FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information "
15652 "about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
15653 msgstr ""
15654
15655 #. type: Labeled list
15656 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:57
15657 #, no-wrap
15658 msgid "*-I*, *--include* _list_"
15659 msgstr "*-I*, *--include* _lista_"
15660
15661 #. type: Plain text
15662 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59
15663 msgid ""
15664 "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
15665 "numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
15666 "confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
15667 "obvious."
15668 msgstr ""
15669
15670 #. type: Labeled list
15671 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:60
15672 #, no-wrap
15673 msgid "*-i*, *--ascii*"
15674 msgstr "*-i*, *--ascii*"
15675
15676 #. type: Plain text
15677 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:62
15678 msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
15679 msgstr ""
15680
15681 #. type: Plain text
15682 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65
15683 msgid ""
15684 "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also "
15685 "*--tree* if necessary."
15686 msgstr ""
15687
15688 #. type: Plain text
15689 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68
15690 msgid ""
15691 "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
15692 "information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
15693 "device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the "
15694 "parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
15695 msgstr ""
15696
15697 #. type: Labeled list
15698 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:69
15699 #, no-wrap
15700 msgid "*-M*, *--merge*"
15701 msgstr "*-M*, *--merge*"
15702
15703 #. type: Plain text
15704 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71
15705 msgid ""
15706 "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
15707 "Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
15708 msgstr ""
15709
15710 #. type: Labeled list
15711 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:72
15712 #, no-wrap
15713 msgid "*-m*, *--perms*"
15714 msgstr "*-m*, *--perms*"
15715
15716 #. type: Plain text
15717 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74
15718 msgid ""
15719 "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
15720 "*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
15721 msgstr ""
15722
15723 #. type: Plain text
15724 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80
15725 msgid ""
15726 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
15727 "supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is "
15728 "to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
15729 msgstr ""
15730
15731 #. type: Plain text
15732 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82
15733 msgid ""
15734 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
15735 "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
15736 msgstr ""
15737
15738 #. type: Labeled list
15739 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:83
15740 #, no-wrap
15741 msgid "*-O*, *--output-all*"
15742 msgstr "*-O*, *--output-all*"
15743
15744 #. type: Plain text
15745 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88
15746 msgid ""
15747 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
15748 "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
15749 "hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will be modified to contain "
15750 "only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for example, "
15751 "MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%."
15752 msgstr ""
15753
15754 #. type: Labeled list
15755 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:89
15756 #, no-wrap
15757 msgid "*-p*, *--paths*"
15758 msgstr "*-p*, *--paths*"
15759
15760 #. type: Plain text
15761 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:91
15762 msgid "Print full device paths."
15763 msgstr ""
15764
15765 #. type: Plain text
15766 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94
15767 msgid ""
15768 "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
15769 "dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) "
15770 "in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
15771 msgstr ""
15772
15773 #. type: Labeled list
15774 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:95
15775 #, no-wrap
15776 msgid "*-S*, *--scsi*"
15777 msgstr "*-S*, *--scsi*"
15778
15779 #. type: Plain text
15780 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97
15781 msgid ""
15782 "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
15783 "devices are ignored."
15784 msgstr ""
15785
15786 #. type: Labeled list
15787 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:98
15788 #, no-wrap
15789 msgid "*-s*, *--inverse*"
15790 msgstr "*-s*, *--inverse*"
15791
15792 #. type: Plain text
15793 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100
15794 msgid ""
15795 "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested "
15796 "then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
15797 msgstr ""
15798
15799 #. type: Labeled list
15800 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:101
15801 #, no-wrap
15802 msgid "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__column__]"
15803 msgstr "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__columna__]"
15804
15805 #. type: Plain text
15806 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103
15807 msgid ""
15808 "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is "
15809 "printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
15810 msgstr ""
15811
15812 #. type: Labeled list
15813 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:104
15814 #, no-wrap
15815 msgid "*-t*, *--topology*"
15816 msgstr "*-t*, *--topology*"
15817
15818 #. type: Plain text
15819 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:106
15820 msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
15821 msgstr ""
15822
15823 #. type: Plain text
15824 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108
15825 msgid ""
15826 "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
15827 msgstr ""
15828
15829 #. type: Labeled list
15830 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:112
15831 #, no-wrap
15832 msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_"
15833 msgstr ""
15834
15835 #. type: Plain text
15836 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114
15837 msgid ""
15838 "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
15839 "of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
15840 "width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* "
15841 "to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
15842 "allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the "
15843 "*watch*(1) command."
15844 msgstr ""
15845
15846 #. type: Labeled list
15847 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:115
15848 #, no-wrap
15849 msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_"
15850 msgstr "*-x*, *--sort* _columna_"
15851
15852 #. type: Plain text
15853 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:117
15854 msgid ""
15855 "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by "
15856 "default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output "
15857 "and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
15858 msgstr ""
15859
15860 #. type: Labeled list
15861 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:118
15862 #, no-wrap
15863 msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*"
15864 msgstr "*-z*, *--zoned*"
15865
15866 #. type: Plain text
15867 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:120
15868 msgid "Print the zone model for each device."
15869 msgstr ""
15870
15871 #. type: Labeled list
15872 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:121
15873 #, no-wrap
15874 msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_"
15875 msgstr "*--sysroot* _directorio_"
15876
15877 #. type: Plain text
15878 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:123
15879 msgid ""
15880 "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
15881 "*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the "
15882 "Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
15883 "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
15884 msgstr ""
15885
15886 #. type: Labeled list
15887 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
15888 #, no-wrap
15889 msgid "32"
15890 msgstr "32"
15891
15892 #. type: Plain text
15893 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:134
15894 msgid "none of specified devices found"
15895 msgstr ""
15896
15897 #. type: Labeled list
15898 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
15899 #, no-wrap
15900 msgid "64"
15901 msgstr "64"
15902
15903 #. type: Plain text
15904 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:137
15905 msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
15906 msgstr ""
15907
15908 #. type: Labeled list
15909 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:140
15910 #, no-wrap
15911 msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
15912 msgstr "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
15913
15914 #. type: Plain text
15915 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142
15916 msgid "enables *lsblk* debug output."
15917 msgstr ""
15918
15919 #. type: Plain text
15920 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:145 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:131
15921 msgid "enables *libblkid* debug output."
15922 msgstr ""
15923
15924 #. type: Plain text
15925 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128
15926 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output."
15927 msgstr ""
15928
15929 #. type: Plain text
15930 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:151
15931 msgid "enables *libsmartcols* debug output."
15932 msgstr ""
15933
15934 #. type: Plain text
15935 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:158
15936 msgid ""
15937 "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
15938 "the parent device."
15939 msgstr ""
15940
15941 #. type: Plain text
15942 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160
15943 msgid ""
15944 "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
15945 "minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block "
15946 "directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
15947 "a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled at the time of the "
15948 "kernel build."
15949 msgstr ""
15950
15951 #. type: Plain text
15952 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:165
15953 msgid "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
15954 msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
15955
15956 #. type: Plain text
15957 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:171
15958 #, no-wrap
15959 msgid ""
15960 "*ls*(1),\n"
15961 "*blkid*(8),\n"
15962 "*findmnt*(8)\n"
15963 msgstr ""
15964 "*ls*(1),\n"
15965 "*blkid*(8),\n"
15966 "*findmnt*(8)\n"
15967
15968 #. Man page for the lslocks command.
15969 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
15970 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
15971 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
15972 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
15973 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
15974 #. type: Title =
15975 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:12
15976 #, no-wrap
15977 msgid "lslocks(8)"
15978 msgstr "lslocks(8)"
15979
15980 #. type: Plain text
15981 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:23
15982 msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
15983 msgstr ""
15984
15985 #. type: Plain text
15986 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:27
15987 #, no-wrap
15988 msgid "*lslocks* [options]\n"
15989 msgstr "*lslocks* [opciones]\n"
15990
15991 #. type: Plain text
15992 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31
15993 #, no-wrap
15994 msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system.\n"
15995 msgstr ""
15996
15997 #. type: Plain text
15998 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33
15999 msgid ""
16000 "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks "
16001 "are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated "
16002 "with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is "
16003 "available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details."
16004 msgstr ""
16005
16006 #. type: Labeled list
16007 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39
16008 #, no-wrap
16009 msgid "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
16010 msgstr "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
16011
16012 #. type: Plain text
16013 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:41
16014 msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
16015 msgstr ""
16016
16017 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16018 #. type: Plain text
16019 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:53
16020 msgid ""
16021 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
16022 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
16023 msgstr ""
16024
16025 #. type: Labeled list
16026 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25
16027 #, no-wrap
16028 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
16029 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
16030
16031 #. type: Plain text
16032 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:59
16033 msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_."
16034 msgstr ""
16035
16036 #. type: Plain text
16037 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61
16038 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:57
16039 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:47
16040 msgid "Use the raw output format."
16041 msgstr ""
16042
16043 #. type: Plain text
16044 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:62
16045 msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
16046 msgstr ""
16047
16048 #. type: Labeled list
16049 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:74
16050 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16051 #| msgid "COMMANDS"
16052 msgid "COMMAND"
16053 msgstr "ORDENES"
16054
16055 #. type: Plain text
16056 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76
16057 msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
16058 msgstr ""
16059
16060 #. type: Labeled list
16061 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:77
16062 #, no-wrap
16063 msgid "PID"
16064 msgstr ""
16065
16066 #. type: Plain text
16067 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79
16068 msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
16069 msgstr ""
16070
16071 #. type: Labeled list
16072 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:80
16073 #, no-wrap
16074 msgid "TYPE"
16075 msgstr ""
16076
16077 #. type: Plain text
16078 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:82
16079 msgid ""
16080 "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created "
16081 "with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
16082 msgstr ""
16083
16084 #. type: Labeled list
16085 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:83
16086 #, no-wrap
16087 msgid "SIZE"
16088 msgstr "TAMAÑO"
16089
16090 #. type: Plain text
16091 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85
16092 msgid "Size of the locked file."
16093 msgstr ""
16094
16095 #. type: Labeled list
16096 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:86
16097 #, no-wrap
16098 msgid "MODE"
16099 msgstr ""
16100
16101 #. type: Plain text
16102 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:88
16103 msgid ""
16104 "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and "
16105 "waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
16106 msgstr ""
16107
16108 #. type: Labeled list
16109 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:89
16110 #, no-wrap
16111 msgid "M"
16112 msgstr "M"
16113
16114 #. type: Plain text
16115 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91
16116 msgid ""
16117 "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
16118 "advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
16119 msgstr ""
16120
16121 #. type: Labeled list
16122 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:92
16123 #, no-wrap
16124 msgid "START"
16125 msgstr ""
16126
16127 #. type: Plain text
16128 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94
16129 msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
16130 msgstr ""
16131
16132 #. type: Labeled list
16133 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:95
16134 #, no-wrap
16135 msgid "END"
16136 msgstr ""
16137
16138 #. type: Plain text
16139 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:97
16140 msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
16141 msgstr ""
16142
16143 #. type: Labeled list
16144 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:98
16145 #, no-wrap
16146 msgid "PATH"
16147 msgstr ""
16148
16149 #. type: Plain text
16150 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:100
16151 msgid ""
16152 "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
16153 "the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is "
16154 "appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get "
16155 "the full path."
16156 msgstr ""
16157
16158 #. type: Labeled list
16159 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:101
16160 #, no-wrap
16161 msgid "BLOCKER"
16162 msgstr ""
16163
16164 #. type: Plain text
16165 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
16166 msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
16167 msgstr ""
16168
16169 #. type: Plain text
16170 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:107
16171 msgid ""
16172 "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally "
16173 "written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since "
16174 "2001."
16175 msgstr ""
16176
16177 #. type: Plain text
16178 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:111
16179 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
16180 msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
16181
16182 #. type: Plain text
16183 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:117
16184 #, no-wrap
16185 msgid ""
16186 "*flock*(1),\n"
16187 "*fcntl*(2),\n"
16188 "*lockf*(3)\n"
16189 msgstr ""
16190 "*flock*(1),\n"
16191 "*fcntl*(2),\n"
16192 "*lockf*(3)\n"
16193
16194 #.  mcookie.1 --
16195 #.  Public Domain 1995 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
16196 #. type: Title =
16197 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:4
16198 #, no-wrap
16199 msgid "mcookie(1)"
16200 msgstr "mcookie(1)"
16201
16202 #. type: Plain text
16203 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:14
16204 msgid "mcookie - generate magic cookies for xauth"
16205 msgstr "mcookie - genera «cookies» mágicas para xauth"
16206
16207 #. type: Plain text
16208 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:18
16209 #, no-wrap
16210 msgid "*mcookie* [options]\n"
16211 msgstr "*mcookie* [opciones]\n"
16212
16213 #. type: Plain text
16214 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22
16215 #, no-wrap
16216 msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:\n"
16217 msgstr ""
16218
16219 #. type: delimited block _
16220 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:25
16221 #, no-wrap
16222 msgid "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
16223 msgstr "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
16224
16225 #. type: Plain text
16226 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
16227 msgid ""
16228 "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random "
16229 "information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/"
16230 "urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this "
16231 "preference order. See also the option *--file*."
16232 msgstr ""
16233
16234 #. type: Plain text
16235 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
16236 msgid ""
16237 "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/"
16238 "urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
16239 msgstr ""
16240
16241 #. type: Labeled list
16242 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:34
16243 #, no-wrap
16244 msgid "*-m*, *--max-size* _number_"
16245 msgstr ""
16246
16247 #. type: Plain text
16248 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
16249 msgid ""
16250 "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be "
16251 "used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
16252 msgstr ""
16253
16254 #. type: Plain text
16255 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
16256 msgid ""
16257 "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
16258 "KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the "
16259 "\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
16260 "suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
16261 msgstr ""
16262
16263 #. type: Plain text
16264 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
16265 msgid ""
16266 "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each "
16267 "source."
16268 msgstr ""
16269
16270 #. type: Plain text
16271 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:51
16272 msgid "_/dev/urandom_"
16273 msgstr "_/dev/urandom_"
16274
16275 #. type: Plain text
16276 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:53
16277 msgid "_/dev/random_"
16278 msgstr "_/dev/random_"
16279
16280 #. type: Plain text
16281 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:57
16282 msgid "It is assumed that none of the randomness sources will block."
16283 msgstr ""
16284
16285 #. type: Plain text
16286 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:64
16287 #, no-wrap
16288 msgid ""
16289 "*md5sum*(1),\n"
16290 "*X*(7),\n"
16291 "*xauth*(1),\n"
16292 "*rand*(3)\n"
16293 msgstr ""
16294 "*md5sum*(1),\n"
16295 "*X*(7),\n"
16296 "*xauth*(1),\n"
16297 "*rand*(3)\n"
16298
16299 #. type: Title =
16300 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:2
16301 #, no-wrap
16302 msgid "namei(1)"
16303 msgstr "namei(1)"
16304
16305 #. type: Plain text
16306 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:12
16307 msgid "namei - follow a pathname until a terminal point is found"
16308 msgstr "namei - seguir una trayectoria hasta encontrar un punto terminal"
16309
16310 #. type: Plain text
16311 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:16
16312 #, no-wrap
16313 msgid "*namei* [options] _pathname_...\n"
16314 msgstr "*namei* [opciones] _ruta_...\n"
16315
16316 #. type: Plain text
16317 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20
16318 #, no-wrap
16319 msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
16320 msgstr "*namei* interpreta sus argumentos como rutas hacia cualquier tipo de fichero Unix (enlaces simbólicos, ficheros, directorios, etc.). A continuación, sigue cada ruta hasta encontrar un punto terminal (un fichero, directorio, un nodo de un dispositivo, etc.). Si encuentra un enlace simbólico, muestra el enlace y comienza a seguirlo, sangrando la salida para mostrar el contexto.\n"
16321
16322 #. type: Plain text
16323 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
16324 msgid ""
16325 "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" "
16326 "problems."
16327 msgstr ""
16328 "Este programa es útil para encontrar problemas del tipo \"too many levels of "
16329 "symbolic links\" (\"demasiados niveles de enlaces simbólicos\")."
16330
16331 #. type: Plain text
16332 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
16333 msgid ""
16334 "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify "
16335 "the file type found:"
16336 msgstr ""
16337 "Para cada línea de la salida, *namei* utiliza los siguientes caracteres para "
16338 "identificar el tipo de ficheros encontrados:"
16339
16340 #. type: delimited block .
16341 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35
16342 #, no-wrap
16343 msgid ""
16344 "   f: = the pathname currently being resolved\n"
16345 "    d = directory\n"
16346 "    l = symbolic link (both the link and its contents are output)\n"
16347 "    s = socket\n"
16348 "    b = block device\n"
16349 "    c = character device\n"
16350 "    p = FIFO (named pipe)\n"
16351 "    - = regular file\n"
16352 "    ? = an error of some kind\n"
16353 msgstr ""
16354 "   f: = ruta que actualmente se está intentando resolver\n"
16355 "    d = directorio\n"
16356 "    l = enlace simbólico (se muestran tanto el enlace como su contenido)\n"
16357 "    s = socket\n"
16358 "    b = dispositivo de bloque\n"
16359 "    c = dispositivo de caracteres\n"
16360 "    p = FIFO (tubería con nombre)\n"
16361 "    - = fichero regular\n"
16362 "    ? = error de algún tipo\n"
16363
16364 #. type: Plain text
16365 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38
16366 #, no-wrap
16367 msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
16368 msgstr "*namei* imprime un mensaje informativo cuando el número máximo de enlaces simbólicos de ese sistema se ha excedido.\n"
16369
16370 #. type: Labeled list
16371 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41
16372 #, no-wrap
16373 msgid "*-l*, *--long*"
16374 msgstr "*-l*, *--long*"
16375
16376 #. type: Plain text
16377 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:43
16378 msgid "Use the long listing format (same as *-m -o -v*)."
16379 msgstr "Utiliza el formato de lista largo (igual que *-m -o -v*)."
16380
16381 #. type: Labeled list
16382 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:44
16383 #, no-wrap
16384 msgid "*-m*, *--modes*"
16385 msgstr "*-m*, *--modes*"
16386
16387 #. type: Plain text
16388 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
16389 msgid ""
16390 "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example "
16391 "'rwxr-xr-x'."
16392 msgstr ""
16393 "Mostrar los bits de modo para cada tipo de fichero en el estilo de *ls*(1), "
16394 "por ejemplo 'rwxr-xr-x'."
16395
16396 #. type: Labeled list
16397 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47
16398 #, no-wrap
16399 msgid "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
16400 msgstr "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
16401
16402 #. type: Plain text
16403 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:49
16404 msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
16405 msgstr "No sigue los enlaces simbólicos."
16406
16407 #. type: Labeled list
16408 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:50
16409 #, no-wrap
16410 msgid "*-o*, *--owners*"
16411 msgstr "*-o*, *--owners*"
16412
16413 #. type: Plain text
16414 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:52
16415 msgid "Show owner and group name of each file."
16416 msgstr "Muestra el nombre del propietario y del grupo de cada fichero."
16417
16418 #. type: Plain text
16419 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:55
16420 msgid "Vertically align the modes and owners."
16421 msgstr "Alinea verticalmente los modos y los propietarios."
16422
16423 #. type: Labeled list
16424 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:56
16425 #, no-wrap
16426 msgid "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
16427 msgstr "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
16428
16429 #. type: Plain text
16430 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58
16431 msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
16432 msgstr ""
16433 "Muestra directorios que son puntos de montaje con una 'D', en vez de con una "
16434 "'d'."
16435
16436 #. type: Plain text
16437 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68
16438 msgid "To be discovered."
16439 msgstr "A ser descubiertos."
16440
16441 #. type: Plain text
16442 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:72
16443 msgid ""
16444 "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
16445 "com[Roger Southwick]."
16446 msgstr ""
16447 "El programa original *namei* fue escrito por mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
16448 "com[Roger Southwick]."
16449
16450 #. type: Plain text
16451 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:74
16452 msgid ""
16453 "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
16454 msgstr ""
16455 "El programa fue reescrito por Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
16456
16457 #. type: Plain text
16458 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:80
16459 #, no-wrap
16460 msgid ""
16461 "*ls*(1),\n"
16462 "*stat*(1),\n"
16463 "*symlink*(7)\n"
16464 msgstr ""
16465 "*ls*(1),\n"
16466 "*stat*(1),\n"
16467 "*symlink*(7)\n"
16468
16469 #.  Written by Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
16470 #.  Placed in the public domain
16471 #. type: Title =
16472 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:4
16473 #, no-wrap
16474 msgid "rename(1)"
16475 msgstr "rename(1)"
16476
16477 #. type: Plain text
16478 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:14
16479 msgid "rename - rename files"
16480 msgstr ""
16481
16482 #. type: Plain text
16483 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:18
16484 #, no-wrap
16485 msgid "*rename* [options] _expression replacement file_...\n"
16486 msgstr ""
16487
16488 #. type: Plain text
16489 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:22
16490 #, no-wrap
16491 msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_.\n"
16492 msgstr ""
16493
16494 #. type: Labeled list
16495 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:25
16496 #, no-wrap
16497 msgid "*-s*, *--symlink*"
16498 msgstr "*-s*, *--symlink*"
16499
16500 #. type: Plain text
16501 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:27
16502 msgid "Do not rename a symlink but its target."
16503 msgstr ""
16504
16505 #. type: Plain text
16506 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:30
16507 msgid "Show which files were renamed, if any."
16508 msgstr ""
16509
16510 #. type: Plain text
16511 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:33
16512 msgid "Do not make any changes; add *--verbose* to see what would be made."
16513 msgstr ""
16514
16515 #. type: Labeled list
16516 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:34
16517 #, no-wrap
16518 msgid "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
16519 msgstr "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
16520
16521 #. type: Plain text
16522 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:36
16523 msgid ""
16524 "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not "
16525 "overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
16526 msgstr ""
16527
16528 #. type: Labeled list
16529 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37
16530 #, no-wrap
16531 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*"
16532 msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*"
16533
16534 #. type: Plain text
16535 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39
16536 msgid "Ask before overwriting existing files."
16537 msgstr ""
16538
16539 #. type: Plain text
16540 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:49
16541 msgid ""
16542 "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options "
16543 "*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission "
16544 "to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any "
16545 "questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is "
16546 "run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the "
16547 "command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
16548 msgstr ""
16549
16550 #. type: Title ==
16551 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:50
16552 #, no-wrap
16553 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
16554 msgstr ""
16555
16556 #. type: Plain text
16557 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:53
16558 msgid ""
16559 "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in "
16560 "short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you "
16561 "press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode "
16562 "however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To "
16563 "set cbreak mode, run for example:"
16564 msgstr ""
16565
16566 #. type: delimited block .
16567 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:56
16568 #, no-wrap
16569 msgid "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i from to files\n"
16570 msgstr ""
16571
16572 #. type: Plain text
16573 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:62
16574 msgid "all requested rename operations were successful"
16575 msgstr ""
16576
16577 #. type: Plain text
16578 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:65
16579 msgid "all rename operations failed"
16580 msgstr ""
16581
16582 #. type: Plain text
16583 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:68
16584 msgid "some rename operations failed"
16585 msgstr ""
16586
16587 #. type: Plain text
16588 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:71
16589 msgid "nothing was renamed"
16590 msgstr ""
16591
16592 #. type: Plain text
16593 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:74
16594 msgid "unanticipated error occurred"
16595 msgstr ""
16596
16597 #. type: Plain text
16598 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:78
16599 msgid ""
16600 "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
16601 msgstr ""
16602
16603 #. type: delimited block .
16604 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:82
16605 #, no-wrap
16606 msgid ""
16607 "rename foo foo00 foo?\n"
16608 "rename foo foo0 foo??\n"
16609 msgstr ""
16610
16611 #. type: Plain text
16612 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:85
16613 msgid ""
16614 "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
16615 msgstr ""
16616
16617 #. type: delimited block .
16618 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:88
16619 #, no-wrap
16620 msgid "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
16621 msgstr "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
16622
16623 #. type: Plain text
16624 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:91
16625 msgid ""
16626 "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for "
16627 "shortening:"
16628 msgstr ""
16629
16630 #. type: delimited block .
16631 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:94
16632 #, no-wrap
16633 msgid "rename '_with_long_name' '' file_with_long_name.*\n"
16634 msgstr ""
16635
16636 #. type: Plain text
16637 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:97
16638 msgid "will remove the substring in the filenames."
16639 msgstr ""
16640
16641 #. type: Plain text
16642 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:101
16643 #, no-wrap
16644 msgid "*mv*(1)\n"
16645 msgstr "*mv*(1)\n"
16646
16647 #. Copyright 2007 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
16648 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
16649 #. type: Title =
16650 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:6
16651 #, no-wrap
16652 msgid "uuidd(8)"
16653 msgstr "uuidd(8)"
16654
16655 #. type: Plain text
16656 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:16
16657 msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
16658 msgstr ""
16659
16660 #. type: Plain text
16661 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:20
16662 #, no-wrap
16663 msgid "*uuidd* [options]\n"
16664 msgstr "*uuidd* [opciones]\n"
16665
16666 #. type: Plain text
16667 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
16668 msgid ""
16669 "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
16670 "unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
16671 "guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
16672 "running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
16673 msgstr ""
16674
16675 #. type: Labeled list
16676 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:88
16677 #, no-wrap
16678 msgid "*-d*, *--debug*"
16679 msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*"
16680
16681 #. type: Plain text
16682 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
16683 msgid ""
16684 "Run uuidd in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a daemon."
16685 msgstr ""
16686
16687 #. type: Labeled list
16688 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:62
16689 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:121
16690 #, no-wrap
16691 msgid "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
16692 msgstr "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
16693
16694 #. type: Plain text
16695 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:32
16696 msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
16697 msgstr ""
16698
16699 #. type: Labeled list
16700 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33
16701 #, no-wrap
16702 msgid "*-k*, *--kill*"
16703 msgstr "*-k*, *--kill*"
16704
16705 #. type: Plain text
16706 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:35
16707 msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
16708 msgstr ""
16709
16710 #. type: Labeled list
16711 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36
16712 #, no-wrap
16713 msgid "*-n*, *--uuids* _number_"
16714 msgstr ""
16715
16716 #. type: Plain text
16717 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38
16718 msgid ""
16719 "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of "
16720 "_number_ UUIDs."
16721 msgstr ""
16722
16723 #. type: Labeled list
16724 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:39
16725 #, no-wrap
16726 msgid "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
16727 msgstr "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
16728
16729 #. type: Plain text
16730 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:41
16731 msgid "Do not create a pid file."
16732 msgstr ""
16733
16734 #. type: Labeled list
16735 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:42
16736 #, no-wrap
16737 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _path_"
16738 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _ruta_"
16739
16740 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
16741 #. type: Plain text
16742 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:45
16743 msgid ""
16744 "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
16745 "pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
16746 msgstr ""
16747
16748 #. type: Plain text
16749 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:48
16750 msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
16751 msgstr ""
16752
16753 #. type: Labeled list
16754 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:31
16755 #, no-wrap
16756 msgid "*-r*, *--random*"
16757 msgstr "*-r*, *--random*"
16758
16759 #. type: Plain text
16760 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
16761 msgid ""
16762 "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
16763 "return a random-based UUID."
16764 msgstr ""
16765
16766 #. type: Labeled list
16767 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:52
16768 #, no-wrap
16769 msgid "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
16770 msgstr "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
16771
16772 #. type: Plain text
16773 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54
16774 msgid ""
16775 "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
16776 "process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to "
16777 "be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
16778 "option."
16779 msgstr ""
16780
16781 #. type: Labeled list
16782 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:55
16783 #, no-wrap
16784 msgid "*-s*, *--socket* _path_"
16785 msgstr "*-s*, *--socket* _ruta_"
16786
16787 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
16788 #. type: Plain text
16789 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:58
16790 msgid ""
16791 "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
16792 "pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for "
16793 "debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* "
16794 "library."
16795 msgstr ""
16796
16797 #. type: Labeled list
16798 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:59
16799 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16800 #| msgid "-t, --timeout I<timeout>"
16801 msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_"
16802 msgstr "-t, --timeout I<tiempo_límite>"
16803
16804 #. type: Plain text
16805 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:61
16806 msgid "Make *uuidd* exit after _number_ seconds of inactivity."
16807 msgstr ""
16808
16809 #. type: Labeled list
16810 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:34
16811 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:78
16812 #, no-wrap
16813 msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
16814 msgstr "*-t*, *--time*"
16815
16816 #. type: Plain text
16817 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
16818 msgid ""
16819 "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
16820 "to return a time-based UUID."
16821 msgstr ""
16822
16823 #. type: Plain text
16824 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:67
16825 #, fuzzy
16826 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
16827 msgid "Output version information and exit."
16828 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
16829
16830 #. type: Plain text
16831 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:70
16832 #, fuzzy
16833 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
16834 msgid "Display help screen and exit."
16835 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
16836
16837 #. type: Plain text
16838 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:74
16839 msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
16840 msgstr ""
16841
16842 #. type: delimited block .
16843 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:79
16844 #, no-wrap
16845 msgid ""
16846 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
16847 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
16848 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
16849 msgstr ""
16850 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
16851 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
16852 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
16853
16854 #. type: Plain text
16855 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:84
16856 msgid "The *uuidd* daemon was written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
16857 msgstr ""
16858
16859 #. type: Plain text
16860 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:89
16861 #, no-wrap
16862 msgid ""
16863 "*uuid*(3),\n"
16864 "*uuidgen*(1)\n"
16865 msgstr ""
16866 "*uuid*(3),\n"
16867 "*uuidgen*(1)\n"
16868
16869 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
16870 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
16871 #. type: Title =
16872 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:6
16873 #, no-wrap
16874 msgid "uuidgen(1)"
16875 msgstr "uuidgen(1)"
16876
16877 #. type: Plain text
16878 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:16
16879 msgid "uuidgen - create a new UUID value"
16880 msgstr ""
16881
16882 #. type: Plain text
16883 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:20
16884 #, no-wrap
16885 msgid "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
16886 msgstr "*uuidgen* [opciones]\n"
16887
16888 #. type: Plain text
16889 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
16890 msgid ""
16891 "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
16892 "identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can "
16893 "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
16894 "and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
16895 msgstr ""
16896
16897 #. type: Plain text
16898 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
16899 msgid ""
16900 "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based "
16901 "UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will "
16902 "generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is "
16903 "present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to "
16904 "force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--"
16905 "random* or *--time* options."
16906 msgstr ""
16907
16908 #. type: Plain text
16909 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
16910 msgid ""
16911 "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, "
16912 "followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ "
16913 "may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known "
16914 "UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The "
16915 "_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the "
16916 "concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 "
16917 "or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be "
16918 "useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex "
16919 "values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more "
16920 "information."
16921 msgstr ""
16922
16923 #. type: Plain text
16924 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
16925 msgid ""
16926 "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
16927 "of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality "
16928 "random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
16929 msgstr ""
16930
16931 #. type: Plain text
16932 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
16933 msgid ""
16934 "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
16935 "clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
16936 msgstr ""
16937
16938 #. type: Labeled list
16939 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:43
16940 #, no-wrap
16941 msgid "*-m*, *--md5*"
16942 msgstr "*-m*, *--md5*"
16943
16944 #. type: Plain text
16945 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45
16946 msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm."
16947 msgstr ""
16948
16949 #. type: Labeled list
16950 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:46
16951 #, no-wrap
16952 msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*"
16953 msgstr "*-s*, *--sha1*"
16954
16955 #. type: Plain text
16956 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
16957 msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm."
16958 msgstr ""
16959
16960 #. type: Labeled list
16961 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:49
16962 #, no-wrap
16963 msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_"
16964 msgstr "*-n*, *--namespace* _espacio-de-nombres_"
16965
16966 #. type: Plain text
16967 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51
16968 msgid ""
16969 "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or "
16970 "'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name "
16971 "(see above)."
16972 msgstr ""
16973
16974 #. type: Labeled list
16975 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:52
16976 #, no-wrap
16977 msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
16978 msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nombre_"
16979
16980 #. type: Plain text
16981 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54
16982 msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_."
16983 msgstr ""
16984
16985 #. type: Labeled list
16986 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:134
16987 #, no-wrap
16988 msgid "*-x*, *--hex*"
16989 msgstr "*-x*, *--hex*"
16990
16991 #. type: Plain text
16992 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
16993 msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string."
16994 msgstr ""
16995
16996 #. type: Plain text
16997 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61
16998 msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
16999 msgstr "OSF DCE 1.1"
17000
17001 #. type: Plain text
17002 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65
17003 msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
17004 msgstr ""
17005
17006 #. type: Plain text
17007 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:69
17008 #, no-wrap
17009 msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n"
17010 msgstr ""
17011
17012 #. type: Plain text
17013 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:74
17014 #, no-wrap
17015 msgid ""
17016 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
17017 "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
17018 msgstr ""
17019 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
17020 "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
17021
17022 #.  Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola
17023 #.  The 3-Clause BSD License
17024 #. type: Title =
17025 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:4
17026 #, no-wrap
17027 msgid "uuidparse(1)"
17028 msgstr "uuidparse(1)"
17029
17030 #. type: Plain text
17031 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:14
17032 msgid "uuidparse - a utility to parse unique identifiers"
17033 msgstr ""
17034
17035 #. type: Plain text
17036 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:18
17037 #, no-wrap
17038 msgid "*uuidparse* [options] _uuid_\n"
17039 msgstr "*uuidparse* [opciones] _UUID_\n"
17040
17041 #. type: Plain text
17042 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
17043 msgid ""
17044 "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line "
17045 "arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
17046 msgstr ""
17047
17048 #. type: Title ===
17049 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:25
17050 #, no-wrap
17051 msgid "Variants"
17052 msgstr ""
17053
17054 #. type: Table
17055 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:33
17056 #, no-wrap
17057 msgid ""
17058 "|NCS |Network Computing System identifier. These were the original UUIDs.\n"
17059 "|DCE |The Open Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment UUIDs.\n"
17060 "|Microsoft |Microsoft Windows platform globally unique identifier (GUID).\n"
17061 "|other |Unknown variant. Usually invalid input data.\n"
17062 msgstr ""
17063
17064 #. type: Title ===
17065 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:35
17066 #, no-wrap
17067 msgid "Types"
17068 msgstr ""
17069
17070 #. type: Table
17071 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:46
17072 #, no-wrap
17073 msgid ""
17074 "|nil |Special type for zero in type file.\n"
17075 "|time-based |The DCE time based.\n"
17076 "|DCE |The DCE time and MAC Address.\n"
17077 "|name-based |RFC 4122 md5sum hash.\n"
17078 "|random |RFC 4122 random.\n"
17079 "|sha1-based |RFC 4122 sha-1 hash.\n"
17080 "|unknown |Unknown type. Usually invalid input data.\n"
17081 msgstr ""
17082
17083 #. type: Labeled list
17084 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:33
17085 #, no-wrap
17086 msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
17087 msgstr "*-o*, *--output*"
17088
17089 #. type: Plain text
17090 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:71
17091 msgid "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
17092 msgstr "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
17093
17094 #. type: Plain text
17095 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:77
17096 #, no-wrap
17097 msgid ""
17098 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
17099 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
17100 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
17101 msgstr ""
17102 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
17103 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
17104 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
17105
17106 #
17107 #
17108 #
17109 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
17110 #. All rights reserved.
17111 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
17112 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
17113 #. are met:
17114 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
17115 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17116 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
17117 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
17118 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
17119 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
17120 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
17121 #.     This product includes software developed by the University of
17122 #.     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
17123 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
17124 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
17125 #.    without specific prior written permission.
17126 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
17127 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
17128 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
17129 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
17130 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
17131 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
17132 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
17133 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
17134 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
17135 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
17136 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
17137 #. @(#)whereis.1 from UCB 4.2
17138 #. type: Title =
17139 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:36
17140 #, no-wrap
17141 msgid "whereis(1)"
17142 msgstr "whereis(1)"
17143
17144 #. type: Plain text
17145 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
17146 msgid ""
17147 "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
17148 msgstr ""
17149 "whereis - localiza los ficheros binarios, fuentes y páginas del manual "
17150 "correspondientes a un programa"
17151
17152 #. type: Plain text
17153 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50
17154 #, no-wrap
17155 msgid "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _directory_... *-f*] _name_...\n"
17156 msgstr "*whereis* [opciones] [*-BMS* _directorio_... *-f*] _nombre_...\n"
17157
17158 #. type: Plain text
17159 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54
17160 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17161 #| msgid "B<whereis> locates source/binary and manuals sections for specified files.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext,> for example, B<.c>.  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in a list of standard Linux places."
17162 msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*.\n"
17163 msgstr "B<whereis> localiza los fuentes, binarios y páginas del Manual para los programas que se especifiquen.  Primero, a los nombres suministrados se les quitan los componentes de la izquierda de ruta y cualquier extensión de la derecha (simple)  de la forma B<.>I<ext,> por ejemplo, B<.c>.  También se manejan los prefijos de la forma B<s.> que resultan del empleo de programas de control del código fuente.  B<whereis> entonces intenta localizar los ficheros del programa deseado en una lista de sitios estándares en Linux."
17164
17165 #. type: Plain text
17166 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
17167 msgid ""
17168 "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and "
17169 "apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search "
17170 "restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
17171 msgstr ""
17172
17173 #. type: delimited block _
17174 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:59
17175 #, no-wrap
17176 msgid "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
17177 msgstr "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
17178
17179 #. type: Plain text
17180 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
17181 msgid ""
17182 "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man "
17183 "pages only."
17184 msgstr ""
17185
17186 #. type: Plain text
17187 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
17188 msgid ""
17189 "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ "
17190 "patterns. For example,"
17191 msgstr ""
17192
17193 #. type: delimited block _
17194 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:67
17195 #, no-wrap
17196 msgid "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
17197 msgstr "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
17198
17199 #. type: Plain text
17200 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
17201 msgid ""
17202 "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the "
17203 "_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
17204 msgstr ""
17205
17206 #. type: Labeled list
17207 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:73
17208 #, no-wrap
17209 msgid "*-b*"
17210 msgstr "*-b*"
17211
17212 #. type: Plain text
17213 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:75
17214 msgid "Search for binaries."
17215 msgstr "Busca los ficheros binarios."
17216
17217 #. type: Labeled list
17218 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:76 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:64
17219 #, no-wrap
17220 msgid "*-m*"
17221 msgstr "*-m*"
17222
17223 #. type: Plain text
17224 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:78
17225 #, fuzzy
17226 #| msgid "Search only for manual sections."
17227 msgid "Search for manuals."
17228 msgstr "Sólo busca las páginas del Manual."
17229
17230 #. type: Plain text
17231 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:81
17232 msgid "Search for sources."
17233 msgstr "Busca los fuentes."
17234
17235 #. type: Labeled list
17236 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:82
17237 #, no-wrap
17238 msgid "*-u*"
17239 msgstr "*-u*"
17240
17241 #. type: Plain text
17242 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
17243 #, fuzzy
17244 #| msgid ""
17245 #| "Search for unusual entries.  A file is said to be unusual if it does not "
17246 #| "have one entry of each requested type.  Thus `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ "
17247 #| "\\ *>' asks for those files in the current directory which have no "
17248 #| "documentation."
17249 msgid ""
17250 "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to "
17251 "be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested "
17252 "type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory "
17253 "which have no documentation file, or more than one."
17254 msgstr ""
17255 "Busca entradas inusuales. Se dice que un fichero es inusual si no tiene una "
17256 "entrada de cada tipo pedido.  Así, `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' "
17257 "pregunta por aquellos ficheros en el directorio de trabajo que no tengan "
17258 "documentación en el Manual."
17259
17260 #. type: Labeled list
17261 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85
17262 #, no-wrap
17263 msgid "*-B* _list_"
17264 msgstr "*-B* _lista_"
17265
17266 #. type: Plain text
17267 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
17268 #, fuzzy
17269 #| msgid ""
17270 #| "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for "
17271 #| "binaries."
17272 msgid ""
17273 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-"
17274 "separated list of directories."
17275 msgstr ""
17276 "Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los binarios."
17277
17278 #. type: Labeled list
17279 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88
17280 #, no-wrap
17281 msgid "*-M* _list_"
17282 msgstr "*-M* _lista_"
17283
17284 #. type: Plain text
17285 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
17286 #, fuzzy
17287 #| msgid ""
17288 #| "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for "
17289 #| "sources."
17290 msgid ""
17291 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in "
17292 "Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
17293 msgstr ""
17294 "Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los fuentes."
17295
17296 #. type: Labeled list
17297 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91
17298 #, no-wrap
17299 msgid "*-S* _list_"
17300 msgstr "*-S* _lista_"
17301
17302 #. type: Plain text
17303 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
17304 #, fuzzy
17305 #| msgid ""
17306 #| "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for "
17307 #| "sources."
17308 msgid ""
17309 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-"
17310 "separated list of directories."
17311 msgstr ""
17312 "Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los fuentes."
17313
17314 #. type: Plain text
17315 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
17316 #, fuzzy
17317 #| msgid ""
17318 #| "Terminate the last directory list and signals the start of file names, "
17319 #| "and I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options are "
17320 #| "used."
17321 msgid ""
17322 "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ "
17323 "be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
17324 msgstr ""
17325 "Termina la última lista de directorios y señala el comienzo de nombres de "
17326 "ficheros, y I<debe> emplearse cuando se use cualquiera de las opciones B<-"
17327 "B>, B<-M>, o B<-S>."
17328
17329 #. type: Plain text
17330 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
17331 msgid ""
17332 "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none "
17333 "of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded "
17334 "paths that the command was able to find on the system."
17335 msgstr ""
17336
17337 #. type: Title ==
17338 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:106
17339 #, no-wrap
17340 msgid "FILE SEARCH PATHS"
17341 msgstr ""
17342
17343 #. type: Plain text
17344 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:109
17345 msgid ""
17346 "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are "
17347 "defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *"
17348 "$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The "
17349 "easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. "
17350 "Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
17351 msgstr ""
17352
17353 #. type: Labeled list
17354 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:112
17355 #, no-wrap
17356 msgid "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
17357 msgstr "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
17358
17359 #. type: Plain text
17360 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:118
17361 #, fuzzy
17362 #| msgid ""
17363 #| "Find all files in B</usr/bin> which are not documented in B</usr/man/"
17364 #| "man1> with source in B</usr/src>:"
17365 msgid ""
17366 "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ "
17367 "or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
17368 msgstr ""
17369 "Encontrar todos los ficheros en B</usr/bin> que no estén documentados en B</"
17370 "usr/man/man1>, con los fuentes en B</usr/src>:"
17371
17372 #. type: Plain text
17373 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:120
17374 #, no-wrap
17375 msgid "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
17376 msgstr "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
17377
17378 #.  Copyright 2009 by Karel Zak.  All Rights Reserved.
17379 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
17380 #. type: Title =
17381 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:4
17382 #, no-wrap
17383 msgid "wipefs(8)"
17384 msgstr "wipefs(8)"
17385
17386 #. type: Plain text
17387 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:14
17388 msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
17389 msgstr ""
17390
17391 #. type: Plain text
17392 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:18
17393 #, no-wrap
17394 msgid "*wipefs* [options] _device_...\n"
17395 msgstr "*wipefs* [opciones] _dispositivo_...\n"
17396
17397 #. type: Plain text
17398 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:20
17399 #, no-wrap
17400 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _offset device_...\n"
17401 msgstr "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _desplazamiento dispositivo_...\n"
17402
17403 #. type: Plain text
17404 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:22
17405 #, no-wrap
17406 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _device_...\n"
17407 msgstr "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _dispositivo_...\n"
17408
17409 #. type: Plain text
17410 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27
17411 #, no-wrap
17412 msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device.\n"
17413 msgstr ""
17414
17415 #. type: Plain text
17416 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
17417 msgid ""
17418 "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and "
17419 "the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
17420 "change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
17421 "scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* "
17422 "_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
17423 msgstr ""
17424
17425 #. type: Plain text
17426 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31
17427 #, no-wrap
17428 msgid "*wipefs* calls the BLKRRPART ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*.\n"
17429 msgstr ""
17430
17431 #. type: Plain text
17432 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
17433 msgid ""
17434 "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
17435 "strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since "
17436 "v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
17437 msgstr ""
17438
17439 #. type: Plain text
17440 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
17441 msgid ""
17442 "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
17443 "*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again "
17444 "after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
17445 msgstr ""
17446
17447 #. type: Plain text
17448 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
17449 msgid ""
17450 "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
17451 "whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
17452 msgstr ""
17453
17454 #. type: Plain text
17455 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
17456 msgid ""
17457 "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
17458 "restricted with the *-t* option."
17459 msgstr ""
17460
17461 #. type: Plain text
17462 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
17463 msgid ""
17464 "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. "
17465 "For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
17466 msgstr ""
17467
17468 #. type: Plain text
17469 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
17470 msgid ""
17471 "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
17472 "to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
17473 msgstr ""
17474
17475 #. type: Labeled list
17476 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
17477 #, no-wrap
17478 msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
17479 msgstr "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
17480
17481 #. type: Labeled list
17482 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
17483 #, no-wrap
17484 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_"
17485 msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _lista_"
17486
17487 #. type: Plain text
17488 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
17489 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call."
17490 msgstr ""
17491
17492 #. type: Labeled list
17493 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:34
17494 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74
17495 #, no-wrap
17496 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_"
17497 msgstr "*-o*, *--offset* _desplazamiento_"
17498
17499 #. type: Plain text
17500 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
17501 msgid ""
17502 "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
17503 "the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number "
17504 "will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* "
17505 "options."
17506 msgstr ""
17507
17508 #. type: Plain text
17509 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
17510 msgid ""
17511 "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
17512 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
17513 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
17514 "the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
17515 "and YB."
17516 msgstr ""
17517
17518 #. type: Labeled list
17519 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72
17520 #, no-wrap
17521 msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*"
17522 msgstr "*-p*, *--parsable*"
17523
17524 #. type: Plain text
17525 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
17526 msgid ""
17527 "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
17528 "unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
17529 "'\\x'."
17530 msgstr ""
17531
17532 #. type: Plain text
17533 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
17534 msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
17535 msgstr ""
17536
17537 #. type: Plain text
17538 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80
17539 #, fuzzy
17540 #| msgid ""
17541 #| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list.  The list "
17542 #| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
17543 #| "system types on which no action should be taken.  (This can be meaningful "
17544 #| "with the B<-a> option.)"
17545 msgid ""
17546 "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
17547 "specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
17548 "prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. "
17549 "For more details see *mount*(8)."
17550 msgstr ""
17551 "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
17552 "comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
17553 "B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se "
17554 "deberá tomar ninguna opción.  (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
17555
17556 #. type: Plain text
17557 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88
17558 msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output."
17559 msgstr ""
17560
17561 #. type: Labeled list
17562 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:94
17563 #, no-wrap
17564 msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
17565 msgstr "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
17566
17567 #. type: Plain text
17568 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
17569 msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
17570 msgstr ""
17571
17572 #. type: Labeled list
17573 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:97
17574 #, no-wrap
17575 msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
17576 msgstr "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
17577
17578 #. type: Plain text
17579 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99
17580 msgid ""
17581 "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature "
17582 "backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
17583 msgstr ""
17584
17585 #. type: Labeled list
17586 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:100
17587 #, no-wrap
17588 msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
17589 msgstr "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
17590
17591 #. type: Plain text
17592 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102
17593 msgid ""
17594 "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
17595 "bak_."
17596 msgstr ""
17597
17598 #. type: Plain text
17599 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:111
17600 #, no-wrap
17601 msgid ""
17602 "*blkid*(8),\n"
17603 "*findfs*(8)\n"
17604 msgstr ""
17605 "*blkid*(8),\n"
17606 "*findfs*(8)\n"
17607
17608 #
17609 #
17610 #
17611 #
17612 #
17613 #. chrt(1) manpage
17614 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
17615 #. Copyright (C) 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
17616 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
17617 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
17618 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
17619 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
17620 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
17621 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
17622 #. intermediate and printed output.
17623 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17624 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17625 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
17626 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
17627 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
17628 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
17629 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
17630 #. type: Title =
17631 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:26
17632 #, no-wrap
17633 msgid "chrt(1)"
17634 msgstr "chrt(1)"
17635
17636 #. type: Plain text
17637 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37
17638 msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
17639 msgstr ""
17640
17641 #. type: Plain text
17642 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41
17643 #, no-wrap
17644 msgid "*chrt* [options] _priority command argument_ ...\n"
17645 msgstr "*chrt* [opciones] _prioridad orden argumento_ ...\n"
17646
17647 #. type: Plain text
17648 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:43
17649 #, no-wrap
17650 msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
17651 msgstr "*chrt* [opciones] *-p* [_prioridad_] _PID_\n"
17652
17653 #. type: Plain text
17654 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47
17655 #, no-wrap
17656 msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
17657 msgstr ""
17658
17659 #. type: Title ==
17660 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:48
17661 #, no-wrap
17662 msgid "POLICIES"
17663 msgstr ""
17664
17665 #. type: Labeled list
17666 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:50
17667 #, no-wrap
17668 msgid "*-o*, *--other*"
17669 msgstr "*-o*, *--other*"
17670
17671 #. type: Plain text
17672 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
17673 msgid ""
17674 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is "
17675 "the default Linux scheduling policy."
17676 msgstr ""
17677
17678 #. type: Labeled list
17679 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:53
17680 #, no-wrap
17681 msgid "*-f*, *--fifo*"
17682 msgstr "*-f*, *--fifo*"
17683
17684 #. type: Plain text
17685 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:55
17686 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_FIFO* (first in-first out)."
17687 msgstr ""
17688
17689 #. type: Labeled list
17690 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:56
17691 #, no-wrap
17692 msgid "*-r*, *--rr*"
17693 msgstr "*-r*, *--rr*"
17694
17695 #. type: Plain text
17696 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
17697 msgid ""
17698 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy "
17699 "is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
17700 msgstr ""
17701
17702 #. type: Labeled list
17703 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:59
17704 #, no-wrap
17705 msgid "*-b*, *--batch*"
17706 msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*"
17707
17708 #. type: Plain text
17709 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
17710 msgid ""
17711 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-"
17712 "specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to "
17713 "zero."
17714 msgstr ""
17715
17716 #. type: Labeled list
17717 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:62
17718 #, no-wrap
17719 msgid "*-i*, *--idle*"
17720 msgstr "*-i*, *--idle*"
17721
17722 #. type: Plain text
17723 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
17724 msgid ""
17725 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). "
17726 "Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set "
17727 "to zero."
17728 msgstr ""
17729
17730 #. type: Labeled list
17731 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:65
17732 #, no-wrap
17733 msgid "*-d*, *--deadline*"
17734 msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*"
17735
17736 #. type: Plain text
17737 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
17738 msgid ""
17739 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline "
17740 "scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has "
17741 "to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--"
17742 "sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is "
17743 "runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--"
17744 "sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-"
17745 "runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be "
17746 "specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
17747 msgstr ""
17748
17749 #. type: Title ==
17750 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:68
17751 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17752 #| msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
17753 msgid "SCHEDULING OPTIONS"
17754 msgstr "OPCIONES DE LÍNEA DE ÓRDENES"
17755
17756 #. type: Labeled list
17757 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:70
17758 #, no-wrap
17759 msgid "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanoseconds_"
17760 msgstr "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanosegundos_"
17761
17762 #. type: Plain text
17763 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
17764 msgid ""
17765 "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
17766 msgstr ""
17767
17768 #. type: Labeled list
17769 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:73
17770 #, no-wrap
17771 msgid "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanoseconds_"
17772 msgstr "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanosegundos_"
17773
17774 #. type: Plain text
17775 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
17776 msgid ""
17777 "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
17778 msgstr ""
17779
17780 #. type: Labeled list
17781 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:76
17782 #, no-wrap
17783 msgid "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanoseconds_"
17784 msgstr "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanosegundos_"
17785
17786 #. type: Plain text
17787 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
17788 msgid ""
17789 "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
17790 msgstr ""
17791
17792 #. type: Labeled list
17793 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:79 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:79
17794 #, no-wrap
17795 msgid "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
17796 msgstr "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
17797
17798 #. type: Plain text
17799 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
17800 msgid ""
17801 "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-"
17802 "specific, supported since 2.6.31."
17803 msgstr ""
17804
17805 #. type: Plain text
17806 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
17807 msgid ""
17808 "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, "
17809 "children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. "
17810 "After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the "
17811 "thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child "
17812 "processes created by *fork*(2)."
17813 msgstr ""
17814
17815 #. type: Plain text
17816 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
17817 msgid ""
17818 "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules "
17819 "apply for subsequently created children:"
17820 msgstr ""
17821
17822 #. type: Plain text
17823 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
17824 msgid ""
17825 "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, "
17826 "the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
17827 msgstr ""
17828
17829 #. type: Plain text
17830 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
17831 msgid ""
17832 "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to "
17833 "zero in child processes."
17834 msgstr ""
17835
17836 #. type: Labeled list
17837 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:92 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:71
17838 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:70
17839 #, no-wrap
17840 msgid "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
17841 msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
17842
17843 #. type: Plain text
17844 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
17845 msgid ""
17846 "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a "
17847 "given PID."
17848 msgstr ""
17849
17850 #. type: Labeled list
17851 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:95
17852 #, no-wrap
17853 msgid "*-m*, *--max*"
17854 msgstr "*-m*, *--max*"
17855
17856 #. type: Plain text
17857 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:97
17858 msgid "Show minimum and maximum valid priorities, then exit."
17859 msgstr ""
17860
17861 #. type: Plain text
17862 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:79
17863 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:75
17864 msgid "Operate on an existing PID and do not launch a new task."
17865 msgstr ""
17866
17867 #. type: Plain text
17868 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:103 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:84
17869 msgid "Show status information."
17870 msgstr ""
17871
17872 #. type: Title ==
17873 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:110 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:86
17874 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:91
17875 #, no-wrap
17876 msgid "USAGE"
17877 msgstr ""
17878
17879 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
17880 #. type: Labeled list
17881 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:113 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:94
17882 #, no-wrap
17883 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
17884 msgstr ""
17885
17886 #. type: Plain text
17887 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:116
17888 #, no-wrap
17889 msgid "*chrt* _priority_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
17890 msgstr "*chrt* _prioridad_ _orden_ [_argumentos_]\n"
17891
17892 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
17893 #. type: Labeled list
17894 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:118
17895 #, no-wrap
17896 msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task{colon}"
17897 msgstr ""
17898
17899 #. type: Plain text
17900 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:121
17901 #, no-wrap
17902 msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
17903 msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
17904
17905 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
17906 #. type: Labeled list
17907 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:123 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:102
17908 #, no-wrap
17909 msgid "Or set them{colon}"
17910 msgstr ""
17911
17912 #. type: Plain text
17913 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126
17914 #, no-wrap
17915 msgid "*chrt -r -p* _priority PID_\n"
17916 msgstr "*chrt -r -p* _prioridad PID_\n"
17917
17918 #. type: Title ==
17919 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:127 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100
17920 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109
17921 #, no-wrap
17922 msgid "PERMISSIONS"
17923 msgstr ""
17924
17925 #. type: Plain text
17926 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:112
17927 msgid ""
17928 "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a "
17929 "process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
17930 msgstr ""
17931
17932 #. type: Plain text
17933 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:134
17934 msgid ""
17935 "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b "
17936 "Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some "
17937 "systems."
17938 msgstr ""
17939
17940 #. type: Plain text
17941 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:136
17942 msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is *SCHED_OTHER*."
17943 msgstr ""
17944
17945 #. type: Plain text
17946 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:141
17947 msgid "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
17948 msgstr "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
17949
17950 #. type: Plain text
17951 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:148 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:135
17952 #, no-wrap
17953 msgid ""
17954 "*nice*(1),\n"
17955 "*renice*(1),\n"
17956 "*taskset*(1),\n"
17957 "*sched*(7)\n"
17958 msgstr ""
17959 "*nice*(1),\n"
17960 "*renice*(1),\n"
17961 "*taskset*(1),\n"
17962 "*sched*(7)\n"
17963
17964 #. type: Plain text
17965 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:150
17966 msgid ""
17967 "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
17968 msgstr ""
17969
17970 #. type: Title =
17971 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:2
17972 #, no-wrap
17973 msgid "ionice(1)"
17974 msgstr "ionice(1)"
17975
17976 #. type: Plain text
17977 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:13
17978 msgid "ionice - set or get process I/O scheduling class and priority"
17979 msgstr ""
17980
17981 #. type: Plain text
17982 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:17
17983 #, no-wrap
17984 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
17985 msgstr ""
17986
17987 #. type: Plain text
17988 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:19
17989 #, no-wrap
17990 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
17991 msgstr ""
17992
17993 #. type: Plain text
17994 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:21
17995 #, no-wrap
17996 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
17997 msgstr ""
17998
17999 #. type: Plain text
18000 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23
18001 #, no-wrap
18002 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ...\n"
18003 msgstr ""
18004
18005 #. type: Plain text
18006 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
18007 msgid ""
18008 "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
18009 "program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the "
18010 "current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
18011 msgstr ""
18012
18013 #. type: Plain text
18014 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
18015 msgid ""
18016 "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given "
18017 "arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with "
18018 "the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
18019 msgstr ""
18020
18021 #. type: Plain text
18022 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
18023 msgid ""
18024 "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
18025 msgstr ""
18026
18027 #. type: Labeled list
18028 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:32
18029 #, no-wrap
18030 msgid "*Idle*"
18031 msgstr ""
18032
18033 #. type: Plain text
18034 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
18035 msgid ""
18036 "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
18037 "other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact "
18038 "of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This "
18039 "scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this "
18040 "scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
18041 msgstr ""
18042
18043 #. type: Labeled list
18044 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:35
18045 #, no-wrap
18046 msgid "*Best-effort*"
18047 msgstr ""
18048
18049 #. type: Plain text
18050 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
18051 msgid ""
18052 "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
18053 "for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from "
18054 "_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the "
18055 "same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
18056 msgstr ""
18057
18058 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
18059 #. type: Plain text
18060 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:40
18061 msgid ""
18062 "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
18063 "priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler "
18064 "will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The "
18065 "priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the "
18066 "CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
18067 msgstr ""
18068
18069 #. type: Plain text
18070 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
18071 msgid ""
18072 "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not "
18073 "asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O "
18074 "priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before "
18075 "kernel 2.6.26)."
18076 msgstr ""
18077
18078 #. type: Labeled list
18079 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:43
18080 #, no-wrap
18081 msgid "*Realtime*"
18082 msgstr ""
18083
18084 #. type: Plain text
18085 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
18086 msgid ""
18087 "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
18088 "what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with "
18089 "some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, "
18090 "8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process "
18091 "will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not "
18092 "permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
18093 msgstr ""
18094
18095 #. type: Labeled list
18096 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:48
18097 #, no-wrap
18098 msgid "*-c*, *--class* _class_"
18099 msgstr ""
18100
18101 #. type: Plain text
18102 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
18103 msgid ""
18104 "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` "
18105 "for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
18106 msgstr ""
18107
18108 #. type: Labeled list
18109 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:51
18110 #, no-wrap
18111 msgid "*-n*, *--classdata* _level_"
18112 msgstr ""
18113
18114 #. type: Plain text
18115 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
18116 msgid ""
18117 "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
18118 "accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data "
18119 "(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
18120 msgstr ""
18121
18122 #. type: Labeled list
18123 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:54
18124 #, no-wrap
18125 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
18126 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
18127
18128 #. type: Plain text
18129 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
18130 msgid ""
18131 "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
18132 "scheduling parameters."
18133 msgstr ""
18134
18135 #. type: Labeled list
18136 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:57
18137 #, no-wrap
18138 msgid "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
18139 msgstr "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
18140
18141 #. type: Plain text
18142 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
18143 msgid ""
18144 "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set "
18145 "the scheduling parameters."
18146 msgstr ""
18147
18148 #. type: Labeled list
18149 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:60
18150 #, no-wrap
18151 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore*"
18152 msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore*"
18153
18154 #. type: Plain text
18155 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
18156 msgid ""
18157 "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, "
18158 "run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling "
18159 "priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel "
18160 "version."
18161 msgstr ""
18162
18163 #. type: Labeled list
18164 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:66
18165 #, no-wrap
18166 msgid "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
18167 msgstr "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
18168
18169 #. type: Plain text
18170 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:68
18171 msgid ""
18172 "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
18173 "scheduling parameters."
18174 msgstr ""
18175
18176 #. type: Plain text
18177 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:75
18178 msgid ""
18179 "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the "
18180 "CFQ I/O scheduler."
18181 msgstr ""
18182
18183 #. type: Plain text
18184 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:79
18185 msgid "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
18186 msgstr "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
18187
18188 #. type: Plain text
18189 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:81
18190 msgid "Sets process with PID 89 as an idle I/O process."
18191 msgstr ""
18192
18193 #. type: Plain text
18194 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:83
18195 msgid "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
18196 msgstr "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
18197
18198 #. type: Plain text
18199 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:85
18200 msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
18201 msgstr ""
18202
18203 #. type: Plain text
18204 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:87
18205 msgid "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
18206 msgstr "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
18207
18208 #. type: Plain text
18209 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:89
18210 msgid "Prints the class and priority of the processes with PID 89 and 91."
18211 msgstr ""
18212
18213 #. type: Plain text
18214 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:94
18215 msgid "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
18216 msgstr "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
18217
18218 #. type: Plain text
18219 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:98
18220 #, no-wrap
18221 msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
18222 msgstr "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
18223
18224 #
18225 #
18226 #
18227 #
18228 #. taskset(1) manpage
18229 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
18230 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
18231 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
18232 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
18233 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
18234 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
18235 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
18236 #. intermediate and printed output.
18237 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18238 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18239 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
18240 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
18241 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
18242 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
18243 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
18244 #. type: Title =
18245 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:24
18246 #, no-wrap
18247 msgid "taskset(1)"
18248 msgstr "taskset(1)"
18249
18250 #. type: Plain text
18251 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:36
18252 msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
18253 msgstr ""
18254
18255 #. type: Plain text
18256 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:40
18257 #, no-wrap
18258 msgid "*taskset* [options] _mask command_ [_argument_...]\n"
18259 msgstr ""
18260
18261 #. type: Plain text
18262 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:42
18263 #, no-wrap
18264 msgid "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_mask_] _pid_\n"
18265 msgstr ""
18266
18267 #. type: Plain text
18268 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
18269 msgid ""
18270 "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a "
18271 "running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given "
18272 "CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process "
18273 "to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the "
18274 "given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that "
18275 "the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler "
18276 "attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for "
18277 "performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful "
18278 "only in certain applications."
18279 msgstr ""
18280
18281 #. type: Plain text
18282 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
18283 msgid ""
18284 "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
18285 "corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
18286 "corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
18287 "system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask "
18288 "will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. "
18289 "If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on "
18290 "the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in "
18291 "hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--"
18292 "cpu-list* option. For example,"
18293 msgstr ""
18294
18295 #. type: Labeled list
18296 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:49
18297 #, no-wrap
18298 msgid "*0x00000001*"
18299 msgstr "*0x00000001*"
18300
18301 #. type: Plain text
18302 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:51
18303 msgid "is processor #0,"
18304 msgstr ""
18305
18306 #. type: Labeled list
18307 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:52
18308 #, no-wrap
18309 msgid "*0x00000003*"
18310 msgstr "*0x00000003*"
18311
18312 #. type: Plain text
18313 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:54
18314 msgid "is processors #0 and #1,"
18315 msgstr ""
18316
18317 #. type: Labeled list
18318 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:55
18319 #, no-wrap
18320 msgid "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
18321 msgstr "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
18322
18323 #. type: Plain text
18324 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:57
18325 msgid "is processors #0 through #31,"
18326 msgstr ""
18327
18328 #. type: Plain text
18329 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:60
18330 msgid "is processors #1, #4, and #5,"
18331 msgstr ""
18332
18333 #. type: Labeled list
18334 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:61
18335 #, no-wrap
18336 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
18337 msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
18338
18339 #. type: Plain text
18340 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:63
18341 msgid "is processors #0, #1, #2, and #6."
18342 msgstr ""
18343
18344 #. type: Labeled list
18345 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:64
18346 #, no-wrap
18347 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
18348 msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
18349
18350 #. type: Plain text
18351 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
18352 msgid ""
18353 "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride "
18354 "in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
18355 msgstr ""
18356
18357 #. type: Plain text
18358 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
18359 msgid ""
18360 "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been "
18361 "scheduled to a legal CPU."
18362 msgstr ""
18363
18364 #. type: Plain text
18365 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
18366 msgid ""
18367 "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
18368 msgstr ""
18369
18370 #. type: Labeled list
18371 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:74
18372 #, no-wrap
18373 msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
18374 msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
18375
18376 #. type: Plain text
18377 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
18378 msgid ""
18379 "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. "
18380 "Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: "
18381 "*0,5,8-11*."
18382 msgstr ""
18383
18384 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
18385 #. type: Labeled list
18386 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:89
18387 #, no-wrap
18388 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command with a given affinity mask{colon}"
18389 msgstr ""
18390
18391 #. type: Plain text
18392 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:91
18393 #, no-wrap
18394 msgid "*taskset* _mask_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
18395 msgstr ""
18396
18397 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
18398 #. type: Labeled list
18399 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:93
18400 #, no-wrap
18401 msgid "You can also retrieve the CPU affinity of an existing task{colon}"
18402 msgstr ""
18403
18404 #. type: Plain text
18405 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:95
18406 #, no-wrap
18407 msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
18408 msgstr "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
18409
18410 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
18411 #. type: Labeled list
18412 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:97
18413 #, no-wrap
18414 msgid "Or set it{colon}"
18415 msgstr ""
18416
18417 #. type: Plain text
18418 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99
18419 #, no-wrap
18420 msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
18421 msgstr ""
18422
18423 #. type: Plain text
18424 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:103
18425 msgid ""
18426 "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. "
18427 "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process "
18428 "belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any "
18429 "process."
18430 msgstr ""
18431
18432 #. type: Plain text
18433 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:107
18434 msgid "Written by Robert M. Love."
18435 msgstr ""
18436
18437 #. type: Title ==
18438 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76
18439 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:124 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130
18440 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:70 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:87
18441 #, no-wrap
18442 msgid "COPYRIGHT"
18443 msgstr ""
18444
18445 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
18446 #. type: Plain text
18447 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:112
18448 msgid ""
18449 "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the "
18450 "source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
18451 "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
18452 msgstr ""
18453
18454 #. type: Plain text
18455 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:120
18456 #, no-wrap
18457 msgid ""
18458 "*chrt*(1),\n"
18459 "*nice*(1),\n"
18460 "*renice*(1),\n"
18461 "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
18462 "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
18463 msgstr ""
18464 "*chrt*(1),\n"
18465 "*nice*(1),\n"
18466 "*renice*(1),\n"
18467 "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
18468 "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
18469
18470 #. type: Plain text
18471 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:122
18472 msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
18473 msgstr ""
18474
18475 #
18476 #
18477 #
18478 #
18479 #
18480 #. uclampset(1) manpage
18481 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Qais Yousef <qais.yousef@arm.com>
18482 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Arm Ltd
18483 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
18484 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
18485 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
18486 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
18487 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
18488 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
18489 #. intermediate and printed output.
18490 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18491 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18492 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
18493 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
18494 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
18495 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
18496 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
18497 #. type: Title =
18498 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:26
18499 #, no-wrap
18500 msgid "uclampset(1)"
18501 msgstr "uclampset(1)"
18502
18503 #. type: Plain text
18504 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:37
18505 msgid ""
18506 "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or "
18507 "a process"
18508 msgstr ""
18509
18510 #. type: Plain text
18511 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:41
18512 #, no-wrap
18513 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_\n"
18514 msgstr ""
18515
18516 #. type: Plain text
18517 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:43
18518 #, no-wrap
18519 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_\n"
18520 msgstr ""
18521
18522 #. type: Plain text
18523 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:47
18524 #, no-wrap
18525 msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
18526 msgstr ""
18527
18528 #. type: Plain text
18529 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:49
18530 msgid ""
18531 "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the "
18532 "scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be "
18533 "operating at."
18534 msgstr ""
18535
18536 #. type: Plain text
18537 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:51
18538 msgid ""
18539 "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. "
18540 "Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the "
18541 "time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other "
18542 "cpufreq governors support."
18543 msgstr ""
18544
18545 #. type: Plain text
18546 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:53
18547 msgid ""
18548 "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. "
18549 "Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted "
18550 "such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then "
18551 "the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
18552 msgstr ""
18553
18554 #. type: Plain text
18555 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:55
18556 msgid ""
18557 "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little "
18558 "cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the "
18559 "actual utilization of the task is at max."
18560 msgstr ""
18561
18562 #. type: Plain text
18563 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:57
18564 msgid ""
18565 "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost "
18566 "the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
18567 msgstr ""
18568
18569 #. type: Plain text
18570 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:59
18571 msgid ""
18572 "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the "
18573 "task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
18574 msgstr ""
18575
18576 #. type: Plain text
18577 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:61
18578 msgid ""
18579 "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to "
18580 "reset to system's default."
18581 msgstr ""
18582
18583 #. type: Plain text
18584 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:66
18585 msgid "Set _util_min_ value."
18586 msgstr ""
18587
18588 #. type: Plain text
18589 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:69
18590 msgid "Set _util_max_ value."
18591 msgstr ""
18592
18593 #. type: Plain text
18594 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:72
18595 msgid ""
18596 "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks "
18597 "(threads) for a given PID."
18598 msgstr ""
18599
18600 #. type: Labeled list
18601 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:76
18602 #, no-wrap
18603 msgid "*-s*, *--system*"
18604 msgstr "*-s*, *--system*"
18605
18606 #. type: Plain text
18607 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:78
18608 msgid "Set or retrieve the system-wide utilization clamping attributes."
18609 msgstr ""
18610
18611 #. type: Plain text
18612 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:81
18613 msgid "Set *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag."
18614 msgstr ""
18615
18616 #. type: Plain text
18617 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:96
18618 #, no-wrap
18619 msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
18620 msgstr ""
18621
18622 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
18623 #. type: Labeled list
18624 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:98
18625 #, no-wrap
18626 msgid "You can also retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of an existing task{colon}"
18627 msgstr ""
18628
18629 #. type: Plain text
18630 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:100
18631 #, no-wrap
18632 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
18633 msgstr "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
18634
18635 #. type: Plain text
18636 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:104
18637 #, no-wrap
18638 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_ _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
18639 msgstr ""
18640
18641 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
18642 #. type: Labeled list
18643 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:106
18644 #, no-wrap
18645 msgid "Or control the system-wide attributes{colon}"
18646 msgstr ""
18647
18648 #. type: Plain text
18649 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:108
18650 #, no-wrap
18651 msgid "*uclampset -s* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
18652 msgstr ""
18653
18654 #. type: Plain text
18655 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:116
18656 msgid ""
18657 "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the "
18658 "_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and "
18659 "_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp "
18660 "values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
18661 msgstr ""
18662
18663 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
18664 #. type: Labeled list
18665 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:118
18666 #, no-wrap
18667 msgid "For example{colon}"
18668 msgstr "Por ejemplo{colon}"
18669
18670 #. type: Plain text
18671 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:120
18672 #, no-wrap
18673 msgid "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
18674 msgstr "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
18675
18676 #. type: Plain text
18677 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122
18678 msgid ""
18679 "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in "
18680 "the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the "
18681 "maximum performance of the system to 700."
18682 msgstr ""
18683
18684 #. type: Plain text
18685 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:124
18686 msgid ""
18687 "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
18688 msgstr ""
18689
18690 #. type: Plain text
18691 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:128
18692 msgid "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]"
18693 msgstr "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]"
18694
18695 #. type: Plain text
18696 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:137
18697 msgid ""
18698 "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the "
18699 "Linux scheduling scheme."
18700 msgstr ""
18701
18702 #. type: Title =
18703 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:2
18704 #, no-wrap
18705 msgid "adjtime_config(5)"
18706 msgstr "adjtime_config(5)"
18707
18708 #. type: Plain text
18709 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
18710 msgid ""
18711 "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
18712 msgstr ""
18713
18714 #. type: Plain text
18715 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:16 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:53
18716 msgid "_/etc/adjtime_"
18717 msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_"
18718
18719 #. type: Plain text
18720 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
18721 msgid ""
18722 "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware "
18723 "mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by "
18724 "*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
18725 msgstr ""
18726
18727 #. type: Plain text
18728 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
18729 msgid ""
18730 "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or "
18731 "*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write "
18732 "access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file "
18733 "is missing."
18734 msgstr ""
18735
18736 #. type: Plain text
18737 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
18738 #, fuzzy
18739 #| msgid ""
18740 #| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
18741 #| "inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same amount "
18742 #| "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  I<Hwclock's> "
18743 #| "\"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to correct the "
18744 #| "systematic drift."
18745 msgid ""
18746 "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
18747 "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
18748 "time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps "
18749 "the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more "
18750 "details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections "
18751 "from *hwclock*(8) man page."
18752 msgstr ""
18753 "El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de su "
18754 "imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma cantidad de "
18755 "tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática.  La función de "
18756 "\"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones sistemáticas para "
18757 "corregir la desviación sistemática."
18758
18759 #. type: Plain text
18760 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26
18761 #, fuzzy
18762 #| msgid "The format of the adjtime file is:"
18763 msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII."
18764 msgstr "El formato del fichero adjtime es:"
18765
18766 #. type: Title ===
18767 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:27
18768 #, no-wrap
18769 msgid "First line"
18770 msgstr ""
18771
18772 #. type: Plain text
18773 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:30
18774 msgid "Three numbers, separated by blanks:"
18775 msgstr ""
18776
18777 #. type: Labeled list
18778 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:31
18779 #, no-wrap
18780 msgid "*drift factor*"
18781 msgstr ""
18782
18783 #. type: Plain text
18784 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:33
18785 msgid "the systematic drift rate in seconds per day (floating point decimal)"
18786 msgstr ""
18787
18788 #. type: Labeled list
18789 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:34
18790 #, no-wrap
18791 msgid "*last adjust time*"
18792 msgstr ""
18793
18794 #. type: Plain text
18795 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
18796 msgid ""
18797 "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or "
18798 "calibration (decimal integer)"
18799 msgstr ""
18800
18801 #. type: Labeled list
18802 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:37
18803 #, no-wrap
18804 msgid "*adjustment status*"
18805 msgstr ""
18806
18807 #. type: Plain text
18808 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:39
18809 msgid "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal"
18810 msgstr ""
18811
18812 #. type: Title ===
18813 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:40
18814 #, no-wrap
18815 msgid "Second line"
18816 msgstr ""
18817
18818 #. type: Labeled list
18819 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:42
18820 #, no-wrap
18821 msgid "*last calibration time*"
18822 msgstr ""
18823
18824 #. type: Plain text
18825 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
18826 msgid ""
18827 "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. "
18828 "Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous "
18829 "calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, "
18830 "since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal "
18831 "integer."
18832 msgstr ""
18833
18834 #. type: Title ===
18835 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:45
18836 #, no-wrap
18837 msgid "Third line"
18838 msgstr ""
18839
18840 #. type: Labeled list
18841 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:47
18842 #, no-wrap
18843 msgid "*clock mode*"
18844 msgstr ""
18845
18846 #. type: Plain text
18847 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
18848 msgid ""
18849 "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is "
18850 "set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override "
18851 "this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
18852 msgstr ""
18853
18854 #. type: Plain text
18855 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:58
18856 #, no-wrap
18857 msgid ""
18858 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
18859 "*rtcwake*(8)\n"
18860 msgstr ""
18861 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
18862 "*rtcwake*(8)\n"
18863
18864 #. type: Title =
18865 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:2
18866 #, no-wrap
18867 msgid "blkdiscard(8)"
18868 msgstr "blkdiscard(8)"
18869
18870 #. type: Plain text
18871 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:12
18872 msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
18873 msgstr ""
18874
18875 #. type: Plain text
18876 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:16
18877 #, no-wrap
18878 msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n"
18879 msgstr "*blkdiscard* [opciones] [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _dispositivo_\n"
18880
18881 #. type: Plain text
18882 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20
18883 #, no-wrap
18884 msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device.\n"
18885 msgstr ""
18886
18887 #. type: Plain text
18888 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
18889 msgid ""
18890 "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
18891 "be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
18892 msgstr ""
18893
18894 #. type: Plain text
18895 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:22
18896 msgid "The _device_ argument is the pathname of the block device."
18897 msgstr ""
18898
18899 #. type: Plain text
18900 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:26
18901 #, no-wrap
18902 msgid "*WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!*\n"
18903 msgstr ""
18904
18905 #. type: Plain text
18906 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30
18907 msgid ""
18908 "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
18909 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
18910 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
18911 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
18912 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
18913 msgstr ""
18914
18915 #. type: Plain text
18916 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33
18917 msgid ""
18918 "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
18919 "(O_EXCL) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
18920 "kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
18921 msgstr ""
18922
18923 #. type: Plain text
18924 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
18925 msgid ""
18926 "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
18927 "value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
18928 msgstr ""
18929
18930 #. type: Labeled list
18931 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:50
18932 #, no-wrap
18933 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _length_"
18934 msgstr "*-l*, *--length* _longitud_"
18935
18936 #. type: Plain text
18937 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39
18938 msgid ""
18939 "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
18940 "provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
18941 "value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the "
18942 "device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
18943 msgstr ""
18944
18945 #. type: Labeled list
18946 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:40
18947 #, no-wrap
18948 msgid "*-p*, *--step* _length_"
18949 msgstr "*-p*, *--step* _longitud_"
18950
18951 #. type: Plain text
18952 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42
18953 msgid ""
18954 "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
18955 "discard all by one ioctl call."
18956 msgstr ""
18957
18958 #. type: Labeled list
18959 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:43
18960 #, no-wrap
18961 msgid "*-s*, *--secure*"
18962 msgstr "*-s*, *--secure*"
18963
18964 #. type: Plain text
18965 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
18966 msgid ""
18967 "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
18968 "except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
18969 "garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
18970 "device."
18971 msgstr ""
18972
18973 #. type: Labeled list
18974 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46
18975 #, no-wrap
18976 msgid "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
18977 msgstr "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
18978
18979 #. type: Plain text
18980 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48
18981 msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
18982 msgstr ""
18983
18984 #. type: Plain text
18985 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51
18986 msgid ""
18987 "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option "
18988 "is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
18989 msgstr ""
18990
18991 #. type: Plain text
18992 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:61
18993 msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
18994 msgstr "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
18995
18996 #. type: Plain text
18997 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:65
18998 #, no-wrap
18999 msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n"
19000 msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n"
19001
19002 #. type: Title =
19003 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:2
19004 #, no-wrap
19005 msgid "blkzone(8)"
19006 msgstr "blkzone(8)"
19007
19008 #. type: Plain text
19009 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:12
19010 #, fuzzy
19011 msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
19012 msgstr "blkzone - ejecuta orden de zona en el dispositivo de bloque indicado"
19013
19014 #. type: Plain text
19015 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:16
19016 #, no-wrap
19017 msgid "*blkzone* _command_ [options] _device_\n"
19018 msgstr "*blkzone* _orden_ [opciones] _dispositivo_\n"
19019
19020 #. type: Plain text
19021 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20
19022 #, no-wrap
19023 msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options.\n"
19024 msgstr ""
19025
19026 #. type: Title ===
19027 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:25
19028 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19029 #| msgid "I<port>"
19030 msgid "report"
19031 msgstr "I<port>"
19032
19033 #. type: Plain text
19034 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28
19035 msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information."
19036 msgstr ""
19037
19038 #. type: Plain text
19039 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
19040 msgid ""
19041 "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
19042 "device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
19043 "zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
19044 msgstr ""
19045
19046 #. type: Plain text
19047 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:32
19048 msgid "Report output:"
19049 msgstr ""
19050
19051 #. type: Table
19052 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:42
19053 #, no-wrap
19054 msgid ""
19055 "|start |Zone start sector\n"
19056 "|len |Zone length in number of sectors\n"
19057 "|cap |Zone capacity in number of sectors\n"
19058 "|wptr |Zone write pointer position\n"
19059 "|reset |Reset write pointer recommended\n"
19060 "|non-seq |Non-sequential write resources active\n"
19061 "|cond |Zone condition\n"
19062 "|type |Zone type\n"
19063 msgstr ""
19064
19065 #. type: Plain text
19066 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:45
19067 msgid "Zone conditions:"
19068 msgstr ""
19069
19070 #. type: Table
19071 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:56
19072 #, no-wrap
19073 msgid ""
19074 "|cl |Closed\n"
19075 "|nw |Not write pointer\n"
19076 "|em |Empty\n"
19077 "|fu |Full\n"
19078 "|oe |Explicitly opened\n"
19079 "|oi |Implicitly opened\n"
19080 "|ol |Offline\n"
19081 "|ro |Read only\n"
19082 "|x? |Reserved conditions (should not be reported)\n"
19083 msgstr ""
19084
19085 #. type: Title ===
19086 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:58
19087 #, no-wrap
19088 msgid "capacity"
19089 msgstr ""
19090
19091 #. type: Plain text
19092 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
19093 msgid ""
19094 "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
19095 msgstr ""
19096
19097 #. type: Plain text
19098 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
19099 msgid ""
19100 "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
19101 "zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
19102 "changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
19103 msgstr ""
19104
19105 #. type: Title ===
19106 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:64
19107 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19108 #| msgid "B<--reset>"
19109 msgid "reset"
19110 msgstr "B<--reset>"
19111
19112 #. type: Plain text
19113 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
19114 msgid ""
19115 "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
19116 "*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a "
19117 "range of zones."
19118 msgstr ""
19119
19120 #. type: Title ===
19121 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:68
19122 #, no-wrap
19123 msgid "open"
19124 msgstr ""
19125
19126 #. type: Plain text
19127 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
19128 msgid ""
19129 "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
19130 "Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer "
19131 "and can open a range of zones."
19132 msgstr ""
19133
19134 #. type: Title ===
19135 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:72
19136 #, no-wrap
19137 msgid "close"
19138 msgstr ""
19139
19140 #. type: Plain text
19141 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
19142 msgid ""
19143 "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
19144 "*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
19145 "can close a range of zones."
19146 msgstr ""
19147
19148 #. type: Title ===
19149 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:76
19150 #, no-wrap
19151 msgid "finish"
19152 msgstr ""
19153
19154 #. type: Plain text
19155 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
19156 msgid ""
19157 "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full "
19158 "condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this "
19159 "command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
19160 msgstr ""
19161
19162 #. type: Plain text
19163 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
19164 msgid ""
19165 "By default, the reset, open, close and finish commands will operate from the "
19166 "zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to "
19167 "modify this behavior as explained below."
19168 msgstr ""
19169
19170 #. type: Plain text
19171 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
19172 msgid ""
19173 "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the "
19174 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
19175 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
19176 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
19177 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
19178 "specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
19179 msgstr ""
19180
19181 #. type: Labeled list
19182 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:86
19183 #, no-wrap
19184 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _sector_"
19185 msgstr ""
19186
19187 #. type: Plain text
19188 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
19189 msgid ""
19190 "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
19191 "sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
19192 "is zero."
19193 msgstr ""
19194
19195 #. type: Labeled list
19196 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:89
19197 #, no-wrap
19198 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _sectors_"
19199 msgstr ""
19200
19201 #. type: Plain text
19202 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
19203 msgid ""
19204 "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
19205 "value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot "
19206 "be used together with the option *--count*."
19207 msgstr ""
19208
19209 #. type: Labeled list
19210 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:92
19211 #, no-wrap
19212 msgid "*-c*, *--count* _count_"
19213 msgstr ""
19214
19215 #. type: Plain text
19216 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
19217 msgid ""
19218 "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
19219 "is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used "
19220 "together with the option *--length*."
19221 msgstr ""
19222
19223 #. type: Plain text
19224 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
19225 msgid ""
19226 "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
19227 msgstr ""
19228
19229 #. type: Plain text
19230 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
19231 msgid ""
19232 "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
19233 "reset."
19234 msgstr ""
19235
19236 #. type: Plain text
19237 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
19238 msgid ""
19239 "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19240 msgstr ""
19241 "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19242
19243 #. type: Plain text
19244 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:115
19245 #, no-wrap
19246 msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
19247 msgstr "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
19248
19249 #. type: Title =
19250 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:2
19251 #, no-wrap
19252 msgid "chcpu(8)"
19253 msgstr "chcpu(8)"
19254
19255 #. type: Plain text
19256 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:12
19257 msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
19258 msgstr ""
19259
19260 #. type: Plain text
19261 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:16
19262 #, no-wrap
19263 msgid "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _cpu-list_\n"
19264 msgstr ""
19265
19266 #. type: Plain text
19267 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:18
19268 #, no-wrap
19269 msgid "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
19270 msgstr "*chcpu* *-p* _modo_\n"
19271
19272 #. type: Plain text
19273 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:20
19274 #, no-wrap
19275 msgid "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
19276 msgstr "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
19277
19278 #. type: Plain text
19279 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24
19280 #, no-wrap
19281 msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure).\n"
19282 msgstr ""
19283
19284 #. type: Plain text
19285 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
19286 msgid ""
19287 "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a "
19288 "comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
19289 "or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command "
19290 "applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
19291 msgstr ""
19292
19293 #. type: Labeled list
19294 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:29
19295 #, no-wrap
19296 msgid "*-c*, *--configure* _cpu-list_"
19297 msgstr ""
19298
19299 #. type: Plain text
19300 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
19301 msgid ""
19302 "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
19303 "takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
19304 "which your kernel runs."
19305 msgstr ""
19306
19307 #. type: Labeled list
19308 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:32
19309 #, no-wrap
19310 msgid "*-d*, *--disable* _cpu-list_"
19311 msgstr ""
19312
19313 #. type: Plain text
19314 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
19315 msgid ""
19316 "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
19317 "offline."
19318 msgstr ""
19319
19320 #. type: Labeled list
19321 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:35
19322 #, no-wrap
19323 msgid "*-e*, *--enable* _cpu-list_"
19324 msgstr ""
19325
19326 #. type: Plain text
19327 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
19328 msgid ""
19329 "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
19330 "online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
19331 msgstr ""
19332
19333 #. type: Labeled list
19334 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:38
19335 #, no-wrap
19336 msgid "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _cpu-list_"
19337 msgstr ""
19338
19339 #. type: Plain text
19340 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
19341 msgid ""
19342 "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
19343 "hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
19344 "instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-"
19345 "d*, before it can be deconfigured."
19346 msgstr ""
19347
19348 #. type: Labeled list
19349 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:41
19350 #, no-wrap
19351 msgid "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
19352 msgstr "*-p*, *--dispatch* _modo_"
19353
19354 #. type: Plain text
19355 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43
19356 msgid ""
19357 "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect "
19358 "only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
19359 "Available _modes_ are:"
19360 msgstr ""
19361
19362 #. type: Labeled list
19363 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:71
19364 #, no-wrap
19365 msgid "*horizontal*"
19366 msgstr ""
19367
19368 #. type: Plain text
19369 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:73
19370 msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
19371 msgstr ""
19372
19373 #. type: Labeled list
19374 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:73
19375 #, no-wrap
19376 msgid "*vertical*"
19377 msgstr ""
19378
19379 #. type: Plain text
19380 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:75
19381 msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
19382 msgstr ""
19383
19384 #. type: Labeled list
19385 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:50
19386 #, no-wrap
19387 msgid "*-r*, *--rescan*"
19388 msgstr "*-r*, *--rescan*"
19389
19390 #. type: Plain text
19391 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52
19392 msgid ""
19393 "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
19394 "new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
19395 "attached CPUs."
19396 msgstr ""
19397
19398 #. type: Plain text
19399 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:62
19400 #, no-wrap
19401 msgid "*chcpu* has the following exit status values:\n"
19402 msgstr ""
19403
19404 #. type: Plain text
19405 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:70
19406 msgid "partial success"
19407 msgstr ""
19408
19409 #. type: Plain text
19410 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:75
19411 msgid "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
19412 msgstr "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
19413
19414 #. type: Plain text
19415 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:79
19416 msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
19417 msgstr "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
19418
19419 #. type: Plain text
19420 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:83
19421 #, no-wrap
19422 msgid "*lscpu*(1)\n"
19423 msgstr "*lscpu*(1)\n"
19424
19425 #. type: Title =
19426 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:2
19427 #, no-wrap
19428 msgid "chmem(8)"
19429 msgstr "chmem(8)"
19430
19431 #. type: Plain text
19432 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:12
19433 msgid "chmem - configure memory"
19434 msgstr ""
19435
19436 #. type: Plain text
19437 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16
19438 #, no-wrap
19439 msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]\n"
19440 msgstr ""
19441
19442 #. type: Plain text
19443 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
19444 msgid ""
19445 "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
19446 "offline."
19447 msgstr ""
19448
19449 #. type: Plain text
19450 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
19451 msgid ""
19452 "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory "
19453 "size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory "
19454 "size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
19455 msgstr ""
19456
19457 #. type: Plain text
19458 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
19459 msgid ""
19460 "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the "
19461 "*lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and "
19462 "<end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
19463 msgstr ""
19464
19465 #. type: Plain text
19466 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
19467 msgid ""
19468 "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the "
19469 "output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory "
19470 "block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. "
19471 "Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--"
19472 "blocks* option."
19473 msgstr ""
19474
19475 #. type: Plain text
19476 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
19477 msgid ""
19478 "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
19479 "*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
19480 "for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
19481 "currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory "
19482 "online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
19483 "can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. "
19484 "For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
19485 "memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
19486 "likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
19487 "kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
19488 "cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
19489 msgstr ""
19490
19491 #. type: Plain text
19492 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
19493 msgid ""
19494 "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown "
19495 "in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
19496 msgstr ""
19497
19498 #. type: Plain text
19499 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
19500 msgid ""
19501 "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
19502 "it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
19503 "because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
19504 "cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
19505 "online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
19506 "offline instead of the requested amount."
19507 msgstr ""
19508
19509 #. type: Plain text
19510 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
19511 msgid ""
19512 "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block "
19513 "numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory "
19514 "block numbers."
19515 msgstr ""
19516
19517 #. type: Labeled list
19518 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:37
19519 #, no-wrap
19520 msgid "*-b*, *--blocks*"
19521 msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*"
19522
19523 #. type: Plain text
19524 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
19525 msgid ""
19526 "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* "
19527 "and *--disable* options."
19528 msgstr ""
19529
19530 #. type: Labeled list
19531 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:40
19532 #, no-wrap
19533 msgid "*-d*, *--disable*"
19534 msgstr "*-d*, *--disable*"
19535
19536 #. type: Plain text
19537 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42
19538 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline."
19539 msgstr ""
19540
19541 #. type: Labeled list
19542 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43
19543 #, no-wrap
19544 msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
19545 msgstr "*-e*, *--enable*"
19546
19547 #. type: Plain text
19548 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45
19549 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online."
19550 msgstr ""
19551
19552 #. type: Labeled list
19553 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46
19554 #, no-wrap
19555 msgid "*-z*, *--zone*"
19556 msgstr "*-z*, *--zone*"
19557
19558 #. type: Plain text
19559 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
19560 msgid ""
19561 "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or "
19562 "_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
19563 "online to the zone Movable, if possible."
19564 msgstr ""
19565
19566 #. type: Plain text
19567 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
19568 #, fuzzy
19569 #| msgid "Display a help text and exit."
19570 msgid "Print a short help text, then exit."
19571 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
19572
19573 #. type: Plain text
19574 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54
19575 msgid ""
19576 "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
19577 msgstr ""
19578
19579 #. type: Plain text
19580 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:57
19581 msgid "Print the version number, then exit."
19582 msgstr ""
19583
19584 #. type: Plain text
19585 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61
19586 #, no-wrap
19587 msgid "*chmem* has the following exit status values:\n"
19588 msgstr ""
19589
19590 #. type: Labeled list
19591 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:73
19592 #, no-wrap
19593 msgid "*chmem --enable 1024*"
19594 msgstr "*chmem --enable 1024*"
19595
19596 #. type: Plain text
19597 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:75
19598 msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
19599 msgstr ""
19600
19601 #. type: Labeled list
19602 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:76
19603 #, no-wrap
19604 msgid "*chmem -e 2g*"
19605 msgstr "*chmem -e 2g*"
19606
19607 #. type: Plain text
19608 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:78
19609 msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
19610 msgstr ""
19611
19612 #. type: Labeled list
19613 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:79
19614 #, no-wrap
19615 msgid "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
19616 msgstr "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
19617
19618 #. type: Plain text
19619 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81
19620 msgid ""
19621 "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
19622 "ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
19623 msgstr ""
19624
19625 #. type: Labeled list
19626 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:82
19627 #, no-wrap
19628 msgid "*chmem -b -d 10*"
19629 msgstr "*chmem -b -d 10*"
19630
19631 #. type: Plain text
19632 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:84
19633 msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
19634 msgstr ""
19635
19636 #. type: Plain text
19637 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:88
19638 #, no-wrap
19639 msgid "*lsmem*(1)\n"
19640 msgstr "*lsmem*(1)\n"
19641
19642 #. type: Title =
19643 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:2
19644 #, no-wrap
19645 msgid "choom(1)"
19646 msgstr "choom(1)"
19647
19648 #. type: Plain text
19649 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:12
19650 msgid "choom - display and adjust OOM-killer score."
19651 msgstr ""
19652
19653 #. type: Plain text
19654 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:14
19655 #, no-wrap
19656 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
19657 msgstr "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
19658
19659 #. type: Plain text
19660 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:16
19661 #, no-wrap
19662 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_ *-n* _number_\n"
19663 msgstr ""
19664
19665 #. type: Plain text
19666 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18
19667 #, no-wrap
19668 msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
19669 msgstr ""
19670
19671 #. type: Plain text
19672 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
19673 msgid ""
19674 "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
19675 msgstr ""
19676
19677 #. type: Plain text
19678 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:27
19679 msgid "Specifies process ID."
19680 msgstr ""
19681
19682 #. type: Labeled list
19683 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:28
19684 #, no-wrap
19685 msgid "*-n*, *--adjust* _value_"
19686 msgstr "*-n*, *--adjust* _valor_"
19687
19688 #. type: Plain text
19689 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:30
19690 msgid "Specify the adjust score value."
19691 msgstr ""
19692
19693 #. type: Plain text
19694 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
19695 msgid ""
19696 "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed "
19697 "in out of memory conditions."
19698 msgstr ""
19699
19700 #. type: Plain text
19701 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
19702 msgid ""
19703 "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 "
19704 "(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. "
19705 "The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the "
19706 "process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and "
19707 "swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness "
19708 "score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score "
19709 "will be 500."
19710 msgstr ""
19711
19712 #. type: Plain text
19713 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
19714 msgid ""
19715 "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current "
19716 "memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
19717 msgstr ""
19718
19719 #. type: Plain text
19720 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
19721 msgid ""
19722 "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom "
19723 "killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating "
19724 "task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems "
19725 "assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being "
19726 "exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it "
19727 "is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory "
19728 "is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being "
19729 "out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
19730 msgstr ""
19731
19732 #. type: Plain text
19733 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:48
19734 msgid ""
19735 "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to "
19736 "determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. "
19737 "This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by "
19738 "always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest "
19739 "possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for "
19740 "that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
19741 msgstr ""
19742
19743 #. type: Plain text
19744 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50
19745 msgid ""
19746 "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to "
19747 "allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, "
19748 "or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of "
19749 "-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of "
19750 "the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
19751 msgstr ""
19752
19753 #. type: Plain text
19754 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:58
19755 #, no-wrap
19756 msgid "*proc*(5)\n"
19757 msgstr "*proc*(5)\n"
19758
19759 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
19760 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
19761 #. type: Title =
19762 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:6
19763 #, no-wrap
19764 msgid "ctrlaltdel(8)"
19765 msgstr "ctrlaltdel(8)"
19766
19767 #. type: Plain text
19768 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:16
19769 msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
19770 msgstr "ctrlaltdel - establece la función de la combinación Ctrl-Alt-Supr"
19771
19772 #. type: Plain text
19773 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:20
19774 #, no-wrap
19775 msgid "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
19776 msgstr "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
19777
19778 #. type: Plain text
19779 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
19780 msgid ""
19781 "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that "
19782 "there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can "
19783 "perform."
19784 msgstr ""
19785 "En base al examen del código de _linux/kernel/reboot.c_, se observan dos "
19786 "funciones que la secuencia <Ctrl-Alt-Supr> puede ejecutar."
19787
19788 #. type: Labeled list
19789 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25
19790 #, no-wrap
19791 msgid "*hard*"
19792 msgstr "*hard*"
19793
19794 #. type: Plain text
19795 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
19796 msgid ""
19797 "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any "
19798 "other preparation. This is the default."
19799 msgstr ""
19800 "Reinicia inmediatamente el equipo sin incovar *sync*(2) ni ningú otro "
19801 "preámbulo. Este es el comportamiento por defecto."
19802
19803 #. type: Labeled list
19804 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28
19805 #, no-wrap
19806 msgid "*soft*"
19807 msgstr "*soft*"
19808
19809 #. type: Plain text
19810 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
19811 msgid ""
19812 "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process "
19813 "(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
19814 "*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
19815 "*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
19816 "for the version that you are currently using."
19817 msgstr ""
19818 "Ordena al núcleo emitir la señal *SIGINT* (interrupción) al proceso *init* "
19819 "que siempre tiene un PID de 1. Si se emplea esta opción, el programa "
19820 "*init*(8) debe implementarla. Dado que existen varias versiones del programa "
19821 "*init*(8), deberá consultar la documentación de la suya."
19822
19823 #. type: Plain text
19824 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
19825 msgid ""
19826 "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
19827 "setting."
19828 msgstr ""
19829 "Cuando se ejecuta la orden sin ningú argumento, se muestra la configuración "
19830 "actual."
19831
19832 #. type: Plain text
19833 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
19834 msgid ""
19835 "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
19836 msgstr ""
19837 "La función de *ctrlaltdel* suele definirse en el fichero _/etc/rc.local_."
19838
19839 #. type: Plain text
19840 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:46
19841 msgid "_/etc/rc.local_"
19842 msgstr "_/etc/rc.local_"
19843
19844 #. type: Plain text
19845 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:50
19846 msgid "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
19847 msgstr "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
19848
19849 #. type: Plain text
19850 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:55
19851 #, no-wrap
19852 msgid ""
19853 "*init*(8),\n"
19854 "*systemd*(1)\n"
19855 msgstr ""
19856 "*init*(8),\n"
19857 "*systemd*(1)\n"
19858
19859 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
19860 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
19861 #. type: Title =
19862 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:6
19863 #, no-wrap
19864 msgid "dmesg(1)"
19865 msgstr "dmesg(1)"
19866
19867 #. type: Plain text
19868 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:16
19869 msgid "dmesg - print or control the kernel ring buffer"
19870 msgstr ""
19871
19872 #. type: Plain text
19873 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:20
19874 #, no-wrap
19875 msgid "*dmesg* [options]\n"
19876 msgstr "*dmesg* [opciones]\n"
19877
19878 #. type: Plain text
19879 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:22
19880 #, no-wrap
19881 msgid "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
19882 msgstr "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
19883
19884 #. type: Plain text
19885 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:24
19886 #, no-wrap
19887 msgid "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
19888 msgstr "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [opciones]\n"
19889
19890 #. type: Plain text
19891 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:26
19892 #, no-wrap
19893 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-level* _level_\n"
19894 msgstr ""
19895
19896 #. type: Plain text
19897 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:28
19898 #, no-wrap
19899 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
19900 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
19901
19902 #. type: Plain text
19903 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:30
19904 #, no-wrap
19905 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
19906 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
19907
19908 #. type: Plain text
19909 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:34
19910 #, no-wrap
19911 msgid "*dmesg* is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.\n"
19912 msgstr ""
19913
19914 #. type: Plain text
19915 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
19916 msgid ""
19917 "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
19918 msgstr ""
19919
19920 #. type: Plain text
19921 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
19922 msgid ""
19923 "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--"
19924 "console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
19925 msgstr ""
19926
19927 #. type: Labeled list
19928 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:41
19929 #, no-wrap
19930 msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
19931 msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*"
19932
19933 #. type: Plain text
19934 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:43
19935 msgid "Clear the ring buffer."
19936 msgstr ""
19937
19938 #. type: Labeled list
19939 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:44
19940 #, no-wrap
19941 msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
19942 msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
19943
19944 #. type: Plain text
19945 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:46
19946 msgid "Clear the ring buffer after first printing its contents."
19947 msgstr ""
19948
19949 #. type: Labeled list
19950 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:47
19951 #, no-wrap
19952 msgid "*-D*, *--console-off*"
19953 msgstr "*-D*, *--console-off*"
19954
19955 #. type: Plain text
19956 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49
19957 msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console."
19958 msgstr ""
19959
19960 #. type: Labeled list
19961 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50
19962 #, no-wrap
19963 msgid "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
19964 msgstr "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
19965
19966 #. type: Plain text
19967 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
19968 msgid ""
19969 "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used "
19970 "together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is "
19971 "printed."
19972 msgstr ""
19973
19974 #. type: Labeled list
19975 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:53
19976 #, no-wrap
19977 msgid "*-E*, *--console-on*"
19978 msgstr "*-E*, *--console-on*"
19979
19980 #. type: Plain text
19981 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55
19982 msgid "Enable printing messages to the console."
19983 msgstr ""
19984
19985 #. type: Labeled list
19986 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56
19987 #, no-wrap
19988 msgid "*-e*, *--reltime*"
19989 msgstr "*-e*, *--reltime*"
19990
19991 #. type: Plain text
19992 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
19993 msgid ""
19994 "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that "
19995 "conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
19996 msgstr ""
19997
19998 #. type: Labeled list
19999 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:59
20000 #, no-wrap
20001 msgid "*-F*, *--file* _file_"
20002 msgstr "*-F*, *--file* _fichero_"
20003
20004 #. type: Plain text
20005 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
20006 msgid ""
20007 "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not "
20008 "support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
20009 msgstr ""
20010
20011 #. type: Labeled list
20012 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:62
20013 #, no-wrap
20014 msgid "*-f*, *--facility* _list_"
20015 msgstr "*-f*, *--facility* _lista_"
20016
20017 #. type: Plain text
20018 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
20019 msgid ""
20020 "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For "
20021 "example:"
20022 msgstr ""
20023
20024 #. type: Plain text
20025 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:66
20026 #, no-wrap
20027 msgid "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
20028 msgstr "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
20029
20030 #. type: Plain text
20031 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
20032 msgid ""
20033 "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities "
20034 "see the *--help* output."
20035 msgstr ""
20036
20037 #. type: Labeled list
20038 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:69
20039 #, no-wrap
20040 msgid "*-H*, *--human*"
20041 msgstr "*-H*, *--human*"
20042
20043 #. type: Plain text
20044 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
20045 msgid ""
20046 "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--"
20047 "nopager*."
20048 msgstr ""
20049
20050 #. type: Plain text
20051 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
20052 #, fuzzy
20053 msgid "Print kernel messages."
20054 msgstr "Niega el acceso a escritura al terminal."
20055
20056 #. type: Plain text
20057 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77
20058 msgid ""
20059 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
20060 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
20061 "colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
20062 "output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
20063 msgstr ""
20064
20065 #. type: Labeled list
20066 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:78
20067 #, no-wrap
20068 msgid "*-l*, *--level* _list_"
20069 msgstr "*-l*, *--level* _lista_"
20070
20071 #. type: Plain text
20072 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80
20073 msgid ""
20074 "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
20075 msgstr ""
20076
20077 #. type: Plain text
20078 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:82
20079 #, no-wrap
20080 msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
20081 msgstr "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
20082
20083 #. type: Plain text
20084 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:84
20085 msgid ""
20086 "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the "
20087 "*--help* output."
20088 msgstr ""
20089
20090 #. type: Labeled list
20091 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:85
20092 #, no-wrap
20093 msgid "*-n*, *--console-level* _level_"
20094 msgstr ""
20095
20096 #. type: Plain text
20097 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87
20098 msgid ""
20099 "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The "
20100 "_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all "
20101 "supported levels see the *--help* output."
20102 msgstr ""
20103
20104 #. type: Plain text
20105 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:89
20106 msgid ""
20107 "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency "
20108 "(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are "
20109 "still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control "
20110 "exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* "
20111 "will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
20112 msgstr ""
20113
20114 #. type: Labeled list
20115 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90
20116 #, no-wrap
20117 msgid "*--noescape*"
20118 msgstr "*--noescape*"
20119
20120 #. type: Plain text
20121 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92
20122 msgid ""
20123 "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte "
20124 "sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> "
20125 "for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. "
20126 "It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be "
20127 "careful and don't use it by default."
20128 msgstr ""
20129
20130 #. type: Labeled list
20131 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:93
20132 #, no-wrap
20133 msgid "*-P*, *--nopager*"
20134 msgstr "*-P*, *--nopager*"
20135
20136 #. type: Plain text
20137 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95
20138 msgid ""
20139 "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* "
20140 "output."
20141 msgstr ""
20142
20143 #. type: Labeled list
20144 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:96
20145 #, no-wrap
20146 msgid "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
20147 msgstr "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
20148
20149 #. type: Plain text
20150 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98
20151 msgid ""
20152 "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line "
20153 "message."
20154 msgstr ""
20155
20156 #. type: Plain text
20157 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
20158 msgid ""
20159 "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but "
20160 "all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
20161 msgstr ""
20162
20163 #. type: Plain text
20164 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:103
20165 msgid ""
20166 "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel "
20167 "messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). "
20168 "For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) "
20169 "format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for "
20170 "example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
20171 msgstr ""
20172
20173 #. type: Labeled list
20174 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104
20175 #, no-wrap
20176 msgid "*-S*, *--syslog*"
20177 msgstr "*-S*, *--syslog*"
20178
20179 #. type: Plain text
20180 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
20181 msgid ""
20182 "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel "
20183 "messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since "
20184 "kernel 3.5.0."
20185 msgstr ""
20186
20187 #. type: Labeled list
20188 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:107
20189 #, no-wrap
20190 msgid "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _size_"
20191 msgstr "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _tamaño_"
20192
20193 #. type: Plain text
20194 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
20195 msgid ""
20196 "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by "
20197 "default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 "
20198 "since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be "
20199 "larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire "
20200 "buffer."
20201 msgstr ""
20202
20203 #. type: Labeled list
20204 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:110
20205 #, no-wrap
20206 msgid "*-T*, *--ctime*"
20207 msgstr "*-T*, *--ctime*"
20208
20209 #. type: Plain text
20210 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
20211 msgid "Print human-readable timestamps."
20212 msgstr ""
20213
20214 #. type: Plain text
20215 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:114
20216 #, no-wrap
20217 msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume.\n"
20218 msgstr ""
20219
20220 #. type: Labeled list
20221 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115
20222 #, no-wrap
20223 msgid "*--since* _time_"
20224 msgstr ""
20225
20226 #. type: Plain text
20227 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117
20228 msgid ""
20229 "Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in "
20230 "absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware "
20231 "that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
20232 msgstr ""
20233
20234 #. type: Labeled list
20235 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:118
20236 #, no-wrap
20237 msgid "*--until* _time_"
20238 msgstr ""
20239
20240 #. type: Plain text
20241 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
20242 msgid ""
20243 "Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in "
20244 "absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware "
20245 "that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
20246 msgstr ""
20247
20248 #. type: Labeled list
20249 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:121
20250 #, no-wrap
20251 msgid "*-t*, *--notime*"
20252 msgstr "*-t*, *--notime*"
20253
20254 #. type: Plain text
20255 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
20256 msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
20257 msgstr ""
20258
20259 #. type: Plain text
20260 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:126
20261 msgid ""
20262 "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, "
20263 "*delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-"
20264 "specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the "
20265 "ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the "
20266 "comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. "
20267 "The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,"
20268 "<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
20269 msgstr ""
20270
20271 #. type: Plain text
20272 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:128
20273 msgid ""
20274 "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate "
20275 "when a system is suspended and resumed."
20276 msgstr ""
20277
20278 #. type: Labeled list
20279 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129
20280 #, no-wrap
20281 msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*"
20282 msgstr "*-u*, *--userspace*"
20283
20284 #. type: Plain text
20285 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
20286 #, fuzzy
20287 msgid "Print userspace messages."
20288 msgstr "Niega el acceso a escritura al terminal."
20289
20290 #. type: Labeled list
20291 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:132
20292 #, no-wrap
20293 msgid "*-w*, *--follow*"
20294 msgstr "*-w*, *--follow*"
20295
20296 #. type: Plain text
20297 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134
20298 msgid ""
20299 "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
20300 "readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
20301 msgstr ""
20302
20303 #. type: Labeled list
20304 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:135
20305 #, no-wrap
20306 msgid "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
20307 msgstr "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
20308
20309 #. type: Plain text
20310 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137
20311 msgid "Wait and print only new messages."
20312 msgstr ""
20313
20314 #. type: Labeled list
20315 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:138
20316 #, no-wrap
20317 msgid "*-x*, *--decode*"
20318 msgstr "*-x*, *--decode*"
20319
20320 #. type: Plain text
20321 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140
20322 msgid ""
20323 "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
20324 msgstr ""
20325
20326 #. type: Plain text
20327 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:150
20328 msgid ""
20329 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/"
20330 "dmesg.disable_. See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about "
20331 "colorization configuration."
20332 msgstr ""
20333
20334 #. type: Plain text
20335 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:152
20336 msgid "The logical color names supported by *dmesg* are:"
20337 msgstr ""
20338
20339 #. type: Labeled list
20340 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:153
20341 #, no-wrap
20342 msgid "*subsys*"
20343 msgstr "*subsys*"
20344
20345 #. type: Plain text
20346 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:155
20347 msgid "The message sub-system prefix (e.g., \"ACPI:\")."
20348 msgstr ""
20349
20350 #. type: Labeled list
20351 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:156
20352 #, no-wrap
20353 msgid "*time*"
20354 msgstr "*time*"
20355
20356 #. type: Plain text
20357 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:158
20358 msgid "The message timestamp."
20359 msgstr ""
20360
20361 #. type: Labeled list
20362 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:159
20363 #, no-wrap
20364 msgid "*timebreak*"
20365 msgstr "*timebreak*"
20366
20367 #. type: Plain text
20368 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:161
20369 msgid ""
20370 "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* "
20371 "output."
20372 msgstr ""
20373
20374 #. type: Labeled list
20375 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:162
20376 #, no-wrap
20377 msgid "*alert*"
20378 msgstr "*alert*"
20379
20380 #. type: Plain text
20381 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:164
20382 msgid "The text of the message with the alert log priority."
20383 msgstr ""
20384
20385 #. type: Labeled list
20386 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:165
20387 #, no-wrap
20388 msgid "*crit*"
20389 msgstr "*crit*"
20390
20391 #. type: Plain text
20392 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:167
20393 msgid "The text of the message with the critical log priority."
20394 msgstr ""
20395
20396 #. type: Labeled list
20397 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:168
20398 #, no-wrap
20399 msgid "*err*"
20400 msgstr "*err*"
20401
20402 #. type: Plain text
20403 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:170
20404 msgid "The text of the message with the error log priority."
20405 msgstr ""
20406
20407 #. type: Plain text
20408 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:173
20409 msgid "The text of the message with the warning log priority."
20410 msgstr ""
20411
20412 #. type: Labeled list
20413 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:174
20414 #, no-wrap
20415 msgid "*segfault*"
20416 msgstr "*segfault*"
20417
20418 #. type: Plain text
20419 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:176
20420 msgid "The text of the message that inform about segmentation fault."
20421 msgstr ""
20422
20423 #. type: Plain text
20424 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:180
20425 #, no-wrap
20426 msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details.\n"
20427 msgstr ""
20428
20429 #. type: Plain text
20430 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:186
20431 #, no-wrap
20432 msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
20433 msgstr ""
20434
20435 #. type: Plain text
20436 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:191
20437 #, no-wrap
20438 msgid ""
20439 "*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
20440 "*syslogd*(8)\n"
20441 msgstr ""
20442 "*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
20443 "*syslogd*(8)\n"
20444
20445 #
20446 #. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com)
20447 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>.
20448 #. It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
20449 #. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
20450 #. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
20451 #. type: Title =
20452 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10
20453 #, no-wrap
20454 msgid "eject(1)"
20455 msgstr "eject(1)"
20456
20457 #. type: Plain text
20458 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:20
20459 msgid "eject - eject removable media"
20460 msgstr ""
20461
20462 #. type: Plain text
20463 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:22
20464 #, no-wrap
20465 msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
20466 msgstr ""
20467
20468 #. type: Plain text
20469 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26
20470 #, no-wrap
20471 msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives.\n"
20472 msgstr ""
20473
20474 #. type: Plain text
20475 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
20476 msgid ""
20477 "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name "
20478 "is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be "
20479 "addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), "
20480 "UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
20481 msgstr ""
20482
20483 #. type: Plain text
20484 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
20485 msgid ""
20486 "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the "
20487 "device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default "
20488 "*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
20489 msgstr ""
20490
20491 #. type: Plain text
20492 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:32
20493 msgid "If a device partition is specified, the whole-disk device is used."
20494 msgstr ""
20495
20496 #. type: Plain text
20497 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
20498 msgid ""
20499 "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted "
20500 "before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file "
20501 "descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
20502 msgstr ""
20503
20504 #. type: Labeled list
20505 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:37
20506 #, no-wrap
20507 msgid "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
20508 msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
20509
20510 #. type: Plain text
20511 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
20512 msgid ""
20513 "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When "
20514 "enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
20515 msgstr ""
20516
20517 #. type: Labeled list
20518 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:40
20519 #, no-wrap
20520 msgid "*-c*, *--changerslot* _slot_"
20521 msgstr ""
20522
20523 #. type: Plain text
20524 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
20525 msgid ""
20526 "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. "
20527 "The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) "
20528 "for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the "
20529 "changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
20530 msgstr ""
20531
20532 #. type: Labeled list
20533 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:43
20534 #, no-wrap
20535 msgid "*-d*, *--default*"
20536 msgstr "*-d*, *--default*"
20537
20538 #. type: Plain text
20539 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:45
20540 #, fuzzy
20541 #| msgid "List all filenames."
20542 msgid "List the default device name."
20543 msgstr "Lista todos los nombres de fichero."
20544
20545 #. type: Labeled list
20546 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:46
20547 #, no-wrap
20548 msgid "*-F*, *--force*"
20549 msgstr "*-F*, *--force*"
20550
20551 #. type: Plain text
20552 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
20553 msgid ""
20554 "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. "
20555 "The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
20556 msgstr ""
20557
20558 #. type: Labeled list
20559 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:49
20560 #, no-wrap
20561 msgid "*-f*, *--floppy*"
20562 msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*"
20563
20564 #. type: Plain text
20565 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
20566 msgid ""
20567 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable "
20568 "floppy disk eject command."
20569 msgstr ""
20570
20571 #. type: Labeled list
20572 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:55
20573 #, no-wrap
20574 msgid "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
20575 msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
20576
20577 #. type: Plain text
20578 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
20579 msgid ""
20580 "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the "
20581 "drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when "
20582 "you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the "
20583 "button is inadvertently pressed."
20584 msgstr ""
20585
20586 #. type: Labeled list
20587 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:58
20588 #, no-wrap
20589 msgid "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
20590 msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
20591
20592 #. type: Plain text
20593 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
20594 msgid ""
20595 "The option tells eject to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned "
20596 "devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt "
20597 "to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint "
20598 "given on the command line."
20599 msgstr ""
20600
20601 #. type: Labeled list
20602 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:61
20603 #, no-wrap
20604 msgid "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
20605 msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
20606
20607 #. type: Plain text
20608 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
20609 msgid ""
20610 "The option tells eject to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not "
20611 "specified than *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that "
20612 "the device is not used (since v2.35)."
20613 msgstr ""
20614
20615 #. type: Labeled list
20616 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:64
20617 #, no-wrap
20618 msgid "*-n*, *--noop*"
20619 msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*"
20620
20621 #. type: Plain text
20622 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
20623 msgid ""
20624 "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
20625 msgstr ""
20626
20627 #. type: Labeled list
20628 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:67
20629 #, no-wrap
20630 msgid "*-p*, *--proc*"
20631 msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*"
20632
20633 #. type: Plain text
20634 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
20635 msgid ""
20636 "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also "
20637 "passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
20638 msgstr ""
20639
20640 #. type: Labeled list
20641 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:70
20642 #, no-wrap
20643 msgid "*-q*, *--tape*"
20644 msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*"
20645
20646 #. type: Plain text
20647 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
20648 msgid ""
20649 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive "
20650 "offline command."
20651 msgstr ""
20652
20653 #. type: Labeled list
20654 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:73
20655 #, no-wrap
20656 msgid "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
20657 msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
20658
20659 #. type: Plain text
20660 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
20661 msgid ""
20662 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject "
20663 "command."
20664 msgstr ""
20665
20666 #. type: Labeled list
20667 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:76
20668 #, no-wrap
20669 msgid "*-s*, *--scsi*"
20670 msgstr "*-s*, *--scsi*"
20671
20672 #. type: Plain text
20673 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
20674 msgid ""
20675 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
20676 msgstr ""
20677
20678 #. type: Labeled list
20679 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:79
20680 #, no-wrap
20681 msgid "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
20682 msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
20683
20684 #. type: Plain text
20685 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
20686 msgid ""
20687 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's "
20688 "opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices "
20689 "support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
20690 msgstr ""
20691
20692 #. type: Labeled list
20693 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:82
20694 #, no-wrap
20695 msgid "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
20696 msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
20697
20698 #. type: Plain text
20699 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84
20700 msgid ""
20701 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all "
20702 "devices support this command."
20703 msgstr ""
20704
20705 #. type: Plain text
20706 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
20707 msgid ""
20708 "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is "
20709 "doing."
20710 msgstr ""
20711
20712 #. type: Labeled list
20713 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:91
20714 #, no-wrap
20715 msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
20716 msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
20717
20718 #. type: Plain text
20719 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93
20720 msgid ""
20721 "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available "
20722 "speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of "
20723 "the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous "
20724 "versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some "
20725 "drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not "
20726 "work with them."
20727 msgstr ""
20728
20729 #. type: Labeled list
20730 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:94
20731 #, no-wrap
20732 msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_"
20733 msgstr ""
20734
20735 #. type: Plain text
20736 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
20737 msgid ""
20738 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The "
20739 "_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X "
20740 "speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and "
20741 "you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the "
20742 "media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or "
20743 "with the *-t* and *-c* options."
20744 msgstr ""
20745
20746 #. type: Plain text
20747 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104
20748 #, no-wrap
20749 msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself.\n"
20750 msgstr ""
20751
20752 #. type: Plain text
20753 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
20754 msgid ""
20755 "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are "
20756 "used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these "
20757 "options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
20758 msgstr ""
20759
20760 #. type: Plain text
20761 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
20762 #, no-wrap
20763 msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to.\n"
20764 msgstr ""
20765
20766 #. type: Plain text
20767 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
20768 msgid ""
20769 "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will "
20770 "attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see "
20771 "also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not "
20772 "attempt to eject the media."
20773 msgstr ""
20774
20775 #. type: Plain text
20776 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
20777 msgid ""
20778 "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray "
20779 "if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
20780 msgstr ""
20781
20782 #. type: Plain text
20783 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:114
20784 msgid ""
20785 "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected "
20786 "after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the "
20787 "auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject "
20788 "mode."
20789 msgstr ""
20790
20791 #. type: Plain text
20792 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
20793 msgid ""
20794 "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root "
20795 "is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
20796 msgstr ""
20797
20798 #. type: Plain text
20799 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:120
20800 msgid ""
20801 "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat."
20802 "com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux "
20803 "version."
20804 msgstr ""
20805
20806 #. type: Plain text
20807 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:127
20808 #, no-wrap
20809 msgid ""
20810 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
20811 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
20812 "*mount*(8),\n"
20813 "*umount*(8)\n"
20814 msgstr ""
20815 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
20816 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
20817 "*mount*(8),\n"
20818 "*umount*(8)\n"
20819
20820 #. type: Title =
20821 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:2
20822 #, no-wrap
20823 msgid "fallocate(1)"
20824 msgstr "fallocate(1)"
20825
20826 #. type: Plain text
20827 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:12
20828 msgid "fallocate - preallocate or deallocate space to a file"
20829 msgstr ""
20830
20831 #. type: Plain text
20832 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16
20833 #, no-wrap
20834 msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n"
20835 msgstr "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _desplazamiento_] *-l* _longitud_ [*-n*] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
20836
20837 #. type: Plain text
20838 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18
20839 #, no-wrap
20840 msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
20841 msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
20842
20843 #. type: Plain text
20844 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20
20845 #, no-wrap
20846 msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n"
20847 msgstr "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] *-l* _longitud nombre-de-fichero_\n"
20848
20849 #. type: Plain text
20850 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24
20851 #, no-wrap
20852 msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
20853 msgstr ""
20854
20855 #. type: Plain text
20856 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
20857 msgid ""
20858 "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
20859 msgstr ""
20860 "El código de salida devuelto por *fallocate* es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
20861 "acaba en fallo."
20862
20863 #. type: Plain text
20864 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
20865 msgid ""
20866 "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
20867 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
20868 "ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
20869 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
20870 "PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
20871 msgstr ""
20872
20873 #. type: Plain text
20874 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
20875 msgid ""
20876 "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-"
20877 "range* are mutually exclusive."
20878 msgstr ""
20879
20880 #. type: Labeled list
20881 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:33
20882 #, no-wrap
20883 msgid "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
20884 msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
20885
20886 #. type: Plain text
20887 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
20888 msgid ""
20889 "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to "
20890 "be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the "
20891 "completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the "
20892 "location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and "
20893 "the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be "
20894 "specified for the collapse-range operation."
20895 msgstr ""
20896
20897 #. type: Plain text
20898 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
20899 msgid ""
20900 "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
20901 msgstr ""
20902
20903 #. type: Plain text
20904 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
20905 msgid ""
20906 "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in "
20907 "order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, offset and len must be "
20908 "a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to "
20909 "the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a "
20910 "requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this "
20911 "requirement is violated."
20912 msgstr ""
20913
20914 #. type: Labeled list
20915 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:40
20916 #, no-wrap
20917 msgid "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
20918 msgstr "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
20919
20920 #. type: Plain text
20921 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
20922 msgid ""
20923 "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
20924 "extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
20925 "block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* "
20926 "is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the "
20927 "entire file is analyzed for holes."
20928 msgstr ""
20929
20930 #. type: Plain text
20931 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
20932 msgid ""
20933 "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming "
20934 "the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
20935 msgstr ""
20936
20937 #. type: Plain text
20938 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:46
20939 msgid "See *--punch-hole* for a list of supported filesystems."
20940 msgstr ""
20941
20942 #. type: Labeled list
20943 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:47
20944 #, no-wrap
20945 msgid "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
20946 msgstr "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
20947
20948 #. type: Plain text
20949 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:49
20950 msgid "Insert a hole of _length_ bytes from _offset_, shifting existing data."
20951 msgstr ""
20952
20953 #. type: Plain text
20954 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:52
20955 msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
20956 msgstr ""
20957
20958 #. type: Labeled list
20959 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:53
20960 #, no-wrap
20961 msgid "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
20962 msgstr "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
20963
20964 #. type: Plain text
20965 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
20966 msgid ""
20967 "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate "
20968 "blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
20969 msgstr ""
20970
20971 #. type: Plain text
20972 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:58
20973 msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
20974 msgstr ""
20975
20976 #. type: Labeled list
20977 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:59
20978 #, no-wrap
20979 msgid "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
20980 msgstr "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
20981
20982 #. type: Plain text
20983 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
20984 msgid ""
20985 "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
20986 "_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, "
20987 "partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are "
20988 "removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this "
20989 "range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time "
20990 "as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is "
20991 "implied."
20992 msgstr ""
20993
20994 #. type: Plain text
20995 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
20996 msgid ""
20997 "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since "
20998 "Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
20999 msgstr ""
21000
21001 #. type: Plain text
21002 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:66
21003 #, fuzzy
21004 #| msgid "Verbose mode."
21005 msgid "Enable verbose mode."
21006 msgstr "Modo prolijo."
21007
21008 #. type: Labeled list
21009 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:67
21010 #, no-wrap
21011 msgid "*-x*, *--posix*"
21012 msgstr "*-x*, *--posix*"
21013
21014 #. type: Plain text
21015 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
21016 msgid ""
21017 "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always "
21018 "completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported "
21019 "by the underlying filesystem."
21020 msgstr ""
21021
21022 #. type: Labeled list
21023 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:70
21024 #, no-wrap
21025 msgid "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
21026 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
21027
21028 #. type: Plain text
21029 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
21030 msgid ""
21031 "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for "
21032 "_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the "
21033 "regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent "
21034 "reads from this range will return zeroes."
21035 msgstr ""
21036
21037 #. type: Plain text
21038 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
21039 msgid ""
21040 "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
21041 "into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will "
21042 "not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the "
21043 "either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update "
21044 "metadata."
21045 msgstr ""
21046
21047 #. type: Plain text
21048 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
21049 msgid ""
21050 "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
21051 msgstr ""
21052
21053 #. type: Plain text
21054 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
21055 msgid ""
21056 "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
21057 msgstr ""
21058
21059 #. type: Plain text
21060 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:89
21061 msgid ""
21062 "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21063 msgstr ""
21064 "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21065
21066 #. type: Plain text
21067 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:95
21068 #, no-wrap
21069 msgid ""
21070 "*truncate*(1),\n"
21071 "*fallocate*(2),\n"
21072 "*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
21073 msgstr ""
21074 "*truncate*(1),\n"
21075 "*fallocate*(2),\n"
21076 "*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
21077
21078 #
21079 #
21080 #
21081 #. Copyright 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin - All Rights Reserved
21082 #. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
21083 #. obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
21084 #. files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
21085 #. restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
21086 #. copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
21087 #. sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
21088 #. the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
21089 #. conditions:
21090 #. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall
21091 #. be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
21092 #. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
21093 #. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
21094 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
21095 #. NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
21096 #. HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
21097 #. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
21098 #. FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
21099 #. OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
21100 #. type: Title =
21101 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:26
21102 #, no-wrap
21103 msgid "flock(1)"
21104 msgstr "flock(1)"
21105
21106 #. type: Plain text
21107 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:37
21108 msgid "flock - manage locks from shell scripts"
21109 msgstr ""
21110
21111 #. type: Plain text
21112 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:41
21113 #, no-wrap
21114 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
21115 msgstr "*flock* [opciones] _fichero_|_directorio_ _orden_ [_argumentos_]\n"
21116
21117 #. type: Plain text
21118 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43
21119 #, no-wrap
21120 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_\n"
21121 msgstr "*flock* [opciones] _fichero_|_directorio_ *-c* _orden_\n"
21122
21123 #. type: Plain text
21124 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45
21125 #, no-wrap
21126 msgid "*flock* [options] _number_\n"
21127 msgstr ""
21128
21129 #. type: Plain text
21130 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
21131 msgid ""
21132 "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the "
21133 "command line."
21134 msgstr ""
21135
21136 #. type: Plain text
21137 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
21138 msgid ""
21139 "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution "
21140 "of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a "
21141 "specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate "
21142 "permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be "
21143 "immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
21144 msgstr ""
21145
21146 #. type: Plain text
21147 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
21148 msgid ""
21149 "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the "
21150 "examples below for how that can be used."
21151 msgstr ""
21152
21153 #. type: Labeled list
21154 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:56 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:69
21155 #, no-wrap
21156 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_"
21157 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _orden_"
21158
21159 #. type: Plain text
21160 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58
21161 msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*."
21162 msgstr ""
21163
21164 #. type: Labeled list
21165 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59
21166 #, no-wrap
21167 msgid "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _number_"
21168 msgstr ""
21169
21170 #. type: Plain text
21171 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
21172 msgid ""
21173 "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting "
21174 "lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The "
21175 "default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
21176 msgstr ""
21177
21178 #. type: Plain text
21179 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
21180 msgid ""
21181 "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is "
21182 "replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is "
21183 "incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold "
21184 "the lock."
21185 msgstr ""
21186
21187 #. type: Labeled list
21188 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:65
21189 #, no-wrap
21190 msgid "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
21191 msgstr "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
21192
21193 #. type: Plain text
21194 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
21195 msgid ""
21196 "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
21197 msgstr ""
21198
21199 #. type: Labeled list
21200 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:68
21201 #, no-wrap
21202 msgid "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
21203 msgstr "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
21204
21205 #. type: Plain text
21206 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
21207 msgid ""
21208 "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-"
21209 "E* option for the exit status used."
21210 msgstr ""
21211
21212 #. type: Labeled list
21213 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:71
21214 #, no-wrap
21215 msgid "*-o*, *--close*"
21216 msgstr "*-o*, *--close*"
21217
21218 #. type: Plain text
21219 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
21220 msgid ""
21221 "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
21222 "_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should "
21223 "not be holding the lock."
21224 msgstr ""
21225
21226 #. type: Labeled list
21227 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:74
21228 #, no-wrap
21229 msgid "*-s*, *--shared*"
21230 msgstr "*-s*, *--shared*"
21231
21232 #. type: Plain text
21233 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:76
21234 msgid "Obtain a shared lock, sometimes called a read lock."
21235 msgstr ""
21236
21237 #. type: Labeled list
21238 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:77
21239 #, no-wrap
21240 msgid "*-u*, *--unlock*"
21241 msgstr "*-u*, *--unlock*"
21242
21243 #. type: Plain text
21244 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
21245 msgid ""
21246 "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
21247 "dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special "
21248 "cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
21249 "background process which should not be holding the lock."
21250 msgstr ""
21251
21252 #. type: Labeled list
21253 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:80
21254 #, no-wrap
21255 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
21256 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _segundos_"
21257
21258 #. type: Plain text
21259 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
21260 msgid ""
21261 "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional "
21262 "values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero "
21263 "number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
21264 msgstr ""
21265
21266 #. type: Plain text
21267 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
21268 msgid ""
21269 "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be "
21270 "obtained."
21271 msgstr ""
21272
21273 #. type: Plain text
21274 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:95
21275 msgid ""
21276 "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when "
21277 "using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire "
21278 "the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The "
21279 "exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
21280 msgstr ""
21281
21282 #. type: Plain text
21283 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:97
21284 msgid ""
21285 "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the "
21286 "exit status is that of the child command."
21287 msgstr ""
21288
21289 #. type: Plain text
21290 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:101
21291 msgid "Note that \"shell> \" in examples is a command line prompt."
21292 msgstr ""
21293
21294 #. type: Labeled list
21295 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:102
21296 #, no-wrap
21297 msgid "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
21298 msgstr "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
21299
21300 #. type: Plain text
21301 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104
21302 msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory /tmp and the second command will fail."
21303 msgstr ""
21304
21305 #. type: Labeled list
21306 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:105
21307 #, no-wrap
21308 msgid "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
21309 msgstr "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
21310
21311 #. type: Plain text
21312 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:107
21313 msgid ""
21314 "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail. "
21315 "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
21316 msgstr ""
21317
21318 #. type: Labeled list
21319 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:108
21320 #, no-wrap
21321 msgid "shell> flock -x local-lock-file echo 'a b c'"
21322 msgstr ""
21323
21324 #. type: Plain text
21325 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:110
21326 msgid ""
21327 "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
21328 msgstr ""
21329
21330 #. type: Labeled list
21331 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:111
21332 #, no-wrap
21333 msgid "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commands executed under lock ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mylockfile"
21334 msgstr ""
21335
21336 #. type: Plain text
21337 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:113
21338 msgid ""
21339 "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file "
21340 "doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be "
21341 "created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. "
21342 "Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is "
21343 "required."
21344 msgstr ""
21345
21346 #. type: Labeled list
21347 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:114
21348 #, no-wrap
21349 msgid "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
21350 msgstr "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
21351
21352 #. type: Plain text
21353 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116
21354 msgid ""
21355 "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the "
21356 "shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the "
21357 "first run. If the env var *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is "
21358 "being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock "
21359 "(using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the "
21360 "right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var to the right value so it "
21361 "doesn't run again."
21362 msgstr ""
21363
21364 #. type: Labeled list
21365 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:117
21366 #, no-wrap
21367 msgid "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mylockfile; shell> flock -n 4"
21368 msgstr ""
21369
21370 #. type: Plain text
21371 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:119
21372 msgid ""
21373 "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
21374 "The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, "
21375 "then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
21376 msgstr ""
21377
21378 #. type: Plain text
21379 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:123
21380 msgid "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
21381 msgstr "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
21382
21383 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
21384 #. type: Plain text
21385 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:128
21386 msgid ""
21387 "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see "
21388 "the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
21389 "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
21390 msgstr ""
21391
21392 #. type: Plain text
21393 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:132
21394 #, no-wrap
21395 msgid "*flock*(2)\n"
21396 msgstr "*flock*(2)\n"
21397
21398 #. type: Title =
21399 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2
21400 #, no-wrap
21401 msgid "fsfreeze(8)"
21402 msgstr "fsfreeze(8)"
21403
21404 #. type: Plain text
21405 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:12
21406 msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
21407 msgstr ""
21408
21409 #. type: Plain text
21410 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:16
21411 #, no-wrap
21412 msgid "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _mountpoint_\n"
21413 msgstr ""
21414
21415 #. type: Plain text
21416 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:20
21417 #, no-wrap
21418 msgid "*fsfreeze* suspends or resumes access to a filesystem.\n"
21419 msgstr ""
21420
21421 #. type: Plain text
21422 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22
21423 #, no-wrap
21424 msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots.\n"
21425 msgstr ""
21426
21427 #. type: Plain text
21428 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24
21429 #, no-wrap
21430 msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page.\n"
21431 msgstr ""
21432
21433 #. type: Plain text
21434 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
21435 msgid ""
21436 "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
21437 "filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
21438 "*mount*(8))."
21439 msgstr ""
21440
21441 #. type: Plain text
21442 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
21443 msgid ""
21444 "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
21445 "mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for "
21446 "more details see *mount*(8))."
21447 msgstr ""
21448
21449 #. type: Labeled list
21450 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:31
21451 #, no-wrap
21452 msgid "*-f*, *--freeze*"
21453 msgstr "*-f*, *--freeze*"
21454
21455 #. type: Plain text
21456 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
21457 msgid ""
21458 "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
21459 "modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
21460 "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, other "
21461 "calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, "
21462 "and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to "
21463 "the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen."
21464 msgstr ""
21465
21466 #. type: Plain text
21467 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
21468 msgid ""
21469 "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
21470 "information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
21471 "will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
21472 "the snapshot is complete."
21473 msgstr ""
21474
21475 #. type: Labeled list
21476 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:36
21477 #, no-wrap
21478 msgid "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
21479 msgstr "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
21480
21481 #. type: Plain text
21482 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
21483 msgid ""
21484 "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
21485 "continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
21486 "unblocked and allowed to complete."
21487 msgstr ""
21488
21489 #. type: Title ==
21490 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:45
21491 #, no-wrap
21492 msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
21493 msgstr ""
21494
21495 #. type: Plain text
21496 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:48
21497 msgid ""
21498 "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
21499 "List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, "
21500 "*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as "
21501 "more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a "
21502 "filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
21503 msgstr ""
21504
21505 #. type: Plain text
21506 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:52
21507 msgid "This man page is based on *xfs_freeze*(8)."
21508 msgstr ""
21509
21510 #. type: Plain text
21511 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:56
21512 msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
21513 msgstr ""
21514
21515 #. type: Plain text
21516 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:72
21517 #, no-wrap
21518 msgid "*mount*(8)\n"
21519 msgstr "*mount*(8)\n"
21520
21521 #
21522 #
21523 #
21524 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
21525 #. All rights reserved.
21526 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
21527 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
21528 #. are met:
21529 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
21530 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
21531 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
21532 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
21533 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
21534 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
21535 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
21536 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
21537 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
21538 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
21539 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
21540 #.    without specific prior written permission.
21541 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
21542 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
21543 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
21544 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
21545 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
21546 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
21547 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
21548 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
21549 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
21550 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
21551 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
21552 #.     @(#)fstab.5      6.5 (Berkeley) 5/10/91
21553 #. type: Title =
21554 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:36
21555 #, no-wrap
21556 msgid "fstab(5)"
21557 msgstr "fstab(5)"
21558
21559 #. type: Plain text
21560 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46
21561 msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
21562 msgstr "fstab - Información estática sobre los sistemas de ficheros"
21563
21564 #. type: Plain text
21565 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
21566 #, fuzzy
21567 #| msgid ""
21568 #| "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
21569 #| "the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; "
21570 #| "it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and "
21571 #| "maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because "
21572 #| "fsck8, mount8, and umount8 sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing "
21573 #| "their thing."
21574 msgid ""
21575 "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the "
21576 "system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is "
21577 "the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this "
21578 "file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because fsck8, mount8, "
21579 "and umount8 sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing."
21580 msgstr ""
21581 "El fichero *fstab* contiene información que describe los diversos sistemas "
21582 "de ficheros que el sistema es capaz de gestionar. Las distintas aplicaciones "
21583 "podrán leer su contenido pero no modificarlo. La creación y correcto "
21584 "mantenimiento de este fichero es tarea del administrador. El orden de los "
21585 "registros en *fstab* es importante ya que *fsck*(8), *mount*(8) y "
21586 "*umount*(8) leen *fstab* secuencialmente durante su ejecución."
21587
21588 #. type: Plain text
21589 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
21590 msgid ""
21591 "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
21592 "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank "
21593 "lines are ignored."
21594 msgstr ""
21595 "Cada linea representa un sistema de ficheros. Los campos de dicha línea "
21596 "están separados por tabulaciones o espacios. Las líneas que comienzan por \"#"
21597 "\" se consideran comentarios y se ignoran al igual que las líneas en blanco."
21598
21599 #. type: Plain text
21600 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
21601 msgid "The following is a typical example of an *fstab* entry:"
21602 msgstr "Un ejemplo típico de una entrada de *fstab* sería el siguiente:"
21603
21604 #. type: delimited block .
21605 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61
21606 #, no-wrap
21607 msgid "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
21608 msgstr "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
21609
21610 #. type: Title ===
21611 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63
21612 #, no-wrap
21613 msgid "The first field (_fs_spec_)."
21614 msgstr "Primer campo (_fs_spec_)."
21615
21616 #. type: Plain text
21617 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66
21618 msgid ""
21619 "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or "
21620 "filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap "
21621 "partition to be enabled."
21622 msgstr ""
21623 "Este campo describe el dispositivo especial de bloque, sistema de ficheros "
21624 "remoto o la imagen del sistema de ficheros para que se monte el dispositivo "
21625 "de bucle o se habilite el fichero o partición de intercambio."
21626
21627 #. type: Plain text
21628 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68
21629 msgid ""
21630 "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
21631 "(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ "
21632 "or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth."
21633 "aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will "
21634 "show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for "
21635 "*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, "
21636 "like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
21637 msgstr ""
21638 "Para los montajes más habituales, contendrá (un enlace a) un nodo de "
21639 "dispositivo especial de bloque (creado por *mknod*(2)) para el dispositivo "
21640 "que se va a montar, por ejemplo: _/dev/cdrom_ o _/dev/sdb7_. Para NFS, este "
21641 "campo es _<host>:<dir>_, por ejemplo, _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. Para sistemas de "
21642 "ficheros sin almacenamiento, se puede usar cualquier cadena y se mostrará en "
21643 "la salida *df*(1), por ejemplo. El uso típico es _proc_ para procfs; _mem_, "
21644 "_none_ o _tmpfs_ para tmpfs. Otros sistemas de ficheros especiales, como "
21645 "*udev* y *sysfs*, normalmente no se enumeran en *fstab*."
21646
21647 #. type: Plain text
21648 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
21649 msgid ""
21650 "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is "
21651 "the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware "
21652 "detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For "
21653 "example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a "
21654 "filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) "
21655 "to set LABELs on filesystems)."
21656 msgstr ""
21657 "En lugar de indicar un nombre de dispositivo, puede indicarse LABEL=<label> "
21658 "o UUID=<uuid>. Esta es mejor práctica ya que los nombres de dispositivo "
21659 "suelen depender del orden de detección del hardware y puede sufrir "
21660 "modificaciones cuando se añade o elimina algún disco. Por ejemplo "
21661 "LABEL=Boot' o `UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'.  (Emplea una "
21662 "herramienta específica como *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), o *fatlabel*(8)  "
21663 "para definir el valor de LABEL)."
21664
21665 #. type: Plain text
21666 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
21667 msgid ""
21668 "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions "
21669 "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
21670 msgstr ""
21671 "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones *PARTUUID=* y "
21672 "*PARTLABEL=* cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de "
21673 "particiones GUID (GPT)."
21674
21675 #. type: Plain text
21676 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
21677 msgid ""
21678 "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device "
21679 "identifiers."
21680 msgstr ""
21681 "Consulte *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) o *lsblk*(8) para mayor información acerca "
21682 "de los identificadores de dispositivos."
21683
21684 #. type: Plain text
21685 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
21686 msgid ""
21687 "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the "
21688 "UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the "
21689 "volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g "
21690 "UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
21691 msgstr ""
21692 "Observe que *mount*(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben estar "
21693 "formadas por minúsculas. Sin embargo, cuando se define el nombre de sistemas "
21694 "de fichero FAT o NTFS se emplean mayúsculas (por ejemplo:UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" "
21695 "o UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
21696
21697 #. type: Title ===
21698 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:77
21699 #, no-wrap
21700 msgid "The second field (_fs_file_)."
21701 msgstr "Segundo campo (_fs_file_)."
21702
21703 #. type: Plain text
21704 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80
21705 msgid ""
21706 "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap "
21707 "partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the "
21708 "mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and "
21709 "'\\011' respectively."
21710 msgstr ""
21711 "Este segundo campo define el punto de montaje (objetivo o target) del "
21712 "sistema. En el caso de las particiones swap puede aparecer como 'none'.  Si "
21713 "el nombre del punto de montaje contiene espacios o tabulaciones, deberán "
21714 "sustituirse por `\\040' y '\\011' respectivamente."
21715
21716 #. type: Title ===
21717 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:81
21718 #, no-wrap
21719 msgid "The third field (_fs_vfstype_)."
21720 msgstr "Tercer campo (_fs_vfstype_)."
21721
21722 #. type: Plain text
21723 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84
21724 #, fuzzy
21725 #| msgid ""
21726 #| "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
21727 #| "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
21728 #| "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more "
21729 #| "details, see mount8."
21730 msgid ""
21731 "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
21732 "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
21733 "proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, "
21734 "see mount8."
21735 msgstr ""
21736 "Este campo define el tipo de sistema de ficheros. Linux incluye soporte para "
21737 "muchos de ellos: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
21738 "proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs y cifs, entre otros muchos. Consulte "
21739 "*mount*(8) para más detalles."
21740
21741 #. type: Plain text
21742 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86
21743 msgid ""
21744 "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. "
21745 "*swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
21746 msgstr ""
21747 "Una entrada _swap_ definirá un fichero o partición para el uso como "
21748 "intercambio de datos. Consulte *swapon*(8). Una entrada _none_ es util para "
21749 "anclar o mover puntos de montaje."
21750
21751 #. type: Plain text
21752 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
21753 msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list."
21754 msgstr "Es posible definir más de un tipo separándolos por comas."
21755
21756 #. type: Plain text
21757 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
21758 #, no-wrap
21759 msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
21760 msgstr "*mount*(8) y *umount*(8) admiten el uso de _subtipos_ al definir sistemas de fichero. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo '.subtype'. Por ejemplo, 'fuse.sshfs'. Se recomienda usar esto en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, 'sshfs # example.com' que está en desuso).\n"
21761
21762 #. type: Title ===
21763 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:91
21764 #, no-wrap
21765 msgid "The fourth field (_fs_mntops_)."
21766 msgstr "Cuarto campo (_fs_mntops_)."
21767
21768 #. type: Plain text
21769 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94
21770 msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
21771 msgstr ""
21772 "Este campo describe las opciones de montaje asociadas con el sistema de "
21773 "ficheros."
21774
21775 #. type: Plain text
21776 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96
21777 msgid ""
21778 "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least "
21779 "the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to "
21780 "the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see "
21781 "*mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
21782 msgstr ""
21783 "Consiste en una lista de opciones separadas por comas. Contiene al menos el "
21784 "tipo de montaje (*ro* o *rw*), junto con cualquier opción adicional "
21785 "apropiada para el tipo de sistema de ficheros (incluidas las opciones de "
21786 "ajuste de rendimiento). Para obtener más información, consulte *mount*(8) o "
21787 "*swapon*(8)."
21788
21789 #. type: Plain text
21790 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
21791 msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
21792 msgstr ""
21793 "Las opciones básicas independientes del tipo de ficheros son las siguientes:"
21794
21795 #. type: Labeled list
21796 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:491
21797 #, no-wrap
21798 msgid "*defaults*"
21799 msgstr "*defaults*"
21800
21801 #. type: Plain text
21802 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101
21803 msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
21804 msgstr ""
21805 "emplea las opciones por defecto: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser y async."
21806
21807 #. type: Labeled list
21808 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:465
21809 #, no-wrap
21810 msgid "*noauto*"
21811 msgstr "*noauto*"
21812
21813 #. type: Plain text
21814 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103
21815 msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
21816 msgstr ""
21817 "no se monta cuando se ejecuta *mount -a* (por ejemplo durante el inicio)"
21818
21819 #. type: Labeled list
21820 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:612
21821 #, no-wrap
21822 msgid "*user*"
21823 msgstr "*user*"
21824
21825 #. type: Plain text
21826 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105
21827 msgid "allow a user to mount"
21828 msgstr "permite que un cualquier usuario lo monte"
21829
21830 #. type: Labeled list
21831 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579
21832 #, no-wrap
21833 msgid "*owner*"
21834 msgstr "*owner*"
21835
21836 #. type: Plain text
21837 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
21838 msgid "allow device owner to mount"
21839 msgstr "permite que el dueño del dispositivo pueda montarlo"
21840
21841 #. type: Labeled list
21842 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
21843 #, no-wrap
21844 msgid "*comment*"
21845 msgstr "*comment*"
21846
21847 #. type: Plain text
21848 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
21849 msgid "or *x-<name>* for use by fstab-maintaining programs"
21850 msgstr "o *x-<nombre>* para los programas que mantienen fstab"
21851
21852 #. type: Labeled list
21853 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535
21854 #, no-wrap
21855 msgid "*nofail*"
21856 msgstr "*nofail*"
21857
21858 #. type: Plain text
21859 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
21860 msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
21861 msgstr "no emite un mensaje de error si el dispositivo no existe."
21862
21863 #. type: Title ===
21864 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:112
21865 #, no-wrap
21866 msgid "The fifth field (_fs_freq_)."
21867 msgstr "Quinto campo (_fs_freq_)."
21868
21869 #. type: Plain text
21870 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:115
21871 msgid ""
21872 "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be "
21873 "dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
21874 msgstr ""
21875 "Empleado por *dump*(8) para definir qué sistemas de ficheros deben ser "
21876 "volcados. Si no existe, se considera el valor cero (no volcar)."
21877
21878 #. type: Title ===
21879 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:116
21880 #, no-wrap
21881 msgid "The sixth field (_fs_passno_)."
21882 msgstr "Sexto campo (_fs_passno_)."
21883
21884 #. type: Plain text
21885 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:119
21886 msgid ""
21887 "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem "
21888 "checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a "
21889 "_fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. "
21890 "Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on "
21891 "different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism "
21892 "available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if "
21893 "not present."
21894 msgstr ""
21895 "*fsck*(8) utiliza este campo para determinar el orden en el que se realizan "
21896 "las comprobaciones del sistema de ficheros en el momento del arranque. El "
21897 "sistema de ficheros raíz debería contener un valor para _fs_passno_ de 1. El "
21898 "resto de sistemas de ficheros deberían tener _fs_passno_ de 2. Los sistemas "
21899 "de ficheros dentro de una unidad se verificarán secuencialmente, pero los "
21900 "sistemas de ficheros en diferentes unidades se verificarán al mismo tiempo "
21901 "para aprovechar las opción del paralelismo disponible en el hardware. El "
21902 "valor predeterminado es cero (no comprobar) si no existe este campo."
21903
21904 #. type: Plain text
21905 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:124
21906 msgid "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
21907 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
21908
21909 #. type: Plain text
21910 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:128
21911 msgid ""
21912 "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines "
21913 "*getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
21914 msgstr ""
21915 "La forma apropiada de leer los registros de *fstab* es usando las rutinas "
21916 "*getmntent*(3) o *libmount*."
21917
21918 #. type: Plain text
21919 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130
21920 msgid ""
21921 "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported "
21922 "by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
21923 msgstr ""
21924 "La palabra clave *ignore* para definir el tipo de fichero (en el tercer "
21925 "campo) está obsoleta y no puede usarse con la apliación mount basada en "
21926 "libmount (desde la versión util-linux 2.22)."
21927
21928 #. type: Plain text
21929 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:134
21930 msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
21931 msgstr "El formato del fichero *fstab* surgió en la version 4.0 de BSD."
21932
21933 #. type: Plain text
21934 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:142
21935 #, no-wrap
21936 msgid ""
21937 "*getmntent*(3),\n"
21938 "*fs*(5),\n"
21939 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
21940 "*mount*(8),\n"
21941 "*swapon*(8)\n"
21942 msgstr ""
21943 "*getmntent*(3),\n"
21944 "*fs*(5),\n"
21945 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
21946 "*mount*(8),\n"
21947 "*swapon*(8)\n"
21948
21949 #. type: Title =
21950 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:2
21951 #, no-wrap
21952 msgid "fstrim(8)"
21953 msgstr "fstrim(8)"
21954
21955 #. type: Plain text
21956 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:12
21957 msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
21958 msgstr ""
21959
21960 #. type: Plain text
21961 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16
21962 #, no-wrap
21963 msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [*-v* _mountpoint_]\n"
21964 msgstr ""
21965
21966 #. type: Plain text
21967 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20
21968 #, no-wrap
21969 msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.\n"
21970 msgstr ""
21971
21972 #. type: Plain text
21973 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
21974 msgid ""
21975 "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
21976 "Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
21977 "explained below."
21978 msgstr ""
21979
21980 #. type: Plain text
21981 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
21982 msgid ""
21983 "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
21984 "filesystem is mounted."
21985 msgstr ""
21986
21987 #. type: Plain text
21988 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
21989 msgid ""
21990 "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might "
21991 "negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
21992 "and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
21993 "not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
21994 "performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
21995 "time."
21996 msgstr ""
21997
21998 #. type: Plain text
21999 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
22000 msgid ""
22001 "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the "
22002 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
22003 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
22004 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
22005 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
22006 msgstr ""
22007
22008 #. type: Labeled list
22009 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:31
22010 #, no-wrap
22011 msgid "*-A, --fstab*"
22012 msgstr "*-A, --fstab*"
22013
22014 #. type: Plain text
22015 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
22016 msgid ""
22017 "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
22018 "support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
22019 "command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--"
22020 "offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. "
22021 "Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
22022 "devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored."
22023 msgstr ""
22024
22025 #. type: Labeled list
22026 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:34
22027 #, no-wrap
22028 msgid "*-a, --all*"
22029 msgstr "*-a, --all*"
22030
22031 #. type: Plain text
22032 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
22033 msgid ""
22034 "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
22035 "The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are "
22036 "applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support "
22037 "the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are "
22038 "silently ignored."
22039 msgstr ""
22040
22041 #. type: Labeled list
22042 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:37
22043 #, no-wrap
22044 msgid "*-n, --dry-run*"
22045 msgstr "*-n, --dry-run*"
22046
22047 #. type: Plain text
22048 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:39
22049 msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call *FITRIM* ioctl."
22050 msgstr ""
22051
22052 #. type: Labeled list
22053 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:40
22054 #, no-wrap
22055 msgid "*-o, --offset* _offset_"
22056 msgstr "*-o, --offset* _desplazamiento_"
22057
22058 #. type: Plain text
22059 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
22060 msgid ""
22061 "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
22062 "to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
22063 "filesystem."
22064 msgstr ""
22065
22066 #. type: Labeled list
22067 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:43
22068 #, no-wrap
22069 msgid "*-l, --length* _length_"
22070 msgstr "*-l, --length* _longitud_"
22071
22072 #. type: Plain text
22073 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
22074 msgid ""
22075 "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
22076 "discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
22077 "*fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
22078 "extends to the end of the filesystem."
22079 msgstr ""
22080
22081 #. type: Labeled list
22082 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:46
22083 #, no-wrap
22084 msgid "*-I, --listed-in* _list_"
22085 msgstr "*-I, --listed-in* _lista_"
22086
22087 #. type: Plain text
22088 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
22089 msgid ""
22090 "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
22091 "format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
22092 "the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
22093 msgstr ""
22094
22095 #. type: Plain text
22096 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:50
22097 #, no-wrap
22098 msgid "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
22099 msgstr "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
22100
22101 #. type: Labeled list
22102 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:51
22103 #, no-wrap
22104 msgid "*-m, --minimum* _minimum-size_"
22105 msgstr ""
22106
22107 #. type: Plain text
22108 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:53
22109 msgid ""
22110 "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
22111 "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
22112 "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the minimum "
22113 "if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that (fstrim_range."
22114 "minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the fstrim operation "
22115 "will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly fragmented freespace, "
22116 "although not all blocks will be discarded. The default value is zero, "
22117 "discarding every free block."
22118 msgstr ""
22119
22120 #. type: Labeled list
22121 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:54
22122 #, no-wrap
22123 msgid "*-v, --verbose*"
22124 msgstr "*-v, --verbose*"
22125
22126 #. type: Plain text
22127 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56
22128 msgid ""
22129 "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes "
22130 "passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential "
22131 "discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's "
22132 "perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the "
22133 "same sectors for discard repeatedly."
22134 msgstr ""
22135
22136 #. type: Plain text
22137 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:58
22138 #, no-wrap
22139 msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option).\n"
22140 msgstr ""
22141
22142 #. type: Labeled list
22143 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:59
22144 #, no-wrap
22145 msgid "*--quiet-unsupported*"
22146 msgstr "*--quiet-unsupported*"
22147
22148 #. type: Plain text
22149 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:61
22150 msgid ""
22151 "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
22152 "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
22153 "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
22154 "reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of "
22155 "file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
22156 msgstr ""
22157
22158 #. type: Plain text
22159 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78
22160 msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
22161 msgstr ""
22162
22163 #. type: Plain text
22164 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80
22165 msgid ""
22166 "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
22167 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
22168 msgstr ""
22169
22170 #. type: Plain text
22171 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:84
22172 msgid ""
22173 "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
22174 msgstr ""
22175 "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
22176
22177 #. type: Plain text
22178 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:89
22179 #, no-wrap
22180 msgid ""
22181 "*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
22182 "*mount*(8)\n"
22183 msgstr ""
22184 "*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
22185 "*mount*(8)\n"
22186
22187 #
22188 #. hwclock.8 -- man page for util-linux' hwclock
22189 #. 2015-01-07 J William Piggott
22190 #.    Authored new section: DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION.
22191 #.    Subsections: Keeping Time..., LOCAL vs UTC, POSIX vs 'RIGHT'.
22192 #. type: Title =
22193 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:9
22194 #, no-wrap
22195 msgid "hwclock(8)"
22196 msgstr "hwclock(8)"
22197
22198 #. type: Plain text
22199 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:20
22200 msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
22201 msgstr ""
22202
22203 #. type: Plain text
22204 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:24
22205 #, no-wrap
22206 msgid "*hwclock* [_function_] [_option_...]\n"
22207 msgstr "*hwclock* [_función_] [_opción_...]\n"
22208
22209 #. type: Plain text
22210 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28
22211 #, no-wrap
22212 msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate.\n"
22213 msgstr ""
22214
22215 #. type: Plain text
22216 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
22217 msgid ""
22218 "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the "
22219 "*--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their "
22220 "respective descriptions below."
22221 msgstr ""
22222
22223 #. type: Title ==
22224 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:31
22225 #, no-wrap
22226 msgid "FUNCTIONS"
22227 msgstr "FUNCIONES"
22228
22229 #. type: Plain text
22230 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
22231 msgid ""
22232 "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
22233 "time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
22234 msgstr ""
22235
22236 #. type: Labeled list
22237 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:35
22238 #, no-wrap
22239 msgid "*-a, --adjust*"
22240 msgstr "*-a, --adjust*"
22241
22242 #. type: Plain text
22243 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
22244 #, fuzzy
22245 #| msgid ""
22246 #| "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
22247 #| "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted.  See discussion "
22248 #| "below."
22249 msgid ""
22250 "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
22251 "since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
22252 "under *The Adjust Function*."
22253 msgstr ""
22254 "Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el desvío "
22255 "sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. Vea la "
22256 "discusión al respecto más adelante."
22257
22258 #. type: Labeled list
22259 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38
22260 #, no-wrap
22261 msgid "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
22262 msgstr "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
22263
22264 #. type: Plain text
22265 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
22266 msgid ""
22267 "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
22268 "the Linux kernel RTC driver."
22269 msgstr ""
22270
22271 #. type: Plain text
22272 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
22273 #, fuzzy
22274 #| msgid ""
22275 #| "Print out standard output the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value.  This "
22276 #| "is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
22277 #| "Clock refers.  For example, if you are using the convention that the year "
22278 #| "counter in your Hardware Clock contains the number of full years since "
22279 #| "1952, then the kernel's Hardware Counter epoch value must be 1952."
22280 msgid ""
22281 "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch "
22282 "is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
22283 "Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in "
22284 "the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the "
22285 "kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
22286 msgstr ""
22287 "Muestra en la salida estándar el valor de la época del Reloj del Hardware "
22288 "del núcleo. Esto es el número de años en la Era al que se refiere el año "
22289 "cero del Reloj del Hardware. Por ejemplo, si Ud. emplea el convenio de que "
22290 "el contador de años en su Reloj del Hardware contiene el número de años "
22291 "completos desde 1952, entonces el valor de la época del contador de años del "
22292 "Reloj del Hardware debe ser 1952."
22293
22294 #. type: Plain text
22295 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
22296 msgid ""
22297 "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the "
22298 "year. For example:"
22299 msgstr ""
22300
22301 #. type: Plain text
22302 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:46
22303 #, no-wrap
22304 msgid "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
22305 msgstr "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
22306
22307 #. type: Plain text
22308 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
22309 msgid ""
22310 "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
22311 "not be required."
22312 msgstr ""
22313
22314 #. type: Plain text
22315 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
22316 #, fuzzy
22317 #| msgid ""
22318 #| "This epoch value is used whenever hwclock reads or sets the Hardware "
22319 #| "Clock."
22320 msgid ""
22321 "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock "
22322 "on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware "
22323 "Clock epoch of 1900."
22324 msgstr ""
22325 "Este valor de la época se emplea cada vez que hwclock lee o pone el Reloj "
22326 "del Hardware."
22327
22328 #. type: Labeled list
22329 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51
22330 #, no-wrap
22331 msgid "*--predict*"
22332 msgstr "*--predict*"
22333
22334 #. type: Plain text
22335 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
22336 msgid ""
22337 "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
22338 "given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This "
22339 "is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
22340 "wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
22341 msgstr ""
22342
22343 #. type: Plain text
22344 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
22345 msgid ""
22346 "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
22347 "other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 "
22348 "minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
22349 msgstr ""
22350
22351 #. type: Labeled list
22352 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:56
22353 #, no-wrap
22354 msgid "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
22355 msgstr "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
22356
22357 #. type: Plain text
22358 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
22359 msgid ""
22360 "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO "
22361 "8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
22362 "Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
22363 msgstr ""
22364
22365 #. type: Plain text
22366 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
22367 #, fuzzy
22368 #| msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option."
22369 msgid ""
22370 "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
22371 msgstr "Pone el Reloj del Hardware a la hora dada por la opción B<--date>."
22372
22373 #. type: Plain text
22374 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:62
22375 msgid ""
22376 "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
22377 "upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the "
22378 "Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
22379 "operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-"
22380 "booting another OS."
22381 msgstr ""
22382
22383 #. type: Labeled list
22384 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
22385 #, no-wrap
22386 msgid "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
22387 msgstr "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
22388
22389 #. type: Plain text
22390 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
22391 #, fuzzy
22392 #| msgid ""
22393 #| "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
22394 #| "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted.  See discussion "
22395 #| "below."
22396 msgid ""
22397 "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
22398 "Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
22399 "it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
22400 "Function*."
22401 msgstr ""
22402 "Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el desvío "
22403 "sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. Vea la "
22404 "discusión al respecto más adelante."
22405
22406 #. type: Plain text
22407 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
22408 msgid ""
22409 "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
22410 "applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
22411 "for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
22412 "read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
22413 "System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information "
22414 "in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and "
22415 "*--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
22416 "below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
22417 msgstr ""
22418
22419 #. type: Plain text
22420 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:69
22421 msgid ""
22422 "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to "
22423 "the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
22424 "the TZ environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) "
22425 "would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's "
22426 "timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
22427 "see *settimeofday*(2).)"
22428 msgstr ""
22429
22430 #. type: Plain text
22431 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:71
22432 msgid ""
22433 "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first "
22434 "caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' "
22435 "timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the "
22436 "Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
22437 "required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic "
22438 "Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
22439 msgstr ""
22440
22441 #. type: Plain text
22442 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:73
22443 msgid ""
22444 "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
22445 "the file systems are mounted read/write."
22446 msgstr ""
22447
22448 #. type: Plain text
22449 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:75
22450 msgid ""
22451 "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
22452 "will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
22453 "something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then "
22454 "*--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
22455 msgstr ""
22456
22457 #. type: Plain text
22458 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:77
22459 msgid ""
22460 "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in "
22461 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--"
22462 "update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere "
22463 "else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when "
22464 "calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the "
22465 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC "
22466 "timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local "
22467 "time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling "
22468 "*hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command "
22469 "will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local "
22470 "time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
22471 msgstr ""
22472
22473 #. type: Plain text
22474 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:79
22475 msgid ""
22476 "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be "
22477 "desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
22478 "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, "
22479 "then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will "
22480 "be incorrect."
22481 msgstr ""
22482
22483 #. type: Plain text
22484 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:81
22485 msgid ""
22486 "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
22487 "nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
22488 msgstr ""
22489
22490 #. type: Labeled list
22491 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
22492 #, no-wrap
22493 msgid "*--set*"
22494 msgstr "*--set*"
22495
22496 #. type: Plain text
22497 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
22498 msgid ""
22499 "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update "
22500 "the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also "
22501 "(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. "
22502 "See *--update-drift* below."
22503 msgstr ""
22504
22505 #. type: Labeled list
22506 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:85
22507 #, no-wrap
22508 msgid "*--systz*"
22509 msgstr "*--systz*"
22510
22511 #. type: Plain text
22512 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:87
22513 msgid ""
22514 "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the "
22515 "Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
22516 "correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
22517 "kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
22518 "the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
22519 msgstr ""
22520
22521 #. type: Plain text
22522 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
22523 msgid ""
22524 "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* "
22525 "function:"
22526 msgstr ""
22527
22528 #. type: Plain text
22529 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:91
22530 msgid ""
22531 "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
22532 "accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the "
22533 "kernel and it handles the change."
22534 msgstr ""
22535
22536 #. type: Plain text
22537 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
22538 msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode' timescale."
22539 msgstr ""
22540
22541 #. type: Plain text
22542 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:93
22543 msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
22544 msgstr ""
22545
22546 #. type: Plain text
22547 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:95
22548 msgid ""
22549 "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) "
22550 "after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
22551 "script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
22552 "reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
22553 msgstr ""
22554
22555 #. type: Labeled list
22556 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
22557 #, no-wrap
22558 msgid "*-w*, *--systohc*"
22559 msgstr "*-w*, *--systohc*"
22560
22561 #. type: Plain text
22562 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:98
22563 msgid ""
22564 "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
22565 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the "
22566 "drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-"
22567 "drift* below."
22568 msgstr ""
22569
22570 #. type: Labeled list
22571 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:107
22572 #, no-wrap
22573 msgid "**--adjfile=**__filename__"
22574 msgstr "**--adjfile=**__nombre-de-fichero__"
22575
22576 #. type: Plain text
22577 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:109
22578 msgid "Override the default _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file path."
22579 msgstr ""
22580
22581 #. type: Labeled list
22582 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:110
22583 #, no-wrap
22584 msgid "**--date=**__date_string__"
22585 msgstr "**--date=**__nuevafecha__"
22586
22587 #. type: Plain text
22588 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:112
22589 msgid ""
22590 "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, "
22591 "otherwise it is ignored."
22592 msgstr ""
22593
22594 #. type: Plain text
22595 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:114
22596 #, no-wrap
22597 msgid "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
22598 msgstr "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
22599
22600 #. type: Plain text
22601 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:116
22602 #, no-wrap
22603 msgid "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
22604 msgstr "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
22605
22606 #. type: Plain text
22607 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:118
22608 msgid ""
22609 "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
22610 "UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not "
22611 "include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
22612 "\"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation "
22613 "between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional "
22614 "seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many "
22615 "time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
22616 msgstr ""
22617
22618 #. type: Labeled list
22619 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:119
22620 #, no-wrap
22621 msgid "**--delay=**__seconds__"
22622 msgstr "**--delay=**__segundos__"
22623
22624 #. type: Plain text
22625 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:121
22626 msgid ""
22627 "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
22628 "the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
22629 "types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
22630 "then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
22631 msgstr ""
22632
22633 #. type: Plain text
22634 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:123
22635 msgid ""
22636 "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
22637 "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
22638 "one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
22639 "to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
22640 "because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
22641 "after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
22642 "specific and in same cases another delay is required."
22643 msgstr ""
22644
22645 #. type: Labeled list
22646 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
22647 #, no-wrap
22648 msgid "*-D*, *--debug*"
22649 msgstr "*-D*, *--debug*"
22650
22651 #. type: Plain text
22652 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:126
22653 msgid ""
22654 "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be "
22655 "repurposed or removed in a future release."
22656 msgstr ""
22657
22658 #. type: Labeled list
22659 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
22660 #, no-wrap
22661 msgid "*--directisa*"
22662 msgstr "*--directisa*"
22663
22664 #. type: Plain text
22665 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:129
22666 msgid ""
22667 "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
22668 "family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to "
22669 "use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
22670 "option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
22671 "driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
22672 "automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
22673 "causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
22674 "Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
22675 "should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
22676 "all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
22677 msgstr ""
22678
22679 #. type: Labeled list
22680 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130
22681 #, no-wrap
22682 msgid "**--epoch=**__year__"
22683 msgstr "**--epoch=**__año__"
22684
22685 #. type: Plain text
22686 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:132
22687 msgid ""
22688 "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum "
22689 "_year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
22690 msgstr ""
22691
22692 #. type: Labeled list
22693 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133
22694 #, no-wrap
22695 msgid "*-f*, **--rtc=**__filename__"
22696 msgstr "*-f*, **--rtc=**__nombre-de-fichero__"
22697
22698 #. type: Plain text
22699 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:135
22700 msgid ""
22701 "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the "
22702 "first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For "
22703 "*IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
22704 msgstr ""
22705
22706 #. type: Labeled list
22707 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136
22708 #, no-wrap
22709 msgid "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
22710 msgstr "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
22711
22712 #. type: Plain text
22713 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:138
22714 msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
22715 msgstr ""
22716
22717 #. type: Plain text
22718 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:140
22719 msgid ""
22720 "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
22721 "timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
22722 "used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the "
22723 "*hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take "
22724 "a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
22725 "incorrect."
22726 msgstr ""
22727
22728 #. type: Plain text
22729 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:142
22730 msgid ""
22731 "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given "
22732 "with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in "
22733 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the "
22734 "default is UTC."
22735 msgstr ""
22736
22737 #. type: Plain text
22738 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:144
22739 msgid ""
22740 "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
22741 "Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
22742 msgstr ""
22743
22744 #. type: Labeled list
22745 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:145
22746 #, no-wrap
22747 msgid "*--noadjfile*"
22748 msgstr "*--noadjfile*"
22749
22750 #. type: Plain text
22751 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:147
22752 msgid ""
22753 "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read "
22754 "nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* "
22755 "must be specified when using this option."
22756 msgstr ""
22757
22758 #. type: Labeled list
22759 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
22760 #, no-wrap
22761 msgid "*--test*"
22762 msgstr "*--test*"
22763
22764 #. type: Plain text
22765 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:150
22766 msgid ""
22767 "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or "
22768 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
22769 msgstr ""
22770
22771 #. type: Labeled list
22772 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151
22773 #, no-wrap
22774 msgid "*--update-drift*"
22775 msgstr "*--update-drift*"
22776
22777 #. type: Plain text
22778 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:153
22779 msgid ""
22780 "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be "
22781 "used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
22782 msgstr ""
22783
22784 #. type: Plain text
22785 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:155
22786 msgid ""
22787 "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
22788 "invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
22789 "drift factor will be."
22790 msgstr ""
22791
22792 #. type: Plain text
22793 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:157
22794 msgid ""
22795 "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
22796 "*hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
22797 "automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
22798 msgstr ""
22799
22800 #. type: Plain text
22801 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:159
22802 msgid ""
22803 "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be "
22804 "clobbered to near zero."
22805 msgstr ""
22806
22807 #. type: Plain text
22808 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:160
22809 msgid ""
22810 "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most "
22811 "configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means "
22812 "when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the "
22813 "drift factor."
22814 msgstr ""
22815
22816 #. type: Plain text
22817 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
22818 msgid ""
22819 "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
22820 "For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
22821 "the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
22822 msgstr ""
22823
22824 #. type: Plain text
22825 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:162
22826 msgid ""
22827 "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--"
22828 "update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
22829 msgstr ""
22830
22831 #. type: Plain text
22832 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:164
22833 msgid ""
22834 "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
22835 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
22836 "the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal "
22837 "drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old "
22838 "behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires "
22839 "this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
22840 "Function*."
22841 msgstr ""
22842
22843 #. type: Plain text
22844 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:166
22845 msgid ""
22846 "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
22847 "cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
22848 "can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
22849 "failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
22850 "Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
22851 "invalid anyway."
22852 msgstr ""
22853
22854 #. type: Plain text
22855 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:169
22856 msgid "Display more details about what *hwclock* is doing internally."
22857 msgstr ""
22858
22859 #. type: Title ===
22860 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:172
22861 #, no-wrap
22862 msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
22863 msgstr "Relojes en un sistema Linux"
22864
22865 #. type: Plain text
22866 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:175
22867 msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
22868 msgstr ""
22869
22870 #. type: Plain text
22871 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:177
22872 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22873 #| msgid "B<The Hardware Clock:> This is a clock that runs independently of any control program running in the CPU and even when the machine is powered off."
22874 msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged.\n"
22875 msgstr "B<El Reloj del Hardware:> Esto es un reloj que corre independientemente de cualquier programa de control ejecutándose en la CPU e incluso cuando la máquina está apagada."
22876
22877 #. type: Plain text
22878 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:179
22879 #, fuzzy
22880 #| msgid ""
22881 #| "On an ISA system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard.  "
22882 #| "The control program can read or set this clock to a whole second, but the "
22883 #| "control program can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so "
22884 #| "the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
22885 msgid ""
22886 "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
22887 "standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
22888 "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
22889 "clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
22890 msgstr ""
22891 "En un sistema ISA, este reloj está especificado como parte del estándar ISA. "
22892 "El programa de control puede leer o poner este reloj a un segundo entero, "
22893 "pero el programa de control también puede detectar los límites de los pulsos "
22894 "del reloj de 1 segundo, así que el reloj realmente tiene una precisión "
22895 "virtualmente infinita."
22896
22897 #. type: Plain text
22898 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:181
22899 #, fuzzy
22900 #| msgid ""
22901 #| "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
22902 #| "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock.  Hardware Clock, in its "
22903 #| "capitalized form, was coined for use by I<hwclock> because all of the "
22904 #| "other names are inappropriate to the point of being misleading."
22905 msgid ""
22906 "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
22907 "RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
22908 "form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as "
22909 "the persistent clock."
22910 msgstr ""
22911 "Este reloj se llama comúnmente el Reloj del Hardware, el reloj de tiempo "
22912 "real, el RTC, el reloj de la BIOS, y el reloj CMOS. El Reloj del Hardware, "
22913 "en esta forma con las iniciales en mayúsculas, se acuñó para el uso en "
22914 "I<hwclock> porque todos los otros nombres son inapropiados hasta el punto de "
22915 "llevar a confusión."
22916
22917 #. type: Plain text
22918 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:183
22919 msgid ""
22920 "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
22921 "having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
22922 "might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
22923 "more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
22924 "purposes."
22925 msgstr ""
22926
22927 #. type: Plain text
22928 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:185
22929 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22930 #| msgid "B<The System Time:> This is the time kept by a clock inside the Linux kernel and driven by a timer interrupt.  (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard).  It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine.  The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969).  The System Time is not an integer, though.  It has virtually infinite precision."
22931 msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision.\n"
22932 msgstr "B<El Tiempo del Sistema:> Esto es el tiempo mantenido por un reloj de dentro del núcleo Linux y controlado por un interruptor de temporización. (En una máquina ISA, el interruptor de temporización es parte del estándar ISA.) Sólo tiene sentido mientras Linux está ejecutándose en la máquina. El Tiempo del Sistema es el número de segundos desde las 00:00:00 horas del 1 de Enero de 1970, UTC (o más sucintamente, el número de segundos desde 1969). El Tiempo del Sistema no es un entero, sin embargo. Tiene precisión virtualmente infinita."
22933
22934 #. type: Plain text
22935 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:187
22936 #, fuzzy
22937 #| msgid ""
22938 #| "The System Time is the time that matters.  The Hardware Clock's basic "
22939 #| "purpose in a Linux system is to keep time when Linux is not running.  You "
22940 #| "initialize the System Time to the time from the Hardware Clock when Linux "
22941 #| "starts up, and then never use the Hardware Clock again.  Note that in "
22942 #| "DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time "
22943 #| "clock."
22944 msgid ""
22945 "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose "
22946 "is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be "
22947 "initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, "
22948 "the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
22949 msgstr ""
22950 "El Tiempo del Sistema es el que tiene importancia. El propósito básico del "
22951 "Reloj del Hardware en un sistema Linux es mantener la hora mientras que "
22952 "Linux no está ejecutándose. Ud. inicia el Tiempo del Sistema al tiempo del "
22953 "Reloj del Hardware cuando Linux arranca, y ya no utiliza nunca más el Reloj "
22954 "del Hardware. Observe que en DOS, para quien se diseñó ISA, el Reloj del "
22955 "Hardware es el único reloj de tiempo real."
22956
22957 #. type: Plain text
22958 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:189
22959 #, fuzzy
22960 #| msgid ""
22961 #| "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
22962 #| "would happen if you used the I<date(1L)> program to set it while the "
22963 #| "system is running.  You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
22964 #| "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
22965 #| "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock.  "
22966 #| "You can also use the program I<adjtimex(8)> to smoothly adjust the System "
22967 #| "Time while the system runs."
22968 msgid ""
22969 "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
22970 "would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is "
22971 "running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while "
22972 "the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with "
22973 "the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not "
22974 "possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
22975 msgstr ""
22976 "Es importante que el Tiempo del Sistema no tenga discontinuidades como las "
22977 "que podrían ocurrir si Ud. empleara el programa I<date>(1)  para ponerlo en "
22978 "hora mientras el sistema esté en ejecución. Sin embargo, Ud. puede hacer lo "
22979 "que quiera con el Reloj del Hardware mientras el sistema esté ejecutándose, "
22980 "y la siguiente vez que Linux arrancara, lo haría con la nueva hora ajustada "
22981 "del Reloj del Hardware.  También puede emplear el programa I<adjtimex(8)> "
22982 "para ajustar suavemente el Tiempo del Sistema mientras que el sistema está "
22983 "ejecutándose."
22984
22985 #. type: Plain text
22986 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:191
22987 msgid ""
22988 "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- "
22989 "almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, "
22990 "programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display "
22991 "a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
22992 "determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/"
22993 "etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, "
22994 "some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
22995 "the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
22996 "kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
22997 "wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute "
22998 "mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ "
22999 "variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 "
23000 "minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock "
23001 "Synchronization by the Kernel*."
23002 msgstr ""
23003
23004 #. type: Plain text
23005 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:193
23006 #, no-wrap
23007 msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions.\n"
23008 msgstr ""
23009
23010 #. type: Plain text
23011 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:195
23012 msgid ""
23013 "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
23014 "tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
23015 "lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
23016 "Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
23017 "present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
23018 "See also *settimeofday*(2)."
23019 msgstr ""
23020
23021 #. type: Title ===
23022 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:196
23023 #, no-wrap
23024 msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
23025 msgstr ""
23026
23027 #. type: Plain text
23028 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:199
23029 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23030 #| msgid "I<hwclock > Uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values.  The most normal way is to do I/O to the device special file /dev/rtc, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver.  However, this method is not always available.  For one thing, the rtc driver is a relatively recent addition to Linux.  Older systems don't have it."
23031 msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option.\n"
23032 msgstr "I<hwclock> utiliza muchas formas diferentes de obtener y poner valores en el Reloj del Hardware.  La forma más normal es hacer E/S en el fichero especial de dispositivo /dev/rtc, que se supone controlado por el controlador del dispositivo rtc. Sin embargo, este método no está siempre disponible. Por una cosa: el controlador rtc es una adición relativamente reciente a Linux. Sistemas más antiguos no lo tienen."
23033
23034 #. type: Plain text
23035 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:201
23036 #, fuzzy
23037 #| msgid ""
23038 #| "On older systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on "
23039 #| "the system hardware."
23040 msgid ""
23041 "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
23042 "rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
23043 "depends on the system hardware."
23044 msgstr ""
23045 "En sistemas más viejos, el método de acceder al Reloj del Hardware depende "
23046 "del hardware del sistema."
23047
23048 #. type: Plain text
23049 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:203
23050 #, fuzzy
23051 #| msgid ""
23052 #| "On an ISA system, I<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" "
23053 #| "registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
23054 #| "0x71.  It can only do this if running with superuser effective userid."
23055 msgid ""
23056 "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS memory"
23057 "\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. "
23058 "It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if "
23059 "running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
23060 "specifying the *--directisa* option."
23061 msgstr ""
23062 "En un sistema ISA, I<hwclock> puede acceder directamente a los registros de "
23063 "la \"memoria CMOS\" que constituye el reloj, haciendo E/S a los puertos 0x70 "
23064 "y 0x71. Esto sólo lo puede hacer si se ejecuta con el UID efectivo 0 (esto "
23065 "es, con privilegios de súper-usuario)."
23066
23067 #. type: Plain text
23068 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:205
23069 #, fuzzy
23070 #| msgid ""
23071 #| "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
23072 #| "that user space programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
23073 #| "disable interrupts.  Hwclock provides it because it is the only method "
23074 #| "available with older Linux kernels for ISA machines."
23075 msgid ""
23076 "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
23077 "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
23078 "disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
23079 "because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
23080 "a working rtc device driver."
23081 msgstr ""
23082 "Esto es realmente un pobre método de acceder al reloj, por la razón de que "
23083 "los programas en el espacio de usuario se supone generalmente que no deben "
23084 "hacer E/S directa y deshabilitar interrupciones. Hwclock lo proporciona "
23085 "porque es el único método disponible con núcleos Linux más antiguos para "
23086 "máquinas ISA."
23087
23088 #. type: Title ===
23089 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:206
23090 #, no-wrap
23091 msgid "The Adjust Function"
23092 msgstr "La Función de Ajuste"
23093
23094 #. type: Plain text
23095 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:209
23096 #, fuzzy
23097 #| msgid ""
23098 #| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
23099 #| "inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same amount "
23100 #| "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  I<Hwclock's> "
23101 #| "\"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to correct the "
23102 #| "systematic drift."
23103 msgid ""
23104 "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
23105 "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
23106 "time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* "
23107 "function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
23108 msgstr ""
23109 "El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de su "
23110 "imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma cantidad de "
23111 "tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática.  La función de "
23112 "\"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones sistemáticas para "
23113 "corregir la desviación sistemática."
23114
23115 #. type: Plain text
23116 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:211
23117 #, fuzzy
23118 #| msgid ""
23119 #| "It works like this: I<Hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime,> that keeps "
23120 #| "some historical information.  This is called the adjtime file."
23121 msgid ""
23122 "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps "
23123 "some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
23124 msgstr ""
23125 "Funciona así: I<Hwclock> mantiene un fichero, I</etc/adjtime,> que mantiene "
23126 "alguna información histórica. Este fichero se llama el fichero adjtime."
23127
23128 #. type: Plain text
23129 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:213
23130 #, fuzzy
23131 #| msgid ""
23132 #| "Suppose you start with no adjtime file.  You issue a I<hwclock --set> "
23133 #| "command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time.  I<Hwclock> "
23134 #| "creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last "
23135 #| "time the clock was calibrated.  5 days later, the clock has gained 10 "
23136 #| "seconds, so you issue another I<hwclock --set> command to set it back 10 "
23137 #| "seconds.  I<Hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time as "
23138 #| "the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as "
23139 #| "the systematic drift rate.  24 hours go by, and then you issue a "
23140 #| "I<hwclock --adjust> command.  I<Hwclock> consults the adjtime file and "
23141 #| "sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it "
23142 #| "has been left alone for exactly one day.  So it subtracts 2 seconds from "
23143 #| "the Hardware Clock.  It then records the current time as the last time "
23144 #| "the clock was adjusted.  Another 24 hours goes by and you issue another "
23145 #| "I<hwclock --adjust.> I<Hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds "
23146 #| "and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the "
23147 #| "clock was adjusted."
23148 msgid ""
23149 "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command "
23150 "to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the "
23151 "adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
23152 "was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
23153 "issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. "
23154 "*hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time "
23155 "the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic "
23156 "drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. "
23157 "*hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds "
23158 "per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. "
23159 "So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the "
23160 "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by "
23161 "and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: "
23162 "subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as "
23163 "the last time the clock was adjusted."
23164 msgstr ""
23165 "Suponga que Ud. empieza sin fichero adjtime. Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --"
23166 "set> para poner el Reloj del Hardware a la hora verdadera actual.  "
23167 "I<Hwclock> crea el fichero adjtime y graba en él la hora actual como la "
23168 "última vez que el reloj se calibró.  5 días más tarde, el reloj ha ganado 10 "
23169 "segundos, así que Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --set> para ponerlo con 10 "
23170 "segundos menos.  I<Hwclock> ajusta el fichero adjtime para mostrar la hora "
23171 "actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró, y graba dos segundos por "
23172 "día como la velocidad de desviación sistemática. Pasan 24 horas, y entonces "
23173 "Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --adjust.  Hwclock> consulta el fichero adjtime y "
23174 "ve que el reloj gana 2 segundos por día cuando se le deja solo, y que se le "
23175 "ha dejado solo exactamente un día. Así que sustrae 2 segundos del Reloj del "
23176 "Hardware. Entonces graba la hora actual como la última vez que se ajustó el "
23177 "reloj. Otras 24 horas pasan y Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --adjust>.  "
23178 "I<Hwclock> hace lo mismo: sustrae 2 segundos y actualiza el fichero adjtime "
23179 "con la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se ajustó."
23180
23181 #. type: Plain text
23182 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:215
23183 msgid ""
23184 "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the "
23185 "systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
23186 "corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
23187 "derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
23188 "the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}"
23189 "_."
23190 msgstr ""
23191
23192 #. type: Plain text
23193 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:217
23194 #, fuzzy
23195 #| msgid ""
23196 #| "A small amount of error creeps in any time I<hwclock> sets the clock, so "
23197 #| "it refrains from making an adjustment that would be less than 1 second.  "
23198 #| "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift "
23199 #| "will be more than a second and I<hwclock> will do the adjustment then."
23200 msgid ""
23201 "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--"
23202 "adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
23203 "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
23204 "be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any "
23205 "fractional amount."
23206 msgstr ""
23207 "Se arrastra una pequeña cantidad de error en cualquier momento en que "
23208 "I<hwclock> pone el reloj en hora, de forma que rehúsa hacer un ajuste que "
23209 "vaya a ser de menos de 1 segundo. Más tarde, cuando Ud. pida un ajuste de "
23210 "nuevo, la desviación acumulada será de más de un segundo y I<hwclock> hará "
23211 "el ajuste entonces."
23212
23213 #. type: Plain text
23214 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:219
23215 #, no-wrap
23216 msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated.\n"
23217 msgstr ""
23218
23219 #. type: Title ===
23220 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:220
23221 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23222 #| msgid "The Adjust Function"
23223 msgid "The Adjtime File"
23224 msgstr "La Función de Ajuste"
23225
23226 #. type: Plain text
23227 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:223
23228 msgid ""
23229 "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
23230 "actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to "
23231 "the next."
23232 msgstr ""
23233
23234 #. type: Plain text
23235 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:225
23236 #, fuzzy
23237 #| msgid "The format of the adjtime file is:"
23238 msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
23239 msgstr "El formato del fichero adjtime es:"
23240
23241 #. type: Plain text
23242 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:227
23243 #, fuzzy
23244 #| msgid ""
23245 #| "Line 1: 3 numbers: 1) systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating "
23246 #| "point decimal; 2) Resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
23247 #| "recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for "
23248 #| "compatibility with I<clock> )."
23249 msgid ""
23250 "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
23251 "seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
23252 "since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
23253 "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
23254 msgstr ""
23255 "Línea 1: 3 números: 1) velocidad de desviación sistemática en segundos por "
23256 "día, número en base diez en coma flotante; 2) número resultante de segundos "
23257 "desde 1969 UTC del más reciente ajuste o calibración, entero en base diez; "
23258 "3) cero (por compatibilidad con I<clock> )."
23259
23260 #. type: Plain text
23261 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:229
23262 msgid ""
23263 "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
23264 "recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
23265 "that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
23266 "Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
23267 "This is a decimal integer."
23268 msgstr ""
23269
23270 #. type: Plain text
23271 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:231
23272 msgid ""
23273 "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
23274 "Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
23275 "with options on the *hwclock* command line."
23276 msgstr ""
23277
23278 #. type: Plain text
23279 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:233
23280 msgid ""
23281 "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) "
23282 "program with *hwclock*."
23283 msgstr ""
23284 "Ud. puede emplear con *hwclock* un fichero adjtime que fuera usado "
23285 "previamente con el programa *clock*(8)."
23286
23287 #. type: Title ===
23288 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:234
23289 #, no-wrap
23290 msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
23291 msgstr ""
23292
23293 #. type: Plain text
23294 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:237
23295 msgid ""
23296 "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
23297 "synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
23298 "the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
23299 "compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
23300 "good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
23301 "your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
23302 "synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
23303 "clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
23304 msgstr ""
23305
23306 #. type: Plain text
23307 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:239
23308 msgid ""
23309 "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active "
23310 "when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this "
23311 "state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's "
23312 "_time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line "
23313 "of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
23314 msgstr ""
23315
23316 #. type: Plain text
23317 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:241
23318 msgid ""
23319 "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock "
23320 "discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute "
23321 "mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock "
23322 "the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP "
23323 "daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the "
23324 "next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
23325 msgstr ""
23326
23327 #. type: Plain text
23328 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:243
23329 msgid ""
23330 "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--"
23331 "hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock "
23332 "is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of "
23333 "what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong "
23334 "one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
23335 msgstr ""
23336
23337 #. type: Plain text
23338 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:245
23339 msgid ""
23340 "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
23341 "timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
23342 "_persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is "
23343 "the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
23344 "appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
23345 "the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
23346 "required to notify the kernel."
23347 msgstr ""
23348
23349 #. type: Plain text
23350 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:247
23351 #, no-wrap
23352 msgid "*hwclock --adjust* should not be used with NTP '11 minute mode'.\n"
23353 msgstr ""
23354
23355 #. type: Title ===
23356 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:248
23357 #, no-wrap
23358 msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
23359 msgstr ""
23360
23361 #. type: Plain text
23362 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:251
23363 msgid ""
23364 "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
23365 "machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set "
23366 "that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that "
23367 "way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a "
23368 "good job of implying which century it is."
23369 msgstr ""
23370
23371 #. type: Plain text
23372 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:253
23373 msgid ""
23374 "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* "
23375 "maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
23376 msgstr ""
23377
23378 #. type: Plain text
23379 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:255
23380 msgid ""
23381 "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA"
23382 "\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to "
23383 "access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
23384 msgstr ""
23385
23386 #. type: Title ==
23387 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:256
23388 #, no-wrap
23389 msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
23390 msgstr ""
23391
23392 #. type: Title ===
23393 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:258
23394 #, no-wrap
23395 msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
23396 msgstr ""
23397
23398 #. type: Plain text
23399 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:261
23400 msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
23401 msgstr ""
23402
23403 #. type: Plain text
23404 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:263
23405 msgid ""
23406 "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
23407 "cron job.\""
23408 msgstr ""
23409
23410 #. type: Plain text
23411 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264
23412 msgid ""
23413 "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
23414 "under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
23415 msgstr ""
23416
23417 #. type: Plain text
23418 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:265
23419 msgid ""
23420 "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --"
23421 "tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
23422 msgstr ""
23423
23424 #. type: Plain text
23425 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:266
23426 msgid "During shutdown the following is called: *hwclock --systohc*"
23427 msgstr ""
23428
23429 #. type: Plain text
23430 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:268
23431 msgid "Systems without *adjtimex* may use *ntptime*."
23432 msgstr ""
23433
23434 #. type: Plain text
23435 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:270
23436 msgid ""
23437 "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
23438 "configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
23439 msgstr ""
23440
23441 #. type: Plain text
23442 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:272
23443 msgid ""
23444 "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
23445 "big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
23446 "their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own "
23447 "rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each "
23448 "of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between "
23449 "these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time "
23450 "keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to "
23451 "configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will "
23452 "be overlaid upon it."
23453 msgstr ""
23454
23455 #. type: Plain text
23456 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:274
23457 msgid ""
23458 "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
23459 "Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
23460 "of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon "
23461 "the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the "
23462 "System Clock should be done first."
23463 msgstr ""
23464
23465 #. type: Plain text
23466 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:276
23467 msgid ""
23468 "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--"
23469 "tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse "
23470 "adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not "
23471 "have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
23472 msgstr ""
23473
23474 #. type: Plain text
23475 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:278
23476 msgid ""
23477 "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
23478 "drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting "
23479 "clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying "
23480 "to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and "
23481 "frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement "
23482 "over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A "
23483 "better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
23484 msgstr ""
23485
23486 #. type: Plain text
23487 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:280
23488 msgid ""
23489 "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, "
23490 "or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction "
23491 "manually."
23492 msgstr ""
23493
23494 #. type: Plain text
23495 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:282
23496 msgid ""
23497 "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
23498 "adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for "
23499 "more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
23500 msgstr ""
23501
23502 #. type: Plain text
23503 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:284
23504 msgid ""
23505 "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
23506 msgstr ""
23507
23508 #. type: Plain text
23509 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:286
23510 msgid ""
23511 "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
23512 "even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
23513 "case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
23514 "occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
23515 "drift should yield better results."
23516 msgstr ""
23517
23518 #. type: Plain text
23519 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:288
23520 #, no-wrap
23521 msgid "*Steps to calculate cold drift:*\n"
23522 msgstr ""
23523
23524 #. type: Plain text
23525 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:291
23526 #, no-wrap
23527 msgid "*Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.*\n"
23528 msgstr ""
23529
23530 #. type: Plain text
23531 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:294
23532 msgid "The _System Clock_ time must be correct at shutdown!"
23533 msgstr ""
23534
23535 #. type: Labeled list
23536 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:295
23537 #, no-wrap
23538 msgid "3"
23539 msgstr "3"
23540
23541 #. type: Plain text
23542 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:297
23543 msgid "Shut down the system."
23544 msgstr ""
23545
23546 #. type: Labeled list
23547 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:298
23548 #, no-wrap
23549 msgid "4"
23550 msgstr "4"
23551
23552 #. type: Plain text
23553 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:300
23554 msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
23555 msgstr ""
23556
23557 #. type: Labeled list
23558 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:301
23559 #, no-wrap
23560 msgid "5"
23561 msgstr "5"
23562
23563 #. type: Plain text
23564 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:303
23565 msgid "Start the system."
23566 msgstr ""
23567
23568 #. type: Labeled list
23569 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:304
23570 #, no-wrap
23571 msgid "6"
23572 msgstr "6"
23573
23574 #. type: Plain text
23575 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:306
23576 #, fuzzy
23577 #| msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option."
23578 msgid ""
23579 "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-"
23580 "drift* option."
23581 msgstr "Pone el Reloj del Hardware a la hora dada por la opción B<--date>."
23582
23583 #. type: Plain text
23584 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:308
23585 msgid ""
23586 "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set "
23587 "correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
23588 msgstr ""
23589
23590 #. type: Plain text
23591 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:310
23592 msgid ""
23593 "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
23594 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
23595 "the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor "
23596 "until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, "
23597 "first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
23598 "*sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
23599 msgstr ""
23600
23601 #. type: Title ===
23602 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:311
23603 #, no-wrap
23604 msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
23605 msgstr ""
23606
23607 #. type: Plain text
23608 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:314
23609 msgid ""
23610 "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
23611 "saving time results:"
23612 msgstr ""
23613
23614 #. type: Plain text
23615 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:316
23616 msgid ""
23617 "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
23618 "to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
23619 msgstr ""
23620
23621 #. type: Plain text
23622 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317
23623 msgid ""
23624 "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
23625 "from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
23626 msgstr ""
23627
23628 #. type: Plain text
23629 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:319
23630 msgid ""
23631 "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
23632 "it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* "
23633 "is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local "
23634 "time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
23635 msgstr ""
23636
23637 #. type: Plain text
23638 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:321
23639 msgid ""
23640 "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
23641 "Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
23642 "system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the "
23643 "argument to the *--date* option."
23644 msgstr ""
23645
23646 #. type: Plain text
23647 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:323
23648 msgid ""
23649 "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
23650 "the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System "
23651 "Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
23652 msgstr ""
23653
23654 #. type: Plain text
23655 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:325
23656 msgid ""
23657 "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
23658 "local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
23659 "MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
23660 "supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
23661 "UTC."
23662 msgstr ""
23663
23664 #. type: Title ===
23665 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:326
23666 #, no-wrap
23667 msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
23668 msgstr ""
23669
23670 #. type: Plain text
23671 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:329
23672 msgid ""
23673 "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
23674 "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area "
23675 "that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time "
23676 "Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
23677 msgstr ""
23678
23679 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
23680 #. type: Plain text
23681 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:332
23682 msgid ""
23683 "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. "
23684 "'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. "
23685 "To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap "
23686 "seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the "
23687 "exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. "
23688 "The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, "
23689 "by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
23690 "this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
23691 msgstr ""
23692
23693 #. type: Plain text
23694 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:334
23695 msgid ""
23696 "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
23697 "in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files "
23698 "are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., "
23699 "TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the "
23700 "upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the "
23701 "posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into "
23702 "sibling directories:"
23703 msgstr ""
23704
23705 #. type: Plain text
23706 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:336
23707 msgid ""
23708 "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
23709 "leaps_"
23710 msgstr ""
23711 "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
23712 "leaps_"
23713
23714 #. type: Plain text
23715 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:338
23716 msgid ""
23717 "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
23718 "structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
23719 "reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system "
23720 "timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
23721 "database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
23722 "as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
23723 "*hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/"
23724 "share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files "
23725 "exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an "
23726 "incorrect time conversion."
23727 msgstr ""
23728
23729 #. type: Plain text
23730 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:340
23731 msgid ""
23732 "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
23733 "work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
23734 "timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
23735 "'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ "
23736 "environment variable."
23737 msgstr ""
23738
23739 #. type: Plain text
23740 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:344
23741 msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
23742 msgstr ""
23743
23744 #. type: Labeled list
23745 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:345
23746 #, no-wrap
23747 msgid "*EXIT_SUCCESS* ('0' on POSIX systems)"
23748 msgstr ""
23749
23750 #. type: Plain text
23751 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:347
23752 msgid "Successful program execution."
23753 msgstr ""
23754
23755 #. type: Labeled list
23756 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:348
23757 #, no-wrap
23758 msgid "*EXIT_FAILURE* ('1' on POSIX systems)"
23759 msgstr ""
23760
23761 #. type: Plain text
23762 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:350
23763 msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
23764 msgstr ""
23765
23766 #. type: Labeled list
23767 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:353
23768 #, no-wrap
23769 msgid "*TZ*"
23770 msgstr "*TZ*"
23771
23772 #. type: Plain text
23773 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:355
23774 msgid ""
23775 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
23776 "configured timezone."
23777 msgstr ""
23778
23779 #. type: Labeled list
23780 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356
23781 #, no-wrap
23782 msgid "*TZDIR*"
23783 msgstr "*TZDIR*"
23784
23785 #. type: Plain text
23786 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:358
23787 msgid ""
23788 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
23789 "configured timezone database directory path."
23790 msgstr ""
23791
23792 #. type: Plain text
23793 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:361 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
23794 #, no-wrap
23795 msgid "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
23796 msgstr "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
23797
23798 #. type: Plain text
23799 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:363
23800 msgid "The configuration and state file for hwclock."
23801 msgstr ""
23802
23803 #. type: Labeled list
23804 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
23805 #, no-wrap
23806 msgid "_/etc/localtime_"
23807 msgstr "_/etc/localtime_"
23808
23809 #. type: Plain text
23810 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:366
23811 msgid "The system timezone file."
23812 msgstr ""
23813
23814 #. type: Labeled list
23815 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:367
23816 #, no-wrap
23817 msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
23818 msgstr "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
23819
23820 #. type: Plain text
23821 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:369
23822 msgid "The system timezone database directory."
23823 msgstr ""
23824
23825 #. type: Plain text
23826 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:371
23827 msgid ""
23828 "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/"
23829 "rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
23830 msgstr ""
23831
23832 #. type: Plain text
23833 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:380
23834 #, no-wrap
23835 msgid ""
23836 "*date*(1),\n"
23837 "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
23838 "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
23839 "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
23840 "*crontab*(1p),\n"
23841 "*tzset*(3)\n"
23842 msgstr ""
23843 "*date*(1),\n"
23844 "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
23845 "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
23846 "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
23847 "*crontab*(1p),\n"
23848 "*tzset*(3)\n"
23849
23850 #. type: Plain text
23851 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:384
23852 msgid ""
23853 "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, "
23854 "based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, "
23855 "and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
23856 msgstr ""
23857 "Escrito por mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], en Septiembre "
23858 "de 1996, basándose en el trabajo hecho en el programa *clock*(8) de Charles "
23859 "Hedrick, Rob Hooft y Harald König.  Mire el código fuente para la historia "
23860 "completa y los créditos."
23861
23862 #. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
23863 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
23864 #. type: Title =
23865 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:6
23866 #, no-wrap
23867 msgid "ipcmk(1)"
23868 msgstr "ipcmk(1)"
23869
23870 #. type: Plain text
23871 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:16
23872 msgid "ipcmk - make various IPC resources"
23873 msgstr ""
23874
23875 #. type: Plain text
23876 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:20
23877 #, no-wrap
23878 msgid "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
23879 msgstr "*ipcmk* [opciones]\n"
23880
23881 #. type: Plain text
23882 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24
23883 #, no-wrap
23884 msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
23885 msgstr ""
23886
23887 #. type: Plain text
23888 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:28
23889 msgid "Resources can be specified with these options:"
23890 msgstr ""
23891
23892 #. type: Labeled list
23893 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:29
23894 #, no-wrap
23895 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem* _size_"
23896 msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem* _tamaño_"
23897
23898 #. type: Plain text
23899 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
23900 msgid ""
23901 "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be "
23902 "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and "
23903 "so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
23904 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
23905 "for GB, etc."
23906 msgstr ""
23907
23908 #. type: Labeled list
23909 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:32
23910 #, no-wrap
23911 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue*"
23912 msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue*"
23913
23914 #. type: Plain text
23915 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34
23916 msgid "Create a message queue."
23917 msgstr ""
23918
23919 #. type: Labeled list
23920 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:35
23921 #, no-wrap
23922 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore* _number_"
23923 msgstr ""
23924
23925 #. type: Plain text
23926 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:37
23927 msgid "Create a semaphore array with _number_ of elements."
23928 msgstr ""
23929
23930 #. type: Plain text
23931 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:39
23932 #, fuzzy
23933 #| msgid "the dictionary"
23934 msgid "Other options are:"
23935 msgstr "el diccionario"
23936
23937 #. type: Labeled list
23938 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:40
23939 #, no-wrap
23940 msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
23941 msgstr "*-p*, *--mode* _modo_"
23942
23943 #. type: Plain text
23944 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:42
23945 msgid "Access permissions for the resource. Default is 0644."
23946 msgstr ""
23947
23948 #. type: Plain text
23949 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:52
23950 msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
23951 msgstr "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
23952
23953 #. type: Plain text
23954 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:58
23955 #, no-wrap
23956 msgid ""
23957 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
23958 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
23959 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
23960 msgstr ""
23961 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
23962 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
23963 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
23964
23965 #. Copyright 2002 Andre C. Mazzone (linuxdev@karagee.com)
23966 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
23967 #. type: Title =
23968 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:6
23969 #, no-wrap
23970 msgid "ipcrm(1)"
23971 msgstr "ipcrm(1)"
23972
23973 #. type: Plain text
23974 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:17
23975 msgid "ipcrm - remove certain IPC resources"
23976 msgstr ""
23977
23978 #. type: Plain text
23979 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:21
23980 #, no-wrap
23981 msgid "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
23982 msgstr "*ipcrm* [opciones]\n"
23983
23984 #. type: Plain text
23985 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:23
23986 #, no-wrap
23987 msgid "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
23988 msgstr "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
23989
23990 #. type: Plain text
23991 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27
23992 #, no-wrap
23993 msgid "*ipcrm* removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object.\n"
23994 msgstr ""
23995
23996 #. type: Plain text
23997 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
23998 msgid ""
23999 "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and "
24000 "semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate "
24001 "(regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the "
24002 "object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached "
24003 "processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address "
24004 "space."
24005 msgstr ""
24006
24007 #. type: Plain text
24008 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
24009 msgid ""
24010 "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a "
24011 "three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, "
24012 "followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
24013 msgstr ""
24014
24015 #. type: Plain text
24016 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
24017 msgid ""
24018 "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of "
24019 "all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by "
24020 "key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified "
24021 "in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal "
24022 "(specified with an initial '0')."
24023 msgstr ""
24024
24025 #. type: Plain text
24026 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
24027 msgid ""
24028 "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and "
24029 "*semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
24030 msgstr ""
24031
24032 #. type: Labeled list
24033 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:38
24034 #, no-wrap
24035 msgid "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
24036 msgstr "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
24037
24038 #. type: Plain text
24039 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
24040 msgid ""
24041 "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is "
24042 "performed only for the specified resource types."
24043 msgstr ""
24044
24045 #. type: Plain text
24046 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
24047 msgid ""
24048 "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the "
24049 "resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these "
24050 "resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
24051 "disappearance."
24052 msgstr ""
24053
24054 #. type: Labeled list
24055 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:43
24056 #, no-wrap
24057 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
24058 msgstr ""
24059
24060 #. type: Plain text
24061 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
24062 msgid ""
24063 "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach "
24064 "is performed."
24065 msgstr ""
24066
24067 #. type: Labeled list
24068 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:46
24069 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24070 #| msgid "B<-D>, B<--dired>"
24071 msgid "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _shmid_"
24072 msgstr "B<-D>, B<--dired>"
24073
24074 #. type: Plain text
24075 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
24076 msgid ""
24077 "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach "
24078 "is performed."
24079 msgstr ""
24080
24081 #. type: Labeled list
24082 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49
24083 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24084 #| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24085 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _msgkey_"
24086 msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24087
24088 #. type: Plain text
24089 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:51
24090 #, fuzzy
24091 #| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>."
24092 msgid "Remove the message queue created with _msgkey_."
24093 msgstr "B<ipcrm> borrará el recurso especificado por I<id>."
24094
24095 #. type: Labeled list
24096 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:52
24097 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24098 #| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24099 msgid "*-q*, *--queue-id* _msgid_"
24100 msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24101
24102 #. type: Plain text
24103 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:54
24104 #, fuzzy
24105 #| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>."
24106 msgid "Remove the message queue identified by _msgid_."
24107 msgstr "B<ipcrm> borrará el recurso especificado por I<id>."
24108
24109 #. type: Labeled list
24110 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:55
24111 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24112 #| msgid "B<-x>, B<--one-file-system>"
24113 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _semkey_"
24114 msgstr "B<-x>, B<--one-file-system>"
24115
24116 #. type: Plain text
24117 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:57
24118 #, fuzzy
24119 #| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>."
24120 msgid "Remove the semaphore created with _semkey_."
24121 msgstr "B<ipcrm> borrará el recurso especificado por I<id>."
24122
24123 #. type: Labeled list
24124 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58
24125 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24126 #| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24127 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_"
24128 msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24129
24130 #. type: Plain text
24131 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:60
24132 #, fuzzy
24133 #| msgid "B<ipcrm> will remove the resource speccified by I<id>."
24134 msgid "Remove the semaphore identified by _semid_."
24135 msgstr "B<ipcrm> borrará el recurso especificado por I<id>."
24136
24137 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
24138 #. type: Plain text
24139 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:71
24140 msgid ""
24141 "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown "
24142 "in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other "
24143 "{asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the "
24144 "ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the "
24145 "same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is "
24146 "still supported."
24147 msgstr ""
24148
24149 #. type: Plain text
24150 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:85
24151 #, no-wrap
24152 msgid ""
24153 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
24154 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
24155 "*msgctl*(2),\n"
24156 "*msgget*(2),\n"
24157 "*semctl*(2),\n"
24158 "*semget*(2),\n"
24159 "*shmctl*(2),\n"
24160 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
24161 "*shmget*(2),\n"
24162 "*ftok*(3),\n"
24163 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
24164 msgstr ""
24165 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
24166 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
24167 "*msgctl*(2),\n"
24168 "*msgget*(2),\n"
24169 "*semctl*(2),\n"
24170 "*semget*(2),\n"
24171 "*shmctl*(2),\n"
24172 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
24173 "*shmget*(2),\n"
24174 "*ftok*(3),\n"
24175 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
24176
24177 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
24178 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
24179 #. type: Title =
24180 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:6
24181 #, no-wrap
24182 msgid "ipcs(1)"
24183 msgstr "ipcs(1)"
24184
24185 #. type: Plain text
24186 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:16
24187 #, fuzzy
24188 #| msgid "ipcs - provide information on ipc facilities"
24189 msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
24190 msgstr "ipcs - proporciona información sobre los recursos ipc"
24191
24192 #. type: Plain text
24193 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:20
24194 #, no-wrap
24195 msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
24196 msgstr "*ipcs* [opciones]\n"
24197
24198 #. type: Plain text
24199 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24
24200 #, no-wrap
24201 msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
24202 msgstr ""
24203
24204 #. type: Labeled list
24205 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:23
24206 #, no-wrap
24207 msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
24208 msgstr "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
24209
24210 #. type: Plain text
24211 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
24212 msgid ""
24213 "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
24214 "option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
24215 "q* or *-s*."
24216 msgstr ""
24217
24218 #. type: Title ===
24219 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:35
24220 #, no-wrap
24221 msgid "Resource options"
24222 msgstr ""
24223
24224 #. type: Labeled list
24225 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:37
24226 #, no-wrap
24227 msgid "*-m*, *--shmems*"
24228 msgstr "*-m*, *--shmems*"
24229
24230 #. type: Plain text
24231 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:39
24232 msgid "Write information about active shared memory segments."
24233 msgstr ""
24234
24235 #. type: Labeled list
24236 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:40
24237 #, no-wrap
24238 msgid "*-q*, *--queues*"
24239 msgstr "*-q*, *--queues*"
24240
24241 #. type: Plain text
24242 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:42
24243 msgid "Write information about active message queues."
24244 msgstr ""
24245
24246 #. type: Labeled list
24247 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:43
24248 #, no-wrap
24249 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
24250 msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
24251
24252 #. type: Plain text
24253 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:45
24254 msgid "Write information about active semaphore sets."
24255 msgstr ""
24256
24257 #. type: Plain text
24258 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:49
24259 msgid "Write information about all three resources (default)."
24260 msgstr ""
24261
24262 #. type: Title ===
24263 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:50
24264 #, no-wrap
24265 msgid "Output formats"
24266 msgstr ""
24267
24268 #. type: Plain text
24269 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:53
24270 msgid "Of these options only one takes effect: the last one specified."
24271 msgstr ""
24272
24273 #. type: Labeled list
24274 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:48
24275 #, no-wrap
24276 msgid "*-c*, *--creator*"
24277 msgstr "*-c*, *--creator*"
24278
24279 #. type: Plain text
24280 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:50
24281 msgid "Show creator and owner."
24282 msgstr ""
24283
24284 #. type: Labeled list
24285 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:57
24286 #, no-wrap
24287 msgid "*-l*, *--limits*"
24288 msgstr "*-l*, *--limits*"
24289
24290 #. type: Plain text
24291 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:59
24292 msgid "Show resource limits."
24293 msgstr ""
24294
24295 #. type: Plain text
24296 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:62
24297 msgid "Show PIDs of creator and last operator."
24298 msgstr ""
24299
24300 #. type: Plain text
24301 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:80
24302 msgid ""
24303 "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed "
24304 "the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) "
24305 "and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last "
24306 "*shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the "
24307 "last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
24308 msgstr ""
24309
24310 #. type: Labeled list
24311 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:66
24312 #, no-wrap
24313 msgid "*-u*, *--summary*"
24314 msgstr "*-u*, *--summary*"
24315
24316 #. type: Plain text
24317 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:68
24318 msgid "Show status summary."
24319 msgstr ""
24320
24321 #. type: Title ===
24322 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:69
24323 #, no-wrap
24324 msgid "Representation"
24325 msgstr ""
24326
24327 #. type: Plain text
24328 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:72
24329 msgid "These affect only the *-l* (*--limits*) option."
24330 msgstr ""
24331
24332 #. type: Plain text
24333 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:75
24334 msgid "Print sizes in bytes."
24335 msgstr ""
24336
24337 #. type: Labeled list
24338 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:76
24339 #, no-wrap
24340 msgid "*--human*"
24341 msgstr "*--human*"
24342
24343 #. type: Plain text
24344 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:78
24345 msgid "Print sizes in human-readable format."
24346 msgstr ""
24347
24348 #. type: Plain text
24349 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:82
24350 msgid ""
24351 "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* "
24352 "utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* "
24353 "options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A "
24354 "portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* "
24355 "options."
24356 msgstr ""
24357
24358 #. type: Plain text
24359 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:86
24360 msgid ""
24361 "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC "
24362 "resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version "
24363 "v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of "
24364 "*msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in "
24365 "later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A "
24366 "limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to "
24367 "retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read "
24368 "permission."
24369 msgstr ""
24370
24371 #. type: Plain text
24372 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:90
24373 msgid "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
24374 msgstr "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
24375
24376 #. type: Plain text
24377 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:119
24378 #, no-wrap
24379 msgid ""
24380 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
24381 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
24382 "*msgrcv*(2),\n"
24383 "*msgsnd*(2),\n"
24384 "*semget*(2),\n"
24385 "*semop*(2),\n"
24386 "*shmat*(2),\n"
24387 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
24388 "*shmget*(2),\n"
24389 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
24390 msgstr ""
24391 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
24392 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
24393 "*msgrcv*(2),\n"
24394 "*msgsnd*(2),\n"
24395 "*semget*(2),\n"
24396 "*semop*(2),\n"
24397 "*shmat*(2),\n"
24398 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
24399 "*shmget*(2),\n"
24400 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
24401
24402 #. type: Title =
24403 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:2
24404 #, no-wrap
24405 msgid "irqtop(1)"
24406 msgstr "irqtop(1)"
24407
24408 #. type: Plain text
24409 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:12
24410 msgid "irqtop - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
24411 msgstr ""
24412
24413 #. type: Plain text
24414 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:16
24415 #, no-wrap
24416 msgid "*irqtop* [options]\n"
24417 msgstr "*irqtop* [opciones]\n"
24418
24419 #. type: Plain text
24420 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:20
24421 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information in *top*(1) style view."
24422 msgstr ""
24423
24424 #. type: Plain text
24425 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
24426 msgid ""
24427 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
24428 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
24429 "expected columns by using *--output*."
24430 msgstr ""
24431
24432 #. type: Plain text
24433 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
24434 msgid ""
24435 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
24436 "supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is "
24437 "specified in the format _+list_."
24438 msgstr ""
24439
24440 #. type: Labeled list
24441 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28
24442 #, no-wrap
24443 msgid "*-d*, *--delay* _seconds_"
24444 msgstr "*-d*, *--delay* _segundos_"
24445
24446 #. type: Plain text
24447 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
24448 msgid "Update interrupt output every _seconds_ intervals."
24449 msgstr ""
24450
24451 #. type: Labeled list
24452 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:31
24453 #, no-wrap
24454 msgid "*-s*, *--sort* _column_"
24455 msgstr "*-s*, *--sort* _columna_"
24456
24457 #. type: Plain text
24458 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:33
24459 msgid ""
24460 "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
24461 "names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
24462 msgstr ""
24463
24464 #. type: Labeled list
24465 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:40
24466 #, no-wrap
24467 msgid "*-S*, *--softirq*"
24468 msgstr "*-S*, *--softirq*"
24469
24470 #. type: Plain text
24471 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:42
24472 msgid "Show softirqs information."
24473 msgstr ""
24474
24475 #. type: Title ==
24476 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:43
24477 #, no-wrap
24478 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE KEY COMMANDS"
24479 msgstr ""
24480
24481 #. type: Labeled list
24482 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:45
24483 #, no-wrap
24484 msgid "*i*"
24485 msgstr "*i*"
24486
24487 #. type: Plain text
24488 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47
24489 msgid "sort by short irq name or number field"
24490 msgstr ""
24491
24492 #. type: Plain text
24493 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50
24494 msgid "sort by total count of interrupts (the default)"
24495 msgstr ""
24496
24497 #. type: Plain text
24498 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53
24499 msgid "sort by delta count of interrupts"
24500 msgstr ""
24501
24502 #. type: Plain text
24503 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:56
24504 msgid "sort by long descriptive name field"
24505 msgstr ""
24506
24507 #. type: Labeled list
24508 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:57
24509 #, no-wrap
24510 msgid "*q Q*"
24511 msgstr "*q Q*"
24512
24513 #. type: Plain text
24514 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59
24515 msgid "stop updates and exit program"
24516 msgstr ""
24517
24518 #. type: Plain text
24519 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:54
24520 msgid ""
24521 "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
24522 "Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24523 msgstr ""
24524 "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
24525 "Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24526
24527 #. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
24528 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
24529 #. type: Title =
24530 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:6
24531 #, no-wrap
24532 msgid "ldattach(8)"
24533 msgstr "ldattach(8)"
24534
24535 #. type: Plain text
24536 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:16
24537 msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
24538 msgstr ""
24539
24540 #. type: Plain text
24541 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:20
24542 #, no-wrap
24543 msgid "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _iflag_] [*-s* _speed_] _ldisc device_\n"
24544 msgstr ""
24545
24546 #. type: Plain text
24547 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
24548 msgid ""
24549 "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer "
24550 "to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for "
24551 "processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
24552 "background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
24553 msgstr ""
24554
24555 #. type: Plain text
24556 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
24557 msgid ""
24558 "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
24559 msgstr ""
24560
24561 #. type: Plain text
24562 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
24563 msgid ""
24564 "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
24565 msgstr ""
24566
24567 #. type: Plain text
24568 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:30
24569 msgid "With no arguments, *ldattach* prints usage information."
24570 msgstr ""
24571
24572 #. type: Title ==
24573 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:31
24574 #, no-wrap
24575 msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
24576 msgstr ""
24577
24578 #. type: Plain text
24579 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
24580 msgid ""
24581 "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
24582 "supported:"
24583 msgstr ""
24584
24585 #. type: Labeled list
24586 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:35
24587 #, no-wrap
24588 msgid "*TTY*(*0*)"
24589 msgstr "*TTY*(*0*)"
24590
24591 #. type: Plain text
24592 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
24593 msgid ""
24594 "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
24595 "well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
24596 msgstr ""
24597
24598 #. type: Labeled list
24599 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:38
24600 #, no-wrap
24601 msgid "*SLIP*(*1*)"
24602 msgstr "*SLIP*(*1*)"
24603
24604 #. type: Plain text
24605 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
24606 msgid ""
24607 "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
24608 "over serial lines."
24609 msgstr ""
24610
24611 #. type: Labeled list
24612 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:41
24613 #, no-wrap
24614 msgid "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
24615 msgstr "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
24616
24617 #. type: Plain text
24618 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:43
24619 msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
24620 msgstr ""
24621
24622 #. type: Labeled list
24623 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:44
24624 #, no-wrap
24625 msgid "*PPP*(*3*)"
24626 msgstr "*PPP*(*3*)"
24627
24628 #. type: Plain text
24629 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
24630 msgid ""
24631 "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
24632 "over serial lines."
24633 msgstr ""
24634
24635 #. type: Labeled list
24636 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:47
24637 #, no-wrap
24638 msgid "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
24639 msgstr "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
24640
24641 #. type: Plain text
24642 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
24643 msgid ""
24644 "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
24645 msgstr ""
24646
24647 #. type: Labeled list
24648 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:50
24649 #, no-wrap
24650 msgid "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
24651 msgstr "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
24652
24653 #. type: Plain text
24654 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:52
24655 msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
24656 msgstr ""
24657
24658 #. type: Labeled list
24659 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:53
24660 #, no-wrap
24661 msgid "*IRDA*(*11*)"
24662 msgstr "*IRDA*(*11*)"
24663
24664 #. type: Plain text
24665 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
24666 msgid ""
24667 "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge."
24668 "net/"
24669 msgstr ""
24670
24671 #. type: Labeled list
24672 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:56
24673 #, no-wrap
24674 msgid "*HDLC*(*13*)"
24675 msgstr "*HDLC*(*13*)"
24676
24677 #. type: Plain text
24678 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:58
24679 msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
24680 msgstr ""
24681
24682 #. type: Labeled list
24683 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:59
24684 #, no-wrap
24685 msgid "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
24686 msgstr "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
24687
24688 #. type: Plain text
24689 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:61
24690 msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
24691 msgstr ""
24692
24693 #. type: Labeled list
24694 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:62
24695 #, no-wrap
24696 msgid "*HCI*(*15*)"
24697 msgstr "*HCI*(*15*)"
24698
24699 #. type: Plain text
24700 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:64
24701 msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
24702 msgstr ""
24703
24704 #. type: Labeled list
24705 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:65
24706 #, no-wrap
24707 msgid "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
24708 msgstr "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
24709
24710 #. type: Plain text
24711 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:67
24712 msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
24713 msgstr ""
24714
24715 #. type: Labeled list
24716 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:68
24717 #, no-wrap
24718 msgid "*PPS*(*18*)"
24719 msgstr "*PPS*(*18*)"
24720
24721 #. type: Plain text
24722 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:70
24723 msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
24724 msgstr ""
24725
24726 #. type: Labeled list
24727 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:71
24728 #, no-wrap
24729 msgid "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
24730 msgstr "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
24731
24732 #. type: Plain text
24733 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:73
24734 msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
24735 msgstr ""
24736
24737 #. type: Labeled list
24738 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:76
24739 #, no-wrap
24740 msgid "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
24741 msgstr "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
24742
24743 #. type: Plain text
24744 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:78
24745 #, fuzzy
24746 #| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
24747 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
24748 msgstr "Especifica el número de nodos-índice para el sistema de ficheros."
24749
24750 #. type: Labeled list
24751 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:79
24752 #, no-wrap
24753 msgid "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
24754 msgstr "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
24755
24756 #. type: Plain text
24757 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:81
24758 #, fuzzy
24759 #| msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
24760 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
24761 msgstr "Especifica el número de nodos-índice para el sistema de ficheros."
24762
24763 #. type: Labeled list
24764 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:82
24765 #, no-wrap
24766 msgid "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
24767 msgstr "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
24768
24769 #. type: Plain text
24770 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:84
24771 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
24772 msgstr ""
24773
24774 #. type: Labeled list
24775 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:85
24776 #, no-wrap
24777 msgid "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
24778 msgstr "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
24779
24780 #. type: Plain text
24781 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:87
24782 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
24783 msgstr ""
24784
24785 #. type: Plain text
24786 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
24787 msgid ""
24788 "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, "
24789 "and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
24790 msgstr ""
24791
24792 #. type: Labeled list
24793 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:91
24794 #, no-wrap
24795 msgid "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
24796 msgstr "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
24797
24798 #. type: Plain text
24799 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:93
24800 #, fuzzy
24801 #| msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
24802 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
24803 msgstr "Inserta el ratio en baudios en la línea actual."
24804
24805 #. type: Labeled list
24806 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:94
24807 #, no-wrap
24808 msgid "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_value_..."
24809 msgstr "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_valor_..."
24810
24811 #. type: Plain text
24812 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
24813 msgid ""
24814 "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
24815 "_value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a "
24816 "minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
24817 "values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
24818 msgstr ""
24819
24820 #. type: Labeled list
24821 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:97
24822 #, no-wrap
24823 msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
24824 msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"
24825
24826 #. type: Plain text
24827 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:99
24828 #, fuzzy
24829 #| msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
24830 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
24831 msgstr "Inserta el ratio en baudios en la línea actual."
24832
24833 #. type: Labeled list
24834 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:100
24835 #, no-wrap
24836 msgid "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
24837 msgstr "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
24838
24839 #. type: Plain text
24840 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:102
24841 #, fuzzy
24842 #| msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
24843 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
24844 msgstr "Inserta el ratio en baudios en la línea actual."
24845
24846 #. type: Labeled list
24847 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:103
24848 #, no-wrap
24849 msgid "*-s*, *--speed* _value_"
24850 msgstr "*-s*, *--speed* _valor_"
24851
24852 #. type: Plain text
24853 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
24854 msgid ""
24855 "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
24856 msgstr ""
24857
24858 #. type: Labeled list
24859 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:106
24860 #, no-wrap
24861 msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
24862 msgstr "*-c*, *--intro-command* _cadena_"
24863
24864 #. type: Plain text
24865 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
24866 msgid ""
24867 "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
24868 "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
24869 "the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the "
24870 "CMUX mode."
24871 msgstr ""
24872
24873 #. type: Labeled list
24874 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:109
24875 #, no-wrap
24876 msgid "*-p*, *--pause* _value_"
24877 msgstr "*-p*, *--pause* _valor_"
24878
24879 #. type: Plain text
24880 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
24881 msgid ""
24882 "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of ldattach. Default is one "
24883 "second."
24884 msgstr ""
24885
24886 #. type: Plain text
24887 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:121
24888 msgid "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
24889 msgstr "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
24890
24891 #. type: Plain text
24892 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:126
24893 #, no-wrap
24894 msgid ""
24895 "*inputattach*(1),\n"
24896 "*ttys*(4)\n"
24897 msgstr ""
24898 "*inputattach*(1),\n"
24899 "*ttys*(4)\n"
24900
24901 #. type: Title =
24902 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:2
24903 #, no-wrap
24904 msgid "losetup(8)"
24905 msgstr "losetup(8)"
24906
24907 #. type: Plain text
24908 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:12
24909 msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
24910 msgstr ""
24911
24912 #. type: Plain text
24913 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:16
24914 msgid "Get info:"
24915 msgstr ""
24916
24917 #. type: Plain text
24918 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:18
24919 #, no-wrap
24920 msgid "*losetup* [_loopdev_]\n"
24921 msgstr ""
24922
24923 #. type: Plain text
24924 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:20
24925 #, no-wrap
24926 msgid "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
24927 msgstr "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
24928
24929 #. type: Plain text
24930 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:22
24931 #, no-wrap
24932 msgid "*losetup* *-j* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]\n"
24933 msgstr "*losetup* *-j* _fichero_ [*-o* _desplazamiento_]\n"
24934
24935 #. type: Plain text
24936 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:24
24937 msgid "Detach a loop device:"
24938 msgstr ""
24939
24940 #. type: Plain text
24941 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:26
24942 #, no-wrap
24943 msgid "*losetup* *-d* _loopdev_ ...\n"
24944 msgstr ""
24945
24946 #. type: Plain text
24947 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:28
24948 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
24949 msgstr ""
24950
24951 #. type: Plain text
24952 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:30
24953 #, no-wrap
24954 msgid "*losetup* *-D*\n"
24955 msgstr "*losetup* *-D*\n"
24956
24957 #. type: Plain text
24958 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:32
24959 msgid "Set up a loop device:"
24960 msgstr ""
24961
24962 #. type: Plain text
24963 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34
24964 #, no-wrap
24965 msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _loopdev file_\n"
24966 msgstr ""
24967
24968 #. type: Plain text
24969 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:36
24970 msgid "Resize a loop device:"
24971 msgstr ""
24972
24973 #. type: Plain text
24974 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:38
24975 #, no-wrap
24976 msgid "*losetup* *-c* _loopdev_\n"
24977 msgstr ""
24978
24979 #. type: Plain text
24980 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42
24981 #, no-wrap
24982 msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown.\n"
24983 msgstr ""
24984
24985 #. type: Plain text
24986 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
24987 msgid ""
24988 "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited "
24989 "strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
24990 msgstr ""
24991
24992 #. type: Plain text
24993 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
24994 msgid ""
24995 "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing "
24996 "file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and "
24997 "overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this "
24998 "problem."
24999 msgstr ""
25000
25001 #. type: Plain text
25002 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
25003 msgid ""
25004 "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
25005 "and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
25006 "attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
25007 "use for example flock1 to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use cases."
25008 msgstr ""
25009
25010 #. type: Plain text
25011 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
25012 msgid ""
25013 "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
25014 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
25015 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
25016 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
25017 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
25018 msgstr ""
25019
25020 #. type: Plain text
25021 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
25022 msgid ""
25023 "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
25024 "accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as "
25025 "printed without *--list)* is deprecated."
25026 msgstr ""
25027
25028 #. type: Labeled list
25029 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:56
25030 #, no-wrap
25031 msgid "*-d*, *--detach* _loopdev_..."
25032 msgstr ""
25033
25034 #. type: Plain text
25035 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
25036 msgid ""
25037 "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
25038 "that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
25039 "operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used "
25040 "by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
25041 msgstr ""
25042
25043 #. type: Labeled list
25044 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:59
25045 #, no-wrap
25046 msgid "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
25047 msgstr "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
25048
25049 #. type: Plain text
25050 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:61
25051 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
25052 msgstr ""
25053
25054 #. type: Labeled list
25055 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:62
25056 #, no-wrap
25057 msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
25058 msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_fichero_]"
25059
25060 #. type: Plain text
25061 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
25062 msgid ""
25063 "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the "
25064 "found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
25065 msgstr ""
25066
25067 #. type: Labeled list
25068 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:65
25069 #, no-wrap
25070 msgid "*--show*"
25071 msgstr "*--show*"
25072
25073 #. type: Plain text
25074 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
25075 msgid ""
25076 "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ "
25077 "argument are present."
25078 msgstr ""
25079
25080 #. type: Labeled list
25081 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:68
25082 #, no-wrap
25083 msgid "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
25084 msgstr "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
25085
25086 #. type: Plain text
25087 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
25088 msgid ""
25089 "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
25090 "backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
25091 "used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
25092 "option makes sense only with *--find*."
25093 msgstr ""
25094
25095 #. type: Labeled list
25096 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:71
25097 #, no-wrap
25098 msgid "*-j*, *--associated* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]"
25099 msgstr "*-j*, *--associated* _fichero_ [*-o* _desplazamiento_]"
25100
25101 #. type: Plain text
25102 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:73
25103 msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given _file_."
25104 msgstr ""
25105
25106 #. type: Plain text
25107 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
25108 msgid ""
25109 "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. "
25110 "The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
25111 msgstr ""
25112
25113 #. type: Labeled list
25114 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:77
25115 #, no-wrap
25116 msgid "*--sizelimit* _size_"
25117 msgstr "*--sizelimit* _tamaño_"
25118
25119 #. type: Plain text
25120 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
25121 msgid ""
25122 "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The "
25123 "_size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
25124 msgstr ""
25125
25126 #. type: Labeled list
25127 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:80
25128 #, no-wrap
25129 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _size_"
25130 msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _tamaño_"
25131
25132 #. type: Plain text
25133 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
25134 msgid ""
25135 "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
25136 "The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as stand-alone "
25137 "command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
25138 msgstr ""
25139
25140 #. type: Labeled list
25141 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:83
25142 #, no-wrap
25143 msgid "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _loopdev_"
25144 msgstr ""
25145
25146 #. type: Plain text
25147 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
25148 msgid ""
25149 "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
25150 "specified loop device."
25151 msgstr ""
25152
25153 #. type: Labeled list
25154 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:86
25155 #, no-wrap
25156 msgid "*-P*, *--partscan*"
25157 msgstr "*-P*, *--partscan*"
25158
25159 #. type: Plain text
25160 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
25161 msgid ""
25162 "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
25163 "Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
25164 "is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-"
25165 "size* together with *--partscan*."
25166 msgstr ""
25167
25168 #. type: Plain text
25169 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91
25170 msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
25171 msgstr ""
25172
25173 #. type: Labeled list
25174 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
25175 #, no-wrap
25176 msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
25177 msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
25178
25179 #. type: Plain text
25180 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94
25181 msgid ""
25182 "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can "
25183 "be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to *off*."
25184 msgstr ""
25185
25186 #. type: Plain text
25187 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100
25188 msgid ""
25189 "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns "
25190 "for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
25191 "print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, "
25192 "and *--json*."
25193 msgstr ""
25194
25195 #. type: Labeled list
25196 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101
25197 #, no-wrap
25198 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _column_[,_column_]..."
25199 msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _columna_[,_columna_]..."
25200
25201 #. type: Plain text
25202 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
25203 msgid ""
25204 "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--"
25205 "help* to get a list of all supported columns."
25206 msgstr ""
25207
25208 #. type: Plain text
25209 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:109
25210 msgid "Don't print headings for *--list* output format."
25211 msgstr ""
25212
25213 #. type: Labeled list
25214 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:55
25215 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:56
25216 #, no-wrap
25217 msgid "*--raw*"
25218 msgstr "*--raw*"
25219
25220 #. type: Plain text
25221 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:112
25222 msgid "Use the raw *--list* output format."
25223 msgstr ""
25224
25225 #. type: Plain text
25226 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:115
25227 msgid "Use JSON format for *--list* output."
25228 msgstr ""
25229
25230 #. type: Title ==
25231 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:122
25232 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25233 #| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
25234 msgid "ENCRYPTION"
25235 msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
25236
25237 #. type: Plain text
25238 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:125
25239 #, no-wrap
25240 msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
25241 msgstr ""
25242
25243 #. type: Plain text
25244 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:129
25245 #, no-wrap
25246 msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device.\n"
25247 msgstr ""
25248
25249 #. type: Plain text
25250 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133
25251 msgid ""
25252 "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop "
25253 "device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and "
25254 "*LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
25255 msgstr ""
25256
25257 #. type: Labeled list
25258 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1409
25259 #, no-wrap
25260 msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
25261 msgstr "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
25262
25263 #. type: Labeled list
25264 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:141
25265 #, no-wrap
25266 msgid "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
25267 msgstr "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
25268
25269 #. type: Plain text
25270 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:143
25271 msgid "loop block devices"
25272 msgstr ""
25273
25274 #. type: Labeled list
25275 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144
25276 #, no-wrap
25277 msgid "_/dev/loop-control_"
25278 msgstr "_/dev/loop-control_"
25279
25280 #. type: Plain text
25281 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:146
25282 msgid "loop control device"
25283 msgstr ""
25284
25285 #. type: Plain text
25286 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:150
25287 msgid ""
25288 "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
25289 msgstr ""
25290
25291 #. type: Plain text
25292 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:159
25293 #, no-wrap
25294 msgid ""
25295 " # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
25296 " # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
25297 " /dev/loop0\n"
25298 " # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
25299 " # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
25300 " ...\n"
25301 " # umount /dev/loop0\n"
25302 " # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
25303 msgstr ""
25304
25305 #. type: Plain text
25306 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:163
25307 msgid ""
25308 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:"
25309 "tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
25310 msgstr ""
25311
25312 #. type: Title =
25313 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:2
25314 #, no-wrap
25315 msgid "lscpu(1)"
25316 msgstr "lscpu(1)"
25317
25318 #. type: Plain text
25319 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:12
25320 msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture"
25321 msgstr "lscpu - muestra información sobre la arquitectura de la CPU"
25322
25323 #. type: Plain text
25324 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:16
25325 #, no-wrap
25326 msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
25327 msgstr "*lscpu* [opciones]\n"
25328
25329 #. type: Plain text
25330 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20
25331 #, no-wrap
25332 msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping.\n"
25333 msgstr ""
25334
25335 #. type: Plain text
25336 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
25337 msgid ""
25338 "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe "
25339 "optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) "
25340 "is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\n"
25341 "\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default output "
25342 "without optimizations."
25343 msgstr ""
25344
25345 #. type: Plain text
25346 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
25347 msgid ""
25348 "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
25349 "reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically "
25350 "different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support "
25351 "retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number "
25352 "of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
25353 msgstr ""
25354
25355 #. type: Plain text
25356 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
25357 msgid ""
25358 "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this "
25359 "argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of "
25360 "column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
25361 "arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column "
25362 "labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
25363 msgstr ""
25364
25365 #. type: Plain text
25366 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
25367 msgid ""
25368 "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column "
25369 "is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
25370 msgstr ""
25371
25372 #. type: Plain text
25373 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
25374 msgid ""
25375 "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before "
25376 "v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to "
25377 "complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. "
25378 "For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* "
25379 "follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start "
25380 "from zero."
25381 msgstr ""
25382
25383 #. type: Title ===
25384 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:31
25385 #, no-wrap
25386 msgid "COLUMNS"
25387 msgstr "COLUMNAS"
25388
25389 #. type: Plain text
25390 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:34
25391 msgid ""
25392 "Note that topology elements (core, socket, etc.) use a sequential unique ID "
25393 "starting from zero, but CPU logical numbers follow the kernel where there is "
25394 "no guarantee of sequential numbering."
25395 msgstr ""
25396
25397 #. type: Labeled list
25398 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
25399 #, no-wrap
25400 msgid "*CPU*"
25401 msgstr ""
25402
25403 #. type: Plain text
25404 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:37
25405 msgid "The logical CPU number of a CPU as used by the Linux kernel."
25406 msgstr ""
25407
25408 #. type: Labeled list
25409 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:38
25410 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25411 #| msgid "*MORE*"
25412 msgid "*CORE*"
25413 msgstr "*MORE*"
25414
25415 #. type: Plain text
25416 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:40
25417 #, fuzzy
25418 msgid "The logical core number. A core can contain several CPUs."
25419 msgstr "número de cajón lógico"
25420
25421 #. type: Labeled list
25422 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
25423 #, no-wrap
25424 msgid "*SOCKET*"
25425 msgstr ""
25426
25427 #. type: Plain text
25428 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:43
25429 #, fuzzy
25430 msgid "The logical socket number. A socket can contain several cores."
25431 msgstr "número de libro lógico"
25432
25433 #. type: Labeled list
25434 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
25435 #, no-wrap
25436 msgid "*CLUSTER*"
25437 msgstr ""
25438
25439 #. type: Plain text
25440 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
25441 #, fuzzy
25442 msgid "The logical cluster number. A cluster can contain several cores."
25443 msgstr "número de cajón lógico"
25444
25445 #. type: Labeled list
25446 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:47
25447 #, no-wrap
25448 msgid "*BOOK*"
25449 msgstr ""
25450
25451 #. type: Plain text
25452 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:49
25453 #, fuzzy
25454 msgid "The logical book number. A book can contain several sockets."
25455 msgstr "número de libro lógico"
25456
25457 #. type: Labeled list
25458 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
25459 #, no-wrap
25460 msgid "*DRAWER*"
25461 msgstr ""
25462
25463 #. type: Plain text
25464 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:52
25465 #, fuzzy
25466 msgid "The logical drawer number. A drawer can contain several books."
25467 msgstr "número de cajón lógico"
25468
25469 #. type: Labeled list
25470 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
25471 #, no-wrap
25472 msgid "*NODE*"
25473 msgstr ""
25474
25475 #. type: Plain text
25476 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:55
25477 #, fuzzy
25478 msgid "The logical NUMA node number. A node can contain several drawers."
25479 msgstr "número de cajón lógico"
25480
25481 #. type: Labeled list
25482 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56
25483 #, no-wrap
25484 msgid "*CACHE*"
25485 msgstr ""
25486
25487 #. type: Plain text
25488 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:58
25489 msgid "Information about how caches are shared between CPUs."
25490 msgstr ""
25491
25492 #. type: Labeled list
25493 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:59
25494 #, no-wrap
25495 msgid "*ADDRESS*"
25496 msgstr ""
25497
25498 #. type: Plain text
25499 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:61
25500 msgid "The physical address of a CPU."
25501 msgstr ""
25502
25503 #. type: Labeled list
25504 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:62
25505 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25506 #| msgid "*LINES*"
25507 msgid "*ONLINE*"
25508 msgstr "*LINES*"
25509
25510 #. type: Plain text
25511 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:64
25512 msgid ""
25513 "Indicator that shows whether the Linux instance currently makes use of the "
25514 "CPU."
25515 msgstr ""
25516
25517 #. type: Labeled list
25518 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
25519 #, no-wrap
25520 msgid "*CONFIGURED*"
25521 msgstr ""
25522
25523 #. type: Plain text
25524 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:67
25525 msgid ""
25526 "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the virtual "
25527 "hardware on which the Linux instance runs. CPUs that are configured can be "
25528 "set online by the Linux instance. This column contains data only if your "
25529 "hardware system and hypervisor support dynamic CPU resource allocation."
25530 msgstr ""
25531
25532 #. type: Labeled list
25533 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:68
25534 #, no-wrap
25535 msgid "*POLARIZATION*"
25536 msgstr ""
25537
25538 #. type: Plain text
25539 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:70
25540 msgid ""
25541 "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual hardware "
25542 "with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode (polarization). "
25543 "The polarization can be:"
25544 msgstr ""
25545
25546 #. type: Plain text
25547 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:77
25548 msgid ""
25549 "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of "
25550 "concentration, high, medium, or low. This column contains data only if your "
25551 "hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
25552 msgstr ""
25553
25554 #. type: Labeled list
25555 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78
25556 #, no-wrap
25557 msgid "*MAXMHZ*"
25558 msgstr ""
25559
25560 #. type: Plain text
25561 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
25562 msgid ""
25563 "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when *lscpu* is used as hardware "
25564 "inventory information gathering tool. Notice that the megahertz value is "
25565 "dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on current resource need."
25566 msgstr ""
25567
25568 #. type: Labeled list
25569 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:81
25570 #, no-wrap
25571 msgid "*MINMHZ*"
25572 msgstr ""
25573
25574 #. type: Plain text
25575 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
25576 msgid "Minimum megahertz value for the CPU."
25577 msgstr ""
25578
25579 #. type: Plain text
25580 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:88
25581 msgid ""
25582 "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). "
25583 "This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
25584 msgstr ""
25585
25586 #. type: Labeled list
25587 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89
25588 #, no-wrap
25589 msgid "*-B*, *--bytes*"
25590 msgstr "*-B*, *--bytes*"
25591
25592 #. type: Plain text
25593 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:91
25594 msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
25595 msgstr ""
25596
25597 #. type: Labeled list
25598 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92
25599 #, no-wrap
25600 msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
25601 msgstr "*-b*, *--online*"
25602
25603 #. type: Plain text
25604 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:94
25605 msgid ""
25606 "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be "
25607 "specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
25608 msgstr ""
25609
25610 #. type: Labeled list
25611 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:95
25612 #, no-wrap
25613 msgid "*-C*, *--caches*[=_list_]"
25614 msgstr "*-C*, *--caches*[=_lista_]"
25615
25616 #. type: Plain text
25617 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97
25618 msgid ""
25619 "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information "
25620 "see *--help* output."
25621 msgstr ""
25622
25623 #. type: Plain text
25624 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:111
25625 msgid ""
25626 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available "
25627 "are included in the command output."
25628 msgstr ""
25629
25630 #. type: Plain text
25631 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:101
25632 msgid ""
25633 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
25634 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
25635 "C=NAME,ONE-SIZE*' or '*--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*'."
25636 msgstr ""
25637
25638 #. type: Plain text
25639 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103
25640 msgid ""
25641 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
25642 "format +list (e.g., lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY)."
25643 msgstr ""
25644
25645 #. type: Labeled list
25646 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:104
25647 #, no-wrap
25648 msgid "*-c*, *--offline*"
25649 msgstr "*-c*, *--offline*"
25650
25651 #. type: Plain text
25652 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:106
25653 msgid ""
25654 "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together "
25655 "with option *-e* or *-p*."
25656 msgstr ""
25657
25658 #. type: Labeled list
25659 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:107
25660 #, no-wrap
25661 msgid "*-e*, *--extended*[=_list_]"
25662 msgstr "*-e*, *--extended*[=_lista_]"
25663
25664 #. type: Plain text
25665 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:109
25666 #, fuzzy
25667 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
25668 msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
25669 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
25670
25671 #. type: Plain text
25672 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:113
25673 msgid ""
25674 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
25675 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
25676 "e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
25677 msgstr ""
25678
25679 #. type: Plain text
25680 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:115
25681 msgid ""
25682 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
25683 "format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
25684 msgstr ""
25685
25686 #. type: Plain text
25687 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:121
25688 msgid ""
25689 "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
25690 "extended*)."
25691 msgstr ""
25692
25693 #. type: Labeled list
25694 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:122
25695 #, no-wrap
25696 msgid "*-p*, *--parse*[=_list_]"
25697 msgstr "*-p*, *--parse*[=_lista_]"
25698
25699 #. type: Plain text
25700 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:124
25701 msgid "Optimize the command output for easy parsing."
25702 msgstr ""
25703
25704 #. type: Plain text
25705 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:126
25706 msgid ""
25707 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
25708 "earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used "
25709 "to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache "
25710 "column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are "
25711 "separated with a colon (:)."
25712 msgstr ""
25713
25714 #. type: Plain text
25715 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:128
25716 msgid ""
25717 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
25718 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
25719 "p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
25720 msgstr ""
25721
25722 #. type: Plain text
25723 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:130
25724 msgid ""
25725 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
25726 "format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
25727 msgstr ""
25728
25729 #. type: Labeled list
25730 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:63
25731 #, no-wrap
25732 msgid "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directory_"
25733 msgstr "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directorio_"
25734
25735 #. type: Plain text
25736 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:133
25737 msgid ""
25738 "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
25739 "*lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of "
25740 "the Linux instance to be inspected."
25741 msgstr ""
25742
25743 #. type: Plain text
25744 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:136
25745 msgid ""
25746 "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to "
25747 "print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version "
25748 "2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
25749 msgstr ""
25750
25751 #. type: Labeled list
25752 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:137
25753 #, no-wrap
25754 msgid "*-y*, *--physical*"
25755 msgstr "*-y*, *--physical*"
25756
25757 #. type: Plain text
25758 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:139
25759 msgid ""
25760 "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, "
25761 "etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs "
25762 "are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs "
25763 "are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If "
25764 "the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints "
25765 "the dash (-) character."
25766 msgstr ""
25767
25768 #. type: Plain text
25769 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:141
25770 msgid "The CPU logical numbers are not affected by this option."
25771 msgstr ""
25772
25773 #. type: Plain text
25774 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:147
25775 msgid ""
25776 "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--"
25777 "extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
25778 msgstr ""
25779
25780 #. type: Plain text
25781 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:151
25782 msgid ""
25783 "The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first "
25784 "CPU only."
25785 msgstr ""
25786
25787 #. type: Plain text
25788 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:153
25789 msgid "Sometimes in Xen Dom0 the kernel reports wrong data."
25790 msgstr ""
25791
25792 #. type: Plain text
25793 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:155
25794 msgid "On virtual hardware the number of cores per socket, etc. can be wrong."
25795 msgstr ""
25796
25797 #. type: Plain text
25798 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:161
25799 msgid ""
25800 "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
25801 "heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
25802 msgstr ""
25803 "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
25804 "heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
25805
25806 #. type: Plain text
25807 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:165
25808 #, no-wrap
25809 msgid "*chcpu*(8)\n"
25810 msgstr "*chcpu*(8)\n"
25811
25812 #. type: Title =
25813 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:2
25814 #, no-wrap
25815 msgid "lsipc(1)"
25816 msgstr "lsipc(1)"
25817
25818 #. type: Plain text
25819 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
25820 #, fuzzy
25821 #| msgid "ipcs - provide information on ipc facilities"
25822 msgid ""
25823 "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
25824 msgstr "ipcs - proporciona información sobre los recursos ipc"
25825
25826 #. type: Plain text
25827 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:16
25828 #, no-wrap
25829 msgid "*lsipc* [options]\n"
25830 msgstr "*lsipc* [opciones]\n"
25831
25832 #. type: Plain text
25833 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20
25834 #, no-wrap
25835 msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access.\n"
25836 msgstr ""
25837
25838 #. type: Plain text
25839 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25
25840 msgid ""
25841 "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
25842 "option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
25843 "q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this "
25844 "option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
25845 msgstr ""
25846
25847 #. type: Labeled list
25848 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:26
25849 #, no-wrap
25850 msgid "*-g*, *--global*"
25851 msgstr "*-g*, *--global*"
25852
25853 #. type: Plain text
25854 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
25855 msgid ""
25856 "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be "
25857 "combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The "
25858 "default is to show information about all resources."
25859 msgstr ""
25860
25861 #. type: Title ===
25862 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:46
25863 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25864 #| msgid "Output super-block information."
25865 msgid "Output formatting"
25866 msgstr "Muestra información del súper-bloque."
25867
25868 #. type: Plain text
25869 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:53
25870 msgid ""
25871 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
25872 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will "
25873 "be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
25874 "identifiers, for example, USE_PCT instead of USE%."
25875 msgstr ""
25876
25877 #. type: Plain text
25878 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:56
25879 msgid "Use the JSON output format."
25880 msgstr ""
25881
25882 #. type: Plain text
25883 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59
25884 msgid ""
25885 "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
25886 msgstr ""
25887
25888 #. type: Plain text
25889 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:74
25890 msgid "Print size in bytes rather than in human readable format."
25891 msgstr ""
25892
25893 #. type: Labeled list
25894 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:84
25895 #, no-wrap
25896 msgid "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
25897 msgstr "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
25898
25899 #. type: Plain text
25900 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:86
25901 msgid "Print numeric permissions in PERMS column."
25902 msgstr ""
25903
25904 #. type: Plain text
25905 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
25906 msgid "if a serious error occurs."
25907 msgstr ""
25908
25909 #. type: Plain text
25910 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101
25911 msgid "The *lsipc* utility is inspired by the *ipcs*(1) utility."
25912 msgstr ""
25913
25914 #. type: Title =
25915 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:2
25916 #, no-wrap
25917 msgid "lsirq(1)"
25918 msgstr "lsirq(1)"
25919
25920 #. type: Plain text
25921 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:12
25922 msgid "lsirq - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
25923 msgstr ""
25924
25925 #. type: Plain text
25926 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:16
25927 #, no-wrap
25928 msgid "*lsirq* [options]\n"
25929 msgstr "*lsirq* [opciones]\n"
25930
25931 #. type: Plain text
25932 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:20
25933 #, fuzzy
25934 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
25935 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information."
25936 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
25937
25938 #. type: Plain text
25939 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:27
25940 msgid "Don't print headings."
25941 msgstr ""
25942
25943 #. type: Plain text
25944 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
25945 msgid ""
25946 "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
25947 "names."
25948 msgstr ""
25949
25950 #. type: Plain text
25951 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
25952 msgid ""
25953 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
25954 "characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
25955 msgstr ""
25956
25957 #. type: Title =
25958 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:2
25959 #, no-wrap
25960 msgid "lsmem(1)"
25961 msgstr "lsmem(1)"
25962
25963 #. type: Plain text
25964 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:12
25965 msgid "lsmem - list the ranges of available memory with their online status"
25966 msgstr ""
25967
25968 #. type: Plain text
25969 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:16
25970 #, no-wrap
25971 msgid "*lsmem* [options]\n"
25972 msgstr "*lsmem* [opciones]\n"
25973
25974 #. type: Plain text
25975 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
25976 msgid ""
25977 "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online "
25978 "status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block "
25979 "representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and "
25980 "the amount of memory in online and offline state."
25981 msgstr ""
25982
25983 #. type: Plain text
25984 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
25985 msgid ""
25986 "The default output compatible with original implementation from s390-tools, "
25987 "but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your "
25988 "scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* "
25989 "option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is "
25990 "required."
25991 msgstr ""
25992
25993 #. type: Plain text
25994 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
25995 msgid ""
25996 "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory "
25997 "block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This "
25998 "default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., "
25999 "*lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all "
26000 "differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible "
26001 "continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual "
26002 "memory blocks."
26003 msgstr ""
26004
26005 #. type: Plain text
26006 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
26007 msgid ""
26008 "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split "
26009 "policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example "
26010 "if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than "
26011 "all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
26012 msgstr ""
26013
26014 #. type: Plain text
26015 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
26016 msgid ""
26017 "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is "
26018 "specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
26019 msgstr ""
26020
26021 #. type: Plain text
26022 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:30
26023 msgid "Use the *--help* option to see the columns description."
26024 msgstr ""
26025
26026 #. type: Plain text
26027 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
26028 msgid ""
26029 "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with "
26030 "similar attributes."
26031 msgstr ""
26032
26033 #. type: Plain text
26034 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:50
26035 msgid ""
26036 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
26037 "supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is "
26038 "specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
26039 msgstr ""
26040
26041 #. type: Plain text
26042 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
26043 msgid ""
26044 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
26045 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
26046 msgstr ""
26047
26048 #. type: Labeled list
26049 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:60
26050 #, no-wrap
26051 msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
26052 msgstr "*-S*, *--split* _lista_"
26053
26054 #. type: Plain text
26055 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
26056 msgid ""
26057 "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The "
26058 "supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The "
26059 "other columns are silently ignored. For more details see DESCRIPTION above."
26060 msgstr ""
26061
26062 #. type: Plain text
26063 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
26064 msgid ""
26065 "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
26066 "the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root "
26067 "of the Linux instance to be inspected."
26068 msgstr ""
26069
26070 #. type: Labeled list
26071 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:69
26072 #, no-wrap
26073 msgid "*--summary*[=_when_]"
26074 msgstr ""
26075
26076 #. type: Plain text
26077 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71
26078 msgid ""
26079 "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
26080 "be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
26081 "defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--"
26082 "pairs* and *--json*."
26083 msgstr ""
26084
26085 #. type: Plain text
26086 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:75
26087 #, no-wrap
26088 msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak.\n"
26089 msgstr ""
26090
26091 #. type: Plain text
26092 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:79
26093 #, no-wrap
26094 msgid "*chmem*(8)\n"
26095 msgstr "*chmem*(8)\n"
26096
26097 #. Man page for the lsns command.
26098 #. Copyright 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
26099 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
26100 #. type: Title =
26101 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:7
26102 #, no-wrap
26103 msgid "lsns(8)"
26104 msgstr "lsns(8)"
26105
26106 #. type: Plain text
26107 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:17
26108 msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
26109 msgstr ""
26110
26111 #. type: Plain text
26112 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:21
26113 #, no-wrap
26114 msgid "*lsns* [options] _namespace_\n"
26115 msgstr "*lsns* [opciones] _espacio-de-nombres_\n"
26116
26117 #. type: Plain text
26118 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25
26119 #, no-wrap
26120 msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number.\n"
26121 msgstr ""
26122
26123 #. type: Plain text
26124 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
26125 msgid ""
26126 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
26127 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
26128 "expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list "
26129 "in environments where a stable output is required."
26130 msgstr ""
26131
26132 #. type: Plain text
26133 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
26134 msgid ""
26135 "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, "
26136 "is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to "
26137 "\",\"-separated single-line representation."
26138 msgstr ""
26139
26140 #. type: Plain text
26141 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
26142 msgid ""
26143 "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and "
26144 "for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ "
26145 "filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --"
26146 "mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent "
26147 "namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind "
26148 "mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
26149 msgstr ""
26150
26151 #. type: Plain text
26152 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39
26153 msgid "Use list output format."
26154 msgstr ""
26155
26156 #. type: Plain text
26157 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47
26158 msgid ""
26159 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
26160 "format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
26161 msgstr ""
26162
26163 #. type: Labeled list
26164 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:51
26165 #, no-wrap
26166 msgid "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
26167 msgstr "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
26168
26169 #. type: Plain text
26170 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:53
26171 msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this _PID_."
26172 msgstr ""
26173
26174 #. type: Plain text
26175 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:59
26176 msgid ""
26177 "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are "
26178 "*mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option "
26179 "may be given more than once."
26180 msgstr ""
26181
26182 #. type: Labeled list
26183 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63
26184 #, no-wrap
26185 msgid "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
26186 msgstr "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
26187
26188 #. type: Plain text
26189 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:65
26190 msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
26191 msgstr ""
26192
26193 #. type: Plain text
26194 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:82
26195 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26196 #| msgid ""
26197 #| "*nsenter*(1),\n"
26198 #| "*unshare*(1),\n"
26199 #| "*clone*(2),\n"
26200 #| "*namespaces*(7)\n"
26201 msgid ""
26202 "*nsenter*(1),\n"
26203 "*unshare*(1),\n"
26204 "*clone*(2),\n"
26205 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
26206 msgstr ""
26207 "*nsenter*(1),\n"
26208 "*unshare*(1),\n"
26209 "*clone*(2),\n"
26210 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
26211
26212 #. Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Andries Brouwer
26213 #. Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
26214 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
26215 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
26216 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
26217 #. (Probably no BSD text remains.)
26218 #. Fragments of text were written by Werner Almesberger, Remy Card,
26219 #. Stephen Tweedie and Eric Youngdale.
26220 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
26221 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
26222 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
26223 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
26224 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
26225 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
26226 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
26227 #. intermediate and printed output.
26228 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
26229 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
26230 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
26231 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
26232 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
26233 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
26234 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
26235 #. type: Title =
26236 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:32
26237 #, no-wrap
26238 msgid "mount(8)"
26239 msgstr "mount(8)"
26240
26241 #. type: Plain text
26242 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:43
26243 msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
26244 msgstr "mount - monta un sistema de ficheros"
26245
26246 #. type: Plain text
26247 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:47
26248 #, no-wrap
26249 msgid "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
26250 msgstr "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
26251
26252 #. type: Plain text
26253 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:49
26254 #, no-wrap
26255 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _fstype_]\n"
26256 msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _tipo-sf_]\n"
26257
26258 #. type: Plain text
26259 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:51
26260 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26261 #| msgid "B<mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<]>"
26262 msgid "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
26263 msgstr "B<mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<]>"
26264
26265 #. type: Plain text
26266 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:53
26267 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26268 #| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<options>B< [,...]] >I<device >B<|>I< dir>"
26269 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
26270 msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<opciones>B< [,...]] >I<dispositivo >B<|>I< dir>"
26271
26272 #. type: Plain text
26273 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55
26274 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26275 #| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<] [-o >I<options>B<] >I<device dir>"
26276 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_\n"
26277 msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<] [-o >I<opciones>B<] >I<dispositivo dir>"
26278
26279 #. type: Plain text
26280 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57
26281 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26282 #| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
26283 msgid "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _olddir newdir_\n"
26284 msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
26285
26286 #. type: Plain text
26287 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
26288 #, no-wrap
26289 msgid "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
26290 msgstr ""
26291
26292 #. type: Plain text
26293 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
26294 #, fuzzy
26295 #| msgid ""
26296 #| "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
26297 #| "file hierarchy, rooted at B</>.  These files can be spread out over "
26298 #| "several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the file system "
26299 #| "found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8)  "
26300 #| "command will detach it again."
26301 msgid ""
26302 "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
26303 "hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
26304 "devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
26305 "device to the big file tree. Conversely, the umount8 command will detach it "
26306 "again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device or "
26307 "provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
26308 msgstr ""
26309 "Todos los ficheros accesibles en un sistema Unix están dispuestos en un gran "
26310 "árbol, la jerarquía de ficheros, con la raíz en B</>.  Estos ficheros pueden "
26311 "estar distribuidos sobre varios dispositivos. La orden B<mount> sirve para "
26312 "pegar el sistema de ficheros encontrado en algún dispositivo al gran árbol "
26313 "de ficheros. De modo análogo pero al revés, la orden B<umount>(8)  lo "
26314 "despegará de él de nuevo."
26315
26316 #. type: Plain text
26317 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65
26318 msgid "The standard form of the *mount* command is:"
26319 msgstr "La forma más normal de la orden *mount* es"
26320
26321 #. type: delimited block _
26322 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:68
26323 #, no-wrap
26324 msgid "*mount -t* _type device dir_\n"
26325 msgstr "*mount -t* _tipo dispositivo dir_\n"
26326
26327 #. type: Plain text
26328 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
26329 #, fuzzy
26330 #| msgid ""
26331 #| "This tells the kernel to attach the file system found on I<device> (which "
26332 #| "is of type I<type>)  at the directory I<dir>.  The previous contents (if "
26333 #| "any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this "
26334 #| "file system remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of "
26335 #| "the file system on I<device>."
26336 msgid ""
26337 "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is "
26338 "of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. "
26339 "The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root "
26340 "permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
26341 "\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
26342 "any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this "
26343 "filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the "
26344 "filesystem on _device_."
26345 msgstr ""
26346 "Esto le dice al núcleo que anexe el sistema de ficheros que encuentre en "
26347 "I<dispositivo> (que es del tipo I<tipo>)  al directorio I<dir>.  Los "
26348 "contenidos anteriores (si había), así como el propietario y permisos de "
26349 "I<dir> se vuelven invisibles (están ocultos, tapados), y mientras este "
26350 "sistema de ficheros permanezca montado, el nombre de ruta I<dir>, también "
26351 "llamado I<punto de montaje>, se refiere a la raíz del sistema de ficheros en "
26352 "I<dispositivo>."
26353
26354 #. type: Plain text
26355 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73
26356 msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
26357 msgstr ""
26358
26359 #. type: delimited block _
26360 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76
26361 #, no-wrap
26362 msgid "*mount /dir*\n"
26363 msgstr "*mount /dir*\n"
26364
26365 #. type: Plain text
26366 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
26367 msgid ""
26368 "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
26369 "the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* "
26370 "options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
26371 msgstr ""
26372
26373 #. type: delimited block _
26374 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82
26375 #, no-wrap
26376 msgid "*mount --target /mountpoint*\n"
26377 msgstr ""
26378
26379 #. type: Plain text
26380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
26381 msgid ""
26382 "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
26383 "network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
26384 "mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy "
26385 "to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is "
26386 "usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this "
26387 "case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more "
26388 "details)."
26389 msgstr ""
26390
26391 #. type: Title ===
26392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:86
26393 #, no-wrap
26394 msgid "Listing the mounts"
26395 msgstr ""
26396
26397 #. type: Plain text
26398 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:89
26399 msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
26400 msgstr ""
26401
26402 #. type: Plain text
26403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
26404 msgid ""
26405 "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in "
26406 "your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
26407 "replaced with '?'."
26408 msgstr ""
26409
26410 #. type: Plain text
26411 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:93
26412 #, fuzzy
26413 #| msgid "lists all mounted file systems (of type I<type>)  - see below."
26414 msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):"
26415 msgstr ""
26416 "lista todos los sistemas de ficheros montados (del tipo I<tipo>)  --vea más "
26417 "adelante--."
26418
26419 #. type: delimited block _
26420 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96
26421 #, no-wrap
26422 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
26423 msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _tipo_]\n"
26424
26425 #. type: Plain text
26426 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:99
26427 msgid "The option *-l* adds labels to this listing. See below."
26428 msgstr ""
26429
26430 #. type: Title ===
26431 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:100
26432 #, no-wrap
26433 msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
26434 msgstr ""
26435
26436 #. type: Plain text
26437 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
26438 msgid ""
26439 "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/"
26440 "dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an "
26441 "NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
26442 msgstr ""
26443 "La mayoría de dispositivos se indican mediante un nombre de fichero (de un "
26444 "dispositivo especial de bloques), como _/dev/sda1_, pero hay otras "
26445 "posibilidades. Por ejemplo, en el caso de un montaje por NFS, _dispositivo_ "
26446 "puede ser algo como _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
26447
26448 #. type: Plain text
26449 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
26450 msgid ""
26451 "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
26452 "and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
26453 "reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
26454 "identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
26455 msgstr ""
26456
26457 #. type: Labeled list
26458 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:106
26459 #, no-wrap
26460 msgid "LABEL=__label__"
26461 msgstr "LABEL=__etiqueta__"
26462
26463 #. type: Plain text
26464 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:108
26465 msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also *-L*."
26466 msgstr ""
26467
26468 #. type: Labeled list
26469 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:109
26470 #, no-wrap
26471 msgid "UUID=__uuid__"
26472 msgstr "UUID=__UUID__"
26473
26474 #. type: Plain text
26475 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
26476 msgid ""
26477 "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
26478 "a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
26479 msgstr ""
26480
26481 #. type: Plain text
26482 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
26483 #, fuzzy
26484 #| msgid ""
26485 #| "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
26486 #| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
26487 msgid ""
26488 "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
26489 "from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
26490 "string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
26491 msgstr ""
26492 "Observe que B<mount>(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben estar "
26493 "formadas por minúsculas."
26494
26495 #. type: Labeled list
26496 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114
26497 #, no-wrap
26498 msgid "PARTLABEL=__label__"
26499 msgstr "PARTLABEL=__etiqueta__"
26500
26501 #. type: Plain text
26502 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
26503 msgid ""
26504 "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
26505 "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's supported "
26506 "for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
26507 msgstr ""
26508
26509 #. type: Labeled list
26510 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:117
26511 #, no-wrap
26512 msgid "PARTUUID=__uuid__"
26513 msgstr "PARTUUID=__UUID__"
26514
26515 #. type: Plain text
26516 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
26517 msgid ""
26518 "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
26519 "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's supported "
26520 "for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
26521 msgstr ""
26522
26523 #. type: Labeled list
26524 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:120
26525 #, no-wrap
26526 msgid "ID=__id__"
26527 msgstr "ID=__id__"
26528
26529 #. type: Plain text
26530 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
26531 msgid ""
26532 "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
26533 "based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
26534 "manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and "
26535 "running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
26536 "use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
26537 "rules and hardware."
26538 msgstr ""
26539
26540 #. type: Plain text
26541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
26542 msgid ""
26543 "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
26544 "UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides "
26545 "details about a filesystem on the specified device."
26546 msgstr ""
26547
26548 #. type: Plain text
26549 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
26550 msgid ""
26551 "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
26552 "unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o "
26553 "+UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
26554 msgstr ""
26555
26556 #. type: Plain text
26557 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
26558 msgid ""
26559 "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/"
26560 "disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/"
26561 "fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) "
26562 "command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/"
26563 "fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
26564 msgstr ""
26565
26566 #. type: Plain text
26567 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
26568 #, fuzzy
26569 #| msgid ""
26570 #| "The I<proc> file system is not associated with a special device, and when "
26571 #| "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword, such as I<proc> can be used instead of "
26572 #| "a device specification.  (The customary choice I<none> is less fortunate: "
26573 #| "the error message `none busy' from B<umount> can be confusing.)"
26574 msgid ""
26575 "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
26576 "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used "
26577 "instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less "
26578 "fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be "
26579 "confusing.)"
26580 msgstr ""
26581 "El sistema de ficheros I<proc> no está asociado a ningún dispositivo o "
26582 "fichero especial, y cuando se monte, se puede emplear una palabra "
26583 "arbitraria, como I<proc>, en vez de una especificación de dispositivo.  (La "
26584 "elección personal I<none> es menos afortunada: el mensaje de error `none "
26585 "busy' (nadie [está] ocupado) de B<umount> puede confundir.)"
26586
26587 #. type: Title ===
26588 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131
26589 #, no-wrap
26590 msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
26591 msgstr ""
26592
26593 #. type: Plain text
26594 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
26595 #, fuzzy
26596 #| msgid ""
26597 #| "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
26598 #| "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. This file is "
26599 #| "used in three ways:"
26600 msgid ""
26601 "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what "
26602 "devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
26603 "of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-"
26604 "line option (see below for more details)."
26605 msgstr ""
26606 "El fichero I</etc/fstab> (vea B<fstab>(5)), puede contener renglones que "
26607 "describan qué dispositivos se montan usualmente dónde, empleando cuáles "
26608 "opciones. Este fichero se emplea de tres formas:"
26609
26610 #. type: Plain text
26611 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136
26612 msgid "The command"
26613 msgstr "La orden"
26614
26615 #. type: delimited block _
26616 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:139
26617 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26618 #| msgid "B<mount -a [-t>I< type>B<]>"
26619 msgid "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
26620 msgstr "B<mount -a [-t>I< tipo>B<]>"
26621
26622 #. type: Plain text
26623 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
26624 #, fuzzy
26625 #| msgid ""
26626 #| "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all file systems mentioned in "
26627 #| "I<fstab> (of the proper type) to be mounted as indicated, except for "
26628 #| "those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option "
26629 #| "will make mount fork, so that the filesystems are mounted simultaneously."
26630 msgid ""
26631 "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ "
26632 "(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
26633 "mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* "
26634 "keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the "
26635 "filesystems are mounted in parallel."
26636 msgstr ""
26637 "(usualmente dado en un guión de arranque) hace que todos los sistemas de "
26638 "ficheros mencionados en I<fstab> (del tipo adecuado) se monten como se "
26639 "indique, excepto aquéllos cuya línea contenga la palabra clave B<noauto>.  "
26640 "Añadir la opción B<-F> hará que B<mount> se bifurque, de forma que los "
26641 "sistemas de ficheros se monten simultáneamente, en paralelo."
26642
26643 #. type: Plain text
26644 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
26645 #, fuzzy
26646 #| msgid ""
26647 #| "(ii) When mounting a file system mentioned in I<fstab>, it suffices to "
26648 #| "give only the device, or only the mount point."
26649 msgid ""
26650 "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to "
26651 "specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
26652 msgstr ""
26653 "(ii) Cuando se monte un sistema de ficheros mencionado en I<fstab>, basta "
26654 "con dar sólo el dispositivo o el punto de montaje."
26655
26656 #. type: Plain text
26657 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
26658 msgid ""
26659 "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
26660 "currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for "
26661 "regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by "
26662 "default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a "
26663 "symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in "
26664 "userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
26665 "advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's "
26666 "possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
26667 msgstr ""
26668
26669 #. type: Plain text
26670 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
26671 msgid ""
26672 "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is "
26673 "printed."
26674 msgstr ""
26675
26676 #. type: Plain text
26677 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
26678 msgid ""
26679 "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the "
26680 "*-o* option:"
26681 msgstr ""
26682
26683 #. type: delimited block _
26684 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153
26685 #, no-wrap
26686 msgid "*mount* __device__****|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
26687 msgstr "*mount* __dispositivo__****|__directorio__ *-o* _opciones_\n"
26688
26689 #. type: Plain text
26690 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
26691 msgid ""
26692 "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
26693 "list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed "
26694 "using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
26695 "the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
26696 msgstr ""
26697
26698 #. type: Plain text
26699 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
26700 msgid ""
26701 "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or "
26702 "LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For "
26703 "example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
26704 msgstr ""
26705
26706 #. type: delimited block _
26707 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:161
26708 #, no-wrap
26709 msgid "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n"
26710 msgstr "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n"
26711
26712 #. type: Plain text
26713 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
26714 msgid ""
26715 "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* "
26716 "command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root "
26717 "users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
26718 msgstr ""
26719
26720 #. type: Title ===
26721 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:165
26722 #, no-wrap
26723 msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
26724 msgstr ""
26725
26726 #. type: Plain text
26727 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
26728 msgid ""
26729 "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
26730 "contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
26731 "filesystem."
26732 msgstr ""
26733 "Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin "
26734 "embargo, cuando _fstab_ contiene la opción *user* en una línea, entonces "
26735 "cualquiera puede montar el distema de ficheros correspondiente."
26736
26737 #. type: Plain text
26738 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170
26739 msgid "Thus, given a line"
26740 msgstr "Así, dada la línea"
26741
26742 #. type: delimited block _
26743 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:173
26744 #, no-wrap
26745 msgid "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
26746 msgstr "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
26747
26748 #. type: Plain text
26749 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
26750 #, fuzzy
26751 #| msgid ""
26752 #| "any user can mount the iso9660 file system found on his CDROM using the "
26753 #| "command"
26754 msgid ""
26755 "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
26756 "the command:"
26757 msgstr ""
26758 "cualquier usuario puede montar el sistema de ficheros de tipo iso9660 "
26759 "encontrado en su CD-ROM mediante la orden"
26760
26761 #. type: delimited block _
26762 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179
26763 #, no-wrap
26764 msgid "*mount /cd*\n"
26765 msgstr "*mount /cd*\n"
26766
26767 #. type: Plain text
26768 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
26769 msgid ""
26770 "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
26771 "specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper "
26772 "program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to "
26773 "specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea "
26774 "to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
26775 msgstr ""
26776
26777 #. type: Plain text
26778 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
26779 msgid ""
26780 "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are "
26781 "inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it "
26782 "drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
26783 "supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
26784 "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
26785 msgstr ""
26786
26787 #. type: Plain text
26788 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
26789 msgid ""
26790 "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
26791 "can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
26792 "*users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar "
26793 "to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner "
26794 "of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script "
26795 "makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, "
26796 "with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the "
26797 "special file."
26798 msgstr ""
26799
26800 #. type: Title ===
26801 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:187
26802 #, no-wrap
26803 msgid "Bind mount operation"
26804 msgstr ""
26805
26806 #. type: Plain text
26807 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:190
26808 msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
26809 msgstr ""
26810
26811 #. type: delimited block _
26812 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:193
26813 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26814 #| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
26815 msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_\n"
26816 msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
26817
26818 #. type: Plain text
26819 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:196
26820 msgid "or by using this _fstab_ entry:"
26821 msgstr ""
26822
26823 #. type: delimited block _
26824 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:199
26825 #, no-wrap
26826 msgid "**/**__olddir__ **/**__newdir__ *none bind*\n"
26827 msgstr ""
26828
26829 #. type: Plain text
26830 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:202
26831 msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
26832 msgstr ""
26833
26834 #. type: Plain text
26835 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204
26836 msgid ""
26837 "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
26838 "or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
26839 "attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
26840 "has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are "
26841 "independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
26842 msgstr ""
26843
26844 #. type: Plain text
26845 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
26846 msgid ""
26847 "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to "
26848 "use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for "
26849 "example:"
26850 msgstr ""
26851
26852 #. type: delimited block _
26853 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:209
26854 #, no-wrap
26855 msgid "*mount --bind foo foo*\n"
26856 msgstr "*mount --bind foo foo*\n"
26857
26858 #. type: Plain text
26859 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:212
26860 msgid ""
26861 "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
26862 "possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
26863 "attached a second place by using:"
26864 msgstr ""
26865
26866 #. type: delimited block _
26867 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:215
26868 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26869 #| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
26870 msgid "*mount --rbind* _olddir newdir_\n"
26871 msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
26872
26873 #. type: Plain text
26874 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:218
26875 msgid ""
26876 "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
26877 "the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
26878 "(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to "
26879 "explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
26880 msgstr ""
26881
26882 #. type: Plain text
26883 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
26884 msgid ""
26885 "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing "
26886 "the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
26887 msgstr ""
26888
26889 #. type: delimited block _
26890 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:223
26891 #, no-wrap
26892 msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
26893 msgstr "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
26894
26895 #. type: Plain text
26896 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:226
26897 msgid ""
26898 "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
26899 "userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution "
26900 "is not atomic."
26901 msgstr ""
26902
26903 #. type: Plain text
26904 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
26905 msgid ""
26906 "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
26907 "remount operation, for example:"
26908 msgstr ""
26909
26910 #. type: delimited block _
26911 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:231
26912 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26913 #| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
26914 msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_ *mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n"
26915 msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
26916
26917 #. type: Plain text
26918 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:234
26919 msgid ""
26920 "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
26921 "but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
26922 "the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
26923 msgstr ""
26924
26925 #. type: Plain text
26926 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:236
26927 msgid ""
26928 "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime and "
26929 "relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other flags "
26930 "(for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It's "
26931 "impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,"
26932 "ro*)."
26933 msgstr ""
26934
26935 #. type: Plain text
26936 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
26937 msgid ""
26938 "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on "
26939 "a *remount* operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on command line). This "
26940 "is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In "
26941 "previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
26942 "impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
26943 "semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
26944 "bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
26945 msgstr ""
26946
26947 #. type: Title ===
26948 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:239
26949 #, no-wrap
26950 msgid "The move operation"
26951 msgstr ""
26952
26953 #. type: Plain text
26954 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:242
26955 msgid "Move a *mounted tree* to another place (atomically). The call is:"
26956 msgstr ""
26957
26958 #. type: delimited block _
26959 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:245
26960 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26961 #| msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
26962 msgid "*mount --move* _olddir newdir_\n"
26963 msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
26964
26965 #. type: Plain text
26966 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:248
26967 msgid ""
26968 "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now "
26969 "be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not "
26970 "changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
26971 msgstr ""
26972
26973 #. type: Plain text
26974 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:250
26975 msgid ""
26976 "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
26977 "unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current "
26978 "propagation flags."
26979 msgstr ""
26980
26981 #. type: Title ===
26982 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:251
26983 #, no-wrap
26984 msgid "Shared subtree operations"
26985 msgstr ""
26986
26987 #. type: Plain text
26988 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:254
26989 msgid ""
26990 "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
26991 "shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
26992 "create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
26993 "mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
26994 "from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
26995 "abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
26996 "through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
26997 "_Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source "
26998 "tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
26999 msgstr ""
27000
27001 #. type: Plain text
27002 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
27003 msgid "Supported operations are:"
27004 msgstr ""
27005
27006 #. type: delimited block .
27007 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:262
27008 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
27009 #| msgid ""
27010 #| "B<mount /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
27011 #| "B<mount --make-private /foo>\n"
27012 #| "B<mount --make-unbindable /foo>\n"
27013 msgid ""
27014 "mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
27015 "mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
27016 "mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
27017 "mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
27018 msgstr ""
27019 "B<mount /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
27020 "B<mount --make-private /foo>\n"
27021 "B<mount --make-unbindable /foo>\n"
27022
27023 #. type: Plain text
27024 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:265
27025 msgid ""
27026 "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
27027 "mounts under a given mountpoint."
27028 msgstr ""
27029
27030 #. type: delimited block .
27031 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:271
27032 #, no-wrap
27033 msgid ""
27034 "mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
27035 "mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
27036 "mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
27037 "mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
27038 msgstr ""
27039
27040 #. type: Plain text
27041 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:274
27042 #, no-wrap
27043 msgid "*mount*(8) *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
27044 msgstr ""
27045
27046 #. type: Plain text
27047 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:276
27048 msgid ""
27049 "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
27050 "flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
27051 "with other mount options and operations."
27052 msgstr ""
27053
27054 #. type: Plain text
27055 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:278
27056 msgid ""
27057 "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation "
27058 "(topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other "
27059 "mount operations. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. The propagation flags are "
27060 "applied by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount "
27061 "operations were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is "
27062 "possible to specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options "
27063 "(*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, "
27064 "*rshared*, *runbindable*)."
27065 msgstr ""
27066
27067 #. type: Plain text
27068 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
27069 msgid "For example:"
27070 msgstr "Por ejemplo:"
27071
27072 #. type: delimited block .
27073 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:283
27074 #, no-wrap
27075 msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
27076 msgstr "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
27077
27078 #. type: Plain text
27079 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:286
27080 msgid "is the same as:"
27081 msgstr ""
27082
27083 #. type: delimited block .
27084 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:291
27085 #, no-wrap
27086 msgid ""
27087 "mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
27088 "mount --make-private /foo\n"
27089 "mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
27090 msgstr ""
27091 "mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
27092 "mount --make-private /foo\n"
27093 "mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
27094
27095 #. type: Title ==
27096 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:293
27097 #, no-wrap
27098 msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
27099 msgstr "OPCIONES DE LÍNEA DE ÓRDENES"
27100
27101 #. type: Plain text
27102 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:296
27103 #, fuzzy
27104 #| msgid ""
27105 #| "The full set of options used by an invocation of B<mount> is determined "
27106 #| "by first extracting the options for the file system from the I<fstab> "
27107 #| "table, then applying any options specified by the B<-o> argument, and "
27108 #| "finally applying a B<-r> or B<-w> option, when present."
27109 msgid ""
27110 "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined "
27111 "by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ "
27112 "table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally "
27113 "applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
27114 msgstr ""
27115 "El conjunto completo de opciones empleadas por una llamada de B<mount> se "
27116 "determina primeramente extrayendo las opciones para el sistema de ficheros "
27117 "desde la tabla de I<fstab>, luego aplicando las opciones especificadas al "
27118 "argumento B<-o>, y finalmente aplicando una opción B<-r> o B<-w> cuando esté "
27119 "presente."
27120
27121 #. type: Plain text
27122 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:298
27123 msgid ""
27124 "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
27125 "mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
27126 "mount helpers is described below in the section *EXTERNAL HELPERS*."
27127 msgstr ""
27128
27129 #. type: Plain text
27130 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:300
27131 #, fuzzy
27132 #| msgid "Options available for the B<mount> command:"
27133 msgid "Command-line options available for the *mount* command are:"
27134 msgstr "Opciones disponibles para la orden B<mount>:"
27135
27136 #. type: Plain text
27137 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:303
27138 msgid ""
27139 "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for "
27140 "those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted "
27141 "following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem "
27142 "source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already "
27143 "mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is "
27144 "cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries "
27145 "will be mounted."
27146 msgstr ""
27147
27148 #. type: Plain text
27149 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:305
27150 msgid ""
27151 "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
27152 "case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted "
27153 "filesystems."
27154 msgstr ""
27155
27156 #. type: Plain text
27157 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307
27158 msgid ""
27159 "Since version 2.35 is possible to use the command line option *-o* to alter "
27160 "mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
27161 msgstr ""
27162
27163 #. type: Plain text
27164 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
27165 msgid ""
27166 "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The "
27167 "recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
27168 msgstr ""
27169
27170 #. type: Labeled list
27171 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:310
27172 #, no-wrap
27173 msgid "*-B*, *--bind*"
27174 msgstr "*-B*, *--bind*"
27175
27176 #. type: Plain text
27177 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:312
27178 msgid ""
27179 "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
27180 "places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
27181 msgstr ""
27182
27183 #. type: Labeled list
27184 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:60
27185 #, no-wrap
27186 msgid "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
27187 msgstr "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
27188
27189 #. type: Plain text
27190 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:315
27191 msgid ""
27192 "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from "
27193 "the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together "
27194 "with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is "
27195 "designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended "
27196 "to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
27197 msgstr ""
27198
27199 #. type: Plain text
27200 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317
27201 msgid ""
27202 "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ "
27203 "helpers."
27204 msgstr ""
27205
27206 #. type: Labeled list
27207 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:318
27208 #, no-wrap
27209 msgid "*-F*, *--fork*"
27210 msgstr "*-F*, *--fork*"
27211
27212 #. type: Plain text
27213 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:320
27214 #, fuzzy
27215 #| msgid ""
27216 #| "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.)  Fork off a new incarnation of mount "
27217 #| "for each device.  This will do the mounts on different devices or "
27218 #| "different NFS servers in parallel.  This has the advantage that it is "
27219 #| "faster; also NFS timeouts go in parallel. A disadvantage is that the "
27220 #| "mounts are done in undefined order.  Thus, you cannot use this option if "
27221 #| "you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
27222 msgid ""
27223 "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for "
27224 "each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
27225 "servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
27226 "timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
27227 "operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
27228 "mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
27229 msgstr ""
27230 "(Empleado en conjunción con B<-a>.)  Bifurca una nueva encarnación de "
27231 "B<mount> para cada dispositivo.  Esto efectuará los montajes en diferentes "
27232 "dispositivos o servidores de NFS en paralelo.  Esto tiene la ventaja de que "
27233 "es más rápido; también las esperas en NFS van en paralelo. Una desventaja es "
27234 "que los montajes se hacen en un orden no definido. Así, Ud. no puede emplear "
27235 "esta opción si quiere montar tanto I</usr> como I</usr/spool>."
27236
27237 #. type: Labeled list
27238 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321
27239 #, no-wrap
27240 msgid "*-f, --fake*"
27241 msgstr "*-f, --fake*"
27242
27243 #. type: Plain text
27244 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:323
27245 #, fuzzy
27246 #| msgid ""
27247 #| "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
27248 #| "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the file system.  This option is "
27249 #| "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
27250 #| "command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices "
27251 #| "that were mounted earlier with the -n option."
27252 msgid ""
27253 "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not "
27254 "obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in "
27255 "conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is "
27256 "trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were "
27257 "mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing "
27258 "record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a "
27259 "regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
27260 msgstr ""
27261 "Causa que todo se haga excepto la llamada al sistema real; en otras "
27262 "palabras, esto no monta el sistema de ficheros, es un ``engaño'' (fake). "
27263 "Esta opción es útil en conjunción con la otra opción B<-v> para determinar "
27264 "lo que la orden B<mount> está intentando hacer. También se puede emplear "
27265 "para añadir entradas para dispositivos que fueron montados anteriormente con "
27266 "la opción -n."
27267
27268 #. type: Labeled list
27269 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:324
27270 #, no-wrap
27271 msgid "*-i, --internal-only*"
27272 msgstr "*-i, --internal-only*"
27273
27274 #. type: Plain text
27275 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:326
27276 msgid "Don't call the **/sbin/mount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists."
27277 msgstr ""
27278
27279 #. type: Plain text
27280 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:329
27281 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_."
27282 msgstr ""
27283
27284 #. type: Labeled list
27285 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:330
27286 #, no-wrap
27287 msgid "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
27288 msgstr "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
27289
27290 #. type: Plain text
27291 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:332
27292 msgid ""
27293 "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the "
27294 "disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a "
27295 "label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS "
27296 "using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
27297 msgstr ""
27298
27299 #. type: Labeled list
27300 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
27301 #, no-wrap
27302 msgid "*-M*, *--move*"
27303 msgstr "*-M*, *--move*"
27304
27305 #. type: Plain text
27306 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:335
27307 msgid ""
27308 "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move "
27309 "operation*."
27310 msgstr ""
27311
27312 #. type: Labeled list
27313 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:336 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:93
27314 #, no-wrap
27315 msgid "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
27316 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
27317
27318 #. type: Plain text
27319 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:338
27320 msgid ""
27321 "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/"
27322 "etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
27323 msgstr ""
27324 "Monta sin escribir en _/etc/mtab_.  Esto es necesario por ejemplo cuando _/"
27325 "etc_ está en un sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
27326
27327 #. type: Labeled list
27328 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86
27329 #, no-wrap
27330 msgid "*-N*, *--namespace* _ns_"
27331 msgstr "*-N*, *--namespace* _espacio-de-nombres_"
27332
27333 #. type: Plain text
27334 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:341
27335 msgid ""
27336 "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ "
27337 "is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
27338 "representing that namespace."
27339 msgstr ""
27340
27341 #. type: Plain text
27342 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:343
27343 #, no-wrap
27344 msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls the *mount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
27345 msgstr ""
27346
27347 #. type: Plain text
27348 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:345 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:92
27349 msgid "See *mount_namespaces*(7) for more information."
27350 msgstr ""
27351
27352 #. type: Labeled list
27353 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:346
27354 #, no-wrap
27355 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
27356 msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opciones_"
27357
27358 #. type: Plain text
27359 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:348
27360 msgid ""
27361 "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this "
27362 "regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. "
27363 "For example, the command"
27364 msgstr ""
27365
27366 #. type: Plain text
27367 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350
27368 #, no-wrap
27369 msgid "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
27370 msgstr "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
27371
27372 #. type: Plain text
27373 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:352
27374 msgid ""
27375 "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified "
27376 "in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
27377 msgstr ""
27378
27379 #. type: Plain text
27380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:354
27381 msgid ""
27382 "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
27383 "*no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
27384 msgstr ""
27385
27386 #. type: Plain text
27387 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:356
27388 msgid ""
27389 "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
27390 msgstr ""
27391
27392 #. type: Plain text
27393 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:358
27394 #, no-wrap
27395 msgid "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
27396 msgstr "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
27397
27398 #. type: Plain text
27399 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:360
27400 msgid ""
27401 "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
27402 "that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
27403 msgstr ""
27404
27405 #. type: Labeled list
27406 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:58
27407 #, no-wrap
27408 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
27409 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _opciones_"
27410
27411 #. type: Plain text
27412 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:363
27413 msgid ""
27414 "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated "
27415 "list. For example:"
27416 msgstr ""
27417
27418 #. type: Plain text
27419 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:365
27420 #, no-wrap
27421 msgid "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
27422 msgstr "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
27423
27424 #. type: Plain text
27425 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:367
27426 msgid ""
27427 "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and "
27428 "*FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
27429 msgstr ""
27430
27431 #. type: Labeled list
27432 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:368
27433 #, no-wrap
27434 msgid "*--options-mode* _mode_"
27435 msgstr "*--options-mode* _modo_"
27436
27437 #. type: Plain text
27438 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:370
27439 msgid ""
27440 "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the "
27441 "command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or "
27442 "*replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are "
27443 "appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- "
27444 "it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that "
27445 "the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
27446 msgstr ""
27447
27448 #. type: Labeled list
27449 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:371
27450 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
27451 #| msgid "B<--options-source-force>"
27452 msgid "*--options-source* _source_"
27453 msgstr "B<--options-source-force>"
27454
27455 #. type: Plain text
27456 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:373
27457 msgid ""
27458 "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
27459 "*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and disables *--"
27460 "options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
27461 msgstr ""
27462
27463 #. type: Labeled list
27464 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:374
27465 #, no-wrap
27466 msgid "*--options-source-force*"
27467 msgstr "*--options-source-force*"
27468
27469 #. type: Plain text
27470 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:376
27471 msgid ""
27472 "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are "
27473 "specified."
27474 msgstr ""
27475
27476 #. type: Labeled list
27477 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
27478 #, no-wrap
27479 msgid "*-R*, *--rbind*"
27480 msgstr "*-R*, *--rbind*"
27481
27482 #. type: Plain text
27483 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:379
27484 msgid ""
27485 "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
27486 "contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
27487 "mounts*."
27488 msgstr ""
27489
27490 #. type: Plain text
27491 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:382
27492 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*."
27493 msgstr ""
27494 "Monta el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. Un sinónimo es *-o ro*."
27495
27496 #. type: Plain text
27497 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:384
27498 msgid ""
27499 "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
27500 "system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
27501 "the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
27502 "access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,"
27503 "noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
27504 "the *blockdev*(8) command."
27505 msgstr ""
27506
27507 #. type: Plain text
27508 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:387
27509 #, fuzzy
27510 #| msgid ""
27511 #| "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
27512 #| "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support "
27513 #| "this option. This option exists for support of the Linux autofs-based "
27514 #| "automounter."
27515 msgid ""
27516 "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
27517 "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
27518 "option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
27519 msgstr ""
27520 "Tolera opciones de montaje medio malas en vez de fallar. Esto hará que se "
27521 "pasen por alto opciones de montaje no admitidas por un tipo de sistema de "
27522 "ficheros.  No todos los sistemas de ficheros admiten esta opción. Esta "
27523 "opción existe para dar soporte al automontador de Linux basado en autofs."
27524
27525 #. type: Labeled list
27526 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:388
27527 #, no-wrap
27528 msgid "*--source* _device_"
27529 msgstr "*--source* _dispositivo_"
27530
27531 #. type: Plain text
27532 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:390
27533 msgid ""
27534 "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument "
27535 "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
27536 "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
27537 msgstr ""
27538
27539 #. type: Labeled list
27540 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:391
27541 #, no-wrap
27542 msgid "*--target* _directory_"
27543 msgstr "*--target* _directorio_"
27544
27545 #. type: Plain text
27546 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:393
27547 msgid ""
27548 "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
27549 "be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
27550 "allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
27551 msgstr ""
27552
27553 #. type: Labeled list
27554 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:394
27555 #, no-wrap
27556 msgid "*--target-prefix* _directory_"
27557 msgstr "*--target-prefix* _directorio_"
27558
27559 #. type: Plain text
27560 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:396
27561 msgid ""
27562 "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
27563 "used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
27564 "example:"
27565 msgstr ""
27566
27567 #. type: Plain text
27568 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:398
27569 #, no-wrap
27570 msgid "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
27571 msgstr "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
27572
27573 #. type: Plain text
27574 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:400
27575 msgid ""
27576 "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are "
27577 "created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative "
27578 "_fstab_."
27579 msgstr ""
27580
27581 #. type: Labeled list
27582 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:401
27583 #, no-wrap
27584 msgid "*-T*, *--fstab* _path_"
27585 msgstr "*-T*, *--fstab* _ruta_"
27586
27587 #. type: Plain text
27588 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:403
27589 msgid ""
27590 "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
27591 "files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with "
27592 "\".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be "
27593 "specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
27594 "chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
27595 "system configuration."
27596 msgstr ""
27597
27598 #. type: Plain text
27599 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405
27600 msgid ""
27601 "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount."
27602 "**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be "
27603 "invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
27604 "(non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
27605 msgstr ""
27606
27607 #. type: Labeled list
27608 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:406
27609 #, no-wrap
27610 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
27611 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _tipo-sf_"
27612
27613 #. type: Plain text
27614 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408
27615 msgid ""
27616 "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The "
27617 "filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. "
27618 "See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a "
27619 "complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, "
27620 "btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
27621 msgstr ""
27622
27623 #. type: Plain text
27624 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
27625 #, fuzzy
27626 #| msgid ""
27627 #| "B<mount>(8)  and B<umount>(8)  support filesystem I<subtypes>.  The "
27628 #| "subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix.  For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
27629 #| "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the "
27630 #| "first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
27631 msgid ""
27632 "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
27633 "subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
27634 "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount "
27635 "source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
27636 msgstr ""
27637 "B<mount>(8) y B<umount>(8) admiten el uso de I<subtipos> al definir sistemas "
27638 "de fichero. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo '.subtype'. Por ejemplo, "
27639 "'fuse.sshfs'. Se recomienda usar esto en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo "
27640 "al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, 'sshfs # example.com' que está en "
27641 "desuso)."
27642
27643 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
27644 #. type: Plain text
27645 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413
27646 msgid ""
27647 "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will "
27648 "try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for "
27649 "guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks "
27650 "familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that "
27651 "does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed "
27652 "there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. "
27653 "_devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a "
27654 "single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While "
27655 "trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
27656 msgstr ""
27657
27658 #. type: Plain text
27659 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415
27660 msgid ""
27661 "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/"
27662 "etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
27663 "before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
27664 msgstr ""
27665
27666 #. type: Plain text
27667 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:417
27668 #, fuzzy
27669 #| msgid ""
27670 #| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list.  The list "
27671 #| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
27672 #| "system types on which no action should be taken.  (This can be meaningful "
27673 #| "with the B<-a> option.)"
27674 msgid ""
27675 "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* "
27676 "option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for "
27677 "the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on "
27678 "which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when "
27679 "specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
27680 msgstr ""
27681 "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
27682 "comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
27683 "B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se "
27684 "deberá tomar ninguna opción.  (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
27685
27686 #. type: Plain text
27687 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:419
27688 msgid ""
27689 "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the "
27690 "command"
27691 msgstr ""
27692
27693 #. type: Plain text
27694 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:421
27695 #, no-wrap
27696 msgid "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
27697 msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
27698
27699 #. type: Plain text
27700 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:423
27701 #, fuzzy
27702 #| msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type I<msdos> and I<smbfs>."
27703 msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_."
27704 msgstr ""
27705 "monta todos los sistemas de ficheros listados en I</etc/fstab> excepto los "
27706 "de tipo I<msdos> o I<smbfs>."
27707
27708 #. type: Plain text
27709 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:425
27710 msgid ""
27711 "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple "
27712 "*mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
27713 "required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
27714 "hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
27715 "have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
27716 "types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount."
27717 "**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different "
27718 "versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */"
27719 "sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
27720 "call."
27721 msgstr ""
27722
27723 #. type: Plain text
27724 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:428
27725 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
27726 msgstr ""
27727
27728 #. type: Labeled list
27729 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:432
27730 #, no-wrap
27731 msgid "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
27732 msgstr "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
27733
27734 #. type: Plain text
27735 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:434
27736 msgid ""
27737 "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
27738 "*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall with read-"
27739 "write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
27740 msgstr ""
27741
27742 #. type: Plain text
27743 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:436
27744 msgid "A synonym is *-o rw*."
27745 msgstr ""
27746
27747 #. type: Plain text
27748 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438
27749 msgid ""
27750 "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try "
27751 "read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
27752 "filesystems."
27753 msgstr ""
27754
27755 #. type: Title ==
27756 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:445
27757 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
27758 #| msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
27759 msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
27760 msgstr "OPCIONES DE MONTAJE ESPECÍFICAS DE SISTEMAS DE FICHEROS"
27761
27762 #. type: Plain text
27763 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:448
27764 msgid ""
27765 "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ "
27766 "file."
27767 msgstr ""
27768
27769 #. type: Plain text
27770 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:450
27771 msgid ""
27772 "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
27773 "kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note "
27774 "that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options "
27775 "(see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext_N_ filesystems)."
27776 msgstr ""
27777
27778 #. type: Plain text
27779 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:452
27780 msgid ""
27781 "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not "
27782 "every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an "
27783 "effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
27784 msgstr ""
27785
27786 #. type: Labeled list
27787 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453
27788 #, no-wrap
27789 msgid "*async*"
27790 msgstr "*async*"
27791
27792 #. type: Plain text
27793 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:455
27794 #, fuzzy
27795 #| msgid "All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously."
27796 msgid ""
27797 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
27798 "*sync* option.)"
27799 msgstr "Toda la E/S al sistema de ficheros debería hacerse asíncronamente."
27800
27801 #. type: Labeled list
27802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:456
27803 #, no-wrap
27804 msgid "*atime*"
27805 msgstr "*atime*"
27806
27807 #. type: Plain text
27808 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:458
27809 msgid ""
27810 "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
27811 "kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and "
27812 "*strictatime* mount options."
27813 msgstr ""
27814
27815 #. type: Labeled list
27816 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:459
27817 #, no-wrap
27818 msgid "*noatime*"
27819 msgstr "*noatime*"
27820
27821 #. type: Plain text
27822 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:461
27823 #, fuzzy
27824 #| msgid ""
27825 #| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
27826 #| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
27827 msgid ""
27828 "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
27829 "on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
27830 "(directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
27831 msgstr ""
27832 "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p."
27833 "ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o "
27834 "grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
27835
27836 #. type: Labeled list
27837 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:462
27838 #, no-wrap
27839 msgid "*auto*"
27840 msgstr "*auto*"
27841
27842 #. type: Plain text
27843 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:464
27844 msgid "Can be mounted with the *-a* option."
27845 msgstr "Puede montarse con la opción *-a*."
27846
27847 #. type: Plain text
27848 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:467
27849 msgid ""
27850 "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the "
27851 "filesystem to be mounted)."
27852 msgstr ""
27853 "Sólo puede montarse explícitamente (esto es, la opción *-a* no hará que el "
27854 "sistema de ficheros se monte)."
27855
27856 #. type: Labeled list
27857 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:468
27858 #, no-wrap
27859 msgid "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__, and **rootcontext=**__context__"
27860 msgstr "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__ y **rootcontext=**__context__"
27861
27862 #. type: Plain text
27863 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:470
27864 msgid ""
27865 "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
27866 "support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
27867 "VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
27868 "ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
27869 "*context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
27870 "in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel "
27871 "versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to "
27872 "label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
27873 msgstr ""
27874
27875 #. type: Plain text
27876 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:472
27877 msgid ""
27878 "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:"
27879 "removable_t*."
27880 msgstr ""
27881
27882 #. type: Plain text
27883 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:474
27884 msgid ""
27885 "Two other options are *fscontext=* and *defcontext=*, both of which are "
27886 "mutually exclusive of the *context=* option. This means you can use "
27887 "fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with "
27888 "context."
27889 msgstr ""
27890
27891 #. type: Plain text
27892 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:476
27893 msgid ""
27894 "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr "
27895 "support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a "
27896 "specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
27897 "individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
27898 "certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
27899 "Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
27900 "themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
27901 "fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
27902 "files."
27903 msgstr ""
27904
27905 #. type: Plain text
27906 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:478
27907 msgid ""
27908 "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
27909 "*defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
27910 "the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
27911 msgstr ""
27912
27913 #. type: Plain text
27914 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:480
27915 msgid ""
27916 "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a "
27917 "FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This "
27918 "was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
27919 msgstr ""
27920
27921 #. type: Plain text
27922 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:482
27923 msgid ""
27924 "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
27925 "option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
27926 msgstr ""
27927
27928 #. type: Plain text
27929 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:484
27930 #, no-wrap
27931 msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
27932 msgstr ""
27933
27934 #. type: delimited block _
27935 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:487
27936 msgid ""
27937 "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,"
27938 "c456\",noexec'"
27939 msgstr ""
27940 "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,"
27941 "c456\",noexec'"
27942
27943 #. type: Plain text
27944 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:490
27945 msgid "For more details, see *selinux*(8)."
27946 msgstr "Para más detalles, vea *selinux*(8)."
27947
27948 #. type: Plain text
27949 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:493
27950 msgid ""
27951 "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and "
27952 "*async*."
27953 msgstr ""
27954 "emplea las opciones por defecto: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, "
27955 "*nouser* y *async*."
27956
27957 #. type: Plain text
27958 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:495
27959 msgid ""
27960 "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
27961 "and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
27962 msgstr ""
27963
27964 #. type: Labeled list
27965 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:496
27966 #, no-wrap
27967 msgid "*dev*"
27968 msgstr "*dev*"
27969
27970 #. type: Plain text
27971 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:498
27972 msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
27973 msgstr ""
27974 "Interpretar dispositivos especiales de caracteres o bloques en el sistema de "
27975 "ficheros."
27976
27977 #. type: Labeled list
27978 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:499
27979 #, no-wrap
27980 msgid "*nodev*"
27981 msgstr "*nodev*"
27982
27983 #. type: Plain text
27984 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:501
27985 msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
27986 msgstr ""
27987 "No interpretar o reconocer dispositivos o ficheros especiales de bloques o "
27988 "caracteres en este sistema de ficheros."
27989
27990 #. type: Labeled list
27991 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:502
27992 #, no-wrap
27993 msgid "*diratime*"
27994 msgstr "*diratime*"
27995
27996 #. type: Plain text
27997 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:504
27998 #, fuzzy
27999 #| msgid ""
28000 #| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
28001 #| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
28002 msgid ""
28003 "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
28004 "(This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
28005 msgstr ""
28006 "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p."
28007 "ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o "
28008 "grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
28009
28010 #. type: Labeled list
28011 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:505
28012 #, no-wrap
28013 msgid "*nodiratime*"
28014 msgstr "*nodiratime*"
28015
28016 #. type: Plain text
28017 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:507
28018 #, fuzzy
28019 #| msgid ""
28020 #| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
28021 #| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
28022 msgid ""
28023 "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
28024 "is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
28025 msgstr ""
28026 "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p."
28027 "ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o "
28028 "grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
28029
28030 #. type: Labeled list
28031 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508
28032 #, no-wrap
28033 msgid "*dirsync*"
28034 msgstr "*dirsync*"
28035
28036 #. type: Plain text
28037 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:510
28038 msgid ""
28039 "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
28040 "This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), "
28041 "*symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
28042 msgstr ""
28043
28044 #. type: Labeled list
28045 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:511
28046 #, no-wrap
28047 msgid "*exec*"
28048 msgstr "*exec*"
28049
28050 #. type: Plain text
28051 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:513
28052 msgid "Permit execution of binaries."
28053 msgstr "Permitir la ejecución de binarios."
28054
28055 #. type: Labeled list
28056 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:514
28057 #, no-wrap
28058 msgid "*noexec*"
28059 msgstr "*noexec*"
28060
28061 #. type: Plain text
28062 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:516
28063 msgid ""
28064 "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
28065 msgstr ""
28066
28067 #. type: Labeled list
28068 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:517
28069 #, no-wrap
28070 msgid "*group*"
28071 msgstr "*group*"
28072
28073 #. type: Plain text
28074 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:519
28075 #, fuzzy
28076 #| msgid ""
28077 #| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies the "
28078 #| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
28079 #| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
28080 msgid ""
28081 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups "
28082 "matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* "
28083 "and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line "
28084 "*group,dev,suid*)."
28085 msgstr ""
28086 "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
28087 "implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
28088 "sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
28089 "dev,suid>)."
28090
28091 #. type: Labeled list
28092 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:520
28093 #, no-wrap
28094 msgid "*iversion*"
28095 msgstr "*iversion*"
28096
28097 #. type: Plain text
28098 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:522
28099 msgid ""
28100 "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
28101 msgstr ""
28102
28103 #. type: Labeled list
28104 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:523
28105 #, no-wrap
28106 msgid "*noiversion*"
28107 msgstr "*noiversion*"
28108
28109 #. type: Plain text
28110 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:525
28111 msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
28112 msgstr ""
28113
28114 #. type: Labeled list
28115 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:526
28116 #, no-wrap
28117 msgid "*mand*"
28118 msgstr "*mand*"
28119
28120 #. type: Plain text
28121 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:528
28122 #, fuzzy
28123 #| msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the file system."
28124 msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2)."
28125 msgstr ""
28126 "No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
28127
28128 #. type: Labeled list
28129 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:529
28130 #, no-wrap
28131 msgid "*nomand*"
28132 msgstr "*nomand*"
28133
28134 #. type: Plain text
28135 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:531
28136 #, fuzzy
28137 #| msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the file system."
28138 msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
28139 msgstr ""
28140 "No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
28141
28142 #. type: Labeled list
28143 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532
28144 #, no-wrap
28145 msgid "*_netdev*"
28146 msgstr "*_netdev*"
28147
28148 #. type: Plain text
28149 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:534
28150 msgid ""
28151 "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
28152 "prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
28153 "network has been enabled on the system)."
28154 msgstr ""
28155
28156 #. type: Plain text
28157 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:537
28158 msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
28159 msgstr ""
28160
28161 #. type: Labeled list
28162 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538
28163 #, no-wrap
28164 msgid "*relatime*"
28165 msgstr "*relatime*"
28166
28167 #. type: Plain text
28168 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:540
28169 msgid ""
28170 "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
28171 "only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify "
28172 "or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or "
28173 "other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last "
28174 "time it was modified.)"
28175 msgstr ""
28176
28177 #. type: Plain text
28178 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:542
28179 msgid ""
28180 "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
28181 "option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is "
28182 "required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
28183 "the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
28184 msgstr ""
28185
28186 #. type: Labeled list
28187 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:543
28188 #, no-wrap
28189 msgid "*norelatime*"
28190 msgstr "*norelatime*"
28191
28192 #. type: Plain text
28193 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:545
28194 msgid ""
28195 "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
28196 msgstr ""
28197
28198 #. type: Labeled list
28199 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:546
28200 #, no-wrap
28201 msgid "*strictatime*"
28202 msgstr "*strictatime*"
28203
28204 #. type: Plain text
28205 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:548
28206 msgid ""
28207 "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
28208 "the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace "
28209 "to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
28210 "_/proc/mounts_."
28211 msgstr ""
28212
28213 #. type: Labeled list
28214 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:549
28215 #, no-wrap
28216 msgid "*nostrictatime*"
28217 msgstr "*nostrictatime*"
28218
28219 #. type: Plain text
28220 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:551
28221 msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
28222 msgstr ""
28223
28224 #. type: Labeled list
28225 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:552
28226 #, no-wrap
28227 msgid "*lazytime*"
28228 msgstr "*lazytime*"
28229
28230 #. type: Plain text
28231 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:554
28232 msgid ""
28233 "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
28234 "inode."
28235 msgstr ""
28236
28237 #. type: Plain text
28238 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:556
28239 msgid ""
28240 "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
28241 "workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
28242 msgstr ""
28243
28244 #. type: Plain text
28245 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:558
28246 msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
28247 msgstr ""
28248
28249 #. type: Plain text
28250 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:560
28251 msgid ""
28252 "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
28253 msgstr ""
28254
28255 #. type: Plain text
28256 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:561
28257 msgid "the application employs *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2), or *sync*(2)"
28258 msgstr ""
28259
28260 #. type: Plain text
28261 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:562
28262 msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
28263 msgstr ""
28264
28265 #. type: Plain text
28266 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:563
28267 msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
28268 msgstr ""
28269
28270 #. type: Labeled list
28271 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:564
28272 #, no-wrap
28273 msgid "*nolazytime*"
28274 msgstr "*nolazytime*"
28275
28276 #. type: Plain text
28277 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:566
28278 msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
28279 msgstr ""
28280
28281 #. type: Labeled list
28282 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:567
28283 #, no-wrap
28284 msgid "*suid*"
28285 msgstr "*suid*"
28286
28287 #. type: Plain text
28288 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:569
28289 msgid ""
28290 "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
28291 "programs from this filesystem."
28292 msgstr ""
28293
28294 #. type: Labeled list
28295 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:570
28296 #, no-wrap
28297 msgid "*nosuid*"
28298 msgstr "*nosuid*"
28299
28300 #. type: Plain text
28301 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:572
28302 msgid ""
28303 "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
28304 "executing programs from this filesystem."
28305 msgstr ""
28306
28307 #. type: Labeled list
28308 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:573
28309 #, no-wrap
28310 msgid "*silent*"
28311 msgstr "*silent*"
28312
28313 #. type: Plain text
28314 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:575
28315 msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
28316 msgstr ""
28317
28318 #. type: Labeled list
28319 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576
28320 #, no-wrap
28321 msgid "*loud*"
28322 msgstr "*loud*"
28323
28324 #. type: Plain text
28325 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:578
28326 msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
28327 msgstr ""
28328
28329 #. type: Plain text
28330 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:581
28331 #, fuzzy
28332 #| msgid ""
28333 #| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies the "
28334 #| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
28335 #| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
28336 msgid ""
28337 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
28338 "the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless "
28339 "overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
28340 msgstr ""
28341 "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
28342 "implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
28343 "sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
28344 "dev,suid>)."
28345
28346 #. type: Labeled list
28347 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
28348 #, no-wrap
28349 msgid "*remount*"
28350 msgstr "*remount*"
28351
28352 #. type: Plain text
28353 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:584
28354 #, fuzzy
28355 #| msgid ""
28356 #| "Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system.  This is commonly used "
28357 #| "to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a "
28358 #| "readonly file system writeable."
28359 msgid ""
28360 "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
28361 "change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
28362 "filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
28363 msgstr ""
28364 "Intentar re-montar un sistema de ficheros ya montado. Esto se emplea "
28365 "comúnmente para cambiar las opciones de montaje en un sistema de ficheros, "
28366 "especialmente para que se pueda escribir en un sistema de ficheros que "
28367 "estaba de lectura exclusiva."
28368
28369 #. type: Plain text
28370 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:586
28371 msgid ""
28372 "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. "
28373 "See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
28374 msgstr ""
28375
28376 #. type: Plain text
28377 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:588
28378 msgid ""
28379 "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works "
28380 "with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or "
28381 "_mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
28382 msgstr ""
28383
28384 #. type: Plain text
28385 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:590
28386 #, no-wrap
28387 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n"
28388 msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n"
28389
28390 #. type: Plain text
28391 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:592
28392 msgid ""
28393 "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
28394 "_fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the loop= option which is internally "
28395 "generated and maintained by the mount command."
28396 msgstr ""
28397
28398 #. type: Plain text
28399 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:594
28400 #, no-wrap
28401 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n"
28402 msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n"
28403
28404 #. type: Plain text
28405 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:596
28406 msgid ""
28407 "After this call, mount reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
28408 "options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, "
28409 "then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
28410 msgstr ""
28411
28412 #. type: Plain text
28413 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:598
28414 #, no-wrap
28415 msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:\n"
28416 msgstr ""
28417
28418 #. type: Plain text
28419 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:600
28420 #, no-wrap
28421 msgid "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
28422 msgstr "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
28423
28424 #. type: Plain text
28425 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:602
28426 msgid ""
28427 "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
28428 "filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro /dir* semantic. This means "
28429 "the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options with "
28430 "the options from the command line."
28431 msgstr ""
28432
28433 #. type: Labeled list
28434 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603
28435 #, no-wrap
28436 msgid "*ro*"
28437 msgstr "*ro*"
28438
28439 #. type: Plain text
28440 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:605
28441 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
28442 msgstr "Montar el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
28443
28444 #. type: Labeled list
28445 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:606
28446 #, no-wrap
28447 msgid "*rw*"
28448 msgstr "*rw*"
28449
28450 #. type: Plain text
28451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:608
28452 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
28453 msgstr "Montar el sistema de ficheros de lectura y escritura."
28454
28455 #. type: Labeled list
28456 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609
28457 #, no-wrap
28458 msgid "*sync*"
28459 msgstr "*sync*"
28460
28461 #. type: Plain text
28462 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:611
28463 #, fuzzy
28464 #| msgid "All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously."
28465 msgid ""
28466 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
28467 "with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may "
28468 "cause life-cycle shortening."
28469 msgstr "Toda la E/S al sistema de ficheros debería hacerse asíncronamente."
28470
28471 #. type: Plain text
28472 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:614
28473 #, fuzzy
28474 #| msgid ""
28475 #| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies the "
28476 #| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
28477 #| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
28478 msgid ""
28479 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
28480 "user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/"
28481 "mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can "
28482 "unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
28483 "*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
28484 "option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
28485 msgstr ""
28486 "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
28487 "implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
28488 "sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
28489 "dev,suid>)."
28490
28491 #. type: Labeled list
28492 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
28493 #, no-wrap
28494 msgid "*nouser*"
28495 msgstr "*nouser*"
28496
28497 #. type: Plain text
28498 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:617
28499 #, fuzzy
28500 #| msgid ""
28501 #| "Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system.  This "
28502 #| "is the default."
28503 msgid ""
28504 "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
28505 "does not imply any other options."
28506 msgstr ""
28507 "Prohibir a un usuario ordinario (esto es, distinto de root) montar el "
28508 "sistema de ficheros. Esto es lo predeterminado."
28509
28510 #. type: Labeled list
28511 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:618
28512 #, no-wrap
28513 msgid "*users*"
28514 msgstr "*users*"
28515
28516 #. type: Plain text
28517 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:620
28518 #, fuzzy
28519 #| msgid ""
28520 #| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies the "
28521 #| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
28522 #| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
28523 msgid ""
28524 "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
28525 "ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
28526 "*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
28527 "option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
28528 msgstr ""
28529 "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
28530 "implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
28531 "sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
28532 "dev,suid>)."
28533
28534 #. type: Labeled list
28535 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:621
28536 #, no-wrap
28537 msgid "*X-**"
28538 msgstr "*X-**"
28539
28540 #. type: Plain text
28541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:623
28542 msgid ""
28543 "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
28544 "application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
28545 "g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) "
28546 "system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
28547 msgstr ""
28548
28549 #. type: Labeled list
28550 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:624
28551 #, no-wrap
28552 msgid "*x-**"
28553 msgstr "*x-**"
28554
28555 #. type: Plain text
28556 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:626
28557 msgid ""
28558 "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
28559 "the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note "
28560 "that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
28561 "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
28562 "options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
28563 "or in unshared namespace)."
28564 msgstr ""
28565
28566 #. type: Plain text
28567 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:628
28568 msgid ""
28569 "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
28570 "by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
28571 "now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
28572 "the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations "
28573 "usable without a change."
28574 msgstr ""
28575
28576 #. type: Labeled list
28577 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
28578 #, no-wrap
28579 msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
28580 msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_modo_]"
28581
28582 #. type: Plain text
28583 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:631
28584 msgid ""
28585 "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet. The "
28586 "optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
28587 "*mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
28588 "is supported only for root users or when mount executed without suid "
28589 "permissions. The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, this notation is "
28590 "deprecated since v2.30."
28591 msgstr ""
28592
28593 #. type: Labeled list
28594 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:632
28595 #, no-wrap
28596 msgid "*nosymfollow*"
28597 msgstr "*nosymfollow*"
28598
28599 #. type: Plain text
28600 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:634
28601 msgid ""
28602 "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
28603 "and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still "
28604 "work properly."
28605 msgstr ""
28606
28607 #. type: Title ==
28608 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
28609 #, no-wrap
28610 msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
28611 msgstr "OPCIONES DE MONTAJE ESPECÍFICAS DE SISTEMAS DE FICHEROS"
28612
28613 #. type: Plain text
28614 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:638
28615 msgid ""
28616 "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
28617 "Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
28618 "for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
28619 msgstr ""
28620
28621 #. type: Table
28622 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:649
28623 #, no-wrap
28624 msgid ""
28625 "|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n"
28626 "|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
28627 "|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
28628 "|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
28629 "|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
28630 "|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
28631 "|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
28632 "|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"
28633 msgstr ""
28634
28635 #. type: Plain text
28636 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:652
28637 msgid ""
28638 "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
28639 "install the respective userland tools."
28640 msgstr ""
28641
28642 #. type: Plain text
28643 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:654
28644 msgid ""
28645 "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
28646 "filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
28647 msgstr ""
28648 "Las siguientes opciones se aplican solamente a ciertos sistemas de ficheros. "
28649 "Las hemos clasificado por sistemas de ficheros. Todas siguen a la bandera *-"
28650 "o*."
28651
28652 #. type: Plain text
28653 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656
28654 msgid ""
28655 "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
28656 "information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
28657 "source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
28658 msgstr ""
28659
28660 #. type: Title ===
28661 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:657
28662 #, no-wrap
28663 msgid "Mount options for adfs"
28664 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para adfs"
28665
28666 #. type: Labeled list
28667 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:659 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:667
28668 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:717 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:748
28669 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:875 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907
28670 #, no-wrap
28671 msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__"
28672 msgstr "**uid=**__valor__ y **gid=**__valor__"
28673
28674 #. type: Plain text
28675 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:661
28676 #, fuzzy
28677 #| msgid ""
28678 #| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
28679 #| "current process.)"
28680 msgid ""
28681 "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
28682 msgstr ""
28683 "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
28684 "y GID del proceso en curso.)"
28685
28686 #. type: Labeled list
28687 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:662
28688 #, no-wrap
28689 msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__"
28690 msgstr "**ownmask=**__valor__ y **othmask=**__valor__"
28691
28692 #. type: Plain text
28693 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:664
28694 msgid ""
28695 "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
28696 "permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/"
28697 "usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
28698 msgstr ""
28699
28700 #. type: Title ===
28701 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
28702 #, no-wrap
28703 msgid "Mount options for affs"
28704 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para affs"
28705
28706 #. type: Plain text
28707 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:669
28708 msgid ""
28709 "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
28710 "but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of "
28711 "the current process are taken)."
28712 msgstr ""
28713 "Establecen el propietario y grupo del raíz del sistema de ficheros "
28714 "(predeterminados: uid = gid = 0, pero con la opción *uid* o *gid* sin "
28715 "especificar el valor, se toma el UID o el GID del proceso en curso)."
28716
28717 #. type: Labeled list
28718 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:670
28719 #, no-wrap
28720 msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__"
28721 msgstr "**setuid=**__valor__ y **setgid=**__valor__"
28722
28723 #. type: Plain text
28724 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:672
28725 msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
28726 msgstr "Establecen el propietario y el grupo de todos los ficheros."
28727
28728 #. type: Labeled list
28729 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:673 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:710
28730 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:720 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
28731 #, no-wrap
28732 msgid "**mode=**__value__"
28733 msgstr "**mode=**__valor__"
28734
28735 #. type: Plain text
28736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:675
28737 msgid ""
28738 "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original "
28739 "permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
28740 "The value is given in octal."
28741 msgstr ""
28742 "Establece el modo de todos los ficheros a _valor_ & 0777 descartando los "
28743 "permisos originales.  Añade permiso de paso a los directorios que lo tengan "
28744 "de lectura.  El valor se da en octal."
28745
28746 #. type: Labeled list
28747 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:676
28748 #, no-wrap
28749 msgid "*protect*"
28750 msgstr "*protect*"
28751
28752 #. type: Plain text
28753 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:678
28754 msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
28755 msgstr ""
28756 "No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
28757
28758 #. type: Labeled list
28759 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:679
28760 #, no-wrap
28761 msgid "*usemp*"
28762 msgstr "*usemp*"
28763
28764 #. type: Plain text
28765 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:681
28766 msgid ""
28767 "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
28768 "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
28769 "Strange..."
28770 msgstr ""
28771 "Poner el UID y GID de la raíz del sistema de ficheros al UID y GID del punto "
28772 "de montaje a partir del primer sync o umount, y luego borrar esta opción. "
28773 "Extraño..."
28774
28775 #. type: Labeled list
28776 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:682
28777 #, no-wrap
28778 msgid "*verbose*"
28779 msgstr "*verbose*"
28780
28781 #. type: Plain text
28782 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:684
28783 msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
28784 msgstr "Mostrar un mensaje informativo para cada montaje con éxito."
28785
28786 #. type: Labeled list
28787 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:685
28788 #, no-wrap
28789 msgid "**prefix=**__string__"
28790 msgstr "**prefix=**__cadena__"
28791
28792 #. type: Plain text
28793 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:687
28794 msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
28795 msgstr ""
28796 "Prefijo empleado antes del nombre del volumen, cuando se sigue un enlace."
28797
28798 #. type: Labeled list
28799 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:688
28800 #, no-wrap
28801 msgid "**volume=**__string__"
28802 msgstr "**volume=**__cadena__"
28803
28804 #. type: Plain text
28805 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:690
28806 msgid ""
28807 "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
28808 msgstr ""
28809 "Prefijo (de como mucho 30 de longitud) empleado antes de `/' cuando se sigue "
28810 "un enlace simbólico."
28811
28812 #. type: Labeled list
28813 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:691
28814 #, no-wrap
28815 msgid "**reserved=**__value__"
28816 msgstr "**reserved=**__valor__"
28817
28818 #. type: Plain text
28819 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:693
28820 msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
28821 msgstr ""
28822 "(Valor predeterminado: 2.) Número de bloques no usados al principio del "
28823 "dispositivo."
28824
28825 #. type: Labeled list
28826 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:694
28827 #, no-wrap
28828 msgid "**root=**__value__"
28829 msgstr "**root=**__valor__"
28830
28831 #. type: Plain text
28832 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:696
28833 msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
28834 msgstr "Para dar explícitamente la localización del bloque raíz."
28835
28836 #. type: Labeled list
28837 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:697
28838 #, no-wrap
28839 msgid "**bs=**__value__"
28840 msgstr "**bs=**__valor__"
28841
28842 #. type: Plain text
28843 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:699
28844 msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
28845 msgstr ""
28846 "Para dar el tamaño de bloque. Los valores permitidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y "
28847 "4096."
28848
28849 #. type: Labeled list
28850 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:700
28851 #, no-wrap
28852 msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
28853 msgstr "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
28854
28855 #. type: Plain text
28856 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:702
28857 msgid ""
28858 "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
28859 "to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
28860 msgstr ""
28861
28862 #. type: Title ===
28863 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:703
28864 #, no-wrap
28865 msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
28866 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para debugfs"
28867
28868 #. type: Plain text
28869 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:706
28870 msgid ""
28871 "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/"
28872 "sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
28873 "options:"
28874 msgstr ""
28875
28876 #. type: Labeled list
28877 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:707 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:858
28878 #, no-wrap
28879 msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
28880 msgstr "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
28881
28882 #. type: Plain text
28883 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:709
28884 #, fuzzy
28885 #| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
28886 msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
28887 msgstr "Establecen el propietario y el grupo de todos los ficheros."
28888
28889 #. type: Plain text
28890 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:712
28891 msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
28892 msgstr ""
28893
28894 #. type: Title ===
28895 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:713
28896 #, no-wrap
28897 msgid "Mount options for devpts"
28898 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para devpts"
28899
28900 #. type: Plain text
28901 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:716
28902 msgid ""
28903 "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/"
28904 "pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; "
28905 "the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and "
28906 "the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
28907 msgstr ""
28908
28909 #. type: Plain text
28910 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:719
28911 msgid ""
28912 "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
28913 "specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
28914 "GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
28915 "5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
28916 "tty group."
28917 msgstr ""
28918
28919 #. type: Plain text
28920 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:722
28921 msgid ""
28922 "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
28923 "default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the "
28924 "default on newly created pseudo terminals."
28925 msgstr ""
28926
28927 #. type: Labeled list
28928 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:723
28929 #, no-wrap
28930 msgid "*newinstance*"
28931 msgstr "*newinstance*"
28932
28933 #. type: Plain text
28934 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:725
28935 msgid ""
28936 "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
28937 "pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
28938 "created in other instances of devpts."
28939 msgstr ""
28940
28941 #. type: Plain text
28942 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:727
28943 msgid ""
28944 "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of "
28945 "pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the "
28946 "*newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
28947 msgstr ""
28948
28949 #. type: Plain text
28950 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:729
28951 msgid ""
28952 "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
28953 "implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
28954 "mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled "
28955 "in the kernel configuration."
28956 msgstr ""
28957
28958 #. type: Plain text
28959 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731
28960 msgid ""
28961 "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/"
28962 "ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source "
28963 "tree for details."
28964 msgstr ""
28965
28966 #. type: Labeled list
28967 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:732
28968 #, no-wrap
28969 msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__"
28970 msgstr "**ptmxmode=**__valor__"
28971
28972 #. type: Plain text
28973 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:734
28974 msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem."
28975 msgstr ""
28976
28977 #. type: Plain text
28978 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:736
28979 msgid ""
28980 "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option "
28981 "above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts "
28982 "filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
28983 msgstr ""
28984
28985 #. type: Plain text
28986 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:738
28987 msgid ""
28988 "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
28989 "new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode "
28990 "for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option "
28991 "is specified."
28992 msgstr ""
28993
28994 #. type: Plain text
28995 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:740
28996 msgid ""
28997 "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
28998 "2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
28999 "*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
29000 msgstr ""
29001
29002 #. type: Title ===
29003 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:741
29004 #, no-wrap
29005 msgid "Mount options for fat"
29006 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para fat"
29007
29008 #. type: Plain text
29009 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:744
29010 msgid ""
29011 "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, "
29012 "_umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
29013 msgstr ""
29014 "(Nota: _fat_ no es un sistema de ficheros separado, sino una parte común de "
29015 "los sistemas de ficheros _msdos_, _umsdos_ y _vfat_.)"
29016
29017 #. type: Labeled list
29018 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:745
29019 #, no-wrap
29020 msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
29021 msgstr "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
29022
29023 #. type: Plain text
29024 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:747
29025 #, fuzzy
29026 #| msgid "Set blocksize (default 512)."
29027 msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
29028 msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque (el predeterminado es 512)."
29029
29030 #. type: Plain text
29031 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:750 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:860
29032 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877
29033 msgid ""
29034 "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
29035 "current process.)"
29036 msgstr ""
29037 "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
29038 "y GID del proceso en curso.)"
29039
29040 #. type: Labeled list
29041 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:751 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:878
29042 #, no-wrap
29043 msgid "**umask=**__value__"
29044 msgstr "**umask=**__valor__"
29045
29046 #. type: Plain text
29047 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:753 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:880
29048 msgid ""
29049 "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The "
29050 "default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
29051 msgstr ""
29052 "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que *no* están "
29053 "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
29054 "El valor se da en octal."
29055
29056 #. type: Labeled list
29057 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:754
29058 #, no-wrap
29059 msgid "**dmask=**__value__"
29060 msgstr "**dmask=**__valor__"
29061
29062 #. type: Plain text
29063 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:756
29064 #, fuzzy
29065 #| msgid ""
29066 #| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
29067 #| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
29068 #| "octal."
29069 msgid ""
29070 "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
29071 "current process. The value is given in octal."
29072 msgstr ""
29073 "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
29074 "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
29075 "El valor se da en octal."
29076
29077 #. type: Labeled list
29078 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:757
29079 #, no-wrap
29080 msgid "**fmask=**__value__"
29081 msgstr "**fmask=**__valor__"
29082
29083 #. type: Plain text
29084 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:759
29085 #, fuzzy
29086 #| msgid ""
29087 #| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
29088 #| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
29089 #| "octal."
29090 msgid ""
29091 "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
29092 "current process. The value is given in octal."
29093 msgstr ""
29094 "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
29095 "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
29096 "El valor se da en octal."
29097
29098 #. type: Labeled list
29099 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760
29100 #, no-wrap
29101 msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__"
29102 msgstr "**allow_utime=**__valor__"
29103
29104 #. type: Plain text
29105 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:762
29106 msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
29107 msgstr ""
29108
29109 #. type: Labeled list
29110 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:763
29111 #, no-wrap
29112 msgid "*20*"
29113 msgstr "*20*"
29114
29115 #. type: Plain text
29116 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:765
29117 msgid ""
29118 "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
29119 msgstr ""
29120
29121 #. type: Plain text
29122 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:768
29123 msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
29124 msgstr ""
29125
29126 #. type: Plain text
29127 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:770
29128 msgid ""
29129 "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
29130 "*utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
29131 msgstr ""
29132
29133 #. type: Plain text
29134 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:772
29135 msgid ""
29136 "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or "
29137 "that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/"
29138 "GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can "
29139 "relax it."
29140 msgstr ""
29141
29142 #. type: Labeled list
29143 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:773
29144 #, no-wrap
29145 msgid "**check=**__value__"
29146 msgstr "**check=**__valor__"
29147
29148 #. type: Plain text
29149 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:775
29150 msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
29151 msgstr ""
29152 "Se puede escoger tres niveles diferentes de elección (en cuanto al "
29153 "comportamiento con nombres de ficheros):"
29154
29155 #. type: Labeled list
29156 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776
29157 #, no-wrap
29158 msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]"
29159 msgstr "*r*[*elaxed*]"
29160
29161 #. type: Plain text
29162 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:778
29163 msgid ""
29164 "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
29165 "truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and "
29166 "embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
29167 msgstr ""
29168 "Se aceptan y tratan por igual las letras mayúsculas y las minúsculas, las "
29169 "partes con nombres largos se truncan (p.ej.: _nombremuylargo.fuubar_ se "
29170 "convierte en _nombremu.fuu_), se aceptan en cada parte del nombre (nombre y "
29171 "extensión) espacios iniciales y por medio."
29172
29173 #. type: Labeled list
29174 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:779
29175 #, no-wrap
29176 msgid "*n*[*ormal*]"
29177 msgstr "*n*[*ormal*]"
29178
29179 #. type: Plain text
29180 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:781
29181 msgid ""
29182 "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are "
29183 "rejected. This is the default."
29184 msgstr ""
29185 "Como \"relaxed\", pero se rechazan muchos caracteres especiales (*, ?, <, "
29186 "espacios, etc.). Esto es el comportamiento predeterminado."
29187
29188 #. type: Labeled list
29189 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:782
29190 #, no-wrap
29191 msgid "*s*[*trict*]"
29192 msgstr "*s*[*trict*]"
29193
29194 #. type: Plain text
29195 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:784
29196 #, fuzzy
29197 #| msgid ""
29198 #| "Like \"normal\", but names may not contain long parts and special "
29199 #| "characters that are sometimes used on Linux, but are not accepted by MS-"
29200 #| "DOS are rejected. (+, =, spaces, etc.)"
29201 msgid ""
29202 "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
29203 "that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
29204 "are rejected."
29205 msgstr ""
29206 "Como \"normal\", pero los nombres no pueden contener partes largas y los "
29207 "caracteres especiales que de vez en cuando se usan en Linux pero no son "
29208 "aceptados por MS-DOS, se rechazan (+, =, espacios, etc.)."
29209
29210 #. type: Labeled list
29211 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:785
29212 #, no-wrap
29213 msgid "**codepage=**__value__"
29214 msgstr "**codepage=**__valor__"
29215
29216 #. type: Plain text
29217 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:787
29218 msgid ""
29219 "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
29220 "filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
29221 msgstr ""
29222
29223 #. type: Labeled list
29224 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
29225 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
29226 #, no-wrap
29227 msgid "**conv=**__mode__"
29228 msgstr "**conv=**__modo__"
29229
29230 #. type: Plain text
29231 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:790
29232 #, fuzzy
29233 #| msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
29234 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
29235 msgstr "Estas opciones se aceptan pero no tienen efecto."
29236
29237 #. type: Labeled list
29238 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:791
29239 #, no-wrap
29240 msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__"
29241 msgstr ""
29242
29243 #. type: Plain text
29244 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:793
29245 msgid ""
29246 "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
29247 "cvf__module_ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports kmod, the "
29248 "cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This "
29249 "option is obsolete."
29250 msgstr ""
29251
29252 #. type: Labeled list
29253 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:794
29254 #, no-wrap
29255 msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__"
29256 msgstr "**cvf_option=**__opción__"
29257
29258 #. type: Plain text
29259 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:796
29260 #, fuzzy
29261 #| msgid "Set blocksize (default 512)."
29262 msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
29263 msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque (el predeterminado es 512)."
29264
29265 #. type: Labeled list
29266 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797
29267 #, no-wrap
29268 msgid "*debug*"
29269 msgstr "*debug*"
29270
29271 #. type: Plain text
29272 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:799
29273 msgid ""
29274 "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
29275 "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
29276 "appear to be inconsistent)."
29277 msgstr ""
29278 "Activa la bandera _debug_.  Se mostrarán una cadena de versión y una lista "
29279 "de parámetros del sistema de ficheros (estos datos también se muestran si "
29280 "los parámetros resultan ser inconsistentes)."
29281
29282 #. type: Labeled list
29283 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:800
29284 #, no-wrap
29285 msgid "*discard*"
29286 msgstr "*discard*"
29287
29288 #. type: Plain text
29289 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:802
29290 msgid ""
29291 "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
29292 "blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
29293 "provisioned LUNs."
29294 msgstr ""
29295
29296 #. type: Labeled list
29297 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803
29298 #, no-wrap
29299 msgid "*dos1xfloppy*"
29300 msgstr "*dos1xfloppy*"
29301
29302 #. type: Plain text
29303 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:805
29304 msgid ""
29305 "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
29306 "determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
29307 "assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
29308 "floppy images."
29309 msgstr ""
29310
29311 #. type: Labeled list
29312 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
29313 #, no-wrap
29314 msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
29315 msgstr "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
29316
29317 #. type: Plain text
29318 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:808
29319 msgid ""
29320 "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
29321 "anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
29322 msgstr ""
29323
29324 #. type: Labeled list
29325 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
29326 #, no-wrap
29327 msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
29328 msgstr "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
29329
29330 #. type: Plain text
29331 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:811
29332 msgid ""
29333 "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
29334 "detection routine. Use with caution!"
29335 msgstr ""
29336 "Especifica una FAT de 12 ó de 16 bits. Esto sustituye a la rutina de "
29337 "detección automática de tipo de FAT. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
29338
29339 #. type: Labeled list
29340 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:812 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:936
29341 #, no-wrap
29342 msgid "**iocharset=**__value__"
29343 msgstr "**iocharset=**__valor__"
29344
29345 #. type: Plain text
29346 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:814
29347 msgid ""
29348 "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
29349 "Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
29350 "disk in Unicode format."
29351 msgstr ""
29352
29353 #. type: Labeled list
29354 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815
29355 #, no-wrap
29356 msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
29357 msgstr "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
29358
29359 #. type: Plain text
29360 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:817
29361 msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
29362 msgstr ""
29363
29364 #. type: Plain text
29365 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:819
29366 #, no-wrap
29367 msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors.\n"
29368 msgstr ""
29369
29370 #. type: Plain text
29371 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:821
29372 #, no-wrap
29373 msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly.\n"
29374 msgstr ""
29375
29376 #. type: Plain text
29377 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:823
29378 msgid ""
29379 "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to "
29380 "*stale_rw*."
29381 msgstr ""
29382
29383 #. type: Labeled list
29384 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:824
29385 #, no-wrap
29386 msgid "*tz=UTC*"
29387 msgstr "*tz=UTC*"
29388
29389 #. type: Plain text
29390 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:826
29391 msgid ""
29392 "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
29393 "used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
29394 "particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
29395 "set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
29396 msgstr ""
29397
29398 #. type: Labeled list
29399 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
29400 #, no-wrap
29401 msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
29402 msgstr "**time_offset=**__minutos__"
29403
29404 #. type: Plain text
29405 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:829
29406 msgid ""
29407 "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
29408 "I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
29409 "used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
29410 "kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
29411 "Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
29412 "cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
29413 "off by one hour."
29414 msgstr ""
29415
29416 #. type: Labeled list
29417 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:830 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870
29418 #, no-wrap
29419 msgid "*quiet*"
29420 msgstr "*quiet*"
29421
29422 #. type: Plain text
29423 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:832
29424 msgid ""
29425 "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
29426 "errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
29427 msgstr ""
29428 "Activa la bandera _quiet_.  Intentos de hacer chown o chmod en ficheros no "
29429 "devuelven errores, aunque fallen. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
29430
29431 #. type: Labeled list
29432 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
29433 #, no-wrap
29434 msgid "*rodir*"
29435 msgstr "*rodir*"
29436
29437 #. type: Plain text
29438 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:835
29439 msgid ""
29440 "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of "
29441 "the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
29442 "flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
29443 msgstr ""
29444
29445 #. type: Plain text
29446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:837
29447 msgid ""
29448 "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
29449 "this option."
29450 msgstr ""
29451
29452 #. type: Labeled list
29453 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:838
29454 #, no-wrap
29455 msgid "*showexec*"
29456 msgstr "*showexec*"
29457
29458 #. type: Plain text
29459 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:840
29460 msgid ""
29461 "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
29462 "extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
29463 msgstr ""
29464
29465 #. type: Labeled list
29466 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:841
29467 #, no-wrap
29468 msgid "*sys_immutable*"
29469 msgstr "*sys_immutable*"
29470
29471 #. type: Plain text
29472 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:843
29473 msgid ""
29474 "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. "
29475 "Not set by default."
29476 msgstr ""
29477
29478 #. type: Labeled list
29479 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
29480 #, no-wrap
29481 msgid "*flush*"
29482 msgstr "*flush*"
29483
29484 #. type: Plain text
29485 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:846
29486 msgid ""
29487 "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
29488 "set by default."
29489 msgstr ""
29490
29491 #. type: Labeled list
29492 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847
29493 #, no-wrap
29494 msgid "*usefree*"
29495 msgstr "*usefree*"
29496
29497 #. type: Plain text
29498 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:849
29499 msgid ""
29500 "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to "
29501 "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used "
29502 "by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. "
29503 "If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option "
29504 "you can avoid scanning disk."
29505 msgstr ""
29506
29507 #. type: Labeled list
29508 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850
29509 #, no-wrap
29510 msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
29511 msgstr "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
29512
29513 #. type: Plain text
29514 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:852
29515 msgid ""
29516 "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
29517 "filesystem."
29518 msgstr ""
29519 "Varios intentos equivocados de forzar convenciones Unix o DOS sobre un "
29520 "sistema de ficheros FAT."
29521
29522 #. type: Title ===
29523 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
29524 #, no-wrap
29525 msgid "Mount options for hfs"
29526 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para hfs"
29527
29528 #. type: Labeled list
29529 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:855
29530 #, no-wrap
29531 msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
29532 msgstr "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
29533
29534 #. type: Plain text
29535 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:857
29536 msgid ""
29537 "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
29538 "new files. Default values: '????'."
29539 msgstr ""
29540
29541 #. type: Labeled list
29542 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861
29543 #, no-wrap
29544 msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
29545 msgstr "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
29546
29547 #. type: Plain text
29548 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:863
29549 #, fuzzy
29550 #| msgid ""
29551 #| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
29552 #| "current process.)"
29553 msgid ""
29554 "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
29555 "directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
29556 msgstr ""
29557 "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
29558 "y GID del proceso en curso.)"
29559
29560 #. type: Labeled list
29561 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864
29562 #, no-wrap
29563 msgid "**session=**__n__"
29564 msgstr "**session=**__n__"
29565
29566 #. type: Plain text
29567 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:866
29568 msgid ""
29569 "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
29570 "CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
29571 "device."
29572 msgstr ""
29573
29574 #. type: Labeled list
29575 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
29576 #, no-wrap
29577 msgid "**part=**__n__"
29578 msgstr "**part=**__n__"
29579
29580 #. type: Plain text
29581 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:869
29582 msgid ""
29583 "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
29584 "Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
29585 msgstr ""
29586
29587 #. type: Plain text
29588 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:872
29589 msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
29590 msgstr ""
29591
29592 #. type: Title ===
29593 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:873
29594 #, no-wrap
29595 msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
29596 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para hpfs"
29597
29598 #. type: Labeled list
29599 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
29600 #, no-wrap
29601 msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
29602 msgstr "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
29603
29604 #. type: Plain text
29605 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:883
29606 msgid ""
29607 "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
29608 "*case=lower*.)"
29609 msgstr ""
29610 "Convierte todos los nombres de ficheros a minúsculas (lower) o los deja tal "
29611 "cual (asis). (Por omisión: *case=lower*.)"
29612
29613 #. type: Plain text
29614 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:886 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:924
29615 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
29616 msgstr ""
29617
29618 #. type: Labeled list
29619 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
29620 #, no-wrap
29621 msgid "*nocheck*"
29622 msgstr "*nocheck*"
29623
29624 #. type: Plain text
29625 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:889
29626 msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
29627 msgstr ""
29628 "No para abruptamente el montaje cuando ciertas comprobaciones de "
29629 "consistencia fallen."
29630
29631 #. type: Title ===
29632 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:890
29633 #, no-wrap
29634 msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
29635 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para iso9660"
29636
29637 #. type: Plain text
29638 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:893
29639 msgid ""
29640 "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
29641 "ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ "
29642 "filesystem.)"
29643 msgstr ""
29644
29645 #. type: Plain text
29646 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:895
29647 msgid ""
29648 "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
29649 "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
29650 "upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
29651 "links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
29652 msgstr ""
29653 "Los nombres de fichero normales _iso9660_ aparecen en un formato 8.3 (esto "
29654 "es, con restricciones en la longitud de los nombres de fichero como en DOS), "
29655 "y además todos los caracteres están en mayúsculas. Asimismo no hay nada "
29656 "previsto para dueños de ficheros, protecciones, número de enlaces, provisión "
29657 "para dispositivos de caracteres o bloques, etc."
29658
29659 #. type: Plain text
29660 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897
29661 msgid ""
29662 "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
29663 "features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
29664 "supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
29665 "filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
29666 "it is read-only, of course)."
29667 msgstr ""
29668 "Rock Ridge es una extensión a iso9660 que proporciona todas estas "
29669 "características típicas de UNIX. Básicamente hay extensiones en cada "
29670 "registro de directorio que proporcionan toda la información adicional, y "
29671 "cuando Rock Ridge está en uso, el sistema de ficheros es indistinguible de "
29672 "un sistema de ficheros UNIX normal (de lectura exclusiva, por supuesto)."
29673
29674 #. type: Labeled list
29675 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:898
29676 #, no-wrap
29677 msgid "*norock*"
29678 msgstr "*norock*"
29679
29680 #. type: Plain text
29681 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:900
29682 msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
29683 msgstr ""
29684 "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Rock Ridge, incluso si están "
29685 "disponibles. Cf. *map*."
29686
29687 #. type: Labeled list
29688 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:901
29689 #, no-wrap
29690 msgid "*nojoliet*"
29691 msgstr "*nojoliet*"
29692
29693 #. type: Plain text
29694 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:903
29695 msgid ""
29696 "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
29697 msgstr ""
29698 "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Microsoft Joliet, incluso si están "
29699 "disponibles. Cf. *map*."
29700
29701 #. type: Labeled list
29702 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:904
29703 #, no-wrap
29704 msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
29705 msgstr "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
29706
29707 #. type: Plain text
29708 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:906
29709 msgid ""
29710 "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
29711 "doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* "
29712 "and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
29713 msgstr ""
29714 "Con *check=relaxed*, un nombre de fichero se convierte primero a minúsculas "
29715 "antes de que se efectúe la búsqueda. Esto probablemente sólo tiene sentido "
29716 "en conjunción con *norock* y *map=normal*.  (Por omisión: *check=strict*.)"
29717
29718 #. type: Plain text
29719 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:909
29720 msgid ""
29721 "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
29722 "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
29723 "*uid=0,gid=0*.)"
29724 msgstr ""
29725 "Da a todos los ficheros en el sistema de ficheros los IDs indicados de "
29726 "usuario o grupo, posiblemente sustituyendo la información encontrada en las "
29727 "extensiones Rock Ridge.  (Por omisión: *uid=0,gid=0*.)"
29728
29729 #. type: Labeled list
29730 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:910
29731 #, no-wrap
29732 msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
29733 msgstr "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
29734
29735 #. type: Plain text
29736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:912
29737 #, fuzzy
29738 #| msgid ""
29739 #| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
29740 #| "case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'.  With "
29741 #| "B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>.  (Default: "
29742 #| "B<map=normal>.)"
29743 msgid ""
29744 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
29745 "ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no "
29746 "name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* "
29747 "is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
29748 msgstr ""
29749 "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, la traducción de nombres \"normal\" "
29750 "convierte las letras mayúsculas a minúsculas ASCII, quita un `;1' del final, "
29751 "y convierte `;' a `.'.  Con B<map=off> no se realiza ninguna traducción de "
29752 "nombre. Vea B<norock>.  (Por omisión: B<map=normal>.)"
29753
29754 #. type: Plain text
29755 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:915
29756 #, fuzzy
29757 #| msgid ""
29758 #| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode.  (Default: "
29759 #| "read permission for everybody.)  Since Linux 2.1.37 one no longer needs "
29760 #| "to specify the mode in decimal. (Octal is indicated by a leading 0.)"
29761 msgid ""
29762 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
29763 "read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
29764 "leading 0."
29765 msgstr ""
29766 "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, da a todos los ficheros el modo "
29767 "(permisos) indicado. (El predeterminado: permiso de lectura para todo el "
29768 "mundo.)  Desde Linux 2.1.37 uno ya no necesita más especificar el modo en "
29769 "base diez. (La base ocho se indica mediante un 0 inicial.)"
29770
29771 #. type: Labeled list
29772 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1128
29773 #, no-wrap
29774 msgid "*unhide*"
29775 msgstr "*unhide*"
29776
29777 #. type: Plain text
29778 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:918
29779 msgid ""
29780 "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
29781 "associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
29782 "ordinary files inaccessible.)"
29783 msgstr ""
29784
29785 #. type: Labeled list
29786 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919
29787 #, no-wrap
29788 msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
29789 msgstr "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
29790
29791 #. type: Plain text
29792 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:921
29793 msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)"
29794 msgstr ""
29795 "Establece el tamaño de bloque al valor indicado.  (Por omisión: "
29796 "*block=1024*.)"
29797
29798 #. type: Labeled list
29799 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925
29800 #, no-wrap
29801 msgid "*cruft*"
29802 msgstr "*cruft*"
29803
29804 #. type: Plain text
29805 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:927
29806 msgid ""
29807 "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
29808 "option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
29809 "file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
29810 msgstr ""
29811 "Si el byte alto de la longitud de fichero contiene otra basura, active esta "
29812 "opción de montaje para no hacer caso de los bits de orden alto de la "
29813 "longitud de fichero. Esto implica que un fichero no puede ser mayor de 16 MB."
29814
29815 #. type: Labeled list
29816 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:928
29817 #, no-wrap
29818 msgid "**session=**__x__"
29819 msgstr "**session=**__x__"
29820
29821 #. type: Plain text
29822 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:930
29823 msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
29824 msgstr ""
29825
29826 #. type: Labeled list
29827 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
29828 #, no-wrap
29829 msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
29830 msgstr "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
29831
29832 #. type: Plain text
29833 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:933
29834 msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
29835 msgstr ""
29836
29837 #. type: Plain text
29838 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:935
29839 msgid ""
29840 "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
29841 "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
29842 msgstr ""
29843
29844 #. type: Plain text
29845 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:938
29846 msgid ""
29847 "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
29848 "characters. The default is iso8859-1."
29849 msgstr ""
29850
29851 #. type: Labeled list
29852 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:978
29853 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1152 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1250
29854 #, no-wrap
29855 msgid "*utf8*"
29856 msgstr "*utf8*"
29857
29858 #. type: Plain text
29859 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:941
29860 msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
29861 msgstr ""
29862
29863 #. type: Title ===
29864 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942
29865 #, no-wrap
29866 msgid "Mount options for jfs"
29867 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para jfs"
29868
29869 #. type: Labeled list
29870 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:944 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:972
29871 #, no-wrap
29872 msgid "**iocharset=**__name__"
29873 msgstr "**iocharset=**__nombre__"
29874
29875 #. type: Plain text
29876 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:946
29877 msgid ""
29878 "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
29879 "do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires "
29880 "*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
29881 msgstr ""
29882
29883 #. type: Labeled list
29884 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:947
29885 #, no-wrap
29886 msgid "**resize=**__value__"
29887 msgstr "**resize=**__valor__"
29888
29889 #. type: Plain text
29890 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:949
29891 msgid ""
29892 "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not "
29893 "shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is "
29894 "mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume "
29895 "to the full size of the partition."
29896 msgstr ""
29897
29898 #. type: Labeled list
29899 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
29900 #, no-wrap
29901 msgid "*nointegrity*"
29902 msgstr "*nointegrity*"
29903
29904 #. type: Plain text
29905 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:952
29906 msgid ""
29907 "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
29908 "higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
29909 "of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
29910 msgstr ""
29911
29912 #. type: Labeled list
29913 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
29914 #, no-wrap
29915 msgid "*integrity*"
29916 msgstr "*integrity*"
29917
29918 #. type: Plain text
29919 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:955
29920 msgid ""
29921 "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
29922 "a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to "
29923 "restore normal behavior."
29924 msgstr ""
29925
29926 #. type: Labeled list
29927 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
29928 #, no-wrap
29929 msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
29930 msgstr "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
29931
29932 #. type: Plain text
29933 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:958
29934 msgid ""
29935 "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
29936 "just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
29937 "read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
29938 msgstr ""
29939 "Define el comportamiento cuando se encuentra un error.  (O bien no hace caso "
29940 "de errores y simplemente marca el sistema de ficheros como erróneo y "
29941 "continúa, o bien re-monta el sistema de ficheros como de lectura exclusiva, "
29942 "o bien se produce un pánico y se para el sistema.)"
29943
29944 #. type: Labeled list
29945 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
29946 #, no-wrap
29947 msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
29948 msgstr "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
29949
29950 #. type: Plain text
29951 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:961
29952 msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
29953 msgstr "Estas opciones se aceptan pero no tienen efecto."
29954
29955 #. type: Title ===
29956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
29957 #, no-wrap
29958 msgid "Mount options for msdos"
29959 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para msdos"
29960
29961 #. type: Plain text
29962 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965
29963 msgid ""
29964 "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an "
29965 "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
29966 "filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
29967 msgstr ""
29968 "Vea las opciones de montaje para fat.  Si el sistema de ficheros _msdos_ "
29969 "detecta una inconsistencia, informa del error y pone el sistema de ficheros "
29970 "de lectura exclusiva. El sistema de ficheros se puede hacer de nuevo de "
29971 "lectura y escritura re-montándolo."
29972
29973 #. type: Title ===
29974 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:966
29975 #, no-wrap
29976 msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
29977 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ncpfs"
29978
29979 #. type: Plain text
29980 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:969
29981 msgid ""
29982 "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
29983 "_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the mount system call. This argument is "
29984 "constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does "
29985 "not know anything about ncpfs."
29986 msgstr ""
29987 "Justo como _nfs_, la implementación _ncpfs_ espera un argumento binario (una "
29988 "_struct ncp_mount_data_)  para la llamada al sistema mount. Este argumento "
29989 "se construye mediante *ncpmount*(8)  y la versión actual de *mount* (2.12) "
29990 "no conoce nada sobre ncpfs."
29991
29992 #. type: Title ===
29993 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:970
29994 #, no-wrap
29995 msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
29996 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ntfs"
29997
29998 #. type: Plain text
29999 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974
30000 msgid ""
30001 "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
30002 "names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
30003 msgstr ""
30004
30005 #. type: Labeled list
30006 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:975
30007 #, no-wrap
30008 msgid "**nls=**__name__"
30009 msgstr "**nls=**__nombre__"
30010
30011 #. type: Plain text
30012 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:977
30013 msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_."
30014 msgstr ""
30015
30016 #. type: Plain text
30017 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:980
30018 msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
30019 msgstr ""
30020
30021 #. type: Labeled list
30022 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:981
30023 #, no-wrap
30024 msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
30025 msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
30026
30027 #. type: Plain text
30028 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:983
30029 msgid ""
30030 "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode "
30031 "characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape "
30032 "sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a "
30033 "byteswapped bigendian encoding."
30034 msgstr ""
30035
30036 #. type: Labeled list
30037 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:984
30038 #, no-wrap
30039 msgid "*posix=[0|1]*"
30040 msgstr "*posix=[0|1]*"
30041
30042 #. type: Plain text
30043 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:986
30044 msgid ""
30045 "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
30046 "case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
30047 "suppressed. This option is obsolete."
30048 msgstr ""
30049
30050 #. type: Labeled list
30051 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987
30052 #, no-wrap
30053 msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__"
30054 msgstr "**uid=**__valor__, **gid=**__valor__ y **umask=**__valor__"
30055
30056 #. type: Plain text
30057 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:989
30058 msgid ""
30059 "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
30060 "octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
30061 "else."
30062 msgstr ""
30063
30064 #. type: Title ===
30065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990
30066 #, no-wrap
30067 msgid "Mount options for overlay"
30068 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para overlay"
30069
30070 #. type: Plain text
30071 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:993
30072 msgid ""
30073 "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
30074 "other filesystems."
30075 msgstr ""
30076
30077 #. type: Plain text
30078 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:995
30079 msgid ""
30080 "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a "
30081 "*lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
30082 "the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
30083 "either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
30084 msgstr ""
30085
30086 #. type: Plain text
30087 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997
30088 msgid ""
30089 "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
30090 "need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
30091 "upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
30092 "creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
30093 "in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
30094 msgstr ""
30095
30096 #. type: Plain text
30097 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999
30098 msgid ""
30099 "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
30100 "type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged "
30101 "directory by using:"
30102 msgstr ""
30103
30104 #. type: delimited block .
30105 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1004
30106 #, no-wrap
30107 msgid ""
30108 "mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
30109 "  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
30110 msgstr ""
30111 "mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
30112 "  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
30113
30114 #. type: Labeled list
30115 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1007
30116 #, no-wrap
30117 msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__"
30118 msgstr "**lowerdir=**__directorio__"
30119
30120 #. type: delimited block _
30121 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1009
30122 msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
30123 msgstr ""
30124
30125 #. type: Labeled list
30126 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1010
30127 #, no-wrap
30128 msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__"
30129 msgstr "**upperdir=**__directorio__"
30130
30131 #. type: delimited block _
30132 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1012
30133 msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
30134 msgstr ""
30135
30136 #. type: Labeled list
30137 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1013
30138 #, no-wrap
30139 msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
30140 msgstr "**workdir=**__directorio__"
30141
30142 #. type: delimited block _
30143 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1015
30144 msgid ""
30145 "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
30146 "upperdir."
30147 msgstr ""
30148
30149 #. type: Title ===
30150 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1016
30151 #, no-wrap
30152 msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
30153 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para reiserfs"
30154
30155 #. type: delimited block _
30156 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1019
30157 msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
30158 msgstr ""
30159
30160 #. type: Labeled list
30161 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
30162 #, no-wrap
30163 msgid "*conv*"
30164 msgstr "*conv*"
30165
30166 #. type: delimited block _
30167 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022
30168 msgid ""
30169 "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
30170 "using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
30171 "longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
30172 msgstr ""
30173
30174 #. type: Labeled list
30175 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1023
30176 #, no-wrap
30177 msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
30178 msgstr "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
30179
30180 #. type: delimited block _
30181 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025
30182 msgid ""
30183 "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
30184 "directories."
30185 msgstr ""
30186
30187 #. type: Labeled list
30188 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1026
30189 #, no-wrap
30190 msgid "*rupasov*"
30191 msgstr "*rupasov*"
30192
30193 #. type: delimited block _
30194 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028
30195 msgid ""
30196 "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
30197 "mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
30198 "should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
30199 msgstr ""
30200
30201 #. type: Labeled list
30202 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029
30203 #, no-wrap
30204 msgid "*tea*"
30205 msgstr "*tea*"
30206
30207 #. type: delimited block _
30208 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1031
30209 msgid ""
30210 "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
30211 "permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
30212 "probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
30213 "*EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
30214 msgstr ""
30215
30216 #. type: Labeled list
30217 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
30218 #, no-wrap
30219 msgid "*r5*"
30220 msgstr "*r5*"
30221
30222 #. type: delimited block _
30223 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034
30224 msgid ""
30225 "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
30226 "best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
30227 "patterns."
30228 msgstr ""
30229
30230 #. type: Labeled list
30231 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
30232 #, no-wrap
30233 msgid "*detect*"
30234 msgstr "*detect*"
30235
30236 #. type: delimited block _
30237 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037
30238 msgid ""
30239 "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
30240 "filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
30241 "superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
30242 "filesystem."
30243 msgstr ""
30244
30245 #. type: Labeled list
30246 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
30247 #, no-wrap
30248 msgid "*hashed_relocation*"
30249 msgstr "*hashed_relocation*"
30250
30251 #. type: delimited block _
30252 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043
30253 msgid ""
30254 "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
30255 "situations."
30256 msgstr ""
30257
30258 #. type: Labeled list
30259 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
30260 #, no-wrap
30261 msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
30262 msgstr "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
30263
30264 #. type: Labeled list
30265 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
30266 #, no-wrap
30267 msgid "*noborder*"
30268 msgstr "*noborder*"
30269
30270 #. type: delimited block _
30271 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1046
30272 msgid ""
30273 "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
30274 "may provide performance improvements in some situations."
30275 msgstr ""
30276
30277 #. type: Labeled list
30278 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047
30279 #, no-wrap
30280 msgid "*nolog*"
30281 msgstr "*nolog*"
30282
30283 #. type: delimited block _
30284 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1049
30285 msgid ""
30286 "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
30287 "some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. "
30288 "Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling "
30289 "operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation "
30290 "of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
30291 msgstr ""
30292
30293 #. type: Labeled list
30294 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1050
30295 #, no-wrap
30296 msgid "*notail*"
30297 msgstr "*notail*"
30298
30299 #. type: delimited block _
30300 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1052
30301 msgid ""
30302 "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its "
30303 "tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to "
30304 "disable packing of files into the tree."
30305 msgstr ""
30306
30307 #. type: Labeled list
30308 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1053
30309 #, no-wrap
30310 msgid "*replayonly*"
30311 msgstr "*replayonly*"
30312
30313 #. type: delimited block _
30314 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
30315 msgid ""
30316 "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
30317 "the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
30318 msgstr ""
30319
30320 #. type: Labeled list
30321 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1056
30322 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
30323 #| msgid "B<reserved=>I<value>"
30324 msgid "**resize=**__number__"
30325 msgstr "B<reserved=>I<valor>"
30326
30327 #. type: delimited block _
30328 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
30329 msgid ""
30330 "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
30331 "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This "
30332 "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
30333 "management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained "
30334 "from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
30335 msgstr ""
30336
30337 #. type: Labeled list
30338 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1059
30339 #, no-wrap
30340 msgid "*user_xattr*"
30341 msgstr "*user_xattr*"
30342
30343 #. type: delimited block _
30344 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1061
30345 msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page."
30346 msgstr ""
30347
30348 #. type: Labeled list
30349 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1062
30350 #, no-wrap
30351 msgid "*acl*"
30352 msgstr "*acl*"
30353
30354 #. type: delimited block _
30355 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1064
30356 msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page."
30357 msgstr ""
30358
30359 #. type: Labeled list
30360 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1065
30361 #, no-wrap
30362 msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
30363 msgstr "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
30364
30365 #. type: delimited block _
30366 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1067
30367 msgid ""
30368 "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
30369 "*barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also "
30370 "requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an "
30371 "error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
30372 "Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
30373 "volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
30374 "disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
30375 "safely improve performance."
30376 msgstr ""
30377
30378 #. type: Title ===
30379 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1068
30380 #, no-wrap
30381 msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
30382 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ubifs"
30383
30384 #. type: delimited block _
30385 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1071
30386 msgid ""
30387 "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
30388 "*atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
30389 msgstr ""
30390
30391 #. type: delimited block _
30392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073
30393 msgid "The device name may be specified as"
30394 msgstr ""
30395
30396 #. type: Labeled list
30397 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1075
30398 #, no-wrap
30399 msgid "*ubiX_Y*"
30400 msgstr "*ubiX_Y*"
30401
30402 #. type: Plain text
30403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
30404 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*"
30405 msgstr ""
30406
30407 #. type: Labeled list
30408 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
30409 #, no-wrap
30410 msgid "*ubiY*"
30411 msgstr "*ubiY*"
30412
30413 #. type: Plain text
30414 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1079
30415 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*"
30416 msgstr ""
30417
30418 #. type: Labeled list
30419 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1079
30420 #, no-wrap
30421 msgid "*ubiX:NAME*"
30422 msgstr "*ubiX:NOMBRE*"
30423
30424 #. type: Plain text
30425 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1081
30426 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*"
30427 msgstr ""
30428
30429 #. type: Labeled list
30430 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1081
30431 #, no-wrap
30432 msgid "*ubi:NAME*"
30433 msgstr "*ubi:NOMBRE*"
30434
30435 #. type: Plain text
30436 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
30437 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*"
30438 msgstr ""
30439
30440 #. type: delimited block _
30441 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1086
30442 msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*."
30443 msgstr ""
30444
30445 #. type: delimited block _
30446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1088
30447 msgid "The following mount options are available:"
30448 msgstr ""
30449
30450 #. type: Labeled list
30451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1089
30452 #, no-wrap
30453 msgid "*bulk_read*"
30454 msgstr "*bulk_read*"
30455
30456 #. type: delimited block _
30457 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1091
30458 msgid ""
30459 "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
30460 "filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
30461 "faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
30462 "For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
30463 "NAND page."
30464 msgstr ""
30465
30466 #. type: Labeled list
30467 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1092
30468 #, no-wrap
30469 msgid "*no_bulk_read*"
30470 msgstr "*no_bulk_read*"
30471
30472 #. type: delimited block _
30473 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1094
30474 #, fuzzy
30475 #| msgid "no translation is performed.  This is the default."
30476 msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
30477 msgstr "Ninguna traducción. Esto es lo predeterminado."
30478
30479 #. type: Labeled list
30480 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1095
30481 #, no-wrap
30482 msgid "*chk_data_crc*"
30483 msgstr "*chk_data_crc*"
30484
30485 #. type: delimited block _
30486 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
30487 #, fuzzy
30488 #| msgid "Update inode access time for each access. This is the default."
30489 msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
30490 msgstr ""
30491 "Actualizar el tiempo de acceso al nodo-í para cada acceso. Esto es lo "
30492 "predeterminado."
30493
30494 #. type: Labeled list
30495 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1098
30496 #, no-wrap
30497 msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*"
30498 msgstr "*no_chk_data_crc*"
30499
30500 #. type: delimited block _
30501 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1100
30502 msgid ""
30503 "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
30504 "not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
30505 "indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
30506 "is always calculated when writing the data."
30507 msgstr ""
30508
30509 #. type: Labeled list
30510 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1101
30511 #, no-wrap
30512 msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
30513 msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
30514
30515 #. type: delimited block _
30516 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1103
30517 msgid ""
30518 "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
30519 "is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
30520 msgstr ""
30521
30522 #. type: Title ===
30523 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1104
30524 #, no-wrap
30525 msgid "Mount options for udf"
30526 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para udf"
30527
30528 #. type: delimited block _
30529 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1107
30530 msgid ""
30531 "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
30532 "Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
30533 "the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
30534 "usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
30535 "also _iso9660_."
30536 msgstr ""
30537
30538 #. type: Labeled list
30539 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
30540 #, no-wrap
30541 msgid "*uid=*"
30542 msgstr "*uid=*"
30543
30544 #. type: delimited block _
30545 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1110
30546 msgid ""
30547 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
30548 "specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and "
30549 "results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is "
30550 "the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
30551 "given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding "
30552 "decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
30553 msgstr ""
30554
30555 #. type: Labeled list
30556 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111
30557 #, no-wrap
30558 msgid "*gid=*"
30559 msgstr "*gid=*"
30560
30561 #. type: delimited block _
30562 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
30563 msgid ""
30564 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
30565 "be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and "
30566 "results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is "
30567 "the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
30568 "given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding "
30569 "decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
30570 msgstr ""
30571
30572 #. type: Labeled list
30573 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114
30574 #, no-wrap
30575 msgid "*umask=*"
30576 msgstr "*umask=*"
30577
30578 #. type: delimited block _
30579 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116
30580 #, fuzzy
30581 #| msgid ""
30582 #| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
30583 #| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
30584 #| "octal."
30585 msgid ""
30586 "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
30587 "value is given in octal."
30588 msgstr ""
30589 "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
30590 "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
30591 "El valor se da en octal."
30592
30593 #. type: Labeled list
30594 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1117
30595 #, no-wrap
30596 msgid "*mode=*"
30597 msgstr "*mode=*"
30598
30599 #. type: delimited block _
30600 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1119
30601 #, fuzzy
30602 #| msgid ""
30603 #| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
30604 #| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
30605 #| "octal."
30606 msgid ""
30607 "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
30608 "filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
30609 msgstr ""
30610 "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
30611 "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
30612 "El valor se da en octal."
30613
30614 #. type: Labeled list
30615 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120
30616 #, no-wrap
30617 msgid "*dmode=*"
30618 msgstr "*dmode=*"
30619
30620 #. type: delimited block _
30621 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122
30622 #, fuzzy
30623 #| msgid ""
30624 #| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
30625 #| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
30626 #| "octal."
30627 msgid ""
30628 "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
30629 "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
30630 msgstr ""
30631 "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
30632 "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
30633 "El valor se da en octal."
30634
30635 #. type: Labeled list
30636 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1123
30637 #, no-wrap
30638 msgid "*bs=*"
30639 msgstr "*bs=*"
30640
30641 #. type: delimited block _
30642 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1125
30643 msgid ""
30644 "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
30645 "Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
30646 "fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
30647 "valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
30648 msgstr ""
30649
30650 #. type: delimited block _
30651 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1127
30652 msgid ""
30653 "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, sections "
30654 "*COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE*."
30655 msgstr ""
30656
30657 #. type: delimited block _
30658 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1130
30659 msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
30660 msgstr ""
30661
30662 #. type: Labeled list
30663 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1131
30664 #, no-wrap
30665 msgid "*undelete*"
30666 msgstr "*undelete*"
30667
30668 #. type: delimited block _
30669 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1133
30670 msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
30671 msgstr ""
30672
30673 #. type: Labeled list
30674 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1134
30675 #, no-wrap
30676 msgid "*adinicb*"
30677 msgstr "*adinicb*"
30678
30679 #. type: delimited block _
30680 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
30681 msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
30682 msgstr ""
30683
30684 #. type: Labeled list
30685 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1137
30686 #, no-wrap
30687 msgid "*noadinicb*"
30688 msgstr "*noadinicb*"
30689
30690 #. type: delimited block _
30691 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1139
30692 msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
30693 msgstr ""
30694
30695 #. type: Labeled list
30696 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1140
30697 #, no-wrap
30698 msgid "*shortad*"
30699 msgstr "*shortad*"
30700
30701 #. type: delimited block _
30702 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1142
30703 msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
30704 msgstr ""
30705
30706 #. type: Labeled list
30707 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1143
30708 #, no-wrap
30709 msgid "*longad*"
30710 msgstr "*longad*"
30711
30712 #. type: delimited block _
30713 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1145
30714 msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
30715 msgstr ""
30716
30717 #. type: Labeled list
30718 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1146
30719 #, no-wrap
30720 msgid "*nostrict*"
30721 msgstr "*nostrict*"
30722
30723 #. type: delimited block _
30724 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1148
30725 msgid "Unset strict conformance."
30726 msgstr ""
30727
30728 #. type: Labeled list
30729 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1149
30730 #, no-wrap
30731 msgid "*iocharset=*"
30732 msgstr "*iocharset=*"
30733
30734 #. type: delimited block _
30735 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1151
30736 msgid ""
30737 "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
30738 "*CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
30739 msgstr ""
30740
30741 #. type: delimited block _
30742 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1154
30743 msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
30744 msgstr ""
30745
30746 #. type: Title ===
30747 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1155
30748 #, no-wrap
30749 msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
30750 msgstr ""
30751
30752 #. type: Labeled list
30753 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1157
30754 #, no-wrap
30755 msgid "*novrs*"
30756 msgstr "*novrs*"
30757
30758 #. type: delimited block _
30759 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159
30760 msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
30761 msgstr ""
30762
30763 #. type: Labeled list
30764 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1160
30765 #, no-wrap
30766 msgid "*session=*"
30767 msgstr "*session=*"
30768
30769 #. type: delimited block _
30770 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162
30771 msgid ""
30772 "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
30773 "(default= last session)"
30774 msgstr ""
30775
30776 #. type: Labeled list
30777 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1163
30778 #, no-wrap
30779 msgid "*anchor=*"
30780 msgstr "*anchor=*"
30781
30782 #. type: delimited block _
30783 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1165
30784 msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
30785 msgstr ""
30786
30787 #. type: Labeled list
30788 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166
30789 #, no-wrap
30790 msgid "*lastblock=*"
30791 msgstr "*lastblock=*"
30792
30793 #. type: delimited block _
30794 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1168
30795 #, fuzzy
30796 #| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems"
30797 msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
30798 msgstr "I</etc/mtab> tabla de sistemas de ficheros montados"
30799
30800 #. type: Title ===
30801 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1169
30802 #, no-wrap
30803 msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
30804 msgstr ""
30805
30806 #. type: Labeled list
30807 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1171
30808 #, no-wrap
30809 msgid "*uid=ignore*"
30810 msgstr "*uid=ignore*"
30811
30812 #. type: delimited block _
30813 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1173
30814 msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead."
30815 msgstr ""
30816
30817 #. type: Labeled list
30818 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1174
30819 #, no-wrap
30820 msgid "*gid=ignore*"
30821 msgstr "*gid=ignore*"
30822
30823 #. type: delimited block _
30824 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1176
30825 msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead."
30826 msgstr ""
30827
30828 #. type: Labeled list
30829 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1177
30830 #, no-wrap
30831 msgid "*volume=*"
30832 msgstr "*volume=*"
30833
30834 #. type: delimited block _
30835 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1179 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1182
30836 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1185 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
30837 msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
30838 msgstr ""
30839
30840 #. type: Labeled list
30841 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1180
30842 #, no-wrap
30843 msgid "*partition=*"
30844 msgstr "*partition=*"
30845
30846 #. type: Labeled list
30847 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1183
30848 #, no-wrap
30849 msgid "*fileset=*"
30850 msgstr "*fileset=*"
30851
30852 #. type: Labeled list
30853 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1186
30854 #, no-wrap
30855 msgid "*rootdir=*"
30856 msgstr "*rootdir=*"
30857
30858 #. type: Title ===
30859 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1189
30860 #, no-wrap
30861 msgid "Mount options for ufs"
30862 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ufs"
30863
30864 #. type: Labeled list
30865 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1191
30866 #, no-wrap
30867 msgid "**ufstype=**__value__"
30868 msgstr "**ufstype=**__valor__"
30869
30870 #. type: delimited block _
30871 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1193
30872 msgid ""
30873 "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
30874 "are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
30875 "undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's "
30876 "why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values "
30877 "are:"
30878 msgstr ""
30879
30880 #. type: Labeled list
30881 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1194
30882 #, no-wrap
30883 msgid "*old*"
30884 msgstr "*old*"
30885
30886 #. type: delimited block _
30887 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1196
30888 msgid ""
30889 "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the "
30890 "*-r* option.)"
30891 msgstr ""
30892
30893 #. type: Labeled list
30894 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1197
30895 #, no-wrap
30896 msgid "*44bsd*"
30897 msgstr "*44bsd*"
30898
30899 #. type: delimited block _
30900 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199
30901 msgid ""
30902 "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
30903 msgstr ""
30904
30905 #. type: Labeled list
30906 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1200
30907 #, no-wrap
30908 msgid "*ufs2*"
30909 msgstr "*ufs2*"
30910
30911 #. type: delimited block _
30912 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1202
30913 msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
30914 msgstr ""
30915
30916 #. type: Labeled list
30917 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1203
30918 #, no-wrap
30919 msgid "*5xbsd*"
30920 msgstr "*5xbsd*"
30921
30922 #. type: delimited block _
30923 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1205
30924 msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
30925 msgstr ""
30926
30927 #. type: Labeled list
30928 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1206
30929 #, no-wrap
30930 msgid "*sun*"
30931 msgstr "*sun*"
30932
30933 #. type: delimited block _
30934 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208
30935 msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
30936 msgstr ""
30937
30938 #. type: Labeled list
30939 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1209
30940 #, no-wrap
30941 msgid "*sunx86*"
30942 msgstr "*sunx86*"
30943
30944 #. type: delimited block _
30945 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1211
30946 msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
30947 msgstr ""
30948
30949 #. type: Labeled list
30950 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1212
30951 #, no-wrap
30952 msgid "*hp*"
30953 msgstr "*hp*"
30954
30955 #. type: delimited block _
30956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214
30957 #, fuzzy
30958 #| msgid "Mount the file system read-only."
30959 msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
30960 msgstr "Montar el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
30961
30962 #. type: Labeled list
30963 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1215
30964 #, no-wrap
30965 msgid "*nextstep*"
30966 msgstr "*nextstep*"
30967
30968 #. type: delimited block _
30969 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1217
30970 msgid ""
30971 "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
30972 msgstr ""
30973
30974 #. type: Labeled list
30975 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218
30976 #, no-wrap
30977 msgid "*nextstep-cd*"
30978 msgstr "*nextstep-cd*"
30979
30980 #. type: delimited block _
30981 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
30982 msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
30983 msgstr ""
30984
30985 #. type: Labeled list
30986 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1221
30987 #, no-wrap
30988 msgid "*openstep*"
30989 msgstr "*openstep*"
30990
30991 #. type: delimited block _
30992 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1223
30993 msgid ""
30994 "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
30995 "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
30996 msgstr ""
30997
30998 #. type: Labeled list
30999 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1224
31000 #, no-wrap
31001 msgid "**onerror=**__value__"
31002 msgstr "**onerror=**__valor__"
31003
31004 #. type: delimited block _
31005 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226
31006 msgid "Set behavior on error:"
31007 msgstr ""
31008
31009 #. type: Labeled list
31010 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227
31011 #, no-wrap
31012 msgid "*panic*"
31013 msgstr "*panic*"
31014
31015 #. type: delimited block _
31016 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229
31017 msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
31018 msgstr ""
31019
31020 #. type: Labeled list
31021 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1230
31022 #, no-wrap
31023 msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
31024 msgstr "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
31025
31026 #. type: delimited block _
31027 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232
31028 msgid ""
31029 "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
31030 "encountered only a console message is printed."
31031 msgstr ""
31032
31033 #. type: Title ===
31034 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1233
31035 #, no-wrap
31036 msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
31037 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para umsdos"
31038
31039 #. type: delimited block _
31040 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1236
31041 msgid ""
31042 "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by "
31043 "_umsdos_."
31044 msgstr ""
31045 "Vea las opciones de montaje para msdos.  La opción *dotsOK* está "
31046 "explícitamente muerta en _umsdos_."
31047
31048 #. type: Title ===
31049 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1237
31050 #, no-wrap
31051 msgid "Mount options for vfat"
31052 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para vfat"
31053
31054 #. type: delimited block _
31055 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1240
31056 msgid ""
31057 "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* "
31058 "option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
31059 msgstr ""
31060 "Antes de nada, las opciones de montaje para _fat_ se reconocen todas.  La "
31061 "opción *dotsOK* está explícitamente anulada en _vfat_.  Además de todo eso, "
31062 "están"
31063
31064 #. type: Labeled list
31065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1241
31066 #, no-wrap
31067 msgid "*uni_xlate*"
31068 msgstr "*uni_xlate*"
31069
31070 #. type: delimited block _
31071 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1243
31072 msgid ""
31073 "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
31074 "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
31075 "characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is "
31076 "possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the "
31077 "vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode "
31078 "character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
31079 msgstr ""
31080 "Traduce caracteres Unicode no manejados a secuencias de escape especiales. "
31081 "Esto le permite hacer copias de respaldo y restaurar ficheros cuyos nombres "
31082 "se han creado con caracteres Unicode. Sin esta opción, se emplea un `?' "
31083 "cuando no hay traducción posible. El carácter de escape es `:' porque es "
31084 "ilegal en el sistema de ficheros vfat. La secuencia de escape que se usa, "
31085 "donde u es el carácter Unicode, es: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), "
31086 "(u>>12)."
31087
31088 #. type: Labeled list
31089 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1244
31090 #, no-wrap
31091 msgid "*posix*"
31092 msgstr "*posix*"
31093
31094 #. type: delimited block _
31095 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
31096 #, fuzzy
31097 #| msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case."
31098 msgid ""
31099 "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
31100 msgstr ""
31101 "Permite la coexistencia de dos ficheros cuyos nombres sólo se diferencien en "
31102 "la caja tipográfica."
31103
31104 #. type: Labeled list
31105 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1247
31106 #, no-wrap
31107 msgid "*nonumtail*"
31108 msgstr "*nonumtail*"
31109
31110 #. type: delimited block _
31111 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1249
31112 msgid ""
31113 "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
31114 "_name~num.ext_."
31115 msgstr ""
31116 "Trata primero de construir un nombre corto sin número de secuencia, antes de "
31117 "intentar _nombre~num.ext_."
31118
31119 #. type: delimited block _
31120 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1252
31121 msgid ""
31122 "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
31123 "console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
31124 "with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets "
31125 "disabled."
31126 msgstr ""
31127
31128 #. type: Labeled list
31129 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1253
31130 #, no-wrap
31131 msgid "**shortname=**__mode__"
31132 msgstr "**shortname=**__modo__"
31133
31134 #. type: delimited block _
31135 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1255
31136 msgid ""
31137 "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
31138 "8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
31139 "preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
31140 msgstr ""
31141
31142 #. type: Labeled list
31143 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1256
31144 #, no-wrap
31145 msgid "*lower*"
31146 msgstr "*lower*"
31147
31148 #. type: delimited block _
31149 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1258
31150 msgid ""
31151 "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
31152 "short name is not all upper case."
31153 msgstr ""
31154
31155 #. type: Labeled list
31156 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1259
31157 #, no-wrap
31158 msgid "*win95*"
31159 msgstr "*win95*"
31160
31161 #. type: delimited block _
31162 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1261
31163 msgid ""
31164 "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
31165 "short name is not all upper case."
31166 msgstr ""
31167
31168 #. type: Labeled list
31169 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1262
31170 #, no-wrap
31171 msgid "*winnt*"
31172 msgstr "*winnt*"
31173
31174 #. type: delimited block _
31175 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1264
31176 msgid ""
31177 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
31178 "all lower case or all upper case."
31179 msgstr ""
31180
31181 #. type: Labeled list
31182 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1265
31183 #, no-wrap
31184 msgid "*mixed*"
31185 msgstr "*mixed*"
31186
31187 #. type: delimited block _
31188 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1267
31189 msgid ""
31190 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
31191 "all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
31192 msgstr ""
31193
31194 #. type: Title ===
31195 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1268
31196 #, no-wrap
31197 msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
31198 msgstr "Opciones de montaje para usbfs"
31199
31200 #. type: Labeled list
31201 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270
31202 #, no-wrap
31203 msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__"
31204 msgstr "**devuid=**__uid__ y **devgid=**__gid__ y **devmode=**__modo__"
31205
31206 #. type: delimited block _
31207 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1272
31208 #, fuzzy
31209 #| msgid ""
31210 #| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
31211 #| "current process.)"
31212 msgid ""
31213 "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
31214 "(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
31215 msgstr ""
31216 "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
31217 "y GID del proceso en curso.)"
31218
31219 #. type: Labeled list
31220 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1273
31221 #, no-wrap
31222 msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__"
31223 msgstr "**busuid=**__uid__ y **busgid=**__gid__ y **busmode=**__modo__"
31224
31225 #. type: delimited block _
31226 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275
31227 #, fuzzy
31228 #| msgid ""
31229 #| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
31230 #| "current process.)"
31231 msgid ""
31232 "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
31233 "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
31234 msgstr ""
31235 "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
31236 "y GID del proceso en curso.)"
31237
31238 #. type: Labeled list
31239 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1276
31240 #, no-wrap
31241 msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__"
31242 msgstr "**listuid=**__uid__ y **listgid=**__gid__ y **listmode=**__modo__"
31243
31244 #. type: delimited block _
31245 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1278
31246 #, fuzzy
31247 #| msgid ""
31248 #| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
31249 #| "current process.)"
31250 msgid ""
31251 "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, "
31252 "mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
31253 msgstr ""
31254 "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
31255 "y GID del proceso en curso.)"
31256
31257 #. type: Title ==
31258 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1279
31259 #, no-wrap
31260 msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT (experimental)"
31261 msgstr ""
31262
31263 #. type: delimited block _
31264 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1282
31265 msgid ""
31266 "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
31267 "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can "
31268 "open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on the "
31269 "device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
31270 "(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
31271 "hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
31272 "reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
31273 msgstr ""
31274
31275 #. type: Labeled list
31276 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1283
31277 #, no-wrap
31278 msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__"
31279 msgstr "**verity.hashdevice=**__ruta__"
31280
31281 #. type: delimited block _
31282 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1285
31283 msgid ""
31284 "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
31285 "verity."
31286 msgstr ""
31287
31288 #. type: Labeled list
31289 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286
31290 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
31291 #| msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<path>"
31292 msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
31293 msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<ruta>"
31294
31295 #. type: delimited block _
31296 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1288
31297 msgid ""
31298 "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with "
31299 "_verity.roothashfile._"
31300 msgstr ""
31301
31302 #. type: Labeled list
31303 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1289
31304 #, no-wrap
31305 msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__"
31306 msgstr "**verity.roothashfile=**__ruta__"
31307
31308 #. type: delimited block _
31309 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1291
31310 msgid ""
31311 "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity."
31312 "hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
31313 msgstr ""
31314
31315 #. type: Labeled list
31316 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1292
31317 #, no-wrap
31318 msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__"
31319 msgstr "**verity.hashoffset=**__desplazamiento__"
31320
31321 #. type: delimited block _
31322 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1294
31323 msgid ""
31324 "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: "
31325 "0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
31326 msgstr ""
31327
31328 #. type: Labeled list
31329 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1295
31330 #, no-wrap
31331 msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__"
31332 msgstr "**verity.fecdevice=**__ruta__"
31333
31334 #. type: delimited block _
31335 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1297
31336 msgid ""
31337 "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
31338 "volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
31339 "*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
31340 msgstr ""
31341
31342 #. type: Labeled list
31343 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1298
31344 #, no-wrap
31345 msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__"
31346 msgstr "**verity.fecoffset=**__desplazamiento__"
31347
31348 #. type: delimited block _
31349 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
31350 msgid ""
31351 "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is "
31352 "used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
31353 msgstr ""
31354
31355 #. type: Labeled list
31356 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1301
31357 #, no-wrap
31358 msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__"
31359 msgstr "**verity.fecroots=**__valor__"
31360
31361 #. type: delimited block _
31362 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
31363 msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
31364 msgstr ""
31365
31366 #. type: Labeled list
31367 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1304
31368 #, no-wrap
31369 msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__"
31370 msgstr "**verity.roothashsig=**__ruta__"
31371
31372 #. type: delimited block _
31373 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
31374 msgid ""
31375 "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
31376 "crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
31377 "*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to "
31378 "be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
31379 msgstr ""
31380
31381 #. type: delimited block _
31382 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1308
31383 msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
31384 msgstr ""
31385
31386 #. type: delimited block _
31387 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1310
31388 #, fuzzy
31389 #| msgid "For example, the command:"
31390 msgid "For example commands:"
31391 msgstr "Por ejemplo, la orden:"
31392
31393 #. type: delimited block .
31394 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1319
31395 #, no-wrap
31396 msgid ""
31397 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
31398 "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
31399 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
31400 "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
31401 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7\n"
31402 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
31403 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
31404 msgstr ""
31405
31406 #. type: Plain text
31407 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1322
31408 msgid ""
31409 "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount "
31410 "verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root "
31411 "hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
31412 msgstr ""
31413
31414 #. type: Title ==
31415 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1323
31416 #, no-wrap
31417 msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
31418 msgstr ""
31419
31420 #. type: Plain text
31421 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1326
31422 msgid ""
31423 "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
31424 "command"
31425 msgstr ""
31426 "Un posible tipo más es un montaje a través del dispositivo de bucle. Por "
31427 "ejemplo, la orden"
31428
31429 #. type: delimited block _
31430 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1329
31431 #, no-wrap
31432 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
31433 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
31434
31435 #. type: Plain text
31436 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1332
31437 msgid ""
31438 "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/"
31439 "disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
31440 msgstr ""
31441
31442 #. type: Plain text
31443 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334
31444 msgid ""
31445 "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is "
31446 "given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, "
31447 "for example"
31448 msgstr ""
31449
31450 #. type: delimited block _
31451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1337
31452 #, no-wrap
31453 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
31454 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
31455
31456 #. type: Plain text
31457 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1340
31458 msgid ""
31459 "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular "
31460 "file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
31461 "libblkid, for example:"
31462 msgstr ""
31463
31464 #. type: delimited block _
31465 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343
31466 #, no-wrap
31467 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
31468 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
31469
31470 #. type: delimited block _
31471 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1345
31472 #, no-wrap
31473 msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
31474 msgstr "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
31475
31476 #. type: Plain text
31477 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1348
31478 msgid ""
31479 "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and "
31480 "*sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be "
31481 "used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
31482 msgstr ""
31483
31484 #. type: Plain text
31485 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350
31486 msgid ""
31487 "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
31488 "that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* "
31489 "independently of _/etc/mtab_."
31490 msgstr ""
31491
31492 #. type: Plain text
31493 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1352
31494 msgid ""
31495 "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
31496 msgstr ""
31497
31498 #. type: Plain text
31499 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1354
31500 msgid ""
31501 "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than "
31502 "initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
31503 "loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
31504 "filesystem corruption."
31505 msgstr ""
31506
31507 #. type: Plain text
31508 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1358
31509 #, no-wrap
31510 msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):\n"
31511 msgstr ""
31512
31513 #. type: Plain text
31514 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1364
31515 msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
31516 msgstr ""
31517
31518 #. type: Plain text
31519 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1367
31520 msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
31521 msgstr ""
31522
31523 #. type: Plain text
31524 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1370
31525 msgid "internal *mount* bug"
31526 msgstr ""
31527
31528 #. type: Plain text
31529 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1373
31530 msgid "user interrupt"
31531 msgstr ""
31532
31533 #. type: Plain text
31534 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1376
31535 msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_"
31536 msgstr ""
31537
31538 #. type: Plain text
31539 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
31540 msgid "mount failure"
31541 msgstr ""
31542
31543 #. type: Plain text
31544 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382
31545 msgid "some mount succeeded"
31546 msgstr ""
31547
31548 #. type: Plain text
31549 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1384
31550 msgid ""
31551 "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
31552 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
31553 msgstr ""
31554
31555 #. type: Title ==
31556 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:134
31557 #, no-wrap
31558 msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
31559 msgstr ""
31560
31561 #. type: Plain text
31562 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1388
31563 msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
31564 msgstr ""
31565
31566 #. type: Plain text
31567 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390
31568 #, no-wrap
31569 msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]\n"
31570 msgstr ""
31571
31572 #. type: Plain text
31573 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392
31574 msgid ""
31575 "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the "
31576 "same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for "
31577 "filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
31578 "sshfs*)."
31579 msgstr ""
31580
31581 #. type: Plain text
31582 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1394
31583 msgid ""
31584 "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, "
31585 "*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
31586 "*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and "
31587 "*sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a "
31588 "comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
31589 msgstr ""
31590
31591 #. type: Plain text
31592 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1399
31593 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
31594 msgstr ""
31595
31596 #. type: Plain text
31597 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1402
31598 msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
31599 msgstr ""
31600
31601 #. type: Plain text
31602 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1408
31603 msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
31604 msgstr ""
31605
31606 #. type: Plain text
31607 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1411
31608 msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
31609 msgstr ""
31610
31611 #. type: Plain text
31612 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1415
31613 msgid ""
31614 "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section "
31615 "above."
31616 msgstr ""
31617
31618 #. type: Plain text
31619 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1418
31620 msgid "filesystem table"
31621 msgstr "tabla de sistemas de ficheros"
31622
31623 #. type: Labeled list
31624 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1419
31625 #, no-wrap
31626 msgid "_/run/mount_"
31627 msgstr "_/run/mount_"
31628
31629 #. type: Plain text
31630 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1421
31631 msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
31632 msgstr ""
31633
31634 #. type: Labeled list
31635 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1422 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:167
31636 #, no-wrap
31637 msgid "_/etc/mtab_"
31638 msgstr "_/etc/mtab_"
31639
31640 #. type: Plain text
31641 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1424
31642 msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_"
31643 msgstr ""
31644
31645 #. type: Labeled list
31646 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1425
31647 #, no-wrap
31648 msgid "_/etc/mtab~_"
31649 msgstr "_/etc/mtab~_"
31650
31651 #. type: Plain text
31652 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1427
31653 #, fuzzy
31654 msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
31655 msgstr "fichero temporal"
31656
31657 #. type: Labeled list
31658 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1428
31659 #, no-wrap
31660 msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
31661 msgstr "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
31662
31663 #. type: Plain text
31664 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1430
31665 #, fuzzy
31666 msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
31667 msgstr "fichero temporal"
31668
31669 #. type: Labeled list
31670 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1431
31671 #, no-wrap
31672 msgid "_/etc/filesystems_"
31673 msgstr "_/etc/filesystems_"
31674
31675 #. type: Plain text
31676 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1433
31677 msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
31678 msgstr ""
31679
31680 #. type: Plain text
31681 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1437
31682 #, fuzzy
31683 #| msgid "A B<mount> command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
31684 msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
31685 msgstr "Una orden B<mount> apareció en la Versión 6 del UNIX de AT&T."
31686
31687 #. type: Plain text
31688 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1441
31689 msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
31690 msgstr ""
31691 "Es posible que un sistema de ficheros corrupto cause una parada desastrosa."
31692
31693 #. type: Plain text
31694 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1443
31695 #, fuzzy
31696 #| msgid ""
31697 #| "Some Linux file systems don't support B<-o sync> (the ext2fs I<does> "
31698 #| "support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> "
31699 #| "option)."
31700 msgid ""
31701 "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, "
31702 "ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la "
31703 "BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
31704 msgstr ""
31705 "Algunos sistemas de ficheros de Linux no admiten B<-o sync> (el ext2fs I<sí> "
31706 "soporta actualizaciones síncronas (al estilo BSD) cuando se monta con la "
31707 "opción B<sync>)."
31708
31709 #. type: Plain text
31710 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1445
31711 msgid ""
31712 "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-"
31713 "specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for "
31714 "example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
31715 msgstr ""
31716 "La opción *-o remount* puede no ser capaz de cambiar parámetros de montaje "
31717 "(todos los parámetros específicos de _ext2fs_, excepto *sb*, se pueden "
31718 "cambiar con un remount, por ejemplo, pero no se pueden cambiar *gid* o "
31719 "*umask* para el _fatfs_)."
31720
31721 #. type: Plain text
31722 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447
31723 msgid ""
31724 "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on "
31725 "systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the "
31726 "*mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on "
31727 "the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain "
31728 "cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS "
31729 "mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable "
31730 "information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a "
31731 "symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
31732 msgstr ""
31733
31734 #. type: Plain text
31735 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1449
31736 msgid ""
31737 "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
31738 "*fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results "
31739 "due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* "
31740 "mount option is used."
31741 msgstr ""
31742
31743 #. type: Plain text
31744 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1451
31745 msgid ""
31746 "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail "
31747 "when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size "
31748 "of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be "
31749 "worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling "
31750 "*mount* with the configured loop device."
31751 msgstr ""
31752
31753 #. type: Plain text
31754 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477
31755 #, no-wrap
31756 msgid ""
31757 "*mount*(2),\n"
31758 "*umount*(2),\n"
31759 "*filesystems*(5),\n"
31760 "*fstab*(5),\n"
31761 "*nfs*(5),\n"
31762 "*xfs*(5),\n"
31763 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
31764 "*xattr*(7),\n"
31765 "*e2label*(8),\n"
31766 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
31767 "*losetup*(8),\n"
31768 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
31769 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
31770 "*mountd*(8),\n"
31771 "*nfsd*(8),\n"
31772 "*swapon*(8),\n"
31773 "*tune2fs*(8),\n"
31774 "*umount*(8),\n"
31775 "*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
31776 msgstr ""
31777 "*mount*(2),\n"
31778 "*umount*(2),\n"
31779 "*filesystems*(5),\n"
31780 "*fstab*(5),\n"
31781 "*nfs*(5),\n"
31782 "*xfs*(5),\n"
31783 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
31784 "*xattr*(7),\n"
31785 "*e2label*(8),\n"
31786 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
31787 "*losetup*(8),\n"
31788 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
31789 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
31790 "*mountd*(8),\n"
31791 "*nfsd*(8),\n"
31792 "*swapon*(8),\n"
31793 "*tune2fs*(8),\n"
31794 "*umount*(8),\n"
31795 "*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
31796
31797 #. type: Title =
31798 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:2
31799 #, no-wrap
31800 msgid "mountpoint(1)"
31801 msgstr "mountpoint(1)"
31802
31803 #. type: Plain text
31804 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:12
31805 msgid "mountpoint - see if a directory or file is a mountpoint"
31806 msgstr ""
31807
31808 #. type: Plain text
31809 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:16
31810 #, no-wrap
31811 msgid "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directory_|_file_\n"
31812 msgstr "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directorio_|_fichero_\n"
31813
31814 #. type: Plain text
31815 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:18
31816 #, no-wrap
31817 msgid "*mountpoint* *-x* _device_\n"
31818 msgstr "*mountpoint* *-x* _dispositivo_\n"
31819
31820 #. type: Plain text
31821 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22
31822 #, no-wrap
31823 msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file.\n"
31824 msgstr ""
31825
31826 #. type: Labeled list
31827 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:25
31828 #, no-wrap
31829 msgid "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
31830 msgstr "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
31831
31832 #. type: Plain text
31833 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
31834 msgid ""
31835 "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given "
31836 "directory."
31837 msgstr ""
31838
31839 #. type: Plain text
31840 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:30
31841 msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
31842 msgstr ""
31843
31844 #. type: Labeled list
31845 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:31
31846 #, no-wrap
31847 msgid "*--nofollow*"
31848 msgstr "*--nofollow*"
31849
31850 #. type: Plain text
31851 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
31852 msgid ""
31853 "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
31854 msgstr ""
31855
31856 #. type: Labeled list
31857 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:34
31858 #, no-wrap
31859 msgid "*-x*, *--devno*"
31860 msgstr "*-x*, *--devno*"
31861
31862 #. type: Plain text
31863 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
31864 msgid ""
31865 "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
31866 msgstr ""
31867
31868 #. type: Plain text
31869 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46
31870 #, no-wrap
31871 msgid "*mountpoint* has the following exit status values:\n"
31872 msgstr ""
31873
31874 #. type: Plain text
31875 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49
31876 msgid ""
31877 "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--"
31878 "devno*"
31879 msgstr ""
31880
31881 #. type: Plain text
31882 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52
31883 msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or system error"
31884 msgstr ""
31885
31886 #. type: Plain text
31887 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:55
31888 msgid ""
31889 "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device "
31890 "on *--devno*"
31891 msgstr ""
31892
31893 #. type: Plain text
31894 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64
31895 msgid ""
31896 "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for "
31897 "libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van "
31898 "Smoorenburg."
31899 msgstr ""
31900
31901 #. type: Title =
31902 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:2
31903 #, no-wrap
31904 msgid "nsenter(1)"
31905 msgstr "nsenter(1)"
31906
31907 #. type: Plain text
31908 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:12
31909 #, fuzzy
31910 #| msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
31911 msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
31912 msgstr "setsid - lanza un programa en una nueva sesión"
31913
31914 #. type: Plain text
31915 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:16
31916 #, no-wrap
31917 msgid "*nsenter* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
31918 msgstr "*nsenter* [opciones] [_programa_ [_argumentos_]]\n"
31919
31920 #. type: Plain text
31921 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
31922 msgid ""
31923 "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are "
31924 "specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not "
31925 "given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
31926 msgstr ""
31927
31928 #. type: Plain text
31929 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:22
31930 msgid "Enterable namespaces are:"
31931 msgstr "Espacios de nombres disponibles:"
31932
31933 #. type: Labeled list
31934 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:27
31935 #, no-wrap
31936 msgid "*mount namespace*"
31937 msgstr ""
31938
31939 #. type: Plain text
31940 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
31941 msgid ""
31942 "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
31943 "except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
31944 "make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further "
31945 "details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* "
31946 "flag in *clone*(2)."
31947 msgstr ""
31948
31949 #. type: Labeled list
31950 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:26 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:32
31951 #, no-wrap
31952 msgid "*UTS namespace*"
31953 msgstr ""
31954
31955 #. type: Plain text
31956 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
31957 msgid ""
31958 "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For "
31959 "further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
31960 msgstr ""
31961
31962 #. type: Labeled list
31963 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:35
31964 #, no-wrap
31965 msgid "*IPC namespace*"
31966 msgstr ""
31967
31968 #. type: Plain text
31969 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
31970 msgid ""
31971 "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as "
31972 "well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. "
31973 "For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
31974 msgstr ""
31975
31976 #. type: Labeled list
31977 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:38
31978 #, no-wrap
31979 msgid "*network namespace*"
31980 msgstr ""
31981
31982 #. type: Plain text
31983 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
31984 msgid ""
31985 "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, "
31986 "firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, "
31987 "sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
31988 msgstr ""
31989
31990 #. type: Labeled list
31991 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:41
31992 #, no-wrap
31993 msgid "*PID namespace*"
31994 msgstr ""
31995
31996 #. type: Plain text
31997 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
31998 msgid ""
31999 "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
32000 "*nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID "
32001 "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
32002 "namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new "
32003 "program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see "
32004 "*pid_namespaces*(7)."
32005 msgstr ""
32006
32007 #. type: Labeled list
32008 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:47
32009 #, no-wrap
32010 msgid "*user namespace*"
32011 msgstr ""
32012
32013 #. type: Plain text
32014 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
32015 msgid ""
32016 "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For "
32017 "further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
32018 msgstr ""
32019
32020 #. type: Labeled list
32021 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:44
32022 #, no-wrap
32023 msgid "*cgroup namespace*"
32024 msgstr ""
32025
32026 #. type: Plain text
32027 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
32028 msgid ""
32029 "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new "
32030 "cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further "
32031 "details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
32032 msgstr ""
32033
32034 #. type: Labeled list
32035 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:50
32036 #, no-wrap
32037 msgid "*time namespace*"
32038 msgstr ""
32039
32040 #. type: Plain text
32041 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
32042 msgid ""
32043 "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or "
32044 "*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For "
32045 "further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
32046 msgstr ""
32047
32048 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
32049 #. type: Plain text
32050 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
32051 msgid ""
32052 "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
32053 "_file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files "
32054 "described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
32055 "created on one of those files."
32056 msgstr ""
32057
32058 #. type: Plain text
32059 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
32060 msgid ""
32061 "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/"
32062 "{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
32063 "namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --"
32064 "mount*=[_path_])."
32065 msgstr ""
32066
32067 #. type: Plain text
32068 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
32069 msgid ""
32070 "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user "
32071 "namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining "
32072 "those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
32073 msgstr ""
32074
32075 #. type: Labeled list
32076 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:58
32077 #, no-wrap
32078 msgid "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
32079 msgstr "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
32080
32081 #. type: Plain text
32082 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
32083 msgid ""
32084 "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts "
32085 "specified by _pid_ are:"
32086 msgstr ""
32087
32088 #. type: Labeled list
32089 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:61
32090 #, no-wrap
32091 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
32092 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
32093
32094 #. type: Plain text
32095 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
32096 msgid "the mount namespace"
32097 msgstr ""
32098
32099 #. type: Labeled list
32100 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
32101 #, no-wrap
32102 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
32103 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
32104
32105 #. type: Plain text
32106 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
32107 msgid "the UTS namespace"
32108 msgstr ""
32109
32110 #. type: Labeled list
32111 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
32112 #, no-wrap
32113 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
32114 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
32115
32116 #. type: Plain text
32117 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
32118 msgid "the IPC namespace"
32119 msgstr ""
32120
32121 #. type: Labeled list
32122 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
32123 #, no-wrap
32124 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
32125 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
32126
32127 #. type: Plain text
32128 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
32129 msgid "the network namespace"
32130 msgstr ""
32131
32132 #. type: Labeled list
32133 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
32134 #, no-wrap
32135 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
32136 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
32137
32138 #. type: Plain text
32139 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
32140 msgid "the PID namespace"
32141 msgstr ""
32142
32143 #. type: Labeled list
32144 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
32145 #, no-wrap
32146 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
32147 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
32148
32149 #. type: Plain text
32150 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
32151 msgid "the user namespace"
32152 msgstr ""
32153
32154 #. type: Labeled list
32155 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
32156 #, no-wrap
32157 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
32158 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
32159
32160 #. type: Plain text
32161 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
32162 msgid "the cgroup namespace"
32163 msgstr ""
32164
32165 #. type: Labeled list
32166 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
32167 #, no-wrap
32168 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
32169 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
32170
32171 #. type: Plain text
32172 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
32173 msgid "the time namespace"
32174 msgstr ""
32175
32176 #. type: Labeled list
32177 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
32178 #, no-wrap
32179 msgid "_/proc/pid/root_"
32180 msgstr "_/proc/pid/root_"
32181
32182 #. type: Plain text
32183 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
32184 #, fuzzy
32185 #| msgid "-r, --chroot I<directory>"
32186 msgid "the root directory"
32187 msgstr "-r, --chroot I<directorio>"
32188
32189 #. type: Labeled list
32190 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
32191 #, no-wrap
32192 msgid "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
32193 msgstr "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
32194
32195 #. type: Plain text
32196 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:81
32197 msgid "the working directory respectively"
32198 msgstr ""
32199
32200 #. type: Labeled list
32201 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:82
32202 #, no-wrap
32203 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[=_file_]"
32204 msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[=_fichero_]"
32205
32206 #. type: Plain text
32207 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
32208 msgid ""
32209 "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount "
32210 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount "
32211 "namespace specified by _file_."
32212 msgstr ""
32213
32214 #. type: Labeled list
32215 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:85
32216 #, no-wrap
32217 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[=_file_]"
32218 msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[=_fichero_]"
32219
32220 #. type: Plain text
32221 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
32222 msgid ""
32223 "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of "
32224 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace "
32225 "specified by _file_."
32226 msgstr ""
32227
32228 #. type: Labeled list
32229 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:88
32230 #, no-wrap
32231 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_file_]"
32232 msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_fichero_]"
32233
32234 #. type: Plain text
32235 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
32236 msgid ""
32237 "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of "
32238 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace "
32239 "specified by _file_."
32240 msgstr ""
32241
32242 #. type: Labeled list
32243 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:91
32244 #, no-wrap
32245 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[=_file_]"
32246 msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[=_fichero_]"
32247
32248 #. type: Plain text
32249 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
32250 msgid ""
32251 "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network "
32252 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network "
32253 "namespace specified by _file_."
32254 msgstr ""
32255
32256 #. type: Labeled list
32257 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:94
32258 #, no-wrap
32259 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[=_file_]"
32260 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[=_fichero_]"
32261
32262 #. type: Plain text
32263 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
32264 msgid ""
32265 "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of "
32266 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace "
32267 "specified by _file_."
32268 msgstr ""
32269
32270 #. type: Labeled list
32271 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:97
32272 #, no-wrap
32273 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[=_file_]"
32274 msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[=_fichero_]"
32275
32276 #. type: Plain text
32277 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
32278 msgid ""
32279 "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace "
32280 "of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace "
32281 "specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
32282 msgstr ""
32283
32284 #. type: Labeled list
32285 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:100
32286 #, no-wrap
32287 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_file_]"
32288 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_fichero_]"
32289
32290 #. type: Plain text
32291 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102
32292 msgid ""
32293 "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
32294 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup "
32295 "namespace specified by _file_."
32296 msgstr ""
32297
32298 #. type: Labeled list
32299 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:103
32300 #, no-wrap
32301 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[=_file_]"
32302 msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[=_fichero_]"
32303
32304 #. type: Plain text
32305 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:105
32306 msgid ""
32307 "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace "
32308 "of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace "
32309 "specified by _file_."
32310 msgstr ""
32311
32312 #. type: Labeled list
32313 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:122
32314 #, no-wrap
32315 msgid "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_"
32316 msgstr "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_"
32317
32318 #. type: Plain text
32319 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:108
32320 msgid ""
32321 "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
32322 "supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
32323 "default is 0."
32324 msgstr ""
32325
32326 #. type: Labeled list
32327 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:119
32328 #, no-wrap
32329 msgid "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_"
32330 msgstr "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_"
32331
32332 #. type: Plain text
32333 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:111
32334 msgid ""
32335 "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* "
32336 "always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
32337 msgstr ""
32338
32339 #. type: Labeled list
32340 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:112
32341 #, no-wrap
32342 msgid "*--preserve-credentials*"
32343 msgstr "*--preserve-credentials*"
32344
32345 #. type: Plain text
32346 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:114
32347 msgid ""
32348 "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops "
32349 "supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
32350 msgstr ""
32351
32352 #. type: Labeled list
32353 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:115
32354 #, no-wrap
32355 msgid "*-r*, *--root*[=_directory_]"
32356 msgstr "*-r*, *--root*[=_directorio_]"
32357
32358 #. type: Plain text
32359 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:117
32360 msgid ""
32361 "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory "
32362 "to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set "
32363 "the root directory to the specified directory."
32364 msgstr ""
32365
32366 #. type: Labeled list
32367 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:118
32368 #, no-wrap
32369 msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
32370 msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directorio_]"
32371
32372 #. type: Plain text
32373 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:120
32374 msgid ""
32375 "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
32376 "directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
32377 "specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
32378 msgstr ""
32379
32380 #. type: Plain text
32381 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:123
32382 msgid ""
32383 "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering "
32384 "a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any "
32385 "children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
32386 msgstr ""
32387
32388 #. type: Labeled list
32389 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:124
32390 #, no-wrap
32391 msgid "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
32392 msgstr "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
32393
32394 #. type: Plain text
32395 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:126
32396 msgid ""
32397 "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according "
32398 "to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has "
32399 "to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
32400 msgstr ""
32401
32402 #. type: Plain text
32403 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137
32404 msgid ""
32405 "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
32406 "Zak]"
32407 msgstr ""
32408 "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
32409 "Zak]"
32410
32411 #. type: Plain text
32412 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:143
32413 #, no-wrap
32414 msgid ""
32415 "*clone*(2),\n"
32416 "*setns*(2),\n"
32417 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
32418 msgstr ""
32419 "*clone*(2),\n"
32420 "*setns*(2),\n"
32421 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
32422
32423 #. type: Title =
32424 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:2
32425 #, no-wrap
32426 msgid "pivot_root(8)"
32427 msgstr "pivot_root(8)"
32428
32429 #. type: Plain text
32430 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:12
32431 msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
32432 msgstr ""
32433
32434 #. type: Plain text
32435 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:16
32436 #, no-wrap
32437 msgid "*pivot_root* _new_root_ _put_old_\n"
32438 msgstr ""
32439
32440 #. type: Plain text
32441 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20
32442 #, no-wrap
32443 msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details.\n"
32444 msgstr ""
32445
32446 #. type: Plain text
32447 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
32448 msgid ""
32449 "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current "
32450 "working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a "
32451 "sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that "
32452 "*pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
32453 msgstr ""
32454
32455 #. type: delimited block .
32456 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:27
32457 #, no-wrap
32458 msgid ""
32459 "cd new_root\n"
32460 "pivot_root . put_old\n"
32461 "exec chroot . command\n"
32462 msgstr ""
32463
32464 #. type: Plain text
32465 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
32466 msgid ""
32467 "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new "
32468 "root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
32469 "directory of the shell."
32470 msgstr ""
32471
32472 #. type: Plain text
32473 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
32474 msgid ""
32475 "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary "
32476 "if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
32477 "standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
32478 "root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
32479 "*chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
32480 "whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
32481 msgstr ""
32482
32483 #. type: Plain text
32484 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:44
32485 msgid "Change the root file system to _/dev/hda1_ from an interactive shell:"
32486 msgstr ""
32487
32488 #. type: delimited block .
32489 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:51
32490 #, no-wrap
32491 msgid ""
32492 "mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
32493 "cd /new-root\n"
32494 "pivot_root . old-root\n"
32495 "exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
32496 "umount /old-root\n"
32497 msgstr ""
32498
32499 #. type: Plain text
32500 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:54
32501 msgid ""
32502 "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
32503 "*init*:"
32504 msgstr ""
32505
32506 #. type: delimited block .
32507 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:65
32508 #, no-wrap
32509 msgid ""
32510 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
32511 "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
32512 "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
32513 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
32514 "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
32515 "cd /mnt\n"
32516 "pivot_root . old_root\n"
32517 "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\\n"
32518 "  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
32519 msgstr ""
32520
32521 #. type: Plain text
32522 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:74
32523 #, no-wrap
32524 msgid ""
32525 "*chroot*(1),\n"
32526 "*pivot_root*(2),\n"
32527 "*mount*(8),\n"
32528 "*switch_root*(8),\n"
32529 "*umount*(8)\n"
32530 msgstr ""
32531 "*chroot*(1),\n"
32532 "*pivot_root*(2),\n"
32533 "*mount*(8),\n"
32534 "*switch_root*(8),\n"
32535 "*umount*(8)\n"
32536
32537 #. prlimit.1 --
32538 #. Copyright 2011 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
32539 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
32540 #. type: Title =
32541 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:7
32542 #, no-wrap
32543 msgid "prlimit(1)"
32544 msgstr "prlimit(1)"
32545
32546 #. type: Plain text
32547 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18
32548 msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits"
32549 msgstr ""
32550
32551 #. type: Plain text
32552 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22
32553 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32554 #| msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
32555 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
32556 msgstr "*chrt* [opciones] *-p* [_prioridad_] _PID_\n"
32557
32558 #. type: Plain text
32559 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
32560 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32561 #| msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
32562 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
32563 msgstr "*runuser* [opciones] *-u* _usuario_ [[--] _orden_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
32564
32565 #. type: Plain text
32566 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
32567 msgid ""
32568 "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve "
32569 "and/or modify the limits."
32570 msgstr ""
32571
32572 #. type: Plain text
32573 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
32574 msgid ""
32575 "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given "
32576 "arguments."
32577 msgstr ""
32578
32579 #. type: Plain text
32580 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
32581 msgid ""
32582 "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by "
32583 "a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are "
32584 "given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is "
32585 "not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or "
32586 "infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
32587 msgstr ""
32588
32589 #. type: Plain text
32590 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
32591 msgid ""
32592 "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
32593 "the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
32594 "limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
32595 msgstr ""
32596
32597 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
32598 #. type: Plain text
32599 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:37
32600 msgid "_soft_{colon}_hard_ Specify both limits."
32601 msgstr ""
32602
32603 #. type: Plain text
32604 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:38
32605 msgid "_soft_{colon} Specify only the soft limit."
32606 msgstr ""
32607
32608 #. type: Plain text
32609 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:39
32610 msgid "{colon}__hard__ Specify only the hard limit."
32611 msgstr ""
32612
32613 #. type: Plain text
32614 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:40
32615 msgid "_value_ Specify both limits to the same value."
32616 msgstr ""
32617
32618 #. type: Title ==
32619 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:41
32620 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32621 #| msgid "OPTIONS"
32622 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
32623 msgstr "OPCIONES"
32624
32625 #. type: Labeled list
32626 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:27
32627 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:138
32628 #, no-wrap
32629 msgid "*-h, --help*"
32630 msgstr "*-h, --help*"
32631
32632 #. type: Labeled list
32633 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:49
32634 #, no-wrap
32635 msgid "*-o, --output* _list_"
32636 msgstr "*-o, --output* _lista_"
32637
32638 #. type: Plain text
32639 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51
32640 msgid ""
32641 "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, "
32642 "then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported "
32643 "columns."
32644 msgstr ""
32645
32646 #. type: Labeled list
32647 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52
32648 #, no-wrap
32649 msgid "*-p, --pid*"
32650 msgstr "*-p, --pid*"
32651
32652 #. type: Plain text
32653 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:54
32654 msgid ""
32655 "Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
32656 msgstr ""
32657
32658 #. type: Labeled list
32659 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:30
32660 #, no-wrap
32661 msgid "*-V, --version*"
32662 msgstr "*-V, --version*"
32663
32664 #. type: Title ==
32665 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:64
32666 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32667 #| msgid "OPTIONS"
32668 msgid "RESOURCE OPTIONS"
32669 msgstr "OPCIONES"
32670
32671 #. type: Labeled list
32672 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:66
32673 #, no-wrap
32674 msgid "*-c, --core*[=_limits_]"
32675 msgstr ""
32676
32677 #. type: Plain text
32678 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:68
32679 msgid "Maximum size of a core file."
32680 msgstr ""
32681
32682 #. type: Labeled list
32683 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:69
32684 #, no-wrap
32685 msgid "*-d, --data*[=_limits_]"
32686 msgstr ""
32687
32688 #. type: Plain text
32689 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:71
32690 msgid "Maximum data size."
32691 msgstr ""
32692
32693 #. type: Labeled list
32694 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:72
32695 #, no-wrap
32696 msgid "*-e, --nice*[=_limits_]"
32697 msgstr ""
32698
32699 #. type: Plain text
32700 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:74
32701 msgid "Maximum nice priority allowed to raise."
32702 msgstr ""
32703
32704 #. type: Labeled list
32705 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:75
32706 #, no-wrap
32707 msgid "*-f, --fsize*[=_limits_]"
32708 msgstr ""
32709
32710 #. type: Plain text
32711 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:77
32712 msgid "Maximum file size."
32713 msgstr ""
32714
32715 #. type: Labeled list
32716 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:78
32717 #, no-wrap
32718 msgid "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limits_]"
32719 msgstr ""
32720
32721 #. type: Plain text
32722 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:80
32723 msgid "Maximum number of pending signals."
32724 msgstr ""
32725
32726 #. type: Labeled list
32727 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:81
32728 #, no-wrap
32729 msgid "*-l, --memlock*[=_limits_]"
32730 msgstr ""
32731
32732 #. type: Plain text
32733 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:83
32734 msgid "Maximum locked-in-memory address space."
32735 msgstr ""
32736
32737 #. type: Labeled list
32738 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:84
32739 #, no-wrap
32740 msgid "*-m, --rss*[=_limits_]"
32741 msgstr ""
32742
32743 #. type: Plain text
32744 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:86
32745 msgid "Maximum Resident Set Size (RSS)."
32746 msgstr ""
32747
32748 #. type: Labeled list
32749 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:87
32750 #, no-wrap
32751 msgid "*-n, --nofile*[=_limits_]"
32752 msgstr ""
32753
32754 #. type: Plain text
32755 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:89
32756 msgid "Maximum number of open files."
32757 msgstr ""
32758
32759 #. type: Labeled list
32760 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:90
32761 #, no-wrap
32762 msgid "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limits_]"
32763 msgstr ""
32764
32765 #. type: Plain text
32766 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:92
32767 msgid "Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues."
32768 msgstr ""
32769
32770 #. type: Labeled list
32771 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:93
32772 #, no-wrap
32773 msgid "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limits_]"
32774 msgstr ""
32775
32776 #. type: Plain text
32777 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:95
32778 msgid "Maximum real-time priority."
32779 msgstr ""
32780
32781 #. type: Labeled list
32782 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:96
32783 #, no-wrap
32784 msgid "*-s, --stack*[=_limits_]"
32785 msgstr ""
32786
32787 #. type: Plain text
32788 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:98
32789 msgid "Maximum size of the stack."
32790 msgstr ""
32791
32792 #. type: Labeled list
32793 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:99
32794 #, no-wrap
32795 msgid "*-t, --cpu*[=_limits_]"
32796 msgstr ""
32797
32798 #. type: Plain text
32799 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:101
32800 msgid "CPU time, in seconds."
32801 msgstr ""
32802
32803 #. type: Labeled list
32804 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:102
32805 #, no-wrap
32806 msgid "*-u, --nproc*[=_limits_]"
32807 msgstr ""
32808
32809 #. type: Plain text
32810 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:104
32811 msgid "Maximum number of processes."
32812 msgstr ""
32813
32814 #. type: Labeled list
32815 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:105
32816 #, no-wrap
32817 msgid "*-v, --as*[=_limits_]"
32818 msgstr ""
32819
32820 #. type: Plain text
32821 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:107
32822 msgid "Address space limit."
32823 msgstr ""
32824
32825 #. type: Labeled list
32826 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:108
32827 #, no-wrap
32828 msgid "*-x, --locks*[=_limits_]"
32829 msgstr ""
32830
32831 #. type: Plain text
32832 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:110
32833 msgid "Maximum number of file locks held."
32834 msgstr ""
32835
32836 #. type: Labeled list
32837 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:111
32838 #, no-wrap
32839 msgid "*-y, --rttime*[=_limits_]"
32840 msgstr ""
32841
32842 #. type: Plain text
32843 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113
32844 msgid "Timeout for real-time tasks."
32845 msgstr ""
32846
32847 #. type: Plain text
32848 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:117
32849 msgid ""
32850 "The *prlimit* system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
32851 "will break this program."
32852 msgstr ""
32853
32854 #. type: Labeled list
32855 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:120
32856 #, no-wrap
32857 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
32858 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
32859
32860 #. type: Plain text
32861 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122
32862 msgid "Display limit values for all current resources."
32863 msgstr ""
32864
32865 #. type: Labeled list
32866 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:123
32867 #, no-wrap
32868 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
32869 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
32870
32871 #. type: Plain text
32872 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:125
32873 msgid ""
32874 "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the "
32875 "number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
32876 msgstr ""
32877
32878 #. type: Labeled list
32879 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:126
32880 #, no-wrap
32881 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
32882 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
32883
32884 #. type: Plain text
32885 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128
32886 msgid "Modify only the soft limit for the number of processes."
32887 msgstr ""
32888
32889 #. type: Labeled list
32890 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:129
32891 #, no-wrap
32892 msgid "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
32893 msgstr "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
32894
32895 #. type: Plain text
32896 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131
32897 msgid ""
32898 "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number "
32899 "of processes to unlimited."
32900 msgstr ""
32901
32902 #. type: Labeled list
32903 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:132
32904 #, no-wrap
32905 msgid "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
32906 msgstr ""
32907
32908 #. type: Plain text
32909 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:134
32910 msgid ""
32911 "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
32912 msgstr ""
32913
32914 #. type: Plain text
32915 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:138
32916 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] - In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
32917 msgstr ""
32918
32919 #. type: Plain text
32920 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:143
32921 #, no-wrap
32922 msgid ""
32923 "*ulimit*(1p),\n"
32924 "*prlimit*(2)\n"
32925 msgstr ""
32926 "*ulimit*(1p),\n"
32927 "*prlimit*(2)\n"
32928
32929 #. type: Title =
32930 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:2
32931 #, no-wrap
32932 msgid "readprofile(8)"
32933 msgstr "readprofile(8)"
32934
32935 #. type: Plain text
32936 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:12
32937 msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
32938 msgstr ""
32939
32940 #. type: Plain text
32941 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:16
32942 #, no-wrap
32943 msgid "*readprofile* [options]\n"
32944 msgstr "*readprofile* [opciones]\n"
32945
32946 #. type: Title ==
32947 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:17
32948 #, no-wrap
32949 msgid "VERSION"
32950 msgstr ""
32951
32952 #. type: Plain text
32953 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:20
32954 msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
32955 msgstr ""
32956
32957 #. type: Plain text
32958 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
32959 msgid ""
32960 "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print "
32961 "ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
32962 "first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
32963 "in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
32964 "normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number "
32965 "of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks "
32966 "to ease readability."
32967 msgstr ""
32968
32969 #. type: Plain text
32970 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
32971 msgid ""
32972 "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
32973 "ticks are not printed."
32974 msgstr ""
32975
32976 #. type: Labeled list
32977 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:30
32978 #, no-wrap
32979 msgid "*-b*, *--histbin*"
32980 msgstr "*-b*, *--histbin*"
32981
32982 #. type: Plain text
32983 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:32
32984 msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
32985 msgstr ""
32986
32987 #. type: Plain text
32988 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
32989 msgid ""
32990 "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the "
32991 "kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
32992 "chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the "
32993 "kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* "
32994 "only the decimal number is printed."
32995 msgstr ""
32996
32997 #. type: Labeled list
32998 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:36
32999 #, no-wrap
33000 msgid "*-m*, *--mapfile* _mapfile_"
33001 msgstr ""
33002
33003 #. type: Plain text
33004 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
33005 msgid ""
33006 "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You "
33007 "should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last "
33008 "one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the "
33009 "map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
33010 msgstr ""
33011
33012 #. type: Labeled list
33013 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:39
33014 #, no-wrap
33015 msgid "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplier_"
33016 msgstr ""
33017
33018 #. type: Plain text
33019 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
33020 msgid ""
33021 "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
33022 "kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
33023 "set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
33024 "2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
33025 "the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
33026 msgstr ""
33027
33028 #. type: Labeled list
33029 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:42
33030 #, no-wrap
33031 msgid "*-p*, *--profile* _pro-file_"
33032 msgstr ""
33033
33034 #. type: Plain text
33035 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
33036 msgid ""
33037 "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. "
33038 "Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel "
33039 "profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be "
33040 "copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed "
33041 "profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to "
33042 "know the size of the buffer in advance."
33043 msgstr ""
33044
33045 #. type: Labeled list
33046 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:53
33047 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:59
33048 #, no-wrap
33049 msgid "*-r*, *--reset*"
33050 msgstr "*-r*, *--reset*"
33051
33052 #. type: Plain text
33053 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
33054 msgid ""
33055 "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/"
33056 "profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
33057 "However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
33058 "buffer without gaining privileges."
33059 msgstr ""
33060
33061 #. type: Labeled list
33062 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:48
33063 #, no-wrap
33064 msgid "*-s, --counters*"
33065 msgstr "*-s, --counters*"
33066
33067 #. type: Plain text
33068 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:50
33069 msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
33070 msgstr ""
33071
33072 #. type: Plain text
33073 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
33074 msgid ""
33075 "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
33076 "first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
33077 "of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
33078 "normalized load."
33079 msgstr ""
33080
33081 #. type: Labeled list
33082 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:62
33083 #, no-wrap
33084 msgid "_/proc/profile_"
33085 msgstr "_/proc/profile_"
33086
33087 #. type: Plain text
33088 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:64
33089 msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
33090 msgstr ""
33091
33092 #. type: Labeled list
33093 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:65
33094 #, no-wrap
33095 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
33096 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
33097
33098 #. type: Plain text
33099 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67
33100 msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
33101 msgstr ""
33102
33103 #. type: Labeled list
33104 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:68
33105 #, no-wrap
33106 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
33107 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
33108
33109 #. type: Plain text
33110 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70
33111 msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
33112 msgstr ""
33113
33114 #. type: Plain text
33115 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
33116 #, no-wrap
33117 msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3.\n"
33118 msgstr ""
33119
33120 #. type: Plain text
33121 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
33122 msgid ""
33123 "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
33124 "trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
33125 msgstr ""
33126
33127 #. type: Plain text
33128 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:78
33129 msgid ""
33130 "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
33131 "module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, "
33132 "you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. "
33133 "The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
33134 msgstr ""
33135
33136 #. type: Plain text
33137 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:80
33138 msgid ""
33139 "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
33140 "profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
33141 "misleading information."
33142 msgstr ""
33143
33144 #. type: Plain text
33145 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:84
33146 msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
33147 msgstr ""
33148
33149 #. type: delimited block .
33150 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:87
33151 #, no-wrap
33152 msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
33153 msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
33154
33155 #. type: Plain text
33156 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:90
33157 msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
33158 msgstr ""
33159
33160 #. type: delimited block .
33161 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:93
33162 #, no-wrap
33163 msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
33164 msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
33165
33166 #. type: Plain text
33167 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:96
33168 msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
33169 msgstr ""
33170
33171 #. type: delimited block .
33172 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:99
33173 #, no-wrap
33174 msgid "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
33175 msgstr "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
33176
33177 #. type: Plain text
33178 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:102
33179 msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
33180 msgstr ""
33181
33182 #. type: delimited block .
33183 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:105
33184 #, no-wrap
33185 msgid "   readprofile -av | less\n"
33186 msgstr "   readprofile -av | less\n"
33187
33188 #. type: Plain text
33189 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:108
33190 msgid "Browse a 'frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
33191 msgstr ""
33192
33193 #. type: delimited block .
33194 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:111
33195 #, no-wrap
33196 msgid "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
33197 msgstr "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
33198
33199 #. type: Plain text
33200 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:114
33201 msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
33202 msgstr ""
33203
33204 #. type: delimited block .
33205 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:117
33206 #, no-wrap
33207 msgid "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
33208 msgstr "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
33209
33210 #
33211 #
33212 #
33213 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
33214 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
33215 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
33216 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
33217 #. are met:
33218 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
33219 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
33220 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
33221 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
33222 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
33223 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
33224 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
33225 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
33226 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
33227 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
33228 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
33229 #.    without specific prior written permission.
33230 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
33231 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
33232 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
33233 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
33234 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
33235 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
33236 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
33237 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
33238 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
33239 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
33240 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
33241 #.     @(#)renice.8     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
33242 #. type: Title =
33243 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:36
33244 #, no-wrap
33245 msgid "renice(1)"
33246 msgstr "renice(1)"
33247
33248 #. type: Plain text
33249 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:46
33250 msgid "renice - alter priority of running processes"
33251 msgstr "renice - altera la prioridad de los procesos en ejecución"
33252
33253 #. type: Plain text
33254 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50
33255 #, no-wrap
33256 msgid "*renice* [*-n*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
33257 msgstr "*renice* [*-n*] _prioridad_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identificador_...\n"
33258
33259 #. type: Plain text
33260 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54
33261 #, no-wrap
33262 msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n"
33263 msgstr "*renice* altera la prioridad de planificación de uno o más procesos en ejecución. El primer argumento es el valor de la _prioridad_ que se usará. Los otros argumentos son interpretados como ID's de proceso (comportamiento predefinido), ID's de grupo de procesos, IDs de usuario, o nombres de usuario. Aplicar *renice* a un grupo de procesos provoca que todos los procesos del grupo vean alterada su prioridad de planificación. Aplicar *renice* a un usuario hace que todos sus procesos vean alterada su prioridad de planificación.\n"
33264
33265 #. type: Labeled list
33266 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:57
33267 #, no-wrap
33268 msgid "*-n*, *--priority* _priority_"
33269 msgstr "*-n*, *--priority* _prioridad_"
33270
33271 #. type: Plain text
33272 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59
33273 msgid ""
33274 "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, "
33275 "or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but when used "
33276 "it must be the first argument."
33277 msgstr ""
33278 "Especifica la _prioridad_ de planificación que se usará para el proceso, "
33279 "grupo de procesos o ususario. Utilizar la opción *-n* o *--priority* es "
33280 "opcional, pero cuando se utiliza tiene que ser el primer argumento."
33281
33282 #. type: Labeled list
33283 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:60
33284 #, no-wrap
33285 msgid "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
33286 msgstr "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
33287
33288 #. type: Plain text
33289 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62
33290 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process group IDs."
33291 msgstr "Interpreta los argumentos subsiguientes como IDs de grupo de procesos."
33292
33293 #. type: Plain text
33294 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:65
33295 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)."
33296 msgstr ""
33297 "Interpreta los argumentos subsiguientes como IDs de procesos(comportamiento  "
33298 "predefinido)."
33299
33300 #. type: Labeled list
33301 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:66
33302 #, no-wrap
33303 msgid "*-u*, *--user*"
33304 msgstr "*-u*, *--user*"
33305
33306 #. type: Plain text
33307 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:68
33308 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs."
33309 msgstr ""
33310 "Interpreta los argumentos subsiguientes como nombres de usuario o UIDs."
33311
33312 #. type: Labeled list
33313 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:77
33314 #, no-wrap
33315 msgid "_/etc/passwd_"
33316 msgstr "_/etc/passwd_"
33317
33318 #. type: Plain text
33319 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79
33320 msgid "to map user names to user IDs"
33321 msgstr "para mapear entre los nombres de los usuarios y su ID."
33322
33323 #. type: Plain text
33324 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:83
33325 msgid ""
33326 "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they "
33327 "own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice value"
33328 "\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible unless "
33329 "(since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit (see "
33330 "*ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
33331 msgstr ""
33332 "Cada usuario, excepto el superusuario, solo podrá alterar la prioridad de "
33333 "sus propios procesos. Además solo podrá _incrementar_ su \"valor nice\" (o "
33334 "sea, bajar la prioridad) y tales cambios son irreversibles a menos que "
33335 "(desde Linux 2.6.12) el usuario tenga un límite del recurso \"nice\" "
33336 "adecuado (véase *ulimit*(1p) y *getrlimit*(2))."
33337
33338 #. type: Plain text
33339 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:85
33340 msgid ""
33341 "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to "
33342 "any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected "
33343 "processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the "
33344 "\"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very "
33345 "fast)."
33346 msgstr ""
33347 "El superusuario podrá modificar la prioridad de cualquier proceso y poner la "
33348 "prioridad a cualquier valor dentro del rango entre -20 y 19. Algunas "
33349 "prioridades útiles son: 19 (los procesos afectados solo correrán cuando "
33350 "ningún otro en el sistema dese hacerlo), 0 (la prioridad de planificación "
33351 "\"base\"), cualquier valor negativo (para hacer que las cosas vayan muy "
33352 "deprisa)."
33353
33354 #. type: Plain text
33355 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
33356 msgid "The *renice* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
33357 msgstr "La orden *renice* apareció en 4.0BSD."
33358
33359 #. type: Plain text
33360 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:93
33361 msgid ""
33362 "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs "
33363 "987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
33364 msgstr ""
33365 "La siguiente orden cambiaría la prioridad de los procesos con PIDs 987 y 32, "
33366 "así como la de todos los procesos de los usuarios daemon y root:"
33367
33368 #. type: Plain text
33369 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:95
33370 #, no-wrap
33371 msgid "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
33372 msgstr "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
33373
33374 #. type: Plain text
33375 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:104
33376 #, no-wrap
33377 msgid ""
33378 "*nice*(1),\n"
33379 "*chrt*(1),\n"
33380 "*getpriority*(2),\n"
33381 "*setpriority*(2),\n"
33382 "*credentials*(7),\n"
33383 "*sched*(7)\n"
33384 msgstr ""
33385 "*nice*(1),\n"
33386 "*chrt*(1),\n"
33387 "*getpriority*(2),\n"
33388 "*setpriority*(2),\n"
33389 "*credentials*(7),\n"
33390 "*sched*(7)\n"
33391
33392 #. type: Title =
33393 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:2
33394 #, no-wrap
33395 msgid "rfkill(8)"
33396 msgstr "rfkill(8)"
33397
33398 #. type: Plain text
33399 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:12
33400 msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
33401 msgstr ""
33402
33403 #. type: Plain text
33404 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:16
33405 #, no-wrap
33406 msgid "*rfkill* [options] [_command_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
33407 msgstr "*rfkill* [opciones] [_orden_] [_ID_|_tipo_ ...]\n"
33408
33409 #. type: Plain text
33410 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:20
33411 #, no-wrap
33412 msgid "*rfkill* lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices.\n"
33413 msgstr ""
33414
33415 #. type: Plain text
33416 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
33417 msgid ""
33418 "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
33419 "compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
33420 "specified or when the option *--output* is used."
33421 msgstr ""
33422
33423 #. type: Plain text
33424 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
33425 msgid ""
33426 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of "
33427 "available columns."
33428 msgstr ""
33429
33430 #. type: Labeled list
33431 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:50
33432 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33433 #| msgid "--help"
33434 msgid "*help*"
33435 msgstr "--help"
33436
33437 #. type: Labeled list
33438 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:53
33439 #, no-wrap
33440 msgid "*event*"
33441 msgstr ""
33442
33443 #. type: Plain text
33444 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55
33445 msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
33446 msgstr ""
33447
33448 #. type: Labeled list
33449 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:56
33450 #, no-wrap
33451 msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
33452 msgstr ""
33453
33454 #. type: Plain text
33455 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58
33456 msgid ""
33457 "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
33458 "is deprecated, see the section DESCRIPTION. It is a good idea to check with "
33459 "*list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting *block* or "
33460 "*unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use of multiple "
33461 "_ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported."
33462 msgstr ""
33463
33464 #. type: Labeled list
33465 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:59
33466 #, no-wrap
33467 msgid "**block id**|*type* [...]"
33468 msgstr "**block id**|*type* [...]"
33469
33470 #. type: Plain text
33471 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61
33472 #, fuzzy
33473 #| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
33474 msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
33475 msgstr "Deshabilita la salida de errores por parte de getopt(3)."
33476
33477 #. type: Labeled list
33478 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:62
33479 #, no-wrap
33480 msgid "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
33481 msgstr "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
33482
33483 #. type: Plain text
33484 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64
33485 msgid ""
33486 "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
33487 "via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
33488 "unblocked."
33489 msgstr ""
33490
33491 #. type: Labeled list
33492 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:65
33493 #, no-wrap
33494 msgid "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
33495 msgstr "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
33496
33497 #. type: Plain text
33498 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:67
33499 msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
33500 msgstr ""
33501
33502 #. type: delimited block .
33503 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:74
33504 #, no-wrap
33505 msgid ""
33506 "  rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
33507 "  rfkill block all\n"
33508 "  rfkill unblock wlan\n"
33509 "  rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
33510 msgstr ""
33511
33512 #. type: Plain text
33513 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:79
33514 #, no-wrap
33515 msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project.\n"
33516 msgstr ""
33517
33518 #. type: Plain text
33519 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:81
33520 msgid ""
33521 "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co."
33522 "uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
33523 msgstr ""
33524
33525 #. type: Plain text
33526 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:87
33527 #, no-wrap
33528 msgid ""
33529 "*powertop*(8),\n"
33530 "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
33531 "https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
33532 msgstr ""
33533
33534 #. type: Title =
33535 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:2
33536 #, no-wrap
33537 msgid "rtcwake(8)"
33538 msgstr "rtcwake(8)"
33539
33540 #. type: Plain text
33541 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:12
33542 msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
33543 msgstr ""
33544
33545 #. type: Plain text
33546 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16
33547 #, no-wrap
33548 msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}\n"
33549 msgstr ""
33550
33551 #. type: Plain text
33552 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
33553 msgid ""
33554 "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
33555 "from it at a specified time."
33556 msgstr ""
33557
33558 #. type: Plain text
33559 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
33560 msgid ""
33561 "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
33562 "leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
33563 "that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
33564 msgstr ""
33565
33566 #. type: Plain text
33567 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
33568 msgid ""
33569 "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a "
33570 "suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
33571 "can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
33572 msgstr ""
33573
33574 #. type: Plain text
33575 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
33576 msgid ""
33577 "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from "
33578 "states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
33579 "that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
33580 msgstr ""
33581
33582 #. type: Plain text
33583 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
33584 msgid ""
33585 "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
33586 "setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
33587 msgstr ""
33588
33589 #. type: Plain text
33590 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
33591 msgid ""
33592 "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
33593 "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
33594 "a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this "
33595 "problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a system "
33596 "sleep."
33597 msgstr ""
33598
33599 #. type: Labeled list
33600 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:33
33601 #, no-wrap
33602 msgid "*-A*, *--adjfile* _file_"
33603 msgstr "*-A*, *--adjfile* _fichero_"
33604
33605 #. type: Plain text
33606 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:35
33607 msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
33608 msgstr ""
33609
33610 #. type: Plain text
33611 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
33612 msgid ""
33613 "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
33614 "from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is "
33615 "the default."
33616 msgstr ""
33617
33618 #. type: Labeled list
33619 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:39
33620 #, no-wrap
33621 msgid "*--date* _timestamp_"
33622 msgstr ""
33623
33624 #. type: Plain text
33625 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
33626 msgid ""
33627 "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
33628 "can be any of the following:"
33629 msgstr ""
33630
33631 #. type: Table
33632 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:52
33633 #, no-wrap
33634 msgid ""
33635 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
33636 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
33637 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
33638 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
33639 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
33640 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
33641 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
33642 "|+5min |\n"
33643 msgstr ""
33644
33645 #. type: Labeled list
33646 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:54
33647 #, no-wrap
33648 msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
33649 msgstr "*-d*, *--device* _dispositivo_"
33650
33651 #. type: Plain text
33652 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
33653 msgid ""
33654 "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option "
33655 "is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify "
33656 "*rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
33657 msgstr ""
33658
33659 #. type: Labeled list
33660 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:57
33661 #, no-wrap
33662 msgid "*-l*, *--local*"
33663 msgstr "*-l*, *--local*"
33664
33665 #. type: Plain text
33666 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
33667 msgid ""
33668 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
33669 "contents of the _adjtime_ file."
33670 msgstr ""
33671
33672 #. type: Labeled list
33673 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:60
33674 #, no-wrap
33675 msgid "*--list-modes*"
33676 msgstr "*--list-modes*"
33677
33678 #. type: Plain text
33679 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:62
33680 msgid "List available *--mode* option arguments."
33681 msgstr ""
33682
33683 #. type: Labeled list
33684 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:63
33685 #, no-wrap
33686 msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
33687 msgstr "*-m*, *--mode* _modo_"
33688
33689 #. type: Plain text
33690 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:65
33691 msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for _mode_ are:"
33692 msgstr ""
33693
33694 #. type: Labeled list
33695 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:66
33696 #, no-wrap
33697 msgid "*standby*"
33698 msgstr ""
33699
33700 #. type: Plain text
33701 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
33702 msgid ""
33703 "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
33704 "providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
33705 "the default mode."
33706 msgstr ""
33707
33708 #. type: Labeled list
33709 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:69
33710 #, no-wrap
33711 msgid "*freeze*"
33712 msgstr ""
33713
33714 #. type: Plain text
33715 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
33716 msgid ""
33717 "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
33718 "processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
33719 "platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
33720 "because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
33721 msgstr ""
33722
33723 #. type: Labeled list
33724 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:72
33725 #, no-wrap
33726 msgid "*mem*"
33727 msgstr ""
33728
33729 #. type: Plain text
33730 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
33731 msgid ""
33732 "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
33733 "as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
33734 "memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
33735 msgstr ""
33736
33737 #. type: Labeled list
33738 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:75
33739 #, no-wrap
33740 msgid "*disk*"
33741 msgstr ""
33742
33743 #. type: Plain text
33744 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
33745 msgid ""
33746 "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
33747 "savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
33748 "for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
33749 "includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
33750 msgstr ""
33751
33752 #. type: Labeled list
33753 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
33754 #, no-wrap
33755 msgid "*off*"
33756 msgstr "*off*"
33757
33758 #. type: Plain text
33759 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
33760 msgid ""
33761 "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not "
33762 "officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
33763 msgstr ""
33764
33765 #. type: Labeled list
33766 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:81
33767 #, no-wrap
33768 msgid "*no*"
33769 msgstr ""
33770
33771 #. type: Plain text
33772 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:83
33773 msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
33774 msgstr ""
33775
33776 #. type: Labeled list
33777 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
33778 #, no-wrap
33779 msgid "*on*"
33780 msgstr ""
33781
33782 #. type: Plain text
33783 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
33784 msgid ""
33785 "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
33786 "mode is useful for debugging."
33787 msgstr ""
33788
33789 #. type: Plain text
33790 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89
33791 msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
33792 msgstr ""
33793
33794 #. type: Labeled list
33795 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90
33796 #, no-wrap
33797 msgid "*show*"
33798 msgstr ""
33799
33800 #. type: Plain text
33801 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
33802 msgid ""
33803 "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in "
33804 "ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
33805 msgstr ""
33806
33807 #. type: Plain text
33808 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
33809 msgid ""
33810 "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
33811 "suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
33812 msgstr ""
33813
33814 #. type: Labeled list
33815 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96
33816 #, no-wrap
33817 msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_"
33818 msgstr "*-s*, *--seconds* _segundos_"
33819
33820 #. type: Plain text
33821 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98
33822 msgid "Set the wakeup time to _seconds_ in the future from now."
33823 msgstr ""
33824
33825 #. type: Labeled list
33826 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99
33827 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33828 #| msgid "-t, --timeout I<timeout>"
33829 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_"
33830 msgstr "-t, --timeout I<tiempo_límite>"
33831
33832 #. type: Plain text
33833 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
33834 msgid ""
33835 "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in "
33836 "seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert "
33837 "between human-readable time and _time_t_."
33838 msgstr ""
33839
33840 #. type: Labeled list
33841 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:102
33842 #, no-wrap
33843 msgid "*-u*, *--utc*"
33844 msgstr "*-u*, *--utc*"
33845
33846 #. type: Plain text
33847 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
33848 msgid ""
33849 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
33850 "regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
33851 msgstr ""
33852
33853 #. type: Plain text
33854 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:117
33855 msgid ""
33856 "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only "
33857 "the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code "
33858 "to make the framebuffer work again."
33859 msgstr ""
33860
33861 #. type: Plain text
33862 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
33863 msgid ""
33864 "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
33865 "appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
33866 "87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
33867 msgstr ""
33868
33869 #. type: Plain text
33870 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
33871 msgid ""
33872 "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
33873 "Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
33874 msgstr ""
33875
33876 #. type: Plain text
33877 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:133
33878 msgid ""
33879 "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
33880 "the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. "
33881 "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
33882 msgstr ""
33883
33884 #. type: Plain text
33885 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:138
33886 #, no-wrap
33887 msgid ""
33888 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
33889 "*date*(1)\n"
33890 msgstr ""
33891 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
33892 "*date*(1)\n"
33893
33894 #. type: Title =
33895 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:2
33896 #, no-wrap
33897 msgid "setarch(8)"
33898 msgstr "setarch(8)"
33899
33900 #. type: Plain text
33901 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
33902 msgid ""
33903 "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
33904 "personality flags"
33905 msgstr ""
33906
33907 #. type: Plain text
33908 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16
33909 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33910 #| msgid "B<setsid> [options] I<program> [I<arguments>]"
33911 msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] (_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
33912 msgstr "B<setsid> [opciones] I<programa> [I<argumentos>]"
33913
33914 #. type: Plain text
33915 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18
33916 #, no-wrap
33917 msgid "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
33918 msgstr "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
33919
33920 #. type: Plain text
33921 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:20
33922 #, no-wrap
33923 msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
33924 msgstr "*arch* [opciones] [_programa_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
33925
33926 #. type: Plain text
33927 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:24
33928 #, no-wrap
33929 msgid "*setarch* modifies execution domains and process personality flags.\n"
33930 msgstr ""
33931
33932 #. type: Plain text
33933 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
33934 msgid ""
33935 "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For "
33936 "example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause "
33937 "_program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also "
33938 "be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/"
33939 "sh*."
33940 msgstr ""
33941
33942 #. type: Plain text
33943 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
33944 msgid ""
33945 "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and "
33946 "*setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
33947 "SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
33948 msgstr ""
33949
33950 #. type: Labeled list
33951 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:31
33952 #, no-wrap
33953 msgid "*--list*"
33954 msgstr "*--list*"
33955
33956 #. type: Plain text
33957 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
33958 msgid ""
33959 "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can "
33960 "actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
33961 msgstr ""
33962
33963 #. type: Labeled list
33964 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:34
33965 #, no-wrap
33966 msgid "*--uname-2.6*"
33967 msgstr "*--uname-2.6*"
33968
33969 #. type: Plain text
33970 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:36
33971 msgid ""
33972 "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
33973 "Turns on *UNAME26*."
33974 msgstr ""
33975
33976 #. type: Labeled list
33977 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:40
33978 #, no-wrap
33979 msgid "*-3*, *--3gb*"
33980 msgstr "*-3*, *--3gb*"
33981
33982 #. type: Plain text
33983 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42
33984 msgid ""
33985 "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
33986 "on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
33987 msgstr ""
33988
33989 #. type: Labeled list
33990 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:43
33991 #, no-wrap
33992 msgid "*--4gb*"
33993 msgstr "*--4gb*"
33994
33995 #. type: Plain text
33996 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45
33997 msgid ""
33998 "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
33999 "and may be removed in future releases."
34000 msgstr ""
34001
34002 #. type: Labeled list
34003 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:46
34004 #, no-wrap
34005 msgid "*-B*, *--32bit*"
34006 msgstr "*-B*, *--32bit*"
34007
34008 #. type: Plain text
34009 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48
34010 msgid ""
34011 "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
34012 "Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
34013 msgstr ""
34014
34015 #. type: Labeled list
34016 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:49
34017 #, no-wrap
34018 msgid "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
34019 msgstr "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
34020
34021 #. type: Plain text
34022 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51
34023 msgid ""
34024 "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
34025 "descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
34026 "*FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
34027 "Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
34028 msgstr ""
34029
34030 #. type: Labeled list
34031 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:52
34032 #, no-wrap
34033 msgid "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
34034 msgstr "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
34035
34036 #. type: Plain text
34037 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:54
34038 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *SHORT_INODE*."
34039 msgstr ""
34040
34041 #. type: Labeled list
34042 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:55
34043 #, no-wrap
34044 msgid "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
34045 msgstr "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
34046
34047 #. type: Plain text
34048 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57
34049 msgid ""
34050 "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary "
34051 "does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
34052 msgstr ""
34053
34054 #. type: Labeled list
34055 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:58
34056 #, no-wrap
34057 msgid "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
34058 msgstr "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
34059
34060 #. type: Plain text
34061 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60
34062 msgid ""
34063 "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
34064 "*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
34065 msgstr ""
34066
34067 #. type: Labeled list
34068 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:61
34069 #, no-wrap
34070 msgid "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
34071 msgstr "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
34072
34073 #. type: Plain text
34074 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:63
34075 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
34076 msgstr ""
34077
34078 #. type: Labeled list
34079 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:64
34080 #, no-wrap
34081 msgid "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
34082 msgstr "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
34083
34084 #. type: Plain text
34085 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66
34086 msgid ""
34087 "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve "
34088 "the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not "
34089 "slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on "
34090 "this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) "
34091 "manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
34092 msgstr ""
34093
34094 #. type: Labeled list
34095 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:67
34096 #, no-wrap
34097 msgid "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
34098 msgstr "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
34099
34100 #. type: Plain text
34101 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69
34102 msgid ""
34103 "If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit "
34104 "- as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
34105 "automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
34106 "*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
34107 msgstr ""
34108
34109 #. type: Labeled list
34110 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:70
34111 #, no-wrap
34112 msgid "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
34113 msgstr "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
34114
34115 #. type: Plain text
34116 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72
34117 msgid ""
34118 "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use when "
34119 "_program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to "
34120 "be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
34121 msgstr ""
34122
34123 #. type: delimited block .
34124 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:86
34125 #, no-wrap
34126 msgid ""
34127 "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
34128 "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
34129 "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
34130 "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
34131 msgstr ""
34132
34133 #. type: Plain text
34134 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:93
34135 msgid ""
34136 "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
34137 "Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
34138 msgstr ""
34139 "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
34140 "Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
34141
34142 #. type: Plain text
34143 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:98
34144 #, no-wrap
34145 msgid ""
34146 "*personality*(2),\n"
34147 "*select*(2)\n"
34148 msgstr ""
34149 "*personality*(2),\n"
34150 "*select*(2)\n"
34151
34152 #. type: Title =
34153 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:2
34154 #, no-wrap
34155 msgid "setpriv(1)"
34156 msgstr "setpriv(1)"
34157
34158 #. type: Plain text
34159 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:12
34160 #, fuzzy
34161 #| msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
34162 msgid "setpriv - run a program with different Linux privilege settings"
34163 msgstr "setsid - lanza un programa en una nueva sesión"
34164
34165 #. type: Plain text
34166 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:16
34167 #, no-wrap
34168 msgid "*setpriv* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
34169 msgstr "*setpriv* [opciones] _programa_ [_argumentos_]\n"
34170
34171 #. type: Plain text
34172 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
34173 msgid ""
34174 "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across "
34175 "*execve*(2)."
34176 msgstr ""
34177
34178 #. type: Plain text
34179 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
34180 msgid ""
34181 "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor "
34182 "does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper "
34183 "around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as "
34184 "*setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools "
34185 "shipped by other service managers."
34186 msgstr ""
34187
34188 #. type: Labeled list
34189 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:25
34190 #, no-wrap
34191 msgid "*--clear-groups*"
34192 msgstr "*--clear-groups*"
34193
34194 #. type: Plain text
34195 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:27
34196 msgid "Clear supplementary groups."
34197 msgstr ""
34198
34199 #. type: Labeled list
34200 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:28
34201 #, no-wrap
34202 msgid "*-d*, *--dump*"
34203 msgstr "*-d*, *--dump*"
34204
34205 #. type: Plain text
34206 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
34207 msgid ""
34208 "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than "
34209 "once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other "
34210 "options."
34211 msgstr ""
34212
34213 #. type: Labeled list
34214 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:31
34215 #, no-wrap
34216 msgid "*--groups* _group_..."
34217 msgstr "*--groups* _grupo_..."
34218
34219 #. type: Plain text
34220 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
34221 msgid ""
34222 "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or "
34223 "names."
34224 msgstr ""
34225
34226 #. type: Labeled list
34227 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:34
34228 #, no-wrap
34229 msgid "*--inh-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
34230 msgstr ""
34231
34232 #. type: Labeled list
34233 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:35
34234 #, no-wrap
34235 msgid "*--ambient-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
34236 msgstr ""
34237
34238 #. type: Labeled list
34239 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:36
34240 #, no-wrap
34241 msgid "*--bounding-set* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
34242 msgstr ""
34243
34244 #. type: Plain text
34245 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
34246 msgid ""
34247 "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability "
34248 "bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list "
34249 "of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry "
34250 "respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in "
34251 "*capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where "
34252 "_N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be "
34253 "used to add or remove all caps."
34254 msgstr ""
34255
34256 #. type: Plain text
34257 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
34258 msgid ""
34259 "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-"
34260 "caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding "
34261 "set for *--bounding-set*."
34262 msgstr ""
34263
34264 #. type: Plain text
34265 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
34266 msgid ""
34267 "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding "
34268 "modifications to these capability sets:"
34269 msgstr ""
34270
34271 #. type: Plain text
34272 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
34273 msgid ""
34274 "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently "
34275 "present in the bounding set."
34276 msgstr ""
34277
34278 #. type: Plain text
34279 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
34280 msgid ""
34281 "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present "
34282 "in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
34283 msgstr ""
34284
34285 #. type: Plain text
34286 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
34287 msgid ""
34288 "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit "
34289 "capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
34290 msgstr ""
34291
34292 #. type: Plain text
34293 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
34294 msgid ""
34295 "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from "
34296 "the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
34297 msgstr ""
34298
34299 #. type: Labeled list
34300 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:49
34301 #, no-wrap
34302 msgid "*--keep-groups*"
34303 msgstr "*--keep-groups*"
34304
34305 #. type: Plain text
34306 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
34307 msgid ""
34308 "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--"
34309 "egid*, or *--regid*."
34310 msgstr ""
34311
34312 #. type: Labeled list
34313 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:52
34314 #, no-wrap
34315 msgid "*--init-groups*"
34316 msgstr "*--init-groups*"
34317
34318 #. type: Plain text
34319 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
34320 msgid ""
34321 "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in "
34322 "conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
34323 msgstr ""
34324
34325 #. type: Labeled list
34326 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:55
34327 #, no-wrap
34328 msgid "*--list-caps*"
34329 msgstr "*--list-caps*"
34330
34331 #. type: Plain text
34332 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:57
34333 msgid "List all known capabilities. This option must be specified alone."
34334 msgstr ""
34335
34336 #. type: Labeled list
34337 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:58
34338 #, no-wrap
34339 msgid "*--no-new-privs*"
34340 msgstr "*--no-new-privs*"
34341
34342 #. type: Plain text
34343 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
34344 msgid ""
34345 "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant "
34346 "new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well "
34347 "as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits "
34348 "set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, "
34349 "especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) "
34350 "This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) "
34351 "and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
34352 msgstr ""
34353
34354 #. type: Plain text
34355 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:62
34356 msgid "The _no_new_privs_ bit is supported since Linux 3.5."
34357 msgstr ""
34358
34359 #. type: Labeled list
34360 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:63
34361 #, no-wrap
34362 msgid "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
34363 msgstr "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
34364
34365 #. type: Plain text
34366 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
34367 msgid ""
34368 "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a "
34369 "textual group name."
34370 msgstr ""
34371
34372 #. type: Plain text
34373 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
34374 msgid ""
34375 "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-"
34376 "groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
34377 msgstr ""
34378
34379 #. type: Labeled list
34380 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:68
34381 #, no-wrap
34382 msgid "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
34383 msgstr "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
34384
34385 #. type: Plain text
34386 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
34387 msgid ""
34388 "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a "
34389 "textual login name."
34390 msgstr ""
34391
34392 #. type: Plain text
34393 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
34394 msgid ""
34395 "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec "
34396 "call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, "
34397 "you probably want to do something like:"
34398 msgstr ""
34399
34400 #. type: Plain text
34401 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:74
34402 #, no-wrap
34403 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
34404 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
34405
34406 #. type: Labeled list
34407 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:75
34408 #, no-wrap
34409 msgid "*--securebits* (**+**|*-*)__securebit__..."
34410 msgstr ""
34411
34412 #. type: Plain text
34413 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
34414 msgid ""
34415 "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid "
34416 "securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, "
34417 "_no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by "
34418 "*execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
34419 msgstr ""
34420
34421 #. type: Labeled list
34422 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:78
34423 #, no-wrap
34424 msgid "**--pdeathsig keep**|**clear**|*<signal>*"
34425 msgstr ""
34426
34427 #. type: Plain text
34428 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
34429 msgid ""
34430 "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux "
34431 "and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using "
34432 "*--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing "
34433 "credentials to remedy that situation."
34434 msgstr ""
34435
34436 #. type: Labeled list
34437 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:81
34438 #, no-wrap
34439 msgid "*--selinux-label* _label_"
34440 msgstr "*--selinux-label* _etiqueta_"
34441
34442 #. type: Plain text
34443 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
34444 msgid ""
34445 "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not "
34446 "dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in "
34447 "use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at "
34448 "SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with "
34449 "_no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
34450 msgstr ""
34451
34452 #. type: Labeled list
34453 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:84
34454 #, no-wrap
34455 msgid "*--apparmor-profile* _profile_"
34456 msgstr ""
34457
34458 #. type: Plain text
34459 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
34460 msgid ""
34461 "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This "
34462 "will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the "
34463 "transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
34464 msgstr ""
34465
34466 #. type: Labeled list
34467 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:87
34468 #, no-wrap
34469 msgid "*--reset-env*"
34470 msgstr "*--reset-env*"
34471
34472 #. type: Plain text
34473 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
34474 msgid ""
34475 "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the "
34476 "environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the "
34477 "user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a "
34478 "regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
34479 "usr/bin_ for root."
34480 msgstr ""
34481
34482 #. type: Plain text
34483 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91
34484 msgid ""
34485 "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
34486 "_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to "
34487 "*/bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
34488 msgstr ""
34489
34490 #. type: Plain text
34491 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:101
34492 msgid ""
34493 "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and "
34494 "*setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
34495 msgstr ""
34496
34497 #. type: Plain text
34498 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103
34499 msgid ""
34500 "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. "
34501 "For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is "
34502 "SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux "
34503 "restrictions from taking effect."
34504 msgstr ""
34505
34506 #. type: Plain text
34507 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107
34508 msgid ""
34509 "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) "
34510 "(without the *-g* option), try something like:"
34511 msgstr ""
34512
34513 #. type: Plain text
34514 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:109
34515 #, no-wrap
34516 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
34517 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
34518
34519 #. type: Plain text
34520 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:111
34521 msgid "If you want to mimic daemontools' *setuid*(8), try:"
34522 msgstr ""
34523
34524 #. type: Plain text
34525 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:113
34526 #, no-wrap
34527 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
34528 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
34529
34530 #. type: Plain text
34531 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:117
34532 msgid "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
34533 msgstr "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
34534
34535 #. type: Plain text
34536 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:124
34537 #, no-wrap
34538 msgid ""
34539 "*runuser*(1),\n"
34540 "*su*(1),\n"
34541 "*prctl*(2),\n"
34542 "*capabilities*(7)\n"
34543 msgstr ""
34544 "*runuser*(1),\n"
34545 "*su*(1),\n"
34546 "*prctl*(2),\n"
34547 "*capabilities*(7)\n"
34548
34549 #.  Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
34550 #.  In the public domain.
34551 #. type: Title =
34552 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:4
34553 #, no-wrap
34554 msgid "setsid(1)"
34555 msgstr "setsid(1)"
34556
34557 #. type: Plain text
34558 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:14
34559 msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
34560 msgstr "setsid - lanza un programa en una nueva sesión"
34561
34562 #. type: Plain text
34563 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:18
34564 #, no-wrap
34565 msgid "*setsid* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
34566 msgstr "*setsid* [opciones] _programa_ [_argumentos_]\n"
34567
34568 #. type: Plain text
34569 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22
34570 #, no-wrap
34571 msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option.\n"
34572 msgstr ""
34573
34574 #. type: Labeled list
34575 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:25
34576 #, no-wrap
34577 msgid "*-c*, *--ctty*"
34578 msgstr "*-c*, *--ctty*"
34579
34580 #. type: Plain text
34581 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:27
34582 msgid "Set the controlling terminal to the current one."
34583 msgstr ""
34584
34585 #. type: Labeled list
34586 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:81
34587 #, no-wrap
34588 msgid "*-f*, *--fork*"
34589 msgstr "*-f*, *--fork*"
34590
34591 #. type: Plain text
34592 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:30
34593 msgid "Always create a new process."
34594 msgstr ""
34595
34596 #. type: Labeled list
34597 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:31
34598 #, no-wrap
34599 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*"
34600 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*"
34601
34602 #. type: Plain text
34603 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
34604 msgid ""
34605 "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of "
34606 "this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
34607 msgstr ""
34608
34609 #. type: Plain text
34610 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:43
34611 msgid "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
34612 msgstr "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
34613
34614 #. type: Plain text
34615 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:47
34616 #, no-wrap
34617 msgid "*setsid*(2)\n"
34618 msgstr "*setsid*(2)\n"
34619
34620 #. type: Title =
34621 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:2
34622 #, no-wrap
34623 msgid "swapon(8)"
34624 msgstr "swapon(8)"
34625
34626 #. type: Plain text
34627 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
34628 msgid ""
34629 "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
34630 msgstr ""
34631 "swapon, swapoff - (des)habilita dispositivos o ficheros para el paginado y "
34632 "el trasiego"
34633
34634 #. type: Plain text
34635 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16
34636 #, no-wrap
34637 msgid "*swapon* [options] [_specialfile_...]\n"
34638 msgstr "*swapon* [opciones] [_fichero-especial_...]\n"
34639
34640 #. type: Plain text
34641 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:18
34642 #, no-wrap
34643 msgid "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_specialfile_...]\n"
34644 msgstr "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_fichero-especial_...]\n"
34645
34646 #. type: Plain text
34647 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22
34648 #, no-wrap
34649 msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place.\n"
34650 msgstr ""
34651
34652 #. type: Plain text
34653 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
34654 msgid ""
34655 "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be "
34656 "of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or "
34657 "uuid."
34658 msgstr ""
34659
34660 #. type: Plain text
34661 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
34662 #, fuzzy
34663 #| msgid ""
34664 #| "B<Swapon> is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to "
34665 #| "take place.  Calls to B<swapon> normally occur in the system multi-user "
34666 #| "initialization file I</etc/rc> making all swap devices available, so that "
34667 #| "the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices "
34668 #| "and files."
34669 msgid ""
34670 "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
34671 "devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
34672 "across several devices and files."
34673 msgstr ""
34674 "B<Swapon> se emplea para especificar dispositivos sobre los cuales van a "
34675 "tener lugar las actividades de paginado y trasiego.  Las llamadas a "
34676 "B<swapon> se hacen normalmente en el fichero de inicio del sistema en modo "
34677 "multi-usuario, normalmente I</etc/rc>, haciendo ahí que todos los "
34678 "dispositivos de trasiego estén disponibles, de modo que las actividades de "
34679 "paginado y trasiego se intercalen entre varios dispositivos o ficheros."
34680
34681 #. type: Plain text
34682 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28
34683 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34684 #| msgid "B<Swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files, or on all swap entries in I</etc/fstab> when the B<-a> flag is given."
34685 msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_).\n"
34686 msgstr "B<Swapoff> deshabilita el trasiego en los dispositivos o ficheros especificados, o en todas las entradas de tipo `swap' de I</etc/fstab> cuando se da la opción B<-a>."
34687
34688 #. type: Plain text
34689 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
34690 msgid ""
34691 "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except "
34692 "for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
34693 "swap are silently skipped."
34694 msgstr ""
34695
34696 #. type: Labeled list
34697 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:34
34698 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34699 #| msgid "B<-d>, B<--directory>"
34700 msgid "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__policy__]"
34701 msgstr "B<-d>, B<--directory>"
34702
34703 #. type: Plain text
34704 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
34705 msgid ""
34706 "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
34707 "trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
34708 "but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
34709 "swap discard policies:"
34710 msgstr ""
34711
34712 #. type: Labeled list
34713 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:37
34714 #, no-wrap
34715 msgid "*--discard=once*"
34716 msgstr "*--discard=once*"
34717
34718 #. type: Plain text
34719 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
34720 msgid ""
34721 "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
34722 "swapon; or"
34723 msgstr ""
34724
34725 #. type: Labeled list
34726 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:40
34727 #, no-wrap
34728 msgid "*--discard=pages*"
34729 msgstr "*--discard=pages*"
34730
34731 #. type: Plain text
34732 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
34733 msgid ""
34734 "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
34735 "reuse."
34736 msgstr ""
34737
34738 #. type: Plain text
34739 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
34740 msgid ""
34741 "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
34742 "types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or "
34743 "*discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
34744 msgstr ""
34745
34746 #. type: Labeled list
34747 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:46
34748 #, no-wrap
34749 msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
34750 msgstr "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
34751
34752 #. type: Plain text
34753 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
34754 msgid ""
34755 "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option "
34756 "*nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
34757 msgstr ""
34758
34759 #. type: Labeled list
34760 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:49
34761 #, no-wrap
34762 msgid "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
34763 msgstr "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
34764
34765 #. type: Plain text
34766 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
34767 msgid ""
34768 "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
34769 "that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device "
34770 "and does not check for bad blocks."
34771 msgstr ""
34772
34773 #. type: Labeled list
34774 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:55
34775 #, no-wrap
34776 msgid "*-L* _label_"
34777 msgstr "*-L* _etiqueta_"
34778
34779 #. type: Plain text
34780 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
34781 msgid ""
34782 "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/"
34783 "proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
34784 msgstr ""
34785
34786 #. type: Plain text
34787 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:60
34788 msgid ""
34789 "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string. For "
34790 "example:"
34791 msgstr ""
34792
34793 #. type: Plain text
34794 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:62
34795 #, no-wrap
34796 msgid "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
34797 msgstr "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
34798
34799 #. type: Plain text
34800 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
34801 msgid ""
34802 "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
34803 "options."
34804 msgstr ""
34805
34806 #. type: Plain text
34807 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
34808 #, fuzzy
34809 #| msgid ""
34810 #| "Specify priority for B<swapon>.  This option is only available if "
34811 #| "B<swapon> was compiled under and is used under a 1.3.2 or later kernel.  "
34812 #| "I<priority> is a value between 0 and 32767. See B<swapon>(2)  for a full "
34813 #| "description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field "
34814 #| "of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>."
34815 msgid ""
34816 "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 "
34817 "and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a "
34818 "full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option "
34819 "field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, "
34820 "it defaults to -1."
34821 msgstr ""
34822 "Especifica la prioridad para B<swapon>.  Esta opción sólo está disponible si "
34823 "B<swapon> se ha compilado y se está usando bajo un núcleo 1.3.2 ó superior.  "
34824 "I<prioridad> es un valor entre 0 y 32767. Vea B<swapon>(2)  para una "
34825 "descripción completa de las prioridades de trasiego. Añada B<pri=>I<valor> "
34826 "al campo de opciones de I</etc/fstab> para el empleo con B<swapon -a>."
34827
34828 #. type: Labeled list
34829 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68
34830 #, no-wrap
34831 msgid "*-s*, *--summary*"
34832 msgstr "*-s*, *--summary*"
34833
34834 #. type: Plain text
34835 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
34836 msgid ""
34837 "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This "
34838 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better "
34839 "control on output data."
34840 msgstr ""
34841
34842 #. type: Labeled list
34843 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:71
34844 #, no-wrap
34845 msgid "*--show*[**=**__column__...]"
34846 msgstr "*--show*[**=**__columna__...]"
34847
34848 #. type: Plain text
34849 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73
34850 msgid ""
34851 "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list "
34852 "of available columns."
34853 msgstr ""
34854
34855 #. type: Plain text
34856 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:79
34857 msgid "Do not print headings when displaying *--show* output."
34858 msgstr ""
34859
34860 #. type: Plain text
34861 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82
34862 msgid "Display *--show* output without aligning table columns."
34863 msgstr ""
34864
34865 #. type: Labeled list
34866 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:83
34867 #, no-wrap
34868 msgid "*--bytes*"
34869 msgstr "*--bytes*"
34870
34871 #. type: Plain text
34872 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85
34873 msgid ""
34874 "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly "
34875 "units."
34876 msgstr ""
34877
34878 #. type: Labeled list
34879 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:86
34880 #, no-wrap
34881 msgid "*-U* _uuid_"
34882 msgstr "*-U* _UUID_"
34883
34884 #. type: Plain text
34885 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:88
34886 msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
34887 msgstr ""
34888
34889 #. type: Plain text
34890 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98
34891 #, no-wrap
34892 msgid "*swapoff* has the following exit status values since v2.36:\n"
34893 msgstr ""
34894
34895 #. type: Plain text
34896 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
34897 msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
34898 msgstr ""
34899
34900 #. type: Plain text
34901 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
34902 msgid "swapoff syscall failed for another reason"
34903 msgstr ""
34904
34905 #. type: Plain text
34906 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110
34907 msgid "non-swapoff syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
34908 msgstr ""
34909
34910 #. type: Plain text
34911 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113
34912 msgid "usage or syntax error"
34913 msgstr ""
34914
34915 #. type: Plain text
34916 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:116
34917 msgid "all swapoff failed on *--all*"
34918 msgstr ""
34919
34920 #. type: Plain text
34921 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:119
34922 msgid "some swapoff succeeded on *--all*"
34923 msgstr ""
34924
34925 #. type: Plain text
34926 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:121
34927 msgid ""
34928 "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
34929 "64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
34930 msgstr ""
34931
34932 #. type: Plain text
34933 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:123
34934 msgid ""
34935 "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success "
34936 "in all versions."
34937 msgstr ""
34938
34939 #. type: Labeled list
34940 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:134
34941 #, no-wrap
34942 msgid "_/dev/sd??_"
34943 msgstr "_/dev/sd??_"
34944
34945 #. type: Plain text
34946 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136
34947 msgid "standard paging devices"
34948 msgstr "dispositivos estándar de paginación."
34949
34950 #. type: Plain text
34951 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:139
34952 msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
34953 msgstr "tabla ASCII de descripción estática de los sistemas de ficheros."
34954
34955 #. type: Title ===
34956 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:142
34957 #, no-wrap
34958 msgid "Files with holes"
34959 msgstr ""
34960
34961 #. type: Plain text
34962 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:145
34963 msgid ""
34964 "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
34965 "the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
34966 "problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
34967 "Btrfs."
34968 msgstr ""
34969
34970 #. type: Plain text
34971 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:147
34972 msgid ""
34973 "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files "
34974 "will be rejected by *swapon*."
34975 msgstr ""
34976
34977 #. type: Plain text
34978 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:149
34979 msgid ""
34980 "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files "
34981 "with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
34982 "supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
34983 msgstr ""
34984
34985 #. type: Plain text
34986 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151
34987 msgid ""
34988 "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/"
34989 "zero_."
34990 msgstr ""
34991
34992 #. type: Title ===
34993 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:152
34994 #, no-wrap
34995 msgid "Btrfs"
34996 msgstr "Btrfs"
34997
34998 #. type: Plain text
34999 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:155
35000 msgid ""
35001 "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
35002 "attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
35003 msgstr ""
35004
35005 #. type: Title ===
35006 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:156
35007 #, no-wrap
35008 msgid "NFS"
35009 msgstr "NFS"
35010
35011 #. type: Plain text
35012 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:159
35013 msgid "Swap over *NFS* may not work."
35014 msgstr ""
35015
35016 #. type: Title ===
35017 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:160
35018 #, no-wrap
35019 msgid "Suspend"
35020 msgstr ""
35021
35022 #. type: Plain text
35023 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:163
35024 #, no-wrap
35025 msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
35026 msgstr ""
35027
35028 #. type: Plain text
35029 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:167
35030 msgid "The *swapon* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
35031 msgstr "La orden *swapon* apareció en 4.0BSD."
35032
35033 #. type: Plain text
35034 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:178
35035 #, no-wrap
35036 msgid ""
35037 "*swapoff*(2),\n"
35038 "*swapon*(2),\n"
35039 "*fstab*(5),\n"
35040 "*init*(8),\n"
35041 "*fallocate*(1),\n"
35042 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
35043 "*mount*(8),\n"
35044 "*rc*(8)\n"
35045 msgstr ""
35046 "*swapoff*(2),\n"
35047 "*swapon*(2),\n"
35048 "*fstab*(5),\n"
35049 "*init*(8),\n"
35050 "*fallocate*(1),\n"
35051 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
35052 "*mount*(8),\n"
35053 "*rc*(8)\n"
35054
35055 #. type: Title =
35056 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:2
35057 #, no-wrap
35058 msgid "switch_root(8)"
35059 msgstr "switch_root(8)"
35060
35061 #. type: Plain text
35062 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
35063 msgid ""
35064 "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
35065 msgstr ""
35066 "switch_root - se cambia a otro sistema de ficheros como raíz del árbol de "
35067 "montaje"
35068
35069 #. type: Plain text
35070 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16
35071 #, no-wrap
35072 msgid "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
35073 msgstr "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
35074
35075 #. type: Plain text
35076 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:18
35077 #, no-wrap
35078 msgid "*switch_root* _newroot init_ [_arg_...]\n"
35079 msgstr ""
35080
35081 #. type: Plain text
35082 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22
35083 #, no-wrap
35084 msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process.\n"
35085 msgstr ""
35086
35087 #. type: Plain text
35088 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24
35089 #, no-wrap
35090 msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*\n"
35091 msgstr ""
35092
35093 #. type: Plain text
35094 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36
35095 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35096 #| msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
35097 msgid "*switch_root* returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.\n"
35098 msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
35099
35100 #. type: Plain text
35101 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:40
35102 #, no-wrap
35103 msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:\n"
35104 msgstr ""
35105
35106 #. type: delimited block .
35107 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:43
35108 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35109 #| msgid "B<mount --bind foo foo>"
35110 msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
35111 msgstr "B<mount --bind foo foo>"
35112
35113 #. type: Plain text
35114 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:50
35115 msgid ""
35116 "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
35117 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
35118 msgstr ""
35119 "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
35120 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
35121
35122 #. type: Plain text
35123 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:57
35124 #, no-wrap
35125 msgid ""
35126 "*chroot*(2),\n"
35127 "*init*(8),\n"
35128 "*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
35129 "*mount*(8)\n"
35130 msgstr ""
35131 "*chroot*(2),\n"
35132 "*init*(8),\n"
35133 "*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
35134 "*mount*(8)\n"
35135
35136 #. type: Title =
35137 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:2
35138 #, no-wrap
35139 msgid "tunelp(8)"
35140 msgstr "tunelp(8)"
35141
35142 #. type: Plain text
35143 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:12
35144 msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
35145 msgstr "tunelp - establece varios parámetros para el dispositivo lp"
35146
35147 #. type: Plain text
35148 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:16
35149 #, no-wrap
35150 msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
35151 msgstr "*tunelp* [opciones] _dispositivo_\n"
35152
35153 #. type: Plain text
35154 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20
35155 #, no-wrap
35156 msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n"
35157 msgstr "*tunelp* establece varios parámetros para los dispositivos /dev/lp__?__, para mejorar el rendimiento (o para cualquier rendimiento, si su impresora no habrá de funcionar sin esto...). Sin parámetros, dice si el dispositivo está empleando interrupciones, y si es así, cuál. Con parámetros, establece las características del dispositivo de acuerdo con ellos.\n"
35158
35159 #. type: Labeled list
35160 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23
35161 #, no-wrap
35162 msgid "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
35163 msgstr "*-i*, *--irq* _argumento_"
35164
35165 #. type: Plain text
35166 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
35167 #, fuzzy
35168 #| msgid ""
35169 #| "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> is the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question.  "
35170 #| "If this is set to something non-zero, -t and -c have no effect.  If your "
35171 #| "port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop.  "
35172 #| "B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your "
35173 #| "printer should work again.  If your parallel port does support "
35174 #| "interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and "
35175 #| "efficient, and will probably be desireable."
35176 msgid ""
35177 "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
35178 "to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not "
35179 "use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i "
35180 "0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
35181 "work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
35182 "printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
35183 "desirable."
35184 msgstr ""
35185 "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> es la línea de interrupciones o IRQ a emplear para el "
35186 "puerto paralelo en cuestión. Si se pone a un número distinto de cero, -t y -"
35187 "c no tienen efecto. Si su puerto no emplea interrupciones, esta opción hará "
35188 "que la impresión se detenga.  B<tunelp -i 0> restaura la acción de dirección "
35189 "sin interrupciones (sondeo), y su impresora debería funcionar de nuevo. Si "
35190 "su puerto paralelo sí admite interrupciones, la impresión dirigida por "
35191 "interrupciones debería ser algo más rápida y eficiente, y probablemente será "
35192 "lo más deseable."
35193
35194 #. type: Plain text
35195 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27
35196 #, no-wrap
35197 msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport.\n"
35198 msgstr ""
35199
35200 #. type: Labeled list
35201 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:28
35202 #, no-wrap
35203 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _milliseconds_"
35204 msgstr "*-t*, *--time* _millisegundos_"
35205
35206 #. type: Plain text
35207 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
35208 msgid ""
35209 "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
35210 "doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* "
35211 "parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
35212 "and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care "
35213 "how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a "
35214 "buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low "
35215 "system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than "
35216 "text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
35217 msgstr ""
35218 "es la cantidad de tiempo en pulsos de reloj (``jiffies'', consulte el Jargon "
35219 "en el sistema Info si lo tiene instalado)  que el controlador espera si la "
35220 "impresora no toma un carácter durante el número de intentos dictados por el "
35221 "parámetro *-c*. El valor predeterminado es 10. Si quiere la impresión lo más "
35222 "rápida posible, y no le importa cargar el sistema, puede poner este valor a "
35223 "0. Si por contra no le importa cuánto tarde en imprimir su impresora, o está "
35224 "imprimiendo texto en una impresora lenta con un búfer, entonces un valor de "
35225 "500 (5 segundos) podría ir bien, y la carga del sistema será mínima. Este "
35226 "valor generalmente debería ser más bajo para imprimir gráficos que para "
35227 "texto, por un factor de 10, para el mejor rendimiento."
35228
35229 #. type: Labeled list
35230 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31
35231 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35232 #| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
35233 msgid "*-c*, *--chars* _characters_"
35234 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
35235
35236 #. type: Plain text
35237 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
35238 #, fuzzy
35239 #| msgid ""
35240 #| "-c I<E<lt>CHARSE<gt>> is the number of times to try to output a character "
35241 #| "to the printer before sleeping for -t I<E<lt>TIMEE<gt>>.  It is the "
35242 #| "number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the "
35243 #| "printer.  120 appears to be a good value for most printers.  250 is the "
35244 #| "default, because there are some printers that require a wait this long, "
35245 #| "but feel free to change this.  If you have a very fast printer like an HP "
35246 #| "laserjet 4, a value of 10 might make more sense.  If you have a I<really> "
35247 #| "old printer, you can increase this farther."
35248 msgid ""
35249 "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
35250 "sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries "
35251 "to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most "
35252 "printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
35253 "printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to "
35254 "handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a "
35255 "very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling "
35256 "mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
35257 msgstr ""
35258 "-c I<E<lt>CARSE<gt>> es el número de veces que hay que intentar sacar un "
35259 "carácter por la impresora antes de dormir durante un tiempo dado por -t "
35260 "I<E<lt>TIEMPOE<gt>>.  Es el número de veces que se ejecuta un bucle que "
35261 "intenta enviar un carácter a la impresora. 120 parece ser un buen valor para "
35262 "la mayoría de impresoras. 250 es el valor predeterminado, porque hay algunas "
35263 "impresoras que requieren esperar este tiempo, pero siéntase libre para "
35264 "cambiarlo. Si tiene una impresora muy rápida, como una HP LaserJet 4, un "
35265 "valor de 10 puede tener más sentido. Si tiene una impresora I<realmente> "
35266 "vieja, puede incrementar este valor más."
35267
35268 #. type: Plain text
35269 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
35270 msgid ""
35271 "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
35272 msgstr ""
35273 "Poner *-t* _TIEMPO_ a 0 es equivalente a poner *-c* _CARSE_ a infinito."
35274
35275 #. type: Labeled list
35276 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36
35277 #, no-wrap
35278 msgid "*-w*, *--wait* _milliseconds_"
35279 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait* _millisegundos_"
35280
35281 #. type: Plain text
35282 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
35283 #, fuzzy
35284 #| msgid ""
35285 #| "-w I<E<lt>WAITE<gt>> is the a busy loop counter for the strobe signal.  "
35286 #| "While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short "
35287 #| "strobe, some printers demand a longer one.  Increasing this from the "
35288 #| "default 0 may make it possible to print with those printers.  This may "
35289 #| "also make it possible to use longer cables."
35290 msgid ""
35291 "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
35292 "most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
35293 "printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
35294 "possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
35295 "longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
35296 "printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
35297 msgstr ""
35298 "-w I<E<lt>ESPERAE<gt>> es el valor de un contador de bucle ocupado para la "
35299 "señal estroboscópica.  Mientras que algunas impresoras parecen ser capaces "
35300 "de lidiar con una señal estroboscópica extremadamente corta, algunas otras "
35301 "impresoras demandan una más grande. Incrementar esto desde el valor "
35302 "predeterminado, que es 0, puede hacer posible imprimir con estas impresoras. "
35303 "Esto también puede hacer posible emplear cables más largos."
35304
35305 #. type: Labeled list
35306 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39
35307 #, no-wrap
35308 msgid "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
35309 msgstr "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
35310
35311 #. type: Plain text
35312 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
35313 msgid ""
35314 "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
35315 "are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
35316 "and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
35317 "aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer "
35318 "isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
35319 msgstr ""
35320 "Esto indica si hay que parar abruptamente el trabajo de impresión en curso "
35321 "si hay un error de la impresora; el valor predeterminado es off; o sea, que "
35322 "no. Si Ud. está sentado enfrente de su computadora, probablemente quiera ser "
35323 "capaz de ver un error y corregirlo, y que la impresora siga trabajando. Por "
35324 "otra parte, si no está cerca del sistema, puede desear mejor que su sistema "
35325 "de impresión encuentre que la impresora no está lista, abandone los intentos "
35326 "de impresión, y le envíe una carta electrónica sobre eso. La elección es "
35327 "suya."
35328
35329 #. type: Labeled list
35330 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42
35331 #, no-wrap
35332 msgid "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
35333 msgstr "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
35334
35335 #. type: Plain text
35336 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
35337 msgid ""
35338 "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check "
35339 "to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
35340 "other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
35341 msgstr ""
35342 "Esta opción es muy parecida a la de antes, *-a*.  Hace que cualquier "
35343 "*open*(2) a este dispositivo mire si el dispositivo está enchufado y no "
35344 "informa de falta de papel o de otros errores. Esto es el establecimiento "
35345 "correcto para la mayoría de versiones de *lpd*."
35346
35347 #. type: Labeled list
35348 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45
35349 #, no-wrap
35350 msgid "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
35351 msgstr "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
35352
35353 #. type: Plain text
35354 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
35355 msgid ""
35356 "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
35357 "the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
35358 "any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
35359 "useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
35360 msgstr ""
35361 "Esta opción añade comprobaciones de error extra (la ce es de \"Cuidadoso\"). "
35362 "Cuando esta opción está a \"on\", o sea, activada, el controlador de "
35363 "impresora se asegurará de que la impresora esté enchufada y encendida y no "
35364 "informe de falta de papel o de otros errores antes de enviar datos. Esto es "
35365 "particularmente útil para impresoras que normalmente van y aceptan datos "
35366 "cuando están apagadas."
35367
35368 #. type: Plain text
35369 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49
35370 #, no-wrap
35371 msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later.\n"
35372 msgstr ""
35373
35374 #. type: Labeled list
35375 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:50
35376 #, no-wrap
35377 msgid "*-s*, *--status*"
35378 msgstr "*-s*, *--status*"
35379
35380 #. type: Plain text
35381 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
35382 msgid ""
35383 "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
35384 "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-"
35385 "q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
35386 msgstr ""
35387 "Esta opción devuelve el estado actual de la impresora, tanto como un número "
35388 "en base diez desde 0 a 255, como una lista de opciones activas. Cuando se "
35389 "especifica esta opción, se entiende *-q* off, o sea, que se desactiva el "
35390 "mostrar la IRQ actual."
35391
35392 #. type: Plain text
35393 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
35394 msgid ""
35395 "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
35396 "later."
35397 msgstr ""
35398 "Esta opción pone el puerto en su estado inicial. Requiere un núcleo de Linux "
35399 "versión 1.1.80 ó superior."
35400
35401 #. type: Labeled list
35402 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56
35403 #, no-wrap
35404 msgid "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
35405 msgstr "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
35406
35407 #. type: Plain text
35408 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:58
35409 msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
35410 msgstr "Esta opción hace que se muestre o no la línea de IRQ actual."
35411
35412 #. type: Plain text
35413 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:63
35414 msgid "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
35415 msgstr "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
35416
35417 #. type: Plain text
35418 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67
35419 #, no-wrap
35420 msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n"
35421 msgstr "*-o*, *-C* y *-s* requieren todos un núcleo de Linux con número de versión 1.1.76 ó posterior.\n"
35422
35423 #. type: Plain text
35424 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69
35425 #, no-wrap
35426 msgid "*-C* requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131.\n"
35427 msgstr ""
35428
35429 #. Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer
35430 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
35431 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
35432 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
35433 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
35434 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
35435 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
35436 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
35437 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
35438 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
35439 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
35440 #. intermediate and printed output.
35441 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
35442 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
35443 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
35444 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
35445 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
35446 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35447 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
35448 #. type: Title =
35449 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:27
35450 #, no-wrap
35451 msgid "umount(8)"
35452 msgstr "umount(8)"
35453
35454 #. type: Plain text
35455 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:37
35456 #, fuzzy
35457 #| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
35458 msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
35459 msgstr "mount - monta un sistema de ficheros"
35460
35461 #. type: Plain text
35462 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:41
35463 #, no-wrap
35464 msgid "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
35465 msgstr "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _tipo-sf_] [*-O* _opción_...]\n"
35466
35467 #. type: Plain text
35468 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:43
35469 #, no-wrap
35470 msgid "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directory_|_device_}\n"
35471 msgstr "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directorio_|_dispositivo_}\n"
35472
35473 #. type: Plain text
35474 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:45
35475 #, no-wrap
35476 msgid "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
35477 msgstr "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
35478
35479 #. type: Plain text
35480 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
35481 msgid ""
35482 "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
35483 "hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
35484 "been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
35485 "also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
35486 "was mounted on more than one directory."
35487 msgstr ""
35488
35489 #. type: Plain text
35490 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
35491 msgid ""
35492 "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, "
35493 "when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working "
35494 "directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process "
35495 "could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open "
35496 "for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may "
35497 "introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
35498 msgstr ""
35499
35500 #. type: Plain text
35501 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
35502 msgid ""
35503 "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated "
35504 "_/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, "
35505 "rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
35506 "replaced by *--types* umount option."
35507 msgstr ""
35508
35509 #. type: Labeled list
35510 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:57
35511 #, no-wrap
35512 msgid "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
35513 msgstr "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
35514
35515 #. type: Plain text
35516 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
35517 msgid ""
35518 "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
35519 "filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
35520 "device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--"
35521 "recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
35522 "unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a "
35523 "symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
35524 msgstr ""
35525
35526 #. type: Plain text
35527 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
35528 msgid ""
35529 "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) "
35530 "and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
35531 "(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
35532 "with canonical path to the mount point."
35533 msgstr ""
35534
35535 #. type: Plain text
35536 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:64
35537 msgid "This option is silently ignored by *umount* for non-root users."
35538 msgstr ""
35539
35540 #. type: Plain text
35541 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
35542 msgid ""
35543 "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that "
35544 "*umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
35545 msgstr ""
35546
35547 #. type: Labeled list
35548 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:67
35549 #, no-wrap
35550 msgid "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
35551 msgstr "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
35552
35553 #. type: Plain text
35554 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
35555 msgid ""
35556 "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
35557 "This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this "
35558 "case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
35559 msgstr ""
35560
35561 #. type: Labeled list
35562 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:70
35563 #, no-wrap
35564 msgid "*--fake*"
35565 msgstr "*--fake*"
35566
35567 #. type: Plain text
35568 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
35569 msgid ""
35570 "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
35571 "helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to "
35572 "remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier "
35573 "with the *-n* option."
35574 msgstr ""
35575
35576 #. type: Plain text
35577 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:75
35578 msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
35579 msgstr ""
35580
35581 #. type: Plain text
35582 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
35583 msgid ""
35584 "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
35585 "It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid "
35586 "unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in *umount*."
35587 msgstr ""
35588
35589 #. type: Labeled list
35590 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:78
35591 #, no-wrap
35592 msgid "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
35593 msgstr "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
35594
35595 #. type: Plain text
35596 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
35597 msgid ""
35598 "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By "
35599 "default such a helper program is called if it exists."
35600 msgstr ""
35601
35602 #. type: Labeled list
35603 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:81
35604 #, no-wrap
35605 msgid "*-l*, *--lazy*"
35606 msgstr "*-l*, *--lazy*"
35607
35608 #. type: Plain text
35609 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
35610 msgid ""
35611 "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
35612 "up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
35613 msgstr ""
35614
35615 #. type: Plain text
35616 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
35617 msgid ""
35618 "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this "
35619 "option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
35620 "recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
35621 "an unreachable network share where a normal umount will hang due to a downed "
35622 "server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be possible."
35623 msgstr ""
35624
35625 #. type: Plain text
35626 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
35627 msgid ""
35628 "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID "
35629 "of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
35630 "namespace."
35631 msgstr ""
35632
35633 #. type: Plain text
35634 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90
35635 #, no-wrap
35636 msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command.\n"
35637 msgstr ""
35638
35639 #. type: Plain text
35640 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:95
35641 msgid "Unmount without writing in _/etc/mtab_."
35642 msgstr ""
35643
35644 #. type: Labeled list
35645 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:96
35646 #, no-wrap
35647 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
35648 msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opción_..."
35649
35650 #. type: Plain text
35651 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
35652 msgid ""
35653 "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/"
35654 "fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
35655 "Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be "
35656 "taken for this option."
35657 msgstr ""
35658
35659 #. type: Plain text
35660 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:101
35661 msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
35662 msgstr ""
35663
35664 #. type: Labeled list
35665 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:102
35666 #, no-wrap
35667 msgid "*-R*, *--recursive*"
35668 msgstr "*-R*, *--recursive*"
35669
35670 #. type: Plain text
35671 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
35672 msgid ""
35673 "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
35674 "will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
35675 "relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ "
35676 "entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
35677 "unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
35678 "umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
35679 "mountpoint)."
35680 msgstr ""
35681
35682 #. type: Plain text
35683 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:107
35684 #, fuzzy
35685 #| msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
35686 msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
35687 msgstr "Montar el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
35688
35689 #. type: Labeled list
35690 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:108
35691 #, no-wrap
35692 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
35693 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _tipo_..."
35694
35695 #. type: Plain text
35696 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
35697 msgid ""
35698 "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
35699 "specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
35700 "list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate "
35701 "that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
35702 "*umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/"
35703 "mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
35704 "the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
35705 msgstr ""
35706
35707 #. type: Title ==
35708 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:120
35709 #, no-wrap
35710 msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
35711 msgstr ""
35712
35713 #. type: Plain text
35714 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
35715 #, fuzzy
35716 #| msgid ""
35717 #| "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems.  However, when "
35718 #| "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the "
35719 #| "corresponding filesystem."
35720 msgid ""
35721 "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
35722 "contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
35723 "filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
35724 msgstr ""
35725 "Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin "
35726 "embargo, cuando I<fstab> contiene la opción B<user> en una línea, entonces "
35727 "cualquiera puede montar el distema de ficheros correspondiente."
35728
35729 #. type: Plain text
35730 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:125
35731 msgid ""
35732 "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
35733 "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
35734 "ID. In this case fstab *user=* mount option is not required."
35735 msgstr ""
35736
35737 #. type: Plain text
35738 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
35739 msgid ""
35740 "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are "
35741 "inadequate by internal libmount security rules. It drops suid permissions "
35742 "and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
35743 "where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
35744 "namespaces, etc)."
35745 msgstr ""
35746
35747 #. type: Title ==
35748 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:128
35749 #, no-wrap
35750 msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
35751 msgstr ""
35752
35753 #. type: Plain text
35754 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:131
35755 msgid ""
35756 "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously "
35757 "initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
35758 msgstr ""
35759
35760 #. type: Plain text
35761 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:133
35762 msgid ""
35763 "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
35764 "*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the "
35765 "option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d <device>*. The autoclear feature "
35766 "is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
35767 msgstr ""
35768
35769 #. type: Plain text
35770 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:137
35771 msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
35772 msgstr ""
35773
35774 #. type: delimited block _
35775 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:140
35776 #, no-wrap
35777 msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]\n"
35778 msgstr ""
35779
35780 #. type: Plain text
35781 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:143
35782 msgid ""
35783 "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or "
35784 "*helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for "
35785 "filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
35786 msgstr ""
35787
35788 #. type: delimited block _
35789 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:146
35790 #, no-wrap
35791 msgid "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
35792 msgstr "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
35793
35794 #. type: Plain text
35795 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149
35796 msgid ""
35797 "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/"
35798 "etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
35799 "that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was "
35800 "mounted by *udisks*(1))."
35801 msgstr ""
35802
35803 #. type: Plain text
35804 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:151
35805 msgid ""
35806 "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the mtab file will redirect all unmount "
35807 "requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
35808 msgstr ""
35809
35810 #. type: Plain text
35811 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:153
35812 msgid ""
35813 "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
35814 "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
35815 msgstr ""
35816
35817 #. type: Plain text
35818 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158
35819 msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file (ignored for suid)"
35820 msgstr ""
35821
35822 #. type: Plain text
35823 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:161
35824 msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file (ignored for suid)"
35825 msgstr ""
35826
35827 #. type: Plain text
35828 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:164
35829 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output"
35830 msgstr ""
35831
35832 #. type: Plain text
35833 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:169
35834 msgid ""
35835 "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
35836 "_/proc/mounts_)"
35837 msgstr ""
35838
35839 #. type: Plain text
35840 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:172
35841 #, fuzzy
35842 #| msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
35843 msgid "table of known filesystems"
35844 msgstr "mount - monta un sistema de ficheros"
35845
35846 #. type: Labeled list
35847 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:173
35848 #, no-wrap
35849 msgid "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
35850 msgstr "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
35851
35852 #. type: Plain text
35853 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:175
35854 #, fuzzy
35855 #| msgid ""
35856 #| "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
35857 #| "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
35858 msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
35859 msgstr ""
35860 "Comprobación para impedir fsck de sistemas de ficheros montados añadida por "
35861 "E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
35862
35863 #. type: Plain text
35864 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:179
35865 msgid "A *umount* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
35866 msgstr "Una orden *umount* apareció en la Versión 6 del UNIX de AT&T."
35867
35868 #. type: Plain text
35869 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:186
35870 #, no-wrap
35871 msgid ""
35872 "*umount*(2),\n"
35873 "*losetup*(8),\n"
35874 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
35875 "*mount*(8)\n"
35876 msgstr ""
35877 "*umount*(2),\n"
35878 "*losetup*(8),\n"
35879 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
35880 "*mount*(8)\n"
35881
35882 #. type: Title =
35883 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:2
35884 #, no-wrap
35885 msgid "unshare(1)"
35886 msgstr "unshare(1)"
35887
35888 #. type: Plain text
35889 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:12
35890 #, fuzzy
35891 #| msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
35892 msgid "unshare - run program in new namespaces"
35893 msgstr "setsid - lanza un programa en una nueva sesión"
35894
35895 #. type: Plain text
35896 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16
35897 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35898 #| msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]\n"
35899 msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]\n"
35900 msgstr "*unshare* [opciones] [_programa_ [_argumentos_]\n"
35901
35902 #. type: Plain text
35903 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
35904 msgid ""
35905 "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-"
35906 "line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If "
35907 "_program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
35908 msgstr ""
35909
35910 #. type: Plain text
35911 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
35912 msgid ""
35913 "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
35914 "processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member "
35915 "processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. "
35916 "A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be "
35917 "entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID "
35918 "namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a "
35919 "persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using "
35920 "*umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the EXAMPLES section for more "
35921 "details."
35922 msgstr ""
35923
35924 #. type: Plain text
35925 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24
35926 #, no-wrap
35927 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer.\n"
35928 msgstr ""
35929
35930 #. type: Plain text
35931 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:26
35932 msgid "The following types of namespaces can be created with *unshare*:"
35933 msgstr ""
35934
35935 #. type: Plain text
35936 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
35937 msgid ""
35938 "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
35939 "except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
35940 "make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the "
35941 "*shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
35942 msgstr ""
35943
35944 #. type: Plain text
35945 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31
35946 #, no-wrap
35947 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default.\n"
35948 msgstr ""
35949
35950 #. type: Plain text
35951 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
35952 msgid ""
35953 "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
35954 "parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
35955 msgstr ""
35956
35957 #. type: Labeled list
35958 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:55
35959 #, no-wrap
35960 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__file__]"
35961 msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__fichero__]"
35962
35963 #. type: Plain text
35964 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
35965 msgid ""
35966 "Unshare the IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
35967 "namespace is created by a bind mount."
35968 msgstr ""
35969
35970 #. type: Labeled list
35971 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:58
35972 #, no-wrap
35973 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__file__]"
35974 msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__fichero__]"
35975
35976 #. type: Plain text
35977 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
35978 msgid ""
35979 "Unshare the mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
35980 "namespace is created by a bind mount. Note that _file_ must be located on a "
35981 "mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use the "
35982 "command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current setting. "
35983 "See also the examples below."
35984 msgstr ""
35985
35986 #. type: Labeled list
35987 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:61
35988 #, no-wrap
35989 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__file__]"
35990 msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__fichero__]"
35991
35992 #. type: Plain text
35993 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
35994 msgid ""
35995 "Unshare the network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
35996 "namespace is created by a bind mount."
35997 msgstr ""
35998
35999 #. type: Labeled list
36000 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:64
36001 #, no-wrap
36002 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__file__]"
36003 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__fichero__]"
36004
36005 #. type: Plain text
36006 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
36007 msgid ""
36008 "Unshare the PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
36009 "namespace is created by a bind mount. (Creation of a persistent PID "
36010 "namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
36011 msgstr ""
36012
36013 #. type: Plain text
36014 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:68
36015 msgid "See also the *--fork* and *--mount-proc* options."
36016 msgstr ""
36017
36018 #. type: Labeled list
36019 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:69
36020 #, no-wrap
36021 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__file__]"
36022 msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__fichero__]"
36023
36024 #. type: Plain text
36025 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
36026 msgid ""
36027 "Unshare the UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
36028 "namespace is created by a bind mount."
36029 msgstr ""
36030
36031 #. type: Labeled list
36032 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:72
36033 #, no-wrap
36034 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__file__]"
36035 msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__fichero__]"
36036
36037 #. type: Plain text
36038 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
36039 msgid ""
36040 "Unshare the user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
36041 "namespace is created by a bind mount."
36042 msgstr ""
36043
36044 #. type: Labeled list
36045 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:75
36046 #, no-wrap
36047 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]"
36048 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__fichero__]"
36049
36050 #. type: Plain text
36051 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
36052 msgid ""
36053 "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then persistent "
36054 "namespace is created by bind mount."
36055 msgstr ""
36056
36057 #. type: Labeled list
36058 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:78
36059 #, no-wrap
36060 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__file__]"
36061 msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__fichero__]"
36062
36063 #. type: Plain text
36064 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
36065 msgid ""
36066 "Unshare the time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
36067 "namespace is created by a bind mount. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* "
36068 "options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time "
36069 "namespace."
36070 msgstr ""
36071
36072 #. type: Plain text
36073 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
36074 msgid ""
36075 "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than "
36076 "running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note "
36077 "that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores "
36078 "*SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is "
36079 "necessary to send signals to the child process."
36080 msgstr ""
36081
36082 #. type: Labeled list
36083 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:84
36084 #, no-wrap
36085 msgid "*--keep-caps*"
36086 msgstr "*--keep-caps*"
36087
36088 #. type: Plain text
36089 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
36090 msgid ""
36091 "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the "
36092 "user namespace are preserved in the child process."
36093 msgstr ""
36094
36095 #. type: Labeled list
36096 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:87
36097 #, no-wrap
36098 msgid "*--kill-child*[**=**__signame__]"
36099 msgstr ""
36100
36101 #. type: Plain text
36102 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
36103 msgid ""
36104 "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child "
36105 "process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing "
36106 "of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults "
36107 "to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
36108 msgstr ""
36109
36110 #. type: Labeled list
36111 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:90
36112 #, no-wrap
36113 msgid "*--mount-proc*[**=**__mountpoint__]"
36114 msgstr ""
36115
36116 #. type: Plain text
36117 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
36118 msgid ""
36119 "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ "
36120 "(default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It "
36121 "also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would "
36122 "otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem "
36123 "is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
36124 msgstr ""
36125
36126 #. type: Labeled list
36127 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:93
36128 #, no-wrap
36129 msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
36130 msgstr "**--map-user=**__uid|nombre__"
36131
36132 #. type: Plain text
36133 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
36134 msgid ""
36135 "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to "
36136 "_uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
36137 "precedence. This option implies *--user*."
36138 msgstr ""
36139
36140 #. type: Labeled list
36141 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:96
36142 #, no-wrap
36143 msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
36144 msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nombre__"
36145
36146 #. type: Plain text
36147 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
36148 msgid ""
36149 "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to "
36150 "_gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
36151 "precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
36152 msgstr ""
36153
36154 #. type: Labeled list
36155 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:99
36156 #, no-wrap
36157 msgid "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
36158 msgstr "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
36159
36160 #. type: Plain text
36161 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
36162 msgid ""
36163 "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
36164 "been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
36165 "namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed "
36166 "to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
36167 "configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in "
36168 "the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience "
36169 "feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping "
36170 "multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and "
36171 "*--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
36172 msgstr ""
36173
36174 #. type: Labeled list
36175 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:102
36176 #, no-wrap
36177 msgid "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
36178 msgstr "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
36179
36180 #. type: Plain text
36181 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104
36182 msgid ""
36183 "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
36184 "been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
36185 "This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is "
36186 "equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
36187 msgstr ""
36188
36189 #. type: Labeled list
36190 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:105
36191 #, no-wrap
36192 msgid "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
36193 msgstr "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
36194
36195 #. type: Plain text
36196 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:107
36197 msgid ""
36198 "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The "
36199 "default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable "
36200 "this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored "
36201 "when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
36202 msgstr ""
36203
36204 #. type: Labeled list
36205 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:108
36206 #, no-wrap
36207 msgid "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
36208 msgstr "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
36209
36210 #. type: Plain text
36211 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:110
36212 msgid "Allow or deny the *setgroups*(2) system call in a user namespace."
36213 msgstr ""
36214
36215 #. type: Plain text
36216 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:112
36217 msgid ""
36218 "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have "
36219 "*CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel "
36220 "gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/"
36221 "**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when "
36222 "*setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map "
36223 "becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is "
36224 "permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
36225 msgstr ""
36226
36227 #. type: Labeled list
36228 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:113
36229 #, no-wrap
36230 msgid "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__"
36231 msgstr "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__"
36232
36233 #. type: Plain text
36234 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:115
36235 msgid "run the command with root directory set to _dir_."
36236 msgstr ""
36237
36238 #. type: Labeled list
36239 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:116
36240 #, no-wrap
36241 msgid "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__"
36242 msgstr "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__"
36243
36244 #. type: Plain text
36245 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:118
36246 msgid "change working directory to _dir_."
36247 msgstr ""
36248
36249 #. type: Plain text
36250 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121
36251 msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace."
36252 msgstr ""
36253
36254 #. type: Plain text
36255 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:124
36256 msgid ""
36257 "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
36258 "supplementary groups."
36259 msgstr ""
36260
36261 #. type: Labeled list
36262 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:125
36263 #, no-wrap
36264 msgid "*--monotonic* _offset_"
36265 msgstr "*--monotonic* _desplazamiento_"
36266
36267 #. type: Plain text
36268 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:127
36269 msgid ""
36270 "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time "
36271 "namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
36272 msgstr ""
36273
36274 #. type: Labeled list
36275 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:128
36276 #, no-wrap
36277 msgid "*--boottime* _offset_"
36278 msgstr "*--boottime* _desplazamiento_"
36279
36280 #. type: Plain text
36281 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:130
36282 msgid ""
36283 "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time "
36284 "namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
36285 msgstr ""
36286
36287 #. type: Plain text
36288 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:140
36289 msgid ""
36290 "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to "
36291 "be restricted so that a less privileged user can not get more access to "
36292 "sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the "
36293 "rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
36294 msgstr ""
36295
36296 #. type: Plain text
36297 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:144
36298 msgid ""
36299 "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that "
36300 "the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first "
36301 "process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that "
36302 "a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new "
36303 "*proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to "
36304 "the new PID namespace. When the *readlink* command terminates, the new "
36305 "namespaces are automatically torn down."
36306 msgstr ""
36307
36308 #. type: delimited block .
36309 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:148
36310 #, no-wrap
36311 msgid ""
36312 "# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
36313 "1\n"
36314 msgstr ""
36315 "# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
36316 "1\n"
36317
36318 #. type: Plain text
36319 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:151
36320 msgid ""
36321 "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
36322 "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
36323 msgstr ""
36324
36325 #. type: delimited block .
36326 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:161
36327 #, no-wrap
36328 msgid ""
36329 "$ id -u; id -g\n"
36330 "1000\n"
36331 "1000\n"
36332 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
36333 "        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
36334 "root\n"
36335 "         0       1000          1\n"
36336 "         0       1000          1\n"
36337 msgstr ""
36338 "$ id -u; id -g\n"
36339 "1000\n"
36340 "1000\n"
36341 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
36342 "        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
36343 "root\n"
36344 "         0       1000          1\n"
36345 "         0       1000          1\n"
36346
36347 #. type: Plain text
36348 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:164
36349 msgid ""
36350 "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace "
36351 "and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then "
36352 "entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this "
36353 "step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the "
36354 "namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. "
36355 "The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
36356 msgstr ""
36357
36358 #. type: delimited block .
36359 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:171
36360 #, no-wrap
36361 msgid ""
36362 "# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
36363 "# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO\n"
36364 "# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
36365 "FOO\n"
36366 "# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
36367 msgstr ""
36368
36369 #. type: Plain text
36370 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:174
36371 msgid ""
36372 "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by "
36373 "the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation "
36374 "of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is "
36375 "made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
36376 msgstr ""
36377
36378 #. type: delimited block .
36379 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:180
36380 #, no-wrap
36381 msgid ""
36382 "# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
36383 "# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
36384 "# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
36385 "# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
36386 msgstr ""
36387
36388 #. type: Plain text
36389 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:183
36390 msgid ""
36391 "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when "
36392 "creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, "
36393 "all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
36394 msgstr ""
36395
36396 #. type: delimited block .
36397 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:186
36398 #, no-wrap
36399 msgid "# set +m                # Don't print job status messages\n"
36400 msgstr ""
36401
36402 #. type: delimited block .
36403 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:189
36404 #, no-wrap
36405 msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
36406 msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
36407
36408 #. type: delimited block .
36409 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:197
36410 #, no-wrap
36411 msgid ""
36412 "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
36413 "[1] 53456\n"
36414 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
36415 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
36416 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
36417 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
36418 msgstr ""
36419
36420 #. type: delimited block .
36421 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:202
36422 #, no-wrap
36423 msgid ""
36424 "# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
36425 "unshare\n"
36426 "# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
36427 "# pidof sleep\n"
36428 msgstr ""
36429
36430 #. type: Plain text
36431 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:205
36432 msgid ""
36433 "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have "
36434 "been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the "
36435 "namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all "
36436 "other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series "
36437 "of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when "
36438 "*unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
36439 msgstr ""
36440
36441 #. type: delimited block .
36442 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:208
36443 #, no-wrap
36444 msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
36445 msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
36446
36447 #. type: delimited block .
36448 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:216
36449 #, no-wrap
36450 msgid ""
36451 "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
36452 "[1] 53479\n"
36453 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
36454 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
36455 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
36456 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
36457 msgstr ""
36458
36459 #. type: delimited block .
36460 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:220
36461 #, no-wrap
36462 msgid ""
36463 "# kill $!\n"
36464 "# pidof sleep\n"
36465 "53482 53480\n"
36466 msgstr ""
36467 "# kill $!\n"
36468 "# pidof sleep\n"
36469 "53482 53480\n"
36470
36471 #. type: Plain text
36472 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:223
36473 msgid ""
36474 "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where "
36475 "the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
36476 msgstr ""
36477
36478 #. type: delimited block .
36479 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:229
36480 #, no-wrap
36481 msgid ""
36482 "# uptime -p             # Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
36483 "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
36484 "# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
36485 "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
36486 msgstr ""
36487
36488 #. type: Plain text
36489 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:235
36490 msgid ""
36491 "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
36492 "com[Karel Zak]"
36493 msgstr ""
36494 "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
36495 "com[Karel Zak]"
36496
36497 #. type: Plain text
36498 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:242
36499 #, no-wrap
36500 msgid ""
36501 "*clone*(2),\n"
36502 "*unshare*(2),\n"
36503 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
36504 "*mount*(8)\n"
36505 msgstr ""
36506 "*clone*(2),\n"
36507 "*unshare*(2),\n"
36508 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
36509 "*mount*(8)\n"
36510
36511 #. type: Title =
36512 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:2
36513 #, no-wrap
36514 msgid "wdctl(8)"
36515 msgstr "wdctl(8)"
36516
36517 #. type: Plain text
36518 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:12
36519 msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
36520 msgstr ""
36521
36522 #. type: Plain text
36523 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:16
36524 #, no-wrap
36525 msgid "*wdctl* [options] [_device_...]\n"
36526 msgstr "*wdctl* [opciones] [_dispositivo_...]\n"
36527
36528 #. type: Plain text
36529 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
36530 msgid ""
36531 "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If "
36532 "more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
36533 "line."
36534 msgstr ""
36535
36536 #. type: Plain text
36537 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
36538 msgid ""
36539 "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
36540 "device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
36541 "supported features (flags) might be missing."
36542 msgstr ""
36543
36544 #. type: Plain text
36545 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
36546 msgid ""
36547 "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
36548 msgstr ""
36549
36550 #. type: Labeled list
36551 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:27
36552 #, no-wrap
36553 msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
36554 msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _lista_"
36555
36556 #. type: Plain text
36557 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:29
36558 msgid "Print only the specified flags."
36559 msgstr ""
36560
36561 #. type: Labeled list
36562 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:30
36563 #, no-wrap
36564 msgid "*-F*, *--noflags*"
36565 msgstr "*-F*, *--noflags*"
36566
36567 #. type: Plain text
36568 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:32
36569 msgid "Do not print information about flags."
36570 msgstr ""
36571
36572 #. type: Labeled list
36573 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:33
36574 #, no-wrap
36575 msgid "*-I*, *--noident*"
36576 msgstr "*-I*, *--noident*"
36577
36578 #. type: Plain text
36579 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:35
36580 msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
36581 msgstr ""
36582
36583 #. type: Plain text
36584 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:38
36585 msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
36586 msgstr ""
36587
36588 #. type: Plain text
36589 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
36590 msgid ""
36591 "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
36592 "arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get "
36593 "list of all supported columns."
36594 msgstr ""
36595
36596 #. type: Labeled list
36597 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:42
36598 #, no-wrap
36599 msgid "*-O*, *--oneline*"
36600 msgstr "*-O*, *--oneline*"
36601
36602 #. type: Plain text
36603 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
36604 msgid ""
36605 "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
36606 msgstr ""
36607
36608 #. type: Labeled list
36609 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:48
36610 #, no-wrap
36611 msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
36612 msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _segundos_"
36613
36614 #. type: Plain text
36615 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
36616 msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
36617 msgstr ""
36618
36619 #. type: Labeled list
36620 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51
36621 #, no-wrap
36622 msgid "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
36623 msgstr "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
36624
36625 #. type: Plain text
36626 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
36627 msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
36628 msgstr ""
36629
36630 #. type: Labeled list
36631 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:54
36632 #, no-wrap
36633 msgid "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
36634 msgstr "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
36635
36636 #. type: Plain text
36637 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:56
36638 msgid "Same as *-I -T*."
36639 msgstr ""
36640
36641 #. type: Plain text
36642 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:67
36643 msgid ""
36644 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
36645 "Poettering]"
36646 msgstr ""
36647 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
36648 "Poettering]"
36649
36650 #. type: Title =
36651 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
36652 #, no-wrap
36653 msgid "zramctl(8)"
36654 msgstr "zramctl(8)"
36655
36656 #. type: Plain text
36657 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:12
36658 msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
36659 msgstr ""
36660
36661 #. type: Labeled list
36662 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:15
36663 #, no-wrap
36664 msgid "Get info: "
36665 msgstr ""
36666
36667 #. type: Plain text
36668 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:18
36669 #, no-wrap
36670 msgid "*zramctl* [options]\n"
36671 msgstr "*zramctl* [opciones]\n"
36672
36673 #. type: Labeled list
36674 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:19
36675 #, no-wrap
36676 msgid "Reset zram: "
36677 msgstr ""
36678
36679 #. type: Plain text
36680 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:22
36681 #, no-wrap
36682 msgid "*zramctl* *-r* _zramdev_...\n"
36683 msgstr ""
36684
36685 #. type: Labeled list
36686 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:23
36687 #, no-wrap
36688 msgid "Print name of first unused zram device: "
36689 msgstr ""
36690
36691 #. type: Plain text
36692 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:26
36693 #, no-wrap
36694 msgid "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
36695 msgstr "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
36696
36697 #. type: Labeled list
36698 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:27
36699 #, no-wrap
36700 msgid "Set up a zram device: "
36701 msgstr ""
36702
36703 #. type: Plain text
36704 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30
36705 #, no-wrap
36706 msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]\n"
36707 msgstr ""
36708
36709 #. type: Plain text
36710 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34
36711 #, no-wrap
36712 msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices.\n"
36713 msgstr ""
36714
36715 #. type: Plain text
36716 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:36
36717 msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
36718 msgstr ""
36719
36720 #. type: Plain text
36721 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
36722 msgid ""
36723 "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The "
36724 "command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* "
36725 "option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/"
36726 "zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
36727 msgstr ""
36728
36729 #. type: Labeled list
36730 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41
36731 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
36732 #| msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|*842*"
36733 msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|*842*"
36734 msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|*842*"
36735
36736 #. type: Plain text
36737 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
36738 msgid ""
36739 "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
36740 "device."
36741 msgstr ""
36742
36743 #. type: Labeled list
36744 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:44
36745 #, no-wrap
36746 msgid "*-f*, *--find*"
36747 msgstr "*-f*, *--find*"
36748
36749 #. type: Plain text
36750 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46
36751 msgid ""
36752 "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then "
36753 "initialize the device."
36754 msgstr ""
36755
36756 #. type: Plain text
36757 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52
36758 msgid ""
36759 "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
36760 "specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
36761 "supported columns."
36762 msgstr ""
36763
36764 #. type: Plain text
36765 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:58
36766 msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
36767 msgstr ""
36768
36769 #. type: Plain text
36770 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61
36771 msgid ""
36772 "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
36773 "be changed only after a reset."
36774 msgstr ""
36775
36776 #. type: Labeled list
36777 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:62
36778 #, no-wrap
36779 msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
36780 msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _tamaño_"
36781
36782 #. type: Plain text
36783 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64
36784 msgid ""
36785 "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to "
36786 "memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, "
36787 "it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
36788 "the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
36789 msgstr ""
36790
36791 #. type: Plain text
36792 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66
36793 msgid ""
36794 "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
36795 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
36796 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
36797 "suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
36798 "YB."
36799 msgstr ""
36800
36801 #. type: Labeled list
36802 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:67
36803 #, no-wrap
36804 msgid "*-t*, *--streams* _number_"
36805 msgstr ""
36806
36807 #. type: Plain text
36808 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69
36809 msgid ""
36810 "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
36811 "device. The default is one stream."
36812 msgstr ""
36813
36814 #. type: Plain text
36815 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:79
36816 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
36817 #| msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
36818 msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.\n"
36819 msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
36820
36821 #. type: Labeled list
36822 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:82
36823 #, no-wrap
36824 msgid "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
36825 msgstr "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
36826
36827 #. type: Plain text
36828 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:84
36829 msgid "zram block devices"
36830 msgstr ""
36831
36832 #. type: Plain text
36833 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:88
36834 msgid ""
36835 "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
36836 "use it as swap device."
36837 msgstr ""
36838
36839 #. type: delimited block .
36840 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:97
36841 #, no-wrap
36842 msgid ""
36843 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
36844 " /dev/zram0\n"
36845 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
36846 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
36847 " ...\n"
36848 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
36849 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
36850 msgstr ""
36851 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
36852 " /dev/zram0\n"
36853 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
36854 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
36855 " ...\n"
36856 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
36857 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
36858
36859 #. type: Plain text
36860 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:103
36861 msgid ""
36862 "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
36863 "Zak]"
36864 msgstr ""
36865 "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
36866 "Zak]"
36867
36868 #. type: Plain text
36869 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:107
36870 msgid ""
36871 "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
36872 "Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
36873 msgstr ""
36874
36875 #. type: Title =
36876 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:2
36877 #, no-wrap
36878 msgid "agetty(8)"
36879 msgstr "agetty(8)"
36880
36881 #. type: Plain text
36882 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:12
36883 msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
36884 msgstr "agetty - getty alternativo de Linux"
36885
36886 #. type: Plain text
36887 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:16
36888 #, no-wrap
36889 msgid "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_baud_rate_...] [_term_]\n"
36890 msgstr ""
36891
36892 #. type: Plain text
36893 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20
36894 #, no-wrap
36895 msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
36896 msgstr "*agetty* abre un puerto tty, pide un nombre de entrada y ejecuta la orden /bin/login. Es llamado normalmente por *init*(8).\n"
36897
36898 #. type: Plain text
36899 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22
36900 #, no-wrap
36901 msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
36902 msgstr "*agetty* tiene algunas características _no-estandares_ que son útiles para líneas de cable y para líneas telefónicas:\n"
36903
36904 #. type: Plain text
36905 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
36906 #, fuzzy
36907 #| msgid ""
36908 #| "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
36909 #| "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name.  The program can "
36910 #| "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
36911 #| "characters with no parity. The following special characters are "
36912 #| "recognized: @ and Control-U (kill); #, DEL and back space (erase); "
36913 #| "carriage return and line feed (end of line)."
36914 msgid ""
36915 "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
36916 "uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
36917 "bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
36918 "with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
36919 "(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
36920 "line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
36921 msgstr ""
36922 "Adapta los parámetros de la tty en bits de paridad y en los caracteres de "
36923 "borrado(erase), cierre(kill), fin-de-línea y mayusculas cuando lee el nombre "
36924 "de entrada.  El programa puede manejar caracteres de 7-bit con paridad par, "
36925 "impar, nínguna o espacio , y caracteres de 8-bit sin paridad. Los siguientes "
36926 "caracteres especiales son reconocidos: @ y Control-U (kill); #, DEL y "
36927 "borrado (erase); retorno de carro y salto de línea (end of line)."
36928
36929 #. type: Plain text
36930 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
36931 msgid ""
36932 "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
36933 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
36934 msgstr ""
36935 "Opcionalmente deduce el ratio de baudios de los mensajes de CONNECT "
36936 "producidos por los modems compatibles Hayes(tm)."
36937
36938 #. type: Plain text
36939 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
36940 msgid ""
36941 "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
36942 "for call-back applications)."
36943 msgstr ""
36944 "Opcionalmente no cuelga cuando se le da una línea ya abierta (útil para "
36945 "aplicaciones con llamada de respuesta)."
36946
36947 #. type: Plain text
36948 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27
36949 msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the _/etc/issue_ file."
36950 msgstr "Opcionalmente no muestra los contenidos del fichero _/etc/issue_."
36951
36952 #. type: Plain text
36953 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
36954 #, fuzzy
36955 #| msgid ""
36956 #| "Optionally displays an alternative issue file instead of I</etc/issue>."
36957 msgid ""
36958 "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/"
36959 "etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
36960 msgstr ""
36961 "Opcionalmente muestra un fichero issue alternativo en vez de I</etc/issue>."
36962
36963 #. type: Plain text
36964 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29
36965 msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
36966 msgstr "Opcionalmente no pregunta por un nombre de acceso."
36967
36968 #. type: Plain text
36969 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
36970 msgid ""
36971 "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
36972 msgstr ""
36973 "Opcionalmente invoca un programa de acceso no estandar en vez de _/bin/"
36974 "login_."
36975
36976 #. type: Plain text
36977 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31
36978 msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
36979 msgstr "Opcionalmente activa el control de flujo por hard-ware."
36980
36981 #. type: Plain text
36982 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32
36983 msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
36984 msgstr ""
36985 "Opcionalmente fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la "
36986 "portadora."
36987
36988 #. type: Plain text
36989 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
36990 msgid ""
36991 "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ "
36992 "(SunOS 4) files."
36993 msgstr ""
36994 "Este programa no utiliza los ficheros _/etc/gettydefs_ (Sistema V) o _/etc/"
36995 "gettytab_ (SunOS 4)."
36996
36997 #. type: Labeled list
36998 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37
36999 #, no-wrap
37000 msgid "_port_"
37001 msgstr "_puerto_"
37002
37003 #. type: Plain text
37004 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
37005 msgid ""
37006 "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
37007 "*agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
37008 "and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
37009 msgstr ""
37010 "Un nombre de path relativo al directorio _/dev_. Si se especifica un \"-\", "
37011 "_agetty_ asume que su entrada estandar ya está conectada con un puerto tty y "
37012 "que la conexión con un usuario remoto ya ha sido establecida."
37013
37014 #. type: Plain text
37015 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41
37016 msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
37017 msgstr ""
37018 "Bajo Sistema V, un argumento \"-\" _puerto_ debe ir precedido por un \"--\"."
37019
37020 #. type: Labeled list
37021 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42
37022 #, no-wrap
37023 msgid "_baud_rate_,..."
37024 msgstr "_ratio_baudios_,..."
37025
37026 #. type: Plain text
37027 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
37028 msgid ""
37029 "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* "
37030 "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
37031 "if it were circular."
37032 msgstr ""
37033 "Una lista, separada por comas, de uno o más ratios de baudios. Cada vez que "
37034 "*agetty* recive un caracter de BREAK avanza a través de la lista , la cual "
37035 "se trata como si fuera circular."
37036
37037 #. type: Plain text
37038 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
37039 msgid ""
37040 "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
37041 "character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
37042 msgstr ""
37043 "Los ratios de baudios se deberían especificar en orden descendete, para que "
37044 "el caracter nulo (Ctrl-@) pueda también ser usado para ir cambiando de ratio "
37045 "de baudios."
37046
37047 #. type: Plain text
37048 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48
37049 msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for *virtual terminals*."
37050 msgstr ""
37051
37052 #. type: Plain text
37053 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
37054 msgid ""
37055 "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--"
37056 "keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
37057 msgstr ""
37058
37059 #. type: Labeled list
37060 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:51
37061 #, no-wrap
37062 msgid "_term_"
37063 msgstr "_term_"
37064
37065 #. type: Plain text
37066 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
37067 msgid ""
37068 "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides "
37069 "whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
37070 msgstr ""
37071 "El valor para ser usado por la variable de entorno *TERM*. Esto reemplaza "
37072 "cualquier otro valor que *init*(1) pueda haber establecido, y es heredado "
37073 "por login y por el shell."
37074
37075 #. type: Plain text
37076 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
37077 msgid ""
37078 "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
37079 "'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
37080 msgstr ""
37081
37082 #. type: Labeled list
37083 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:58
37084 #, no-wrap
37085 msgid "*-8*, *--8bits*"
37086 msgstr "*-8*, *--8bits*"
37087
37088 #. type: Plain text
37089 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:60
37090 msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
37091 msgstr ""
37092
37093 #. type: Labeled list
37094 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:61
37095 #, no-wrap
37096 msgid "*-a*, *--autologin* _username_"
37097 msgstr "*-a*, *--autologin* _nombreusuario_"
37098
37099 #. type: Plain text
37100 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
37101 msgid ""
37102 "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
37103 "password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to "
37104 "be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can "
37105 "be used to modify this option's behavior."
37106 msgstr ""
37107
37108 #. type: Plain text
37109 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
37110 msgid ""
37111 "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the "
37112 "serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and "
37113 "it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
37114 msgstr ""
37115
37116 #. type: Labeled list
37117 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:66
37118 #, no-wrap
37119 msgid "*-c*, *--noreset*"
37120 msgstr "*-c*, *--noreset*"
37121
37122 #. type: Plain text
37123 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
37124 msgid ""
37125 "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more "
37126 "details."
37127 msgstr ""
37128
37129 #. type: Labeled list
37130 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:69
37131 #, no-wrap
37132 msgid "*-E*, *--remote*"
37133 msgstr "*-E*, *--remote*"
37134
37135 #. type: Plain text
37136 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
37137 msgid ""
37138 "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
37139 "something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it "
37140 "is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, "
37141 "*login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
37142 msgstr ""
37143
37144 #. type: Plain text
37145 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
37146 msgid ""
37147 "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option "
37148 "and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
37149 msgstr ""
37150
37151 #. type: Plain text
37152 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
37153 msgid ""
37154 "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */"
37155 "bin/login* command line."
37156 msgstr ""
37157
37158 #. type: Plain text
37159 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:77
37160 msgid "See *--login-options*."
37161 msgstr "Vea *--login-options*."
37162
37163 #. type: Labeled list
37164 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:78
37165 #, no-wrap
37166 msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
37167 msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _ruta_"
37168
37169 #. type: Plain text
37170 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
37171 #, fuzzy
37172 #| msgid ""
37173 #| "Display the contents of I<issue_file> instead of I</etc/issue>.  This "
37174 #| "allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals.  The -i "
37175 #| "option will override this option."
37176 msgid ""
37177 "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
37178 "instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are "
37179 "displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
37180 "path is a directory then display all files with .issue file extension in "
37181 "version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
37182 "displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this "
37183 "option."
37184 msgstr ""
37185 "Muestra el contenido del fichero I<fichero_issue> en vez de I</etc/issue>.  "
37186 "Esto permite que se muestren distintos mensajes en terminales diferentes.  "
37187 "La opción -i reemplazará a esta opción."
37188
37189 #. type: Labeled list
37190 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81
37191 #, no-wrap
37192 msgid "*--show-issue*"
37193 msgstr "*--show-issue*"
37194
37195 #. type: Plain text
37196 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
37197 msgid ""
37198 "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
37199 "Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
37200 "other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
37201 "information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty command line."
37202 msgstr ""
37203
37204 #. type: Labeled list
37205 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:84
37206 #, no-wrap
37207 msgid "*-h, --flow-control*"
37208 msgstr "*-h, --flow-control*"
37209
37210 #. type: Plain text
37211 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
37212 msgid ""
37213 "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
37214 "disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
37215 msgstr ""
37216 "Activar el control de flujo por hardware (RTS/CTS). Se deja a la aplicación "
37217 "el desactivar el protocolo de flujo por software (XON/XOFF) cuando sea "
37218 "adecuado."
37219
37220 #. type: Labeled list
37221 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87
37222 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
37223 #| msgid "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
37224 msgid "*-H*, *--host* _fakehost_"
37225 msgstr "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
37226
37227 #. type: Plain text
37228 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
37229 msgid ""
37230 "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
37231 "is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and "
37232 "consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
37233 "concentrators and the like."
37234 msgstr ""
37235
37236 #. type: Labeled list
37237 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:90
37238 #, no-wrap
37239 msgid "*-i*, *--noissue*"
37240 msgstr "*-i*, *--noissue*"
37241
37242 #. type: Plain text
37243 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
37244 msgid ""
37245 "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the "
37246 "login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
37247 "receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
37248 "the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
37249 msgstr ""
37250 "No muestra el contenido de _/etc/issue_ (u otro) antes de escribir el "
37251 "mensaje de login. Los terminales o el hardware de comunicaciones, pueden "
37252 "volverse confusos cuando reciben montones de texto a un ratio erroneo de "
37253 "baudios; los ficheros de lotes de marcación pueden fallar si la petición de "
37254 "mensaje de login va precedido de demasiado texto."
37255
37256 #. type: Labeled list
37257 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93
37258 #, no-wrap
37259 msgid "*-I*, *--init-string* _initstring_"
37260 msgstr "*-I*, *--init-string* _CadenadeInicio_"
37261
37262 #. type: Plain text
37263 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
37264 msgid ""
37265 "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
37266 "else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
37267 "be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For "
37268 "example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
37269 msgstr ""
37270 "Establece una cadena de inicio para ser enviada al tty o al modem antes de "
37271 "enviar nada más. Esto puede ser usado para inicializar un modem. Los "
37272 "caracteres no imprimibles pueden ser enviados escribiendo su código octal "
37273 "precedido por la contrabarra (\\). Por ejemplo, para enviar un caracter de "
37274 "salto de línea (ASCII 10, octal 012) se escribe\\012."
37275
37276 #. type: Labeled list
37277 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96
37278 #, no-wrap
37279 msgid "*-J*, *--noclear*"
37280 msgstr "*-J*, *--noclear*"
37281
37282 #. type: Plain text
37283 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
37284 msgid ""
37285 "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
37286 "screen is cleared."
37287 msgstr ""
37288
37289 #. type: Labeled list
37290 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:99
37291 #, no-wrap
37292 msgid "*-l*, *--login-program* _login_program_"
37293 msgstr "*-l*, *--login-program* _programa_login_"
37294
37295 #. type: Plain text
37296 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
37297 #, fuzzy
37298 #| msgid ""
37299 #| "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login.  This allows "
37300 #| "the use of a non-standard login program (for example, one that asks for a "
37301 #| "dial-up password or that uses a different password file)."
37302 msgid ""
37303 "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
37304 "use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
37305 "for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-"
37306 "options*."
37307 msgstr ""
37308 "Invoca el programa I<programa_login> en vez de /bin/login.  Esto permite el "
37309 "uso de un programa de login no estandar (por ejemplo, uno que pida un "
37310 "password al conectar por modem o que utilice un fichero de claves distinto)."
37311
37312 #. type: Labeled list
37313 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102
37314 #, no-wrap
37315 msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
37316 msgstr "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__modo__]"
37317
37318 #. type: Plain text
37319 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
37320 msgid ""
37321 "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is 'auto', "
37322 "'always' or 'never'. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is "
37323 "'always'. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default "
37324 "is 'auto'."
37325 msgstr ""
37326
37327 #. type: Labeled list
37328 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:105
37329 #, no-wrap
37330 msgid "_always_"
37331 msgstr "_always_"
37332
37333 #. type: Plain text
37334 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
37335 msgid ""
37336 "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
37337 "be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
37338 "does not set the carrier-detect signal."
37339 msgstr ""
37340 "Fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la portadora. Esto "
37341 "puede ser útil cuando se tiene una terminal conectada localmente donde la "
37342 "línea serie no establece la señal de detección de portadora."
37343
37344 #. type: Labeled list
37345 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
37346 #, no-wrap
37347 msgid "_never_"
37348 msgstr "_never_"
37349
37350 #. type: Plain text
37351 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
37352 msgid ""
37353 "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
37354 "detect signal is expected on the line."
37355 msgstr ""
37356
37357 #. type: Labeled list
37358 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
37359 #, no-wrap
37360 msgid "_auto_"
37361 msgstr "_auto_"
37362
37363 #. type: Plain text
37364 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
37365 msgid ""
37366 "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
37367 "setting enabled by the kernel."
37368 msgstr ""
37369
37370 #. type: Labeled list
37371 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:112
37372 #, no-wrap
37373 msgid "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
37374 msgstr "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
37375
37376 #. type: Plain text
37377 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
37378 msgid ""
37379 "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
37380 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
37381 "\"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status "
37382 "message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on "
37383 "the command line."
37384 msgstr ""
37385 "Intenta extraer el ratio de baudios del mensaje de estatus de CONNECT que "
37386 "producen los modems compatibles Hayes(tm). Estos mensajes de estatus son de "
37387 "la forma: \"<vacío><velocidad><vacío>\".  *agetty* asume que el modem emite "
37388 "su mensaje de estatus a la misma velocidad que la especificada con (el "
37389 "primero) el valor _ratio_baudios_ en la línea de órdenes."
37390
37391 #. type: Plain text
37392 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
37393 msgid ""
37394 "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
37395 "still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
37396 "on the command line."
37397 msgstr ""
37398 "Ya que la opción *--extract-baud* puede fallar en sistemas fuertemente "
37399 "cargados, se debería habilitar el procesado a través de BREAK enumerando "
37400 "todos los ratios de baudios esperados en la línea de órdenes."
37401
37402 #. type: Labeled list
37403 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117
37404 #, no-wrap
37405 msgid "*--list-speeds*"
37406 msgstr "*--list-speeds*"
37407
37408 #. type: Plain text
37409 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:119
37410 msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
37411 msgstr ""
37412
37413 #. type: Labeled list
37414 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:120
37415 #, no-wrap
37416 msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
37417 msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
37418
37419 #. type: Plain text
37420 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
37421 #, fuzzy
37422 #| msgid ""
37423 #| "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection "
37424 #| "with -l option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS "
37425 #| "system. Note that with the -n option, B<agetty> gets no input from user "
37426 #| "who logs in and therefore won't be able to figure out parity, character "
37427 #| "size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space "
37428 #| "parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character.  "
37429 #| "Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/login)  is "
37430 #| "run as root."
37431 msgid ""
37432 "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
37433 "the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
37434 "a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no "
37435 "input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
37436 "parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
37437 "defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
37438 "character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) "
37439 "is run as root."
37440 msgstr ""
37441 "No preguntar al usuario por un nombre de login. Esto puede ser usado en "
37442 "conexión con la opción -l para invocar un proceso de login no-estandar como "
37443 "un sistema BBS. Se debe notar que con la opción -n, B<agetty> no obtiene "
37444 "ninguna entrada del usuario que accede y por lo tanto no podrá deducir la "
37445 "paridad, tamaño de caracter, y procesado de nueva línea. Por defecto cae en "
37446 "paridad espacio, caracteres de 7 bit, y el caracter ASCII CR (13) como fin-"
37447 "de-línea.  Hay que tener en cuenta que el programa que B<agetty> arranca "
37448 "(normalmente /bin/login)  se ejecuta como root."
37449
37450 #. type: Labeled list
37451 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123
37452 #, no-wrap
37453 msgid "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
37454 msgstr "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
37455
37456 #. type: Plain text
37457 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:125
37458 msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out _/etc/issue_."
37459 msgstr ""
37460
37461 #. type: Labeled list
37462 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:126
37463 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
37464 #| msgid "-l, --login-program I<login_program>"
37465 msgid "*-o*, *--login-options* _login_options_"
37466 msgstr "-l, --login-program I<programa_login>"
37467
37468 #. type: Plain text
37469 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
37470 msgid ""
37471 "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced "
37472 "by the login name. For example:"
37473 msgstr ""
37474
37475 #. type: Plain text
37476 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:130
37477 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
37478 #| msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\u'*\n"
37479 msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\u'*\n"
37480 msgstr "*--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\u'*\n"
37481
37482 #. type: Plain text
37483 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:132
37484 msgid "See *--autologin*, *--login-program* and *--remote*."
37485 msgstr "Vea *--autologin*, *--login-program* y *--remote*."
37486
37487 #. type: Plain text
37488 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:134
37489 msgid "Please read the SECURITY NOTICE below before using this option."
37490 msgstr ""
37491
37492 #. type: Labeled list
37493 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:135
37494 #, no-wrap
37495 msgid "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
37496 msgstr "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
37497
37498 #. type: Plain text
37499 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
37500 msgid ""
37501 "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
37502 "*--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
37503 msgstr ""
37504
37505 #. type: Labeled list
37506 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:138
37507 #, no-wrap
37508 msgid "*-r*, *--chroot* _directory_"
37509 msgstr "*-r*, *--chroot* _directorio_"
37510
37511 #. type: Plain text
37512 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:140
37513 msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
37514 msgstr ""
37515
37516 #. type: Labeled list
37517 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:141
37518 #, no-wrap
37519 msgid "*-R*, *--hangup*"
37520 msgstr "*-R*, *--hangup*"
37521
37522 #. type: Plain text
37523 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:143
37524 msgid "Call *vhangup*(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
37525 msgstr ""
37526
37527 #. type: Labeled list
37528 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:144
37529 #, no-wrap
37530 msgid "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
37531 msgstr "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
37532
37533 #. type: Plain text
37534 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
37535 msgid ""
37536 "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
37537 "used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
37538 "specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
37539 "baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
37540 "unexpected BREAKs."
37541 msgstr ""
37542
37543 #. type: Labeled list
37544 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:147 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:65
37545 #, no-wrap
37546 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _timeout_"
37547 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _tiempo_límite_"
37548
37549 #. type: Plain text
37550 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
37551 #, fuzzy
37552 #| msgid ""
37553 #| "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. This "
37554 #| "option should probably not be used with hard-wired lines."
37555 msgid ""
37556 "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of "
37557 "this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
37558 msgstr ""
37559 "Termina si no se puede leer un nombre de usuario en I<tiempo_límite> "
37560 "segundos. Esta opción no debería ser usada en líneas de cable físico."
37561
37562 #. type: Labeled list
37563 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150
37564 #, no-wrap
37565 msgid "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
37566 msgstr "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
37567
37568 #. type: Plain text
37569 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
37570 msgid ""
37571 "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
37572 "detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
37573 "terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
37574 "has no support for any Unicode characters."
37575 msgstr ""
37576
37577 #. type: Labeled list
37578 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:153
37579 #, no-wrap
37580 msgid "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
37581 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
37582
37583 #. type: Plain text
37584 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
37585 #, fuzzy
37586 #| msgid ""
37587 #| "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
37588 #| "character before sending the I</etc/issue> (or other) file and the login "
37589 #| "prompt. Very useful in connection with the -I option."
37590 msgid ""
37591 "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
37592 "character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login "
37593 "prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
37594 msgstr ""
37595 "Espera a que o el usuario o el modem envíen un caracter de retorno de carro "
37596 "o de nueva línea antes de mostrar el fichero I</etc/issue> (u otro)  y el "
37597 "mensaje de login. Muy útil en conexión con la opción -I."
37598
37599 #. type: Labeled list
37600 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156
37601 #, no-wrap
37602 msgid "*--nohints*"
37603 msgstr "*--nohints*"
37604
37605 #. type: Plain text
37606 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:158
37607 msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
37608 msgstr ""
37609
37610 #. type: Labeled list
37611 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:159
37612 #, no-wrap
37613 msgid "*--nohostname*"
37614 msgstr "*--nohostname*"
37615
37616 #. type: Plain text
37617 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
37618 msgid ""
37619 "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
37620 "hostname at all will be shown."
37621 msgstr ""
37622
37623 #. type: Labeled list
37624 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:162
37625 #, no-wrap
37626 msgid "*--long-hostname*"
37627 msgstr "*--long-hostname*"
37628
37629 #. type: Plain text
37630 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
37631 msgid ""
37632 "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
37633 "option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not "
37634 "found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
37635 msgstr ""
37636
37637 #. type: Labeled list
37638 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:165
37639 #, no-wrap
37640 msgid "*--erase-chars* _string_"
37641 msgstr "*--erase-chars* _cadena_"
37642
37643 #. type: Plain text
37644 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
37645 msgid ""
37646 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
37647 "backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
37648 "name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 "
37649 "no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
37650 msgstr ""
37651
37652 #. type: Labeled list
37653 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:168
37654 #, no-wrap
37655 msgid "*--kill-chars* _string_"
37656 msgstr "*--kill-chars* _cadena_"
37657
37658 #. type: Plain text
37659 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
37660 msgid ""
37661 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
37662 "kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
37663 "name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 "
37664 "no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
37665 msgstr ""
37666
37667 #. type: Labeled list
37668 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:171
37669 #, no-wrap
37670 msgid "*--chdir* _directory_"
37671 msgstr "*--chdir* _directorio_"
37672
37673 #. type: Plain text
37674 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:173
37675 msgid "Change directory before the login."
37676 msgstr ""
37677
37678 #. type: Labeled list
37679 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:174
37680 #, no-wrap
37681 msgid "*--delay* _number_"
37682 msgstr ""
37683
37684 #. type: Plain text
37685 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:176
37686 msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
37687 msgstr ""
37688
37689 #. type: Labeled list
37690 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:177
37691 #, no-wrap
37692 msgid "*--nice* _number_"
37693 msgstr ""
37694
37695 #. type: Plain text
37696 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:179
37697 msgid "Run login with this priority."
37698 msgstr ""
37699
37700 #. type: Labeled list
37701 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:180
37702 #, no-wrap
37703 msgid "*--reload*"
37704 msgstr "*--reload*"
37705
37706 #. type: Plain text
37707 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
37708 msgid ""
37709 "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
37710 "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
37711 "command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
37712 "Linux *inotify*(7)."
37713 msgstr ""
37714
37715 #. type: Plain text
37716 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:192
37717 msgid ""
37718 "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/"
37719 "inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
37720 "fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
37721 msgstr ""
37722 "Esta sección muestra ejemplos para el campo de proceso de una entrada en el "
37723 "fichero _/etc/inittab_.  Tendrá que introducir valores apropiados para los "
37724 "otros campos.  Ver *inittab*(5) para más detalles."
37725
37726 #. type: Plain text
37727 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:194
37728 msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
37729 msgstr "Para una línea de cable o una tty de consola:"
37730
37731 #. type: delimited block _
37732 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:197
37733 #, no-wrap
37734 msgid "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
37735 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
37736
37737 #. type: Plain text
37738 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:200
37739 msgid ""
37740 "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
37741 "this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
37742 msgstr ""
37743 "Para un terminal conectada directamente sin cableado apropiado para detectar "
37744 "portadora (pruebe esto si su terminal solo se queda esperando en vez de "
37745 "mostrarle un mensaje password):"
37746
37747 #. type: delimited block _
37748 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:203
37749 #, no-wrap
37750 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
37751 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
37752
37753 #. type: Plain text
37754 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:206
37755 msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
37756 msgstr ""
37757 "Para una línea al estilo antiguo con un modem de 9600/2400/1200 baudios:"
37758
37759 #. type: delimited block _
37760 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:209
37761 #, no-wrap
37762 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
37763 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
37764
37765 #. type: Plain text
37766 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:212
37767 msgid ""
37768 "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
37769 "example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
37770 "computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
37771 "and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
37772 msgstr ""
37773 "Para un modem Hayes con un interfaz fijo a 115200 bps con la máquina: (la "
37774 "cadena de inicialización de ejemplo desconecta el eco y los códigos de "
37775 "retorno, hace que el DCD modem/ordenador siga al DCD modem/modem, provoca "
37776 "que una caida de DTR cause una desconexión y activa la auto-respuesta tras 1 "
37777 "tono.)"
37778
37779 #. type: delimited block _
37780 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:215
37781 #, no-wrap
37782 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
37783 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
37784
37785 #. type: Title ==
37786 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:217
37787 #, no-wrap
37788 msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
37789 msgstr ""
37790
37791 #. type: Plain text
37792 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:220
37793 msgid ""
37794 "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
37795 "that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
37796 "then get passed to the used login program. Agetty does check for a leading "
37797 "\"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded "
37798 "spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the "
37799 "login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
37800 "that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
37801 msgstr ""
37802
37803 #. type: Plain text
37804 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
37805 msgid ""
37806 "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
37807 "should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
37808 "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
37809 msgstr ""
37810
37811 #. type: Title ==
37812 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:223
37813 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
37814 #| msgid "ISSUE ESCAPES"
37815 msgid "ISSUE FILES"
37816 msgstr "CÓDIGOS DE ESCAPE EN ISSUE"
37817
37818 #. type: Plain text
37819 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:226
37820 msgid ""
37821 "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* "
37822 "also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional "
37823 "extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
37824 "after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the "
37825 "directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory "
37826 "are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
37827 "party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
37828 msgstr ""
37829
37830 #. type: Plain text
37831 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228
37832 msgid ""
37833 "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
37834 "supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks "
37835 "for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/"
37836 "usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific "
37837 "configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for "
37838 "static distribution maintained configuration."
37839 msgstr ""
37840
37841 #. type: Plain text
37842 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:230
37843 msgid ""
37844 "The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case "
37845 "specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file "
37846 "and directory locations are ignored."
37847 msgstr ""
37848
37849 #. type: Plain text
37850 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:232
37851 msgid ""
37852 "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
37853 msgstr ""
37854
37855 #. type: Plain text
37856 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:234
37857 msgid ""
37858 "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on "
37859 "the current terminal."
37860 msgstr ""
37861
37862 #. type: Plain text
37863 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:236
37864 #, fuzzy
37865 #| msgid ""
37866 #| "The issue-file (I</etc/issue> or the file set with the -f option)  may "
37867 #| "contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date and time "
37868 #| "etc. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\e) immediately followed "
37869 #| "by one of the letters explained below."
37870 msgid ""
37871 "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
37872 "date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) "
37873 "immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
37874 msgstr ""
37875 "EL fichero issue (I</etc/issue> o el fichero establecido con la opción -f)  "
37876 "puede contener ciertos códigos de escape para mostrar el nombre del sistema, "
37877 "la fecha y hora etc. Todos los códigos de escape consisten en una "
37878 "contrabarra (\\e) inmediatemente seguida por una de las letras explicadas "
37879 "más abajo."
37880
37881 #. type: Labeled list
37882 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:237
37883 #, no-wrap
37884 msgid "4 or 4{_interface_}"
37885 msgstr ""
37886
37887 #. type: Plain text
37888 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239
37889 msgid ""
37890 "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
37891 "\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the "
37892 "first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not any "
37893 "configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's "
37894 "hostname."
37895 msgstr ""
37896
37897 #. type: Labeled list
37898 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:240
37899 #, no-wrap
37900 msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}"
37901 msgstr ""
37902
37903 #. type: Plain text
37904 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:242
37905 msgid "The same as \\4 but for IPv6."
37906 msgstr ""
37907
37908 #. type: Labeled list
37909 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:243
37910 #, no-wrap
37911 msgid "b"
37912 msgstr "b"
37913
37914 #. type: Plain text
37915 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:245
37916 msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
37917 msgstr "Inserta el ratio en baudios en la línea actual."
37918
37919 #. type: Labeled list
37920 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:246
37921 #, no-wrap
37922 msgid "d"
37923 msgstr "d"
37924
37925 #. type: Plain text
37926 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:248
37927 msgid "Insert the current date."
37928 msgstr "Inserta la fecha actual."
37929
37930 #. type: Labeled list
37931 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:249
37932 #, no-wrap
37933 msgid "e or e{_name_}"
37934 msgstr "e o e{_nombre_}"
37935
37936 #. type: Plain text
37937 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:251
37938 msgid ""
37939 "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for "
37940 "example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not "
37941 "specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, "
37942 "blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
37943 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
37944 "magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
37945 "silently ignored."
37946 msgstr ""
37947
37948 #. type: Labeled list
37949 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:252
37950 #, no-wrap
37951 msgid "s"
37952 msgstr "s"
37953
37954 #. type: Plain text
37955 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:254
37956 #, fuzzy
37957 #| msgid "Insert the system name, the name of the operating system."
37958 msgid ""
37959 "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -"
37960 "s'. See also the \\S escape code."
37961 msgstr "Inserta el nombre del sistema, el nombre del sistema operativo."
37962
37963 #. type: Labeled list
37964 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:255
37965 #, no-wrap
37966 msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
37967 msgstr ""
37968
37969 #. type: Plain text
37970 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:257
37971 msgid ""
37972 "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist "
37973 "then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not "
37974 "specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). "
37975 "This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release "
37976 "independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal "
37977 "escape sequence."
37978 msgstr ""
37979
37980 #. type: Labeled list
37981 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:258
37982 #, no-wrap
37983 msgid "l"
37984 msgstr "l"
37985
37986 #. type: Plain text
37987 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:260
37988 msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
37989 msgstr "Inserta el nombre de la línea tty actual."
37990
37991 #. type: Labeled list
37992 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:261
37993 #, no-wrap
37994 msgid "m"
37995 msgstr "m"
37996
37997 #. type: Plain text
37998 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:263
37999 #, fuzzy
38000 #| msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine, eg. i486"
38001 msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as *uname -m*."
38002 msgstr "Inserta el identificador de la arquitectura de la máquina, ej. i486"
38003
38004 #. type: Labeled list
38005 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:264
38006 #, no-wrap
38007 msgid "n"
38008 msgstr "n"
38009
38010 #. type: Plain text
38011 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:266
38012 #, fuzzy
38013 #| msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname."
38014 msgid ""
38015 "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
38016 "*uname -n*."
38017 msgstr ""
38018 "Inserta el nombre de nodo de la máquina, también conocido como el nombre de "
38019 "host."
38020
38021 #. type: Labeled list
38022 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:267
38023 #, no-wrap
38024 msgid "o"
38025 msgstr "o"
38026
38027 #. type: Plain text
38028 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:269
38029 #, fuzzy
38030 #| msgid "Insert the domainname of the machine."
38031 msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as *hostname -d*."
38032 msgstr "Inserta el nombre de dominio de la máquina."
38033
38034 #. type: Labeled list
38035 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:270
38036 #, no-wrap
38037 msgid "O"
38038 msgstr "O"
38039
38040 #. type: Plain text
38041 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:272
38042 #, fuzzy
38043 #| msgid "Insert the domainname of the machine."
38044 msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
38045 msgstr "Inserta el nombre de dominio de la máquina."
38046
38047 #. type: Labeled list
38048 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:273
38049 #, no-wrap
38050 msgid "r"
38051 msgstr "r"
38052
38053 #. type: Plain text
38054 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:275
38055 #, fuzzy
38056 #| msgid "Insert the release number of the OS, eg. 1.1.9."
38057 msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as *uname -r*."
38058 msgstr "Inserta el número de versión del SO, ej. 1.1.9."
38059
38060 #. type: Labeled list
38061 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:276
38062 #, no-wrap
38063 msgid "t"
38064 msgstr "t"
38065
38066 #. type: Plain text
38067 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:278
38068 msgid "Insert the current time."
38069 msgstr "Inserta la hora actual."
38070
38071 #. type: Labeled list
38072 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:279
38073 #, no-wrap
38074 msgid "u"
38075 msgstr "u"
38076
38077 #. type: Plain text
38078 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:281
38079 msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
38080 msgstr "Inserta el número de usuarios conectados en ese momento."
38081
38082 #. type: Labeled list
38083 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:282
38084 #, no-wrap
38085 msgid "U"
38086 msgstr "U"
38087
38088 #. type: Plain text
38089 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:284
38090 msgid ""
38091 "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of "
38092 "current users logged in."
38093 msgstr ""
38094 "Inserta la cadena \"1 user\" o \"<n> users\" donde <n> es el número de "
38095 "usuarios conectados en ese momento."
38096
38097 #. type: Labeled list
38098 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:285
38099 #, no-wrap
38100 msgid "v"
38101 msgstr "v"
38102
38103 #. type: Plain text
38104 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:287
38105 #, fuzzy
38106 #| msgid "Insert the version of the OS, eg. the build-date etc."
38107 msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
38108 msgstr "Inserta la versión de SO, ej. fecha de creación etc."
38109
38110 #. type: Plain text
38111 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:289
38112 msgid "An example. On my system, the following _/etc/issue_ file:"
38113 msgstr "Ejemplo: En mi sistema, el siguiente fichero _/etc/issue_:"
38114
38115 #. type: delimited block .
38116 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:292
38117 #, no-wrap
38118 msgid "This is \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
38119 msgstr "Este es \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
38120
38121 #. type: Plain text
38122 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:295
38123 msgid "displays as:"
38124 msgstr "muestra:"
38125
38126 #. type: delimited block .
38127 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:298
38128 #, no-wrap
38129 msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
38130 msgstr "Este es thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
38131
38132 #. type: Labeled list
38133 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:302
38134 #, no-wrap
38135 msgid "_/var/run/utmp_"
38136 msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_"
38137
38138 #. type: Plain text
38139 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:304
38140 msgid "the system status file."
38141 msgstr ""
38142
38143 #. type: Labeled list
38144 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:305
38145 #, no-wrap
38146 msgid "_/etc/issue_"
38147 msgstr "_/etc/issue_"
38148
38149 #. type: Plain text
38150 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:307
38151 msgid "printed before the login prompt."
38152 msgstr ""
38153
38154 #. type: Labeled list
38155 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:308
38156 #, no-wrap
38157 msgid "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
38158 msgstr "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
38159
38160 #. type: Plain text
38161 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:310
38162 msgid "operating system identification data."
38163 msgstr ""
38164
38165 #. type: Labeled list
38166 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:311
38167 #, no-wrap
38168 msgid "_/dev/console_"
38169 msgstr "_/dev/console_"
38170
38171 #. type: Plain text
38172 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:313
38173 msgid "problem reports (if *syslog*(3) is not used)."
38174 msgstr ""
38175
38176 #. type: Labeled list
38177 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:314
38178 #, no-wrap
38179 msgid "_/etc/inittab_"
38180 msgstr "_/etc/inittab_"
38181
38182 #. type: Plain text
38183 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316
38184 #, no-wrap
38185 msgid "*init*(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon.\n"
38186 msgstr ""
38187
38188 #. type: Plain text
38189 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:320
38190 msgid ""
38191 "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
38192 "*agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within "
38193 "30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--"
38194 "extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line "
38195 "argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
38196 msgstr ""
38197 "La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción *--extract-"
38198 "baud*) requiere que *agetty* sea programado lo bastante pronto después de "
38199 "que se complete una llamada entrante (dentro de unos 30 ms con modems que "
38200 "hablen a 2400 baudios). Por robustez, se debe usar siempre la opción *--"
38201 "extract-baud* en combinación con una línea de órdenes con múltiples ratios "
38202 "de baudios, por lo que estará activo el procesado de BREAK."
38203
38204 #. type: Plain text
38205 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:322
38206 msgid ""
38207 "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always "
38208 "output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
38209 msgstr ""
38210 "EL texto en el fichero _/etc/issue_ (u otro) y el mensaje de login siempre "
38211 "se muestran con caracteres de 7-bit y paridad espacio."
38212
38213 #. type: Plain text
38214 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:324
38215 msgid ""
38216 "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
38217 "the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
38218 msgstr ""
38219 "La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción *--extract-"
38220 "baud*) requieres que el modem emita su mensaje de estado _después_ de "
38221 "levantar la línea DCD."
38222
38223 #. type: Plain text
38224 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:328
38225 msgid ""
38226 "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
38227 "the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages "
38228 "are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
38229 "there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
38230 msgstr ""
38231 "Dependiendo de como fuera configurado el programa, todos los diagnósticos se "
38232 "escribirán en el dispositivo de consola o se reportarán a través del "
38233 "servicio de *syslog*(3).  Se producirán mensajes de error si el argumento "
38234 "_puerto_ no especifica un dispositivo de terminal; si no hay una entrada en "
38235 "el utmp para el proceso actual (solo Sistema V); y por el estilo."
38236
38237 #. type: Plain text
38238 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:333
38239 msgid "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
38240 msgstr "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
38241
38242 #. type: Plain text
38243 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:335
38244 msgid ""
38245 "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv."
38246 "win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter "
38247 "Orbaek]."
38248 msgstr ""
38249
38250 #
38251 #
38252 #
38253 #. Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
38254 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
38255 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
38256 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
38257 #. are met:
38258 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
38259 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
38260 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
38261 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
38262 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
38263 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
38264 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
38265 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
38266 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
38267 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
38268 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
38269 #.    without specific prior written permission.
38270 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
38271 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
38272 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
38273 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
38274 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
38275 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
38276 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
38277 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
38278 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
38279 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
38280 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
38281 #.      @(#)mesg.1      8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
38282 #. type: Title =
38283 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:36
38284 #, no-wrap
38285 msgid "mesg(1)"
38286 msgstr "mesg(1)"
38287
38288 #. type: Plain text
38289 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:46
38290 #, fuzzy
38291 msgid "mesg - display (or do not display) messages from other users"
38292 msgstr "mesg - controla el acceso de escritura a tu terminal"
38293
38294 #. type: Plain text
38295 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:50
38296 #, no-wrap
38297 msgid "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
38298 msgstr "*mesg* [_opción_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
38299
38300 #. type: Plain text
38301 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
38302 #, fuzzy
38303 msgid ""
38304 "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have "
38305 "to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write "
38306 "access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may "
38307 "display messages on the terminal."
38308 msgstr ""
38309 "B<Mesg> controla el acceso a tu terminal por otros. Generalmente es usado "
38310 "para permitir o negar a otros usuarios la escritura en el terminal (vea "
38311 "B<write>(1))."
38312
38313 #. type: Plain text
38314 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56
38315 msgid ""
38316 "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become "
38317 "more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write "
38318 "access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your "
38319 "ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in "
38320 "your login scripts."
38321 msgstr ""
38322
38323 #. type: Plain text
38324 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
38325 msgid ""
38326 "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
38327 "terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option "
38328 "*--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour "
38329 "has been introduced in version 2.33."
38330 msgstr ""
38331
38332 #. type: Plain text
38333 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:63
38334 #, fuzzy
38335 msgid "Disallow messages."
38336 msgstr "Niega el acceso a escritura al terminal."
38337
38338 #. type: Labeled list
38339 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:64
38340 #, no-wrap
38341 msgid "*y*"
38342 msgstr "*y*"
38343
38344 #. type: Plain text
38345 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:66
38346 #, fuzzy
38347 msgid "Allow messages to be displayed."
38348 msgstr "Permite el acceso a escritura al terminal."
38349
38350 #. type: Plain text
38351 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68
38352 msgid ""
38353 "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on "
38354 "standard error output."
38355 msgstr ""
38356 "Si no se indica ninguna opción, *mesg* imprimirá el estado actual del "
38357 "terminal."
38358
38359 #. type: Plain text
38360 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:83
38361 msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
38362 msgstr ""
38363
38364 #. type: Plain text
38365 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
38366 msgid "Messages are allowed."
38367 msgstr ""
38368
38369 #. type: Plain text
38370 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:88
38371 msgid "Messages are not allowed."
38372 msgstr ""
38373
38374 #. type: Labeled list
38375 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:88
38376 #, no-wrap
38377 msgid "*>1*"
38378 msgstr "*>1*"
38379
38380 #. type: Plain text
38381 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:90
38382 msgid "An error has occurred."
38383 msgstr ""
38384
38385 #. type: Plain text
38386 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:94
38387 msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
38388 msgstr "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
38389
38390 #. type: Plain text
38391 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:98
38392 msgid "A *mesg* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
38393 msgstr "Una orden *mesg* apareció en la Versión 6 del UNIX de AT&T."
38394
38395 #. type: Plain text
38396 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:106
38397 #, no-wrap
38398 msgid ""
38399 "*login*(1),\n"
38400 "*talk*(1),\n"
38401 "*write*(1),\n"
38402 "*wall*(1),\n"
38403 "*xterm*(1)\n"
38404 msgstr ""
38405 "*login*(1),\n"
38406 "*talk*(1),\n"
38407 "*write*(1),\n"
38408 "*wall*(1),\n"
38409 "*xterm*(1)\n"
38410
38411 #
38412 #
38413 #
38414 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
38415 #. All rights reserved.
38416 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
38417 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
38418 #. are met:
38419 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
38420 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
38421 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
38422 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
38423 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
38424 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
38425 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
38426 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
38427 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
38428 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
38429 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
38430 #.    without specific prior written permission.
38431 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
38432 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
38433 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
38434 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
38435 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
38436 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
38437 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
38438 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
38439 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
38440 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
38441 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
38442 #.      @(#)script.1    6.5 (Berkeley) 7/27/91
38443 #. type: Title =
38444 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:36
38445 #, no-wrap
38446 msgid "script(1)"
38447 msgstr "script(1)"
38448
38449 #. type: Plain text
38450 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:47
38451 msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session"
38452 msgstr "script - hace una transcripción de una sesión de terminal"
38453
38454 #. type: Plain text
38455 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:51
38456 #, no-wrap
38457 msgid "*script* [options] [_file_]\n"
38458 msgstr "*script* [opciones] [_fichero_]\n"
38459
38460 #. type: Plain text
38461 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55
38462 #, no-wrap
38463 msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session.\n"
38464 msgstr ""
38465
38466 #. type: Plain text
38467 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
38468 msgid ""
38469 "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
38470 "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
38471 "version also supports new timing file which records additional information. "
38472 "The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the information."
38473 msgstr ""
38474
38475 #. type: Plain text
38476 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
38477 #, fuzzy
38478 #| msgid ""
38479 #| "If the argument E<.Ar file> is given, E<.Nm> saves all dialogue in E<.Ar "
38480 #| "file>.  If no file name is given, the typescript is saved in the file E<."
38481 #| "Pa typescript>."
38482 msgid ""
38483 "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves "
38484 "the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved "
38485 "in the file _typescript_."
38486 msgstr ""
38487 "Si aparece el argumento E<.Ar fichero,> E<.Nm> guarda todo el diálogo en E<."
38488 "Ar fichero>.  Si no se especifica ningún nombre de fichero, la transcripción "
38489 "es guardada en el fichero E<.Pa typescript>."
38490
38491 #. type: Plain text
38492 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
38493 msgid ""
38494 "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-"
38495 "sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e."
38496 "g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
38497 msgstr ""
38498
38499 #. type: Plain text
38500 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
38501 msgid ""
38502 "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
38503 "KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
38504 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
38505 "the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
38506 "and YB."
38507 msgstr ""
38508
38509 #. type: Plain text
38510 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
38511 msgid ""
38512 "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
38513 msgstr ""
38514 "Añade la salida al final de _fichero_ o _typescript_, manteniendo los "
38515 "contenidos anteriores."
38516
38517 #. type: Plain text
38518 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
38519 msgid ""
38520 "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a "
38521 "script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its "
38522 "stdout is not a tty."
38523 msgstr ""
38524
38525 #. type: Labeled list
38526 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:72
38527 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
38528 #| msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
38529 msgid "*-E*, *--echo* _when_"
38530 msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"
38531
38532 #. type: Plain text
38533 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
38534 msgid ""
38535 "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's "
38536 "pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
38537 msgstr ""
38538
38539 #. type: Plain text
38540 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
38541 msgid ""
38542 "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal "
38543 "slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for "
38544 "it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal "
38545 "(for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the "
38546 "pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen "
38547 "while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
38548 msgstr ""
38549
38550 #. type: Plain text
38551 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
38552 msgid ""
38553 "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because "
38554 "users input is not repeated on output."
38555 msgstr ""
38556
38557 #. type: Labeled list
38558 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:79
38559 #, no-wrap
38560 msgid "*-e*, *--return*"
38561 msgstr "*-e*, *--return*"
38562
38563 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
38564 #. type: Plain text
38565 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:82
38566 msgid ""
38567 "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash "
38568 "termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the "
38569 "signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the "
38570 "type script file too."
38571 msgstr ""
38572
38573 #. type: Labeled list
38574 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:83
38575 #, no-wrap
38576 msgid "*-f*, *--flush*"
38577 msgstr "*-f*, *--flush*"
38578
38579 #. type: Plain text
38580 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
38581 msgid ""
38582 "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person "
38583 "does *mkfifo foo; script -f foo*, and another can supervise in real-time "
38584 "what is being done using *cat foo*. Note that flush has an impact on "
38585 "performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
38586 msgstr ""
38587
38588 #. type: Labeled list
38589 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:86
38590 #, no-wrap
38591 msgid "*--force*"
38592 msgstr "*--force*"
38593
38594 #. type: Plain text
38595 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
38596 msgid ""
38597 "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. "
38598 "The command will follow a symbolic link."
38599 msgstr ""
38600
38601 #. type: Labeled list
38602 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:89 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:33
38603 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:38
38604 #, no-wrap
38605 msgid "*-B*, *--log-io* _file_"
38606 msgstr "*-B*, *--log-io* _fichero_"
38607
38608 #. type: Plain text
38609 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
38610 msgid ""
38611 "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only "
38612 "if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate "
38613 "output and input streams from the log _file_."
38614 msgstr ""
38615
38616 #. type: Labeled list
38617 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:92 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:30
38618 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:32
38619 #, no-wrap
38620 msgid "*-I*, *--log-in* _file_"
38621 msgstr "*-I*, *--log-in* _fichero_"
38622
38623 #. type: Plain text
38624 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
38625 msgid ""
38626 "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* "
38627 "specified."
38628 msgstr ""
38629
38630 #. type: Plain text
38631 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
38632 msgid ""
38633 "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including "
38634 "input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
38635 msgstr ""
38636
38637 #. type: Labeled list
38638 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:97 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:35
38639 #, no-wrap
38640 msgid "*-O*, *--log-out* _file_"
38641 msgstr "*-O*, *--log-out* _fichero_"
38642
38643 #. type: Plain text
38644 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
38645 msgid ""
38646 "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name "
38647 "_typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log "
38648 "output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
38649 msgstr ""
38650
38651 #. type: Labeled list
38652 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:100 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:39
38653 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:44
38654 #, no-wrap
38655 msgid "*-T*, *--log-timing* _file_"
38656 msgstr "*-T*, *--log-timing* _fichero_"
38657
38658 #. type: Plain text
38659 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
38660 msgid ""
38661 "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported "
38662 "now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) "
38663 "logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--"
38664 "log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
38665 msgstr ""
38666
38667 #. type: Labeled list
38668 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:103
38669 #, no-wrap
38670 msgid "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
38671 msgstr "*-m*, *--logging-format* _formato_"
38672
38673 #. type: Plain text
38674 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
38675 msgid ""
38676 "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic "
38677 "format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as "
38678 "output logging is requested."
38679 msgstr ""
38680
38681 #. type: Labeled list
38682 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:107
38683 #, no-wrap
38684 msgid "*Classic format*:"
38685 msgstr ""
38686
38687 #. type: Plain text
38688 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:109
38689 msgid ""
38690 "The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates "
38691 "how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates "
38692 "how many characters were output this time."
38693 msgstr ""
38694
38695 #. type: Labeled list
38696 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:110
38697 #, no-wrap
38698 msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*:"
38699 msgstr ""
38700
38701 #. type: Plain text
38702 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:112
38703 msgid ""
38704 "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
38705 "'S'ignal). The socond field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
38706 "entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
38707 msgstr ""
38708
38709 #. type: Labeled list
38710 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:113
38711 #, no-wrap
38712 msgid "*-o*, *--output-limit* _size_"
38713 msgstr "*-o*, *--output-limit* _tamaño_"
38714
38715 #. type: Plain text
38716 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115
38717 msgid ""
38718 "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the "
38719 "child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not "
38720 "include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and "
38721 "appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output "
38722 "file might be larger than the specified value."
38723 msgstr ""
38724
38725 #. type: Plain text
38726 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:118
38727 msgid "Be quiet (do not write start and done messages to standard output)."
38728 msgstr ""
38729
38730 #. type: Labeled list
38731 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:119
38732 #, no-wrap
38733 msgid "*-t*[_file_], *--timing*[=_file_]"
38734 msgstr "*-t*[_fichero_], *--timing*[=_fichero_]"
38735
38736 #. type: Plain text
38737 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:121
38738 msgid ""
38739 "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option "
38740 "is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not "
38741 "optional."
38742 msgstr ""
38743
38744 #. type: Plain text
38745 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:131
38746 msgid ""
38747 "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
38748 msgstr ""
38749
38750 #. type: Plain text
38751 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:135
38752 msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by *script*:"
38753 msgstr "Las siguientes variables de entorno son usadas por *script*:"
38754
38755 #. type: Labeled list
38756 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:136 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:172
38757 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:134
38758 #, no-wrap
38759 msgid "*SHELL*"
38760 msgstr "*SHELL*"
38761
38762 #. type: Plain text
38763 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:138
38764 msgid ""
38765 "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that "
38766 "shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set "
38767 "this variable automatically)."
38768 msgstr ""
38769 "Si la variable *SHELL* existe, el shell ejecutado por *script* será ese "
38770 "shell. Si *SHELL* no está definida, se asume el Bourne shell. (Muchos shells "
38771 "activan esta variable automáticamente)."
38772
38773 #. type: Plain text
38774 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:142
38775 #, fuzzy
38776 #| msgid ""
38777 #| "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a E<.Em control-D> to exit "
38778 #| "the Bourne shell E<.Pf ( Xr sh 1>), and E<.Em exit>, E<.Em logout> or E<."
38779 #| "Em control-d> (if E<.Em ignoreeof> is not set) for the C-shell, E<.Xr csh "
38780 #| "1>)."
38781 msgid ""
38782 "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne "
38783 "shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not "
38784 "set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
38785 msgstr ""
38786 "script finaliza cuando el shell hijo termina (un E<.Em control-D> para salir "
38787 "del Bourne shell E<.Pf ( Xr sh 1>), y E<.Em exit>, E<.Em logout> o E<.Em "
38788 "control-d> (si E<.Em ignoreeof> no está activado) para el C-shell, E<.Xr csh "
38789 "1>)."
38790
38791 #. type: Plain text
38792 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:144
38793 msgid ""
38794 "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the "
38795 "typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate "
38796 "the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
38797 msgstr ""
38798 "Algunas órdenes interactivas, como *vi*(1), crean basura en el fichero de "
38799 "transcripción.  *script* funciona mejor con órdenes que no manipulan la "
38800 "pantalla, los resultados deben ser interpretados como una copia directa del "
38801 "terminal."
38802
38803 #. type: Plain text
38804 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:146
38805 msgid ""
38806 "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner "
38807 "shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected "
38808 "results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to "
38809 "avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* "
38810 "file, which is read by login shells only:"
38811 msgstr ""
38812
38813 #. type: delimited block .
38814 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:152
38815 #, no-wrap
38816 msgid ""
38817 "if test -t 0 ; then\n"
38818 "    script\n"
38819 "    exit\n"
38820 "fi\n"
38821 msgstr ""
38822 "if test -t 0 ; then\n"
38823 "    script\n"
38824 "    exit\n"
38825 "fi\n"
38826
38827 #. type: Plain text
38828 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155
38829 msgid ""
38830 "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read "
38831 "more input than you would expect."
38832 msgstr ""
38833
38834 #. type: Plain text
38835 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:159
38836 msgid "The *script* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
38837 msgstr "La orden *script* apareció en 3.0BSD."
38838
38839 #. type: Plain text
38840 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:163
38841 #, no-wrap
38842 msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
38843 msgstr "*script* pone _todo_ en el fichero de salida, incluyendo saltos de línea y caracteres de borrado.  Esto no es lo que un usuario novato espera.\n"
38844
38845 #. type: Plain text
38846 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:165
38847 #, no-wrap
38848 msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information.\n"
38849 msgstr ""
38850
38851 #. type: Plain text
38852 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:171
38853 #, no-wrap
38854 msgid ""
38855 "*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n"
38856 "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
38857 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
38858 msgstr ""
38859 "*csh*(1) (para el mecanismo de _history_),\n"
38860 "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
38861 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
38862
38863 #. type: Title =
38864 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:2
38865 #, no-wrap
38866 msgid "scriptlive(1)"
38867 msgstr "scriptlive(1)"
38868
38869 #. type: Plain text
38870 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:13
38871 msgid "scriptlive - re-run session typescripts, using timing information"
38872 msgstr ""
38873
38874 #. type: Plain text
38875 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:17
38876 #, no-wrap
38877 msgid "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [*-I*|*-B*] _typescript_\n"
38878 msgstr ""
38879
38880 #. type: Plain text
38881 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
38882 msgid ""
38883 "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing "
38884 "information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally "
38885 "appeared when the script was recorded."
38886 msgstr ""
38887
38888 #. type: Plain text
38889 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
38890 msgid ""
38891 "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's "
38892 "$SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
38893 msgstr ""
38894
38895 #. type: Plain text
38896 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:25
38897 #, no-wrap
38898 msgid "*Be careful!* Do not forget that the typescript may contains arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in* to verify the typescript before it is executed by *scriptlive*.\n"
38899 msgstr ""
38900
38901 #. type: Plain text
38902 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27
38903 msgid ""
38904 "The timing information is what script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-"
38905 "timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what "
38906 "script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
38907 msgstr ""
38908
38909 #. type: Plain text
38910 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34
38911 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal input."
38912 msgstr ""
38913
38914 #. type: Plain text
38915 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:40
38916 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output and input."
38917 msgstr ""
38918
38919 #. type: Labeled list
38920 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:41
38921 #, no-wrap
38922 msgid "*-t*, *--timing* _file_"
38923 msgstr "*-t*, *--timing* _fichero_"
38924
38925 #. type: Plain text
38926 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43
38927 msgid ""
38928 "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style "
38929 "arguments."
38930 msgstr ""
38931
38932 #. type: Plain text
38933 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41
38934 msgid ""
38935 "Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line "
38936 "options."
38937 msgstr ""
38938
38939 #. type: Plain text
38940 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55
38941 msgid ""
38942 "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a "
38943 "floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by "
38944 "this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
38945 msgstr ""
38946
38947 #. type: Labeled list
38948 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:45 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:56
38949 #, no-wrap
38950 msgid "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _number_"
38951 msgstr ""
38952
38953 #. type: Plain text
38954 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58
38955 msgid ""
38956 "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument "
38957 "is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the "
38958 "typescript replay."
38959 msgstr ""
38960
38961 #. type: delimited block .
38962 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:64
38963 #, no-wrap
38964 msgid ""
38965 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
38966 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
38967 "% date\n"
38968 "<etc, etc>\n"
38969 "% exit\n"
38970 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
38971 "% scriptlive --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
38972 msgstr ""
38973
38974 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
38975 #. type: Plain text
38976 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:74
38977 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
38978 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
38979
38980 #. type: Plain text
38981 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:76 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:96
38982 msgid ""
38983 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO "
38984 "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
38985 msgstr ""
38986
38987 #. type: Plain text
38988 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:78 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:98
38989 msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later."
38990 msgstr ""
38991
38992 #. type: Plain text
38993 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:83
38994 #, no-wrap
38995 msgid ""
38996 "*script*(1),\n"
38997 "*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
38998 msgstr ""
38999 "*script*(1),\n"
39000 "*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
39001
39002 #. type: Title =
39003 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:2
39004 #, no-wrap
39005 msgid "scriptreplay(1)"
39006 msgstr "scriptreplay(1)"
39007
39008 #. type: Plain text
39009 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:13
39010 #, fuzzy
39011 #| msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session"
39012 msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
39013 msgstr "script - hace una transcripción de una sesión de terminal"
39014
39015 #. type: Plain text
39016 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:17
39017 #, no-wrap
39018 msgid "*scriptreplay* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [_typescript_ [_divisor_]\n"
39019 msgstr ""
39020
39021 #. type: Plain text
39022 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
39023 msgid ""
39024 "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that "
39025 "output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script "
39026 "was recorded."
39027 msgstr ""
39028
39029 #. type: Plain text
39030 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
39031 msgid ""
39032 "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run "
39033 "when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same "
39034 "information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to "
39035 "work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was "
39036 "recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be "
39037 "interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending "
39038 "its output."
39039 msgstr ""
39040
39041 #. type: Plain text
39042 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
39043 msgid ""
39044 "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
39045 "log-timing*."
39046 msgstr ""
39047
39048 #. type: Plain text
39049 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27
39050 msgid ""
39051 "By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, "
39052 "but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option "
39053 "*--log-out*."
39054 msgstr ""
39055
39056 #. type: Plain text
39057 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
39058 msgid ""
39059 "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up "
39060 "multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as "
39061 "fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original "
39062 "session."
39063 msgstr ""
39064
39065 #. type: Plain text
39066 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:37
39067 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output."
39068 msgstr ""
39069
39070 #. type: Plain text
39071 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46
39072 msgid ""
39073 "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) "
39074 "command-line options."
39075 msgstr ""
39076
39077 #. type: Labeled list
39078 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:47
39079 #, no-wrap
39080 msgid "*-s*, *--typescript* _file_"
39081 msgstr "*-s*, *--typescript* _fichero_"
39082
39083 #. type: Plain text
39084 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
39085 msgid ""
39086 "File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. "
39087 "This option overrides old-style arguments."
39088 msgstr ""
39089
39090 #. type: Labeled list
39091 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:50
39092 #, no-wrap
39093 msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
39094 msgstr "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _modo_"
39095
39096 #. type: Plain text
39097 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
39098 msgid ""
39099 "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
39100 "files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line "
39101 "break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the "
39102 "same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
39103 msgstr ""
39104
39105 #. type: Labeled list
39106 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:59
39107 #, no-wrap
39108 msgid "*--summary*"
39109 msgstr "*--summary*"
39110
39111 #. type: Plain text
39112 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
39113 msgid ""
39114 "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and "
39115 "exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
39116 "*script*(1)) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
39117 msgstr ""
39118
39119 #. type: Labeled list
39120 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:62
39121 #, no-wrap
39122 msgid "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
39123 msgstr "*-x*, *--stream* _tipo_"
39124
39125 #. type: Plain text
39126 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
39127 msgid ""
39128 "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported "
39129 "stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is "
39130 "recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only "
39131 "specified data."
39132 msgstr ""
39133
39134 #. type: delimited block .
39135 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:81
39136 #, no-wrap
39137 msgid ""
39138 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
39139 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
39140 "% ls\n"
39141 "<etc, etc>\n"
39142 "% exit\n"
39143 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
39144 "% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
39145 msgstr ""
39146
39147 #. type: Plain text
39148 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:86
39149 msgid ""
39150 "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet."
39151 "net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James "
39152 "Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
39153 msgstr ""
39154
39155 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
39156 #. type: Plain text
39157 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:91
39158 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
39159 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
39160
39161 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
39162 #. type: Plain text
39163 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:94
39164 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
39165 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
39166
39167 #. type: Plain text
39168 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:103
39169 #, no-wrap
39170 msgid ""
39171 "*script*(1),\n"
39172 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
39173 msgstr ""
39174 "*script*(1),\n"
39175 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
39176
39177 #. Copyright 1990 Gordon Irlam (gordoni@cs.ua.oz.au)
39178 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
39179 #. Copyright 2000 Colin Watson (cjw44@cam.ac.uk)
39180 #. Do not restrict distribution.
39181 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
39182 #. type: Title =
39183 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:9
39184 #, no-wrap
39185 msgid "setterm(1)"
39186 msgstr "setterm(1)"
39187
39188 #. type: Plain text
39189 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:19
39190 msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
39191 msgstr "setterm - establece atributos de la terminal"
39192
39193 #. type: Plain text
39194 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:23
39195 #, no-wrap
39196 msgid "*setterm* [options]\n"
39197 msgstr "*setterm* [opciones]\n"
39198
39199 #. type: Plain text
39200 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:27
39201 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
39202 #| msgid "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities.  Where possibile I<terminfo> is consulted to find the string to use.  Some options however do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5)  capability.  In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\", or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output.  Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
39203 msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored.\n"
39204 msgstr "B<setterm> escribe en la salida estándar una cadena de caracteres que activará las capacidades especificadas de la terminal. Donde sea posible, se consultará a I<terminfo> para encontrar la cadena a emplear. Sin embargo, algunas opciones no corresponden a una capacidad de B<terminfo>(5).  En ese caso, si el tipo de terminal es \"con\" o \"linux\", se saca por la salida la cadena que active las capacidades especificadas en el controlador de consola virtual de Minix de PC. Las opciones que la terminal no tenga implementadas no son tenidas en consideración."
39205
39206 #. type: Plain text
39207 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:31
39208 msgid "For boolean options (*on* or *off*), the default is *on*."
39209 msgstr ""
39210
39211 #. type: Plain text
39212 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
39213 msgid ""
39214 "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, "
39215 "*magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
39216 msgstr ""
39217
39218 #. type: Plain text
39219 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35
39220 msgid ""
39221 "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, "
39222 "*green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
39223 msgstr ""
39224
39225 #. type: Plain text
39226 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
39227 msgid ""
39228 "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
39229 "consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--"
39230 "underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
39231 msgstr ""
39232
39233 #. type: Plain text
39234 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
39235 msgid ""
39236 "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between the "
39237 "option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
39238 msgstr ""
39239
39240 #. type: Labeled list
39241 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:40
39242 #, no-wrap
39243 msgid "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
39244 msgstr "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
39245
39246 #. type: Plain text
39247 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42
39248 msgid ""
39249 "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. "
39250 "will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the "
39251 "_vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can "
39252 "cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
39253 msgstr ""
39254
39255 #. type: Labeled list
39256 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43
39257 #, no-wrap
39258 msgid "*--append* _console_number_"
39259 msgstr ""
39260
39261 #. type: Plain text
39262 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
39263 msgid ""
39264 "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. "
39265 "Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
39266 msgstr ""
39267
39268 #. type: Labeled list
39269 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:46
39270 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
39271 #| msgid "B<--background> I<8-color>|default"
39272 msgid "*--background* __8-color__|default"
39273 msgstr "B<--background> I<8-color>|default"
39274
39275 #. type: Plain text
39276 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48
39277 msgid "Sets the background text color."
39278 msgstr ""
39279
39280 #. type: Labeled list
39281 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:49
39282 #, no-wrap
39283 msgid "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
39284 msgstr "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
39285
39286 #. type: Plain text
39287 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
39288 msgid ""
39289 "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be "
39290 "automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets "
39291 "the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked "
39292 "vt). Virtual consoles only."
39293 msgstr ""
39294
39295 #. type: Plain text
39296 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:53
39297 msgid "The *force* argument keeps the screen blank even if a key is pressed."
39298 msgstr ""
39299
39300 #. type: Plain text
39301 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:55
39302 msgid "The *poke* argument unblanks the screen."
39303 msgstr ""
39304
39305 #. type: Labeled list
39306 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:56
39307 #, no-wrap
39308 msgid "*--bfreq*[=_number_]"
39309 msgstr ""
39310
39311 #. type: Plain text
39312 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58
39313 msgid ""
39314 "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. "
39315 "Virtual consoles only."
39316 msgstr ""
39317
39318 #. type: Labeled list
39319 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:59
39320 #, no-wrap
39321 msgid "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
39322 msgstr "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
39323
39324 #. type: Plain text
39325 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61
39326 msgid ""
39327 "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to "
39328 "*0*. Virtual consoles only."
39329 msgstr ""
39330
39331 #. type: Labeled list
39332 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:62
39333 #, no-wrap
39334 msgid "*--blink* on|off"
39335 msgstr "*--blink* on|off"
39336
39337 #. type: Plain text
39338 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
39339 msgid ""
39340 "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns "
39341 "off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
39342 msgstr ""
39343
39344 #. type: Labeled list
39345 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:65
39346 #, no-wrap
39347 msgid "*--bold* on|off"
39348 msgstr "*--bold* on|off"
39349
39350 #. type: Plain text
39351 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
39352 msgid ""
39353 "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
39354 "bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
39355 msgstr ""
39356
39357 #. type: Labeled list
39358 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:68
39359 #, no-wrap
39360 msgid "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
39361 msgstr "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
39362
39363 #. type: Plain text
39364 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
39365 msgid ""
39366 "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared "
39367 "and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With "
39368 "the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position "
39369 "to the end."
39370 msgstr ""
39371
39372 #. type: Labeled list
39373 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:71
39374 #, no-wrap
39375 msgid "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
39376 msgstr "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
39377
39378 #. type: Plain text
39379 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
39380 msgid ""
39381 "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
39382 "*1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
39383 msgstr ""
39384
39385 #. type: Labeled list
39386 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:74
39387 #, no-wrap
39388 msgid "*--cursor* on|off"
39389 msgstr "*--cursor* on|off"
39390
39391 #. type: Plain text
39392 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76
39393 msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
39394 msgstr ""
39395
39396 #. type: Labeled list
39397 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:77
39398 #, no-wrap
39399 msgid "*--default*"
39400 msgstr "*--default*"
39401
39402 #. type: Plain text
39403 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79
39404 msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
39405 msgstr ""
39406 "Pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal a los valores predeterminados."
39407
39408 #. type: Labeled list
39409 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:80
39410 #, no-wrap
39411 msgid "*--dump*[=_console_number_]"
39412 msgstr ""
39413
39414 #. type: Plain text
39415 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82
39416 msgid ""
39417 "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file "
39418 "specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is "
39419 "_screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. "
39420 "This overrides *--append*."
39421 msgstr ""
39422
39423 #. type: Labeled list
39424 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:83
39425 #, no-wrap
39426 msgid "*--file* _filename_"
39427 msgstr "*--file* _nombre-de-fichero_"
39428
39429 #. type: Plain text
39430 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
39431 msgid ""
39432 "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the "
39433 "same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen."
39434 "dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum "
39435 "will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
39436 msgstr ""
39437
39438 #. type: Labeled list
39439 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86
39440 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
39441 #| msgid "B<--foreground> I<8-color>|default"
39442 msgid "*--foreground* __8-color__|default"
39443 msgstr "B<--foreground> I<8-color>|default"
39444
39445 #. type: Plain text
39446 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88
39447 msgid "Sets the foreground text color."
39448 msgstr ""
39449
39450 #. type: Labeled list
39451 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:89
39452 #, no-wrap
39453 msgid "*--half-bright* on|off"
39454 msgstr "*--half-bright* on|off"
39455
39456 #. type: Plain text
39457 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
39458 msgid ""
39459 "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
39460 "half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
39461 "reverse)."
39462 msgstr ""
39463
39464 #. type: Labeled list
39465 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:92
39466 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
39467 #| msgid "B<--hbcolor> [bright] I<16-color>"
39468 msgid "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
39469 msgstr "B<--hbcolor> [bright] I<16-color>"
39470
39471 #. type: Plain text
39472 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:94
39473 msgid "Sets the color for half-bright characters."
39474 msgstr ""
39475
39476 #. type: Labeled list
39477 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:95
39478 #, no-wrap
39479 msgid "*--initialize*"
39480 msgstr "*--initialize*"
39481
39482 #. type: Plain text
39483 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
39484 msgid ""
39485 "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
39486 "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
39487 msgstr ""
39488 "Muestra la cadena de iniciación de la terminal, que típicamente pone las "
39489 "opciones de vídeo de la terminal y otros atributos a sus valores "
39490 "predeterminados."
39491
39492 #. type: Labeled list
39493 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:98
39494 #, no-wrap
39495 msgid "*--inversescreen* on|off"
39496 msgstr "*--inversescreen* on|off"
39497
39498 #. type: Plain text
39499 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:100
39500 msgid "Swaps foreground and background colors for the whole screen."
39501 msgstr ""
39502
39503 #. type: Labeled list
39504 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:101
39505 #, no-wrap
39506 msgid "*--linewrap* on|off"
39507 msgstr "*--linewrap* on|off"
39508
39509 #. type: Plain text
39510 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103
39511 msgid "Makes the terminal continue on a new line when a line is full."
39512 msgstr ""
39513
39514 #. type: Labeled list
39515 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104
39516 #, no-wrap
39517 msgid "*--msg* on|off"
39518 msgstr "*--msg* on|off"
39519
39520 #. type: Plain text
39521 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106
39522 msgid ""
39523 "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the "
39524 "console. Virtual consoles only."
39525 msgstr ""
39526
39527 #. type: Labeled list
39528 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:107
39529 #, no-wrap
39530 msgid "*--msglevel* 0-8"
39531 msgstr "*--msglevel* 0-8"
39532
39533 #. type: Plain text
39534 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109
39535 msgid ""
39536 "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages "
39537 "strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* "
39538 "has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all "
39539 "kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the "
39540 "logging of kernel messages."
39541 msgstr ""
39542
39543 #. type: Plain text
39544 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:111
39545 msgid "Virtual consoles only."
39546 msgstr ""
39547
39548 #. type: Labeled list
39549 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112
39550 #, no-wrap
39551 msgid "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
39552 msgstr "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
39553
39554 #. type: Plain text
39555 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114
39556 msgid ""
39557 "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it "
39558 "defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the "
39559 "monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode "
39560 "or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
39561 msgstr ""
39562
39563 #. type: Labeled list
39564 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115
39565 #, no-wrap
39566 msgid "*--powersave* _mode_"
39567 msgstr "*--powersave* _modo_"
39568
39569 #. type: Plain text
39570 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:117
39571 msgid "Valid values for _mode_ are:"
39572 msgstr ""
39573
39574 #. type: Labeled list
39575 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:118
39576 #, no-wrap
39577 msgid "*vsync|on*"
39578 msgstr "*vsync|on*"
39579
39580 #. type: Plain text
39581 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
39582 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA vsync suspend mode."
39583 msgstr ""
39584
39585 #. type: Labeled list
39586 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
39587 #, no-wrap
39588 msgid "*hsync*"
39589 msgstr "*hsync*"
39590
39591 #. type: Plain text
39592 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
39593 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA hsync suspend mode."
39594 msgstr ""
39595
39596 #. type: Labeled list
39597 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
39598 #, no-wrap
39599 msgid "*powerdown*"
39600 msgstr "*powerdown*"
39601
39602 #. type: Plain text
39603 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
39604 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA powerdown mode."
39605 msgstr ""
39606
39607 #. type: Plain text
39608 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:126
39609 msgid "Turns monitor VESA powersaving features."
39610 msgstr ""
39611
39612 #. type: Labeled list
39613 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:127
39614 #, no-wrap
39615 msgid "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
39616 msgstr "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
39617
39618 #. type: Plain text
39619 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129
39620 msgid ""
39621 "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
39622 "every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to "
39623 "*8*. Virtual consoles only."
39624 msgstr ""
39625
39626 #. type: Labeled list
39627 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130
39628 #, no-wrap
39629 msgid "*--repeat* on|off"
39630 msgstr "*--repeat* on|off"
39631
39632 #. type: Plain text
39633 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:132
39634 msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off. Virtual consoles only."
39635 msgstr ""
39636
39637 #. type: Labeled list
39638 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:133
39639 #, no-wrap
39640 msgid "*--reset*"
39641 msgstr "*--reset*"
39642
39643 #. type: Plain text
39644 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
39645 msgid ""
39646 "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to "
39647 "its power-on state."
39648 msgstr ""
39649 "Muestra la cadena de puesta a cero de la terminal, que normalmente pone la "
39650 "terminal en el estado en que está recién encendida."
39651
39652 #. type: Labeled list
39653 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:136
39654 #, no-wrap
39655 msgid "*--resize*"
39656 msgstr "*--resize*"
39657
39658 #. type: Plain text
39659 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138
39660 msgid ""
39661 "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when "
39662 "actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use "
39663 "case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but just byte "
39664 "streams and breaks."
39665 msgstr ""
39666
39667 #. type: Labeled list
39668 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:139
39669 #, no-wrap
39670 msgid "*--reverse* on|off"
39671 msgstr "*--reverse* on|off"
39672
39673 #. type: Plain text
39674 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
39675 msgid ""
39676 "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse "
39677 "off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
39678 msgstr ""
39679
39680 #. type: Labeled list
39681 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142
39682 #, no-wrap
39683 msgid "*--store*"
39684 msgstr "*--store*"
39685
39686 #. type: Plain text
39687 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
39688 #, fuzzy
39689 #| msgid ""
39690 #| "stores the terminal's current rendering options as the default values."
39691 msgid ""
39692 "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background "
39693 "colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
39694 msgstr ""
39695 "guarda las opciones actuales de vídeo de la terminal como los valores "
39696 "predeterminados."
39697
39698 #. type: Labeled list
39699 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:145
39700 #, no-wrap
39701 msgid "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
39702 msgstr "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
39703
39704 #. type: Plain text
39705 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
39706 msgid ""
39707 "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
39708 "*1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
39709 msgstr ""
39710
39711 #. type: Labeled list
39712 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:148
39713 #, no-wrap
39714 msgid "*--term* _terminal_name_"
39715 msgstr ""
39716
39717 #. type: Plain text
39718 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150
39719 #, fuzzy
39720 #| msgid "can be used to override the TERM environment variable."
39721 msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable."
39722 msgstr ""
39723 "se puede emplear para sustituir el valor de la variable de entorno TERM."
39724
39725 #. type: Labeled list
39726 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151
39727 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
39728 #| msgid "B<--ulcolor> [bright] I<16-color>"
39729 msgid "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
39730 msgstr "B<--ulcolor> [bright] I<16-color>"
39731
39732 #. type: Plain text
39733 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153
39734 msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters. Virtual consoles only."
39735 msgstr ""
39736
39737 #. type: Labeled list
39738 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:154
39739 #, no-wrap
39740 msgid "*--underline* on|off"
39741 msgstr "*--underline* on|off"
39742
39743 #. type: Plain text
39744 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:156
39745 msgid "Turns underline mode on or off."
39746 msgstr ""
39747
39748 #. type: Plain text
39749 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:159
39750 msgid "Displays version information and exits."
39751 msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
39752
39753 #. type: Plain text
39754 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162
39755 msgid "Displays a help text and exits."
39756 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
39757
39758 #. type: Plain text
39759 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:166
39760 msgid ""
39761 "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, "
39762 "for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single "
39763 "hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-"
39764 "compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are "
39765 "no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
39766 msgstr ""
39767
39768 #. type: Plain text
39769 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:170
39770 msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented."
39771 msgstr ""
39772 "Las diferencias entre las versiones de Minix y de Linux no están "
39773 "documentadas."
39774
39775 #. type: Plain text
39776 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:177
39777 #, no-wrap
39778 msgid ""
39779 "*stty*(1),\n"
39780 "*tput*(1),\n"
39781 "*tty*(4),\n"
39782 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
39783 msgstr ""
39784 "*stty*(1),\n"
39785 "*tput*(1),\n"
39786 "*tty*(4),\n"
39787 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
39788
39789 #
39790 #
39791 #
39792 #
39793 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
39794 #. All rights reserved.
39795 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
39796 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
39797 #. are met:
39798 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
39799 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
39800 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
39801 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
39802 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
39803 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
39804 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
39805 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
39806 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
39807 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
39808 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
39809 #.    without specific prior written permission.
39810 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
39811 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
39812 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
39813 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
39814 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
39815 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
39816 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
39817 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
39818 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
39819 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
39820 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
39821 #.     @(#)wall.1       6.5 (Berkeley) 4/23/91
39822 #. type: Title =
39823 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:37
39824 #, no-wrap
39825 msgid "wall(1)"
39826 msgstr "wall(1)"
39827
39828 #. type: Plain text
39829 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:47
39830 #, fuzzy
39831 msgid "wall - write a message to all users"
39832 msgstr "envía un mensaje a todos los terminales"
39833
39834 #. type: Plain text
39835 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
39836 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
39837 msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n"
39838 msgstr "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _grupo_] [_mensaje_ | _fichero_]\n"
39839
39840 #. type: Plain text
39841 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
39842 #, no-wrap
39843 msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line.\n"
39844 msgstr ""
39845
39846 #. type: Plain text
39847 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
39848 msgid ""
39849 "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to "
39850 "deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
39851 msgstr ""
39852
39853 #. type: Plain text
39854 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
39855 msgid ""
39856 "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the "
39857 "program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
39858 msgstr ""
39859
39860 #. type: Labeled list
39861 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:62
39862 #, no-wrap
39863 msgid "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
39864 msgstr "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
39865
39866 #. type: Plain text
39867 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64
39868 msgid "Suppress the banner."
39869 msgstr ""
39870
39871 #. type: Plain text
39872 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
39873 msgid ""
39874 "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This "
39875 "_timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, "
39876 "which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
39877 msgstr ""
39878
39879 #. type: Labeled list
39880 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:68
39881 #, no-wrap
39882 msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_"
39883 msgstr "*-g*, *--group* _grupo_"
39884
39885 #. type: Plain text
39886 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
39887 msgid ""
39888 "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. "
39889 "The argument can be group name or GID."
39890 msgstr ""
39891
39892 #. type: Plain text
39893 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:80
39894 msgid ""
39895 "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) "
39896 "ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is "
39897 "done to avoid write errors."
39898 msgstr ""
39899
39900 #. type: Plain text
39901 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:84
39902 #, fuzzy
39903 #| msgid "A E<.Nm> command appeared in E<.At v7>."
39904 msgid "A *wall* command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
39905 msgstr "La orden E<.Nm> apareció en E<.At v7>."
39906
39907 #. type: Plain text
39908 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:91
39909 #, no-wrap
39910 msgid ""
39911 "*mesg*(1),\n"
39912 "*talk*(1),\n"
39913 "*write*(1),\n"
39914 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
39915 msgstr ""
39916 "*mesg*(1),\n"
39917 "*talk*(1),\n"
39918 "*write*(1),\n"
39919 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
39920
39921 #
39922 #
39923 #
39924 #
39925 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
39926 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
39927 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
39928 #. Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
39929 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
39930 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
39931 #. are met:
39932 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
39933 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
39934 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
39935 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
39936 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
39937 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
39938 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
39939 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
39940 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
39941 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
39942 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
39943 #.    without specific prior written permission.
39944 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
39945 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
39946 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
39947 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
39948 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
39949 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
39950 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
39951 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
39952 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
39953 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
39954 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
39955 #.     @(#)write.1      8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
39956 #. type: Title =
39957 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:39
39958 #, no-wrap
39959 msgid "write(1)"
39960 msgstr "write(1)"
39961
39962 #. type: Plain text
39963 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:49
39964 msgid "write - send a message to another user"
39965 msgstr "write - envía un mensaje a otro usuario"
39966
39967 #. type: Plain text
39968 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:51
39969 #, no-wrap
39970 msgid "*write* _user_ [_ttyname_]\n"
39971 msgstr "*write* _usuario_ [_nombre-tty_]\n"
39972
39973 #. type: Plain text
39974 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:55
39975 #, no-wrap
39976 msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n"
39977 msgstr "*write* le permite comunicarse con otro usuario, copiando líneas de su terminal a la de él.\n"
39978
39979 #. type: Plain text
39980 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
39981 msgid ""
39982 "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message "
39983 "of the form:"
39984 msgstr ""
39985 "Cuando Ud. llama a la orden *write*, el usuario al que Ud. vaya a escribir "
39986 "recibe un mensaje de la forma:"
39987
39988 #. type: delimited block .
39989 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:60
39990 #, no-wrap
39991 msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n"
39992 msgstr ""
39993 "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...,\n"
39994 "O sea, en español:\n"
39995 "Mensaje de su-nombre@su-computador en su-tty a las hh:mm ...\n"
39996
39997 #. type: Plain text
39998 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63
39999 msgid ""
40000 "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. "
40001 "If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
40002 msgstr ""
40003 "Cualesquiera líneas posteriores que Ud. escriba se copiarán a la terminal "
40004 "del usuario especificado. Si éste quiere responder, debe ejecutar también "
40005 "*write*."
40006
40007 #. type: Plain text
40008 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
40009 msgid ""
40010 "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other "
40011 "user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
40012 msgstr ""
40013 "Cuando haya acabado, teclee un carácter de Fin-De-Fichero o de interrupción. "
40014 "El otro usuario verá el mensaje *EOF* indicando (End Of File) que la "
40015 "conversación se ha terminado."
40016
40017 #. type: Plain text
40018 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
40019 #, fuzzy
40020 #| msgid ""
40021 #| "You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you "
40022 #| "with the B<mesg>(1)  command.  Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1)  "
40023 #| "and B<pr>(1), may disallow writing automatically, so that your output "
40024 #| "isn't overwritten."
40025 msgid ""
40026 "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with "
40027 "the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), "
40028 "may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't "
40029 "overwritten."
40030 msgstr ""
40031 "Ud. puede evitar que la gente (distinta del súper-usuario) le escriba en la "
40032 "terminal mediante la orden B<mesg>(1).  Algunas órdenes, por ejemplo "
40033 "B<nroff>(1)  y B<pr>(1), pueden automáticamente evitar esta escritura, de "
40034 "forma que su salida no se mezcle con ella y así no se vea sobrescrita."
40035
40036 #. type: Plain text
40037 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
40038 msgid ""
40039 "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you "
40040 "can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the "
40041 "second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* "
40042 "select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle "
40043 "time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up "
40044 "from home, the message will go to the right place."
40045 msgstr ""
40046 "Si el usuario al que Ud. quiere escribir está en el sistema en más de una "
40047 "terminal, puede especificar en qué terminal escribir especificando el nombre "
40048 "de la terminal como el segundo argumento de la orden *write*.  "
40049 "Alternativamente, puede dejar que *write* seleccione una de las terminales; "
40050 "cogerá la que tenga un tiempo de inactividad más corto. Esto es así para que "
40051 "si el usuario, por ejemplo, está en el sistema desde una terminal en el "
40052 "trabajo y también conectado desde casa, el mensaje vaya al sitio correcto."
40053
40054 #. type: Plain text
40055 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
40056 msgid ""
40057 "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, "
40058 "either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
40059 "other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes "
40060 "the conversation to be over."
40061 msgstr ""
40062 "El protocolo tradicional para escribir a alguien es que la cadena _-o_, bien "
40063 "al final de una línea o en una línea sola, significa que es el turno de "
40064 "hablar de la otra persona. La `o' es por `over'; o sea, `cambio'. La cadena "
40065 "_oo_ (por `over and out'; o sea, `cambio y corto') significa que la persona "
40066 "cree que la conversación ha terminado."
40067
40068 #. type: Plain text
40069 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:83
40070 msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
40071 msgstr "Una orden *write* apareció en la Versión 6 del UNIX de AT&T."
40072
40073 #. type: Plain text
40074 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:89
40075 #, no-wrap
40076 msgid ""
40077 "*mesg*(1),\n"
40078 "*talk*(1),\n"
40079 "*who*(1)\n"
40080 msgstr ""
40081 "*mesg*(1),\n"
40082 "*talk*(1),\n"
40083 "*who*(1)\n"
40084
40085 #
40086 #
40087 #
40088 #
40089 #. Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
40090 #. All rights reserved.
40091 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
40092 #. Michael Rendell.
40093 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
40094 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
40095 #. are met:
40096 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
40097 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
40098 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
40099 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
40100 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
40101 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
40102 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
40103 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
40104 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
40105 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
40106 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
40107 #.    without specific prior written permission.
40108 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
40109 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
40110 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
40111 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
40112 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
40113 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
40114 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
40115 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
40116 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
40117 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
40118 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
40119 #.     @(#)col.1        6.8 (Berkeley) 6/17/91
40120 #. type: Title =
40121 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:39
40122 #, no-wrap
40123 msgid "col(1)"
40124 msgstr "col(1)"
40125
40126 #. type: Plain text
40127 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:49
40128 msgid "col - filter reverse line feeds from input"
40129 msgstr ""
40130
40131 #. type: Plain text
40132 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:53
40133 #, no-wrap
40134 msgid "*col* _options_\n"
40135 msgstr "*col* _opciones_\n"
40136
40137 #. type: Plain text
40138 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57
40139 #, no-wrap
40140 msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1).\n"
40141 msgstr ""
40142
40143 #. type: Plain text
40144 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59
40145 #, no-wrap
40146 msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output.\n"
40147 msgstr ""
40148
40149 #. type: Labeled list
40150 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62
40151 #, no-wrap
40152 msgid "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
40153 msgstr "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
40154
40155 #. type: Plain text
40156 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
40157 msgid ""
40158 "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to "
40159 "each column position."
40160 msgstr ""
40161
40162 #. type: Labeled list
40163 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:65
40164 #, no-wrap
40165 msgid "*-f*, *--fine*"
40166 msgstr "*-f*, *--fine*"
40167
40168 #. type: Plain text
40169 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
40170 msgid ""
40171 "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line "
40172 "boundary are printed on the following line."
40173 msgstr ""
40174
40175 #. type: Labeled list
40176 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:68
40177 #, no-wrap
40178 msgid "*-h*, *--tabs*"
40179 msgstr "*-h*, *--tabs*"
40180
40181 #. type: Plain text
40182 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:70
40183 msgid "Output tabs instead of multiple spaces."
40184 msgstr ""
40185
40186 #. type: Labeled list
40187 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:71
40188 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
40189 #| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
40190 msgid "*-l*, *--lines* _number_"
40191 msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
40192
40193 #. type: Plain text
40194 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
40195 msgid ""
40196 "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
40197 msgstr ""
40198
40199 #. type: Labeled list
40200 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:74
40201 #, no-wrap
40202 msgid "*-p*, *--pass*"
40203 msgstr "*-p*, *--pass*"
40204
40205 #. type: Plain text
40206 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
40207 msgid ""
40208 "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally "
40209 "*col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and "
40210 "interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
40211 msgstr ""
40212
40213 #. type: Labeled list
40214 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:77
40215 #, no-wrap
40216 msgid "*-x*, *--spaces*"
40217 msgstr "*-x*, *--spaces*"
40218
40219 #. type: Plain text
40220 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:79
40221 msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs."
40222 msgstr ""
40223
40224 #. type: Labeled list
40225 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:83
40226 #, no-wrap
40227 msgid "*-H*, *--help*"
40228 msgstr "*-H*, *--help*"
40229
40230 #. type: Plain text
40231 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
40232 msgid ""
40233 "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The "
40234 "*-l* option is an extension to the standard."
40235 msgstr ""
40236
40237 #. type: Plain text
40238 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:93
40239 msgid ""
40240 "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their "
40241 "decimal values are listed in the following table:"
40242 msgstr ""
40243
40244 #. type: Labeled list
40245 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
40246 #, no-wrap
40247 msgid "*ESC-7*"
40248 msgstr "*ESC-7*"
40249
40250 #. type: Plain text
40251 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
40252 msgid "reverse line feed (escape then 7)"
40253 msgstr ""
40254
40255 #. type: Labeled list
40256 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
40257 #, no-wrap
40258 msgid "*ESC-8*"
40259 msgstr "*ESC-8*"
40260
40261 #. type: Plain text
40262 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
40263 msgid "half reverse line feed (escape then 8)"
40264 msgstr ""
40265
40266 #. type: Labeled list
40267 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
40268 #, no-wrap
40269 msgid "*ESC-9*"
40270 msgstr "*ESC-9*"
40271
40272 #. type: Plain text
40273 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
40274 msgid "half forward line feed (escape then 9)"
40275 msgstr ""
40276
40277 #. type: Labeled list
40278 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
40279 #, no-wrap
40280 msgid "*backspace*"
40281 msgstr ""
40282
40283 #. type: Plain text
40284 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
40285 msgid "moves back one column (8); ignored in the first column"
40286 msgstr ""
40287
40288 #. type: Labeled list
40289 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
40290 #, no-wrap
40291 msgid "*newline*"
40292 msgstr ""
40293
40294 #. type: Plain text
40295 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
40296 msgid "forward line feed (10); also does carriage return"
40297 msgstr ""
40298
40299 #. type: Labeled list
40300 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
40301 #, no-wrap
40302 msgid "*carriage return*"
40303 msgstr ""
40304
40305 #. type: Plain text
40306 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
40307 msgid "(13)"
40308 msgstr "(13)"
40309
40310 #. type: Labeled list
40311 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
40312 #, no-wrap
40313 msgid "*shift in*"
40314 msgstr ""
40315
40316 #. type: Plain text
40317 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
40318 msgid "shift to normal character set (15)"
40319 msgstr ""
40320
40321 #. type: Labeled list
40322 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
40323 #, no-wrap
40324 msgid "*shift out*"
40325 msgstr ""
40326
40327 #. type: Plain text
40328 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
40329 msgid "shift to alternate character set (14)"
40330 msgstr ""
40331
40332 #. type: Labeled list
40333 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
40334 #, no-wrap
40335 msgid "*space*"
40336 msgstr ""
40337
40338 #. type: Plain text
40339 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
40340 msgid "moves forward one column (32)"
40341 msgstr ""
40342
40343 #. type: Labeled list
40344 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
40345 #, no-wrap
40346 msgid "*tab*"
40347 msgstr ""
40348
40349 #. type: Plain text
40350 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
40351 msgid "moves forward to next tab stop (9)"
40352 msgstr ""
40353
40354 #. type: Labeled list
40355 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
40356 #, no-wrap
40357 msgid "*vertical tab*"
40358 msgstr ""
40359
40360 #. type: Plain text
40361 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:116
40362 msgid "reverse line feed (11)"
40363 msgstr ""
40364
40365 #. type: Plain text
40366 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118
40367 msgid "All unrecognized control characters and escape sequences are discarded."
40368 msgstr ""
40369
40370 #. type: Plain text
40371 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:120
40372 #, no-wrap
40373 msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output.\n"
40374 msgstr ""
40375
40376 #. type: Plain text
40377 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122
40378 msgid ""
40379 "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will "
40380 "display a warning message."
40381 msgstr ""
40382
40383 #. type: Plain text
40384 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:126
40385 msgid "A *col* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
40386 msgstr "Una orden *col* apareció en la Versión 6 del UNIX de AT&T."
40387
40388 #. type: Plain text
40389 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:132
40390 #, no-wrap
40391 msgid ""
40392 "*expand*(1),\n"
40393 "*nroff*(1),\n"
40394 "*tbl*(1)\n"
40395 msgstr ""
40396 "*expand*(1),\n"
40397 "*nroff*(1),\n"
40398 "*tbl*(1)\n"
40399
40400 #
40401 #
40402 #
40403 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
40404 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
40405 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
40406 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
40407 #. are met:
40408 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
40409 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
40410 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
40411 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
40412 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
40413 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
40414 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
40415 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
40416 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
40417 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
40418 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
40419 #.    without specific prior written permission.
40420 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
40421 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
40422 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
40423 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
40424 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
40425 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
40426 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
40427 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
40428 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
40429 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
40430 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
40431 #.     @(#)colcrt.1     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/30/93
40432 #. type: Title =
40433 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:36
40434 #, no-wrap
40435 msgid "colcrt(1)"
40436 msgstr "colcrt(1)"
40437
40438 #. type: Plain text
40439 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:47
40440 msgid "colcrt - filter nroff output for CRT previewing"
40441 msgstr ""
40442
40443 #. type: Plain text
40444 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:51
40445 #, no-wrap
40446 msgid "*colcrt* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
40447 msgstr "*colcrt* [opciones] [_fichero_ ...]\n"
40448
40449 #. type: Plain text
40450 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55
40451 #, no-wrap
40452 msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines.\n"
40453 msgstr ""
40454
40455 #. type: Labeled list
40456 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:58
40457 #, no-wrap
40458 msgid "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
40459 msgstr "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
40460
40461 #. type: Plain text
40462 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
40463 msgid ""
40464 "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing "
40465 "_allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
40466 msgstr ""
40467
40468 #. type: Labeled list
40469 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:61
40470 #, no-wrap
40471 msgid "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
40472 msgstr "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
40473
40474 #. type: Plain text
40475 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
40476 msgid ""
40477 "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. "
40478 "Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty "
40479 "lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. "
40480 "The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the "
40481 "output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be "
40482 "invisible."
40483 msgstr ""
40484
40485 #. type: Plain text
40486 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
40487 msgid "The *colcrt* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
40488 msgstr "La orden *colcrt* aparece por primera vez en 3.0BSD."
40489
40490 #. type: Plain text
40491 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:77
40492 msgid ""
40493 "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *'-'* option so that a true "
40494 "underline character would show."
40495 msgstr ""
40496
40497 #. type: Plain text
40498 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:79
40499 msgid "Can't back up more than 102 lines."
40500 msgstr ""
40501
40502 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
40503 #. type: Plain text
40504 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
40505 msgid ""
40506 "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or "
40507 "underline becomes '{plus}'."
40508 msgstr ""
40509
40510 #. type: Plain text
40511 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:84
40512 msgid "Lines are trimmed to 132 characters."
40513 msgstr ""
40514
40515 #. type: Plain text
40516 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:86
40517 msgid ""
40518 "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in "
40519 "documents which are already double-spaced."
40520 msgstr ""
40521
40522 #. type: Plain text
40523 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:90
40524 msgid "A typical use of *colcrt* would be:"
40525 msgstr ""
40526
40527 #. type: delimited block _
40528 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:93
40529 #, no-wrap
40530 msgid "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
40531 msgstr "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
40532
40533 #. type: Plain text
40534 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:103
40535 #, no-wrap
40536 msgid ""
40537 "*col*(1),\n"
40538 "*more*(1),\n"
40539 "*nroff*(1),\n"
40540 "*troff*(1),\n"
40541 "*ul*(1)\n"
40542 msgstr ""
40543 "*col*(1),\n"
40544 "*more*(1),\n"
40545 "*nroff*(1),\n"
40546 "*troff*(1),\n"
40547 "*ul*(1)\n"
40548
40549 #
40550 #
40551 #
40552 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
40553 #. All rights reserved.
40554 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
40555 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
40556 #. are met:
40557 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
40558 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
40559 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
40560 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
40561 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
40562 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
40563 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
40564 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
40565 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
40566 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
40567 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
40568 #.    without specific prior written permission.
40569 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
40570 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
40571 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
40572 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
40573 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
40574 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
40575 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
40576 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
40577 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
40578 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
40579 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
40580 #.     @(#)colrm.1      6.6 (Berkeley) 3/14/91
40581 #. type: Title =
40582 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:36
40583 #, no-wrap
40584 msgid "colrm(1)"
40585 msgstr "colrm(1)"
40586
40587 #. type: Plain text
40588 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:46
40589 msgid "colrm - remove columns from a file"
40590 msgstr "colrm - elimina columnas de un fichero"
40591
40592 #. type: Plain text
40593 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:50
40594 #, no-wrap
40595 msgid "*colrm* _[first [last]]_\n"
40596 msgstr ""
40597
40598 #. type: Plain text
40599 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54
40600 #, no-wrap
40601 msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
40602 msgstr "*colrm* elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar.\n"
40603
40604 #. type: Plain text
40605 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
40606 #, fuzzy
40607 #| msgid ""
40608 #| "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
40609 #| "starting with the specified column.  If called with two parameters the "
40610 #| "columns from the first column to the last column will be removed."
40611 msgid ""
40612 "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
40613 "starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters "
40614 "the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
40615 msgstr ""
40616 "Si se llama con un único parámetro, las columnas de cada línea se eliminarán "
40617 "comenzando en la columna especificada.  Si se llama con dos parámetros, se "
40618 "eliminarán las columnas entre las especificadas, incluídas éstas."
40619
40620 #. type: Plain text
40621 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58
40622 msgid "Column numbering starts with column 1."
40623 msgstr "La numeración de las columnas empieza con la columna 1."
40624
40625 #. type: Plain text
40626 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:70
40627 msgid "The *colrm* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
40628 msgstr "La orden *colrm* aparece por primera vez en 3.0BSD."
40629
40630 #. type: Plain text
40631 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:77
40632 #, no-wrap
40633 msgid ""
40634 "*awk*(1p),\n"
40635 "*column*(1),\n"
40636 "*expand*(1),\n"
40637 "*paste*(1)\n"
40638 msgstr ""
40639 "*awk*(1p),\n"
40640 "*column*(1),\n"
40641 "*expand*(1),\n"
40642 "*paste*(1)\n"
40643
40644 #
40645 #
40646 #
40647 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
40648 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
40649 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
40650 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
40651 #. are met:
40652 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
40653 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
40654 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
40655 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
40656 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
40657 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
40658 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
40659 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
40660 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
40661 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
40662 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
40663 #.    without specific prior written permission.
40664 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
40665 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
40666 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
40667 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
40668 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
40669 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
40670 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
40671 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
40672 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
40673 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
40674 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
40675 #.     @(#)column.1     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
40676 #. type: Title =
40677 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:36
40678 #, no-wrap
40679 msgid "column(1)"
40680 msgstr "column(1)"
40681
40682 #. type: Plain text
40683 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:46
40684 msgid "column - columnate lists"
40685 msgstr "column - encolumna listas"
40686
40687 #. type: Plain text
40688 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:50
40689 #, no-wrap
40690 msgid "*column* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
40691 msgstr "*column* [opciones] [_fichero_ ...]\n"
40692
40693 #. type: Plain text
40694 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
40695 msgid ""
40696 "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util "
40697 "support three modes:"
40698 msgstr ""
40699
40700 #. type: Labeled list
40701 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:55
40702 #, no-wrap
40703 msgid "*columns are filled before rows*"
40704 msgstr "*Rellena las columnas antes que las filas*"
40705
40706 #. type: Plain text
40707 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:57
40708 msgid "This is the default mode (required by backward compatibility)."
40709 msgstr ""
40710
40711 #. type: Labeled list
40712 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:58
40713 #, no-wrap
40714 msgid "*rows are filled before columns*"
40715 msgstr "*Rellena las columnas antes que las filas*"
40716
40717 #. type: Plain text
40718 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:60
40719 msgid "This mode is enabled by option *-x, --fillrows*"
40720 msgstr ""
40721
40722 #. type: Labeled list
40723 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:61
40724 #, no-wrap
40725 msgid "*table*"
40726 msgstr ""
40727
40728 #. type: Plain text
40729 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
40730 #, fuzzy
40731 #| msgid ""
40732 #| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table.  "
40733 #| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
40734 #| "supplied using the E<.Fl s> option.  Useful for pretty-printing displays."
40735 msgid ""
40736 "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This "
40737 "mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible "
40738 "to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure."
40739 msgstr ""
40740 "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una tabla.  "
40741 "Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o con los "
40742 "caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso adecuado "
40743 "para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
40744
40745 #. type: Plain text
40746 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
40747 msgid ""
40748 "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines "
40749 "are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> "
40750 "convention."
40751 msgstr ""
40752
40753 #. type: Plain text
40754 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:69
40755 msgid ""
40756 "The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of "
40757 "the column names as defined by *--table-columns* or it's column number in "
40758 "order as specified by input. It's possible to mix names and numbers."
40759 msgstr ""
40760
40761 #. type: Labeled list
40762 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:70
40763 #, no-wrap
40764 msgid "*-J, --json*"
40765 msgstr "*-J, --json*"
40766
40767 #. type: Plain text
40768 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:72
40769 msgid ""
40770 "Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is "
40771 "required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
40772 msgstr ""
40773
40774 #. type: Labeled list
40775 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:73
40776 #, no-wrap
40777 msgid "*-c, --output-width* _width_"
40778 msgstr "*-c, --output-width* _ancho_"
40779
40780 #. type: Plain text
40781 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75
40782 msgid ""
40783 "Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The "
40784 "original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since "
40785 "v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default."
40786 msgstr ""
40787
40788 #. type: Labeled list
40789 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:76
40790 #, no-wrap
40791 msgid "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
40792 msgstr "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
40793
40794 #. type: Plain text
40795 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78
40796 msgid ""
40797 "Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on "
40798 "the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
40799 msgstr ""
40800
40801 #. type: Labeled list
40802 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:79
40803 #, no-wrap
40804 msgid "*-o, --output-separator* _string_"
40805 msgstr "*-o, --output-separator* _cadena_"
40806
40807 #. type: Plain text
40808 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:81
40809 msgid "Specify the columns delimiter for table output (default is two spaces)."
40810 msgstr ""
40811
40812 #. type: Labeled list
40813 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82
40814 #, no-wrap
40815 msgid "*-s, --separator* _separators_"
40816 msgstr ""
40817
40818 #. type: Plain text
40819 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:84
40820 msgid "Specify the possible input item delimiters (default is whitespace)."
40821 msgstr ""
40822
40823 #. type: Labeled list
40824 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85
40825 #, no-wrap
40826 msgid "*-t, --table*"
40827 msgstr "*-t, --table*"
40828
40829 #. type: Plain text
40830 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:87
40831 #, fuzzy
40832 #| msgid ""
40833 #| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table.  "
40834 #| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
40835 #| "supplied using the E<.Fl s> option.  Useful for pretty-printing displays."
40836 msgid ""
40837 "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
40838 "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
40839 "supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for "
40840 "pretty-printing."
40841 msgstr ""
40842 "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una tabla.  "
40843 "Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o con los "
40844 "caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso adecuado "
40845 "para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
40846
40847 #. type: Labeled list
40848 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:88
40849 #, no-wrap
40850 msgid "*-N, --table-columns* _names_"
40851 msgstr "*-N, --table-columns* _nombres_"
40852
40853 #. type: Plain text
40854 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:90
40855 msgid ""
40856 "Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are "
40857 "used for the table header or to address column in option arguments."
40858 msgstr ""
40859
40860 #. type: Labeled list
40861 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91
40862 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
40863 #| msgid "B<-N, --table-columns> I<names>"
40864 msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_"
40865 msgstr "B<-N, --table-columns> I<nombres>"
40866
40867 #. type: Plain text
40868 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:93
40869 msgid ""
40870 "Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain "
40871 "all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the "
40872 "columns in the input data."
40873 msgstr ""
40874
40875 #. type: Labeled list
40876 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94
40877 #, no-wrap
40878 msgid "*-R, --table-right* _columns_"
40879 msgstr "*-R, --table-right* _columnas_"
40880
40881 #. type: Plain text
40882 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:96
40883 msgid "Right align text in the specified columns."
40884 msgstr ""
40885
40886 #. type: Labeled list
40887 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:97
40888 #, no-wrap
40889 msgid "*-T, --table-truncate* _columns_"
40890 msgstr "*-T, --table-truncate* _columnas_"
40891
40892 #. type: Plain text
40893 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:99
40894 msgid ""
40895 "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very "
40896 "long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
40897 msgstr ""
40898
40899 #. type: Labeled list
40900 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:100
40901 #, no-wrap
40902 msgid "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columns_"
40903 msgstr "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columnas_"
40904
40905 #. type: Plain text
40906 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:102
40907 msgid ""
40908 "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than "
40909 "average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the "
40910 "width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
40911 msgstr ""
40912
40913 #. type: Plain text
40914 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104
40915 msgid "The option is used for the last visible column by default."
40916 msgstr ""
40917
40918 #. type: Labeled list
40919 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:105
40920 #, no-wrap
40921 msgid "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
40922 msgstr "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
40923
40924 #. type: Plain text
40925 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:107
40926 msgid "Print header line for each page."
40927 msgstr ""
40928
40929 #. type: Labeled list
40930 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
40931 #, no-wrap
40932 msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
40933 msgstr "*-W, --table-wrap* _columnas_"
40934
40935 #. type: Plain text
40936 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
40937 msgid ""
40938 "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when "
40939 "necessary."
40940 msgstr ""
40941
40942 #. type: Labeled list
40943 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:111
40944 #, no-wrap
40945 msgid "*-H, --table-hide* _columns_"
40946 msgstr "*-H, --table-hide* _columnas_"
40947
40948 #. type: Plain text
40949 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
40950 msgid ""
40951 "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to "
40952 "hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
40953 msgstr ""
40954
40955 #. type: Labeled list
40956 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:114
40957 #, no-wrap
40958 msgid "*-O, --table-order* _columns_"
40959 msgstr "*-O, --table-order* _columnas_"
40960
40961 #. type: Plain text
40962 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:116
40963 msgid "Specify columns order on output."
40964 msgstr ""
40965
40966 #. type: Labeled list
40967 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
40968 #, no-wrap
40969 msgid "*-n, --table-name* _name_"
40970 msgstr "*-n, --table-name* _nombre_"
40971
40972 #. type: Plain text
40973 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
40974 msgid "Specify the table name used for JSON output. The default is \"table\"."
40975 msgstr ""
40976
40977 #. type: Labeled list
40978 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:120
40979 #, no-wrap
40980 msgid "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
40981 msgstr "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
40982
40983 #. type: Plain text
40984 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:122
40985 msgid ""
40986 "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty "
40987 "lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is "
40988 "now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only "
40989 "applies to table mode."
40990 msgstr ""
40991
40992 #. type: Labeled list
40993 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:123
40994 #, no-wrap
40995 msgid "*-r, --tree* _column_"
40996 msgstr "*-r, --tree* _columna_"
40997
40998 #. type: Plain text
40999 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:125
41000 msgid ""
41001 "Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies "
41002 "and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
41003 msgstr ""
41004
41005 #. type: Labeled list
41006 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:126
41007 #, no-wrap
41008 msgid "*-i, --tree-id* _column_"
41009 msgstr "*-i, --tree-id* _columna_"
41010
41011 #. type: Plain text
41012 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:128
41013 msgid "Specify column with line ID to create child-parent relation."
41014 msgstr ""
41015
41016 #. type: Labeled list
41017 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:129
41018 #, no-wrap
41019 msgid "*-p, --tree-parent* _column_"
41020 msgstr "*-p, --tree-parent* _columna_"
41021
41022 #. type: Plain text
41023 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:131
41024 msgid "Specify column with parent ID to create child-parent relation."
41025 msgstr ""
41026
41027 #. type: Labeled list
41028 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:132
41029 #, no-wrap
41030 msgid "*-x, --fillrows*"
41031 msgstr "*-x, --fillrows*"
41032
41033 #. type: Plain text
41034 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:134
41035 #, fuzzy
41036 #| msgid "Fill columns before filling rows."
41037 msgid "Fill rows before filling columns."
41038 msgstr "Rellena las columnas antes que las filas."
41039
41040 #. type: Plain text
41041 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:144
41042 msgid ""
41043 "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the "
41044 "screen if no other information is available."
41045 msgstr ""
41046 "La variable de entorno *COLUMNS* se usa para determinar el tamaño de la "
41047 "pantalla si no existe otra información disponible."
41048
41049 #. type: Plain text
41050 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:148
41051 msgid "The column command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
41052 msgstr "La orden column aparece por primera vez en la 4.3BSD-Reno."
41053
41054 #. type: Plain text
41055 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:152
41056 msgid "Version 2.23 changed the *-s* option to be non-greedy, for example:"
41057 msgstr ""
41058
41059 #. type: delimited block .
41060 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:155
41061 #, no-wrap
41062 msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
41063 msgstr "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
41064
41065 #. type: Plain text
41066 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:158
41067 msgid "Old output:"
41068 msgstr ""
41069
41070 #. type: delimited block .
41071 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:162
41072 #, no-wrap
41073 msgid ""
41074 "a  b  c\n"
41075 "1  3\n"
41076 msgstr ""
41077 "a  b  c\n"
41078 "1  3\n"
41079
41080 #. type: Plain text
41081 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165
41082 msgid "New output (since util-linux 2.23):"
41083 msgstr ""
41084
41085 #. type: delimited block .
41086 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:169
41087 #, no-wrap
41088 msgid ""
41089 "a  b  c\n"
41090 "1     3\n"
41091 msgstr ""
41092 "a  b  c\n"
41093 "1     3\n"
41094
41095 #. type: Plain text
41096 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:172
41097 msgid ""
41098 "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before "
41099 "columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording "
41100 "did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see "
41101 "above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older "
41102 "documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
41103 msgstr ""
41104
41105 #. type: Plain text
41106 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:176
41107 msgid "Print fstab with header line and align number to the right:"
41108 msgstr ""
41109
41110 #. type: delimited block .
41111 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:179
41112 #, no-wrap
41113 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
41114 msgstr "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
41115
41116 #. type: Plain text
41117 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:182
41118 msgid "Print fstab and hide unnamed columns:"
41119 msgstr ""
41120
41121 #. type: delimited block .
41122 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:185
41123 #, no-wrap
41124 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
41125 msgstr "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
41126
41127 #. type: Plain text
41128 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:188
41129 msgid "Print a tree:"
41130 msgstr ""
41131
41132 #. type: delimited block .
41133 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:196
41134 #, no-wrap
41135 msgid ""
41136 "echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
41137 "1  0  A\n"
41138 "2  1  |-AA\n"
41139 "4  2  | |-AAA\n"
41140 "5  2  | `-AAB\n"
41141 "3  1  `-AB\n"
41142 msgstr ""
41143 "echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
41144 "1  0  A\n"
41145 "2  1  |-AA\n"
41146 "4  2  | |-AAA\n"
41147 "5  2  | `-AAB\n"
41148 "3  1  `-AB\n"
41149
41150 #. type: Plain text
41151 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:204
41152 #, no-wrap
41153 msgid ""
41154 "*colrm*(1),\n"
41155 "*ls*(1),\n"
41156 "*paste*(1),\n"
41157 "*sort*(1)\n"
41158 msgstr ""
41159 "*colrm*(1),\n"
41160 "*ls*(1),\n"
41161 "*paste*(1),\n"
41162 "*sort*(1)\n"
41163
41164 #
41165 #
41166 #
41167 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
41168 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
41169 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
41170 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
41171 #. are met:
41172 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
41173 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
41174 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
41175 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
41176 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
41177 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
41178 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
41179 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
41180 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
41181 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
41182 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
41183 #.    without specific prior written permission.
41184 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
41185 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
41186 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
41187 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
41188 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
41189 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
41190 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
41191 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
41192 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
41193 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
41194 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
41195 #.      @(#)hexdump.1   8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
41196 #. type: Title =
41197 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:36
41198 #, no-wrap
41199 msgid "hexdump(1)"
41200 msgstr "hexdump(1)"
41201
41202 #. type: Plain text
41203 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
41204 msgid ""
41205 "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
41206 msgstr ""
41207
41208 #. type: Plain text
41209 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:50
41210 #, no-wrap
41211 msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n"
41212 msgstr "*hexdump* _opciones fichero_ ...\n"
41213
41214 #. type: Plain text
41215 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:54
41216 msgid ""
41217 "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or "
41218 "standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
41219 msgstr ""
41220
41221 #. type: Plain text
41222 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:58
41223 msgid ""
41224 "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the "
41225 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
41226 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
41227 "meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
41228 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
41229 msgstr ""
41230
41231 #. type: Labeled list
41232 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:59
41233 #, no-wrap
41234 msgid "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
41235 msgstr "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
41236
41237 #. type: Plain text
41238 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:61
41239 msgid ""
41240 "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
41241 "by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, "
41242 "in octal, per line."
41243 msgstr ""
41244
41245 #. type: Labeled list
41246 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:62
41247 #, no-wrap
41248 msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
41249 msgstr "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
41250
41251 #. type: Plain text
41252 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:64
41253 msgid ""
41254 "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
41255 "followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters "
41256 "of input data per line."
41257 msgstr ""
41258
41259 #. type: Labeled list
41260 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:65
41261 #, no-wrap
41262 msgid "*-C*, *--canonical*"
41263 msgstr "*-C*, *--canonical*"
41264
41265 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
41266 #. type: Plain text
41267 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:68
41268 msgid ""
41269 "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
41270 "followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed "
41271 "by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in '*|*' "
41272 "characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
41273 msgstr ""
41274
41275 #. type: Labeled list
41276 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69
41277 #, no-wrap
41278 msgid "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
41279 msgstr "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
41280
41281 #. type: Plain text
41282 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:71
41283 msgid ""
41284 "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
41285 "followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units "
41286 "of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
41287 msgstr ""
41288
41289 #. type: Labeled list
41290 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:72
41291 #, no-wrap
41292 msgid "*-e*, *--format* _format_string_"
41293 msgstr ""
41294
41295 #. type: Plain text
41296 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74
41297 msgid "Specify a format string to be used for displaying data."
41298 msgstr ""
41299
41300 #. type: Labeled list
41301 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:75
41302 #, no-wrap
41303 msgid "*-f*, *--format-file* _file_"
41304 msgstr "*-f*, *--format-file* _fichero_"
41305
41306 #. type: Plain text
41307 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:77
41308 msgid ""
41309 "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. "
41310 "Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are "
41311 "ignored."
41312 msgstr ""
41313
41314 #. type: Plain text
41315 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:80
41316 msgid ""
41317 "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be "
41318 "*auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults "
41319 "to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see "
41320 "the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* "
41321 "section below."
41322 msgstr ""
41323
41324 #. type: Labeled list
41325 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:81
41326 #, no-wrap
41327 msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_"
41328 msgstr "*-n*, *--length* _longitud_"
41329
41330 #. type: Plain text
41331 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83
41332 msgid "Interpret only _length_ bytes of input."
41333 msgstr ""
41334
41335 #. type: Labeled list
41336 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:84
41337 #, no-wrap
41338 msgid "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
41339 msgstr "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
41340
41341 #. type: Plain text
41342 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:86
41343 msgid ""
41344 "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
41345 "by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of "
41346 "input data, in octal, per line."
41347 msgstr ""
41348
41349 #. type: Labeled list
41350 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:87
41351 #, no-wrap
41352 msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_"
41353 msgstr "*-s*, *--skip* _desplazamiento_"
41354
41355 #. type: Plain text
41356 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89
41357 msgid "Skip _offset_ bytes from the beginning of the input."
41358 msgstr ""
41359
41360 #. type: Labeled list
41361 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:90
41362 #, no-wrap
41363 msgid "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
41364 msgstr "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
41365
41366 #. type: Plain text
41367 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:92
41368 msgid ""
41369 "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* "
41370 "option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the "
41371 "immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), "
41372 "are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
41373 msgstr ""
41374
41375 #. type: Labeled list
41376 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:93
41377 #, no-wrap
41378 msgid "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
41379 msgstr "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
41380
41381 #. type: Plain text
41382 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:95
41383 msgid ""
41384 "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
41385 "followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte "
41386 "quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
41387 msgstr ""
41388
41389 #. type: Plain text
41390 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:103
41391 msgid ""
41392 "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard "
41393 "output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by "
41394 "the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
41395 msgstr ""
41396
41397 #. type: Title ==
41398 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:104
41399 #, no-wrap
41400 msgid "FORMATS"
41401 msgstr "FORMATOS"
41402
41403 #. type: Plain text
41404 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:107
41405 msgid ""
41406 "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by "
41407 "whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a "
41408 "byte count, and a format."
41409 msgstr ""
41410
41411 #. type: Plain text
41412 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:109
41413 msgid ""
41414 "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. "
41415 "Each format is applied iteration count times."
41416 msgstr ""
41417
41418 #. type: Plain text
41419 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:111
41420 msgid ""
41421 "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the "
41422 "number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
41423 msgstr ""
41424
41425 #. type: Plain text
41426 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:113
41427 msgid ""
41428 "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must "
41429 "be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to "
41430 "disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
41431 msgstr ""
41432
41433 #. type: Plain text
41434 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:115
41435 msgid ""
41436 "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. "
41437 "It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3), with "
41438 "the following exceptions:"
41439 msgstr ""
41440
41441 #. type: Labeled list
41442 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116
41443 #, no-wrap
41444 msgid "1."
41445 msgstr "1."
41446
41447 #. type: Plain text
41448 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:118
41449 msgid "An asterisk (*) may not be used as a field width or precision."
41450 msgstr ""
41451
41452 #. type: Labeled list
41453 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119
41454 #, no-wrap
41455 msgid "2."
41456 msgstr "2."
41457
41458 #. type: Plain text
41459 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:121
41460 msgid ""
41461 "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion "
41462 "character (unlike the fprintf3 default which prints the entire string if the "
41463 "precision is unspecified)."
41464 msgstr ""
41465
41466 #. type: Labeled list
41467 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122
41468 #, no-wrap
41469 msgid "3."
41470 msgstr "3."
41471
41472 #. type: Plain text
41473 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:124
41474 msgid ""
41475 "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
41476 msgstr ""
41477
41478 #. type: Labeled list
41479 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125
41480 #, no-wrap
41481 msgid "4."
41482 msgstr "4."
41483
41484 #. type: Plain text
41485 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:127
41486 msgid ""
41487 "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are "
41488 "supported:"
41489 msgstr ""
41490
41491 #. type: Table
41492 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:138
41493 #, no-wrap
41494 msgid ""
41495 "|NULL |\\0\n"
41496 "|<alert character> |\\a\n"
41497 "|<backspace> |\\b\n"
41498 "|<form-feed> |\\f\n"
41499 "|<newline> |\\n\n"
41500 "|<carriage return> |\\r\n"
41501 "|<tab> |\\t\n"
41502 "|<vertical tab> |\\v\n"
41503 msgstr ""
41504
41505 #. type: Title ===
41506 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:141
41507 #, no-wrap
41508 msgid "Conversion strings"
41509 msgstr ""
41510
41511 #. type: delimited block _
41512 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:144
41513 msgid ""
41514 "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion "
41515 "strings."
41516 msgstr ""
41517
41518 #. type: Labeled list
41519 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145
41520 #, no-wrap
41521 msgid "*_a[dox]*"
41522 msgstr ""
41523
41524 #. type: delimited block _
41525 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:147
41526 msgid ""
41527 "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to "
41528 "be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display "
41529 "base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
41530 msgstr ""
41531
41532 #. type: Labeled list
41533 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148
41534 #, no-wrap
41535 msgid "*_A[dox]*"
41536 msgstr ""
41537
41538 #. type: delimited block _
41539 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:150
41540 msgid ""
41541 "Identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only performed "
41542 "once, when all of the input data has been processed."
41543 msgstr ""
41544
41545 #. type: Labeled list
41546 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151
41547 #, no-wrap
41548 msgid "*_c*"
41549 msgstr "*_c*"
41550
41551 #. type: delimited block _
41552 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:153
41553 msgid ""
41554 "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
41555 "displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those "
41556 "representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed "
41557 "as two-character strings."
41558 msgstr ""
41559
41560 #. type: Labeled list
41561 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154
41562 #, no-wrap
41563 msgid "*_p*"
41564 msgstr "*_p*"
41565
41566 #. type: delimited block _
41567 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:156
41568 msgid ""
41569 "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
41570 "displayed as a single '*.*'."
41571 msgstr ""
41572
41573 #. type: Labeled list
41574 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157
41575 #, no-wrap
41576 msgid "*_u*"
41577 msgstr "*_u*"
41578
41579 #. type: delimited block _
41580 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:159
41581 msgid ""
41582 "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are "
41583 "displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than "
41584 "0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
41585 msgstr ""
41586
41587 #. type: Table
41588 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:168
41589 #, no-wrap
41590 msgid ""
41591 "|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n"
41592 "|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n"
41593 "|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n"
41594 "|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n"
41595 "|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n"
41596 "|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n"
41597 msgstr ""
41598
41599 #. type: Title ===
41600 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:171
41601 #, no-wrap
41602 msgid "Colors"
41603 msgstr ""
41604
41605 #. type: delimited block _
41606 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:174
41607 msgid ""
41608 "When put at the end of a format specifier, hexdump highlights the respective "
41609 "string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are evaluated prior "
41610 "to highlighting."
41611 msgstr ""
41612
41613 #. type: delimited block _
41614 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:176
41615 #, no-wrap
41616 msgid "*_L[color_unit_1,color_unit_2,...,color_unit_n]*\n"
41617 msgstr ""
41618
41619 #. type: delimited block _
41620 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:178
41621 msgid "The full syntax of a color unit is as follows:"
41622 msgstr ""
41623
41624 #. type: delimited block _
41625 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:180
41626 #, no-wrap
41627 msgid "*[!]COLOR[:VALUE][@OFFSET_START[-END]]*\n"
41628 msgstr ""
41629
41630 #. type: Labeled list
41631 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181
41632 #, no-wrap
41633 msgid "*!*"
41634 msgstr "*!*"
41635
41636 #. type: delimited block _
41637 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:183
41638 msgid ""
41639 "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit "
41640 "if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the "
41641 "respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string "
41642 "does not match the one at the offset."
41643 msgstr ""
41644
41645 #. type: Labeled list
41646 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:184
41647 #, no-wrap
41648 msgid "*COLOR*"
41649 msgstr ""
41650
41651 #. type: delimited block _
41652 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:186
41653 msgid "One of the 8 basic shell colors."
41654 msgstr ""
41655
41656 #. type: Labeled list
41657 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187
41658 #, no-wrap
41659 msgid "*VALUE*"
41660 msgstr ""
41661
41662 #. type: delimited block _
41663 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:189
41664 msgid ""
41665 "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a "
41666 "string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by "
41667 "hexdump inside the color_units."
41668 msgstr ""
41669
41670 #. type: Labeled list
41671 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190
41672 #, no-wrap
41673 msgid "*OFFSET*"
41674 msgstr ""
41675
41676 #. type: delimited block _
41677 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:192
41678 msgid ""
41679 "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that "
41680 "lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
41681 msgstr ""
41682
41683 #. type: Title ===
41684 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:193
41685 #, no-wrap
41686 msgid "Counters"
41687 msgstr ""
41688
41689 #. type: delimited block _
41690 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:196
41691 msgid ""
41692 "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as "
41693 "follows:"
41694 msgstr ""
41695
41696 #. type: Labeled list
41697 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:197
41698 #, no-wrap
41699 msgid "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
41700 msgstr "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
41701
41702 #. type: delimited block _
41703 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:199
41704 msgid "One byte counts only."
41705 msgstr ""
41706
41707 #. type: Labeled list
41708 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:200
41709 #, no-wrap
41710 msgid "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
41711 msgstr "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
41712
41713 #. type: delimited block _
41714 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:202
41715 msgid "Four byte default, one, two and four byte counts supported."
41716 msgstr ""
41717
41718 #. type: Labeled list
41719 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:203
41720 #, no-wrap
41721 msgid "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
41722 msgstr "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
41723
41724 #. type: delimited block _
41725 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:205
41726 msgid "Eight byte default, four byte counts supported."
41727 msgstr ""
41728
41729 #. type: delimited block _
41730 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:207
41731 msgid ""
41732 "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data "
41733 "required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte "
41734 "count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the "
41735 "format if the byte count is not specified."
41736 msgstr ""
41737
41738 #. type: delimited block _
41739 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:209
41740 msgid ""
41741 "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the "
41742 "largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings "
41743 "interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format "
41744 "unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified "
41745 "iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input "
41746 "block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block "
41747 "to satisfy the format string."
41748 msgstr ""
41749
41750 #. type: delimited block _
41751 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:211
41752 msgid ""
41753 "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the "
41754 "iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, "
41755 "no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
41756 msgstr ""
41757
41758 #. type: delimited block _
41759 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:213
41760 msgid ""
41761 "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion "
41762 "characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or "
41763 "strings is *_a* or *_A*."
41764 msgstr ""
41765
41766 #. type: delimited block _
41767 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:215
41768 msgid ""
41769 "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being "
41770 "reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input "
41771 "block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any "
41772 "format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the "
41773 "zero bytes)."
41774 msgstr ""
41775
41776 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
41777 #. type: delimited block _
41778 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218
41779 msgid ""
41780 "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of "
41781 "spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces "
41782 "output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and "
41783 "precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with "
41784 "any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and "
41785 "referencing a NULL string."
41786 msgstr ""
41787
41788 #. type: delimited block _
41789 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:220
41790 msgid ""
41791 "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to "
41792 "the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between "
41793 "format units than in the default output)."
41794 msgstr ""
41795
41796 #. type: delimited block _
41797 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:224
41798 #, no-wrap
41799 msgid "*hexdump* exits 0 on success and > 0 if an error occurred.\n"
41800 msgstr ""
41801
41802 #. type: delimited block _
41803 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:228
41804 msgid ""
41805 "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
41806 "compatible."
41807 msgstr ""
41808
41809 #. type: delimited block _
41810 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:232
41811 msgid "Display the input in perusal format:"
41812 msgstr ""
41813
41814 #. type: delimited block .
41815 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:237
41816 #, no-wrap
41817 msgid ""
41818 "   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
41819 "   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
41820 "   \"\\n\"\n"
41821 msgstr ""
41822 "   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
41823 "   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
41824 "   \"\\n\"\n"
41825
41826 #. type: Plain text
41827 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:240
41828 msgid "Implement the *-x* option:"
41829 msgstr ""
41830
41831 #. type: delimited block .
41832 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:244
41833 #, no-wrap
41834 msgid ""
41835 "   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
41836 "   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
41837 msgstr ""
41838 "   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
41839 "   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
41840
41841 #. type: Plain text
41842 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:247
41843 msgid ""
41844 "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at "
41845 "offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
41846 msgstr ""
41847
41848 #. type: delimited block .
41849 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:251
41850 #, no-wrap
41851 msgid ""
41852 "   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
41853 "   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
41854 msgstr ""
41855
41856 #. type: Plain text
41857 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:256
41858 msgid ""
41859 "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/"
41860 "hexdump.disable_."
41861 msgstr ""
41862
41863 #.  This page is in the public domain
41864 #. type: Title =
41865 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:3
41866 #, no-wrap
41867 msgid "line(1)"
41868 msgstr "line(1)"
41869
41870 #. type: Plain text
41871 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:13
41872 msgid "line - read one line"
41873 msgstr ""
41874
41875 #. type: Plain text
41876 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:17
41877 #, no-wrap
41878 msgid "*line*\n"
41879 msgstr "*line*\n"
41880
41881 #. type: Plain text
41882 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21
41883 msgid ""
41884 "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to "
41885 "standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit "
41886 "status of 1 on EOF or read error."
41887 msgstr ""
41888
41889 #. type: Plain text
41890 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
41891 #, no-wrap
41892 msgid "*read*(1p)\n"
41893 msgstr "*read*(1p)\n"
41894
41895 #
41896 #
41897 #
41898 #
41899 #. Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
41900 #. Copyright (c) 1988 Mark Nudleman
41901 #. All rights reserved.
41902 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
41903 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
41904 #. are met:
41905 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
41906 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
41907 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
41908 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
41909 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
41910 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
41911 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
41912 #.    This product includes software developed by the University of
41913 #.    California, Berkeley and its contributors.
41914 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
41915 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
41916 #.    without specific prior written permission.
41917 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
41918 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
41919 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
41920 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
41921 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
41922 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
41923 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
41924 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
41925 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
41926 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
41927 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
41928 #. @(#)more.1   5.15 (Berkeley) 7/29/91
41929 #. Copyright (c) 1992 Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
41930 #. type: Title =
41931 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:39
41932 #, no-wrap
41933 msgid "more(1)"
41934 msgstr "more(1)"
41935
41936 #. type: Plain text
41937 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:49
41938 msgid "more - file perusal filter for crt viewing"
41939 msgstr "more - filtro de ficheros para visualización en terminales"
41940
41941 #. type: Plain text
41942 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:53
41943 #, no-wrap
41944 msgid "*more* [options] _file_ ...\n"
41945 msgstr "*more* [opciones] _fichero_ ...\n"
41946
41947 #. type: Plain text
41948 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57
41949 #, no-wrap
41950 msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
41951 msgstr "*more* es un filtro para paginar texto, mostrando una pantalla cada vez. Esta versión es especialmente primitiva. Los usarios deben tener en cuenta que *less*(1) (\"menos\") provee *more*(1) (\"más\") emulación y muchas más mejoras.\n"
41952
41953 #. type: Plain text
41954 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
41955 msgid ""
41956 "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to "
41957 "precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
41958 msgstr ""
41959 "Estas, también se toman de la variable de entorno *MORE* (asegúrate de "
41960 "precederla con un guión (*-*)). Ten en cuenta que las opciones de la línea "
41961 "de órdenes toman precedencia sobre esta variable."
41962
41963 #. type: Labeled list
41964 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62
41965 #, no-wrap
41966 msgid "*-d*, *--silent*"
41967 msgstr "*-d*, *--silent*"
41968
41969 #. type: Plain text
41970 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
41971 #, fuzzy
41972 #| msgid ""
41973 #| "E<.Nm more> will prompt the user with the message \"[Press space to "
41974 #| "continue, 'q' to quit.]\" and will display \"[Press 'h' for "
41975 #| "instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is "
41976 #| "pressed."
41977 msgid ""
41978 "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
41979 "\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
41980 "illegal key is pressed."
41981 msgstr ""
41982 "Muestra el mensaje \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" (pulsa "
41983 "espacio para continuar, 'q' para salir) en vez de emitir un pitido cuando se "
41984 "pulse una tecla ilegal."
41985
41986 #. type: Labeled list
41987 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65
41988 #, no-wrap
41989 msgid "*-l*, *--logical*"
41990 msgstr "*-l*, *--logical*"
41991
41992 #. type: Plain text
41993 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67
41994 msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)."
41995 msgstr ""
41996 "No hace pausa después de ninguna línea que contenga *^L* (salto de página)."
41997
41998 #. type: Labeled list
41999 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
42000 #, no-wrap
42001 msgid "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
42002 msgstr "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
42003
42004 #. type: Plain text
42005 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
42006 msgid ""
42007 "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not "
42008 "folded)."
42009 msgstr ""
42010 "Cuenta líneas lógicas en vez de líneas de pantalla (o sea, las líneas largas "
42011 "no se doblan)."
42012
42013 #. type: Labeled list
42014 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:71
42015 #, no-wrap
42016 msgid "*-p*, *--print-over*"
42017 msgstr "*-p*, *--print-over*"
42018
42019 #. type: Plain text
42020 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
42021 msgid ""
42022 "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. "
42023 "Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is "
42024 "named *page*."
42025 msgstr ""
42026 "No realiza desplazamiento. En vez de ello, limpia toda la pantalla y luego "
42027 "muestra el texto. Obsérvese que esta opción se activa automáticamente si el "
42028 "nombre del ejecutable es *page*."
42029
42030 #. type: Labeled list
42031 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74
42032 #, no-wrap
42033 msgid "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
42034 msgstr "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
42035
42036 #. type: Plain text
42037 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
42038 msgid ""
42039 "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
42040 "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
42041 msgstr ""
42042 "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del mismo, dibujar cada pantalla desde "
42043 "arriba, limpiando el resto de la línea según se van mostrando."
42044
42045 #. type: Labeled list
42046 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77
42047 #, no-wrap
42048 msgid "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
42049 msgstr "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
42050
42051 #. type: Plain text
42052 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
42053 msgid "Squeeze multiple blank lines into one."
42054 msgstr "Reducir múltiples líneas en blanco a una."
42055
42056 #. type: Labeled list
42057 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80
42058 #, no-wrap
42059 msgid "*-u*, *--plain*"
42060 msgstr "*-u*, *--plain*"
42061
42062 #. type: Plain text
42063 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:82
42064 msgid ""
42065 "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards "
42066 "compatibility."
42067 msgstr ""
42068 "Suprime el subrayado. Esta opción se ignora silenciosamente por "
42069 "compatibilidad hacia atrás."
42070
42071 #. type: Labeled list
42072 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:83
42073 #, no-wrap
42074 msgid "*-n*, *--lines* _number_"
42075 msgstr "*-n*, *--lines* _número_"
42076
42077 #. type: Plain text
42078 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
42079 msgid ""
42080 "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a "
42081 "positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values "
42082 "obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
42083 msgstr ""
42084 "Especifica el _número de líneas por pantalla. El argumento _número_ es un "
42085 "número entero positivo en decimal. La opción *--lines* anulará los valores "
42086 "obtenidos de cualquier otra fuente, tales como el número de líneas que se "
42087 "muestran por terminal."
42088
42089 #. type: Labeled list
42090 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36
42091 #, no-wrap
42092 msgid "**-**__number__"
42093 msgstr "**-**__número__"
42094
42095 #. type: Plain text
42096 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
42097 msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument."
42098 msgstr ""
42099 "Una opción numérica tiene el mismo significado que el argumento de la opción "
42100 "*--lines*."
42101
42102 #. type: Labeled list
42103 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30
42104 #, no-wrap
42105 msgid "**+**__number__"
42106 msgstr "**+**__número__"
42107
42108 #. type: Plain text
42109 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91
42110 #, fuzzy
42111 #| msgid "Display current line number."
42112 msgid "Start displaying each file at line _number_."
42113 msgstr "Mostrar el número de línea actual."
42114
42115 #. type: Labeled list
42116 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92
42117 #, no-wrap
42118 msgid "**+**/__string__"
42119 msgstr "**+**/__cadena__"
42120
42121 #. type: Plain text
42122 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:94
42123 msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it."
42124 msgstr ""
42125 "La _cadena_ que se buscará en cada fichero antes de empezar a mostrarlo."
42126
42127 #. type: Plain text
42128 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104
42129 msgid ""
42130 "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be "
42131 "preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the "
42132 "following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
42133 msgstr ""
42134 "Las órdenes interactivas para *more* están basadas en las respectivas de "
42135 "*vi*(1).  Algunos de ellos se pueden preceder por un número decimal, que "
42136 "llamaremos \"k\" en las descripciones siguientes.  En lo que sigue, *^X* "
42137 "significa *control-X*."
42138
42139 #. type: Labeled list
42140 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:105
42141 #, no-wrap
42142 msgid "*h* or *?*"
42143 msgstr "*h* o *?*"
42144
42145 #. type: Plain text
42146 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107
42147 msgid ""
42148 "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, "
42149 "remember this one."
42150 msgstr ""
42151 "Ayuda: muestra un resumen para estas órdenes.  Si olvidas todos los otros, "
42152 "recuerda éste."
42153
42154 #. type: Labeled list
42155 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:108
42156 #, no-wrap
42157 msgid "*SPACE*"
42158 msgstr "*ESPACIO*"
42159
42160 #. type: Plain text
42161 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110
42162 msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
42163 msgstr ""
42164 "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto, el tamaño (en líneas) "
42165 "de la pantalla actual."
42166
42167 #. type: Labeled list
42168 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:111
42169 #, no-wrap
42170 msgid "*z*"
42171 msgstr "*z*"
42172
42173 #. type: Plain text
42174 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113
42175 msgid ""
42176 "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument "
42177 "becomes new default."
42178 msgstr ""
42179 "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto el tamaño (en líneas) de "
42180 "la pantalla actual. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
42181
42182 #. type: Labeled list
42183 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:114
42184 #, no-wrap
42185 msgid "*RETURN*"
42186 msgstr "*RETURN*"
42187
42188 #. type: Plain text
42189 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116
42190 msgid ""
42191 "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
42192 msgstr ""
42193 "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto una. El argumento se "
42194 "transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
42195
42196 #. type: Labeled list
42197 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:117
42198 #, no-wrap
42199 msgid "*d* or *^D*"
42200 msgstr "*d* o *^D*"
42201
42202 #. type: Plain text
42203 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119
42204 msgid ""
42205 "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument "
42206 "becomes new default."
42207 msgstr ""
42208 "Avanzar k líneas. Por defecto es el tamaño actual de desplazamiento, "
42209 "inicialmente 11. El argumento se convierte en el nuevo valor por defecto."
42210
42211 #. type: Labeled list
42212 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:120
42213 #, no-wrap
42214 msgid "*q* or *Q* or *INTERRUPT*"
42215 msgstr "*q* o *Q* o *INTERRUPT*"
42216
42217 #. type: Plain text
42218 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122
42219 msgid "Exit."
42220 msgstr "Salir."
42221
42222 #. type: Plain text
42223 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:125
42224 msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1."
42225 msgstr "Avanzar k líneas de texto. Por defecto 1."
42226
42227 #. type: Labeled list
42228 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:126
42229 #, no-wrap
42230 msgid "*f*"
42231 msgstr "*f*"
42232
42233 #. type: Plain text
42234 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:128
42235 msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1."
42236 msgstr "Avanzar k pantallas de texto. Por defecto 1."
42237
42238 #. type: Labeled list
42239 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:129
42240 #, no-wrap
42241 msgid "*b* or *^B*"
42242 msgstr "*b* o *^B*"
42243
42244 #. type: Plain text
42245 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131
42246 msgid ""
42247 "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, "
42248 "not pipes."
42249 msgstr ""
42250 "Retroceder k pantallas de texto. Por defecto 1. Solo funciona con ficheros, "
42251 "no con tuberías."
42252
42253 #. type: Labeled list
42254 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:132
42255 #, no-wrap
42256 msgid "*'*"
42257 msgstr "*'*"
42258
42259 #. type: Plain text
42260 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:134
42261 msgid "Go to the place where the last search started."
42262 msgstr "Ir al punto donde empezó la última búsqueda."
42263
42264 #. type: Labeled list
42265 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:135
42266 #, no-wrap
42267 msgid "*=*"
42268 msgstr "*=*"
42269
42270 #. type: Plain text
42271 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:137
42272 msgid "Display current line number."
42273 msgstr "Mostrar el número de línea actual."
42274
42275 #. type: Labeled list
42276 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:138
42277 #, no-wrap
42278 msgid "*/pattern*"
42279 msgstr "*/patrón*"
42280
42281 #. type: Plain text
42282 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:140
42283 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
42284 msgstr ""
42285 "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
42286
42287 #. type: Plain text
42288 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143
42289 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
42290 msgstr ""
42291 "Busca la ocurrencia k-ésima de la última expresión regular. Por defecto 1."
42292
42293 #. type: Labeled list
42294 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:144
42295 #, no-wrap
42296 msgid "*!command* or *:!command*"
42297 msgstr "*!orden* o *:!orden*"
42298
42299 #. type: Plain text
42300 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:146
42301 msgid "Execute _command_ in a subshell."
42302 msgstr "Ejecutar _orden_ en una instancia de la línea de órdenes."
42303
42304 #. type: Labeled list
42305 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:147
42306 #, no-wrap
42307 msgid "*v*"
42308 msgstr "*v*"
42309
42310 #. type: Plain text
42311 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149
42312 msgid ""
42313 "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment "
42314 "variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or "
42315 "defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
42316 msgstr ""
42317 "Arranca un editor en la línea actual. El editor se toma de la variable de "
42318 "entorno *VISUAL* si está definida, o *EDITOR* si *VISUAL* no está definida, "
42319 "o *vi*(1) si ninguna de las dos variables está definida."
42320
42321 #. type: Labeled list
42322 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:150
42323 #, no-wrap
42324 msgid "*^L*"
42325 msgstr "*^L*"
42326
42327 #. type: Plain text
42328 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:152
42329 msgid "Redraw screen."
42330 msgstr "Redibujar la pantalla."
42331
42332 #. type: Labeled list
42333 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:153
42334 #, no-wrap
42335 msgid "*:n*"
42336 msgstr "*:n*"
42337
42338 #. type: Plain text
42339 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:155
42340 msgid "Go to kth next file. Defaults to 1."
42341 msgstr "Saltar siguiente k-ésimo fichero. Por defecto 1 (el siguiente)."
42342
42343 #. type: Labeled list
42344 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:156
42345 #, no-wrap
42346 msgid "*:p*"
42347 msgstr "*:p*"
42348
42349 #. type: Plain text
42350 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:158
42351 msgid "Go to kth previous file. Defaults to 1."
42352 msgstr "Saltar al k-ésimo fichero anterior. Por defecto 1 (el siguiente)."
42353
42354 #. type: Labeled list
42355 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:159
42356 #, no-wrap
42357 msgid "*:f*"
42358 msgstr "*:f*"
42359
42360 #. type: Plain text
42361 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161
42362 msgid "Display current file name and line number."
42363 msgstr "Mostrar el nombre de fichero y la línea actual."
42364
42365 #. type: Labeled list
42366 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:162
42367 #, no-wrap
42368 msgid "*.*"
42369 msgstr "*.*"
42370
42371 #. type: Plain text
42372 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164
42373 msgid "Repeat previous command."
42374 msgstr "Repetir la orden anterior."
42375
42376 #. type: Plain text
42377 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:168
42378 msgid ""
42379 "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they "
42380 "exist:"
42381 msgstr "Si existen, *more* usa las siguientes variables de entorno:"
42382
42383 #. type: Labeled list
42384 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:169
42385 #, no-wrap
42386 msgid "*MORE*"
42387 msgstr "*MORE*"
42388
42389 #. type: Plain text
42390 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:171
42391 msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*."
42392 msgstr ""
42393 "A ésta variable se le pueden asignar las opciones favoritas para *more*."
42394
42395 #. type: Plain text
42396 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174
42397 msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)."
42398 msgstr ""
42399 "La shell en uso (normalmente está asignada por el propio intérprete al "
42400 "entrar en el sistema)."
42401
42402 #. type: Labeled list
42403 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:175 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:137
42404 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:73
42405 #, no-wrap
42406 msgid "*TERM*"
42407 msgstr "*TERM*"
42408
42409 #. type: Plain text
42410 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177
42411 msgid ""
42412 "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics "
42413 "necessary to manipulate the screen."
42414 msgstr ""
42415 "Tipo de terminal usado por *more* para obtener las características del "
42416 "terminal necesarias para manejar la pantalla."
42417
42418 #. type: Labeled list
42419 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:178
42420 #, no-wrap
42421 msgid "*VISUAL*"
42422 msgstr "*VISUAL*"
42423
42424 #. type: Plain text
42425 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180
42426 msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed."
42427 msgstr ""
42428 "Editor preferido del usuario. Invocado cuando se pulsa la tecla de orden _v_."
42429
42430 #. type: Plain text
42431 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183
42432 msgid "The editor of choice when *VISUAL* is not specified."
42433 msgstr "Editor escogido cuando *VISUAL* no es especificada."
42434
42435 #. type: Plain text
42436 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187
42437 msgid ""
42438 "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* "
42439 "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
42440 "community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the "
42441 "man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
42442 msgstr ""
42443 "La orden *more* apareció en 3.0BSD.  Esta página del manual documenta la "
42444 "versión 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88) de *more*, que es la que se usa "
42445 "corrientemente en la comunidad Linux. La documentación fue creada usando "
42446 "diferentes versiones de la página del manual, y una inspección exhaustiva "
42447 "del código fuente."
42448
42449 #. type: Plain text
42450 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:191
42451 msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
42452 msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
42453
42454 #. type: Plain text
42455 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:193
42456 msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing."
42457 msgstr ""
42458 "Modificado por Geoff Peck, UCB para añadir subrayado, espaciado simple."
42459
42460 #. type: Plain text
42461 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195
42462 msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable."
42463 msgstr ""
42464 "Modificado por John Foderaro, UCB para añadir -c y la variable de entorno "
42465 "MORE."
42466
42467 #. type: Plain text
42468 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:200
42469 #, no-wrap
42470 msgid ""
42471 "*less*(1),\n"
42472 "*vi*(1)\n"
42473 msgstr ""
42474 "*less*(1),\n"
42475 "*vi*(1)\n"
42476
42477 #.  Copyright 2001 Gunnar Ritter
42478 #. type: Title =
42479 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:3
42480 #, no-wrap
42481 msgid "pg(1)"
42482 msgstr "pg(1)"
42483
42484 #. type: Plain text
42485 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:13
42486 msgid "pg - browse pagewise through text files"
42487 msgstr ""
42488
42489 #. type: Plain text
42490 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:17
42491 #, no-wrap
42492 msgid "*pg* *-*_amount_ *-p* _prompt_ *-cefnrs* +line +/pattern/ file_ ...\n"
42493 msgstr ""
42494
42495 #. type: Plain text
42496 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21
42497 #, no-wrap
42498 msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below.\n"
42499 msgstr ""
42500
42501 #. type: Plain text
42502 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
42503 msgid ""
42504 "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. "
42505 "If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes "
42506 "each file with its name if there is more than one."
42507 msgstr ""
42508
42509 #. type: Plain text
42510 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
42511 msgid ""
42512 "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while "
42513 "reading, to make navigation possible."
42514 msgstr ""
42515
42516 #. type: Plain text
42517 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:29
42518 #, no-wrap
42519 msgid "*pg* accepts the following options:\n"
42520 msgstr ""
42521
42522 #. type: Plain text
42523 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:32
42524 #, fuzzy
42525 #| msgid "Display current line number."
42526 msgid "Start at the given line number."
42527 msgstr "Mostrar el número de línea actual."
42528
42529 #. type: Labeled list
42530 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:33
42531 #, no-wrap
42532 msgid "**+/**__pattern__*/*"
42533 msgstr "**+/**__patrón__*/*"
42534
42535 #. type: Plain text
42536 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
42537 msgid ""
42538 "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
42539 msgstr ""
42540
42541 #. type: Plain text
42542 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
42543 msgid ""
42544 "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines "
42545 "minus one."
42546 msgstr ""
42547
42548 #. type: Plain text
42549 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
42550 msgid ""
42551 "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the "
42552 "terminal provides this capability."
42553 msgstr ""
42554
42555 #. type: Labeled list
42556 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:42
42557 #, no-wrap
42558 msgid "*-e*"
42559 msgstr "*-e*"
42560
42561 #. type: Plain text
42562 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:44
42563 msgid "Do not pause and display _(EOF)_ at the end of a file."
42564 msgstr ""
42565
42566 #. type: Plain text
42567 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:47
42568 msgid "Do not split long lines."
42569 msgstr ""
42570
42571 #. type: Labeled list
42572 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:48
42573 #, no-wrap
42574 msgid "*-n*"
42575 msgstr "*-n*"
42576
42577 #. type: Plain text
42578 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
42579 msgid ""
42580 "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
42581 msgstr ""
42582
42583 #. type: Plain text
42584 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:52
42585 msgid "With this option, *pg* advances once a command letter is entered."
42586 msgstr ""
42587
42588 #. type: Labeled list
42589 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:53
42590 #, no-wrap
42591 msgid "*-p* _string_"
42592 msgstr "*-p* _cadena_"
42593
42594 #. type: Plain text
42595 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
42596 msgid ""
42597 "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ "
42598 "contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current "
42599 "page."
42600 msgstr ""
42601
42602 #. type: Labeled list
42603 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:56
42604 #, no-wrap
42605 msgid "*-r*"
42606 msgstr "*-r*"
42607
42608 #. type: Plain text
42609 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:58
42610 #, fuzzy
42611 msgid "Disallow the shell escape."
42612 msgstr "Niega el acceso a escritura al terminal."
42613
42614 #. type: Plain text
42615 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
42616 msgid ""
42617 "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal "
42618 "provides this capability."
42619 msgstr ""
42620
42621 #. type: Plain text
42622 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:71
42623 msgid ""
42624 "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by "
42625 "_i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If "
42626 "this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the "
42627 "current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
42628 msgstr ""
42629
42630 #. type: Labeled list
42631 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:72
42632 #, no-wrap
42633 msgid "__i__**<Enter>**"
42634 msgstr ""
42635
42636 #. type: Plain text
42637 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:74
42638 #, fuzzy
42639 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
42640 msgid "Display the next or the indicated page."
42641 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
42642
42643 #. type: Labeled list
42644 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:75
42645 #, no-wrap
42646 msgid "__i__**d** or *^D*"
42647 msgstr "__i__**d** o *^D*"
42648
42649 #. type: Plain text
42650 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:77
42651 msgid ""
42652 "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted "
42653 "relative to the current position."
42654 msgstr ""
42655
42656 #. type: Labeled list
42657 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:78
42658 #, no-wrap
42659 msgid "__i__**l**"
42660 msgstr "__i__**l**"
42661
42662 #. type: Plain text
42663 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:80
42664 #, fuzzy
42665 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
42666 msgid "Display the next or the indicated line."
42667 msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
42668
42669 #. type: Labeled list
42670 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:81
42671 #, no-wrap
42672 msgid "__i__**f**"
42673 msgstr "__i__**f**"
42674
42675 #. type: Plain text
42676 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:83
42677 msgid ""
42678 "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted "
42679 "relative to the current position."
42680 msgstr ""
42681
42682 #. type: Labeled list
42683 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:84
42684 #, no-wrap
42685 msgid "__i__**w** or __i__**z**"
42686 msgstr "__i__**w** o __i__**z**"
42687
42688 #. type: Plain text
42689 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:86
42690 msgid "As *<Enter>* except that _i_ becomes the new page size."
42691 msgstr ""
42692
42693 #. type: Labeled list
42694 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:87
42695 #, no-wrap
42696 msgid "*.* or *^L*"
42697 msgstr "*.* o *^L*"
42698
42699 #. type: Plain text
42700 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:89
42701 #, fuzzy
42702 #| msgid "Redraw screen."
42703 msgid "Redraw the screen."
42704 msgstr "Redibujar la pantalla."
42705
42706 #. type: Labeled list
42707 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:90
42708 #, no-wrap
42709 msgid "*$*"
42710 msgstr "*$*"
42711
42712 #. type: Plain text
42713 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92
42714 #, fuzzy
42715 #| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems"
42716 msgid "Advance to the last line of the input file."
42717 msgstr "I</etc/mtab> tabla de sistemas de ficheros montados"
42718
42719 #. type: Labeled list
42720 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:93
42721 #, no-wrap
42722 msgid "__i__**/**__pattern__**/**"
42723 msgstr "__i__**/**__patrón__**/**"
42724
42725 #. type: Plain text
42726 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:95
42727 msgid ""
42728 "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular "
42729 "Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and "
42730 "stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a "
42731 "positive number."
42732 msgstr ""
42733
42734 #. type: Labeled list
42735 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
42736 #, no-wrap
42737 msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**"
42738 msgstr "__i__**?**__patrón__**?** o __i__**^**__patrón__**^**"
42739
42740 #. type: Plain text
42741 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:98
42742 msgid ""
42743 "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic "
42744 "Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current "
42745 "page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. "
42746 "_i_ must be a positive number."
42747 msgstr ""
42748
42749 #. type: Plain text
42750 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:100
42751 msgid ""
42752 "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line "
42753 "containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the "
42754 "default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The "
42755 "selected position is used in following searches, too."
42756 msgstr ""
42757
42758 #. type: Labeled list
42759 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:101
42760 #, no-wrap
42761 msgid "__i__**n**"
42762 msgstr "__i__**n**"
42763
42764 #. type: Plain text
42765 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:103
42766 msgid "Advance to the next file or _i_ files forward."
42767 msgstr ""
42768
42769 #. type: Labeled list
42770 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:104
42771 #, no-wrap
42772 msgid "__i__**p**"
42773 msgstr "__i__**p**"
42774
42775 #. type: Plain text
42776 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106
42777 msgid "Reread the previous file or _i_ files backward."
42778 msgstr ""
42779
42780 #. type: Labeled list
42781 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:107
42782 #, no-wrap
42783 msgid "*s* _filename_"
42784 msgstr "*s* _nombre-de-fichero_"
42785
42786 #. type: Plain text
42787 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:109
42788 msgid "Save the current file to the given _filename_."
42789 msgstr ""
42790
42791 #. type: Plain text
42792 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:112
42793 msgid "Display a command summary."
42794 msgstr ""
42795
42796 #. type: Labeled list
42797 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:113
42798 #, no-wrap
42799 msgid "**!**__command__"
42800 msgstr "**!**__orden__"
42801
42802 #. type: Plain text
42803 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:115
42804 #, fuzzy
42805 #| msgid "Execute I<command> in a subshell."
42806 msgid "Execute _command_ using the shell."
42807 msgstr "Ejecutar I<orden> en una instancia de la línea de órdenes."
42808
42809 #. type: Labeled list
42810 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
42811 #, no-wrap
42812 msgid "*q* or *Q*"
42813 msgstr "*q* o *Q*"
42814
42815 #. type: Plain text
42816 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:118
42817 msgid "Quit."
42818 msgstr ""
42819
42820 #. type: Plain text
42821 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:120
42822 msgid ""
42823 "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the "
42824 "input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the "
42825 "prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
42826 msgstr ""
42827
42828 #. type: Plain text
42829 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:124
42830 #, fuzzy
42831 #| msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
42832 msgid "The following environment variables affect the behavior of *pg*:"
42833 msgstr "Se emplea la siguiente variable de entorno:"
42834
42835 #. type: Labeled list
42836 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:125
42837 #, no-wrap
42838 msgid "*COLUMNS*"
42839 msgstr "*COLUMNS*"
42840
42841 #. type: Plain text
42842 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:127
42843 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of columns if set."
42844 msgstr ""
42845
42846 #. type: Labeled list
42847 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:128
42848 #, no-wrap
42849 msgid "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
42850 msgstr "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
42851
42852 #. type: Plain text
42853 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:130
42854 msgid "See *locale*(7)."
42855 msgstr "Vea *locale*(7)."
42856
42857 #. type: Labeled list
42858 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:131
42859 #, no-wrap
42860 msgid "*LINES*"
42861 msgstr "*LINES*"
42862
42863 #. type: Plain text
42864 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133
42865 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of lines if set."
42866 msgstr ""
42867
42868 #. type: Plain text
42869 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:136
42870 msgid "Used by the *!* command."
42871 msgstr ""
42872
42873 #. type: Plain text
42874 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:139
42875 #, fuzzy
42876 #| msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
42877 msgid "Determines the terminal type."
42878 msgstr "setterm - establece atributos de la terminal"
42879
42880 #. type: Plain text
42881 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:143
42882 #, no-wrap
42883 msgid "*pg* expects the terminal tabulators to be set every eight positions.\n"
42884 msgstr ""
42885
42886 #. type: Plain text
42887 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:145
42888 msgid "Files that include NUL characters cannot be displayed by *pg*."
42889 msgstr ""
42890
42891 #. type: Plain text
42892 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:155
42893 #, no-wrap
42894 msgid ""
42895 "*cat*(1),\n"
42896 "*more*(1),\n"
42897 "*sh*(1p),\n"
42898 "*terminfo*(5),\n"
42899 "*locale*(7),\n"
42900 "*regex*(7),\n"
42901 "*term*(7)\n"
42902 msgstr ""
42903 "*cat*(1),\n"
42904 "*more*(1),\n"
42905 "*sh*(1p),\n"
42906 "*terminfo*(5),\n"
42907 "*locale*(7),\n"
42908 "*regex*(7),\n"
42909 "*term*(7)\n"
42910
42911 #
42912 #
42913 #
42914 #. Copyright (c) 1985, 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
42915 #. All rights reserved.
42916 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
42917 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
42918 #. are met:
42919 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
42920 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
42921 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
42922 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
42923 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
42924 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
42925 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
42926 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
42927 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
42928 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
42929 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
42930 #.    without specific prior written permission.
42931 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
42932 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
42933 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
42934 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
42935 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
42936 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
42937 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
42938 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
42939 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
42940 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
42941 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
42942 #.      @(#)rev.1       6.3 (Berkeley) 3/21/92
42943 #. type: Title =
42944 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:36
42945 #, no-wrap
42946 msgid "rev(1)"
42947 msgstr "rev(1)"
42948
42949 #. type: Plain text
42950 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:46
42951 #, fuzzy
42952 #| msgid "reverse lines of a file"
42953 msgid "rev - reverse lines characterwise"
42954 msgstr "invierte las lineas de un fichero"
42955
42956 #. type: Plain text
42957 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:50
42958 #, no-wrap
42959 msgid "*rev* [option] [_file_...]\n"
42960 msgstr "*rev* [opción] [_fichero_...]\n"
42961
42962 #. type: Plain text
42963 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
42964 msgid ""
42965 "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing "
42966 "the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard "
42967 "input is read."
42968 msgstr ""
42969 "La utilidad *rev* copia los ficheros especificados a la salida estándar, "
42970 "invirtiendo el orden de los caracteres de cada línea.  Si no se especifican "
42971 "ficheros, se lee de la entrada estándar."
42972
42973 #. type: Plain text
42974 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
42975 msgid ""
42976 "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer "
42977 "for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line "
42978 "breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
42979 msgstr ""
42980
42981 #. type: Plain text
42982 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:68
42983 #, no-wrap
42984 msgid "*tac*(1)\n"
42985 msgstr "*tac*(1)\n"
42986
42987 #
42988 #
42989 #
42990 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
42991 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
42992 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
42993 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
42994 #. are met:
42995 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
42996 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
42997 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
42998 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
42999 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
43000 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
43001 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
43002 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
43003 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
43004 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
43005 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
43006 #.    without specific prior written permission.
43007 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
43008 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
43009 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
43010 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
43011 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
43012 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
43013 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
43014 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
43015 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
43016 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
43017 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
43018 #.     @(#)ul.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
43019 #. type: Title =
43020 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:36
43021 #, no-wrap
43022 msgid "ul(1)"
43023 msgstr "ul(1)"
43024
43025 #. type: Plain text
43026 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:46
43027 msgid "ul - do underlining"
43028 msgstr "ul - hace el subrayado"
43029
43030 #. type: Plain text
43031 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:50
43032 #, no-wrap
43033 msgid "*ul* [options] [_file_...]\n"
43034 msgstr "*ul* [opciones] [_fichero_...]\n"
43035
43036 #. type: Plain text
43037 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54
43038 #, no-wrap
43039 msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n"
43040 msgstr "*ul* lee los ficheros dados (o la entrada estándar si no se da ninguno) y traduce caracteres subrayados a la secuencia que indique el subrayado para la terminal en uso, según se especifique en la variable de entorno *TERM*.  La base de datos _terminfo_ se lee para determinar las secuencias apropiadas para el subrayado. Si la terminal es incapaz de subrayar, pero tiene otra forma de resaltado, se usa ese en su lugar.  Si la terminal puede sobre-escribir, o maneja automáticamente el subrayado, *ul* degenera a *cat*(1).  Si la terminal no puede hacer el subrayado ni nada parecido, el subrayado no se realiza.\n"
43041
43042 #. type: Labeled list
43043 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57
43044 #, no-wrap
43045 msgid "*-i*, *--indicated*"
43046 msgstr "*-i*, *--indicated*"
43047
43048 #. type: Plain text
43049 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
43050 msgid ""
43051 "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
43052 "`-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
43053 "present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
43054 msgstr ""
43055 "El subrayado se indica por una línea separada que contiene guiones `-' según "
43056 "sea apropiado; esto es útil cuando quiere ver los subrayados presentes en un "
43057 "flujo de salida de *nroff* en una terminal CRT."
43058
43059 #. type: Labeled list
43060 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60
43061 #, no-wrap
43062 msgid "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
43063 msgstr "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
43064
43065 #. type: Plain text
43066 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
43067 msgid ""
43068 "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
43069 msgstr ""
43070
43071 #. type: Plain text
43072 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:72
43073 msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
43074 msgstr "Se emplea la siguiente variable de entorno:"
43075
43076 #. type: Plain text
43077 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75
43078 msgid ""
43079 "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
43080 "capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, "
43081 "either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set "
43082 "during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
43083 msgstr ""
43084 "La variable *TERM* se emplea para referirse a un dispositivo tty con su "
43085 "descripción de capacidades del dispositivo (vea *terminfo*(5)).  *TERM* se "
43086 "establece cuando se entra en el sistema, bien con el valor de tipo de "
43087 "terminal predeterminado especificado en _/etc/ttys_ o con el puesto durante "
43088 "el proceso de entrada por el usuario en su fichero _login_ o similar (vea "
43089 "*setenv*(3))."
43090
43091 #. type: Plain text
43092 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79
43093 msgid "The *ul* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
43094 msgstr "La orden *ul* apareció en 3.0BSD."
43095
43096 #. type: Plain text
43097 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:83
43098 #, no-wrap
43099 msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n"
43100 msgstr "*nroff* usualmente saca una serie de espacios-atrás y sub-rayas entremezclados con el texto para indicar el subrayado. No se ha hecho ningún intento para mejorar el movimiento hacia atrás.\n"
43101
43102 #. type: Plain text
43103 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:92
43104 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43105 #| msgid ""
43106 #| "*colcrt*(1), \n"
43107 #| "*login*(1),\n"
43108 #| "*man*(1),\n"
43109 #| "*nroff*(1),\n"
43110 #| "*setenv*(3),\n"
43111 #| "*terminfo*(5)\n"
43112 msgid ""
43113 "*colcrt*(1), \n"
43114 "*login*(1),\n"
43115 "*man*(1),\n"
43116 "*nroff*(1),\n"
43117 "*setenv*(3),\n"
43118 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
43119 msgstr ""
43120 "*colcrt*(1), \n"
43121 "*login*(1),\n"
43122 "*man*(1),\n"
43123 "*nroff*(1),\n"
43124 "*setenv*(3),\n"
43125 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
43126
43127 #, fuzzy
43128 #~| msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
43129 #~ msgid "*-H*, *--hint* _setting_"
43130 #~ msgstr "*-c*, *--intro-command* _cadena_"
43131
43132 #, fuzzy
43133 #~| msgid "*--shadow*"
43134 #~ msgid "*--shadowed*"
43135 #~ msgstr "*--shadow*"
43136
43137 #, fuzzy
43138 #~| msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
43139 #~ msgid "*-l*, *--last*"
43140 #~ msgstr "*-L*, *--last*"
43141
43142 #, fuzzy
43143 #~| msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
43144 #~ msgid "*-T*, *--tree* _rel_"
43145 #~ msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _ruta_"
43146
43147 #, fuzzy
43148 #~| msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
43149 #~ msgid "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
43150 #~ msgstr "*-m*, *--mode* _modo_"
43151
43152 #, fuzzy
43153 #~| msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
43154 #~ msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**__directory__"
43155 #~ msgstr "**workdir=**__directorio__"
43156
43157 #, fuzzy
43158 #~| msgid "*user_xattr*"
43159 #~ msgid "*userxattr*"
43160 #~ msgstr "*user_xattr*"
43161
43162 #, fuzzy
43163 #~| msgid "*--nofollow*"
43164 #~ msgid "*follow*"
43165 #~ msgstr "*--nofollow*"
43166
43167 #, fuzzy
43168 #~| msgid "*--nofollow*"
43169 #~ msgid "*nofollow*"
43170 #~ msgstr "*--nofollow*"
43171
43172 #, fuzzy
43173 #~| msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
43174 #~ msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
43175 #~ msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
43176
43177 #, fuzzy
43178 #~| msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
43179 #~ msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
43180 #~ msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
43181
43182 #, fuzzy
43183 #~| msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
43184 #~ msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
43185 #~ msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
43186
43187 #, fuzzy
43188 #~| msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
43189 #~ msgid "*xinfo=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
43190 #~ msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
43191
43192 #, fuzzy
43193 #~| msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
43194 #~ msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
43195 #~ msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
43196
43197 #, fuzzy
43198 #~| msgid "B<norelatime>"
43199 #~ msgid "*volatile*"
43200 #~ msgstr "B<norelatime>"
43201
43202 #, fuzzy
43203 #~| msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n"
43204 #~ msgid "*hd* _options file_ ...\n"
43205 #~ msgstr "*hexdump* _opciones fichero_ ...\n"
43206
43207 #~ msgid "AGETTY"
43208 #~ msgstr "AGETTY"
43209
43210 #~ msgid "2021-06-02"
43211 #~ msgstr "2 Junio 2021"
43212
43213 #~ msgid "util-linux 2.37.2"
43214 #~ msgstr "util-linux 2.37.2"
43215
43216 #, fuzzy
43217 #~| msgid ""
43218 #~| "The value to be used for the TERM environment variable.  This overrides "
43219 #~| "whatever init(8) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
43220 #~ msgid ""
43221 #~ "The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides "
43222 #~ "whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
43223 #~ msgstr ""
43224 #~ "El valor para ser usado por la variable de entorno TERM. Esto reemplaza "
43225 #~ "cualquier otro valor que init(8) pueda haber establecido, y es heredado "
43226 #~ "por login y por el shell."
43227
43228 #, fuzzy
43229 #~| msgid "B<-k>, B<--kibibytes>"
43230 #~ msgid "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"
43231 #~ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kibibytes>"
43232
43233 #, fuzzy
43234 #~| msgid "-a, --autologin I<username>"
43235 #~ msgid "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"
43236 #~ msgstr "-a, --autologin I<nombreusuario>"
43237
43238 #, fuzzy
43239 #~| msgid "B<-c>, B<--no-create>"
43240 #~ msgid "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"
43241 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--no-create>"
43242
43243 #, fuzzy
43244 #~| msgid "-E, --remote"
43245 #~ msgid "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
43246 #~ msgstr "-E, --remote"
43247
43248 #, fuzzy
43249 #~| msgid "-f, --issue-file I<path>"
43250 #~ msgid "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"
43251 #~ msgstr "-f, --issue-file I<camino>"
43252
43253 #, fuzzy
43254 #~| msgid "--show-issue"
43255 #~ msgid "B<--show-issue>"
43256 #~ msgstr "--show-issue"
43257
43258 #, fuzzy
43259 #~| msgid "-h, --flow-control"
43260 #~ msgid "B<-h, --flow-control>"
43261 #~ msgstr "-h, --flow-control"
43262
43263 #, fuzzy
43264 #~| msgid "B<-i>, B<--inode>"
43265 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"
43266 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--inode>"
43267
43268 #, fuzzy
43269 #~| msgid "-I, --init-string I<initstring>"
43270 #~ msgid "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"
43271 #~ msgstr "-I, --init-string I<CadenadeInicio>"
43272
43273 #, fuzzy
43274 #~| msgid "-J, --noclear"
43275 #~ msgid "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"
43276 #~ msgstr "-J, --noclear"
43277
43278 #, fuzzy
43279 #~| msgid "-l, --login-program I<login_program>"
43280 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"
43281 #~ msgstr "-l, --login-program I<programa_login>"
43282
43283 #, fuzzy
43284 #~| msgid "-L, --local-line[=I<mode>]"
43285 #~ msgid "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"
43286 #~ msgstr "-L, --local-line[=I<modo>]"
43287
43288 #, fuzzy
43289 #~| msgid "-m, --extract-baud"
43290 #~ msgid "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
43291 #~ msgstr "-m, --extract-baud"
43292
43293 #, fuzzy
43294 #~| msgid "--list-speeds"
43295 #~ msgid "B<--list-speeds>"
43296 #~ msgstr "--list-speeds"
43297
43298 #, fuzzy
43299 #~| msgid "-n, --skip-login"
43300 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
43301 #~ msgstr "-n, --skip-login"
43302
43303 #, fuzzy
43304 #~| msgid "-N, --nonewline"
43305 #~ msgid "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"
43306 #~ msgstr "-N, --nonewline"
43307
43308 #, fuzzy
43309 #~| msgid "-p, --login-pause"
43310 #~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
43311 #~ msgstr "-p, --login-pause"
43312
43313 #, fuzzy
43314 #~| msgid "-r, --chroot I<directory>"
43315 #~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"
43316 #~ msgstr "-r, --chroot I<directorio>"
43317
43318 #, fuzzy
43319 #~| msgid "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
43320 #~ msgid "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"
43321 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
43322
43323 #, fuzzy
43324 #~| msgid "-s, --keep-baud"
43325 #~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
43326 #~ msgstr "-s, --keep-baud"
43327
43328 #, fuzzy
43329 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"
43330 #~ msgstr ""
43331 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  agetty.8.po (manpages-l10n)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
43332 #~ "-t, --timeout I<tiempo_límite>\n"
43333 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  wall.1.po (manpages-l10n)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
43334 #~ "B<-f>, B<--silent>, B<--quiet>"
43335
43336 #, fuzzy
43337 #~| msgid "-U, --detect-case"
43338 #~ msgid "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
43339 #~ msgstr "-U, --detect-case"
43340
43341 #, fuzzy
43342 #~| msgid "-w, --wait-cr"
43343 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"
43344 #~ msgstr "-w, --wait-cr"
43345
43346 #, fuzzy
43347 #~| msgid "--nohints"
43348 #~ msgid "B<--nohints>"
43349 #~ msgstr "--nohints"
43350
43351 #, fuzzy
43352 #~| msgid "--nohostname"
43353 #~ msgid "B<--nohostname>"
43354 #~ msgstr "--nohostname"
43355
43356 #, fuzzy
43357 #~| msgid "--long-hostname"
43358 #~ msgid "B<--long-hostname>"
43359 #~ msgstr "--long-hostname"
43360
43361 #, fuzzy
43362 #~| msgid "--erase-chars I<string>"
43363 #~ msgid "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"
43364 #~ msgstr "--erase-chars I<cadena>"
43365
43366 #, fuzzy
43367 #~| msgid "--kill-chars I<string>"
43368 #~ msgid "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"
43369 #~ msgstr "--kill-chars I<cadena>"
43370
43371 #, fuzzy
43372 #~| msgid "--chdir I<directory>"
43373 #~ msgid "B<--chdir> I<directory>"
43374 #~ msgstr "--chdir I<directorio>"
43375
43376 #, fuzzy
43377 #~| msgid "--reload"
43378 #~ msgid "B<--reload>"
43379 #~ msgstr "--reload"
43380
43381 #~ msgid "B<--version>"
43382 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
43383
43384 #~ msgid "B<--help>"
43385 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
43386
43387 #, fuzzy
43388 #~| msgid ""
43389 #~| "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
43390 #~| "etc/inittab> file.  You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
43391 #~| "other fields.  See I<inittab(5)> for more details."
43392 #~ msgid ""
43393 #~ "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
43394 #~ "etc/inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
43395 #~ "other fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
43396 #~ msgstr ""
43397 #~ "Esta sección muestra ejemplos para el campo de proceso de una entrada en "
43398 #~ "el fichero I</etc/inittab>.  Tendrá que introducir valores apropiados "
43399 #~ "para los otros campos.  Ver I<inittab(5)> para más detalles."
43400
43401 #, fuzzy
43402 #~| msgid ""
43403 #~| "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ "
43404 #~| "115200\\ ttyS1>"
43405 #~ msgid ""
43406 #~ "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
43407 #~ "115200 ttyS1>"
43408 #~ msgstr ""
43409 #~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ "
43410 #~ "115200\\ ttyS1>"
43411
43412 #, fuzzy
43413 #~| msgid ""
43414 #~| "The issue-file (I</etc/issue> or the file set with the -f option)  may "
43415 #~| "contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date and time "
43416 #~| "etc. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\e) immediately followed "
43417 #~| "by one of the letters explained below."
43418 #~ msgid ""
43419 #~ "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
43420 #~ "name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash "
43421 #~ "(\\(rs) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
43422 #~ msgstr ""
43423 #~ "EL fichero issue (I</etc/issue> o el fichero establecido con la opción -"
43424 #~ "f)  puede contener ciertos códigos de escape para mostrar el nombre del "
43425 #~ "sistema, la fecha y hora etc. Todos los códigos de escape consisten en "
43426 #~ "una contrabarra (\\e) inmediatemente seguida por una de las letras "
43427 #~ "explicadas más abajo."
43428
43429 #, fuzzy
43430 #~| msgid "Insert the system name, the name of the operating system."
43431 #~ msgid ""
43432 #~ "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as "
43433 #~ "\\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
43434 #~ msgstr "Inserta el nombre del sistema, el nombre del sistema operativo."
43435
43436 #, fuzzy
43437 #~| msgid "This is \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"
43438 #~ msgid "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"
43439 #~ msgstr "Este es \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"
43440
43441 #~ msgid "February 2016"
43442 #~ msgstr "Febrero 2016"
43443
43444 #~ msgid "util-linux"
43445 #~ msgstr "util-linux"
43446
43447 #~ msgid ""
43448 #~ "B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
43449 #~ "login command.  It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
43450 #~ msgstr ""
43451 #~ "B<agetty> abre un puerto tty, pide un nombre de entrada y ejecuta la "
43452 #~ "orden /bin/login. Es llamado normalmente por I<init>(8)."
43453
43454 #~ msgid "\\(bu"
43455 #~ msgstr "\\(bu"
43456
43457 #, fuzzy
43458 #~| msgid ""
43459 #~| "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
43460 #~| "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name.  The program can "
43461 #~| "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
43462 #~| "characters with no parity. The following special characters are "
43463 #~| "recognized: @ and Control-U (kill); #, DEL and back space (erase); "
43464 #~| "carriage return and line feed (end of line)."
43465 #~ msgid ""
43466 #~ "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
43467 #~ "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name.  The program can "
43468 #~ "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
43469 #~ "characters with no parity.  The following special characters are "
43470 #~ "recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return "
43471 #~ "and line feed (end of line).  See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-"
43472 #~ "chars> options."
43473 #~ msgstr ""
43474 #~ "Adapta los parámetros de la tty en bits de paridad y en los caracteres de "
43475 #~ "borrado(erase), cierre(kill), fin-de-línea y mayusculas cuando lee el "
43476 #~ "nombre de entrada.  El programa puede manejar caracteres de 7-bit con "
43477 #~ "paridad par, impar, nínguna o espacio , y caracteres de 8-bit sin "
43478 #~ "paridad. Los siguientes caracteres especiales son reconocidos: @ y "
43479 #~ "Control-U (kill); #, DEL y borrado (erase); retorno de carro y salto de "
43480 #~ "línea (end of line)."
43481
43482 #~ msgid ""
43483 #~ "A path name relative to the I</dev> directory.  If a \"-\" is specified, "
43484 #~ "B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty "
43485 #~ "port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
43486 #~ msgstr ""
43487 #~ "Un nombre de path relativo al directorio I</dev>. Si se especifica un \"-"
43488 #~ "\", B<agetty> asume que su entrada estandar ya está conectada con un "
43489 #~ "puerto tty y que la conexión con un usuario remoto ya ha sido establecida."
43490
43491 #~ msgid ""
43492 #~ "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates.  Each time B<agetty> "
43493 #~ "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated "
43494 #~ "as if it were circular."
43495 #~ msgstr ""
43496 #~ "Una lista, separada por comas, de uno o más ratios de baudios. Cada vez "
43497 #~ "que B<agetty> recive un caracter de BREAK avanza a través de la lista , "
43498 #~ "la cual se trata como si fuera circular."
43499
43500 #~ msgid ""
43501 #~ "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control.  It is left up to the application "
43502 #~ "to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
43503 #~ msgstr ""
43504 #~ "Activar el control de flujo por hardware (RTS/CTS). Se deja a la "
43505 #~ "aplicación el desactivar el protocolo de flujo por software (XON/XOFF) "
43506 #~ "cuando sea adecuado."
43507
43508 #~ msgid ""
43509 #~ "Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing "
43510 #~ "the login prompt.  Terminals or communications hardware may become "
43511 #~ "confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up "
43512 #~ "scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
43513 #~ msgstr ""
43514 #~ "No muestra el contenido de I</etc/issue> (u otro) antes de escribir el "
43515 #~ "mensaje de login. Los terminales o el hardware de comunicaciones, pueden "
43516 #~ "volverse confusos cuando reciben montones de texto a un ratio erroneo de "
43517 #~ "baudios; los archivos de lotes de marcación pueden fallar si la petición "
43518 #~ "de mensaje de login va precedido de demasiado texto."
43519
43520 #~ msgid ""
43521 #~ "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending "
43522 #~ "anything else.  This may be used to initialize a modem.  Non-printable "
43523 #~ "characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a "
43524 #~ "backslash (\\e).  For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, "
43525 #~ "octal 012), write \\e012."
43526 #~ msgstr ""
43527 #~ "Establece una cadena de inicio para ser enviada al tty o al modem antes "
43528 #~ "de enviar nada más. Esto puede ser usado para inicializar un modem. Los "
43529 #~ "caracteres no imprimibles pueden ser enviados escribiendo su código octal "
43530 #~ "precedido por la contrabarra (\\e). Por ejemplo, para enviar un caracter "
43531 #~ "de salto de línea (ASCII 10, octal 012) se escribe\\e012."
43532
43533 #, fuzzy
43534 #~| msgid ""
43535 #~| "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login.  This "
43536 #~| "allows the use of a non-standard login program (for example, one that "
43537 #~| "asks for a dial-up password or that uses a different password file)."
43538 #~ msgid ""
43539 #~ "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login.  This allows "
43540 #~ "the use of a non-standard login program.  Such a program could, for "
43541 #~ "example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See "
43542 #~ "B<--login-options>."
43543 #~ msgstr ""
43544 #~ "Invoca el programa I<programa_login> en vez de /bin/login.  Esto permite "
43545 #~ "el uso de un programa de login no estandar (por ejemplo, uno que pida un "
43546 #~ "password al conectar por modem o que utilice un fichero de claves "
43547 #~ "distinto)."
43548
43549 #, fuzzy
43550 #~| msgid ""
43551 #~| "Force the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This "
43552 #~| "can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial "
43553 #~| "line does not set the carrier detect signal."
43554 #~ msgid ""
43555 #~ "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect.  This "
43556 #~ "can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial "
43557 #~ "line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
43558 #~ msgstr ""
43559 #~ "Fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la portadora. "
43560 #~ "Esto puede ser útil cuando se tiene una terminal conectada localmente "
43561 #~ "donde la línea serie no establece la señal de detección de portadora."
43562
43563 #~ msgid ""
43564 #~ "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
43565 #~ "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems.  These status messages are of the form: "
43566 #~ "\"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\".  B<agetty> assumes that "
43567 #~ "the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with "
43568 #~ "(the first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
43569 #~ msgstr ""
43570 #~ "Intenta extraer el ratio de baudios del mensaje de estatus de CONNECT que "
43571 #~ "producen los modems compatibles Hayes(tm). Estos mensajes de estatus son "
43572 #~ "de la forma: \"E<lt>vacíoE<gt>E<lt>velocidadE<gt>E<lt>vacíoE<gt>\".  "
43573 #~ "B<agetty> asume que el modem emite su mensaje de estatus a la misma "
43574 #~ "velocidad que la especificada con (el primero) el valor I<ratio_baudios> "
43575 #~ "en la línea de órdenes."
43576
43577 #, fuzzy
43578 #~| msgid ""
43579 #~| "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection "
43580 #~| "with -l option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS "
43581 #~| "system. Note that with the -n option, B<agetty> gets no input from user "
43582 #~| "who logs in and therefore won't be able to figure out parity, character "
43583 #~| "size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space "
43584 #~| "parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character.  "
43585 #~| "Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/login)  is "
43586 #~| "run as root."
43587 #~ msgid ""
43588 #~ "Do not prompt the user for a login name.  This can be used in connection "
43589 #~ "with the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process "
43590 #~ "such as a BBS system.  Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, "
43591 #~ "B<agetty> gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not "
43592 #~ "be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of "
43593 #~ "the connection.  It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII "
43594 #~ "CR (13) end-of-line character.  Beware that the program that B<agetty> "
43595 #~ "starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
43596 #~ msgstr ""
43597 #~ "No preguntar al usuario por un nombre de login. Esto puede ser usado en "
43598 #~ "conexión con la opción -l para invocar un proceso de login no-estandar "
43599 #~ "como un sistema BBS. Se debe notar que con la opción -n, B<agetty> no "
43600 #~ "obtiene ninguna entrada del usuario que accede y por lo tanto no podrá "
43601 #~ "deducir la paridad, tamaño de caracter, y procesado de nueva línea. Por "
43602 #~ "defecto cae en paridad espacio, caracteres de 7 bit, y el caracter ASCII "
43603 #~ "CR (13) como fin-de-línea.  Hay que tener en cuenta que el programa que "
43604 #~ "B<agetty> arranca (normalmente /bin/login)  se ejecuta como root."
43605
43606 #, fuzzy
43607 #~| msgid ""
43608 #~| "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. This "
43609 #~| "option should probably not be used with hard-wired lines."
43610 #~ msgid ""
43611 #~ "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds.  Use "
43612 #~ "of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
43613 #~ msgstr ""
43614 #~ "Termina si no se puede leer un nombre de usuario en I<tiempo_límite> "
43615 #~ "segundos. Esta opción no debería ser usada en líneas de cable físico."
43616
43617 #, fuzzy
43618 #~| msgid ""
43619 #~| "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
43620 #~| "character before sending the I</etc/issue> (or other) file and the login "
43621 #~| "prompt. Very useful in connection with the -I option."
43622 #~ msgid ""
43623 #~ "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
43624 #~ "character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others)  and the "
43625 #~ "login prompt.  This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
43626 #~ msgstr ""
43627 #~ "Espera a que o el usuario o el modem envíen un caracter de retorno de "
43628 #~ "carro o de nueva línea antes de mostrar el fichero I</etc/issue> (u "
43629 #~ "otro)  y el mensaje de login. Muy útil en conexión con la opción -I."
43630
43631 #~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ 9600\\ ttyS1>"
43632 #~ msgstr "B</sbin/agetty\\ 9600\\ ttyS1>"
43633
43634 #~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ --local-line\\ 9600\\ ttyS1\\ vt100>"
43635 #~ msgstr "B</sbin/agetty\\ --local-line\\ 9600\\ ttyS1\\ vt100>"
43636
43637 #~ msgid ""
43638 #~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
43639 #~ msgstr ""
43640 #~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
43641
43642 #, fuzzy
43643 #~| msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine, eg. i486"
43644 #~ msgid ""
43645 #~ "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine.  Same as 'uname -m'."
43646 #~ msgstr "Inserta el identificador de la arquitectura de la máquina, ej. i486"
43647
43648 #, fuzzy
43649 #~| msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname."
43650 #~ msgid ""
43651 #~ "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname.  Same as "
43652 #~ "'uname -n'."
43653 #~ msgstr ""
43654 #~ "Inserta el nombre de nodo de la máquina, también conocido como el nombre "
43655 #~ "de host."
43656
43657 #, fuzzy
43658 #~| msgid "Insert the domainname of the machine."
43659 #~ msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine.  Same as 'hostname -d'."
43660 #~ msgstr "Inserta el nombre de dominio de la máquina."
43661
43662 #, fuzzy
43663 #~| msgid "Insert the release number of the OS, eg. 1.1.9."
43664 #~ msgid "Insert the release number of the OS.  Same as 'uname -r'."
43665 #~ msgstr "Inserta el número de versión del SO, ej. 1.1.9."
43666
43667 #, fuzzy
43668 #~| msgid "Example: On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
43669 #~ msgid "An example.  On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
43670 #~ msgstr "Ejemplo: En mi sistema, el siguiente fichero I</etc/issue>:"
43671
43672 #~ msgid ""
43673 #~ "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires "
43674 #~ "that B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in "
43675 #~ "call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud).  For robustness, "
43676 #~ "always use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple "
43677 #~ "baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
43678 #~ msgstr ""
43679 #~ "La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción I<--"
43680 #~ "extract-baud>) requiere que B<agetty> sea programado lo bastante pronto "
43681 #~ "después de que se complete una llamada entrante (dentro de unos 30 ms con "
43682 #~ "modems que hablen a 2400 baudios). Por robustez, se debe usar siempre la "
43683 #~ "opción I<--extract-baud> en combinación con una línea de órdenes con "
43684 #~ "múltiples ratios de baudios, por lo que estará activo el procesado de "
43685 #~ "BREAK."
43686
43687 #~ msgid ""
43688 #~ "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written "
43689 #~ "to the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility.  Error "
43690 #~ "messages are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal "
43691 #~ "device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V "
43692 #~ "only); and so on."
43693 #~ msgstr ""
43694 #~ "Dependiendo de como fuera configurado el programa, todos los diagnósticos "
43695 #~ "se escribirán en el dispositivo de consola o se reportarán a través del "
43696 #~ "servicio de B<syslog>(3).  Se producirán mensajes de error si el "
43697 #~ "argumento I<puerto> no especifica un dispositivo de terminal; si no hay "
43698 #~ "una entrada en el utmp para el proceso actual (solo Sistema V); y por el "
43699 #~ "estilo."
43700
43701 #~ msgid "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
43702 #~ msgstr "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
43703
43704 #~ msgid "2021-05-14"
43705 #~ msgstr "14 Mayo 2021"
43706
43707 #~ msgid "util-linux {release-version}"
43708 #~ msgstr "util-linux {release-version}"
43709
43710 #~ msgid "COLRM"
43711 #~ msgstr "COLRM"
43712
43713 #~ msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
43714 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
43715
43716 #~ msgid "September 2011"
43717 #~ msgstr "Septiembre de 2011"
43718
43719 #~ msgid ""
43720 #~ "B<colrm> removes selected columns from a file.  Input is taken from "
43721 #~ "standard input.  Output is sent to standard output."
43722 #~ msgstr ""
43723 #~ "B<colrm> elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se "
43724 #~ "obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar."
43725
43726 #, fuzzy
43727 #~| msgid ""
43728 #~| "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
43729 #~| "starting with the specified column.  If called with two parameters the "
43730 #~| "columns from the first column to the last column will be removed."
43731 #~ msgid ""
43732 #~ "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
43733 #~ "starting with the specified I<first> column.  If called with two "
43734 #~ "parameters the columns from the I<first> column to the I<last> column "
43735 #~ "will be removed."
43736 #~ msgstr ""
43737 #~ "Si se llama con un único parámetro, las columnas de cada línea se "
43738 #~ "eliminarán comenzando en la columna especificada.  Si se llama con dos "
43739 #~ "parámetros, se eliminarán las columnas entre las especificadas, incluídas "
43740 #~ "éstas."
43741
43742 #, fuzzy
43743 #~| msgid "B<printf \"a:b:c\\en1::3\\en\" | column -t -s ':'>\n"
43744 #~ msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\(rsn1::3\\(rsn\" | column -t -s \\(aq:\\(aq\n"
43745 #~ msgstr "B<printf \"a:b:c\\en1::3\\en\" | column -t -s ':'>\n"
43746
43747 #, fuzzy
43748 #~| msgid ""
43749 #~| "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
43750 #~| "TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n"
43751 #~ msgid ""
43752 #~ "sed \\(aqs/#.*//\\(aq /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
43753 #~ "TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
43754 #~ msgstr ""
43755 #~ "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,"
43756 #~ "TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n"
43757
43758 #, fuzzy
43759 #~| msgid ""
43760 #~| "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
43761 #~| "TARGET,TYPE --table-hide ->\n"
43762 #~ msgid ""
43763 #~ "sed \\(aqs/#.*//\\(aq /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
43764 #~ "TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
43765 #~ msgstr ""
43766 #~ "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,"
43767 #~ "TYPE --table-hide ->\n"
43768
43769 #, fuzzy
43770 #~| msgid ""
43771 #~| "B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --"
43772 #~| "tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n"
43773 #~| "1  0  A\n"
43774 #~| "2  1  |-AA\n"
43775 #~| "4  2  | |-AAA\n"
43776 #~| "5  2  | `-AAB\n"
43777 #~| "3  1  `-AB\n"
43778 #~ msgid ""
43779 #~ "echo -e \\(aq1 0 A\\(rsn2 1 AA\\(rsn3 1 AB\\(rsn4 2 AAA\\(rsn5 2 AAB\\(aq "
43780 #~ "| column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
43781 #~ "1  0  A\n"
43782 #~ "2  1  |-AA\n"
43783 #~ "4  2  | |-AAA\n"
43784 #~ "5  2  | `-AAB\n"
43785 #~ "3  1  `-AB\n"
43786 #~ msgstr ""
43787 #~ "B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --"
43788 #~ "tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n"
43789 #~ "1  0  A\n"
43790 #~ "2  1  |-AA\n"
43791 #~ "4  2  | |-AAA\n"
43792 #~ "5  2  | `-AAB\n"
43793 #~ "3  1  `-AB\n"
43794
43795 #~ msgid "February 2019"
43796 #~ msgstr "Febrero 2019"
43797
43798 #~ msgid "B<column> [options] [I<file>...]"
43799 #~ msgstr "B<column> [opciones] [I<fichero>...]"
43800
43801 #, fuzzy
43802 #~| msgid ""
43803 #~| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table.  "
43804 #~| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the "
43805 #~| "characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option.  Useful for pretty-"
43806 #~| "printing displays."
43807 #~ msgid ""
43808 #~ "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table.  "
43809 #~ "This mode is enabled by option B<-t, --table> and columns formatting is "
43810 #~ "possible to modify by B<--table-*> options.  Use this mode if not sure."
43811 #~ msgstr ""
43812 #~ "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una "
43813 #~ "tabla.  Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o "
43814 #~ "con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso "
43815 #~ "adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
43816
43817 #, fuzzy
43818 #~| msgid ""
43819 #~| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table.  "
43820 #~| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the "
43821 #~| "characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option.  Useful for pretty-"
43822 #~| "printing displays."
43823 #~ msgid ""
43824 #~ "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table.  "
43825 #~ "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
43826 #~ "supplied using the B<--output-separator> option.  Table output is useful "
43827 #~ "for pretty-printing."
43828 #~ msgstr ""
43829 #~ "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una "
43830 #~ "tabla.  Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o "
43831 #~ "con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso "
43832 #~ "adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
43833
43834 #~ msgid "B<-L, --table-empty-lines>"
43835 #~ msgstr "B<-L, --table-empty-lines>"
43836
43837 #~ msgid "CTRLALTDEL"
43838 #~ msgstr "CTRLALTDEL"
43839
43840 #~ msgid "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
43841 #~ msgstr "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
43842
43843 #~ msgid ""
43844 #~ "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
43845 #~ "that there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> "
43846 #~ "sequence can perform."
43847 #~ msgstr ""
43848 #~ "En base al examen del código fuente de I<linux/kernel/reboot.c>, se "
43849 #~ "obervan claramente dos funciones que la secuencia E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-"
43850 #~ "SuprE<gt>puede ejecutar."
43851
43852 #~ msgid ""
43853 #~ "The B<ctrlaltdel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
43854 #~ "downloaded from"
43855 #~ msgstr ""
43856 #~ "La orden B<ctrlaldel> forma parte del paquete util-linux. Puede "
43857 #~ "descargarse desde:"
43858
43859 #~ msgid "October 2015"
43860 #~ msgstr "Octubre de 2015"
43861
43862 #~ msgid ""
43863 #~ "Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2)  and without "
43864 #~ "any other preparation.  This is the default."
43865 #~ msgstr ""
43866 #~ "Reinicia de inmediato el equipo sin invocan B<sync>(2) nin ningún otro "
43867 #~ "preámbulo. Este es el comportamiento por defecto."
43868
43869 #~ msgid ""
43870 #~ "Make the kernel send the SIGINT (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process "
43871 #~ "(this is always the process with PID 1).  If this option is used, the "
43872 #~ "B<init>(8)  program must support this feature.  Since there are now "
43873 #~ "several B<init>(8)  programs in the Linux community, please consult the "
43874 #~ "documentation for the version that you are currently using."
43875 #~ msgstr ""
43876 #~ "Ordena al núcleo emitir la señal SIGINT (interrupción) al proceso B<init> "
43877 #~ "que siempre tiene un PID de 1. Si se emplea esta opción, el programa "
43878 #~ "B<init>(8) debe implementarla. Dado que existen varias versiones del "
43879 #~ "programa B<init>(8), deberá consultar la documentación de la suya."
43880
43881 #~ msgid ""
43882 #~ "The ctrlaltdel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
43883 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
43884 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
43885 #~ msgstr ""
43886 #~ "La orden ctrlaltdel forma parte del paquete util-linux, se puede "
43887 #~ "descargar en: E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/"
43888 #~ "util-linux/> archivos del núcleo de Linux E<.UE .>"
43889
43890 #~ msgid "FDISK"
43891 #~ msgstr "FDISK"
43892
43893 #~ msgid "2021-08-16"
43894 #~ msgstr "16 Agosto 2021"
43895
43896 #, fuzzy
43897 #~| msgid "B<fdisk -l> [I<device>...]"
43898 #~ msgid "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"
43899 #~ msgstr "B<fdisk -l> [I<dispositivo>...]"
43900
43901 #, fuzzy
43902 #~| msgid ""
43903 #~| "Hard disks can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
43904 #~| "I<partitions>.  This division is described in the I<partition table> "
43905 #~| "found in sector 0 of the disk."
43906 #~ msgid ""
43907 #~ "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
43908 #~ "I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
43909 #~ "usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about "
43910 #~ "`disk slices\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
43911 #~ msgstr ""
43912 #~ "Los discos duros pueden dividirse en uno o más discos lógicos llamados "
43913 #~ "las I<particiones>.  Esta división se describe en la I<tabla de "
43914 #~ "particiones> y se encuentra en el sector número 0 del disco."
43915
43916 #, fuzzy
43917 #~| msgid ""
43918 #~| "The I<partition> is a I<device> name followed by a partition number.  "
43919 #~| "For example, B</dev/hda1> is the first partition on the first IDE hard "
43920 #~| "disk in the system.  IDE disks can have up to 63 partitions, SCSI disks "
43921 #~| "up to 15.  See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
43922 #~ msgid ""
43923 #~ "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
43924 #~ "example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in "
43925 #~ "the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/"
43926 #~ "admin-guide/devices.txt> file)."
43927 #~ msgstr ""
43928 #~ "La I<partición> es un nombre de I<dispositivo> seguido por un número de "
43929 #~ "partición. Por ejemplo, B</dev/hda1> es la primera partición del primer "
43930 #~ "disco duro IDE en el sistema.  Los discos IDE pueden tener hasta 63 "
43931 #~ "particiones, los SCSI hasta 15.  Vea también I</usr/src/linux/"
43932 #~ "Documentation/devices.txt>."
43933
43934 #, fuzzy
43935 #~| msgid ""
43936 #~| "A DOS type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
43937 #~| "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 "
43938 #~| "partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended "
43939 #~| "partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors "
43940 #~| "found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding "
43941 #~| "logical partitions.  The four primary partitions, present or not, get "
43942 #~| "numbers 1-4.  Logical partitions start numbering from 5."
43943 #~ msgid ""
43944 #~ "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
43945 #~ "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions "
43946 #~ "(called `primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this "
43947 #~ "is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked "
43948 #~ "list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The "
43949 #~ "four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical "
43950 #~ "partitions are numbered starting from 5."
43951 #~ msgstr ""
43952 #~ "Una tabla de partición tipo DOS puede describir un número ilimitado de "
43953 #~ "particiones. En el sector 0 hay sitio para la descripción de 4 "
43954 #~ "particiones (llamadas `primarias'). Una de éstas puede ser una partición "
43955 #~ "extendida; ésta es como una caja que aloja particiones lógicas, con "
43956 #~ "descriptores que se encuentran en una lista enlazada de sectores, cada "
43957 #~ "uno de los cuales precede a las particiones lógicas correspondientes.  "
43958 #~ "Las cuatro particiones primarias, presentes o no, cogen los números del 1 "
43959 #~ "al 4. Las particiones lógicas empiezan con el número 5."
43960
43961 #, fuzzy
43962 #~| msgid ""
43963 #~| "In a DOS type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
43964 #~| "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
43965 #~| "in 32 bits) and as a Cylinders/Heads/Sectors triple (given in 10+8+6 "
43966 #~| "bits). The former is OK - with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
43967 #~| "TB. The latter has two different problems. First of all, these C/H/S "
43968 #~| "fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of "
43969 #~| "sectors per track are known. Secondly, even if we know what these "
43970 #~| "numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice.  DOS "
43971 #~| "uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S."
43972 #~ msgid ""
43973 #~ "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
43974 #~ "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
43975 #~ "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
43976 #~ "bits). The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to "
43977 #~ "2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be "
43978 #~ "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
43979 #~ "are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the "
43980 #~ "24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows "
43981 #~ "uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> "
43982 #~ "and may be unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
43983 #~ msgstr ""
43984 #~ "En una tabla de particiones de tipo DOS el sitio de comienzo y el tamaño "
43985 #~ "de cada partición se guarda de dos formas: como un número absoluto de "
43986 #~ "sectores (dados en 32 bits) y como una tripleta Cilindros/Cabezas/"
43987 #~ "Sectores (C/H/S) (dados en 10+8+6 bits). La primera forma está bien: con "
43988 #~ "sectores de 512 bytes, esto funcionará hasta 2 TB. La última forma tiene "
43989 #~ "dos problemas diferentes. Lo primero, estos campos C/H/S pueden llenarse "
43990 #~ "sólo cuando el número de cabezas y el de sectores por pista se conocen. "
43991 #~ "En segundo lugar, incluso si conocemos cuáles deberían ser estos números, "
43992 #~ "los 24 bits disponibles no bastan. DOS emplea solamente la forma C/H/S, "
43993 #~ "Windows usa ambas, Linux nunca utiliza C/H/S."
43994
43995 #, fuzzy
43996 #~| msgid ""
43997 #~| "A BSD/SUN type disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which "
43998 #~| "should be a `whole disk' partition.  Do not start a partition that "
43999 #~| "actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, "
44000 #~| "since that will destroy the disklabel."
44001 #~ msgid ""
44002 #~ "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
44003 #~ "be a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually "
44004 #~ "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
44005 #~ "will destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
44006 #~ "within a DOS partition."
44007 #~ msgstr ""
44008 #~ "Una etiqueta de disco BSD/Sun puede describir 8 particiones, la tercera "
44009 #~ "de las cuales debería ser una partición del `disco entero'.  No haga "
44010 #~ "comenzar una partición que realmente use su primer sector (como una "
44011 #~ "partición de trasiego) en el cilindro 0, pues eso destruiría la etiqueta "
44012 #~ "de disco."
44013
44014 #, fuzzy
44015 #~| msgid "DOS 6.x WARNING"
44016 #~ msgid "DOS MODE AND DOS 6.X WARNING"
44017 #~ msgstr "AVISO EN DOS 6.x"
44018
44019 #, fuzzy
44020 #~| msgid ""
44021 #~| "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first "
44022 #~| "sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as "
44023 #~| "more reliable than the information in the partition table.  DOS FORMAT "
44024 #~| "expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a "
44025 #~| "partition whenever a size change occurs.  DOS FORMAT will look at this "
44026 #~| "extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug "
44027 #~| "in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
44028 #~ msgid ""
44029 #~ "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector "
44030 #~ "of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more "
44031 #~ "reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects "
44032 #~ "DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition "
44033 #~ "whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra "
44034 #~ "information even if the /U flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in "
44035 #~ "DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
44036 #~ msgstr ""
44037 #~ "La orden FORMAT de DOS 6.x busca cierta información en el primer sector "
44038 #~ "del área de datos de la partición, y trata esta información como más "
44039 #~ "fiable que la de la tabla de particiones. El FORMAT de DOS espera que su "
44040 #~ "FDISK borre los primeros 512 bytes del área de datos de una partición "
44041 #~ "cada vez que tenga lugar un cambio de tamaño. El FORMAT de DOS mirará "
44042 #~ "esta información extra incluso si se da la opción /U; nosotros "
44043 #~ "consideramos esto como un fallo del FORMAT y del FDISK de DOS."
44044
44045 #, fuzzy
44046 #~| msgid ""
44047 #~| "The bottom line is that if you use cfdisk or fdisk to change the size of "
44048 #~| "a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd> to zero the "
44049 #~| "first 512 bytes of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
44050 #~| "partition.  For example, if you were using cfdisk to make a DOS "
44051 #~| "partition table entry for /dev/hda1, then (after exiting fdisk or cfdisk "
44052 #~| "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) "
44053 #~| "you would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 "
44054 #~| "count=1\" to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
44055 #~ msgid ""
44056 #~ "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
44057 #~ "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
44058 #~ "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
44059 #~ "format the partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
44060 #~ "DOS partition table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
44061 #~ "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you "
44062 #~ "would use the command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to "
44063 #~ "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
44064 #~ msgstr ""
44065 #~ "La moraleja de esto es que si Ud. emplea cfdisk o fdisk para cambiar el "
44066 #~ "tamaño de una entrada de la tabla de particiones de DOS, entonces también "
44067 #~ "debería utilizar B<dd> para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de esa "
44068 #~ "partición antes de emplear el FORMAT de DOS para formatear la partición. "
44069 #~ "Por ejemplo, si Ud. ha estado usando cfdisk para crear una entrada en la "
44070 #~ "tabla de particiones de DOS para /dev/hda1, entonces (tras salir de "
44071 #~ "cfdisk o fdisk y rearrancar Linux para que la información de la tabla de "
44072 #~ "particiones sea válida) Ud. debería emplear la orden \"dd if=/dev/zero "
44073 #~ "of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de "
44074 #~ "la partición."
44075
44076 #, fuzzy
44077 #~| msgid ""
44078 #~| "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
44079 #~| "the only system on the disk.  However, if the disk has to be shared with "
44080 #~| "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an fdisk from "
44081 #~| "another operating system make at least one partition.  When Linux boots "
44082 #~| "it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) "
44083 #~| "geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
44084 #~ msgid ""
44085 #~ "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
44086 #~ "the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with "
44087 #~ "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from "
44088 #~ "another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it "
44089 #~ "looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is "
44090 #~ "required for good cooperation with other systems."
44091 #~ msgstr ""
44092 #~ "Usualmente todo marcha bien sin hacer nada más, y no hay problemas si "
44093 #~ "Linux es el único sistema en el disco. Sin embargo, si el disco tiene que "
44094 #~ "compartirse con otros sistemas operativos, a menudo es una buena idea "
44095 #~ "dejar que un fdisk de otro sistema operativo haga al menos una partición. "
44096 #~ "Cuando Linux arranca mira la tabla de particiones, e intenta deducir qué "
44097 #~ "(falsa) geometría se requiere para la buena cooperación con otros "
44098 #~ "sistemas."
44099
44100 #, fuzzy
44101 #~| msgid ""
44102 #~| "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
44103 #~| "program.  For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
44104 #~| "program and Linux partitions with the Linux fdisk or Linux cfdisk "
44105 #~| "programs."
44106 #~ msgid ""
44107 #~ "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
44108 #~ "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
44109 #~ "program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux "
44110 #~ "B<cfdisk>(8) programs."
44111 #~ msgstr ""
44112 #~ "Para los mejores resultados, Ud. siempre debería emplear un programa de "
44113 #~ "tabla de particiones específico del S.O. Por ejemplo, debería crear "
44114 #~ "particiones DOS con el programa FDISK de DOS y particiones de Linux con "
44115 #~ "uno de los programas de Linux fdisk o cfdisk."
44116
44117 #, fuzzy
44118 #~| msgid "FDISK_DEBUG=all"
44119 #~ msgid "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"
44120 #~ msgstr "FDISK_DEBUG=all"
44121
44122 #, fuzzy
44123 #~| msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
44124 #~ msgid "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
44125 #~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
44126
44127 #, fuzzy
44128 #~| msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
44129 #~ msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"
44130 #~ msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
44131
44132 #, fuzzy
44133 #~| msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
44134 #~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"
44135 #~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
44136
44137 #, fuzzy
44138 #~| msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
44139 #~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"
44140 #~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
44141
44142 #, fuzzy
44143 #~| msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
44144 #~ msgid "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
44145 #~ msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modoE<gt>"
44146
44147 #, fuzzy
44148 #~| msgid ""
44149 #~| "B<fdisk> (in the first form of invocation)  is a menu driven program for "
44150 #~| "creation and manipulation of partition tables.  It understands DOS type "
44151 #~| "partition tables and BSD or SUN type disklabels."
44152 #~ msgid ""
44153 #~ "B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
44154 #~ "partition tables.  It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition "
44155 #~ "tables."
44156 #~ msgstr ""
44157 #~ "B<fdisk> (en la primera forma de llamarse)  es un programa guiado por "
44158 #~ "menús para la creación y manipulación de tablas de partición. Entiende "
44159 #~ "las tablas de partición tipo DOS y las etiquetas de disco de tipo BSD o "
44160 #~ "Sun."
44161
44162 #, fuzzy
44163 #~| msgid ""
44164 #~| "If possible, B<fdisk> will obtain the disk geometry automatically.  This "
44165 #~| "is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do "
44166 #~| "not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not "
44167 #~| "something that can be described in simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors "
44168 #~| "form), but is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
44169 #~ msgid ""
44170 #~ "B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically.  This is not "
44171 #~ "necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not "
44172 #~ "really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something "
44173 #~ "that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), "
44174 #~ "but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
44175 #~ msgstr ""
44176 #~ "Si es posible, B<fdisk> obtendrá la geometría del disco automáticamente. "
44177 #~ "Ésta no es necesariamente la geometría física del disco (de hecho, los "
44178 #~ "discos modernos no tienen realmente nada como una geometría física, "
44179 #~ "ciertamente no algo que pueda describirse de forma tan simplista como la "
44180 #~ "forma Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores), pero es la geometría del disco que MS-"
44181 #~ "DOS emplea para la tabla de particiones."
44182
44183 #, fuzzy
44184 #~| msgid ""
44185 #~| "Whenever a partition table is printed out, a consistency check is "
44186 #~| "performed on the partition table entries.  This check verifies that the "
44187 #~| "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that the "
44188 #~| "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
44189 #~| "partition)."
44190 #~ msgid ""
44191 #~ "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency "
44192 #~ "check is performed on the partition table entries.  This check verifies "
44193 #~ "that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and "
44194 #~ "that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for "
44195 #~ "the first partition)."
44196 #~ msgstr ""
44197 #~ "Cada vez que una tabla de particiones se muestra en la salida, se realiza "
44198 #~ "una comprobación de consistencia en las entradas de la tabla de "
44199 #~ "particiones. Esta comprobación verifica que los puntos de inicio y final "
44200 #~ "físicos y lógicos son idénticos, y que la partición empieza y acaba en un "
44201 #~ "límite de cilindro (excepto para la primera partición)."
44202
44203 #~ msgid ""
44204 #~ "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on "
44205 #~ "a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder.  Partitions "
44206 #~ "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
44207 #~ "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
44208 #~ msgstr ""
44209 #~ "Algunas versiones de MS-DOS crean una primera partición que no empieza en "
44210 #~ "un límite de cilindro, sino en el sector 2 del primer cilindro.  Las "
44211 #~ "particiones que comienzan en el cilindro 1 no pueden comenzar en un "
44212 #~ "límite de cilindro, pero esto es muy poco probable que cause la menor "
44213 #~ "dificultad a menos que tenga OS72 en su máquina."
44214
44215 #~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
44216 #~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
44217
44218 #~ msgid "FSCK.MINIX"
44219 #~ msgstr "FSCK.MINIX"
44220
44221 #~ msgid ".sp\n"
44222 #~ msgstr ".sp\n"
44223
44224 #, fuzzy
44225 #~| msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
44226 #~ msgid "/dev/hda[1-63]"
44227 #~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
44228
44229 #~ msgid "IDE disk 1"
44230 #~ msgstr "IDE disk 1"
44231
44232 #, fuzzy
44233 #~| msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
44234 #~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1-63]"
44235 #~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
44236
44237 #~ msgid "IDE disk 2"
44238 #~ msgstr "IDE disk 2"
44239
44240 #, fuzzy
44241 #~| msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
44242 #~ msgid "/dev/sda[1-15]"
44243 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
44244
44245 #~ msgid "SCSI disk 1"
44246 #~ msgstr "SCSI disk 1"
44247
44248 #, fuzzy
44249 #~| msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
44250 #~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1-15]"
44251 #~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
44252
44253 #~ msgid "SCSI disk 2"
44254 #~ msgstr "SCSI disk 2"
44255
44256 #~ msgid "B<0>"
44257 #~ msgstr "B<0>"
44258
44259 #~ msgid "B<3>"
44260 #~ msgstr "B<3>"
44261
44262 #~ msgid "B<4>"
44263 #~ msgstr "B<4>"
44264
44265 #~ msgid "B<7>"
44266 #~ msgstr "B<7>"
44267
44268 #~ msgid "B<8>"
44269 #~ msgstr "B<8>"
44270
44271 #~ msgid "B<16>"
44272 #~ msgstr "B<16>"
44273
44274 #, fuzzy
44275 #~| msgid "Exit status:"
44276 #~ msgid "Exit status values by"
44277 #~ msgstr "Estado de salida:"
44278
44279 #~ msgid "June 2015"
44280 #~ msgstr "Junio de 2015"
44281
44282 #, fuzzy
44283 #~| msgid ""
44284 #~| "The program assumes the file system is quiescent.  B<fsck.minix> should "
44285 #~| "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
44286 #~| "to it (and remember that the kernel can write to it when it searches for "
44287 #~| "files)."
44288 #~ msgid ""
44289 #~ "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent.  B<fsck.minix> should "
44290 #~ "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
44291 #~ "to it.  Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for "
44292 #~ "files."
44293 #~ msgstr ""
44294 #~ "El programa supone que el sistema de ficheros está inactivo.  B<fsck."
44295 #~ "minix> no debería emplearse en un dispositivo montado a menos que Ud. "
44296 #~ "esté seguro de que nadie está escribiendo en él (y recuerde que el núcleo "
44297 #~ "puede escribir en él cuando busca ficheros)."
44298
44299 #~ msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
44300 #~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
44301
44302 #~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
44303 #~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
44304
44305 #~ msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
44306 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
44307
44308 #~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
44309 #~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
44310
44311 #, fuzzy
44312 #~| msgid ""
44313 #~| "If the file system was changed (i.e., repaired), then B<fsck.minix> will "
44314 #~| "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2)  three times "
44315 #~| "before exiting.  Since Linux does not currently have raw devices, there "
44316 #~| "is I<no> need to reboot at this time (versus a system which I<does> have "
44317 #~| "raw devices)."
44318 #~ msgid ""
44319 #~ "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will "
44320 #~ "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2)  three times before "
44321 #~ "exiting.  There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
44322 #~ msgstr ""
44323 #~ "Si el sistema de ficheros sufrió algún cambio (esto es, fue reparado), "
44324 #~ "entonces B<fsck.minix> mostrará la frase \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED"
44325 #~ "\" (\"el sistema de ficheros ha cambiado\") y hará un B<sync>(2)  tres "
44326 #~ "veces antes de salir. Puesto que Linux actualmente no tiene dispositivos "
44327 #~ "\"crudos\", I<no> hay necesidad de rearrancar en este momento (lo "
44328 #~ "contrario de un sistema que I<sí> tenga dispositivos \"crudos\")."
44329
44330 #, fuzzy
44331 #~| msgid ""
44332 #~| "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem.  Using "
44333 #~| "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
44334 #~| "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously "
44335 #~| "damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck."
44336 #~| "minix> on a mounted filesystem (i.e., the root filesystem), make sure "
44337 #~| "nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" "
44338 #~| "waiting for deletion."
44339 #~ msgid ""
44340 #~ "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem.  Using "
44341 #~ "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
44342 #~ "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage "
44343 #~ "a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> "
44344 #~ "on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing "
44345 #~ "is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for "
44346 #~ "deletion."
44347 #~ msgstr ""
44348 #~ "B<fsck.minix> B<no> debería emplearse en un sistema de ficheros montado. "
44349 #~ "Usar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado es muy peligroso, "
44350 #~ "debido a la posibilidad de que ficheros borrados estén todavía en uso, ¡y "
44351 #~ "se puede dañar seriamente un sistema de ficheros en perfecto estado! Si "
44352 #~ "Ud. tiene la absoluta necesidad de ejecutar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema "
44353 #~ "de ficheros montado (i.e., el sistema de ficheros raíz), asegúrese de que "
44354 #~ "nada está escribiendo en el disco, y que no hay ficheros \"zombis\" "
44355 #~ "esperando su borrado."
44356
44357 #~ msgid ""
44358 #~ "Perform automatic repairs.  This option implies B<--repair> and serves to "
44359 #~ "answer all of the questions asked with the default.  Note that this can "
44360 #~ "be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
44361 #~ msgstr ""
44362 #~ "Efectúa reparaciones automáticas. Esta opción implica B<-r> y sirve para "
44363 #~ "contestar todas las preguntas con la respuesta predeterminada. Observe "
44364 #~ "que esto puede ser extremadamente peligroso en el caso de daños extensos "
44365 #~ "en el sistema de ficheros."
44366
44367 #~ msgid ""
44368 #~ "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid.  "
44369 #~ "Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
44370 #~ msgstr ""
44371 #~ "Fuerza la comprobación del sistema de ficheros incluso si el sistema de "
44372 #~ "ficheros fue marcado como válido. Esta marca la hace el núcleo cuando el "
44373 #~ "sistema de ficheros se desmonta."
44374
44375 #~ msgid ""
44376 #~ "There are numerous diagnostic messages.  The ones mentioned here are the "
44377 #~ "most commonly seen in normal usage."
44378 #~ msgstr ""
44379 #~ "Hay numerosos mensajes de diagnóstico. Los mencionados aquí son los más "
44380 #~ "comúnmente vistos en el uso normal."
44381
44382 #~ msgid ""
44383 #~ "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read "
44384 #~ "super block\".  If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, "
44385 #~ "B<fsck.minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
44386 #~ msgstr ""
44387 #~ "Si el dispositivo no existe, B<fsck.minix> mostrará \"unable to read "
44388 #~ "super block\" (\"incapaz de leer el súper-bloque\").  Si el dispositivo "
44389 #~ "existe pero no es un sistema de ficheros MINIX, B<fsck.minix> imprimirá "
44390 #~ "\"bad magic number in super-block\" (\"mal numéro mágico en el súper-"
44391 #~ "bloque\")."
44392
44393 #~ msgid "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
44394 #~ msgstr "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
44395
44396 #, fuzzy
44397 #~| msgid ""
44398 #~| "Added support for file system valid flag: Dr. Wettstein (greg%wind."
44399 #~| "uucp@plains.nodak.edu)"
44400 #~ msgid ""
44401 #~ "Added support for filesystem valid flag: E<.MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:"
44402 #~ "plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<.ME .>"
44403 #~ msgstr ""
44404 #~ "Añadió soporte para la bandera de sistema de fichero válido: Dr. "
44405 #~ "Wettstein (greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu)."
44406
44407 #~ msgid ""
44408 #~ "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
44409 #~ "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
44410 #~ msgstr ""
44411 #~ "Comprobación para impedir fsck de sistemas de ficheros montados añadida "
44412 #~ "por E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
44413
44414 #~ msgid ""
44415 #~ "Minix v2 fs support by E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-"
44416 #~ "dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> updated by E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:"
44417 #~ "uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
44418 #~ msgstr ""
44419 #~ "Soporte del sistema de ficheros de Minix versión 2 por E<.MT schwab@\\:"
44420 #~ "issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> "
44421 #~ "actualizado por E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME ."
44422 #~ ">"
44423
44424 #~ msgid ""
44425 #~ "Portability patch by E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> Russell King "
44426 #~ "E<.ME .>"
44427 #~ msgstr ""
44428 #~ "Parche de transportabilidad por E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> "
44429 #~ "Russell King E<.ME .>"
44430
44431 #~ msgid "FSTAB"
44432 #~ msgstr "FSTAB"
44433
44434 #~ msgid ""
44435 #~ "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
44436 #~ "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with \\(aq#\\(aq are "
44437 #~ "comments. Blank lines are ignored."
44438 #~ msgstr ""
44439 #~ "Cada linea representa un sistema de archivos. Los campos de dicha línea "
44440 #~ "están separados por tabulaciones o espacios. Las líneas que comienzan por "
44441 #~ "\\(aq#\\(aq se consideran comentarios y se ignoran al igual que las "
44442 #~ "líneas en blanco."
44443
44444 #~ msgid ""
44445 #~ "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
44446 #~ "(as created by B<mknod>(2)) for the device to be mounted, like I</dev/"
44447 #~ "cdrom> or I</dev/sdb7>. For NFS mounts, this field is I<E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
44448 #~ "E<lt>dirE<gt>>, e.g., I<knuth.aeb.nl:/>. For filesystems with no storage, "
44449 #~ "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1) output, for example. "
44450 #~ "Typical usage is I<proc> for B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none>, or I<tmpfs> for "
44451 #~ "B<tmpfs>. Other special filesystems, like B<udev> and B<sysfs>, are "
44452 #~ "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
44453 #~ msgstr ""
44454 #~ "Para los montajes más habituales, contendrá (un enlace a) un nodo de "
44455 #~ "dispositivo especial de bloque (creado por B<mknod>(2)) para el "
44456 #~ "dispositivo que se va a montar, por ejemplo: '/dev/cdrom' o '/dev/sdb7' . "
44457 #~ "Para NFS, este campo es E<lt>hostE<gt>:E<lt>dirE<gt>, por ejemplo, 'knuth."
44458 #~ "aeb.nl:/'. Para sistemas de archivos sin almacenamiento, se puede usar "
44459 #~ "cualquier cadena y se mostrará en la salida B<df>(1), por ejemplo. El uso "
44460 #~ "típico es I<proc> para B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none> o I<tmpfs> para "
44461 #~ "B<tmpfs>. Otros sistemas de archivos especiales, como B<udev> y B<sysfs>, "
44462 #~ "normalmente no se enumeran en B<fstab>."
44463
44464 #~ msgid ""
44465 #~ "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
44466 #~ "device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a "
44467 #~ "coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks "
44468 #~ "are added or removed. For example, \\(aqLABEL=Boot\\(aq or "
44469 #~ "\\(aqUUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6\\(aq. (Use a filesystem-"
44470 #~ "specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or B<fatlabel>(8) to "
44471 #~ "set LABELs on filesystems)."
44472 #~ msgstr ""
44473 #~ "En lugar de indicar un nombre de dispositivo, puede indicarse "
44474 #~ "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> o UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>. Esta es una mejor práctica "
44475 #~ "ya que los nombres de dispositivo suelen depender del orden de detección "
44476 #~ "del hardware y puede sufrir modificaciones cuando se añade o elimina "
44477 #~ "algún disco. Por ejemplo LABEL=Boot' o `UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\"
44478 #~ "%-9106\\%-a43f08d823a6'.  (Emplea una herramienta específica como "
44479 #~ "B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), o B<fatlabel>(8)  para definir el valor "
44480 #~ "de LABEL)."
44481
44482 #~ msgid ""
44483 #~ "It\\(cqs also possible to use B<PARTUUID=> and B<PARTLABEL=>. These "
44484 #~ "partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table "
44485 #~ "(GPT)."
44486 #~ msgstr ""
44487 #~ "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones B<PARTUUID=> y "
44488 #~ "B<PARTLABEL=> cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de "
44489 #~ "particiones GUID (GPT)."
44490
44491 #~ msgid ""
44492 #~ "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For "
44493 #~ "swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none\\(aq. If the "
44494 #~ "name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `"
44495 #~ "\\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq respectively."
44496 #~ msgstr ""
44497 #~ "Este segundo campo define el punto de montaje (objetivo o target) del "
44498 #~ "sistema. En el caso de las particiones swap puede aparecer como 'none'.  "
44499 #~ "Si el nombre del punto de montaje contiene espacios o tabulaciones, "
44500 #~ "deberán escaparse por como \\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq "
44501 #~ "respectivamente."
44502
44503 #~ msgid ""
44504 #~ "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The subtype "
44505 #~ "is defined by \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse.sshfs"
44506 #~ "\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any "
44507 #~ "prefix to the first fstab field (for example \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq "
44508 #~ "is deprecated)."
44509 #~ msgstr ""
44510 #~ "B<mount>(8) y B<umount>(8) admiten el uso de I<subtipos> al definir "
44511 #~ "sistemas de archivo. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo \\(aq.subtype"
44512 #~ "\\(aq. Por ejemplo,  \\(aqfuse.sshfs\\(aq. Se recomienda usar esto en "
44513 #~ "lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, "
44514 #~ "\\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq que está en desuso)."
44515
44516 #~ msgid "do not mount when B<mount -a> is given (e.g., at boot time)"
44517 #~ msgstr ""
44518 #~ "no se monta cuando se ejecuta B<mount -a> (por ejemplo durante el inicio)"
44519
44520 #~ msgid ""
44521 #~ "This field is used by B<dump>(8) to determine which filesystems need to "
44522 #~ "be dumped. Defaults to zero (don\\(cqt dump) if not present."
44523 #~ msgstr ""
44524 #~ "Empleado por B<dump>(8) para definir qué sistemas de archivos deben ser "
44525 #~ "volcados. Si no existe, se considera el valor cero (no volcar)."
44526
44527 #~ msgid ""
44528 #~ "B<fstab> is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from"
44529 #~ msgstr ""
44530 #~ "B<fstab> forma parte del aquete util-linux que puede descargarse desde"
44531
44532 #~ msgid "February 2015"
44533 #~ msgstr "Febrero 2015"
44534
44535 #~ msgid "File Formats"
44536 #~ msgstr "Fomatos de archivo"
44537
44538 #~ msgid ""
44539 #~ "The file B<fstab> contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
44540 #~ "the system can mount.  B<fstab> is only read by programs, and not "
44541 #~ "written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create "
44542 #~ "and maintain this file.  The order of records in B<fstab> is important "
44543 #~ "because B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8)  sequentially iterate "
44544 #~ "through B<fstab> doing their thing."
44545 #~ msgstr ""
44546 #~ "El fichero B<fstab> contiene información que describe los diversos "
44547 #~ "sistemas de ficheros que el sistema es capaz de gestionar. Las distintas "
44548 #~ "aplicaciones podrán leer su contenido pero no modificarlo. Es tarea del "
44549 #~ "administrador del sistema su creación y mantenimiento. El orden de los "
44550 #~ "registros en B<fstab> es importante ya que B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8)  y "
44551 #~ "B<umount>(8)  leen B<fstab> secuencialmente durante su ejecución."
44552
44553 #~ msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
44554 #~ msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
44555
44556 #~ msgid "B<The first field> (I<fs_spec>)."
44557 #~ msgstr "B<Primer campo> (I<fs_spec>)."
44558
44559 #~ msgid ""
44560 #~ "See B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8)  or B<lsblk>(8)  for more details about "
44561 #~ "device identifiers."
44562 #~ msgstr ""
44563 #~ "Consulte B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8)  o B<lsblk>(8)  para mayor información "
44564 #~ "acerca de los identificadores de dispositivos."
44565
44566 #~ msgid "B<The second field> (I<fs_file>)."
44567 #~ msgstr "B<segundo campo>(I<fs_file>)."
44568
44569 #~ msgid "B<The third field> (I<fs_vfstype>)."
44570 #~ msgstr "B<Tercer campo> (I<fs_vfstype>)."
44571
44572 #~ msgid ""
44573 #~ "This field describes the type of the filesystem.  Linux supports many "
44574 #~ "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
44575 #~ "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more.  For more "
44576 #~ "details, see B<mount>(8)."
44577 #~ msgstr ""
44578 #~ "Este campo define el tipo de sistema de archivos. Linux incluye soporte "
44579 #~ "para muchos de ellos: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
44580 #~ "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs y cifs, entre otros muchos. "
44581 #~ "Consulte B<mount>(8) para más detalles."
44582
44583 #~ msgid ""
44584 #~ "An entry I<swap> denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf."
44585 #~ "\\& B<swapon>(8).  An entry I<none> is useful for bind or move mounts."
44586 #~ msgstr ""
44587 #~ "Una entrada I<swap> definirá un archivo o partición para el uso como "
44588 #~ "intercambio de datos. Consulte B<swapon>(8). Una entrada I<none> es util "
44589 #~ "para anclar o mover puntos de montaje."
44590
44591 #~ msgid "B<The fourth field> (I<fs_mntops>)."
44592 #~ msgstr "B<Cuarto campo>(I<fs_mntops>)."
44593
44594 #~ msgid ""
44595 #~ "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options.  It contains at "
44596 #~ "least the type of mount (B<ro> or B<rw>), plus any additional options "
44597 #~ "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
44598 #~ "options).  For details, see B<mount>(8)  or B<swapon>(8)."
44599 #~ msgstr ""
44600 #~ "Consiste en una lista de opciones separadas por comas. Contiene al menos "
44601 #~ "el tipo de montaje (B<ro> o B<rw>), junto con cualquier opción adicional "
44602 #~ "apropiada para el tipo de sistema de archivos (incluidas las opciones de "
44603 #~ "ajuste de rendimiento). Para obtener más información, consulte "
44604 #~ "B<mount>(8) o B<swapon>(8)."
44605
44606 #~ msgid "B<The fifth field> (I<fs_freq>)."
44607 #~ msgstr "B<Quinto campo> (I<fs_freq>)."
44608
44609 #~ msgid "B<The sixth field> (I<fs_passno>)."
44610 #~ msgstr "B<Sexto campo> (I<fs_passno>)."
44611
44612 #~ msgid ""
44613 #~ "This field is used by B<fsck>(8)  to determine the order in which "
44614 #~ "filesystem checks are done at boot time.  The root filesystem should be "
44615 #~ "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1.  Other filesystems should have a "
44616 #~ "I<fs_passno> of 2.  Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
44617 #~ "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
44618 #~ "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.  Defaults to "
44619 #~ "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
44620 #~ msgstr ""
44621 #~ "B<fsck>(8) utiliza este campo para determinar el orden en el que se "
44622 #~ "realizan las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos en el momento del "
44623 #~ "arranque. El sistema de archivos raíz debería contener un valor para "
44624 #~ "I<fs_passno> de 1. El resto de sistemas de archivos deberían tener "
44625 #~ "I<fs_passno> de 2. Los sistemas de archivos dentro de una unidad se "
44626 #~ "verificarán secuencialmente, pero los sistemas de archivos en diferentes "
44627 #~ "unidades se verificarán al mismo tiempo para aprovechar las opción del "
44628 #~ "paralelismo disponible en el hardware. El valor predeterminado es cero "
44629 #~ "(no comprobar) si no existe este campo."
44630
44631 #~ msgid ""
44632 #~ "The proper way to read records from B<fstab> is to use the routines "
44633 #~ "B<getmntent>(3)  or B<libmount>."
44634 #~ msgstr ""
44635 #~ "La forma apropiada de leer los registros de B<fstab> es usando las "
44636 #~ "rutinas B<getmntent>(3) o B<libmount>."
44637
44638 #~ msgid ""
44639 #~ "This man page is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
44640 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
44641 #~ msgstr ""
44642 #~ "Esta página de manual forma parte del paquete util-linux. Se puede "
44643 #~ "descargar en https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
44644
44645 #~ msgid ""
44646 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
44647 #~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters.  But when "
44648 #~ "specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case "
44649 #~ "characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
44650 #~ msgstr ""
44651 #~ "Observe que B<mount>(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben "
44652 #~ "estar formadas por minúsculas. Sin embargo, cuando se define el nombre de "
44653 #~ "sistemas de archivo FAT o NTFS se emplea mayúsculas (por ejemplo:UUID="
44654 #~ "\"A40D-85E7\" o UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
44655
44656 #~ msgid "GETOPT"
44657 #~ msgstr "GETOPT"
44658
44659 #, fuzzy
44660 #~| msgid ""
44661 #~| "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
44662 #~| "options which modify the way getopt will parse (I<options> and I<-o|--"
44663 #~| "options optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS),> and the parameters which are to "
44664 #~| "be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS).> The second part will start "
44665 #~| "at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or "
44666 #~| "after the first occurence of `B<-->'.  If no `B<-o>' or `B<--options>' "
44667 #~| "option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second "
44668 #~| "part is used as the short options string."
44669 #~ msgid ""
44670 #~ "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
44671 #~ "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
44672 #~ "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
44673 #~ "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The second "
44674 #~ "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
44675 #~ "argument, or after the first occurrence of \\(aqB<-->\\(aq. If no \\(aqB<-"
44676 #~ "o>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--options>\\(aq option is found in the first part, the "
44677 #~ "first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
44678 #~ msgstr ""
44679 #~ "Los parámetros con los que se llama a B<getopt> se pueden dividir en dos "
44680 #~ "partes: opciones que modifican la manera en la que getopt analizará "
44681 #~ "(I<options> y I<-o|--options optstring> en la B<SINOPSIS),> y los "
44682 #~ "parámetros que deben ser analizados (I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS).> La "
44683 #~ "segunda parte comenzará en el primer parámetro que no sea una opción, o "
44684 #~ "después de la primera aparición de `B<-->'.  Si las opciones `B<-o>' o "
44685 #~ "`B<--options>' no se encuentran en la primera parte, el primer parámetro "
44686 #~ "de la segunda parte se interpreta como la cadena de opciones cortas."
44687
44688 #, fuzzy
44689 #~| msgid ""
44690 #~| "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if its first "
44691 #~| "parameter is not an option (does not start with a `B<->', this is the "
44692 #~| "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS),> B<getopt> will generate output that is "
44693 #~| "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1).  It will still "
44694 #~| "do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
44695 #~| "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
44696 #~ msgid ""
44697 #~ "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
44698 #~ "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, the "
44699 #~ "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
44700 #~ "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do "
44701 #~ "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
44702 #~ "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
44703 #~ msgstr ""
44704 #~ "Si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, o si su "
44705 #~ "primer parámetro no es una opción (no comienza por un `B<->', entonces se "
44706 #~ "toma el primer formato descrito en la B<SINOPSIS),> B<getopt> generará "
44707 #~ "una salida compatible con esta u otras versiones de B<getopt>(1).  "
44708 #~ "Todavía se realizará el reordenamiento de parámetros y el reconocimiento "
44709 #~ "de argumentos opcionales (ver la sección B<COMPATIBILIDADES> para más "
44710 #~ "información)."
44711
44712 #, fuzzy
44713 #~| msgid "Allow long options to start with a single 'B<->'."
44714 #~ msgid "Allow long options to start with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
44715 #~ msgstr "Permitir que las opciones largas comiencen con un solo \"B<->\"."
44716
44717 #, fuzzy
44718 #~| msgid ""
44719 #~| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized.  If this option is "
44720 #~| "not found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
44721 #~| "'B<->' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options "
44722 #~| "string.  Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be followed by "
44723 #~| "one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
44724 #~| "indicate it has an optional argument.  The first character of shortopts "
44725 #~| "may be 'B<+>' or 'B<->' to influence the way options are parsed and "
44726 #~| "output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> for details)."
44727 #~ msgid ""
44728 #~ "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
44729 #~ "found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
44730 #~ "\\(aqB<->\\(aq (and is not an option argument) is used as the short "
44731 #~ "options string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be "
44732 #~ "followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two "
44733 #~ "colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of "
44734 #~ "shortopts may be \\(aqB<+>\\(aq or \\(aqB<->\\(aq to influence the way "
44735 #~ "options are parsed and output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> "
44736 #~ "for details)."
44737 #~ msgstr ""
44738 #~ "Las opciones cortas (un solo carácter) para ser analizadas. Si esta "
44739 #~ "opción no se encuentra, el primer parámetro de B<getopt> que no comience "
44740 #~ "por un `B<->' (y no sea un argumento opcional) es usado como la cadena de "
44741 #~ "opciones cortas.  Cada carácter de una opción corta en I<shortopts> puede "
44742 #~ "ir secundada por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento "
44743 #~ "requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento "
44744 #~ "opcional.  El primer carácter de shortopts puede ser `B<+>' o `B<->' para "
44745 #~ "influenciar sobre la manera en que las opciones son pasadas y la salida "
44746 #~ "es generada (ver la sección B<MODOS DE EXPLORACIÓN> para más detalles)."
44747
44748 #, fuzzy
44749 #~| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
44750 #~ msgid "Disable error reporting by B<getopt>(3)."
44751 #~ msgstr "Deshabilita la salida de errores por parte de getopt(3)."
44752
44753 #, fuzzy
44754 #~| msgid ""
44755 #~| "Set quoting conventions to those of shell. If no -s argument is found, "
44756 #~| "the E<.SM BASH> conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
44757 #~| "`B<sh>' `B<bash>', `B<csh>', and `B<tcsh>'."
44758 #~ msgid ""
44759 #~ "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>. If the B<-s> option is not "
44760 #~ "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
44761 #~ "\\(aqB<sh>\\(aq \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, \\(aqB<csh>\\(aq, and \\(aqB<tcsh>"
44762 #~ "\\(aq."
44763 #~ msgstr ""
44764 #~ "Establece las convenciones de entrecomillado para cada tipo de shell. Si "
44765 #~ "el argumento -s no se encuentra, se utilizan las convenciones de E<.SM "
44766 #~ "BASH>. Actualmente los argumentos válidos son `B<sh>' `B<bash>', "
44767 #~ "`B<csh>', y `B<tcsh>'."
44768
44769 #, fuzzy
44770 #~| msgid ""
44771 #~| "Test if your B<getopt>(1)  is this enhanced version or an old version.  "
44772 #~| "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4.  Other "
44773 #~| "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
44774 #~| "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return 'B<-->' and error "
44775 #~| "status 0."
44776 #~ msgid ""
44777 #~ "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. "
44778 #~ "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other "
44779 #~ "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
44780 #~ "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and "
44781 #~ "error status 0."
44782 #~ msgstr ""
44783 #~ "Prueba si su B<getopt>(1)  es esta versión mejorada o una versión "
44784 #~ "antigua. No genera ningún tipo de salida y devuelve un código de error 4. "
44785 #~ "Otras implementaciones de B<getopt>(1), y esta versión si la variable de "
44786 #~ "entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, retornan \"B<-->\" y un "
44787 #~ "código de error 0."
44788
44789 #, fuzzy
44790 #~| msgid ""
44791 #~| "A simple short option is a 'B<->' followed by a short option character.  "
44792 #~| "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after "
44793 #~| "the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by "
44794 #~| "whitespace on the command line).  If the option has an optional "
44795 #~| "argument, it must be written directly after the option character if "
44796 #~| "present."
44797 #~ msgid ""
44798 #~ "A simple short option is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq followed by a short option "
44799 #~ "character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
44800 #~ "directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., "
44801 #~ "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an "
44802 #~ "optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character "
44803 #~ "if present."
44804 #~ msgstr ""
44805 #~ "Una opción corta es un \"B<->\" seguido por un carácter de una opción "
44806 #~ "corta. Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo "
44807 #~ "después del carácter de la opción o como el siguiente parámetro (por "
44808 #~ "ejemplo, separados por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes). Si la "
44809 #~ "opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del "
44810 #~ "carácter de la opción si es que existe."
44811
44812 #, fuzzy
44813 #~| msgid ""
44814 #~| "It is possible to specify several short options after one 'B<->', as "
44815 #~| "long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional "
44816 #~| "arguments."
44817 #~ msgid ""
44818 #~ "It is possible to specify several short options after one \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
44819 #~ "as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or "
44820 #~ "optional arguments."
44821 #~ msgstr ""
44822 #~ "Es posible especificar varias opciones cortas después de un \"B<->\", "
44823 #~ "siempre y cuando todas (exceptuando posiblemente la última) no necesite "
44824 #~ "argumentos requeridos o opcionales."
44825
44826 #, fuzzy
44827 #~| msgid ""
44828 #~| "A long option normally begins with 'B<-->' followed by the long option "
44829 #~| "name.  If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly "
44830 #~| "after the long option name, separated by 'B<=>', or as the next argument "
44831 #~| "(i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line).  If the option has "
44832 #~| "an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option "
44833 #~| "name, separated by 'B<=>', if present (if you add the 'B<=>' but nothing "
44834 #~| "behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a "
44835 #~| "slight bug, see the B<BUGS>).  Long options may be abbreviated, as long "
44836 #~| "as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
44837 #~ msgid ""
44838 #~ "A long option normally begins with \\(aqB<-->\\(aq followed by the long "
44839 #~ "option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
44840 #~ "directly after the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, or as "
44841 #~ "the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If "
44842 #~ "the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after "
44843 #~ "the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, if present (if you add "
44844 #~ "the \\(aqB<=>\\(aq but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no "
44845 #~ "argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long "
44846 #~ "options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
44847 #~ msgstr ""
44848 #~ "Una opción larga normalmente comienza por \"B<-->\" seguido por el nombre "
44849 #~ "de la opción.Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer "
44850 #~ "justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por un \"B<=>\", o como "
44851 #~ "el siguiente argumento (por ejemplo separado por espacios en blanco en la "
44852 #~ "línea de órdenes).Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá  "
44853 #~ "aparecer justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por \"B<=>\", si "
44854 #~ "es que existe, (si se añade el `B<=>' pero nada detrás de el, se "
44855 #~ "interpretará como si no existiera ningún argumento; este es un ligero "
44856 #~ "fallo, véase la sección B<FALLOS>). Las opciones largas pueden ser "
44857 #~ "abreviadas, siempre y cuando la abreviación no sea ambigua."
44858
44859 #, fuzzy
44860 #~| msgid ""
44861 #~| "Each parameter not starting with a 'B<->', and not a required argument "
44862 #~| "of a previous option, is a non-option parameter.  Each parameter after a "
44863 #~| "'B<-->' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter.  If "
44864 #~| "the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if the short "
44865 #~| "option string started with a 'B<+>', all remaining parameters are "
44866 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option "
44867 #~| "parameter is found."
44868 #~ msgid ""
44869 #~ "Each parameter not starting with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, and not a required "
44870 #~ "argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter "
44871 #~ "after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is always interpreted as a non-option "
44872 #~ "parameter. If the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if "
44873 #~ "the short option string started with a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, all remaining "
44874 #~ "parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first "
44875 #~ "non-option parameter is found."
44876 #~ msgstr ""
44877 #~ "Cualquier parámetro que no comience por un \"B<->\", y no sea un "
44878 #~ "argumento requerido de una opción previa, será interpretado como un "
44879 #~ "parámetro libre. Cualquier parámetro después de un \"B<-->\" aislado será "
44880 #~ "interpretado como un parámetro libre. Si la variable de entorno "
44881 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> está definida, o si el carácter de una opción corta "
44882 #~ "comienza por un \"B<+>\", los restantes parámetros son interpretados como "
44883 #~ "parámetros libres tan pronto como sea encontrado el primero de los "
44884 #~ "parámetros libres."
44885
44886 #, fuzzy
44887 #~| msgid ""
44888 #~| "For a short option, a single 'B<->' and the option character are "
44889 #~| "generated as one parameter.  If the option has an argument, the next "
44890 #~| "parameter will be the argument.  If the option takes an optional "
44891 #~| "argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but "
44892 #~| "be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in "
44893 #~| "unquoted (compatible) mode.  Note that many other B<getopt>(1)  "
44894 #~| "implementations do not support optional arguments."
44895 #~ msgid ""
44896 #~ "For a short option, a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq and the option character are "
44897 #~ "generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next "
44898 #~ "parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, "
44899 #~ "but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in "
44900 #~ "quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted "
44901 #~ "(compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) implementations do "
44902 #~ "not support optional arguments."
44903 #~ msgstr ""
44904 #~ "Para una opción corta, la salida consta de un simple \"B<->\" y el "
44905 #~ "carácter de la opción. Si la opción tiene un argumento, el siguiente "
44906 #~ "parámetro se tomará como el argumento. Si la opción necesita de un "
44907 #~ "argumento opcional, pero no se ha encontrado ninguno, el siguiente "
44908 #~ "parámetro se generará pero se encontrará vacío en el formato "
44909 #~ "entrecomillado, y no se generará ese segundo parámetro en el formato no "
44910 #~ "entrecomillado (compatible).  Nótese que la mayoría de las otras "
44911 #~ "implementaciones de B<getopt>(1)  no soportan argumentos opcionales."
44912
44913 #, fuzzy
44914 #~| msgid ""
44915 #~| "If several short options were specified after a single 'B<->', each will "
44916 #~| "be present in the output as a separate parameter."
44917 #~ msgid ""
44918 #~ "If several short options were specified after a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
44919 #~ "each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
44920 #~ msgstr ""
44921 #~ "Si se especificaran más de una opción después de un \"B<->\", cada una se "
44922 #~ "presentaría en la salida como un parámetro independiente."
44923
44924 #, fuzzy
44925 #~| msgid ""
44926 #~| "For a long option, 'B<-->' and the full option name are generated as one "
44927 #~| "parameter.  This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated "
44928 #~| "or specified with a single 'B<->' in the input.  Arguments are handled "
44929 #~| "as with short options."
44930 #~ msgid ""
44931 #~ "For a long option, \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and the full option name are generated "
44932 #~ "as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was "
44933 #~ "abbreviated or specified with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq in the input. "
44934 #~ "Arguments are handled as with short options."
44935 #~ msgstr ""
44936 #~ "Para una opción larga, se generará el \"B<-->\" y el nombre completo de "
44937 #~ "la opción como un único parámetro. Esto se hace indistintamente de que la "
44938 #~ "opción estuviera abreviada o fuera especificada con un \"B<->\" en la "
44939 #~ "entrada. Los argumentos se manejan como con las opciones cortas."
44940
44941 #, fuzzy
44942 #~| msgid ""
44943 #~| "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
44944 #~| "and their arguments have been generated.  Then 'B<-->' is generated as a "
44945 #~| "single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order "
44946 #~| "they were found, each as a separate parameter.  Only if the first "
44947 #~| "character of the short options string was a 'B<->', non-option parameter "
44948 #~| "output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is "
44949 #~| "not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used; in that "
44950 #~| "case all preceding occurrences of 'B<->' and 'B<+>' are ignored)."
44951 #~ msgid ""
44952 #~ "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
44953 #~ "and their arguments have been generated. Then \\(aqB<-->\\(aq is "
44954 #~ "generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters "
44955 #~ "in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the "
44956 #~ "first character of the short options string was a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-"
44957 #~ "option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the "
44958 #~ "input (this is not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is "
44959 #~ "used; in that case all preceding occurrences of \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<"
44960 #~ "+>\\(aq are ignored)."
44961 #~ msgstr ""
44962 #~ "Normalmente, la salida de los parámetros libres no se generará hasta que "
44963 #~ "todas las opciones y sus argumentos hayan sido generadas. Entonces se "
44964 #~ "generará un \"B<-->\" como si fuera un solo parámetro , y después los "
44965 #~ "parámetros libres en el orden en que se encontraron, cada uno como un "
44966 #~ "parámetro independiente.  Solo si el primer carácter de la cadena de "
44967 #~ "opciones cortas fuera un solo \"B<->\", la salida de los parámetros "
44968 #~ "libres se generaría en el lugar en que fueron encontrados en la entrada "
44969 #~ "(esto no está soportado si se usa el primer formato que aparece en la "
44970 #~ "B<SINOPSIS> ; en este caso todas las ocurrencias anteriores de \"B<->\" y "
44971 #~ "\"B<+>\" son ignoradas)."
44972
44973 #, fuzzy
44974 #~| msgid ""
44975 #~| "In compatible mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
44976 #~| "non-option parameters are not handled correctly.  As the output is fed "
44977 #~| "to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to "
44978 #~| "break the output into separate parameters.  To circumvent this problem, "
44979 #~| "this implementation offers quoting.  The idea is that output is "
44980 #~| "generated with quotes around each parameter.  When this output is once "
44981 #~| "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
44982 #~| "correctly into separate parameters."
44983 #~ msgid ""
44984 #~ "In compatibility mode, whitespace or \\(aqspecial\\(aq characters in "
44985 #~ "arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the "
44986 #~ "output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is "
44987 #~ "supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this "
44988 #~ "problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is "
44989 #~ "generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once "
44990 #~ "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
44991 #~ "correctly into separate parameters."
44992 #~ msgstr ""
44993 #~ "En el modo compatible, los espacios en blanco o caracteres `especiales' "
44994 #~ "en los argumentos o parámetros libres no son tratados correctamente. Dado "
44995 #~ "que la salida alimenta al archivo de órdenes de la shell, este programa "
44996 #~ "no sabe como se supone que la entrada es troceada en los diferentes "
44997 #~ "parámetros.  Para solventar el problema, esta implementación ofrece el "
44998 #~ "entrecomillado. La idea es que la salida es generada con comillas "
44999 #~ "encerrando a cada parámetro.  Cuando esta salida alimenta al shell "
45000 #~ "(típicamente por la orden B<eval> del intérprete), se particiona "
45001 #~ "correctamente en los diferentes parámetros."
45002
45003 #, fuzzy
45004 #~| msgid ""
45005 #~| "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
45006 #~| "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
45007 #~| "'B<-u>' is found."
45008 #~ msgid ""
45009 #~ "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
45010 #~ "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
45011 #~ "\\(aqB<-u>\\(aq is found."
45012 #~ msgstr ""
45013 #~ "El entrecomillado no se encontrará activado si la variable de entorno "
45014 #~ "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, si se usa la primera forma de la "
45015 #~ "B<SINOPSIS>, o si la opción \"B<-u>\" es encontrada."
45016
45017 #, fuzzy
45018 #~| msgid ""
45019 #~| "Different shells use different quoting conventions.  You can use the 'B<-"
45020 #~| "s>' option to select the shell you are using.  The following shells are "
45021 #~| "currently supported: 'B<sh>', 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>' and 'B<tcsh>'.  "
45022 #~| "Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting "
45023 #~| "conventions and csh-like quoting conventions.  Chances are that if you "
45024 #~| "use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be "
45025 #~| "used."
45026 #~ msgid ""
45027 #~ "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the "
45028 #~ "\\(aqB<-s>\\(aq option to select the shell you are using. The following "
45029 #~ "shells are currently supported: \\(aqB<sh>\\(aq, \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, "
45030 #~ "\\(aqB<csh>\\(aq and \\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq. Actually, only two \\(aqflavors"
45031 #~ "\\(aq are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting "
45032 #~ "conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, "
45033 #~ "one of these flavors can still be used."
45034 #~ msgstr ""
45035 #~ "Cada tipo de shell usa convenciones de entrecomillado diferentes.  Pero "
45036 #~ "puede usarse la opción \"B<-s>\" para seleccionar el shell que esté "
45037 #~ "usando. Actualmente son soportados los siguientes: \"B<sh>\", \"B<bash>"
45038 #~ "\", \"B<csh>\" y \"B<tcsh>\".  Actualmente, solo se distinguen dos \"tipos"
45039 #~ "\": las convenciones de entrecomillado del tipo sh y las del tipo csh. "
45040 #~ "Probablemente si usa algún otro lenguaje de shell, uno de estos dos tipos "
45041 #~ "pueda servirle."
45042
45043 #, fuzzy
45044 #~| msgid ""
45045 #~| "The first character of the short options string may be a 'B<->' or a 'B<"
45046 #~| "+>' to indicate a special scanning mode.  If the first calling form in "
45047 #~| "the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
45048 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
45049 #~ msgid ""
45050 #~ "The first character of the short options string may be a \\(aqB<->\\(aq "
45051 #~ "or a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first "
45052 #~ "calling form in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment "
45053 #~ "variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
45054 #~ msgstr ""
45055 #~ "El primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas debe ser un \"B<->\" o "
45056 #~ "un \"B<+>\" para indicar el modo de exploración especial. Si se una la "
45057 #~ "primera forma que aparece en la B<SINOPSIS> son ignoradas; aun así, la "
45058 #~ "variable de entorno B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> es examinada, téngase en cuenta."
45059
45060 #, fuzzy
45061 #~| msgid ""
45062 #~| "If the first character is 'B<+>', or if the environment variable "
45063 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
45064 #~| "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a 'B<->')  is "
45065 #~| "found that is not an option argument.  The remaining parameters are all "
45066 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters."
45067 #~ msgid ""
45068 #~ "If the first character is \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, or if the environment variable "
45069 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
45070 #~ "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq) "
45071 #~ "is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all "
45072 #~ "interpreted as non-option parameters."
45073 #~ msgstr ""
45074 #~ "Si el primer carácter es \"B<+>\", o si la variable de entorno "
45075 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como en "
45076 #~ "primer parámetro libre (por ejemplo un parámetro que no comience por un "
45077 #~ "\"B<->\")  es encontrado y no es un argumento de alguna opción. Los "
45078 #~ "restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres."
45079
45080 #, fuzzy
45081 #~| msgid ""
45082 #~| "If the first character is a 'B<->', non-option parameters are outputted "
45083 #~| "at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all "
45084 #~| "collected at the end of output after a 'B<-->' parameter has been "
45085 #~| "generated.  Note that this 'B<-->' parameter is still generated, but it "
45086 #~| "will always be the last parameter in this mode."
45087 #~ msgid ""
45088 #~ "If the first character is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-option parameters are "
45089 #~ "outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they "
45090 #~ "are all collected at the end of output after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter "
45091 #~ "has been generated. Note that this \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is still "
45092 #~ "generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
45093 #~ msgstr ""
45094 #~ "Si el primer carácter es un \"B<->\", la salida de los parámetros libres "
45095 #~ "se realiza en el orden en que son encontrados; en el modo normal, se "
45096 #~ "agrupan al final de la salida después de generar un parámetro consistente "
45097 #~ "en un único \"B<-->\". Nótese que este parámetro \"B<-->\" se genera "
45098 #~ "igualmente, pero siempre será el último parámetro en este modo de "
45099 #~ "exploración."
45100
45101 #, fuzzy
45102 #~| msgid ""
45103 #~| "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
45104 #~| "compatibility mode.  Setting both this environment variable and "
45105 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs.  "
45106 #~| "Usually, though, neither is needed."
45107 #~ msgid ""
45108 #~ "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
45109 #~ "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
45110 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for \\(aqdifficult\\(aq "
45111 #~ "programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
45112 #~ msgstr ""
45113 #~ "La variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> fuerza a B<getopt> a entrar "
45114 #~ "en el modo compatible. Definiendo al mismo tiempo esta variable de "
45115 #~ "entorno y B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> se ofrece una compatibilidad al 100% para "
45116 #~ "programas \"problemáticos\".  Aunque normalmente no es necesario."
45117
45118 #, fuzzy
45119 #~| msgid ""
45120 #~| "In compatibility mode, leading 'B<->' and 'B<+>' characters in the short "
45121 #~| "options string are ignored."
45122 #~ msgid ""
45123 #~ "In compatibility mode, leading \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<+>\\(aq "
45124 #~ "characters in the short options string are ignored."
45125 #~ msgstr ""
45126 #~ "En el modo compatible, los primeros caracteres \"B<->\" y \"B<+>\" en la "
45127 #~ "cadena de opciones cortas son ignorados."
45128
45129 #~ msgid "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
45130 #~ msgstr "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
45131
45132 #, fuzzy
45133 #~| msgid ""
45134 #~| "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3)  routines.  If "
45135 #~| "it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
45136 #~| "option or an option argument.  All remaining parameters are also "
45137 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
45138 #~| "a 'B<->'."
45139 #~ msgid ""
45140 #~ "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If it "
45141 #~ "is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
45142 #~ "option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also "
45143 #~ "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
45144 #~ "a \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
45145 #~ msgstr ""
45146 #~ "Esta variable de entorno es examinada por las rutinas de B<getopt>(3). Si "
45147 #~ "está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como se encuentre un "
45148 #~ "parámetro que no es una opción o un argumento de una opción. Los "
45149 #~ "restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres, aunque "
45150 #~ "comiencen por un `B<->'."
45151
45152 #, fuzzy
45153 #~| msgid "GETOPT_COMPATIBLE"
45154 #~ msgid "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE>"
45155 #~ msgstr "GETOPT_COMPATIBLE"
45156
45157 #~ msgid "December 2014"
45158 #~ msgstr "Diciembre de 2014"
45159
45160 #, fuzzy
45161 #~| msgid "B<getopt> optstring parameters"
45162 #~ msgid "B<getopt> I<optstring parameters>"
45163 #~ msgstr "B<getopt> optstring parameters"
45164
45165 #, fuzzy
45166 #~| msgid "B<getopt> [options] [B<-->] optstring parameters"
45167 #~ msgid "B<getopt> [options] [B<-->] I<optstring parameters>"
45168 #~ msgstr "B<getopt> [options] [B<-->] optstring parameters"
45169
45170 #, fuzzy
45171 #~| msgid ""
45172 #~| "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] "
45173 #~| "parameters"
45174 #~ msgid ""
45175 #~ "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> I<optstring> [options] [B<-->] "
45176 #~ "I<parameters>"
45177 #~ msgstr ""
45178 #~ "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] "
45179 #~ "parameters"
45180
45181 #, fuzzy
45182 #~| msgid ""
45183 #~| "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>)  options in command lines for "
45184 #~| "easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for legal options.  It "
45185 #~| "uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3)  routines to do this."
45186 #~ msgid ""
45187 #~ "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>)  options in command lines for "
45188 #~ "easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options.  It "
45189 #~ "uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3)  routines to do this."
45190 #~ msgstr ""
45191 #~ "B<getopt> se usa para partir (I<analizar>)  las opciones de las líneas de "
45192 #~ "órdenes para un fácil análisis por parte de los procedimientos del shell, "
45193 #~ "y para identificar las opciones legales.  Usa las rutinas B<getopt>(3)  "
45194 #~ "de E<.SM GNU> para hacerlo."
45195
45196 #~ msgid ""
45197 #~ "Traditional implementations of B<getopt>(1)  are unable to cope with "
45198 #~ "whitespace and other (shell-specific)  special characters in arguments "
45199 #~ "and non-option parameters.  To solve this problem, this implementation "
45200 #~ "can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the "
45201 #~ "shell (usually by using the B<eval> command).  This has the effect of "
45202 #~ "preserving those characters, but you must call B<getopt> in a way that is "
45203 #~ "no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in "
45204 #~ "the B<SYNOPSIS>).  To determine whether this enhanced version of "
45205 #~ "B<getopt>(1)  is installed, a special test option (B<-T>)  can be used."
45206 #~ msgstr ""
45207 #~ "Las implementaciones tradicionales de B<getopt>(1)  son incapaces de "
45208 #~ "soportar los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales "
45209 #~ "(específicos del shell) en argumentos y parámetros libres. Para resolver "
45210 #~ "este problema, esta implementación puede generar salida entrecomillada "
45211 #~ "( B<N. del T.> quoted ) que puede ser, a su vez, tratada por el shell "
45212 #~ "(típicamente usando la orden B<eval> ). Esto tiene el efecto de preservar "
45213 #~ "dichos caracteres, pero debe llamarse a B<getopt> de una manera no "
45214 #~ "compatible con otras versiones (el segundo y tercer formato en la "
45215 #~ "B<SINOPSIS>). Para determinar cuando esta versión mejorada de "
45216 #~ "B<getopt>(1)  está instalada, puede usarse la opción (B<-T>)  que realiza "
45217 #~ "dicha prueba."
45218
45219 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
45220 #~ msgstr "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
45221
45222 #~ msgid "B<-h>,B< --help>"
45223 #~ msgstr "B<-h>,B< --help>"
45224
45225 #, fuzzy
45226 #~| msgid ""
45227 #~| "Output a small usage guide and exit succesfully. No other output is "
45228 #~| "generated."
45229 #~ msgid "Display help text and exit.  No other output is generated."
45230 #~ msgstr ""
45231 #~ "Genera como salida una guia de uso y termina correctamente. No se genera "
45232 #~ "ninguna otra salida."
45233
45234 #, fuzzy
45235 #~| msgid "-l, --longoptions longopts"
45236 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<longopts>"
45237 #~ msgstr "-l, --longoptions longopts"
45238
45239 #~ msgid ""
45240 #~ "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized.  More than one "
45241 #~ "option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with "
45242 #~ "commas.  This option may be given more than once, the I<longopts> are "
45243 #~ "cumulative.  Each long option name in I<longopts> may be followed by one "
45244 #~ "colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
45245 #~ "indicate it has an optional argument."
45246 #~ msgstr ""
45247 #~ "Las opciones largas (más de un carácter) para ser analizadas.  Pueden "
45248 #~ "especificarse más de una opción al mismo tiempo, separándolas con comas. "
45249 #~ "Esta opción puede darse más de una vez, ya que I<longopts> es "
45250 #~ "acumulativa.  Cada nombre de opción larga en I<longopts> puede ir "
45251 #~ "secundado por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, "
45252 #~ "y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional."
45253
45254 #, fuzzy
45255 #~| msgid "-n, --name progname"
45256 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --name >I<progname>"
45257 #~ msgstr "-n, --name progname"
45258
45259 #~ msgid ""
45260 #~ "The name that will be used by the B<getopt>(3)  routines when it reports "
45261 #~ "errors.  Note that errors of B<getopt>(1)  are still reported as coming "
45262 #~ "from getopt."
45263 #~ msgstr ""
45264 #~ "El nombre que será usado por las rutinas B<getopt>(3)  cuando generen "
45265 #~ "algún error. Nótese que los errores de B<getopt>(1)  son todavía "
45266 #~ "generados tal y como se obtienen de getopt."
45267
45268 #, fuzzy
45269 #~| msgid "-o, --options shortopts"
45270 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<shortopts>"
45271 #~ msgstr "-o, --options shortopts"
45272
45273 #~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --quiet>"
45274 #~ msgstr "B<-q>,B< --quiet>"
45275
45276 #~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
45277 #~ msgstr "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
45278
45279 #~ msgid ""
45280 #~ "Do not generate normal output.  Errors are still reported by "
45281 #~ "B<getopt>(3), unless you also use B<-q>."
45282 #~ msgstr ""
45283 #~ "No genera la salida normal.  B<getopt>(3) sigue generando errores a menos "
45284 #~ "que no se use B<-q>."
45285
45286 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
45287 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
45288
45289 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --test>"
45290 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --test>"
45291
45292 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
45293 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
45294
45295 #~ msgid ""
45296 #~ "Do not quote the output.  Note that whitespace and special (shell-"
45297 #~ "dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with "
45298 #~ "other B<getopt>(1)  implementations)."
45299 #~ msgstr ""
45300 #~ "No produce salida entrecomillada. Nótese que los espacios en blanco y los "
45301 #~ "caracteres especiales (dependientes del shell) pueden causar estragos en "
45302 #~ "este modo (tal y como se producen en otras implementaciones de "
45303 #~ "B<getopt>(1))."
45304
45305 #, fuzzy
45306 #~| msgid ""
45307 #~| "Output version information and exit succesfully. No other output is "
45308 #~| "generated."
45309 #~ msgid "Display version information and exit.  No other output is generated."
45310 #~ msgstr ""
45311 #~ "Genera información sobre la versión y finaliza satisfactoriamente. No se "
45312 #~ "genera ninguna otra salida."
45313
45314 #~ msgid ""
45315 #~ "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
45316 #~ "B<getopt> (the I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>).  The next section "
45317 #~ "(B<OUTPUT>)  describes the output that is generated.  These parameters "
45318 #~ "were typically the parameters a shell function was called with.  Care "
45319 #~ "must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with "
45320 #~ "corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of B<getopt> "
45321 #~ "(see the B<EXAMPLES>).  All parsing is done by the GNU B<getopt>(3)  "
45322 #~ "routines."
45323 #~ msgstr ""
45324 #~ "Esta sección especifica el formato de la segunda parte de los parámetros "
45325 #~ "de B<getopt> (los I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS>).  La siguiente sección "
45326 #~ "(B<SALIDA>)  describe la salida que se genera. Estos parámetros serán los "
45327 #~ "que típicamente se usen al llamar a un programa del shell.  Debe tenerse "
45328 #~ "cuidado de que cada parámetro con el que se llamó al archivo de órdenes "
45329 #~ "del shell corresponda exactamente con un parámetro de la lista de "
45330 #~ "parámetros de B<getopt> (véase los B<EJEMPLOS>).  Todo el análisis es "
45331 #~ "llevado a cabo por las rutinas B<getopt>(3)  de GNU."
45332
45333 #~ msgid ""
45334 #~ "The parameters are parsed from left to right.  Each parameter is "
45335 #~ "classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or "
45336 #~ "a non-option parameter."
45337 #~ msgstr ""
45338 #~ "Los parámetros son pasados de izquierda a derecha. Cada parámetro es "
45339 #~ "clasificado como una opción corta, una opción larga, un argumento de una "
45340 #~ "opción, o un parámetro libre."
45341
45342 #~ msgid ""
45343 #~ "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section.  "
45344 #~ "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the "
45345 #~ "input, except for non-option parameters.  Output can be done in "
45346 #~ "I<compatible> (I<unquoted>)  mode, or in such way that whitespace and "
45347 #~ "other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are "
45348 #~ "preserved (see B<QUOTING>).  When the output is processed in the shell "
45349 #~ "script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be "
45350 #~ "processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell "
45351 #~ "languages).  This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split "
45352 #~ "at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
45353 #~ msgstr ""
45354 #~ "Se genera una salida por cada elemento descrito en la sección anterior.  "
45355 #~ "Se realiza en el mismo orden en el que los elementos son especificados en "
45356 #~ "la entrada, exceptuando los parámetros libres.  La salida puede generarse "
45357 #~ "en modo I<compatible> ( sin entrecomillado )  , o en un modo en el que "
45358 #~ "los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales entre argumentos y "
45359 #~ "parámetros libres son preservados (véase B<ENTRECOMILLADO>).  Cuando la "
45360 #~ "salida es procesada en un archivo de órdenes de la shell , aparecerá "
45361 #~ "compuesta por distintos elementos que pueden ser tratados uno a uno "
45362 #~ "(usando la orden shift existente el la mayoría de los lenguajes de "
45363 #~ "shell). Esto no funciona completamente en el modo sin entrecomillado, ya "
45364 #~ "que los elementos pueden ser divididos por lugares inesperados si "
45365 #~ "contienen espacios en blanco o caracteres especiales."
45366
45367 #~ msgid ""
45368 #~ "This version of B<getopt>(1)  is written to be as compatible as possible "
45369 #~ "to other versions.  Usually you can just replace them with this version "
45370 #~ "without any modifications, and with some advantages."
45371 #~ msgstr ""
45372 #~ "Esta versión de B<getopt>(1)  ha sido escrita para ser tan compatible "
45373 #~ "como sea posible con otras versiones. Normalmente solo debe reemplazar "
45374 #~ "aquellas por esta nueva versión sin ningún otro cambio, y con algunas "
45375 #~ "ventajas."
45376
45377 #~ msgid ""
45378 #~ "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
45379 #~ "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
45380 #~ "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
45381 #~ "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
45382 #~ "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
45383 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
45384 #~ msgstr ""
45385 #~ "Si el primer carácter del primer parámetro de getopt no es un \"B<->\", "
45386 #~ "getopt entra en el modo compatible. Entonces su primer parámetro será "
45387 #~ "interpretado como la cadena de opciones cortas, y los restantes "
45388 #~ "argumentos serán analizados. Sigue manteniéndose el reordenamiento de "
45389 #~ "parámetros (por ejemplo los parámetros libres aparecen al final de la "
45390 #~ "salida), a menos que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> esté definida."
45391
45392 #~ msgid ""
45393 #~ "B<getopt> returns error code B<0> for successful parsing, B<1> if "
45394 #~ "B<getopt>(3)  returns errors, B<2> if it does not understand its own "
45395 #~ "parameters, B<3> if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and B<4> "
45396 #~ "if it is called with B<-T>."
45397 #~ msgstr ""
45398 #~ "B<getopt> devuelve un código de error B<0> si el análisis ha sido "
45399 #~ "satisfactorio, B<1> si B<getopt>(3)  retorna errores, B<2> si no es capaz "
45400 #~ "de entender sus propios parámetros, B<3> si un error interno ha ocurrido "
45401 #~ "(como falta de memoria), y B<4> si es llamado con B<-T>."
45402
45403 #, fuzzy
45404 #~| msgid ""
45405 #~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
45406 #~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/"
45407 #~| "lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
45408 #~ msgid ""
45409 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
45410 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/getopt/> "
45411 #~ "directory."
45412 #~ msgstr ""
45413 #~ "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución "
45414 #~ "de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/"
45415 #~ "local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
45416
45417 #~ msgid ""
45418 #~ "B<getopt>(3)  can parse long options with optional arguments that are "
45419 #~ "given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options).  "
45420 #~ "This B<getopt>(1)  treats optional arguments that are empty as if they "
45421 #~ "were not present."
45422 #~ msgstr ""
45423 #~ "B<getopt>(3)  puede analizar opciones largas con argumentos opcionales "
45424 #~ "dados como un argumento opcional vacío (pero no puede hacerlo con "
45425 #~ "opciones cortas).  Este B<getopt>(1)  trata a los argumentos opcionales "
45426 #~ "vacíos como si no estuvieran presentes."
45427
45428 #, fuzzy
45429 #~| msgid ""
45430 #~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
45431 #~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/"
45432 #~| "lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
45433 #~ msgid ""
45434 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) "
45435 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/examples/> "
45436 #~ "directory."
45437 #~ msgstr ""
45438 #~ "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución "
45439 #~ "de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/"
45440 #~ "local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
45441
45442 #, fuzzy
45443 #~| msgid ""
45444 #~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
45445 #~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/"
45446 #~| "lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
45447 #~ msgid ""
45448 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
45449 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/packages/util-linux/"
45450 #~ "getopt/> directory."
45451 #~ msgstr ""
45452 #~ "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución "
45453 #~ "de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/"
45454 #~ "local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
45455
45456 #~ msgid "HWCLOCK"
45457 #~ msgstr "HWCLOCK"
45458
45459 #, fuzzy
45460 #~| msgid ""
45461 #~| "Print out standard output the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value.  This "
45462 #~| "is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the "
45463 #~| "Hardware Clock refers.  For example, if you are using the convention "
45464 #~| "that the year counter in your Hardware Clock contains the number of full "
45465 #~| "years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Counter epoch value must be "
45466 #~| "1952."
45467 #~ msgid ""
45468 #~ "They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch "
45469 #~ "value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in "
45470 #~ "the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets "
45471 #~ "the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full "
45472 #~ "years since 1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must "
45473 #~ "be 1952."
45474 #~ msgstr ""
45475 #~ "Muestra en la salida estándar el valor de la época del Reloj del Hardware "
45476 #~ "del núcleo. Esto es el número de años en la Era al que se refiere el año "
45477 #~ "cero del Reloj del Hardware. Por ejemplo, si Ud. emplea el convenio de "
45478 #~ "que el contador de años en su Reloj del Hardware contiene el número de "
45479 #~ "años completos desde 1952, entonces el valor de la época del contador de "
45480 #~ "años del Reloj del Hardware debe ser 1952."
45481
45482 #, fuzzy
45483 #~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
45484 #~ msgid "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"
45485 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
45486
45487 #, fuzzy
45488 #~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
45489 #~ msgid "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"
45490 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
45491
45492 #, fuzzy
45493 #~| msgid ""
45494 #~| "The System Time is the time that matters.  The Hardware Clock's basic "
45495 #~| "purpose in a Linux system is to keep time when Linux is not running.  "
45496 #~| "You initialize the System Time to the time from the Hardware Clock when "
45497 #~| "Linux starts up, and then never use the Hardware Clock again.  Note that "
45498 #~| "in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real "
45499 #~| "time clock."
45500 #~ msgid ""
45501 #~ "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic "
45502 #~ "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
45503 #~ "Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA "
45504 #~ "was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
45505 #~ msgstr ""
45506 #~ "El Tiempo del Sistema es el que tiene importancia. El propósito básico "
45507 #~ "del Reloj del Hardware en un sistema Linux es mantener la hora mientras "
45508 #~ "que Linux no está ejecutándose. Ud. inicia el Tiempo del Sistema al "
45509 #~ "tiempo del Reloj del Hardware cuando Linux arranca, y ya no utiliza nunca "
45510 #~ "más el Reloj del Hardware. Observe que en DOS, para quien se diseñó ISA, "
45511 #~ "el Reloj del Hardware es el único reloj de tiempo real."
45512
45513 #~ msgid "B<TZ>"
45514 #~ msgstr "B<TZ>"
45515
45516 #, fuzzy
45517 #~| msgid ""
45518 #~| "Written by Bryan Henderson, September 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data.com), "
45519 #~| "based on work done on the B<\\%clock>(8)  program by Charles Hedrick, "
45520 #~| "Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig.  See the source code for complete history "
45521 #~| "and credits."
45522 #~ msgid ""
45523 #~ "September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles "
45524 #~ "Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete "
45525 #~ "history and credits."
45526 #~ msgstr ""
45527 #~ "Escrito por Bryan Henderson, en Septiembre de 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data."
45528 #~ "com), basándose en el trabajo hecho en el programa B<\\%clock>(8) de "
45529 #~ "Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft y Harald König.  Mire el código fuente para la "
45530 #~ "historia completa y los créditos."
45531
45532 #~ msgid "July 2017"
45533 #~ msgstr "Julio 2017"
45534
45535 #, fuzzy
45536 #~| msgid ""
45537 #~| "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
45538 #~| "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted.  See discussion "
45539 #~| "below."
45540 #~ msgid ""
45541 #~ "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
45542 #~ "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted.  See the "
45543 #~ "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
45544 #~ msgstr ""
45545 #~ "Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el "
45546 #~ "desvío sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. "
45547 #~ "Vea la discusión al respecto más adelante."
45548
45549 #~ msgid "B<--getepoch>"
45550 #~ msgstr "B<--getepoch>"
45551
45552 #~ msgid "B<--setepoch>"
45553 #~ msgstr "B<--setepoch>"
45554
45555 #~ msgid "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=1952>"
45556 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=1952>"
45557
45558 #, fuzzy
45559 #~| msgid ""
45560 #~| "This epoch value is used whenever hwclock reads or sets the Hardware "
45561 #~| "Clock."
45562 #~ msgid ""
45563 #~ "This epoch value is used whenever B<\\%hwclock> reads or sets the "
45564 #~ "Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine.  For ISA machines the kernel uses the "
45565 #~ "fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
45566 #~ msgstr ""
45567 #~ "Este valor de la época se emplea cada vez que hwclock lee o pone el Reloj "
45568 #~ "del Hardware."
45569
45570 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B<\\ --show>"
45571 #~ msgstr "B<-r>,B<\\ --show>"
45572
45573 #~ msgid "B<--get>"
45574 #~ msgstr "B<--get>"
45575
45576 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B<\\ --hctosys>"
45577 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B<\\ --hctosys>"
45578
45579 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B<\\ --systohc>"
45580 #~ msgstr "B<-w>,B<\\ --systohc>"
45581
45582 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B<\\ --version>"
45583 #~ msgstr "B<-V>,B<\\ --version>"
45584
45585 #~ msgid "B<-h>,B<\\ --help>"
45586 #~ msgstr "B<-h>,B<\\ --help>"
45587
45588 #~ msgid "B<\\%--date=>I<date_string>"
45589 #~ msgstr "B<\\%--date=>I<nuevafecha>"
45590
45591 #~ msgid "B<\\%--delay=>I<seconds>"
45592 #~ msgstr "B<\\%--delay=>I<segundos>"
45593
45594 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B<\\ --rtc=>I<filename>"
45595 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B<\\ --rtc=>I<nombrefichero>"
45596
45597 #~ msgid "I</dev/rtc0>"
45598 #~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc0>"
45599
45600 #~ msgid "I</dev/rtc>"
45601 #~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc>"
45602
45603 #~ msgid "I</dev/misc/rtc>"
45604 #~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/rtc>"
45605
45606 #~ msgid "I</dev/efirtc>"
45607 #~ msgstr "I</dev/efirtc>"
45608
45609 #~ msgid "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
45610 #~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
45611
45612 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B<\\ --localtime>"
45613 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B<\\ --localtime>"
45614
45615 #, fuzzy
45616 #~| msgid ""
45617 #~| "On an ISA system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard.  "
45618 #~| "The control program can read or set this clock to a whole second, but "
45619 #~| "the control program can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock "
45620 #~| "ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
45621 #~ msgid ""
45622 #~ "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
45623 #~ "standard.  A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
45624 #~ "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so "
45625 #~ "the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
45626 #~ msgstr ""
45627 #~ "En un sistema ISA, este reloj está especificado como parte del estándar "
45628 #~ "ISA. El programa de control puede leer o poner este reloj a un segundo "
45629 #~ "entero, pero el programa de control también puede detectar los límites de "
45630 #~ "los pulsos del reloj de 1 segundo, así que el reloj realmente tiene una "
45631 #~ "precisión virtualmente infinita."
45632
45633 #, fuzzy
45634 #~| msgid ""
45635 #~| "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
45636 #~| "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock.  Hardware Clock, in its "
45637 #~| "capitalized form, was coined for use by I<hwclock> because all of the "
45638 #~| "other names are inappropriate to the point of being misleading."
45639 #~ msgid ""
45640 #~ "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
45641 #~ "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock.  Hardware Clock, in its "
45642 #~ "capitalized form, was coined for use by B<\\%hwclock>.  The Linux kernel "
45643 #~ "also refers to it as the persistent clock."
45644 #~ msgstr ""
45645 #~ "Este reloj se llama comúnmente el Reloj del Hardware, el reloj de tiempo "
45646 #~ "real, el RTC, el reloj de la BIOS, y el reloj CMOS. El Reloj del "
45647 #~ "Hardware, en esta forma con las iniciales en mayúsculas, se acuñó para el "
45648 #~ "uso en I<hwclock> porque todos los otros nombres son inapropiados hasta "
45649 #~ "el punto de llevar a confusión."
45650
45651 #, fuzzy
45652 #~| msgid ""
45653 #~| "B<The System Time:> This is the time kept by a clock inside the Linux "
45654 #~| "kernel and driven by a timer interrupt.  (On an ISA machine, the timer "
45655 #~| "interrupt is part of the ISA standard).  It has meaning only while Linux "
45656 #~| "is running on the machine.  The System Time is the number of seconds "
45657 #~| "since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of "
45658 #~| "seconds since 1969).  The System Time is not an integer, though.  It has "
45659 #~| "virtually infinite precision."
45660 #~ msgid ""
45661 #~ "B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven "
45662 #~ "by a timer interrupt.  (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of "
45663 #~ "the ISA standard.)  It has meaning only while Linux is running on the "
45664 #~ "machine.  The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January "
45665 #~ "1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC).  "
45666 #~ "The System Time is not an integer, though.  It has virtually infinite "
45667 #~ "precision."
45668 #~ msgstr ""
45669 #~ "B<El Tiempo del Sistema:> Esto es el tiempo mantenido por un reloj de "
45670 #~ "dentro del núcleo Linux y controlado por un interruptor de temporización. "
45671 #~ "(En una máquina ISA, el interruptor de temporización es parte del "
45672 #~ "estándar ISA.) Sólo tiene sentido mientras Linux está ejecutándose en la "
45673 #~ "máquina. El Tiempo del Sistema es el número de segundos desde las "
45674 #~ "00:00:00 horas del 1 de Enero de 1970, UTC (o más sucintamente, el número "
45675 #~ "de segundos desde 1969). El Tiempo del Sistema no es un entero, sin "
45676 #~ "embargo. Tiene precisión virtualmente infinita."
45677
45678 #, fuzzy
45679 #~| msgid ""
45680 #~| "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such "
45681 #~| "as would happen if you used the I<date(1L)> program to set it while the "
45682 #~| "system is running.  You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
45683 #~| "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
45684 #~| "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware "
45685 #~| "Clock.  You can also use the program I<adjtimex(8)> to smoothly adjust "
45686 #~| "the System Time while the system runs."
45687 #~ msgid ""
45688 #~ "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
45689 #~ "would happen if you used the B<\\%date>(1)  program to set it while the "
45690 #~ "system is running.  You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
45691 #~ "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
45692 #~ "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock.  "
45693 #~ "Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because B<\\%hwclock"
45694 #~ "\\ --systohc> is called at shutdown."
45695 #~ msgstr ""
45696 #~ "Es importante que el Tiempo del Sistema no tenga discontinuidades como "
45697 #~ "las que podrían ocurrir si Ud. empleara el programa I<date>(1)  para "
45698 #~ "ponerlo en hora mientras el sistema esté en ejecución. Sin embargo, Ud. "
45699 #~ "puede hacer lo que quiera con el Reloj del Hardware mientras el sistema "
45700 #~ "esté ejecutándose, y la siguiente vez que Linux arrancara, lo haría con "
45701 #~ "la nueva hora ajustada del Reloj del Hardware.  También puede emplear el "
45702 #~ "programa I<adjtimex(8)> para ajustar suavemente el Tiempo del Sistema "
45703 #~ "mientras que el sistema está ejecutándose."
45704
45705 #, fuzzy
45706 #~| msgid ""
45707 #~| "I<hwclock > Uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
45708 #~| "values.  The most normal way is to do I/O to the device special file /"
45709 #~| "dev/rtc, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver.  "
45710 #~| "However, this method is not always available.  For one thing, the rtc "
45711 #~| "driver is a relatively recent addition to Linux.  Older systems don't "
45712 #~| "have it."
45713 #~ msgid ""
45714 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
45715 #~ "values.  The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, "
45716 #~ "which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver.  Also, Linux "
45717 #~ "systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting "
45718 #~ "multiple Hardware Clocks.  This may bring about the need to override the "
45719 #~ "default rtc device by specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
45720 #~ msgstr ""
45721 #~ "I<hwclock> utiliza muchas formas diferentes de obtener y poner valores en "
45722 #~ "el Reloj del Hardware.  La forma más normal es hacer E/S en el fichero "
45723 #~ "especial de dispositivo /dev/rtc, que se supone controlado por el "
45724 #~ "controlador del dispositivo rtc. Sin embargo, este método no está siempre "
45725 #~ "disponible. Por una cosa: el controlador rtc es una adición relativamente "
45726 #~ "reciente a Linux. Sistemas más antiguos no lo tienen."
45727
45728 #, fuzzy
45729 #~| msgid ""
45730 #~| "On older systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on "
45731 #~| "the system hardware."
45732 #~ msgid ""
45733 #~ "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have "
45734 #~ "an rtc driver.  On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware "
45735 #~ "Clock depends on the system hardware."
45736 #~ msgstr ""
45737 #~ "En sistemas más viejos, el método de acceder al Reloj del Hardware "
45738 #~ "depende del hardware del sistema."
45739
45740 #, fuzzy
45741 #~| msgid ""
45742 #~| "On an ISA system, I<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" "
45743 #~| "registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
45744 #~| "0x71.  It can only do this if running with superuser effective userid."
45745 #~ msgid ""
45746 #~ "On an ISA compatible system, B<\\%hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS "
45747 #~ "memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 "
45748 #~ "and 0x71.  It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can "
45749 #~ "only do it if running with superuser effective userid.  This method may "
45750 #~ "be used by specifying the B<\\%--directisa> option."
45751 #~ msgstr ""
45752 #~ "En un sistema ISA, I<hwclock> puede acceder directamente a los registros "
45753 #~ "de la \"memoria CMOS\" que constituye el reloj, haciendo E/S a los "
45754 #~ "puertos 0x70 y 0x71. Esto sólo lo puede hacer si se ejecuta con el UID "
45755 #~ "efectivo 0 (esto es, con privilegios de súper-usuario)."
45756
45757 #, fuzzy
45758 #~| msgid ""
45759 #~| "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
45760 #~| "that user space programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
45761 #~| "disable interrupts.  Hwclock provides it because it is the only method "
45762 #~| "available with older Linux kernels for ISA machines."
45763 #~ msgid ""
45764 #~ "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
45765 #~ "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
45766 #~ "disable interrupts.  B<\\%hwclock> provides it for testing, "
45767 #~ "troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA "
45768 #~ "systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
45769 #~ msgstr ""
45770 #~ "Esto es realmente un pobre método de acceder al reloj, por la razón de "
45771 #~ "que los programas en el espacio de usuario se supone generalmente que no "
45772 #~ "deben hacer E/S directa y deshabilitar interrupciones. Hwclock lo "
45773 #~ "proporciona porque es el único método disponible con núcleos Linux más "
45774 #~ "antiguos para máquinas ISA."
45775
45776 #, fuzzy
45777 #~| msgid ""
45778 #~| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
45779 #~| "inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same "
45780 #~| "amount of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  "
45781 #~| "I<Hwclock's> \"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to "
45782 #~| "correct the systematic drift."
45783 #~ msgid ""
45784 #~ "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
45785 #~ "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
45786 #~ "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
45787 #~ "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
45788 #~ "Hardware Clock."
45789 #~ msgstr ""
45790 #~ "El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de "
45791 #~ "su imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma "
45792 #~ "cantidad de tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática.  La "
45793 #~ "función de \"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones "
45794 #~ "sistemáticas para corregir la desviación sistemática."
45795
45796 #, fuzzy
45797 #~| msgid ""
45798 #~| "It works like this: I<Hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime,> that keeps "
45799 #~| "some historical information.  This is called the adjtime file."
45800 #~ msgid ""
45801 #~ "It works like this: B<\\%hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that "
45802 #~ "keeps some historical information.  This is called the adjtime file."
45803 #~ msgstr ""
45804 #~ "Funciona así: I<Hwclock> mantiene un fichero, I</etc/adjtime,> que "
45805 #~ "mantiene alguna información histórica. Este fichero se llama el fichero "
45806 #~ "adjtime."
45807
45808 #, fuzzy
45809 #~| msgid ""
45810 #~| "Suppose you start with no adjtime file.  You issue a I<hwclock --set> "
45811 #~| "command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time.  I<Hwclock> "
45812 #~| "creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last "
45813 #~| "time the clock was calibrated.  5 days later, the clock has gained 10 "
45814 #~| "seconds, so you issue another I<hwclock --set> command to set it back 10 "
45815 #~| "seconds.  I<Hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time "
45816 #~| "as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day "
45817 #~| "as the systematic drift rate.  24 hours go by, and then you issue a "
45818 #~| "I<hwclock --adjust> command.  I<Hwclock> consults the adjtime file and "
45819 #~| "sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it "
45820 #~| "has been left alone for exactly one day.  So it subtracts 2 seconds from "
45821 #~| "the Hardware Clock.  It then records the current time as the last time "
45822 #~| "the clock was adjusted.  Another 24 hours goes by and you issue another "
45823 #~| "I<hwclock --adjust.> I<Hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds "
45824 #~| "and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the "
45825 #~| "clock was adjusted."
45826 #~ msgid ""
45827 #~ "Suppose you start with no adjtime file.  You issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
45828 #~ "set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time.  B<\\"
45829 #~ "%hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as "
45830 #~ "the last time the clock was calibrated.  Five days later, the clock has "
45831 #~ "gained 10 seconds, so you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --set\\ --update-drift> "
45832 #~ "command to set it back 10 seconds.  B<\\%hwclock> updates the adjtime "
45833 #~ "file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, "
45834 #~ "and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate.  24 hours go "
45835 #~ "by, and then you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> command.  B<\\%hwclock> "
45836 #~ "consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day "
45837 #~ "when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day.  So "
45838 #~ "it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock.  It then records the "
45839 #~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted.  Another 24 hours "
45840 #~ "go by and you issue another B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust>.  B<\\%hwclock> does "
45841 #~ "the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the "
45842 #~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
45843 #~ msgstr ""
45844 #~ "Suponga que Ud. empieza sin fichero adjtime. Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --"
45845 #~ "set> para poner el Reloj del Hardware a la hora verdadera actual.  "
45846 #~ "I<Hwclock> crea el fichero adjtime y graba en él la hora actual como la "
45847 #~ "última vez que el reloj se calibró.  5 días más tarde, el reloj ha ganado "
45848 #~ "10 segundos, así que Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --set> para ponerlo con "
45849 #~ "10 segundos menos.  I<Hwclock> ajusta el fichero adjtime para mostrar la "
45850 #~ "hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró, y graba dos "
45851 #~ "segundos por día como la velocidad de desviación sistemática. Pasan 24 "
45852 #~ "horas, y entonces Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --adjust.  Hwclock> consulta "
45853 #~ "el fichero adjtime y ve que el reloj gana 2 segundos por día cuando se le "
45854 #~ "deja solo, y que se le ha dejado solo exactamente un día. Así que sustrae "
45855 #~ "2 segundos del Reloj del Hardware. Entonces graba la hora actual como la "
45856 #~ "última vez que se ajustó el reloj. Otras 24 horas pasan y Ud. da otra "
45857 #~ "orden I<hwclock --adjust>.  I<Hwclock> hace lo mismo: sustrae 2 segundos "
45858 #~ "y actualiza el fichero adjtime con la hora actual como la última vez que "
45859 #~ "el reloj se ajustó."
45860
45861 #, fuzzy
45862 #~| msgid ""
45863 #~| "A small amount of error creeps in any time I<hwclock> sets the clock, so "
45864 #~| "it refrains from making an adjustment that would be less than 1 second.  "
45865 #~| "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift "
45866 #~| "will be more than a second and I<hwclock> will do the adjustment then."
45867 #~ msgid ""
45868 #~ "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<\\"
45869 #~ "%--adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 "
45870 #~ "second.  Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated "
45871 #~ "drift will be more than 1 second and B<\\%--adjust> will make the "
45872 #~ "adjustment including any fractional amount."
45873 #~ msgstr ""
45874 #~ "Se arrastra una pequeña cantidad de error en cualquier momento en que "
45875 #~ "I<hwclock> pone el reloj en hora, de forma que rehúsa hacer un ajuste que "
45876 #~ "vaya a ser de menos de 1 segundo. Más tarde, cuando Ud. pida un ajuste de "
45877 #~ "nuevo, la desviación acumulada será de más de un segundo y I<hwclock> "
45878 #~ "hará el ajuste entonces."
45879
45880 #, fuzzy
45881 #~| msgid ""
45882 #~| "Line 1: 3 numbers: 1) systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating "
45883 #~| "point decimal; 2) Resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
45884 #~| "recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for "
45885 #~| "compatibility with I<clock> )."
45886 #~ msgid ""
45887 #~ "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate "
45888 #~ "in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of "
45889 #~ "seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal "
45890 #~ "integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with B<\\%clock>(8))  as a floating "
45891 #~ "point decimal."
45892 #~ msgstr ""
45893 #~ "Línea 1: 3 números: 1) velocidad de desviación sistemática en segundos "
45894 #~ "por día, número en base diez en coma flotante; 2) número resultante de "
45895 #~ "segundos desde 1969 UTC del más reciente ajuste o calibración, entero en "
45896 #~ "base diez; 3) cero (por compatibilidad con I<clock> )."
45897
45898 #, fuzzy
45899 #~| msgid ""
45900 #~| "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the I<clock> "
45901 #~| "program with I<hwclock.>"
45902 #~ msgid ""
45903 #~ "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<\\"
45904 #~ "%clock>(8) program with B<\\%hwclock>."
45905 #~ msgstr ""
45906 #~ "Ud. puede emplear con I<hwclock> un fichero adjtime que fuera usado "
45907 #~ "previamente con el programa I<clock>."
45908
45909 #~ msgid "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ value\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ value>"
45910 #~ msgstr "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ valor\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ valor>"
45911
45912 #~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"
45913 #~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"
45914
45915 #~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc>"
45916 #~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc>"
45917
45918 #, fuzzy
45919 #~| msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option."
45920 #~ msgid ""
45921 #~ "Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<\\%--"
45922 #~ "update-drift> option."
45923 #~ msgstr "Pone el Reloj del Hardware a la hora dada por la opción B<--date>."
45924
45925 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
45926 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
45927
45928 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"
45929 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"
45930
45931 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"
45932 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"
45933
45934 #~ msgid "IPCRM"
45935 #~ msgstr "IPCRM"
45936
45937 #~ msgid "July 2014"
45938 #~ msgstr "Julio 2014"
45939
45940 #~ msgid "B<ipcrm> {B<shm>|B<msg>|B<sem>} I<id>..."
45941 #~ msgstr "B<ipcrm> {B<shm>|B<msg>|B<sem>} I<id>..."
45942
45943 #, fuzzy
45944 #~| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
45945 #~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --queue-id >I<msgid>"
45946 #~ msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
45947
45948 #~ msgid "IPCS"
45949 #~ msgstr "IPCS"
45950
45951 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"
45952 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"
45953
45954 #~ msgid "LAST"
45955 #~ msgstr "LAST"
45956
45957 #~ msgid ""
45958 #~ "When catching a B<SIGINT> signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
45959 #~ "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has searched "
45960 #~ "through the file; in the case of the B<SIGINT> signal B<last> will then "
45961 #~ "terminate."
45962 #~ msgstr ""
45963 #~ "Si B<last> recibe una señal B<SIGINT> (creada por una solicitud de "
45964 #~ "interrupción, generalmente con Control-C) o SIGQUIT; se mostrará en qué "
45965 #~ "punto estaba el análisis. En el caso de haber recibido la señal "
45966 #~ "B<SIGINT>, el proceso finalizará."
45967
45968 #~ msgid ""
45969 #~ "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host\\(cqs IP number instead of the name."
45970 #~ msgstr ""
45971 #~ "Igual que B<--dns>, pero muestra la dirección IP del equipo en lugar de "
45972 #~ "su nombre."
45973
45974 #~ msgid "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
45975 #~ msgstr "AAAAMMDDhhmmss"
45976
45977 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
45978 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
45979
45980 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"
45981 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-DD hh:mm"
45982
45983 #~ msgid "(seconds will be set to 00)"
45984 #~ msgstr "(se definen los segundo a 00)"
45985
45986 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD"
45987 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-DD"
45988
45989 #~ msgid "(time will be set to 00:00:00)"
45990 #~ msgstr "(la horas se definirá como 00:00:00)"
45991
45992 #~ msgid "hh:mm:ss"
45993 #~ msgstr "hh:mm:ss"
45994
45995 #~ msgid "(date will be set to today)"
45996 #~ msgstr "(se usará la fecha de hoy)"
45997
45998 #~ msgid "hh:mm"
45999 #~ msgstr "hh:mm"
46000
46001 #~ msgid "(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)"
46002 #~ msgstr "(se usa la fecha de hoy y los segundo a 00)"
46003
46004 #~ msgid "now"
46005 #~ msgstr "now"
46006
46007 #~ msgid "yesterday"
46008 #~ msgstr "yesterday"
46009
46010 #~ msgid "(time is set to 00:00:00)"
46011 #~ msgstr "(se define la hora a 00:00:00)"
46012
46013 #~ msgid "today"
46014 #~ msgstr "today"
46015
46016 #~ msgid "tomorrow"
46017 #~ msgstr "tomorrow"
46018
46019 #~ msgid "+5min"
46020 #~ msgstr "+5min"
46021
46022 #~ msgid "-5days"
46023 #~ msgstr "-5days"
46024
46025 #~ msgid ""
46026 #~ "The B<last> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
46027 #~ "downloaded from"
46028 #~ msgstr ""
46029 #~ "La orden B<last> forma parte del paquete util-linux que puede ser "
46030 #~ "descargado"
46031
46032 #~ msgid "LAST, LASTB"
46033 #~ msgstr "LAST, LASTB"
46034
46035 #~ msgid "October 2013"
46036 #~ msgstr "Octubre de 2013"
46037
46038 #~ msgid ""
46039 #~ "B<last> searches back through the I</var/log/wtmp> file (or the file "
46040 #~ "designated by the B<-f> option) and displays a list of all users logged "
46041 #~ "in (and out) since that file was created.  One or more I<usernames> and/"
46042 #~ "or I<ttys> can be given, in which case B<last> will show only the entries "
46043 #~ "matching those arguments.  Names of I<ttys> can be abbreviated, thus "
46044 #~ "B<last 0> is the same as B<last tty0>."
46045 #~ msgstr ""
46046 #~ "B<last> analiza el contenido del archivo I</var/log/wtmp> (o el que se "
46047 #~ "haya indicada mediante la opción B<-f>) y muestra un listado con los "
46048 #~ "usuarios conectados (y desconectados) desde la creación de dicho archivo. "
46049 #~ "Es posible indicar uno o más I<nombres_de_usuario> y/o I<ttys>, en cuyo "
46050 #~ "caso sólo se mostrarán las entradas que coincidan con éstos patrones. "
46051 #~ "También cabe la posibilidad de abreviar los nombres de los I<ttys>, por "
46052 #~ "ejemplo B<last0> es lo mismo que B<last tty0>."
46053
46054 #~ msgid ""
46055 #~ "The pseudo user B<reboot> logs in each time the system is rebooted.  Thus "
46056 #~ "B<last reboot> will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
46057 #~ "created."
46058 #~ msgstr ""
46059 #~ "El pseudo-usuario B<reboot> accede al sistema cada vez que se reinicia el "
46060 #~ "equipo, por lo tanto B<las reboot> mostrará una lista de todos los "
46061 #~ "reinicios desde la creación del archivo."
46062
46063 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --hostlast>"
46064 #~ msgstr "B<-a>,B< --hostlast>"
46065
46066 #~ msgid ""
46067 #~ "Display the hostname in the last column.  Useful in combination with the "
46068 #~ "B<--dns> option."
46069 #~ msgstr ""
46070 #~ "Muestra el nombre del equipo en la última columna. Suele usarse en "
46071 #~ "conjunción con la opción B<--dns>."
46072
46073 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dns>"
46074 #~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --dns>"
46075
46076 #~ msgid ""
46077 #~ "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
46078 #~ "host, but its IP number as well.  This option translates the IP number "
46079 #~ "back into a hostname."
46080 #~ msgstr ""
46081 #~ "Para el caso de accesos desde otros equipos, Linux no sólo guarda el "
46082 #~ "nombre del equipo remoto sino también su dirección IP. Esta opción "
46083 #~ "convierte esa dirección IP en un nombre de equipo."
46084
46085 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --file >I<file>"
46086 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --file >I<archivo>"
46087
46088 #~ msgid ""
46089 #~ "Tell B<last> to use a specific I<file> instead of I</var/log/wtmp>.  The "
46090 #~ "B<--file> option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified "
46091 #~ "files will be processed."
46092 #~ msgstr ""
46093 #~ "Indica a B<last> que debe usar el archivo indicado en lugar de I</var/log/"
46094 #~ "wtmp>. Es posible indicar varios archivos usando varias veces la opción "
46095 #~ "B<--file>, se procesarán así todos los archivos indicados."
46096
46097 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fulltimes>"
46098 #~ msgstr "B<-F>,B< --fulltimes>"
46099
46100 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ip>"
46101 #~ msgstr "B<-i>,B< --ip>"
46102
46103 #~ msgid "B<->I<number>"
46104 #~ msgstr "B<->I<num>"
46105
46106 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --limit >I<number>"
46107 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --limit >I<cantidad>"
46108
46109 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --present >I<time>"
46110 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --present >I<fecha_y_hora>"
46111
46112 #~ msgid ""
46113 #~ "Display the users who were present at the specified time.  This is like "
46114 #~ "using the options B<--since> and B<--until> together with the same "
46115 #~ "I<time>."
46116 #~ msgstr ""
46117 #~ "Muestra los usuario conectados en la fecha y hora indicados. Coincide con "
46118 #~ "el uso de B<--since> y B<--until> indicando en ambos el mismo momento."
46119
46120 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --nohostname>"
46121 #~ msgstr "B<-R>,B< --nohostname>"
46122
46123 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --since >I<time>"
46124 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --since >I<fecha_y_hora>"
46125
46126 #~ msgid ""
46127 #~ "Display the state of logins since the specified I<time>.  This is useful, "
46128 #~ "e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time.  The "
46129 #~ "option is often combined with B<--until>."
46130 #~ msgstr ""
46131 #~ "Muestra la situación de los accesos a partir del la I<fecha_y_hora> "
46132 #~ "indicados. Esto suele ser útil para ver quien accedió al sistema en un "
46133 #~ "instante determinado. Esta opción suele combinarse con B<--until>."
46134
46135 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --until >I<time>"
46136 #~ msgstr "B<-t>,B< --until >I<fecha_y_hora>"
46137
46138 #~ msgid "B<--time-format>I< format>"
46139 #~ msgstr "B<--time-format>I< formato>"
46140
46141 #~ msgid ""
46142 #~ "Define the output timestamp I<format> to be one of I<notime>, I<short>, "
46143 #~ "I<full>, or I<iso>.  The I<notime> variant will not print any timestamps "
46144 #~ "at all, I<short> is the default, and I<full> is the same as the B<--"
46145 #~ "fulltimes> option.  The I<iso> variant will display the timestamp in "
46146 #~ "ISO-8601 format.  The ISO format contains timezone information, making it "
46147 #~ "preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
46148 #~ msgstr ""
46149 #~ "Define el formato de fecha y hora que se mostrará. Puede ser I<notime>, "
46150 #~ "I<short>, I<full> o I<iso>. La opción I<notime> no mostrará ninguna "
46151 #~ "información de este tipo, I<short> es la opción por defecto y I<full> es "
46152 #~ "lo mismo que B<--fulltime>. La opción B<iso> mostrará la fecha y hora en "
46153 #~ "formato ISO-8601 que contiene información sobre la zona horaria "
46154 #~ "resultando especialmente útil cuando se investigan accesos desde otros "
46155 #~ "equipos."
46156
46157 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --fullnames>"
46158 #~ msgstr "B<-w>,B< --fullnames>"
46159
46160 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --system>"
46161 #~ msgstr "B<-x>,B< --system>"
46162
46163 #~ msgid "/var/log/wtmp"
46164 #~ msgstr "/var/log/wtmp"
46165
46166 #~ msgid "/var/log/btmp"
46167 #~ msgstr "/var/log/btmp"
46168
46169 #~ msgid ""
46170 #~ "The files I<wtmp> and I<btmp> might not be found.  The system only logs "
46171 #~ "information in these files if they are present.  This is a local "
46172 #~ "configuration issue.  If you want the files to be used, they can be "
46173 #~ "created with a simple B<touch>(1)  command (for example, I<touch /var/log/"
46174 #~ "wtmp>)."
46175 #~ msgstr ""
46176 #~ "Es posible que los archivos I<wtmp> y I<btmp> no se encuentren en el "
46177 #~ "equipo. Observe que el mismo sólo registrará información en estos "
46178 #~ "archivos si existen, esto sería un error en la configuración que se "
46179 #~ "subsanaría simplemente creándolos con la orden B<touch>(1), es decir "
46180 #~ "ejecutando I<touch /var/log/wtmp>."
46181
46182 #~ msgid "LOGIN"
46183 #~ msgstr "LOGIN"
46184
46185 #~ msgid "B<-p>"
46186 #~ msgstr "B<-p>"
46187
46188 #~ msgid "B<-f>"
46189 #~ msgstr "B<-f>"
46190
46191 #~ msgid "B<-h>"
46192 #~ msgstr "B<-h>"
46193
46194 #~ msgid "B<-H>"
46195 #~ msgstr "B<-H>"
46196
46197 #, fuzzy
46198 #~ msgid "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (string), B<ENV_SUPATH> (string)"
46199 #~ msgstr "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (cadena)"
46200
46201 #~ msgid "June 2012"
46202 #~ msgstr "Junio de 2012"
46203
46204 #, fuzzy
46205 #~| msgid "If an argument is not given, B<login> prompts for the username."
46206 #~ msgid ""
46207 #~ "B<login> is used when signing onto a system.  If no argument is given, "
46208 #~ "B<login> prompts for the username."
46209 #~ msgstr ""
46210 #~ "Si no se da ningún argumento, B<login> pregunta por el nombre de usuario."
46211
46212 #, fuzzy
46213 #~| msgid ""
46214 #~| "The user's shell is then started.  If no shell is specified for the user "
46215 #~| "in B</etc/passwd>, then B</bin/sh> is used.  If there is no directory "
46216 #~| "specified in I</etc/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home directory is "
46217 #~| "checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described above)."
46218 #~ msgid ""
46219 #~ "Then the user's shell is started.  If no shell is specified for the user "
46220 #~ "in I</etc\\:/passwd>, then I</bin\\:/sh> is used.  If there is no "
46221 #~ "directory specified in I</etc\\:/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home "
46222 #~ "directory is checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described below)."
46223 #~ msgstr ""
46224 #~ "A continuación, se inicia el shell del usuario. Si no se especifica "
46225 #~ "ninguno para el usuario en B</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará B</bin/sh>.  "
46226 #~ "Si no hay un directorio especificado en I</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará "
46227 #~ "I</> (el directorio del usuario se analizará en busca del fichero I<."
46228 #~ "hushlogin> descrito más abajo)."
46229
46230 #, fuzzy
46231 #~| msgid ""
46232 #~| "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed "
46233 #~| "(this disables the checking of the checking of mail and the printing of "
46234 #~| "the last login time and message of the day).  Otherwise, if I</var/log/"
46235 #~| "lastlog> exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login "
46236 #~| "is recorded)."
46237 #~ msgid ""
46238 #~ "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed "
46239 #~ "(this disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login "
46240 #~ "time and message of the day).  Otherwise, if I</var\\:/log\\:/lastlog> "
46241 #~ "exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login is "
46242 #~ "recorded)."
46243 #~ msgstr ""
46244 #~ "Si el fichero I<.hushlogin> existe, entonces se realiza un ingreso "
46245 #~ "\"reservado\" (esto deshabilita la comprobación del correo y la escritura "
46246 #~ "de la hora del último ingreso así como el mensaje del día). Por otro "
46247 #~ "lado, si existe I</var/log/lastlog>, la hora del último ingreso se "
46248 #~ "imprime (y el ingreso actual es registrado)."
46249
46250 #~ msgid ""
46251 #~ "Used by B<getty>(8)  to tell B<login> not to destroy the environment."
46252 #~ msgstr ""
46253 #~ "Usado por B<getty>(8)  para indicar a B<login> que no destruya el entorno."
46254
46255 #~ msgid ""
46256 #~ "Used by other servers (i.e., B<telnetd>(8))  to pass the name of the "
46257 #~ "remote host to B<login> so that it may be placed in utmp and wtmp.  Only "
46258 #~ "the superuser may use this option."
46259 #~ msgstr ""
46260 #~ "Usado por otros servidores (por ejemplo, B<telnetd>(8))  para pasar el "
46261 #~ "nombre del host remoto a B<login> de tal manera que pueda ser puesto en "
46262 #~ "utmp y wtmp. Solo el superusuario podrá usar esta opción."
46263
46264 #~ msgid ""
46265 #~ "I</var/run/utmp>\n"
46266 #~ "I</var/log/wtmp>\n"
46267 #~ "I</var/log/lastlog>\n"
46268 #~ "I</var/spool/mail/*>\n"
46269 #~ "I</etc/motd>\n"
46270 #~ "I</etc/passwd>\n"
46271 #~ "I</etc/nologin>\n"
46272 #~ "I</etc/pam.d/login>\n"
46273 #~ "I</etc/pam.d/remote>\n"
46274 #~ "I</etc/hushlogins>\n"
46275 #~ "I<.hushlogin>\n"
46276 #~ msgstr ""
46277 #~ "I</var/run/utmp>\n"
46278 #~ "I</var/log/wtmp>\n"
46279 #~ "I</var/log/lastlog>\n"
46280 #~ "I</var/spool/mail/*>\n"
46281 #~ "I</etc/motd>\n"
46282 #~ "I</etc/passwd>\n"
46283 #~ "I</etc/nologin>\n"
46284 #~ "I</etc/pam.d/login>\n"
46285 #~ "I</etc/pam.d/remote>\n"
46286 #~ "I</etc/hushlogins>\n"
46287 #~ "I<.hushlogin>\n"
46288
46289 #~ msgid ""
46290 #~ "The undocumented BSD B<-r> option is not supported.  This may be required "
46291 #~ "by some B<rlogind>(8)  programs."
46292 #~ msgstr ""
46293 #~ "La opción no documentada B<-r> de BSD no está soportada. Esta podría ser "
46294 #~ "requerida por algún programa B<rlogind>(8)"
46295
46296 #~ msgid ""
46297 #~ "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by E<.MT glad@\\:daimi.\\:dk> "
46298 #~ "Michael Glad E<.ME> for HP-UX"
46299 #~ msgstr ""
46300 #~ "Derivado de login 5.40 de BSD (5/9/89) por E<.MT glad@\\:daimi.\\:dk> "
46301 #~ "Michael Glad E<.ME> para HP-UX"
46302
46303 #~ msgid ""
46304 #~ "Ported to Linux 0.12: E<.MT poe@\\:daimi.\\:aau.\\:dk> Peter Orbaek E<.ME>"
46305 #~ msgstr ""
46306 #~ "Portado a Linux 0.12: E<.MT poe@\\:daimi.\\:aau.\\:dk> Peter Orbaek E<.ME>"
46307
46308 #~ msgid ""
46309 #~ "B<mail>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<utmp>(5), B<environ>(7), "
46310 #~ "B<getty>(8), B<init>(8), B<lastlog>(8)  B<shutdown>(8)"
46311 #~ msgstr ""
46312 #~ "B<mail>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<utmp>(5), B<environ>(7), "
46313 #~ "B<getty>(8), B<init>(8), B<lastlog>(8)  B<shutdown>(8)"
46314
46315 #~ msgid "LOOK"
46316 #~ msgstr "LOOK"
46317
46318 #~ msgid "June 2011"
46319 #~ msgstr "Junio de 2011"
46320
46321 #~ msgid "B<look> [options] I<string >[I<file>]"
46322 #~ msgstr "B<look> [opciones] I<cadena >[I<fichero>]"
46323
46324 #, fuzzy
46325 #~| msgid ""
46326 #~| "The E<.Nm look> utility displays any lines in E<.Ar file> which contain "
46327 #~| "E<.Ar string> as a prefix.  As E<.Nm look> performs a binary search, the "
46328 #~| "lines in E<.Ar file> must be sorted."
46329 #~ msgid ""
46330 #~ "The B<look> utility displays any lines in I<file> which contain "
46331 #~ "I<string>.  As B<look> performs a binary search, the lines in I<file> "
46332 #~ "must be sorted (where B<sort>(1)  was given the same options B<-d >and/"
46333 #~ "orB< -f >that B<look> is invoked with)."
46334 #~ msgstr ""
46335 #~ "La utilidad E<.Nm look> muestra las líneas del fichero E<.Ar file> que "
46336 #~ "contienen E<.Ar string> como prefijo.  Dado que E<.Nm look> realiza una "
46337 #~ "búsqueda binaria, las líneas en E<.Ar file> deben estar ordenadas."
46338
46339 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --alphanum>"
46340 #~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --alphanum>"
46341
46342 #, fuzzy
46343 #~| msgid ""
46344 #~| "Dictionary character set and order, i.e. only alphanumeric characters "
46345 #~| "are compared."
46346 #~ msgid ""
46347 #~ "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
46348 #~ "alphanumeric characters are compared.  This is on by default if no file "
46349 #~ "is specified."
46350 #~ msgstr ""
46351 #~ "Diccionario de conjunto de caracteres y orden, por ejemplo, sólo comparar "
46352 #~ "caracteres alfanuméricos."
46353
46354 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --ignore-case>"
46355 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --ignore-case>"
46356
46357 #, fuzzy
46358 #~| msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters."
46359 #~ msgid ""
46360 #~ "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters.  This is on by default if no "
46361 #~ "file is specified."
46362 #~ msgstr ""
46363 #~ "Tomar mayúsculas y minúsculas como iguales en caracteres alfabéticos."
46364
46365 #~ msgid "B</usr/share/dict/words>"
46366 #~ msgstr "B</usr/share/dict/words>"
46367
46368 #~ msgid "B</usr/share/dict/web2>"
46369 #~ msgstr "B</usr/share/dict/web2>"
46370
46371 #~ msgid "MESG"
46372 #~ msgstr "MESG"
46373
46374 #, fuzzy
46375 #~| msgid "B<mesg> [option] [B<n>|B<y>]"
46376 #~ msgid "B<mesg> [I<option>] [B<n>|B<y>]"
46377 #~ msgstr "B<mesg> [opción] [B<n>|B<y>]"
46378
46379 #~ msgid "B<n>"
46380 #~ msgstr "B<n>"
46381
46382 #~ msgid "B<y>"
46383 #~ msgstr "B<y>"
46384
46385 #~ msgid "B<1>"
46386 #~ msgstr "B<1>"
46387
46388 #~ msgid "B<E<gt>1>"
46389 #~ msgstr "B<E<gt>1>"
46390
46391 #, fuzzy
46392 #~ msgid ""
46393 #~ "The B<mesg> utility is invoked by a user to control write access others "
46394 #~ "have to the terminal device associated with standard error output.  If "
46395 #~ "write access is allowed, then programs such as B<talk>(1)  and "
46396 #~ "B<write>(1)  may display messages on the terminal."
46397 #~ msgstr ""
46398 #~ "B<Mesg> controla el acceso a tu terminal por otros. Generalmente es usado "
46399 #~ "para permitir o negar a otros usuarios la escritura en el terminal (vea "
46400 #~ "B<write>(1))."
46401
46402 #~ msgid "B<\\ 0>"
46403 #~ msgstr "B<\\ 0>"
46404
46405 #~ msgid "B<\\ 1>"
46406 #~ msgstr "B<\\ 1>"
46407
46408 #~ msgid "MKFS"
46409 #~ msgstr "MKFS"
46410
46411 #~ msgid ""
46412 #~ "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for "
46413 #~ "the ext2 filesystem."
46414 #~ msgstr ""
46415 #~ "Esta página del manual fue adaptada sin ningún rubor de la versión de "
46416 #~ "Remy Card para el sistema de ficheros ext2."
46417
46418 #~ msgid ""
46419 #~ "The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
46420 #~ "downloaded from"
46421 #~ msgstr ""
46422 #~ "La orden B<mkfs> forma parte del paquete util-linux y puede descargarse en"
46423
46424 #~ msgid ""
46425 #~ "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>]I< device >[I<size>]"
46426 #~ msgstr ""
46427 #~ "B<mkfs> [opciones] [B<-t> I<tipo>] [I<fs-options>]I< dispositivo "
46428 #~ ">[I<tamaño>]"
46429
46430 #~ msgid ""
46431 #~ "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard "
46432 #~ "disk partition.  The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., "
46433 #~ "I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the "
46434 #~ "filesystem.  The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for "
46435 #~ "the filesystem."
46436 #~ msgstr ""
46437 #~ "B<mkfs> se emplea para construir un sistema de ficheros de Linux sobre un "
46438 #~ "dispositivo, generalmente una partición de un disco duro.  I<dispositivo> "
46439 #~ "es el nombre del dispositivo (como por ejemplo /dev/hda1 o /dev/sdb2) o  "
46440 #~ "un archivo que contenga un sistema de ficheros.  I<tamaño> es el cantidad "
46441 #~ "de bloques que el sistema de ficheros empleará."
46442
46443 #~ msgid ""
46444 #~ "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
46445 #~ "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>)  available under Linux.  The filesystem-"
46446 #~ "specific builder is searched for via your PATH environment setting only.  "
46447 #~ "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further "
46448 #~ "details."
46449 #~ msgstr ""
46450 #~ "B<mkfs> es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de "
46451 #~ "sistemas de ficheros (B<mkfs>.I<tipo-sf>) disponibles en Linux.  El "
46452 #~ "constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los "
46453 #~ "directorios definidos en el PATH. Consulte la correspondiente página de "
46454 #~ "manual para cada constructor en concreto."
46455
46456 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --type >I<type>"
46457 #~ msgstr "B<-t>,B< --type >I<tipo>"
46458
46459 #~ msgid ""
46460 #~ "Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built.  If not specified, the "
46461 #~ "default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
46462 #~ msgstr ""
46463 #~ "Especifica el tipo del sistema de ficheros a construir.  Si no se define "
46464 #~ "ninguno en concreto, se utlizará ext2 por defecto."
46465
46466 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
46467 #~ msgstr "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
46468
46469 #~ msgid ""
46470 #~ "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that "
46471 #~ "are executed.  Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution "
46472 #~ "of any filesystem-specific commands.  This is really only useful for "
46473 #~ "testing."
46474 #~ msgstr ""
46475 #~ "Produce una salida más prolija, incluyendo todas las órdenes específicas "
46476 #~ "del sistema de ficheros concreto que se ejecutan.  Especificar esta "
46477 #~ "opción más de una vez inhibe la ejecución de cualquier orden de un "
46478 #~ "sistema de ficheros específico.  Esto es realmente sólo útil para la "
46479 #~ "realización de pruebas."
46480
46481 #~ msgid ""
46482 #~ "Display version information and exit.  (Option B<-V> will display version "
46483 #~ "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
46484 #~ "B<--verbose>.)"
46485 #~ msgstr ""
46486 #~ "Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción B<-V> "
46487 #~ "mostrará información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino "
46488 #~ "hará lo mismo que B<--verbose>."
46489
46490 #~ msgid ""
46491 #~ "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
46492 #~ "specific options.  Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
46493 #~ "detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
46494 #~ msgstr ""
46495 #~ "Todas las opciones genéricas deben ir antes y no combinadas con las "
46496 #~ "específicas del sistema de ficheros.  Algunos programas específicos de un "
46497 #~ "sistema de ficheros no detectan automáticamente el tamaño del dispositivo "
46498 #~ "y requieren que se dé el parámetro I<tamaño>."
46499
46500 #~ msgid "David Engel (david@ods.com)"
46501 #~ msgstr "David Engel (david@ods.com)"
46502
46503 #~ msgid "Fred N.\\& van Kempen (waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org)"
46504 #~ msgstr "Fred N.\\& van Kempen (waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org)"
46505
46506 #~ msgid "Ron Sommeling (sommel@sci.kun.nl)"
46507 #~ msgstr "Ron Sommeling (sommel@sci.kun.nl)"
46508
46509 #~ msgid ""
46510 #~ "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
46511 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
46512 #~ msgstr ""
46513 #~ "La orden mkfs forma parte del paquete util-linux y puede descargarse en "
46514 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
46515
46516 #~ msgid "MKFS.MINIX"
46517 #~ msgstr "MKFS.MINIX"
46518
46519 #~ msgid "B<-1>"
46520 #~ msgstr "B<-1>"
46521
46522 #, fuzzy
46523 #~| msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
46524 #~ msgid "B<-2>, B<-v>"
46525 #~ msgstr "B<-2>,B< -v>"
46526
46527 #~ msgid "B<-3>"
46528 #~ msgstr "B<-3>"
46529
46530 #~ msgid ""
46531 #~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
46532 #~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
46533 #~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
46534 #~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
46535 #~ msgstr ""
46536 #~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (primer disco IDE)\n"
46537 #~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (segundo disco IDE)\n"
46538 #~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (primer disco SCSI)\n"
46539 #~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (segundo disco SCSI)\n"
46540
46541 #, fuzzy
46542 #~| msgid ""
46543 #~| "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
46544 #~| "in blocks.  This information can be determined from the B<fdisk>(8)  or "
46545 #~| "B<cfdisk>(8)  program.  If omitted it will be determined automaticaly.  "
46546 #~| "Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 "
46547 #~| "are allowed."
46548 #~ msgid ""
46549 #~ "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
46550 #~ "in blocks.  It is present only for backwards compatibility.  If omitted "
46551 #~ "the size will be determined automatically.  Only block counts strictly "
46552 #~ "greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
46553 #~ msgstr ""
46554 #~ "El parámetro I<tamañoenbloques> es el tamaño deseado del sistema de "
46555 #~ "ficheros, en bloques. Esta información puede determinarse con el programa "
46556 #~ "B<fdisk>(8)  o B<cfdisk>(8).  Si se omite, se determinará "
46557 #~ "automáticamente. Sólo se permiten números de bloques estrictamente "
46558 #~ "mayores de 10 y estrictamente menores de 65536."
46559
46560 #~ msgid ""
46561 #~ "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem.  If any "
46562 #~ "are found, the count is printed."
46563 #~ msgstr ""
46564 #~ "Antes de crear el sistema de ficheros se miran los bloques malos del "
46565 #~ "dispositivo. Si se encuentran algunos, se muestran cuántos."
46566
46567 #~ msgid ""
46568 #~ "Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>.  The file has one bad-block "
46569 #~ "number per line.  The count of bad blocks read is printed."
46570 #~ msgstr ""
46571 #~ "Lee la lista de bloques malos de I<nombrefichero>.  El fichero tendrá un "
46572 #~ "número de bloque malo en cada renglón. Se muestra el número de bloques "
46573 #~ "malos."
46574
46575 #, fuzzy
46576 #~| msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
46577 #~ msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem.  This is the default."
46578 #~ msgstr "Construye un sistema de ficheros Minix versión 2."
46579
46580 #~ msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
46581 #~ msgstr "B<-2>,B< -v>"
46582
46583 #~ msgid "MKSWAP"
46584 #~ msgstr "MKSWAP"
46585
46586 #, fuzzy
46587 #~| msgid ""
46588 #~| "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
46589 #~| "to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
46590 #~ msgid ""
46591 #~ "If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you may be "
46592 #~ "able to look it up with B<cat /proc/cpuinfo> (or you may not - the "
46593 #~ "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
46594 #~ msgstr ""
46595 #~ "Si no conoce el tamaño de página que usa su máquina, podría ser que lo "
46596 #~ "averiguara con \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
46597
46598 #~ msgid "March 2009"
46599 #~ msgstr "Marzo 2009"
46600
46601 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --check>"
46602 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --check>"
46603
46604 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --force>"
46605 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --force>"
46606
46607 #, fuzzy
46608 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --label >I<label>"
46609 #~ msgstr "B<-h>,B< --help>"
46610
46611 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pagesize >I<size>"
46612 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --pagesize >I<tamaño>"
46613
46614 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --swapversion 1>"
46615 #~ msgstr "B<-v>,B< --swapversion 1>"
46616
46617 #, fuzzy
46618 #~| msgid ""
46619 #~| "To setup a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before running "
46620 #~| "B<mkswap .> A sequence of commands similar to the following is "
46621 #~| "reasonable for this purpose:"
46622 #~ msgid ""
46623 #~ "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
46624 #~ "initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g.\\& using a command like"
46625 #~ msgstr ""
46626 #~ "Para establecer un fichero para el trasiego, es necesario crear dicho "
46627 #~ "fichero antes de ejecutar B<mkswap>.  Para este propósito, sería "
46628 #~ "razonable una secuencia de órdenes similar a la siguiente:"
46629
46630 #, fuzzy
46631 #~| msgid ""
46632 #~| "E<.Nm more> will prompt the user with the message \"[Press space to "
46633 #~| "continue, 'q' to quit.]\" and will display \"[Press 'h' for "
46634 #~| "instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is "
46635 #~| "pressed."
46636 #~ msgid ""
46637 #~ "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, \\(aqq\\(aq to quit.]\", and "
46638 #~ "display \"[Press \\(aqh\\(aq for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the "
46639 #~ "bell when an illegal key is pressed."
46640 #~ msgstr ""
46641 #~ "E<.Nm more> mostrará el mensaje \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to "
46642 #~ "quit.]\" (pulsa espacio para continuar, 'q' para salir) y en vez de "
46643 #~ "emitir un pitido cada vez que se pulse una tecla ilegal mostrará \"[Press "
46644 #~ "'h' for instructions.]\" ((Pulsa 'h' para obtener instrucciones)."
46645
46646 #, fuzzy
46647 #~| msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
46648 #~ msgid "B<+>/I<string>"
46649 #~ msgstr "B<+/>I<cadena>"
46650
46651 #, fuzzy
46652 #~| msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
46653 #~ msgid "B<h> or B<?>"
46654 #~ msgstr "B<h>\\ oB<\\ ?>"
46655
46656 #~ msgid "B<z>"
46657 #~ msgstr "B<z>"
46658
46659 #, fuzzy
46660 #~| msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
46661 #~ msgid "B<d> or B<^D>"
46662 #~ msgstr "B<d>\\ oB<\\ \\&^D>"
46663
46664 #~ msgid "B<s>"
46665 #~ msgstr "B<s>"
46666
46667 #~ msgid "B<f>"
46668 #~ msgstr "B<f>"
46669
46670 #, fuzzy
46671 #~| msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
46672 #~ msgid "B<b> or B<^B>"
46673 #~ msgstr "B<b>\\ oB<\\ \\&^B>"
46674
46675 #~ msgid "B<=>"
46676 #~ msgstr "B<=>"
46677
46678 #~ msgid "B<v>"
46679 #~ msgstr "B<v>"
46680
46681 #~ msgid "B<:n>"
46682 #~ msgstr "B<:n>"
46683
46684 #~ msgid "B<:p>"
46685 #~ msgstr "B<:p>"
46686
46687 #~ msgid "B<:f>"
46688 #~ msgstr "B<:f>"
46689
46690 #~ msgid "B<.>"
46691 #~ msgstr "B<.>"
46692
46693 #~ msgid "B<MORE>"
46694 #~ msgstr "B<MORE>"
46695
46696 #~ msgid "March 2020"
46697 #~ msgstr "Marzo 2020"
46698
46699 #~ msgid ""
46700 #~ "B<more> is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time.  "
46701 #~ "This version is especially primitive.  Users should realize that "
46702 #~ "B<less>(1)  provides B<more>(1)  emulation plus extensive enhancements."
46703 #~ msgstr ""
46704 #~ "B<more> es un filtro para paginar texto, mostrando una pantalla cada vez. "
46705 #~ "Esta versión es especialmente primitiva. Los usarios deben tener en "
46706 #~ "cuenta que B<less>(1) (\"menos\") provee B<more>(1) (\"más\") emulación y "
46707 #~ "muchas más mejoras."
46708
46709 #~ msgid ""
46710 #~ "Options are also taken from the environment variable B<MORE> (make sure "
46711 #~ "to precede them with a dash (B<->))  but command-line options will "
46712 #~ "override those."
46713 #~ msgstr ""
46714 #~ "Estas, también se toman de la variable de entorno B<MORE> (asegúrate de "
46715 #~ "precederla con un guión (B<->)). Ten en cuenta que las opciones de la "
46716 #~ "línea de órdenes toman precedencia sobre esta variable."
46717
46718 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
46719 #~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
46720
46721 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --logical>"
46722 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --logical>"
46723
46724 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"
46725 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"
46726
46727 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
46728 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
46729
46730 #, fuzzy
46731 #~| msgid ""
46732 #~| "Do not scroll.  Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the "
46733 #~| "text."
46734 #~ msgid ""
46735 #~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the "
46736 #~ "text.  Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the "
46737 #~ "executable is named B<page>."
46738 #~ msgstr ""
46739 #~ "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del desplazamiento, limpiar toda la "
46740 #~ "pantalla y después mostrar todo el texto."
46741
46742 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
46743 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
46744
46745 #~ msgid ""
46746 #~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
46747 #~ "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
46748 #~ msgstr ""
46749 #~ "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del mismo, dibujar cada pantalla desde "
46750 #~ "arriba, limpiando el resto de la línea según se van mostrando."
46751
46752 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
46753 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
46754
46755 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --plain>"
46756 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --plain>"
46757
46758 #, fuzzy
46759 #~| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
46760 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--lines >I<number>"
46761 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
46762
46763 #~ msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
46764 #~ msgstr "B<+/>I<cadena>"
46765
46766 #~ msgid ""
46767 #~ "Interactive commands for B<more> are based on B<vi>(1).  Some commands "
46768 #~ "may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below.  "
46769 #~ "In the following descriptions, B<^X> means B<control-X>."
46770 #~ msgstr ""
46771 #~ "Las órdenes interactivas para B<more> están basadas en las respectivas de "
46772 #~ "B<vi>(1).  Algunos de ellos se pueden preceder por un número decimal, que "
46773 #~ "llamaremos \"k\" en las descripciones siguientes.  En lo que sigue, B<^X> "
46774 #~ "significa B<control-X>."
46775
46776 #~ msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
46777 #~ msgstr "B<h>\\ oB<\\ ?>"
46778
46779 #~ msgid ""
46780 #~ "Help; display a summary of these commands.  If you forget all other "
46781 #~ "commands, remember this one."
46782 #~ msgstr ""
46783 #~ "Ayuda: muestra un resumen para estas órdenes.  Si olvidas todos los "
46784 #~ "otros, recuerda éste."
46785
46786 #~ msgid "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size."
46787 #~ msgstr ""
46788 #~ "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto, el tamaño (en "
46789 #~ "líneas) de la pantalla actual."
46790
46791 #~ msgid ""
46792 #~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size.  Argument "
46793 #~ "becomes new default."
46794 #~ msgstr ""
46795 #~ "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto el tamaño (en líneas) "
46796 #~ "de la pantalla actual. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por "
46797 #~ "defecto."
46798
46799 #~ msgid ""
46800 #~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to 1.  Argument becomes new "
46801 #~ "default."
46802 #~ msgstr ""
46803 #~ "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto una. El argumento se "
46804 #~ "transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
46805
46806 #~ msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
46807 #~ msgstr "B<d>\\ oB<\\ \\&^D>"
46808
46809 #~ msgid ""
46810 #~ "Scroll k lines.  Default is current scroll size, initially 11.  Argument "
46811 #~ "becomes new default."
46812 #~ msgstr ""
46813 #~ "Avanzar k líneas. Por defecto es el tamaño actual de desplazamiento, "
46814 #~ "inicialmente 11. El argumento se convierte en el nuevo valor por defecto."
46815
46816 #~ msgid "Skip forward k lines of text.  Defaults to 1."
46817 #~ msgstr "Avanzar k líneas de texto. Por defecto 1."
46818
46819 #~ msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1."
46820 #~ msgstr "Avanzar k pantallas de texto. Por defecto 1."
46821
46822 #~ msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
46823 #~ msgstr "B<b>\\ oB<\\ \\&^B>"
46824
46825 #, fuzzy
46826 #~| msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1."
46827 #~ msgid ""
46828 #~ "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1.  Only works with "
46829 #~ "files, not pipes."
46830 #~ msgstr "Retroceder k pantallas de texto. Por defecto 1."
46831
46832 #~ msgid "B<'>"
46833 #~ msgstr "B<'>"
46834
46835 #~ msgid "B<\\&/pattern>"
46836 #~ msgstr "B<\\&/patrón>"
46837
46838 #~ msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
46839 #~ msgstr ""
46840 #~ "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
46841
46842 #, fuzzy
46843 #~| msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
46844 #~ msgid ""
46845 #~ "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
46846 #~ msgstr ""
46847 #~ "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
46848
46849 #~ msgid "B<!command>\\ orB<\\ :!command>"
46850 #~ msgstr "B<!orden>\\ orB<\\ :!orden>"
46851
46852 #~ msgid "B<\\&^L>"
46853 #~ msgstr "B<\\&^L>"
46854
46855 #~ msgid "Go to kth next file.  Defaults to 1."
46856 #~ msgstr "Saltar siguiente k-ésimo fichero. Por defecto 1 (el siguiente)."
46857
46858 #~ msgid "Go to kth previous file.  Defaults to 1."
46859 #~ msgstr "Saltar al k-ésimo fichero anterior. Por defecto 1 (el siguiente)."
46860
46861 #~ msgid "B<\\&.>"
46862 #~ msgstr "B<\\&.>"
46863
46864 #~ msgid ""
46865 #~ "The B<more> command appeared in 3.0BSD.  This man page documents B<more> "
46866 #~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
46867 #~ "community.  Documentation was produced using several other versions of "
46868 #~ "the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
46869 #~ msgstr ""
46870 #~ "La orden B<more> apareció en 3.0BSD.  Esta página del manual documenta la "
46871 #~ "versión 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88) de B<more>, que es la que se usa "
46872 #~ "corrientemente en la comunidad Linux. La documentación fue creada usando "
46873 #~ "diferentes versiones de la página del manual, y una inspección exhaustiva "
46874 #~ "del código fuente."
46875
46876 #~ msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
46877 #~ msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
46878
46879 #~ msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing"
46880 #~ msgstr ""
46881 #~ "Modificado por Geoff Peck, UCB para añadir subrayado, espaciado simple"
46882
46883 #~ msgid ""
46884 #~ "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable"
46885 #~ msgstr ""
46886 #~ "Modificado por John Foderaro, UCB para añadir -c y la variable de entorno "
46887 #~ "MORE"
46888
46889 #~ msgid "MOUNT"
46890 #~ msgstr "MOUNT"
46891
46892 #, fuzzy
46893 #~| msgid "B<mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<]>"
46894 #~ msgid "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
46895 #~ msgstr "B<mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<]>"
46896
46897 #~ msgid "B<-s>"
46898 #~ msgstr "B<-s>"
46899
46900 #, fuzzy
46901 #~| msgid ""
46902 #~| "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore "
46903 #~| "mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems "
46904 #~| "support this option. This option exists for support of the Linux autofs-"
46905 #~| "based automounter."
46906 #~ msgid ""
46907 #~ "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
46908 #~ "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support "
46909 #~ "this option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
46910 #~ "helper only."
46911 #~ msgstr ""
46912 #~ "Tolera opciones de montaje medio malas en vez de fallar. Esto hará que se "
46913 #~ "pasen por alto opciones de montaje no admitidas por un tipo de sistema de "
46914 #~ "ficheros.  No todos los sistemas de ficheros admiten esta opción. Esta "
46915 #~ "opción existe para dar soporte al automontador de Linux basado en autofs."
46916
46917 #~ msgid "B<auto>"
46918 #~ msgstr "B<auto>"
46919
46920 #, fuzzy
46921 #~| msgid ""
46922 #~| "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
46923 #~| "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
46924 #~ msgid ""
46925 #~ "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:"
46926 #~ "s0:c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
46927 #~ msgstr ""
46928 #~ "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
46929 #~ "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
46930
46931 #~ msgid ""
46932 #~ "Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, "
46933 #~ "B<nouser>, and B<async>."
46934 #~ msgstr ""
46935 #~ "Emplear las opciones predeterminadas: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, "
46936 #~ "B<auto>, B<nouser> y B<async>."
46937
46938 #~ msgid "B<dev>"
46939 #~ msgstr "B<dev>"
46940
46941 #, fuzzy
46942 #~| msgid ""
46943 #~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies "
46944 #~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
46945 #~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
46946 #~ msgid ""
46947 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs "
46948 #~ "groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options "
46949 #~ "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
46950 #~ "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
46951 #~ msgstr ""
46952 #~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
46953 #~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
46954 #~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
46955 #~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
46956
46957 #~ msgid "B<ro>"
46958 #~ msgstr "B<ro>"
46959
46960 #~ msgid "B<rw>"
46961 #~ msgstr "B<rw>"
46962
46963 #, fuzzy
46964 #~| msgid "B<X-*>"
46965 #~ msgid "B<X->*"
46966 #~ msgstr "B<X-*>"
46967
46968 #, fuzzy
46969 #~| msgid "B<x-*>"
46970 #~ msgid "B<x->*"
46971 #~ msgstr "B<x-*>"
46972
46973 #, fuzzy
46974 #~| msgid "I</etc/filesystems>"
46975 #~ msgid "B<Filesystem(s)>"
46976 #~ msgstr "I</etc/filesystems>"
46977
46978 #~ msgid "btrfs"
46979 #~ msgstr "btrfs"
46980
46981 #~ msgid "B<btrfs>(5)"
46982 #~ msgstr "B<btrfs>(5)"
46983
46984 #~ msgid "cifs"
46985 #~ msgstr "cifs"
46986
46987 #~ msgid "ext2, ext3, ext4"
46988 #~ msgstr "ext2, ext3, ext4"
46989
46990 #~ msgid "B<ext4>(5)"
46991 #~ msgstr "B<ext4>(5)"
46992
46993 #~ msgid "fuse"
46994 #~ msgstr "fuse"
46995
46996 #~ msgid "B<fuse>(8)"
46997 #~ msgstr "B<fuse>(8)"
46998
46999 #~ msgid "nfs"
47000 #~ msgstr "nfs"
47001
47002 #~ msgid "B<nfs>(5)"
47003 #~ msgstr "B<nfs>(5)"
47004
47005 #~ msgid "tmpfs"
47006 #~ msgstr "tmpfs"
47007
47008 #~ msgid "B<tmpfs>(5)"
47009 #~ msgstr "B<tmpfs>(5)"
47010
47011 #~ msgid "xfs"
47012 #~ msgstr "xfs"
47013
47014 #~ msgid "B<xfs>(5)"
47015 #~ msgstr "B<xfs>(5)"
47016
47017 #, fuzzy
47018 #~| msgid ""
47019 #~| "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic "
47020 #~| "link."
47021 #~ msgid ""
47022 #~ "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a "
47023 #~ "symbolic link."
47024 #~ msgstr ""
47025 #~ "Prefijo (de como mucho 30 de longitud) empleado antes de `/' cuando se "
47026 #~ "sigue un enlace simbólico."
47027
47028 #~ msgid "B<root=>I<value>"
47029 #~ msgstr "B<root=>I<valor>"
47030
47031 #~ msgid "B<bs=>I<value>"
47032 #~ msgstr "B<bs=>I<valor>"
47033
47034 #~ msgid "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
47035 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
47036
47037 #~ msgid "B<20>"
47038 #~ msgstr "B<20>"
47039
47040 #~ msgid "B<2>"
47041 #~ msgstr "B<2>"
47042
47043 #~ msgid "B<conv=>I<mode>"
47044 #~ msgstr "B<conv=>I<modo>"
47045
47046 #~ msgid "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
47047 #~ msgstr "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
47048
47049 #~ msgid "B<session=>I<n>"
47050 #~ msgstr "B<session=>I<n>"
47051
47052 #~ msgid "B<part=>I<n>"
47053 #~ msgstr "B<part=>I<n>"
47054
47055 #, fuzzy
47056 #~| msgid ""
47057 #~| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
47058 #~| "case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'.  With "
47059 #~| "B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>.  (Default: "
47060 #~| "B<map=normal>.)"
47061 #~ msgid ""
47062 #~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
47063 #~ "case ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to "
47064 #~ "\\(aq.\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. "
47065 #~ "(Default: B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also "
47066 #~ "apply Acorn extensions if present."
47067 #~ msgstr ""
47068 #~ "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, la traducción de nombres \"normal\" "
47069 #~ "convierte las letras mayúsculas a minúsculas ASCII, quita un `;1' del "
47070 #~ "final, y convierte `;' a `.'.  Con B<map=off> no se realiza ninguna "
47071 #~ "traducción de nombre. Vea B<norock>.  (Por omisión: B<map=normal>.)"
47072
47073 #~ msgid "B<session=>I<x>"
47074 #~ msgstr "B<session=>I<x>"
47075
47076 #~ msgid "B<nls=>I<name>"
47077 #~ msgstr "B<nls=>I<nombre>"
47078
47079 #~ msgid "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
47080 #~ msgstr "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
47081
47082 #, fuzzy
47083 #~| msgid "B<user_xattr>"
47084 #~ msgid "B<userxattr>"
47085 #~ msgstr "B<user_xattr>"
47086
47087 #, fuzzy
47088 #~| msgid "B<onecmd>"
47089 #~ msgid "B<on>"
47090 #~ msgstr "B<onecmd>"
47091
47092 #~ msgid "B<off>"
47093 #~ msgstr "B<off>"
47094
47095 #, fuzzy
47096 #~| msgid "B<nosymfollow>"
47097 #~ msgid "B<follow>"
47098 #~ msgstr "B<nosymfollow>"
47099
47100 #, fuzzy
47101 #~| msgid "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
47102 #~ msgid "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
47103 #~ msgstr "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
47104
47105 #, fuzzy
47106 #~| msgid "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
47107 #~ msgid "B<xinfo=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"
47108 #~ msgstr "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
47109
47110 #, fuzzy
47111 #~| msgid "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
47112 #~ msgid "B<metacopy=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
47113 #~ msgstr "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
47114
47115 #~ msgid "B<tea>"
47116 #~ msgstr "B<tea>"
47117
47118 #~ msgid "B<r5>"
47119 #~ msgstr "B<r5>"
47120
47121 #~ msgid "B<acl>"
47122 #~ msgstr "B<acl>"
47123
47124 #, fuzzy
47125 #~| msgid "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
47126 #~ msgid "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"
47127 #~ msgstr "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
47128
47129 #, fuzzy
47130 #~| msgid ""
47131 #~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
47132 #~| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
47133 #~| "octal."
47134 #~ msgid ""
47135 #~ "If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
47136 #~ "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
47137 #~ msgstr ""
47138 #~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
47139 #~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
47140 #~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
47141
47142 #, fuzzy
47143 #~| msgid ""
47144 #~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
47145 #~| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
47146 #~| "octal."
47147 #~ msgid ""
47148 #~ "If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
47149 #~ "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
47150 #~ msgstr ""
47151 #~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
47152 #~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
47153 #~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
47154
47155 #~ msgid "B<bs=>"
47156 #~ msgstr "B<bs=>"
47157
47158 #~ msgid "B<old>"
47159 #~ msgstr "B<old>"
47160
47161 #~ msgid "B<sun>"
47162 #~ msgstr "B<sun>"
47163
47164 #~ msgid "B<hp>"
47165 #~ msgstr "B<hp>"
47166
47167 #, fuzzy
47168 #~| msgid ""
47169 #~| "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences.  "
47170 #~| "This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any "
47171 #~| "Unicode characters.  Without this option, a '?' is used when no "
47172 #~| "translation is possible.  The escape character is ':' because it is "
47173 #~| "otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem.  The escape sequence that gets "
47174 #~| "used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), "
47175 #~| "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
47176 #~ msgid ""
47177 #~ "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
47178 #~ "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
47179 #~ "characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no "
47180 #~ "translation is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it "
47181 #~ "is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that "
47182 #~ "gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), "
47183 #~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
47184 #~ msgstr ""
47185 #~ "Traduce caracteres Unicode no manejados a secuencias de escape "
47186 #~ "especiales. Esto le permite hacer copias de respaldo y restaurar ficheros "
47187 #~ "cuyos nombres se han creado con caracteres Unicode. Sin esta opción, se "
47188 #~ "emplea un `?' cuando no hay traducción posible. El carácter de escape es "
47189 #~ "`:' porque es ilegal en el sistema de ficheros vfat. La secuencia de "
47190 #~ "escape que se usa, donde u es el carácter Unicode, es: ':', (u & 0x3f), "
47191 #~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
47192
47193 #~ msgid "B<32>"
47194 #~ msgstr "B<32>"
47195
47196 #~ msgid "B<64>"
47197 #~ msgstr "B<64>"
47198
47199 #, fuzzy
47200 #~| msgid ""
47201 #~| "Some Linux file systems don't support B<-o sync> (the ext2fs I<does> "
47202 #~| "support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> "
47203 #~| "option)."
47204 #~ msgid ""
47205 #~ "Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> "
47206 #~ "(the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
47207 #~ "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
47208 #~ msgstr ""
47209 #~ "Algunos sistemas de ficheros de Linux no admiten B<-o sync> (el ext2fs "
47210 #~ "I<sí> soporta actualizaciones síncronas (al estilo BSD) cuando se monta "
47211 #~ "con la opción B<sync>)."
47212
47213 #, fuzzy
47214 #~| msgid ""
47215 #~| "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
47216 #~| "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
47217 #~| "remount, for example, but you can't change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
47218 #~| "I<fatfs>)."
47219 #~ msgid ""
47220 #~ "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
47221 #~ "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
47222 #~ "remount, for example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
47223 #~ "I<fatfs>)."
47224 #~ msgstr ""
47225 #~ "La opción B<-o remount> puede no ser capaz de cambiar parámetros de "
47226 #~ "montaje (todos los parámetros específicos de I<ext2fs>, excepto B<sb>, se "
47227 #~ "pueden cambiar con un remount, por ejemplo, pero no se pueden cambiar "
47228 #~ "B<gid> o B<umask> para el I<fatfs>)."
47229
47230 #~ msgid "August 2015"
47231 #~ msgstr "Agosto 2015"
47232
47233 #, fuzzy
47234 #~| msgid ""
47235 #~| "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<] [-o >I<options>B<] >I<device dir>"
47236 #~ msgid ""
47237 #~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>B<]> [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
47238 #~ "mountpoint>"
47239 #~ msgstr ""
47240 #~ "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<] [-o >I<opciones>B<] >I<dispositivo "
47241 #~ "dir>"
47242
47243 #, fuzzy
47244 #~| msgid ""
47245 #~| "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
47246 #~| "file hierarchy, rooted at B</>.  These files can be spread out over "
47247 #~| "several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the file system "
47248 #~| "found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8)  "
47249 #~| "command will detach it again."
47250 #~ msgid ""
47251 #~ "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
47252 #~ "file hierarchy, rooted at I</>.  These files can be spread out over "
47253 #~ "several devices.  The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem "
47254 #~ "found on some device to the big file tree.  Conversely, the B<umount>(8)  "
47255 #~ "command will detach it again.  The filesystem is used to control how data "
47256 #~ "is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
47257 #~ "services."
47258 #~ msgstr ""
47259 #~ "Todos los ficheros accesibles en un sistema Unix están dispuestos en un "
47260 #~ "gran árbol, la jerarquía de ficheros, con la raíz en B</>.  Estos "
47261 #~ "ficheros pueden estar distribuidos sobre varios dispositivos. La orden "
47262 #~ "B<mount> sirve para pegar el sistema de ficheros encontrado en algún "
47263 #~ "dispositivo al gran árbol de ficheros. De modo análogo pero al revés, la "
47264 #~ "orden B<umount>(8)  lo despegará de él de nuevo."
47265
47266 #~ msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
47267 #~ msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
47268
47269 #, fuzzy
47270 #~| msgid ""
47271 #~| "This tells the kernel to attach the file system found on I<device> "
47272 #~| "(which is of type I<type>)  at the directory I<dir>.  The previous "
47273 #~| "contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as "
47274 #~| "long as this file system remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to "
47275 #~| "the root of the file system on I<device>."
47276 #~ msgid ""
47277 #~ "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which "
47278 #~ "is of type I<type>)  at the directory I<dir>.  The option B<-t >I<type> "
47279 #~ "is optional.  The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a "
47280 #~ "filesystem.  The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by "
47281 #~ "default.  See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details.  "
47282 #~ "The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become "
47283 #~ "invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname "
47284 #~ "I<dir> refers to the root of the filesystem on I<device>."
47285 #~ msgstr ""
47286 #~ "Esto le dice al núcleo que anexe el sistema de ficheros que encuentre en "
47287 #~ "I<dispositivo> (que es del tipo I<tipo>)  al directorio I<dir>.  Los "
47288 #~ "contenidos anteriores (si había), así como el propietario y permisos de "
47289 #~ "I<dir> se vuelven invisibles (están ocultos, tapados), y mientras este "
47290 #~ "sistema de ficheros permanezca montado, el nombre de camino I<dir>, "
47291 #~ "también llamado I<punto de montaje>, se refiere a la raíz del sistema de "
47292 #~ "ficheros en I<dispositivo>."
47293
47294 #~ msgid "B<mount >[B<-l>] [B<-t >I<type\\/>]"
47295 #~ msgstr "B<mount >[B<-l>] [B<-t >I<tipo\\/>]"
47296
47297 #~ msgid ""
47298 #~ "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), "
47299 #~ "like I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities.  For example, in "
47300 #~ "the case of an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
47301 #~ msgstr ""
47302 #~ "La mayoría de dispositivos se indican mediante un nombre de fichero (de "
47303 #~ "un dispositivo especial de bloques), como I</dev/sda1>, pero hay otras "
47304 #~ "posibilidades. Por ejemplo, en el caso de un montaje por NFS, "
47305 #~ "I<dispositivo> puede ser algo como I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
47306
47307 #, fuzzy
47308 #~| msgid ""
47309 #~| "The I<proc> file system is not associated with a special device, and "
47310 #~| "when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword, such as I<proc> can be used "
47311 #~| "instead of a device specification.  (The customary choice I<none> is "
47312 #~| "less fortunate: the error message `none busy' from B<umount> can be "
47313 #~| "confusing.)"
47314 #~ msgid ""
47315 #~ "The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
47316 #~ "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword\\(emfor example, I<proc>\\(emcan be "
47317 #~ "used instead of a device specification.  (The customary choice I<none> is "
47318 #~ "less fortunate: the error message `none already mounted' from B<mount> "
47319 #~ "can be confusing.)"
47320 #~ msgstr ""
47321 #~ "El sistema de ficheros I<proc> no está asociado a ningún dispositivo o "
47322 #~ "fichero especial, y cuando se monte, se puede emplear una palabra "
47323 #~ "arbitraria, como I<proc>, en vez de una especificación de dispositivo.  "
47324 #~ "(La elección personal I<none> es menos afortunada: el mensaje de error "
47325 #~ "`none busy' (nadie [está] ocupado) de B<umount> puede confundir.)"
47326
47327 #, fuzzy
47328 #~| msgid ""
47329 #~| "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
47330 #~| "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. This file "
47331 #~| "is used in three ways:"
47332 #~ msgid ""
47333 #~ "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
47334 #~ "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options.  The default "
47335 #~ "location of the B<fstab>(5)  file can be overridden with the B<--fstab>I< "
47336 #~ "path> command-line option (see below for more details)."
47337 #~ msgstr ""
47338 #~ "El fichero I</etc/fstab> (vea B<fstab>(5)), puede contener renglones que "
47339 #~ "describan qué dispositivos se montan usualmente dónde, empleando cuáles "
47340 #~ "opciones. Este fichero se emplea de tres formas:"
47341
47342 #, fuzzy
47343 #~| msgid ""
47344 #~| "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all file systems mentioned in "
47345 #~| "I<fstab> (of the proper type) to be mounted as indicated, except for "
47346 #~| "those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option "
47347 #~| "will make mount fork, so that the filesystems are mounted simultaneously."
47348 #~ msgid ""
47349 #~ "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in "
47350 #~ "I<fstab> (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper "
47351 #~ "options)  to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line "
47352 #~ "contains the B<noauto> keyword.  Adding the B<-F> option will make "
47353 #~ "B<mount> fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
47354 #~ msgstr ""
47355 #~ "(usualmente dado en un guión de arranque) hace que todos los sistemas de "
47356 #~ "ficheros mencionados en I<fstab> (del tipo adecuado) se monten como se "
47357 #~ "indique, excepto aquéllos cuya línea contenga la palabra clave "
47358 #~ "B<noauto>.  Añadir la opción B<-F> hará que B<mount> se bifurque, de "
47359 #~ "forma que los sistemas de ficheros se monten simultáneamente, en paralelo."
47360
47361 #~ msgid "B<mount>I< device>|I<dir >B<-o>I< options>"
47362 #~ msgstr "B<mount>I< dispositivo>|I<directorio >B<-o>I< opciones>"
47363
47364 #~ msgid ""
47365 #~ "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems.  However, when "
47366 #~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the "
47367 #~ "corresponding filesystem."
47368 #~ msgstr ""
47369 #~ "Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin "
47370 #~ "embargo, cuando I<fstab> contiene la opción B<user> en una línea, "
47371 #~ "entonces cualquiera puede montar el distema de ficheros correspondiente."
47372
47373 #~ msgid "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
47374 #~ msgstr "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
47375
47376 #~ msgid ""
47377 #~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
47378 #~ "B<mount --make-private /foo>\n"
47379 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /foo>\n"
47380 #~ msgstr ""
47381 #~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
47382 #~ "B<mount --make-private /foo>\n"
47383 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /foo>\n"
47384
47385 #~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --bind>"
47386 #~ msgstr "B<-B>,B< --bind>"
47387
47388 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"
47389 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"
47390
47391 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fork>"
47392 #~ msgstr "B<-F>,B< --fork>"
47393
47394 #, fuzzy
47395 #~| msgid ""
47396 #~| "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.)  Fork off a new incarnation of mount "
47397 #~| "for each device.  This will do the mounts on different devices or "
47398 #~| "different NFS servers in parallel.  This has the advantage that it is "
47399 #~| "faster; also NFS timeouts go in parallel. A disadvantage is that the "
47400 #~| "mounts are done in undefined order.  Thus, you cannot use this option if "
47401 #~| "you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
47402 #~ msgid ""
47403 #~ "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.)  Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> "
47404 #~ "for each device.  This will do the mounts on different devices or "
47405 #~ "different NFS servers in parallel.  This has the advantage that it is "
47406 #~ "faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel.  A disadvantage is that "
47407 #~ "the order of the mount operations is undefined.  Thus, you cannot use "
47408 #~ "this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
47409 #~ msgstr ""
47410 #~ "(Empleado en conjunción con B<-a>.)  Bifurca una nueva encarnación de "
47411 #~ "B<mount> para cada dispositivo.  Esto efectuará los montajes en "
47412 #~ "diferentes dispositivos o servidores de NFS en paralelo.  Esto tiene la "
47413 #~ "ventaja de que es más rápido; también las esperas en NFS van en paralelo. "
47414 #~ "Una desventaja es que los montajes se hacen en un orden no definido. Así, "
47415 #~ "Ud. no puede emplear esta opción si quiere montar tanto I</usr> como I</"
47416 #~ "usr/spool>."
47417
47418 #, fuzzy
47419 #~| msgid ""
47420 #~| "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
47421 #~| "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the file system.  This option is "
47422 #~| "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
47423 #~| "command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices "
47424 #~| "that were mounted earlier with the -n option."
47425 #~ msgid ""
47426 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
47427 #~ "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the filesystem.  This option is "
47428 #~ "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
47429 #~ "command is trying to do.  It can also be used to add entries for devices "
47430 #~ "that were mounted earlier with the B<-n> option.  The B<-f> option checks "
47431 #~ "for an existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already "
47432 #~ "exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
47433 #~ msgstr ""
47434 #~ "Causa que todo se haga excepto la llamada al sistema real; en otras "
47435 #~ "palabras, esto no monta el sistema de ficheros, es un ``engaño'' (fake). "
47436 #~ "Esta opción es útil en conjunción con la otra opción B<-v> para "
47437 #~ "determinar lo que la orden B<mount> está intentando hacer. También se "
47438 #~ "puede emplear para añadir entradas para dispositivos que fueron montados "
47439 #~ "anteriormente con la opción -n."
47440
47441 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --show-labels>"
47442 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --show-labels>"
47443
47444 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --move>"
47445 #~ msgstr "B<-M>,B< --move>"
47446
47447 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
47448 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
47449
47450 #, fuzzy
47451 #~| msgid ""
47452 #~| "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>.  This is necessary for example "
47453 #~| "when I</etc> is on a read-only file system."
47454 #~ msgid ""
47455 #~ "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>.  This is necessary for example "
47456 #~ "when I</etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
47457 #~ msgstr ""
47458 #~ "Monta sin escribir en I</etc/mtab>.  Esto es necesario por ejemplo cuando "
47459 #~ "I</etc> está en un sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
47460
47461 #, fuzzy
47462 #~| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>"
47463 #~ msgid "B<-N>,B< --namespace >I<ns>"
47464 #~ msgstr "B<-V>,B< --version>"
47465
47466 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<opts>"
47467 #~ msgstr "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<opciones>"
47468
47469 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<opts>"
47470 #~ msgstr "B<-o>,B< --options >I<opciones>"
47471
47472 #~ msgid "B<--options-mode >I<mode>"
47473 #~ msgstr "B<--options-mode >I<modo>"
47474
47475 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --rbind>"
47476 #~ msgstr "B<-R>,B< --rbind>"
47477
47478 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --read-only>"
47479 #~ msgstr "B<-r>,B< --read-only>"
47480
47481 #, fuzzy
47482 #~| msgid "Mount the file system read-only. A synonym is B<-o ro>."
47483 #~ msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only.  A synonym is B<-o ro>."
47484 #~ msgstr ""
47485 #~ "Monta el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. Un sinónimo es B<-o "
47486 #~ "ro>."
47487
47488 #~ msgid "B<--source>I< device>"
47489 #~ msgstr "B<--source>I< dispositivo>"
47490
47491 #~ msgid "B<--target>I< directory>"
47492 #~ msgstr "B<--target>I< directorio>"
47493
47494 #~ msgid "B<--target-prefix>I< directory>"
47495 #~ msgstr "B<--target-prefix>I< directorio>"
47496
47497 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --fstab >I<path>"
47498 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --fstab >I<camino>"
47499
47500 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<fstype>"
47501 #~ msgstr "B<-t>,B< --types >I<tipo-sf>"
47502
47503 #, fuzzy
47504 #~| msgid ""
47505 #~| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list.  The list "
47506 #~| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
47507 #~| "system types on which no action should be taken.  (This can be "
47508 #~| "meaningful with the B<-a> option.)"
47509 #~ msgid ""
47510 #~ "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-"
47511 #~ "t> option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry.  The list of filesystem "
47512 #~ "types for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the "
47513 #~ "filesystem types on which no action should be taken.  The prefix B<no> "
47514 #~ "has no effect when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
47515 #~ msgstr ""
47516 #~ "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
47517 #~ "comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
47518 #~ "B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no "
47519 #~ "se deberá tomar ninguna opción.  (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción "
47520 #~ "B<-a>.)"
47521
47522 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --rw>,B< --read-write>"
47523 #~ msgstr "B<-w>,B< --rw>,B< --read-write>"
47524
47525 #, fuzzy
47526 #~| msgid "All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously."
47527 #~ msgid ""
47528 #~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously.  (See also the "
47529 #~ "B<sync> option.)"
47530 #~ msgstr "Toda la E/S al sistema de ficheros debería hacerse asíncronamente."
47531
47532 #, fuzzy
47533 #~| msgid ""
47534 #~| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
47535 #~| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
47536 #~ msgid ""
47537 #~ "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g.\\& for faster "
47538 #~ "access on the news spool to speed up news servers).  This works for all "
47539 #~ "inode types (directories too), so it implies B<\\%nodiratime>."
47540 #~ msgstr ""
47541 #~ "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros "
47542 #~ "(p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las "
47543 #~ "noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor "
47544 #~ "de noticias)."
47545
47546 #, fuzzy
47547 #~| msgid ""
47548 #~| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
47549 #~| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
47550 #~ msgid ""
47551 #~ "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem.  (This "
47552 #~ "option is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
47553 #~ msgstr ""
47554 #~ "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros "
47555 #~ "(p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las "
47556 #~ "noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor "
47557 #~ "de noticias)."
47558
47559 #~ msgid "-"
47560 #~ msgstr "-"
47561
47562 #, fuzzy
47563 #~| msgid ""
47564 #~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies "
47565 #~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
47566 #~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
47567 #~ msgid ""
47568 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner "
47569 #~ "of the device.  This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> "
47570 #~ "(unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,"
47571 #~ "dev,suid>)."
47572 #~ msgstr ""
47573 #~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
47574 #~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
47575 #~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
47576 #~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
47577
47578 #, fuzzy
47579 #~| msgid ""
47580 #~| "Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system.  This is commonly "
47581 #~| "used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a "
47582 #~| "readonly file system writeable."
47583 #~ msgid ""
47584 #~ "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem.  This is commonly used "
47585 #~ "to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
47586 #~ "filesystem writable.  It does not change device or mount point."
47587 #~ msgstr ""
47588 #~ "Intentar re-montar un sistema de ficheros ya montado. Esto se emplea "
47589 #~ "comúnmente para cambiar las opciones de montaje en un sistema de "
47590 #~ "ficheros, especialmente para que se pueda escribir en un sistema de "
47591 #~ "ficheros que estaba de lectura exclusiva."
47592
47593 #, fuzzy
47594 #~| msgid ""
47595 #~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies "
47596 #~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
47597 #~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
47598 #~ msgid ""
47599 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  The name of the mounting "
47600 #~ "user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in "
47601 #~ "I</run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>)  so that this same "
47602 #~ "user can unmount the filesystem again.  This option implies the options "
47603 #~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
47604 #~ "options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
47605 #~ msgstr ""
47606 #~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
47607 #~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
47608 #~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
47609 #~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
47610
47611 #, fuzzy
47612 #~| msgid ""
47613 #~| "Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system.  This "
47614 #~| "is the default."
47615 #~ msgid ""
47616 #~ "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  This is the default; it "
47617 #~ "does not imply any other options."
47618 #~ msgstr ""
47619 #~ "Prohibir a un usuario ordinario (esto es, distinto de root) montar el "
47620 #~ "sistema de ficheros. Esto es lo predeterminado."
47621
47622 #, fuzzy
47623 #~| msgid ""
47624 #~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system.  This option implies "
47625 #~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
47626 #~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
47627 #~ msgid ""
47628 #~ "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some "
47629 #~ "other ordinary user mounted it.  This option implies the options "
47630 #~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
47631 #~ "options, as in the option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
47632 #~ msgstr ""
47633 #~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
47634 #~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
47635 #~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
47636 #~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
47637
47638 #~ msgid "B<X-*>"
47639 #~ msgstr "B<X-*>"
47640
47641 #~ msgid "B<x-*>"
47642 #~ msgstr "B<x-*>"
47643
47644 #~ msgid "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>B<]>"
47645 #~ msgstr "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<modo>B<]>"
47646
47647 #~ msgid ""
47648 #~ "The following options apply only to certain filesystems.  We sort them by "
47649 #~ "filesystem.  All options follow the B<-o> flag."
47650 #~ msgstr ""
47651 #~ "Las siguientes opciones se aplican solamente a ciertos sistemas de "
47652 #~ "ficheros. Las hemos clasificado por sistemas de ficheros. Todas siguen a "
47653 #~ "la bandera B<-o>."
47654
47655 #~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value> and B<gid=>\\,I<value>"
47656 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valor> y B<gid=>\\,I<valor>"
47657
47658 #~ msgid "B<ownmask=>\\,I<value> and B<othmask=>\\,I<value>"
47659 #~ msgstr "B<ownmask=>\\,I<valor> y B<othmask=>\\,I<valor>"
47660
47661 #~ msgid "B<setuid=>\\,I<value> and B<setgid=>\\,I<value>"
47662 #~ msgstr "B<setuid=>\\,I<valor> y B<setgid=>\\,I<valor>"
47663
47664 #~ msgid ""
47665 #~ "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original "
47666 #~ "permissions.  Add search permission to directories that have read "
47667 #~ "permission.  The value is given in octal."
47668 #~ msgstr ""
47669 #~ "Establece el modo de todos los ficheros a I<valor> & 0777 descartando los "
47670 #~ "permisos originales.  Añade permiso de paso a los directorios que lo "
47671 #~ "tengan de lectura.  El valor se da en octal."
47672
47673 #~ msgid ""
47674 #~ "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
47675 #~ "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option.  "
47676 #~ "Strange..."
47677 #~ msgstr ""
47678 #~ "Poner el UID y GID de la raíz del sistema de ficheros al UID y GID del "
47679 #~ "punto de montaje a partir del primer sync o umount, y luego borrar esta "
47680 #~ "opción. Extraño..."
47681
47682 #~ msgid "Give blocksize.  Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
47683 #~ msgstr ""
47684 #~ "Para dar el tamaño de bloque. Los valores permitidos son 512, 1024, 2048 "
47685 #~ "y 4096."
47686
47687 #, fuzzy
47688 #~| msgid "Set blocksize (default 512)."
47689 #~ msgid "Set blocksize (default 512).  This option is obsolete."
47690 #~ msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque (el predeterminado es 512)."
47691
47692 #~ msgid ""
47693 #~ "Set the owner and group of all files.  (Default: the UID and GID of the "
47694 #~ "current process.)"
47695 #~ msgstr ""
47696 #~ "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el "
47697 #~ "UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
47698
47699 #~ msgid ""
47700 #~ "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present).  "
47701 #~ "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
47702 #~ "octal."
47703 #~ msgstr ""
47704 #~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
47705 #~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
47706 #~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
47707
47708 #, fuzzy
47709 #~| msgid ""
47710 #~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
47711 #~| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
47712 #~| "octal."
47713 #~ msgid ""
47714 #~ "Set the umask applied to directories only.  The default is the umask of "
47715 #~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
47716 #~ msgstr ""
47717 #~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
47718 #~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
47719 #~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
47720
47721 #, fuzzy
47722 #~| msgid ""
47723 #~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
47724 #~| "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
47725 #~| "octal."
47726 #~ msgid ""
47727 #~ "Set the umask applied to regular files only.  The default is the umask of "
47728 #~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
47729 #~ msgstr ""
47730 #~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
47731 #~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
47732 #~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
47733
47734 #~ msgid ""
47735 #~ "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
47736 #~ "truncated (e.g.\\& I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), "
47737 #~ "leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and "
47738 #~ "extension)."
47739 #~ msgstr ""
47740 #~ "Se aceptan y tratan por igual las letras mayúsculas y las minúsculas, las "
47741 #~ "partes con nombres largos se truncan (p.ej.\\&: I<nombremuylargo.fuubar> "
47742 #~ "se convierte en I<nombremu.fuu>), se aceptan en cada parte del nombre "
47743 #~ "(nombre y extensión) espacios iniciales y por medio."
47744
47745 #~ msgid ""
47746 #~ "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) "
47747 #~ "are rejected.  This is the default."
47748 #~ msgstr ""
47749 #~ "Como \"relaxed\", pero se rechazan muchos caracteres especiales (*, ?, "
47750 #~ "E<lt>, espacios, etc.). Esto es el comportamiento predeterminado."
47751
47752 #~ msgid ""
47753 #~ "Turn on the I<debug> flag.  A version string and a list of filesystem "
47754 #~ "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
47755 #~ "appear to be inconsistent)."
47756 #~ msgstr ""
47757 #~ "Activa la bandera I<debug>.  Se mostrarán una cadena de versión y una "
47758 #~ "lista de parámetros del sistema de ficheros (estos datos también se "
47759 #~ "muestran si los parámetros resultan ser inconsistentes)."
47760
47761 #~ msgid ""
47762 #~ "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat.  This overrides the automatic FAT type "
47763 #~ "detection routine.  Use with caution!"
47764 #~ msgstr ""
47765 #~ "Especifica una FAT de 12 ó de 16 bits. Esto sustituye a la rutina de "
47766 #~ "detección automática de tipo de FAT. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
47767
47768 #~ msgid ""
47769 #~ "Turn on the I<quiet> flag.  Attempts to chown or chmod files do not "
47770 #~ "return errors, although they fail.  Use with caution!"
47771 #~ msgstr ""
47772 #~ "Activa la bandera I<quiet>.  Intentos de hacer chown o chmod en ficheros "
47773 #~ "no devuelven errores, aunque fallen. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
47774
47775 #, fuzzy
47776 #~| msgid ""
47777 #~| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
47778 #~| "current process.)"
47779 #~ msgid ""
47780 #~ "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files "
47781 #~ "and directories.  Defaults to the umask of the current process."
47782 #~ msgstr ""
47783 #~ "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el "
47784 #~ "UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
47785
47786 #~ msgid ""
47787 #~ "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them.  (Default: "
47788 #~ "B<case=lower>.)"
47789 #~ msgstr ""
47790 #~ "Convierte todos los nombres de ficheros a minúsculas (lower) o los deja "
47791 #~ "tal cual (asis). (Por omisión: B<case=lower>.)"
47792
47793 #~ msgid ""
47794 #~ "Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
47795 #~ "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
47796 #~ "upper case.  Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, "
47797 #~ "number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
47798 #~ msgstr ""
47799 #~ "Los nombres de fichero normales I<iso9660> aparecen en un formato 8.3 "
47800 #~ "(esto es, con restricciones en la longitud de los nombres de fichero como "
47801 #~ "en DOS), y además todos los caracteres están en mayúsculas. Asimismo no "
47802 #~ "hay nada previsto para dueños de ficheros, protecciones, número de "
47803 #~ "enlaces, provisión para dispositivos de caracteres o bloques, etc."
47804
47805 #~ msgid ""
47806 #~ "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-"
47807 #~ "like features.  Basically there are extensions to each directory record "
47808 #~ "that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in "
47809 #~ "use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem "
47810 #~ "(except that it is read-only, of course)."
47811 #~ msgstr ""
47812 #~ "Rock Ridge es una extensión a iso9660 que proporciona todas estas "
47813 #~ "características típicas de UNIX. Básicamente hay extensiones en cada "
47814 #~ "registro de directorio que proporcionan toda la información adicional, y "
47815 #~ "cuando Rock Ridge está en uso, el sistema de ficheros es indistinguible "
47816 #~ "de un sistema de ficheros UNIX normal (de lectura exclusiva, por "
47817 #~ "supuesto)."
47818
47819 #~ msgid ""
47820 #~ "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available.  Cf.\\& "
47821 #~ "B<map>."
47822 #~ msgstr ""
47823 #~ "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Rock Ridge, incluso si están "
47824 #~ "disponibles. Cf.\\& B<map>."
47825
47826 #~ msgid ""
47827 #~ "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available.  Cf."
47828 #~ "\\& B<map>."
47829 #~ msgstr ""
47830 #~ "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Microsoft Joliet, incluso si están "
47831 #~ "disponibles. Cf.\\& B<map>."
47832
47833 #~ msgid ""
47834 #~ "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
47835 #~ "doing the lookup.  This is probably only meaningful together with "
47836 #~ "B<norock> and B<map=normal>.  (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
47837 #~ msgstr ""
47838 #~ "Con B<check=relaxed>, un nombre de fichero se convierte primero a "
47839 #~ "minúsculas antes de que se efectúe la búsqueda. Esto probablemente sólo "
47840 #~ "tiene sentido en conjunción con B<norock> y B<map=normal>.  (Por omisión: "
47841 #~ "B<check=strict>.)"
47842
47843 #~ msgid ""
47844 #~ "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
47845 #~ "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions.  (Default: "
47846 #~ "B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
47847 #~ msgstr ""
47848 #~ "Da a todos los ficheros en el sistema de ficheros los IDs indicados de "
47849 #~ "usuario o grupo, posiblemente sustituyendo la información encontrada en "
47850 #~ "las extensiones Rock Ridge.  (Por omisión: B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
47851
47852 #, fuzzy
47853 #~| msgid ""
47854 #~| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode.  "
47855 #~| "(Default: read permission for everybody.)  Since Linux 2.1.37 one no "
47856 #~| "longer needs to specify the mode in decimal. (Octal is indicated by a "
47857 #~| "leading 0.)"
47858 #~ msgid ""
47859 #~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode.  (Default: "
47860 #~ "read and execute permission for everybody.)  Octal mode values require a "
47861 #~ "leading 0."
47862 #~ msgstr ""
47863 #~ "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, da a todos los ficheros el modo "
47864 #~ "(permisos) indicado. (El predeterminado: permiso de lectura para todo el "
47865 #~ "mundo.)  Desde Linux 2.1.37 uno ya no necesita más especificar el modo en "
47866 #~ "base diez. (La base ocho se indica mediante un 0 inicial.)"
47867
47868 #~ msgid ""
47869 #~ "Set the block size to the indicated value.  (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
47870 #~ msgstr ""
47871 #~ "Establece el tamaño de bloque al valor indicado.  (Por omisión: "
47872 #~ "B<block=1024>.)"
47873
47874 #~ msgid ""
47875 #~ "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this "
47876 #~ "mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length.  This "
47877 #~ "implies that a file cannot be larger than 16\\ MB."
47878 #~ msgstr ""
47879 #~ "Si el byte alto de la longitud de fichero contiene otra basura, active "
47880 #~ "esta opción de montaje para no hacer caso de los bits de orden alto de la "
47881 #~ "longitud de fichero. Esto implica que un fichero no puede ser mayor de 16 "
47882 #~ "MB."
47883
47884 #~ msgid ""
47885 #~ "Define the behavior when an error is encountered.  (Either ignore errors "
47886 #~ "and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the "
47887 #~ "filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
47888 #~ msgstr ""
47889 #~ "Define el comportamiento cuando se encuentra un error.  (O bien no hace "
47890 #~ "caso de errores y simplemente marca el sistema de ficheros como erróneo y "
47891 #~ "continúa, o bien re-monta el sistema de ficheros como de lectura "
47892 #~ "exclusiva, o bien se produce un pánico y se para el sistema.)"
47893
47894 #~ msgid ""
47895 #~ "See mount options for fat.  If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an "
47896 #~ "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only.  "
47897 #~ "The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
47898 #~ msgstr ""
47899 #~ "Vea las opciones de montaje para fat.  Si el sistema de ficheros I<msdos> "
47900 #~ "detecta una inconsistencia, informa del error y pone el sistema de "
47901 #~ "ficheros de lectura exclusiva. El sistema de ficheros se puede hacer de "
47902 #~ "nuevo de lectura y escritura re-montándolo."
47903
47904 #~ msgid ""
47905 #~ "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument "
47906 #~ "(a I<struct ncp_mount_data>)  to the mount system call.  This argument is "
47907 #~ "constructed by B<ncpmount>(8)  and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) "
47908 #~ "does not know anything about ncpfs."
47909 #~ msgstr ""
47910 #~ "Justo como I<nfs>, la implementación I<ncpfs> espera un argumento binario "
47911 #~ "(una I<struct ncp_mount_data>)  para la llamada al sistema mount. Este "
47912 #~ "argumento se construye mediante B<ncpmount>(8)  y la versión actual de "
47913 #~ "B<mount> (2.12) no conoce nada sobre ncpfs."
47914
47915 #~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value>, B<gid=>\\,I<value> and B<umask=>\\,I<value>"
47916 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valor>, B<gid=>\\,I<valor> y B<umask=>\\,I<valor>"
47917
47918 #, fuzzy
47919 #~| msgid "no translation is performed.  This is the default."
47920 #~ msgid "Do not bulk-read.  This is the default."
47921 #~ msgstr "Ninguna traducción. Esto es lo predeterminado."
47922
47923 #, fuzzy
47924 #~| msgid "Update inode access time for each access. This is the default."
47925 #~ msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums.  This is the default."
47926 #~ msgstr ""
47927 #~ "Actualizar el tiempo de acceso al nodo-í para cada acceso. Esto es lo "
47928 #~ "predeterminado."
47929
47930 #~ msgid "B<no_chk_data_crc>."
47931 #~ msgstr "B<no_chk_data_crc>."
47932
47933 #~ msgid ""
47934 #~ "See mount options for msdos.  The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed "
47935 #~ "by I<umsdos>."
47936 #~ msgstr ""
47937 #~ "Vea las opciones de montaje para msdos.  La opción B<dotsOK> está "
47938 #~ "explícitamente muerta en I<umsdos>."
47939
47940 #~ msgid ""
47941 #~ "First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized.  The B<dotsOK> "
47942 #~ "option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>.  Furthermore, there are"
47943 #~ msgstr ""
47944 #~ "Antes de nada, las opciones de montaje para I<fat> se reconocen todas.  "
47945 #~ "La opción B<dotsOK> está explícitamente anulada en I<vfat>.  Además de "
47946 #~ "todo eso, están"
47947
47948 #, fuzzy
47949 #~| msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case."
47950 #~ msgid ""
47951 #~ "Allow two files with names that only differ in case.  This option is "
47952 #~ "obsolete."
47953 #~ msgstr ""
47954 #~ "Permite la coexistencia de dos ficheros cuyos nombres sólo se diferencien "
47955 #~ "en la caja tipográfica."
47956
47957 #~ msgid ""
47958 #~ "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
47959 #~ "I<name\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
47960 #~ msgstr ""
47961 #~ "Trata primero de construir un nombre corto sin número de secuencia, antes "
47962 #~ "de intentar I<nombre\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
47963
47964 #~ msgid ""
47965 #~ "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>"
47966 #~ msgstr "B<devuid=>\\,I<UID> y B<devgid=>\\,I<GID> y B<devmode=>\\,I<modo>"
47967
47968 #~ msgid ""
47969 #~ "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
47970 #~ msgstr "B<busuid=>\\,I<UID> y B<busgid=>\\,I<GID> y B<busmode=>\\,I<modo>"
47971
47972 #~ msgid ""
47973 #~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>"
47974 #~ msgstr ""
47975 #~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<UID> y B<listgid=>\\,I<GID> y B<listmode=>\\,I<modo>"
47976
47977 #~ msgid "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<path>"
47978 #~ msgstr "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<camino>"
47979
47980 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<path>"
47981 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<camino>"
47982
47983 #~ msgid "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
47984 #~ msgstr "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<desplazamiento>"
47985
47986 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<path>"
47987 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<camino>"
47988
47989 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
47990 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<desplazamiento>"
47991
47992 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<value>"
47993 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<valor>"
47994
47995 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<path>"
47996 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<camino>"
47997
47998 #~ msgid ""
47999 #~ "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device.  For example, "
48000 #~ "the command"
48001 #~ msgstr ""
48002 #~ "Un posible tipo más es un montaje a través del dispositivo de bucle. Por "
48003 #~ "ejemplo, la orden"
48004
48005 #~ msgid "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
48006 #~ msgstr "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
48007
48008 #~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
48009 #~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
48010
48011 #~ msgid ""
48012 #~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
48013 #~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
48014 #~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
48015 #~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
48016 #~ msgstr ""
48017 #~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
48018 #~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
48019 #~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
48020 #~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
48021
48022 #~ msgid "NAMEI"
48023 #~ msgstr "NAMEI"
48024
48025 #, fuzzy
48026 #~| msgid ""
48027 #~| "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of ls(1), for example "
48028 #~| "'rwxr-xr-x'."
48029 #~ msgid ""
48030 #~ "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of B<ls>(1), for "
48031 #~ "example \\(aqrwxr-xr-x\\(aq."
48032 #~ msgstr ""
48033 #~ "Mostrar los bits de modo para cada tipo de fichero en el estilo de ls(1), "
48034 #~ "por ejemplo 'rwxr-xr-x'."
48035
48036 #, fuzzy
48037 #~| msgid "Show mount point directories with a 'D', rather than a 'd'."
48038 #~ msgid ""
48039 #~ "Show mountpoint directories with a \\(aqD\\(aq rather than a \\(aqd\\(aq."
48040 #~ msgstr ""
48041 #~ "Mostrar directorios que son puntos de montaje con una 'D', en vez de con "
48042 #~ "una 'd'."
48043
48044 #, fuzzy
48045 #~| msgid ""
48046 #~| "I<Namei> uses its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
48047 #~| "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth).  I<Namei> then follows "
48048 #~| "each pathname until a terminal point is found (a file, directory, char "
48049 #~| "device, etc).  If it finds a symbolic link, we show the link, and start "
48050 #~| "following it, indenting the output to show the context."
48051 #~ msgid ""
48052 #~ "B<namei> interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
48053 #~ "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth).  B<namei> then follows each "
48054 #~ "pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, "
48055 #~ "etc).  If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts "
48056 #~ "following it, indenting the output to show the context."
48057 #~ msgstr ""
48058 #~ "I<Namei> usa sus argumentos como trayectorias hacia cualquier tipo de "
48059 #~ "fichero Unix (enlaces simbólicos, ficheros, directorios, y el resto).  "
48060 #~ "I<Namei> a continuación sigue cada trayectoria hasta encontrar un punto "
48061 #~ "terminal (un fichero, directorio, dispositivo de caracteres, etc). Si "
48062 #~ "encuentra un enlace simbólico, se muestra el enlace y se comienza a "
48063 #~ "seguirlo, indentando la salida para mostrar el contexto."
48064
48065 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --long>"
48066 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --long>"
48067
48068 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --modes>"
48069 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< --modes>"
48070
48071 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nosymlinks>"
48072 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --nosymlinks>"
48073
48074 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --owners>"
48075 #~ msgstr "B<-o>,B< --owners>"
48076
48077 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --vertical>"
48078 #~ msgstr "B<-v>,B< --vertical>"
48079
48080 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --mountpoints>"
48081 #~ msgstr "B<-x>,B< --mountpoints>"
48082
48083 #~ msgid "NEWGRP"
48084 #~ msgstr "NEWGRP"
48085
48086 #~ msgid "RENICE"
48087 #~ msgstr "RENICE"
48088
48089 #, fuzzy
48090 #~| msgid ""
48091 #~| "E<.Nm Renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
48092 #~| "processes.  The following E<.Ar who> parameters are interpreted as "
48093 #~| "process ID's, process group ID's, or user names.  E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> "
48094 #~| "a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their "
48095 #~| "scheduling priority altered.  E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> a user causes all "
48096 #~| "processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.  "
48097 #~| "By default, the processes to be affected are specified by their process "
48098 #~| "ID's."
48099 #~ msgid ""
48100 #~ "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
48101 #~ "processes. The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used. The "
48102 #~ "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
48103 #~ "group IDs, user IDs, or user names. B<renice>\\(aqing a process group "
48104 #~ "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
48105 #~ "priority altered. B<renice>\\(aqing a user causes all processes owned by "
48106 #~ "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
48107 #~ msgstr ""
48108 #~ "E<.Nm Renice> altera la prioridad de planificación de uno o más procesos "
48109 #~ "en ejecución. Los siguientes parámetros E<.Ar quién> son interpretados "
48110 #~ "como ID's de proceso, ID's de grupo de proceso, o nombres de usuario. "
48111 #~ "Aplicar E<.Nm renice> a un grupo de procesos provoca que todos los "
48112 #~ "procesos del grupo de procesos vean alterada su prioridad de "
48113 #~ "planificación. Aplicar E<.Nm renice> a un usuario hace que todos sus "
48114 #~ "procesos vean la prioridad de planificación alterada.  Por defecto, los "
48115 #~ "procesos se especifican a partir de su ID de proceso."
48116
48117 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
48118 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --priority >I<prioridad>"
48119
48120 #, fuzzy
48121 #~| msgid ""
48122 #~| "Users other than the super-user may only alter the priority of processes "
48123 #~| "they own, and can only monotonically increase their ``nice value'' "
48124 #~| "within the range 0 to E<.Dv PRIO_MAX> (20).  (This prevents overriding "
48125 #~| "administrative fiats.)  The super-user may alter the priority of any "
48126 #~| "process and set the priority to any value in the range E<.Dv PRIO_MIN> "
48127 #~| "(\\-20)  to E<.Dv PRIO_MAX>.  Useful priorities are: 20 (the affected "
48128 #~| "processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 "
48129 #~| "(the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go "
48130 #~| "very fast)."
48131 #~ msgid ""
48132 #~ "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority "
48133 #~ "to any value in the range -20 to 19.  Useful priorities are: 19 (the "
48134 #~ "affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants "
48135 #~ "to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make "
48136 #~ "things go very fast)."
48137 #~ msgstr ""
48138 #~ "Cada usuario, excepto el superusuario, sólo podrá alterar la prioridad de "
48139 #~ "sus procesos y solo podrá incrementar su ``valor nice'' entre el rango 0 "
48140 #~ "a E<.Dv PRIO_MAX> (20).  (Esto evita saltarse los mandatos "
48141 #~ "administrativos.)  El superusuario podrá modificar la prioridad de "
48142 #~ "cualquier proceso y poner la prioridad en cualquier valor en el rango E<."
48143 #~ "Dv PRIO_MIN> (\\-20)  a E<.Dv PRIO_MAX>.  Prioridades útiles son: 20 (los "
48144 #~ "procesos afectados solo correrán cuando ningún otro lo desee en el "
48145 #~ "sistema), 0 (la prioridad de planificación ``base''), cualquier cosa "
48146 #~ "negativa (para hacer que las cosas vayan rápidas)."
48147
48148 #~ msgid "REV"
48149 #~ msgstr "REV"
48150
48151 #~ msgid "B<tac>(1)"
48152 #~ msgstr "B<tac>(1)"
48153
48154 #~ msgid ""
48155 #~ "The B<rev> utility copies the specified files to standard output, "
48156 #~ "reversing the order of characters in every line.  If no files are "
48157 #~ "specified, standard input is read."
48158 #~ msgstr ""
48159 #~ "La utilidad B<rev> copia los ficheros especificados a la salida estándar, "
48160 #~ "invirtiendo el orden de los caracteres de cada línea.  Si no se "
48161 #~ "especifican ficheros, se lee de la entrada estándar."
48162
48163 #~ msgid "SCRIPT"
48164 #~ msgstr "SCRIPT"
48165
48166 #~ msgid "October 2019"
48167 #~ msgstr "Octubre de 2019"
48168
48169 #, fuzzy
48170 #~| msgid ""
48171 #~| "If the argument E<.Ar file> is given, E<.Nm> saves all dialogue in E<.Ar "
48172 #~| "file>.  If no file name is given, the typescript is saved in the file E<."
48173 #~| "Pa typescript>."
48174 #~ msgid ""
48175 #~ "If the argument I<file> or option B<--log-out> I<file> is given, "
48176 #~ "B<script> saves the dialogue in this I<file>.  If no filename is given, "
48177 #~ "the dialogue is saved in the file I<typescript>."
48178 #~ msgstr ""
48179 #~ "Si aparece el argumento E<.Ar fichero,> E<.Nm> guarda todo el diálogo en "
48180 #~ "E<.Ar fichero>.  Si no se especifica ningún nombre de fichero, la "
48181 #~ "transcripción es guardada en el fichero E<.Pa typescript>."
48182
48183 #~ msgid ""
48184 #~ "If the variable B<SHELL> exists, the shell forked by B<script> will be "
48185 #~ "that shell.  If B<SHELL> is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed.  (Most "
48186 #~ "shells set this variable automatically)."
48187 #~ msgstr ""
48188 #~ "Si la variable B<SHELL> existe, el shell ejecutado por B<script> será ese "
48189 #~ "shell. Si B<SHELL> no está definida, se asume el Bourne shell. (Muchos "
48190 #~ "shells activan esta variable automáticamente)."
48191
48192 #~ msgid ""
48193 #~ "Certain interactive commands, such as B<vi>(1), create garbage in the "
48194 #~ "typescript file.  B<script> works best with commands that do not "
48195 #~ "manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy "
48196 #~ "terminal."
48197 #~ msgstr ""
48198 #~ "Algunas órdenes interactivas, como B<vi>(1), crean basura en el fichero "
48199 #~ "de transcripción.  B<script> funciona mejor con órdenes que no manipulan "
48200 #~ "la pantalla, los resultados deben ser interpretados como una copia "
48201 #~ "directa del terminal."
48202
48203 #~ msgid ""
48204 #~ "B<script> places I<everything> in the log file, including linefeeds and "
48205 #~ "backspaces.  This is not what the naive user expects."
48206 #~ msgstr ""
48207 #~ "B<script> pone I<todo> en el fichero de salida, incluyendo saltos de "
48208 #~ "línea y caracteres de borrado.  Esto no es lo que un usuario novato "
48209 #~ "espera."
48210
48211 #~ msgid "SETSID"
48212 #~ msgstr "SETSID"
48213
48214 #, fuzzy
48215 #~| msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
48216 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
48217 #~ msgstr "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
48218
48219 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --ctty>"
48220 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --ctty>"
48221
48222 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fork>"
48223 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fork>"
48224
48225 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
48226 #~ msgstr "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
48227
48228 #~ msgid "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"
48229 #~ msgstr "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"
48230
48231 #~ msgid "SETTERM"
48232 #~ msgstr "SETTERM"
48233
48234 #, fuzzy
48235 #~| msgid "sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
48236 #~ msgid "Sets the terminal\\(cqs rendering options to the default values."
48237 #~ msgstr ""
48238 #~ "pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal a los valores predeterminados."
48239
48240 #, fuzzy
48241 #~| msgid ""
48242 #~| "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
48243 #~| "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
48244 #~ msgid ""
48245 #~ "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
48246 #~ "terminal\\(cqs rendering options, and other attributes to the default "
48247 #~ "values."
48248 #~ msgstr ""
48249 #~ "Muestra la cadena de iniciación de la terminal, que típicamente pone las "
48250 #~ "opciones de vídeo de la terminal y otros atributos a sus valores "
48251 #~ "predeterminados."
48252
48253 #, fuzzy
48254 #~| msgid ""
48255 #~| "stores the terminal's current rendering options as the default values."
48256 #~ msgid ""
48257 #~ "Stores the terminal\\(cqs current rendering options (foreground and "
48258 #~ "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual "
48259 #~ "consoles only."
48260 #~ msgstr ""
48261 #~ "guarda las opciones actuales de vídeo de la terminal como los valores "
48262 #~ "predeterminados."
48263
48264 #, fuzzy
48265 #~| msgid "can be used to override the TERM environment variable."
48266 #~ msgid "Overrides the B<TERM> environment variable."
48267 #~ msgstr ""
48268 #~ "se puede emplear para sustituir el valor de la variable de entorno TERM."
48269
48270 #, fuzzy
48271 #~| msgid "July 2014"
48272 #~ msgid "May 2014"
48273 #~ msgstr "Julio 2014"
48274
48275 #, fuzzy
48276 #~| msgid ""
48277 #~| "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
48278 #~| "the specified terminal capabilities.  Where possibile I<terminfo> is "
48279 #~| "consulted to find the string to use.  Some options however do not "
48280 #~| "correspond to a B<terminfo>(5)  capability.  In this case, if the "
48281 #~| "terminal type is \"con\", or \"linux\" the string that invokes the "
48282 #~| "specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is "
48283 #~| "output.  Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
48284 #~ msgid ""
48285 #~ "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
48286 #~ "the specified terminal capabilities.  Where possible I<terminfo> is "
48287 #~ "consulted to find the string to use.  Some options however (marked "
48288 #~ "\"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5)  "
48289 #~ "capability.  In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" "
48290 #~ "the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix "
48291 #~ "virtual console driver is output.  Options that are not implemented by "
48292 #~ "the terminal are ignored."
48293 #~ msgstr ""
48294 #~ "B<setterm> escribe en la salida estándar una cadena de caracteres que "
48295 #~ "activará las capacidades especificadas de la terminal. Donde sea posible, "
48296 #~ "se consultará a I<terminfo> para encontrar la cadena a emplear. Sin "
48297 #~ "embargo, algunas opciones no corresponden a una capacidad de "
48298 #~ "B<terminfo>(5).  En ese caso, si el tipo de terminal es \"con\" o \"linux"
48299 #~ "\", se saca por la salida la cadena que active las capacidades "
48300 #~ "especificadas en el controlador de consola virtual de Minix de PC. Las "
48301 #~ "opciones que la terminal no tenga implementadas no son tenidas en "
48302 #~ "consideración."
48303
48304 #~ msgid "SU"
48305 #~ msgstr "SU"
48306
48307 #, fuzzy
48308 #~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/su"
48309 #~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/su>"
48310 #~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/su"
48311
48312 #, fuzzy
48313 #~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/su-l"
48314 #~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/su-l>"
48315 #~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/su-l"
48316
48317 #, fuzzy
48318 #~| msgid "/etc/default/su"
48319 #~ msgid "I</etc/default/su>"
48320 #~ msgstr "/etc/default/su"
48321
48322 #, fuzzy
48323 #~| msgid "/etc/login.defs"
48324 #~ msgid "I</etc/login.defs>"
48325 #~ msgstr "/etc/login.defs"
48326
48327 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --command>=I<command>"
48328 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --command>=I<orden>"
48329
48330 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fast>"
48331 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fast>"
48332
48333 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
48334 #~ msgstr "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<grupo>"
48335
48336 #~ msgid "B<-G>,B< --supp-group>=I<group>"
48337 #~ msgstr "B<-G>,B< --supp-group>=I<grupo>"
48338
48339 #~ msgid "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"
48340 #~ msgstr "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"
48341
48342 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"
48343 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"
48344
48345 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pty>"
48346 #~ msgstr "B<-P>,B< --pty>"
48347
48348 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell>=I<shell>"
48349 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --shell>=I<shell>"
48350
48351 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --whitelist-environment>=I<list>"
48352 #~ msgstr "B<-w>,B< --whitelist-environment>=I<lista>"
48353
48354 #~ msgid "SULOGIN"
48355 #~ msgstr "SULOGIN"
48356
48357 #, fuzzy
48358 #~| msgid ""
48359 #~| "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> "
48360 #~| "to determine what shell to start.  If the environment variable is not "
48361 #~| "set, it will try to execute root's shell from I</etc/passwd>.  If that "
48362 #~| "fails, it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
48363 #~ msgid ""
48364 #~ "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to "
48365 #~ "determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
48366 #~ "will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, "
48367 #~ "it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
48368 #~ msgstr ""
48369 #~ "B<sulogin> busca la variable de entorno B<SUSHELL> o B<sushell> para "
48370 #~ "saber que entorno debe comenzar. Si la variable de entorno no está "
48371 #~ "puesta, probará a ejecutar el entorno del root desde I</etc/passwd>. Si "
48372 #~ "falla retrocederá a I</bin/sh>."
48373
48374 #~ msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
48375 #~ msgstr "Introduciendo la clave de root para su mantenimiento"
48376
48377 #~ msgid "(or type Control-D for normal startup):"
48378 #~ msgstr "(o tecleando Control-D para un comienzo normal):"
48379
48380 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout >I<seconds>"
48381 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout >I<segundos>"
48382
48383 #~ msgid "SWAPON"
48384 #~ msgstr "SWAPON"
48385
48386 #, fuzzy
48387 #~| msgid "B<-p>I< priority>"
48388 #~ msgid "B<-U> I<uuid>"
48389 #~ msgstr "B<-p>I< prioridad>"
48390
48391 #~ msgid "October 2014"
48392 #~ msgstr "Octubre de 2014"
48393
48394 #, fuzzy
48395 #~| msgid ""
48396 #~| "B<Swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files, or on "
48397 #~| "all swap entries in I</etc/fstab> when the B<-a> flag is given."
48398 #~ msgid ""
48399 #~ "B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files.  When "
48400 #~ "the B<-a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices "
48401 #~ "and files (as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
48402 #~ msgstr ""
48403 #~ "B<Swapoff> deshabilita el trasiego en los dispositivos o ficheros "
48404 #~ "especificados, o en todas las entradas de tipo `swap' de I</etc/fstab> "
48405 #~ "cuando se da la opción B<-a>."
48406
48407 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --ifexists>"
48408 #~ msgstr "B<-e>,B< --ifexists>"
48409
48410 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fixpgsz>"
48411 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fixpgsz>"
48412
48413 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
48414 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<prioridad>"
48415
48416 #, fuzzy
48417 #~| msgid ""
48418 #~| "Specify priority for B<swapon>.  This option is only available if "
48419 #~| "B<swapon> was compiled under and is used under a 1.3.2 or later kernel.  "
48420 #~| "I<priority> is a value between 0 and 32767. See B<swapon>(2)  for a full "
48421 #~| "description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field "
48422 #~| "of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>."
48423 #~ msgid ""
48424 #~ "Specify the priority of the swap device.  I<priority> is a value between "
48425 #~ "-1 and 32767.  Higher numbers indicate higher priority.  See "
48426 #~ "B<swapon>(2)  for a full description of swap priorities.  Add "
48427 #~ "B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with "
48428 #~ "B<swapon -a>.  When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
48429 #~ msgstr ""
48430 #~ "Especifica la prioridad para B<swapon>.  Esta opción sólo está disponible "
48431 #~ "si B<swapon> se ha compilado y se está usando bajo un núcleo 1.3.2 ó "
48432 #~ "superior.  I<prioridad> es un valor entre 0 y 32767. Vea B<swapon>(2)  "
48433 #~ "para una descripción completa de las prioridades de trasiego. Añada "
48434 #~ "B<pri=>I<valor> al campo de opciones de I</etc/fstab> para el empleo con "
48435 #~ "B<swapon -a>."
48436
48437 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --summary>"
48438 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --summary>"
48439
48440 #, fuzzy
48441 #~| msgid "B<-p>I< priority>"
48442 #~ msgid "B<-U>I< uuid>"
48443 #~ msgstr "B<-p>I< prioridad>"
48444
48445 #~ msgid "I</dev/sd??> standard paging devices"
48446 #~ msgstr "I</dev/sd??> dispositivos estándar de paginación."
48447
48448 #~ msgid "I</etc/fstab> ascii filesystem description table"
48449 #~ msgstr ""
48450 #~ "I</etc/fstab> tabla ASCII de descripción estática de los sistemas de "
48451 #~ "ficheros."
48452
48453 #~ msgid "TUNELP"
48454 #~ msgstr "TUNELP"
48455
48456 #, fuzzy
48457 #~| msgid ""
48458 #~| "B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for "
48459 #~| "better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't "
48460 #~| "work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is "
48461 #~| "using interrupts, and if so, which one.  With parameters, it sets the "
48462 #~| "device characteristics accordingly."
48463 #~ msgid ""
48464 #~ "B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for better "
48465 #~ "performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won\\(cqt "
48466 #~ "work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is "
48467 #~ "using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the "
48468 #~ "device characteristics accordingly."
48469 #~ msgstr ""
48470 #~ "B<tunelp> establece varios parámetros para los dispositivos /dev/lpI<?>, "
48471 #~ "para mejorar el rendimiento (o para cualquier rendimiento, si su "
48472 #~ "impresora no habrá de funcionar sin esto...). Sin parámetros, dice si el "
48473 #~ "dispositivo está empleando interrupciones, y si es así, cuál. Con "
48474 #~ "parámetros, establece las características del dispositivo de acuerdo con "
48475 #~ "ellos."
48476
48477 #, fuzzy
48478 #~| msgid ""
48479 #~| "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> is the IRQ to use for the parallel port in "
48480 #~| "question.  If this is set to something non-zero, -t and -c have no "
48481 #~| "effect.  If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make "
48482 #~| "printing stop.  B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) "
48483 #~| "action, and your printer should work again.  If your parallel port does "
48484 #~| "support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster "
48485 #~| "and efficient, and will probably be desireable."
48486 #~ msgid ""
48487 #~ "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is "
48488 #~ "set to something non-zero, B<-t> and B<-c> have no effect. If your port "
48489 #~ "does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command "
48490 #~ "B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your "
48491 #~ "printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, "
48492 #~ "interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and "
48493 #~ "will probably be desirable."
48494 #~ msgstr ""
48495 #~ "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> es la línea de interrupciones o IRQ a emplear para el "
48496 #~ "puerto paralelo en cuestión. Si se pone a un número distinto de cero, -t "
48497 #~ "y -c no tienen efecto. Si su puerto no emplea interrupciones, esta opción "
48498 #~ "hará que la impresión se detenga.  B<tunelp -i 0> restaura la acción de "
48499 #~ "dirección sin interrupciones (sondeo), y su impresora debería funcionar "
48500 #~ "de nuevo. Si su puerto paralelo sí admite interrupciones, la impresión "
48501 #~ "dirigida por interrupciones debería ser algo más rápida y eficiente, y "
48502 #~ "probablemente será lo más deseable."
48503
48504 #, fuzzy
48505 #~| msgid ""
48506 #~| "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
48507 #~| "doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the -c "
48508 #~| "parameter.  10 is the default value.  If you want fastest possible "
48509 #~| "printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0.  If "
48510 #~| "you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a "
48511 #~| "slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and "
48512 #~| "will give you very low system load.  This value generally should be "
48513 #~| "lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, "
48514 #~| "for best performance."
48515 #~ msgid ""
48516 #~ "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
48517 #~ "doesn\\(cqt take a character for the number of tries dictated by the B<-"
48518 #~ "c> parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible "
48519 #~ "printing, and don\\(cqt care about system load, you may set this to 0. If "
48520 #~ "you don\\(cqt care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a "
48521 #~ "slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will "
48522 #~ "give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for "
48523 #~ "printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best "
48524 #~ "performance."
48525 #~ msgstr ""
48526 #~ "es la cantidad de tiempo en pulsos de reloj (``jiffies'', consulte el "
48527 #~ "Jargon en el sistema Info si lo tiene instalado)  que el controlador "
48528 #~ "espera si la impresora no toma un carácter durante el número de intentos "
48529 #~ "dictados por el parámetro -c. El valor predeterminado es 10. Si quiere la "
48530 #~ "impresión lo más rápida posible, y no le importa cargar el sistema, puede "
48531 #~ "poner este valor a 0. Si por contra no le importa cuánto tarde en "
48532 #~ "imprimir su impresora, o está imprimiendo texto en una impresora lenta "
48533 #~ "con un búfer, entonces un valor de 500 (5 segundos) podría ir bien, y la "
48534 #~ "carga del sistema será mínima. Este valor generalmente debería ser más "
48535 #~ "bajo para imprimir gráficos que para texto, por un factor de 10, para el "
48536 #~ "mejor rendimiento."
48537
48538 #, fuzzy
48539 #~| msgid ""
48540 #~| "-c I<E<lt>CHARSE<gt>> is the number of times to try to output a "
48541 #~| "character to the printer before sleeping for -t I<E<lt>TIMEE<gt>>.  It "
48542 #~| "is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to "
48543 #~| "the printer.  120 appears to be a good value for most printers.  250 is "
48544 #~| "the default, because there are some printers that require a wait this "
48545 #~| "long, but feel free to change this.  If you have a very fast printer "
48546 #~| "like an HP laserjet 4, a value of 10 might make more sense.  If you have "
48547 #~| "a I<really> old printer, you can increase this farther."
48548 #~ msgid ""
48549 #~ "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
48550 #~ "sleeping for B<-t> I<TIME>. It is the number of times around a loop that "
48551 #~ "tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value "
48552 #~ "for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are "
48553 #~ "some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you I<must> set this to "
48554 #~ "\\(aq1\\(aq to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using "
48555 #~ "interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make "
48556 #~ "more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a I<really> old printer, "
48557 #~ "you can increase this further."
48558 #~ msgstr ""
48559 #~ "-c I<E<lt>CARSE<gt>> es el número de veces que hay que intentar sacar un "
48560 #~ "carácter por la impresora antes de dormir durante un tiempo dado por -t "
48561 #~ "I<E<lt>TIEMPOE<gt>>.  Es el número de veces que se ejecuta un bucle que "
48562 #~ "intenta enviar un carácter a la impresora. 120 parece ser un buen valor "
48563 #~ "para la mayoría de impresoras. 250 es el valor predeterminado, porque hay "
48564 #~ "algunas impresoras que requieren esperar este tiempo, pero siéntase libre "
48565 #~ "para cambiarlo. Si tiene una impresora muy rápida, como una HP LaserJet "
48566 #~ "4, un valor de 10 puede tener más sentido. Si tiene una impresora "
48567 #~ "I<realmente> vieja, puede incrementar este valor más."
48568
48569 #, fuzzy
48570 #~| msgid ""
48571 #~| "Setting -t I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting -c I<CHARS> to infinity."
48572 #~ msgid ""
48573 #~ "Setting B<-t> I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting B<-c> I<CHARS> to "
48574 #~ "infinity."
48575 #~ msgstr ""
48576 #~ "Poner -t I<TIEMPO> a 0 es equivalente a poner -c I<CARSE> a infinito."
48577
48578 #, fuzzy
48579 #~| msgid ""
48580 #~| "-w I<E<lt>WAITE<gt>> is the a busy loop counter for the strobe signal.  "
48581 #~| "While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short "
48582 #~| "strobe, some printers demand a longer one.  Increasing this from the "
48583 #~| "default 0 may make it possible to print with those printers.  This may "
48584 #~| "also make it possible to use longer cables."
48585 #~ msgid ""
48586 #~ "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
48587 #~ "most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, "
48588 #~ "some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may "
48589 #~ "make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it "
48590 #~ "possible to use longer cables. It\\(cqs also possible to decrease this "
48591 #~ "value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
48592 #~ msgstr ""
48593 #~ "-w I<E<lt>ESPERAE<gt>> es el valor de un contador de bucle ocupado para "
48594 #~ "la señal estroboscópica.  Mientras que algunas impresoras parecen ser "
48595 #~ "capaces de lidiar con una señal estroboscópica extremadamente corta, "
48596 #~ "algunas otras impresoras demandan una más grande. Incrementar esto desde "
48597 #~ "el valor predeterminado, que es 0, puede hacer posible imprimir con estas "
48598 #~ "impresoras. Esto también puede hacer posible emplear cables más largos."
48599
48600 #, fuzzy
48601 #~| msgid ""
48602 #~| "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to.  If "
48603 #~| "you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an "
48604 #~| "error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing.  On the other "
48605 #~| "hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out "
48606 #~| "that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it.  "
48607 #~| "The choice is yours."
48608 #~ msgid ""
48609 #~ "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
48610 #~ "are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an "
48611 #~ "error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, "
48612 #~ "if you aren\\(cqt, you might rather that your printer spooler find out "
48613 #~ "that the printer isn\\(cqt ready, quit trying, and send you mail about "
48614 #~ "it. The choice is yours."
48615 #~ msgstr ""
48616 #~ "Esto indica si hay que parar abruptamente el trabajo de impresión en "
48617 #~ "curso si hay un error de la impresora; el valor predeterminado es off; o "
48618 #~ "sea, que no. Si Ud. está sentado enfrente de su computadora, "
48619 #~ "probablemente quiera ser capaz de ver un error y corregirlo, y que la "
48620 #~ "impresora siga trabajando. Por otra parte, si no está cerca del sistema, "
48621 #~ "puede desear mejor que su sistema de impresión encuentre que la impresora "
48622 #~ "no está lista, abandone los intentos de impresión, y le envíe una carta "
48623 #~ "electrónica sobre eso. La elección es suya."
48624
48625 #, fuzzy
48626 #~| msgid ""
48627 #~| "This option is much like -a.  It makes any B<open>(2)  of this device "
48628 #~| "check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of "
48629 #~| "paper or other errors.  This is the correct setting for most versions of "
48630 #~| "lpd."
48631 #~ msgid ""
48632 #~ "This option is much like B<-a>. It makes any B<open>(2) of this device "
48633 #~ "check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of "
48634 #~ "paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of "
48635 #~ "B<lpd>."
48636 #~ msgstr ""
48637 #~ "Esta opción es muy parecida a la de antes, -a.  Hace que cualquier "
48638 #~ "B<open>(2) a este dispositivo mire si el dispositivo está enchufado y no "
48639 #~ "informa de falta de papel o de otros errores. Esto es el establecimiento "
48640 #~ "correcto para la mayoría de versiones de lpd."
48641
48642 #, fuzzy
48643 #~| msgid ""
48644 #~| "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
48645 #~| "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags.  When this option is "
48646 #~| "specified, -q off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is "
48647 #~| "implied."
48648 #~ msgid ""
48649 #~ "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
48650 #~ "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is "
48651 #~ "specified, B<-q> off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is "
48652 #~ "implied."
48653 #~ msgstr ""
48654 #~ "Esta opción devuelve el estado actual de la impresora, tanto como un "
48655 #~ "número en base diez desde 0 a 255, como una lista de opciones activas. "
48656 #~ "Cuando se especifica esta opción, se entiende -q off, o sea, que se "
48657 #~ "desactiva el mostrar la IRQ actual."
48658
48659 #~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
48660 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
48661
48662 #~ msgid "October 2011"
48663 #~ msgstr "Octubre de 2011"
48664
48665 #~ msgid ""
48666 #~ "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking.  When this option is "
48667 #~ "on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not "
48668 #~ "reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data.  This is "
48669 #~ "particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when "
48670 #~ "turned off."
48671 #~ msgstr ""
48672 #~ "Esta opción añade comprobaciones de error extra (la ce es de \"Cuidadoso"
48673 #~ "\"). Cuando esta opción está a \"on\", o sea, activada, el controlador de "
48674 #~ "impresora se asegurará de que la impresora esté enchufada y encendida y "
48675 #~ "no informe de falta de papel o de otros errores antes de enviar datos. "
48676 #~ "Esto es particularmente útil para impresoras que normalmente van y "
48677 #~ "aceptan datos cuando están apagadas."
48678
48679 #~ msgid ""
48680 #~ "This option resets the port.  It requires a Linux kernel version of "
48681 #~ "1.1.80 or later."
48682 #~ msgstr ""
48683 #~ "Esta opción pone el puerto en su estado inicial. Requiere un núcleo de "
48684 #~ "Linux versión 1.1.80 ó superior."
48685
48686 #~ msgid "I</dev/lp?>"
48687 #~ msgstr "I</dev/lp?>"
48688
48689 #~ msgid "I</proc/parport/*/*>"
48690 #~ msgstr "I</proc/parport/*/*>"
48691
48692 #~ msgid "UL"
48693 #~ msgstr "UL"
48694
48695 #, fuzzy
48696 #~| msgid ""
48697 #~| "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate "
48698 #~| "dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining "
48699 #~| "which is present in an B<nroff> output stream on a crt-terminal."
48700 #~ msgid ""
48701 #~ "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
48702 #~ "`-\\(aq; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
48703 #~ "present in an B<nroff> output stream on a crt-terminal."
48704 #~ msgstr ""
48705 #~ "El subrayado se indica por una línea separada que contiene guiones `-' "
48706 #~ "según sea apropiado; esto es útil cuando quiere ver los subrayados "
48707 #~ "presentes en un flujo de salida de B<nroff> en una terminal CRT."
48708
48709 #~ msgid ""
48710 #~ "B<ul> reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and "
48711 #~ "translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates "
48712 #~ "underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment "
48713 #~ "variable B<TERM>.  The I<terminfo> database is read to determine the "
48714 #~ "appropriate sequences for underlining.  If the terminal is incapable of "
48715 #~ "underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used "
48716 #~ "instead.  If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining "
48717 #~ "automatically, B<ul> degenerates to B<cat>(1).  If the terminal cannot "
48718 #~ "underline, underlining is ignored."
48719 #~ msgstr ""
48720 #~ "B<ul> lee los ficheros dados (o la entrada estándar si no se da ninguno) "
48721 #~ "y traduce caracteres subrayados a la secuencia que indique el subrayado "
48722 #~ "para la terminal en uso, según se especifique en la variable de entorno "
48723 #~ "B<TERM>.  La base de datos B<terminfo> se lee para determinar las "
48724 #~ "secuencias apropiadas para el subrayado. Si la terminal es incapaz de "
48725 #~ "subrayar, pero tiene otra forma de resaltado, se usa ese en su lugar.  Si "
48726 #~ "la terminal puede sobre-escribir, o maneja automáticamente el subrayado, "
48727 #~ "B< ul> degenera a B<cat>(1).  Si la terminal no puede hacer el subrayado "
48728 #~ "ni nada parecido, el subrayado no se realiza."
48729
48730 #~ msgid ""
48731 #~ "The B<TERM> variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
48732 #~ "capability description (see B<terminfo>(5)).  B<TERM> is set at login "
48733 #~ "time, either by the default terminal type specified in I</etc/ttys> or as "
48734 #~ "set during the login process by the user in their B<login> file (see "
48735 #~ "B<setenv>(3))."
48736 #~ msgstr ""
48737 #~ "La variable B<TERM> se emplea para referirse a un dispositivo tty con su "
48738 #~ "descripción de capacidades del dispositivo (vea B<terminfo>(5)).  B<TERM> "
48739 #~ "se establece cuando se entra en el sistema, bien con el valor de tipo de "
48740 #~ "terminal predeterminado especificado en I</etc/ttys> o con el puesto "
48741 #~ "durante el proceso de entrada por el usuario en su fichero B<login> o "
48742 #~ "similar (vea B<setenv>(3))."
48743
48744 #~ msgid ""
48745 #~ "B<nroff> usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed "
48746 #~ "with the text to indicate underlining.  No attempt is made to optimize "
48747 #~ "the backward motion."
48748 #~ msgstr ""
48749 #~ "B<nroff> usualmente saca una serie de espacios-atrás y sub-rayas "
48750 #~ "entremezclados con el texto para indicar el subrayado. No se ha hecho "
48751 #~ "ningún intento para mejorar el movimiento hacia atrás."
48752
48753 #~ msgid "VIPW"
48754 #~ msgstr "VIPW"
48755
48756 #~ msgid "WALL"
48757 #~ msgstr "WALL"
48758
48759 #~ msgid "August 2013"
48760 #~ msgstr "Agosto 2013"
48761
48762 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nobanner>"
48763 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --nobanner>"
48764
48765 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group >I<group>"
48766 #~ msgstr "B<-g>,B< --group >I<grupo>"
48767
48768 #~ msgid "WHEREIS"
48769 #~ msgstr "WHEREIS"
48770
48771 #~ msgid "B<-b>"
48772 #~ msgstr "B<-b>"
48773
48774 #~ msgid "B<-m>"
48775 #~ msgstr "B<-m>"
48776
48777 #~ msgid "B<-u>"
48778 #~ msgstr "B<-u>"
48779
48780 #, fuzzy
48781 #~| msgid ""
48782 #~| "Search for unusual entries.  A file is said to be unusual if it does not "
48783 #~| "have one entry of each requested type.  Thus `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u"
48784 #~| "\\ \\ *>' asks for those files in the current directory which have no "
48785 #~| "documentation."
48786 #~ msgid ""
48787 #~ "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said "
48788 #~ "to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
48789 #~ "requested type. Thus \\(aqB<whereis -m -u *>\\(aq asks for those files in "
48790 #~ "the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
48791 #~ msgstr ""
48792 #~ "Busca entradas inusuales. Se dice que un fichero es inusual si no tiene "
48793 #~ "una entrada de cada tipo pedido.  Así, `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ "
48794 #~ "*>' pregunta por aquellos ficheros en el directorio de trabajo que no "
48795 #~ "tengan documentación en el Manual."
48796
48797 #, fuzzy
48798 #~| msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
48799 #~ msgid "B<-B> I<list>"
48800 #~ msgstr "B<-B >I<lista>"
48801
48802 #, fuzzy
48803 #~| msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
48804 #~ msgid "B<-M> I<list>"
48805 #~ msgstr "B<-M >I<lista>"
48806
48807 #, fuzzy
48808 #~| msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
48809 #~ msgid "B<-S> I<list>"
48810 #~ msgstr "B<-S >I<lista>"
48811
48812 #~ msgid "B<-l>"
48813 #~ msgstr "B<-l>"
48814
48815 #, fuzzy
48816 #~| msgid ""
48817 #~| "B<whereis> locates source/binary and manuals sections for specified "
48818 #~| "files.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
48819 #~| "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext,> "
48820 #~| "for example, B<.c>.  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
48821 #~| "control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
48822 #~| "desired program in a list of standard Linux places."
48823 #~ msgid ""
48824 #~ "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified "
48825 #~ "command names.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
48826 #~ "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> "
48827 #~ "(for example: B<.c>)  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
48828 #~ "control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
48829 #~ "desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified "
48830 #~ "by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
48831 #~ msgstr ""
48832 #~ "B<whereis> localiza los fuentes, binarios y páginas del Manual para los "
48833 #~ "programas que se especifiquen.  Primero, a los nombres suministrados se "
48834 #~ "les quitan los componentes de la izquierda del camino y cualquier "
48835 #~ "extensión de la derecha (simple)  de la forma B<.>I<ext,> por ejemplo, B<."
48836 #~ "c>.  También se manejan los prefijos de la forma B<s.> que resultan del "
48837 #~ "empleo de programas de control del código fuente.  B<whereis> entonces "
48838 #~ "intenta localizar los ficheros del programa deseado en una lista de "
48839 #~ "sitios estándares en Linux."
48840
48841 #~ msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
48842 #~ msgstr "B<-B >I<lista>"
48843
48844 #~ msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
48845 #~ msgstr "B<-M >I<lista>"
48846
48847 #~ msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
48848 #~ msgstr "B<-S >I<lista>"
48849
48850 #, fuzzy
48851 #~| msgid ""
48852 #~| "Terminate the last directory list and signals the start of file names, "
48853 #~| "and I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options are "
48854 #~| "used."
48855 #~ msgid ""
48856 #~ "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames.  It "
48857 #~ "I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options is used."
48858 #~ msgstr ""
48859 #~ "Termina la última lista de directorios y señala el comienzo de nombres de "
48860 #~ "ficheros, y I<debe> emplearse cuando se use cualquiera de las opciones B<-"
48861 #~ "B>, B<-M>, o B<-S>."
48862
48863 #, fuzzy
48864 #~| msgid ""
48865 #~| "Find all files in B</usr/bin> which are not documented in B</usr/man/"
48866 #~| "man1> with source in B</usr/src>:"
48867 #~ msgid ""
48868 #~ "To find all files in I</usr/\\:bin> which are not documented in I</usr/\\:"
48869 #~ "man/\\:man1> or have no source in I</usr/\\:src>:"
48870 #~ msgstr ""
48871 #~ "Encontrar todos los ficheros en B</usr/bin> que no estén documentados en "
48872 #~ "B</usr/man/man1>, con los fuentes en B</usr/src>:"
48873
48874 #~ msgid "B<cd /usr/bin>"
48875 #~ msgstr "B<cd /usr/bin>"
48876
48877 #~ msgid "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"
48878 #~ msgstr "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"
48879
48880 #~ msgid "WRITE"
48881 #~ msgstr "WRITE"
48882
48883 #, fuzzy
48884 #~| msgid ""
48885 #~| "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's "
48886 #~| "terminal.  If the other user wants to reply, they must run B<write> as "
48887 #~| "well."
48888 #~ msgid ""
48889 #~ "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user\\(cqs "
48890 #~ "terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run B<write> as "
48891 #~ "well."
48892 #~ msgstr ""
48893 #~ "Cualesquiera líneas posteriores que Ud. escriba se copiarán a la terminal "
48894 #~ "del usuario especificado. Si éste quiere responder, debe ejecutar también "
48895 #~ "B<write>."
48896
48897 #, fuzzy
48898 #~| msgid ""
48899 #~| "You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you "
48900 #~| "with the B<mesg>(1)  command.  Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1)  "
48901 #~| "and B<pr>(1), may disallow writing automatically, so that your output "
48902 #~| "isn't overwritten."
48903 #~ msgid ""
48904 #~ "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you "
48905 #~ "with the B<mesg>(1) command. Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1) and "
48906 #~ "B<pr>(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they "
48907 #~ "produce isn\\(cqt overwritten."
48908 #~ msgstr ""
48909 #~ "Ud. puede evitar que la gente (distinta del súper-usuario) le escriba en "
48910 #~ "la terminal mediante la orden B<mesg>(1).  Algunas órdenes, por ejemplo "
48911 #~ "B<nroff>(1)  y B<pr>(1), pueden automáticamente evitar esta escritura, de "
48912 #~ "forma que su salida no se mezcle con ella y así no se vea sobrescrita."
48913
48914 #, fuzzy
48915 #~| msgid ""
48916 #~| "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string `-o', "
48917 #~| "either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
48918 #~| "other person's turn to talk.  The string `oo' means that the person "
48919 #~| "believes the conversation to be over."
48920 #~ msgid ""
48921 #~ "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string I<-o>, "
48922 #~ "either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it\\(cqs "
48923 #~ "the other person\\(cqs turn to talk. The string I<oo> means that the "
48924 #~ "person believes the conversation to be over."
48925 #~ msgstr ""
48926 #~ "El protocolo tradicional para escribir a alguien es que la cadena `-o', "
48927 #~ "bien al final de una línea o en una línea sola, significa que es el turno "
48928 #~ "de hablar de la otra persona. La `o' es por `over'; o sea, `cambio'. La "
48929 #~ "cadena `oo' (por `over and out'; o sea, `cambio y corto') significa que "
48930 #~ "la persona cree que la conversación ha terminado."
48931
48932 #~ msgid "March 1995"
48933 #~ msgstr "12 de Marzo de 1995"
48934
48935 #~ msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ..."
48936 #~ msgstr ""
48937 #~ "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...,\n"
48938 #~ "O sea, en español:\n"
48939 #~ "Mensaje de su-nombre@su-computador en su-tty a las hh:mm ..."
48940
48941 #~ msgid ""
48942 #~ "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character.  The other "
48943 #~ "user will see the message B<EOF> indicating that the conversation is over."
48944 #~ msgstr ""
48945 #~ "Cuando haya acabado, teclee un carácter de Fin-De-Fichero o de "
48946 #~ "interrupción. El otro usuario verá el mensaje B<EOF> indicando (End Of "
48947 #~ "File) que la conversación se ha terminado."
48948
48949 #, fuzzy
48950 #~| msgid ""
48951 #~| "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, "
48952 #~| "you can specify which terminal to write to by specifying the terminal "
48953 #~| "name as the second operand to the B<write> command.  Alternatively, you "
48954 #~| "can let B<write> select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with "
48955 #~| "the shortest idle time.  This is so that if the user is logged in at "
48956 #~| "work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right "
48957 #~| "place."
48958 #~ msgid ""
48959 #~ "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, "
48960 #~ "you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as "
48961 #~ "the second operand to the B<write> command.  Alternatively, you can let "
48962 #~ "B<write> select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the "
48963 #~ "shortest idle time.  This is so that if the user is logged in at work and "
48964 #~ "also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
48965 #~ msgstr ""
48966 #~ "Si el usuario al que Ud. quiere escribir está en el sistema en más de una "
48967 #~ "terminal, puede especificar en qué terminal escribir especificando el "
48968 #~ "nombre de la terminal como el segundo argumento de la orden B<write>.  "
48969 #~ "Alternativamente, puede dejar que B<write> seleccione una de las "
48970 #~ "terminales; cogerá la que tenga un tiempo de inactividad más corto. Esto "
48971 #~ "es así para que si el usuario, por ejemplo, está en el sistema desde una "
48972 #~ "terminal en el trabajo y también conectado desde casa, el mensaje vaya al "
48973 #~ "sitio correcto."